New Books October – December 2010
Taylor & Francis Routledge CRC Press Psychology Press Garland Science
About this Catalogue
1
Nursing and Allied Health
Humanities Philosophy Religion History Archaeology and Museum Studies Classical Studies Media, Communication and Cultural Studies Literature English Language & Linguistics Language Learning Theatre and Performance Studies Music
3 6 9 16 18 19 26 30 32 35 37 39 41 56 59 63 63
Social Sciences Politics Military and Strategic Studies Asian Studies Middle East Studies Russian Studies Law Criminology Business & Management Economics Geography and GIS Anthropology Sociology Sports Science, Leisure Studies, and Culture
76 88 93 106 111 112 122 123 134 141 145 145 153
Behavioural Sciences Psychology Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry Psychotherapy and Counselling Psychoanalysis Jung/Analytical Psychology Child & Adolescent Mental Health Creative Arts Therapies
Nursing Medical Sociology & Health Studies Social Work & Social Policy
195 195 197
Medicine
199
Life Sciences Biological Sciences Biotechnology Neuroscience Forensic Science Food Science
200 206 208 208 210
Built Environment
Education Early Years & Childhood Studies Teaching and Learning Special Needs Post-Compulsory and Higher Education Research Methods Education Theory
Contents
158 172 176 185 188 190 194
Architecture Planning Civil Engineering Building
212 213 215 220
Science and Technology Ergonomics and Human Factors Environmental Science GIS & Remote Sensing Electrical, Chemical, and Mechanical Engineering Industrial Engineering, and Management Mathematics and Statistics Computer Science and Computer Engineering Information Technology Geotechnology, Mining, and Petroleum Engineering Physics, Chemistry and Materials Science Water Management and Technology
221 221 223
Library Reference
256
Late Entries
290
Routledge Paperbacks Direct
306
Index Agents and Distribution POS/Catalogue Order Form
316 334 336
Front Cover Photograph: taken from Person in Context
www.tandf.co.uk/books
224 230 232 237 240 244 245 254
Welcome to the Taylor & Francis New Titles catalogue for October – December 2010
B
uilding on two centuries’ experience, Taylor & Francis has grown rapidly to become a leading international academic publisher. With offices across the globe, the Taylor & Francis Group publishes more than 1000 journals and 3000 new books each year; with a books backlist in excess of 45,000 specialist titles. For two centuries we have been fully committed to the publication of academic and scholarly information of the highest quality, and today this remains the primary goal. The foundations of the company were laid in pioneering fashion when in 1798 Richard Taylor launched the Philosophical Magazine, one of the first scientific journals produced by an independent company. It was the start of much close collaboration with scholarly societies. Dr William Francis, a chemist, joined Richard Taylor in 1852 and continued the tradition of the close links between theacademic community and the company. This catalogue is designed to bring you the most current and accurate information on our books publishing program covering a range of subjects including Social Sciences, Humanities, Science, Psychology and Engineering. If you require further information please contact your local sales representative (details to be found on page 334). * denotes a previously announced title. Prices featured are correct at time of going to press but are subject to change without notice.
Book orders should be addressed to the Taylor & Francis Customer Services Department at Bookpoint, or the appropriate overseas agent. Taylor & Francis Customer Services Bookpoint Ltd 130 Milton Park Abingdon OX14 4SB Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)1235 400525 e-mail: book.orders@tandf.co.uk If you would like to receive books on our pre-selective standing order system, please contact your local sales representative or our Customer Services Department: Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400524 e-mail: tandf@bookpoint.co.uk Further information about Taylor & Francis and our products can be found at:
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
www.tandf.co.uk/books
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
philosophy 2
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
philosophy
1.
6. History of Western Philosophy
History of Madness
Bertrand Russell
Michel Foucault
2004: 216x138: 792pp Pb: 978-0-415-32505-9: £15.99
Edited by Jean Khalfa 2009: 234x156: 776pp Pb: 978-0-415-47726-0: £16.99
2.
7.
An Essay on Phenomenological Ontology
The Routledge Companion to Nineteenth Century Philosophy
Jean-Paul Sartre
Edited by Dean Moyar
Translated by Hazel E. Barnes
2010: 246x174: 960pp Hb: 978-0-415-40450-1: £125.00
2nd Edition
Being and Nothingness
Introduction by Mary Warnock 2003: 216x138: 688pp Pb: 978-0-415-27848-5: £15.99
3.
8. 4th Edition
2nd Edition
Philosophy: The Basics
The Logic of Scientific Discovery
Nigel Warburton 2004: 198x129: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-32773-2: £11.99
Karl Popper 2002: 198x129: 480pp Pb: 978-0-415-27844-7: £11.99
4.
9. 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
Phenomenology of Perception
Why I am not a Christian
Maurice Merleau-Ponty
and Other Essays on Religion and Related Subjects
Translated by Colin Smith 2002: 198x129: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-27841-6: £13.99
Bertrand Russell 2004: 198x129: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-32510-3: £10.99
5.
10. The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Psychology
Judith Butler
Edited by John Symons and Paco Calvo
2006: 198x129: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-38955-6: £13.99
2009: 246x174: 700pp Hb: 978-0-415-39632-5: £125.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
Feminism and the Subversion of Identity
©
Gender Trouble
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
philosophy
Art and Phenomenology *
Embodied Cognition *
Edited by Joseph Parry
Lawrence Shapiro Philosophy of art is traditionally concerned with the definition, appreciation and value of art. Through a close examination of art from recent centuries, Art and Phenomenology is one of the first books to explore visual art as a mode of experiencing the world itself, showing how in the words of Merleau-Ponty ‘Painting does not imitate the world, but is a world of its own’.
Series: New Problems of Philosophy ‘Embodied cognition is sweeping the planet and Larry Shapiro has just written the first comprehensive treatment of this exciting and new research program. This book is now and for years to come will be unquestionably the best way for students and researchers alike, to gain access to and learn to evaluate this exciting, new research paradigm in cognitive science.’ – Fred Adams, University of Delaware, USA
An outstanding series of chapters by an international group of contributors examine the following questions: • Paul Klee and the body in art • colour and background in Merleau-Ponty’s phenomenology of art • self-consciousness and seventeenth century painting • Vermeer and Heidegger • philosophy and the painting of Rothko • embodiment in Renaissance art • sculpture, dance and phenomenology. Art and Phenomenology is essential reading for anyone interested in phenomenology, aesthetics, and visual culture. Routledge «Market: Philosophy December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77449-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77450-5: £19.99
Embodied cognition often challenges standard cognitive science. In this outstanding introduction Shapiro sets out the central themes and debates surrounding embodied cognition, explaining and assessing the work of many of the key figures in the field, including Fodor, Putnam, Clark and Haugeland. Including helpful chapter summaries and annotated further reading at the end of each chapter, Embodied Cognition is essential reading for all students of philosophy of mind and psychology, and cognitive science. Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77341-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77342-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85066-4: £75.00
Reader
Student Reference
Metaphysics: The Key Concepts Helen Beebee and Nikk Effingham, both at University of Birmingham, UK and Philip Goff, University of Herfordshire, UK Series: Routledge Key Guides
Philosophy of Probability: Contemporary Readings * Edited by Antony Eagle, University of Oxford, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary Readings in Philosophy Philosophy of Probability: Contemporary Readings is the first anthology to collect the essential readings in this important area of philosophy. Featuring the work of leading philosophers in the field. The book looks in depth at the following key topics:
Ever wondered about Gunk, Brains in a Vat or Frankfurt’s Nefarious Neurosurgeon? With complete explanations of these terms and more Metaphysics: The Key Concepts is an engaging introduction to the most widely studied and challenging concepts in metaphysics. The authors define and discuss key terms and concepts under the themes of: Time; Particulars & Universals; Realism & Antirealism; Free Will; Personal Identity; and Causation and Laws. Arranged in an easy to use A-Z format, each concept is explored and illustrated with engaging and memorable examples, and provides an up-to-date guide to further reading. Fully cross-referenced throughout, this remarkable reference guide is essential reading for students of philosophy.
for e-mail updates in your field
• Subjectivist views • logical and classical probability • frequentist probability • propensity and chance • conditionalization and reflection • confirmation theory • conditional probability • the theoretical role of chance: credence and determinism. Each section includes a helpful introduction by the editormaking it highly accessible, ideal for any student of logic, philosophy of mathematics, or philosophy of science. Routledge «Market: Philosophy November 2010: 234x156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-48386-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48387-2: £24.99
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Philosophy December 2010: 216x138: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-55927-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55928-7: £14.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
3
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
4
philosophy
Routledge Philosophy GuideBook Routledge Philosophy GuideBook to Frege on Sense and Reference to Merleau-Ponty and Mark Textor, King’s College London, UK Phenomenology of Perception Series: Routledge Philosophy GuideBooks Gottlob Frege is considered the father of modern logic and one of the founding figures of analytic philosophy. He was firstly a mathematician but his major works, including Conception and Notation, also made significant conceptual contributions to the philosophy of language. Frege’s writings are difficult and deal with technical, asbtract concepts. The Routledge Philosophy Guidebook to Frege On Sense and Reference helps the student to get to grips with Frege’s thought, and introduces and assesses: • Frege’s life and the background to his philosophy • Frege’s main papers and arguments, including his distinction between sense and reference • the continuing importance of Frege’s work to philosophy of logic and language. Ideal for those coming to Frege for the first time, this GuideBook is essential reading for students of philosophy of language and logic. Routledge «Market: Philosophy October 2010: 198x129: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41961-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41962-8: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84590-5: £60.00
Appealing to reason rather than religious belief, this book is the most comprehensive case against the choice of abortion yet published. The Ethics of Abortion critically evaluates all the major grounds for denying fetal personhood, including the views of those who defend not only abortion but also infanticide. It also provides several (non-theological) justifications for the conclusion that all human beings, including those in utero, should be respected as persons. This book also critiques the view that abortion is not wrong even if the human fetus is a person. The Ethics of Abortion examines hard cases for those who are prolife, such as abortion in cases of rape or in order to save the mother’s life, as well as hard cases for defenders of abortion, such as sex selection abortion and the rationale for being ‘personally opposed’ but publically supportive of abortion. It concludes with a discussion of whether artificial wombs might end the abortion debate.
©
See separate Order Form
Maurice Merleau-Ponty is increasingly hailed as one of the key philosophers of the Twentieth century. Phenomenology of Perception is his most famous and influential work and an essential text for anyone seeking to understand phenomenology. In this GuideBook Komarine Romdenh-Romluc introduces and assesses: • Merleau-Ponty’s life and the background to his philosophy • the key themes and arguments of Phenomenology of Perception • the continuing importance of Merleau-Ponty’s work to philosophy. Merleau-Ponty and Phenomenology of Perception is an ideal starting point for anyone coming to Merleau-Ponty for the first time and reading his magnum opus. It is essential reading for students of Merleau-Ponty, phenomenology and related subjects such as art and cultural studies.
Self-Knowledge Brie Gertler, University of Virginia, USA Series: New Problems of Philosophy In this outstanding introduction Brie Gertler assesses the leading theoretical approaches to self-knowledge, explaining the work of many of the key figures in the field: from Descartes and Kant, through to Bertrand Russell and Gareth Evans, as well as recent work by Tyler Burge, David Chalmers, William Lycan and Sydney Shoemaker. Including helpful chapter summaries, annotated further reading and a glossary, Self-Knowledge is essential reading for students of philosophy of mind, epistemology, and metaphysics. Routledge «Market: Philosophy December 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-40525-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40526-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-20-383567-8: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Christopher Kaczor, Loyola Marymount University, USA
order now!
Series: Routledge Philosophy GuideBooks
Routledge «Market: Philosophy October 2010: 198x129: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-34314-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34315-2: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-48289-6: £60.00
The Ethics of Abortion
Routledge «Market: Ethics / Bioethics October 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-88468-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88469-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84116-7: £75.00
Komarine Romdenh-Romluc
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
philosophy
5
Reader
The Philosophy of Social Science Reader Edited by Francesco Guala and Daniel Steel The Philosophy of Social Science Reader is an outstanding and comprehensive collection of key readings in the philosophy of social science, covering all the essential issues, problems and debates in the field. Each section is carefully introduced by the editors and the readings placed in context. The anthology is organised into seven clear parts: • values and social science • causal inference and explanation • interpretation • rationality and choice • individualism • norms • cultural evolution. Readings from key philosophers and social scientists are included, such as Ernest Nagel, Ian Hacking, John Searle, Clifford Geertz, Daniel Kahneman, Steven Lukes and Richard Dawkins. Routledge «Market: Philosophy October 2010: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-77968-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77969-2: £24.99
Bioregionalism and Global Ethics A Transactional Approach to Achieving Ecological Sustainability, Social Justice, and Human Well-being Richard Evanoff, Aoyama Gakuin University, Japan Series: Studies in Philosophy Current trends towards globalization require cross-cultural dialogue on a ‘global ethic’. The transactional approach to ethics developed in this book seeks to maximize ecological sustainability, social justice, and human well-being in the context of decentralized bioregional communities confederated at appropriate levels to address problems that transcend cultural borders. Routledge «Market: Philosophy October 2010: 229x152: 305pp Hb: 978-0-415-87479-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84308-6: £75.00
Edited by James Gordon Finlayson, University of Sussex, UK and Fabian Freyenhagen, University of Essex, UK
Disputing the Political
Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy In this new study, Aikin presents a full case for infinitism as a response to the issue of the regress of reasons. The most defensible form of infinitism, he argues, is that of a mixed theory – that is, epistemic infinitism must be consistent with and even rely on other solutions to the regress problem. Routledge «Market: Philosophy November 2010: 229x152: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-87800-5: £70.00
Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy In this volume, contributors re-examine the Habermas-Rawls dispute with an eye toward the ways in which the dispute can cast light on current controversies about political philosophy more broadly, covering a number of issues such as the political role of religion and international justice. Routledge «Market: Philosophy October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87686-5: £75.00
Ferenc Huoranszki, Central European University Series: Routledge Studies in Metaphysics
This volume brings together state-of-the-art research on the contrastive treatment of philosophical concepts and questions, including knowledge, belief, free will, moral luck, Bayesian confirmation theory, causation, and explanation. Routledge «Market: Philosophy November 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87860-9: £70.00
@
This book is about the metaphysical problem of free will. It presents a novel interpretation of G.E. Moore’s conditional analysis and argues that the revised conditional analysis can provide a better account of free will as an important condition of moral responsibility than any of its rivals. Routledge «Market: Philosophy October 2010: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-87947-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83693-4: £70.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy
çè
Scott Aikin, Vanderbilt University, USA
A Conditional Analysis
Edited by Martijn Blaauw, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, the Netherlands
for e-mail updates in your field
Habermas and Rawls
Freedom of the Will
Contrastivism in Philosophy
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Epistemology and the Regress Problem
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
6
philosophy
Objectivity and the LanguageDependence of Thought
Popper’s Critical Rationalism A Philosophical Investigation
Vanishing Matter and the Laws of Nature
A Transcendental Defence of Universal Lingualism
Darrell Rowbottom, University of Oxford, UK
Descartes and Beyond
Christian Barth, Humboldt-Universität, Berlin
Series: Routledge Studies in the Philosophy of Science
Edited by Peter Anstey, University of Otago, New Zealand and Dana Jalobeanu, Western University ‘Vasile Goldis’, Romania
Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy Comprising the insights of two primary representatives of twentieth century and contemporary philosophy, this book provides an original transcendental analysis of the nature of thought. Looking at the works of Donald Davidson and Robert Brandom, Barth creates a transcendental defense of universal conceptual lingualism and linguistic interpretationism. Routledge «Market: Philosophy October 2010: 229x152: 297pp Hb: 978-0-415-88269-9: £80.00
This book presents Popper’s views on science, knowledge, and reality, and examines the significance and tenability of these in light of recent developments in philosophy. Supported throughout with close reference to Popper’s writings, it presents a novel view of his philosophical outlook, and demonstrates how it remains relevant in the modern day. Routledge «Market: Philosophy November 2010: 229x152: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-99244-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83618-7: £70.00
Series: Routledge Studies in Seventeenth Century Philosophy This volume brings together a range of new studies on the philosophy of matter, its qualities and law-like behavior in the early modern period. Routledge «Market: Philosophy November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88266-8: £75.00
religion
Polydoxy
Religion and Tourism
Theology of Multiplicity and Relation
Crossroads, Destinations and Encounters
Edited by Catherine Keller, Drew University, USA and Laurel Schneider, Chicago Theological Seminary, USA
Michael Stausberg, University of Bergen, Norway
Religious pluralism, the collapse of traditional religious institutions, and the growing impact of religious studies on believers have prompted widespread rethinking of what religion is. This book offers a brilliant and original theological response to this intellectual crisis by suggesting that there are multiple forms of right belief. Inspired by the work of Catherine Keller, author of The Face of the Deep, Polydoxy introduces a new theological approach which is both grounded and groundbreaking. Reacting against reductive or nostalgic theological tendencies, the essays in this book take an exciting and creative approach to doing theology in the 21st century. The first part lays out the theological agenda of Polydoxy, while in part two an impressive array of theology scholars explore key theological topics in the light of relationality and multiplicity.
This book explores the dynamic interaction between religion and tourism in the modern world, asking questions such as ‘what are the relationships between tourism and pilgrimage?’ and ‘what happens to religious performances, places and festivals that function as tourist attractions?’ Surveying the growing body of work in the field, Michael Stausberg argues that tourism should be a major focus of research within religious studies.
Routledge «Market: Religion / Tourism / Cultural Studies October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-54931-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54932-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85478-5: £70.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Christian Theology / Modern Theology October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-78135-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78136-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84155-6: £65.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
religion 2nd edition
new in paperback
God in the Details
Routledge Encyclopedia of Missions and Missionaries
American Religion in Popular Culture Edited by Eric Mazur, Virginia Wesleyan College, USA and Kate McCarthy, California State University, Chico, USA Seeking to explore the blurred boundary between religion and pop culture, God in the Details offers a provocative look at the breadth, diversity, and persistence of religious themes in contemporary American consciousness. Representing a diverse range of disciplines, the contributors critically assess the ways in which American popular culture reappropriates traditional religious symbols to serve the purposes of particular communities. The new edition includes material on current issues including religious marketing and branding, the environment, the internet and reality TV.
7
Edited by Jonathan Bonk Series: Religion and Society The Routledge Encyclopedia of Missions and Missionaries examines the complex and varied interactions between society and religion. Each stand-alone volume in the series focuses on one aspect of religiousness, analyzing its impact on individuals and societies worldwide and historically. The Encyclopedia of Missions and Missionaries examines the nature and effects of missionary work around the world and throughout history, analyzing how secular and clerical people from major religions (especially Christianity, Buddhism, and Islam) have brought social changes along with words of a new faith.
Routledge «Market: Religion / Cultural Studies / American Studies October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-48536-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48537-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85480-8: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Religion Reference / Christianity October 2010: 279x216: 496pp Pb: 978-0-415-88089-3: £35.00
Student Reference
reader
Religious Studies: The Key Concepts
The Anthropology of Islam Reader Jens Kreinath, Wichita State University, USA
Carl Olson, Allegheny College, USA Series: Routledge Key Guides Religious Studies: The Key Concepts is an accessible, A-Z resource, defining and explaining key terms and ideas central to the study of religion. Exploring broad and recurring themes which are applicable in both eastern and western religions, cross-cultural examples are provided for each term to give a comprehensive overview of the subject. Subjects covered include: • Afterlife • Dance • Ethics
This Reader offers a comprehensive overview of the variety of methodological and theoretical approaches involved in, and relevant to, the emerging field of Anthropology of Islam. It pays particular attention to the study of ethnographic cases, featuring various forms of Islam as practiced in different social and cultural contexts. The Anthropology of Islam Reader also explores topics of great current interest such as the body and cultural politics, the veil and the public sphere and key practices and festivals such as the Hajj and Eid. In his selections, Jens Kreinath highlights the diversity of practices and themes that were formative for this field of study, making this essential reading for students of Islam at undergraduate and graduate level. Routledge «Market: Islam / Anthropology December 2010: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-78024-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78025-4: £24.99
• Liminality • World religions • Modernity • Pilgrimage • Theism. With cross referencing and further reading provided throughout, this book provides an inclusive map of the discipline, and is an essential reference for all students, academics and researchers.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Religious Studies October 2010: 216x138: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-48721-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48722-1: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84191-4: £65.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
8
religion
new in paperback
reader
The Islamic World
The Study of Religion: A Reader
Edited by Andrew Rippin, University of Victoria, Canada
John S. Harding and Hillary Rodrigues, both at University of Lethbridge, Alberta, Canada
Series: Routledge Worlds A complete one-volume guide to Islamic faith and culture. Written by an international team of Islamic scholars, it elucidates the history, philosophy and practice of one of the world’s great religions. The perfect resource for all students of Islam, it is ideal for introductory-level study and as a definitive reference.
Religious studies draws on work by anthropologists, sociologists, philosophers, theologians, and many others for an understanding of its subject matter. Many influential works are not written by specialist scholars in religious studies, but have had a notable impact on our understanding of the concept of religion, of particular religious ideas, and on how religion should be studied. It is therefore essential for any student to be familiar with some, if not most, of these writings. This new Reader introduces students of religion to its most common current perspectives and approaches, and provides them with an understanding of how the discipline developed. Each section includes an introduction and suggestions for further reading, and can be used alongside the editors’ accompanying textbook, Introduction to the Study of Religion.
Routledge «Market: Religion / Islam October 2010: 246x174: 704pp Pb: 978-0-415-60191-7: £35.00
Routledge «Market: Religious Studies December 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-49586-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49587-5: £24.99
new in paperback
The Routledge Companion to Religion and Film
Religion and Commodification
Edited by John Lyden, Dana College, Nebraska, USA
Series: Routledge Research in Religion, Media and Culture
The Routledge Companion to Religion and Film both introduces novice students to the key topics in religion and film and investigates its development for more experienced scholars. Divided into four parts, the Companion: • analyses the interaction of religion and film throughout history
Merchandizing Diasporic Hinduism Vineeta Sinha, National University of Singapore Using the lens of ‘visuality’ and ‘materiality,’ Sinha offers insights into the everyday material religious lives of Hindus as they strive to sustain theistic, devotional Hinduism in diasporic locations – particularly Singapore, Malaysia, and Tamilnadu – where religious objects have become commodified. Routledge «Market: Religion / Sociology October 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87363-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84279-9: £70.00
• examines how the world’s major religions, as well as Postcolonial, Japanese and New Religions, are depicted by and within films • uses psychoanalytical, theological and feminist approaches, as well as audience reception, to explore religion and film • analyses religious themes in film, including Redemption, Christ Figures, Heroes and Superheroes • considers films as diverse as The Passion of the Christ, The Matrix and Groundhog Day. This definitive handbook provides an accessible resource to this emerging field and is an indispensable guide for students of Religion, Film Studies, and beyond.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Religion / Film Studies October 2010: 246x174: 520pp Pb: 978-0-415-60187-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87475-2: £120.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
history
A History of Europe From the Invasions to the XVI Century Henri Pirenne Series: Routledge Revivals ’Here we have incomparably the best textbook on mediaeval European history in the language, a book which every teacher in the subject must desire to put into the hands of students.’ – The New Statesman First published in 1939, this is a reissue of Henri Pirenne’s extremely popular and influential history of Europe in the middle ages. It begins with the Barbarian and Musulman invasions in the fifth century AD, which signalled the end of the Roman world in the West, and ends in the middle of the sixteenth century with the Renaissance and the Reformation. Universally praised for its detailed and impartial approach, this reissue will be very welcome news to both students of medieval history and to the general reader seeking a definitive review of the period. Routledge «Market: History October 2010: 234x156: 628pp Hb: 978-0-415-59981-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83868-6: £95.00
Breaking the Wave: Women, Their Organizations, and Feminism, 1945–1985 Edited by Kathleen A. Laughlin, Metropolitan State University, USA and Jacqueline Castledine, Empire State College, State University of New York, USA Series: New Directions in American History Breaking the Wave is the first anthology of original essays by both younger and established scholars that takes a long view of feminist activism by systematically examining the dynamics of movement persistence during moments of reaction and backlash. Ranging from the ‘civic feminism’ of white middle-class organizers and the ‘womanism’ of Harlem consumers in the immediate postwar period, to the utopian feminism of Massachusetts lesbian softball league founders and environmentally minded feminists in the 1970s and 1980s, Breaking the Wave documents a continuity of activism in both national and local organizing that creates a new discussion, and a new paradigm, for twentieth century women’s history. Routledge «Market: American History / Women’s Studies October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87397-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87400-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-02-038-4293-5: £80.00
new in paperback
new in paperback Student Reference
A Sense of Place
Atlas of Medieval Britain
An Intimate Portrait of the Niebaum-Coppola Winery and the Napa Valley
Christopher Daniell, Centre for Medieval Studies, York, UK Christopher Daniell’s Atlas of Medieval Britain presents a sweeping visual survey of Britain from the Roman occupation to 1485.
Steven Kolpan In A Sense of Place, renowned wine expert and writer Steven Kolpan tells the story of how Francis Ford Coppola brought Gustave Niebaum’s Inglenook Estate, California’s most distinguished and historic vineyard, back to life. Coppola overcame naysayers, red tape, and financial turmoil to reestablish the winery as a defender of quality, producing wine under four different labels, including the revered wine Rubicon. Kolpan’s luscious, flavorful narrative is worth enjoying now and keeping for later.
Annotated throughout with clear commentary, this volume tells the story of the British Isles, and makes visually accessible the varied and often complex world of the Middle Ages. Topics covered include: • Iron Age and Roman occupation • Anglo-Saxons and Vikings • changing political scenarios within England, Scotland, Wales and Ireland • religious framework, including diocesan boundaries, monasteries and friaries
Routledge «Market: Wine / Travel / History October 2010: 254x203: 325pp Pb: 978-0-415-92005-6: £26.99
• government, society and economy. Complete with recommended further reading, this volume is an indispensable reference resource for all students of medieval British history.
for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: British History December 2010: 246x174: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-60223-5: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-46316-1: £65.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
9
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
10 history 7th Edition textbook
6th edition Reader
British Civilization
Colonial America
An Introduction
Essays in Politics and Social Development
John Oakland British Civilization An Introduction SEVENTH EDITION
The seventh edition of this highly-praised textbook has been substantially updated and revised to provide students of British Studies with the perfect introduction to Britain. It includes: An Introduction JOHN OAKLAND SEVENTH EDITION
• discussion of recent developments and areas of topical interest in British society such as immigration, the recession, devolution and coverage of the 2010 election • new full colour illustrations • exercises and questions to stimulate class discussion
• insights into the attitudes of British people today towards important issues • updated suggestions for further reading and useful websites • a fully updated companion website featuring quiz questions and links to video clips. British Civilization is a vital introduction to the crucial and complex identities of Britain. Routledge «Market: British Studies and History December 2010: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-58327-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58328-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83581-4: £75.00
Now in its sixth edition, Colonial America is the most respected and well-known anthology of readings by top scholars in the field of early American history. The collection offers an insightful and critical view of the colonial period, and exposes students to the most significant developments in recent American colonial history scholarship. The new edition features 20 new essays, emphasizing a comparative approach to colonial worlds, with added content on the Atlantic and North American interior. Drawing its material from a greater range of sources than ever before, the text also highlights the themes of race, gender, and family throughout the collection of articles. The sixth edition of Colonial America is the best resource on the market to give students a feel for the newest themes in colonial history, and to leave them with a sense of the conversation shared among early American historians. Routledge «Market: American History / Early America October 2010: 254x178: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-87955-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87956-9: £35.99
2nd Edition
Childhood in World History Peter N. Stearns, George Mason University, USA Series: Themes in World History Now fully up to date, this second edition of Childhood in World History highlights the gains but also the divisions and losses for children across the millennia, providing an accessible and concise overview. Updates include: • an expanded discussion of the theory and methodology involved in a global history of childhood • expanded coverage of childhood in Africa and South Asia • extra material on religious change, including more discussion of Judaism and Islam • new material on the role of the state • a brand new comparative chapter on happiness and childhood.
order now!
See separate Order Form
English Historical Documents, 1603–1660 Edited by Barry Coward, University of London, UK and Peter Gaunt, University of Chester, UK Series: English Historical Documents English Historical Documents is the most ambitious and comprehensive collection of primary documents on English history ever published. This long awaited volume covers 1603–1660, the tumultuous years of the Stuart Kings, the English Civil War and the rise and fall of the Republic. The volume includes informative introductory pieces for the parts and sections, and editorial comments are directed towards making sources intelligible rather than drawing conclusions from them. The format of the series has been fully updated for this new volume, and the documents gathered here encompass the most up to date approaches to the material. Routledge «Market: History / Early Modern History October 2010: 234x156: 1280pp Hb: 978-0-415-19909-4: £200.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Routledge «Market: History / World History November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59808-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59809-5: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83975-1: £65.00
©
JOHN OAKLAND
British Civilization
Edited by Stanley Katz, John M. Murrin, Douglas Greenberg, David Silverman and Denver Brunsman
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
history 11 new in paperback
textbook
Furnishing the Eighteenth Century Latin America since Independence What Furniture Can Tell Us about the European and American Past
A History with Primary Sources
Edited by Dena Goodman and Kathryn Norberg
Without losing sight of chronology or regional trends, Latin America since a history with primary sources Independence offers glimpses of the Latin American past through eleven carefully selected stories. Each chapter introduces students to a specific historical issue, which in turn raises questions about the history of the Americas as a whole. The short, thematic chapters are bolstered by the inclusion of relevant primary documents – many translated for the first time – Alexander Dawson including advertisements and posters, song lyrics, political speeches, government documents, and more. Each chapter also includes timelines highlighting important dates and suggestions for further reading. A highly interactive companion website contains the full text of excerpted documents, extra images and timelines, film clips, and student review materials. Richly informative and highly readable, Latin America since Independence provides compelling accounts of this region’s past and present.
Furnishing the Eighteenth Century provides an illuminating, interdisciplinary look into European and American furniture during the century that connoisseurs and collectors consider its golden age. Lavishly illustrated, this lively collection of essays by historians, art historians, and literary scholars examines the ways furniture of this period reflects the global contacts and social rituals developed in eighteenth-century Europe and America. Drawing on literature, painting, account books and death inventories, this diverse compilation explores how and why eighteenth-century men and women on both sides of the Atlantic purchased and used furniture. Ultimately, these essays make the past come alive, showing us what made desks, tables and chairs deeply meaningful in their own time and historically informative today.
Alexander Dawson Latin america
since independence
Routledge «Market: History / Art October 2010: 254x178: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-88479-2: £24.99
Routledge «Market: Latin American History October 2010: 254x178: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-99195-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99196-4: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84535-6: £80.00
Hitler *
Remembering the Road to World War Two *
Series: Routledge Historical Biographies Adolf Hitler is the most notorious political figure of the twentieth century. The story of his life, how he became a dictator, and how he managed to convince so many to follow his cause is a subject of perennial fascination. This new accessible biography looks at Hitler’s life from his childhood, through to the days of Nazi Germany and the Second World War, and finally his humiliating defeat and death in his bunker. Michael Lynch addresses the fundamental question surrounding Hitler: Was he was the product of a unique, extraordinary epoch, or was he its creator? In the context of the great mass of ideas and interpretations that have been produced in response to this basic yet demanding question, Michael Lynch provides a balanced guide that will be enlightening for students and general readers alike.
çè
Routledge «Market: History / Biography December 2010: 198x129: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43647-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43646-5: £15.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
International History, National Identity, Collective Memory Patrick Finney, University of Aberystwyth, UK Remembering the Road to World War Two is a broad and comparative international survey of the historiography of the Second World War. It explores how, in the case of each of the major combatant countries, historical writing on the origins of the Second World War has been inextricably linked with conceptions of national identity. Including seven case studies – Great Britain, Russia, the United States, France, Italy, Germany and Japan – Patrick Finney discusses the political, cultural, disciplinary and archival factors which have contributed to the construction of these historical understandings. Routledge «Market: History / World War II History October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-23017-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-23018-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84624-7: £90.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Michael Lynch, University of Leicester, UK
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
12 history reader
2nd Edition
Revolutionary America, 1763–1815 *
The Beast Within Animals in the Middle Ages Joyce Salisbury
A Sourcebook
This important book offers a unique exploration of the use of and attitude towards animals from the 4th to the 14th centuries, exploring the varying roles of animals as property, food and sexual objects, and the complex relationship that this created with the people and world around them. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, the book shows how by the end of the Middle Ages the lines between humans and animals had blurred completely, making us recognise the beast that lay within us all.
Edited by Francis D. Cogliano and Kirsten E. Phimister, both at University of Edinburgh, UK Revolutionary America, 1763–1815: A Sourcebook is a collection of the most pertinent primary documents on the revolutionary period of American history. It collects key sources to tell the story of the Revolution from the top down and the bottom up, including personal letters, images, and official proclamations, all framed by a readible introduction and helpful headnotes. A dynamic companion website houses more documents as well as links to resources and collections on the web. Revolutionary America: A Sourcebook also works well with its companion text, Revolutionary America: 1763-1815: A Political History, now in a brand new second edition! For ease of classroom use, instructors can pair the relevant chapters in the text with those of the reader, bringing the history of the creation and early years of the American republic to life through the writings of those, famous or not-so-famous, who lived through the events. Routledge «Market: American History October 2010: 235x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-99711-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99712-6: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85290-3: £80.00
This new edition has been brought right up to date with current scholarship, and includes a brand new chapter on animals on trial and animals as human companions, as well as expanded and updated discussions on fables and saints, and a new section on ‘bestial humans’. Routledge «Market: History / Environmental History October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78094-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78095-7: £21.99
textbook
The History of Mexico From Pre-Conquest to Present Philip Russell
Social Struggles in the Middle Ages
The History of Mexico: From Pre-Conquest to Present traces the last 500 years of Mexican history, from the Indigenous empires to the election of 2006.
Max Beer Series: Routledge Revivals First published in 1924, Max Beer’s work comprises the history of social thought from the fourth to the fourteenth century. He considers in detail the heretical social movement and the story is brought up to the period of the peasants’ wars and the social struggles in the towns, which form the prelude to modern times. The work also deals with the period from the latter half of the fourteenth century to the outbreak of the French Revoluion.
See separate Order Form
For additional information and classroom resources please visit The History of Mexico companion website at www.routledge.com/ textbooks/russel. Routledge «Market: Latin American History October 2010: : 808pp Hb: 978-0-415-87236-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87237-9: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85127-2: £80.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: History October 2010: 198x129: 220pp Hb: 978-0-415-59975-7: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83867-9: £65.00
In lively and engaging prose, Russell guides readers through such major themes as the status of women, environmental change, Mexico’s indigenous people, African slavery and the role of race generally, government economic policy, and relations with the US, among others. The book offers a straightforward chronological survey of Mexican history from the pre-colonial times to the present, and includes a glossary and numerous tables and images. The companion website provides many useful student tools, including study questions, extra book chapters, and links to online resources, as well as digital copies of the maps from the book.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
history 13 reader
2nd Edition
The History of Sexuality in Europe The Restless City * A Sourcebook and Reader Edited by Anna Clark, University of Minnesota, USA
A Short History of New York from Colonial Times to the Present
Series: Routledge Readers in History
Joanne Reitano, City University of New York, USA New York City is one of the most exciting and diverse cities in the world. The Restless City shows how New York’s perpetual struggles for power, wealth, and status exemplify the vigor, creativity, resilience, and influence of the nation’s premier urban center. The Restless City examines how New York has invigorated the American Dream while confronting the most important questions of urban life. Energized by change, enriched by immigrants, and enlivened by provocative leaders, New York City’s restlessness has always been its greatest asset.
The History of Sexuality in Europe: A Sourcebook and Reader is a dynamic introduction to the latest debates in the history of Sexuality in Europe. It begins with an introduction that introduces the new concept of sexual grammar. The Reader focuses on the modern age, but has three chapters on the ancient and medieval world to demonstrate their very different cultures of sexuality. Each section of the Reader pairs the latest chapters and articles by experts with primary sources, addressing questions such as: • How did nonwestern cultures change some Europeans’ ideas about sex? • Does regulating prostitution protect or punish women who sell sex? • Were 60s feminists pro or anti sex? An essential collection for all students of the history of sexuality. Routledge «Market: History of Sexuality December 2010: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-78139-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78140-4: £26.99
The Routledge History of the Holocaust Edited by Jonathan C. Friedman, West Chester University, USA Series: Routledge Histories The genocide of Jewish and non-Jewish civilians perpetrated by the German regime during World War Two continues to confront scholars with elusive questions even after nearly seventy years and hundreds of studies. This multi-contributory work is a landmark publication that sees experts renowned in their field addressing these questions in light of current research. Serving as a comprehensive introduction to the history of the Holocaust, this volume also adds depth to current debate, both geographically and topically, assessing the Final Solution as the German occupation instituted it across Europe and covering issues which have previously been under-investigated, such as the problem of prosecuting war crimes, gender and Holocaust experience, the persecution of non-Jewish victims, and the Holocaust in post-war culture.
çè
Routledge «Market: Jewish History / Modern History November 2010: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-77956-2: £120.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83744-3: £120.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Updated to bring readers through the financial collapse and historic November 2009 election, The Restless City is the most complete and accessible volume on New York for students and scholars alike. Routledge «Market: American History / Urban Studies October 2010: 235x156: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-88014-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85073-2: £19.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-97849-1
The Theory and Practice of History Edited with an Introduction by Georg G. Iggers Leopold von Ranke Edited by Georg G. Iggers, State University of New York at Buffalo, USA Leopold von Ranke, who was born in 1795, is considered to be one of the founders of the modern practice of writing history. This collection of his writings, edited and introduced by Georg G. Iggers, was first published in 1973 and remains the leading collection of Ranke’s writings in the English language. Now updated with the needs of current students in mind, this edition includes previously untranslated materials by the young Ranke, focusing particularly on the relationship between history and religion together with his inaugural lecture of 1836 ‘On the Relation and Difference between History and Politics’. Including pieces on historical science, and on the relationship between history and philosophy, as well as country specific histories, this book is essential reading for all students of historiography. Routledge «Market: History / Historiography October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78032-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78033-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83919-5: £75.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
• Were Victorians sexually repressed?
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
14 history
The World of the American West
Tudor England
Edited by Gordon Morris Bakken, California State University, Fullerton, USA
An Encyclopedia
Series: Routledge Worlds The World of the American West is an innovative collection of original essays that brings the world of the American West to life, and conveys the distinctiveness of this diverse, constantly changing region. Twenty scholars incorporate the freshest research in the field to take the history of the American West out of its timeworn ‘Cowboys and Indians’ stereotype right up into the major issues being discussed today, from water rights to the presence of the defense industry. Other topics covered in this heavily illustrated, highly accessible volume include the effects of leisure and tourism, western women, politics and politicians, Native Americans in the twentieth century, and of course, oil. Routledge «Market: American History / Western History October 2010: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-98995-4: £155.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84605-6: £155.00
Edited by Arthur F. Kinney, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, USA, David Swain, Southern New Hampshire University, USA, Eugene D. Hill and William A. Long The Routledge Encyclopedia of Tudor England is the first encyclopedia devoted entirely to the study of the Tudor period. The Tudor period was an age of colourful monarchs, courtiers and churchmen, poets and soldiers, explorers and pirates, vagabonds and players, religious exiles and martyrs, anonymous women and powerful widows. For the first time, the vitality of their lives and the rich backdrop for this century of rules, thinkers, and writers is captured in a comprehensive encyclopedia. The volume includes: • over 700 entries • over 240 contributors • over 100 illustrations • detailed Tudor chronology • appendix of bibliographical essays • an 8-page colour insert. Routledge «Market: History and Medieval Studies October 2010: 279x216: 837pp Pb: 978-0-415-88658-1: £50.00
textbook
Student Reference
Women in European Culture and Society
World History: The Basics Peter N. Stearns, George Mason University, USA Series: The Basics
Deborah Simonton, University of Southern Denmark, Denmark A new and major contribution to the field, Women in European Culture and Society is a transnational history of women in Europe that pushes women’s history beyond national studies to create an integrated view of three hundred years of women in Europe. Using a longue durée, the book disentangles the accounts of industrialisation and bourgeois femininity which tend to dominate women’s studies, and questions the dominant narratives of history. Drawing on women’s own writing and cultural production, it presents women as agents of change as well as exploring cultural perceptions of women and the ways in which women have been have been represented by these discourses. Women in European Culture and Society is an invaluable and essential guide to the conditions, circumstances and understandings of how women lived throughout Europe.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: History / Women’s Studies December 2010: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-21307-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-21308-0: £22.99
See separate Order Form
World History has rapidly grown to become one of the most popular and talked about approaches to the study of history. World History: The Basics introduces this fast-growing field and addresses key questions such as: • What is world history? • How do we study a subject with such a broad geographic and chronological range? • Why has world history been controversial? Written by one of the founders of the field and addressing all of the major issues including time, place, civilizations, contact, themes and more, this book is both an ideal introduction to world history and an important statement about the past, present and future of the field. Routledge «Market: History November 2010: 198x129: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58274-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58275-9: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83994-2: £55.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Gender, Skill and Identity from 1700
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
history 15 History of Participatory Media
Origins of Pan-Africanism
Public Health and the US Military
Politics and Publics, 1750–2000
Henry Sylvester Williams, Africa, and the African Diaspora
A History of the Army Medical Department, 1818–1917
Marika Sherwood, Institute of Commonwealth Studies, London, UK
Bobby A. Wintermute, Queens College, CUNY, USA
Series: Routledge Studies in Modern British History
Series: Routledge Advances in American History
Origins of Pan-Africanism recounts the life story of the pioneering Henry Sylvester Williams through original research, each chapter set in the social context of the times, providing insight not only into a remarkable man who has been heretofore virtually written out of history, but also into the African Diaspora in the UK a century ago.
The first large conceptual overview of the role of the US Army Medical Department in American society during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, this book details the culture and quest for legitimacy of an institution dedicated to promoting public health and scientific medicine.
Edited by Anders Ekström, KTH Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden, Solveig Jülich, Stockholm University, Sweden, Frans Lundgren, Uppsala University, Sweden and Per Wisselgren, Umeå University, Sweden Series: Routledge Studies in Cultural History This book argues for a historical perspective on issues relating to the notion of participatory media. Working from a broad concept of media – including essays on the 19th century press, early sound media, photography, exhibitions, television and the internet – the book offers a broad empirical approach to different modes of audience participation from the mid 19th century to the present. Routledge «Market: History October 2010: 229x152: 159pp Hb: 978-0-415-88068-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83932-4: £70.00
Routledge «Market: History October 2010: 229x152: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-87959-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84037-5: £80.00
Routledge «Market: History October 2010: 229x152: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-88170-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84059-7: £70.00
2nd Edition
The Small Wars of the United States, 1899–2009 * An Annotated Bibliography Benjamin R. Beede, Librarian Emeritus of Rutgers, State University of New Jersey, USA Series: Routledge Research Guides to American Military Studies The Small Wars of the United States, 1899–2009 is the complete bibliography of works on U.S. military intervention and irregular warfare around the world, as well as efforts to quell insurgencies on behalf of American allies. The text covers conflicts from 1899 to present, with detailed annotations of selected sources. In this second edition, author Benjamin R. Beede revises his foundational work, bringing it completely up to date, including entries on the current conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. An invaluable research tool, The Small Wars of the United States, 1899–2009 is a critical resource for students and scholars studying U.S. military history.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: American History October 2010: 229x152: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-98888-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85434-1: £95.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
16 archaeology and museum studies
The First Maya Civilization Ritual and Power Before the Classic Period Francisco Estrada-Belli, Boston University, USA The First Maya Civilization illustrates the latest archaeological finds that force a revision of old theories on the beginnings of Maya civilization. The period archaeologists refer to as the Preclassic (800B.C.–A.D. 200) represents the first of a series of complete cycles of Maya Civilization. Thanks to new data, the massive Preclassic temple pyramids of El Mirador are no longer seen an as unprecedented phenomenon but are the outcome of a gradual process begun several centuries earlier by Lowland farmers. Francisco Estradi-Belli focuses largely on two newly discovered early cities in the eastern part of the Petén, Cival and Holmul, the location of spectacular and early finds by the author, as well as recent discoveries by other Mayanists at San Bartolo, Nakbe, El Mirador and Tikal. Routledge «Market: Archaeology November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-42993-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42994-8: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83913-3: £65.00
The Palaeolithic Origins of Human Burial Paul Pettitt, University of Sheffield, UK The Palaeolithic Origins of Human Burial takes a novel approach to the long-term development of human mortuary activity – the various ways we deal with the dead and with dead bodies. It is the first comprehensive survey of Palaeolithic mortuary activity in the English language. Observations in the modern world as to how chimpanzees behave towards their dead allow us to identify ‘core’ areas of behaviour towards the dead that probably have very deep evolutionary antiquity. From that point, the palaeontological and archaeological records of the Pliocene and Pleistocene are surveyed. The Palaeolithic Origins of Human Burial offers an engaging contribution to the debate on modern human origins. It is illustrated throughout, includes up-to-date examples from the Lower to Late Upper Palaeolithic, including information hitherto unpublished. Routledge «Market: Archaeology October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-35489-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35490-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00155-4: £60.00
Contesting Human Remains in Museum Collections The Crisis of Cultural Authority Tiffany Jenkins, Institute of Ideas, London, UK Series: Routledge Research in Museum Studies Museums have displayed and researched human remains since the eighteenth century, but in the last three decades skeletons and body parts have become subject to high-profile claims and controversies. This book charts the influences at play on the contestation over human remains and examines the construction of this problem from a cultural perspective. Contesting Human Remains advances an emerging area of academic research, setting the terms of debate, synthesizing disparate ideas, and making sense of a broader cultural focus on dead bodies in the contemporary period.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Museum and Heritage Studies October 2010: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-87960-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84131-0: £70.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Routledge Classics
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
classical studies 17
1.
6. History of Western Philosophy
2nd Edition
Relativity
Bertrand Russell 2004: 216x138: 792pp Pb: 978-0-415-32505-9: £15.99
Albert Einstein 2001: 198x129: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-25384-0: £9.99
2.
7. 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
Stories and Tales
Why I am not a Christian
Hans Christian Andersen
and Other Essays on Religion and Related Subjects
Foreword by Hermann Hesse 2002: 198x129: 416pp Pb: 978-0-415-28598-8: £10.99
Bertrand Russell Introduction by Simon Blackburn 2004: 198x129: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-32510-3: £10.99
3.
8. Gender Trouble
The Open Society and its Enemies
Feminism and the Subversion of Identity Judith Butler
The Spell of Plato
2006: 198x129: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-38955-6: £13.99
4.
Karl Popper 2002: 198x129: 432pp Pb: 978-0-415-23731-4: £10.99
9. 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
Madness and Civilization
Dreams
Michel Foucault
C.G. Jung
2001: 198x129: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-25385-7: £11.99
Introduction by Kathleen Raine
5.
2001: 198x129: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-26741-0: £10.99
10. 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
Being and Nothingness An Essay on Phenomenological Ontology
There Ain’t No Black in the Union Jack
Jean-Paul Sartre
Paul Gilroy
Translated by Hazel E. Barnes
2002: 198x129: 416pp Pb: 978-0-415-28981-8: £11.99
Introduction by Mary Warnock
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
2003: 216x138: 688pp Pb: 978-0-415-27848-5: £15.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
18 classical studies
Animals in Greek and Roman Thought A Sourcebook Stephen Newmyer, Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, USA Series: Routledge Sourcebooks for the Ancient World Although reasoned discourse on humananimal relations is often considered a late twentieth-century phenomenon, ethical debate over animals and how humans should treat them can be traced back to the philosophers and literati of the classical world. Animals in Greek and Roman Thought brings together new translations of classical passages which contributed to ancient debate on the nature of animals and their relationship to human beings. The questions discussed include: Do animals differ from humans intellectually? Were animals created for the use of humankind? Should animals be used for food, sport, or sacrifice? Can animals be our friends? The selections are arranged thematically and, within themes, chronologically. A commentary precedes each excerpt, transliterations of Greek and Latin technical terms are provided, and each entry includes bibliographic suggestions for further reading. Routledge «Market: Classics November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77334-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77335-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83915-7: £65.00
2nd Edition
Ancient Graffiti in Context
Constantine and the Christian Empire
Edited by Jennifer Baird, Birbeck University of London, UK and Claire Taylor, Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland
Charles M. Odahl, Boise State University, Idaho, USA
Series: Routledge Studies in Ancient History
Extensively illustrated and fully documented, this has been a landmark publication in Roman imperial, early Christian, and Byzantine history. A genealogy chart, additional illustrations, an expanded final chapter, and updated notes and bibliography in this new edition allow this book to remain the standard account of the subject for years to come.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Classical Studies October 2010: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87889-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84087-0: £70.00
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Ancient History and Religion October 2010: 234x156: 434pp Hb: 978-0-415-57534-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85028-2: £70.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Ancient Graffiti in Context brings together papers by historians and archaeologists using graffiti as evidence to explore the Greek and Roman worlds. Illuminating such varied topics as ancient emotions, Roman children, quarry workers, and military communities, this collection demonstrates the importance of this often undervalued form of evidence.
Series: Roman Imperial Biographies
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
media, communication & cultural studies 19
Activism and Rhetoric * Theories and Contexts for Political Engagement Edited by Seth Kahn and JongHwa Lee This volume examines the role of rhetoric in today’s culture of democratic activism. With contributions from widely known scholars in communication and composition studies, the collection offers practical cases that highlight how rhetoric mediates, constitutes, and/or intervenes in democratic principles and practices. It also considers theoretical questions that acknowledge profound voids in the rhetorical tradition (e.g., Western, neo-Aristotelian, liberal) and expand the horizon of traditional rhetorical perspectives. It advocates new knowledge and practices that further promote civic engagement, social change and democracy in the global context. Routledge «Market: Rhetoric / Politics October 2010: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87855-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87856-2: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84628-5: £70.00
Communication and Organizational Knowledge * Contemporary Issues for Theory and Practice Edited by Heather E. Canary and Robert D. McPhee Series: Routledge Communication Series This book provides an overview of communication-centered theory and research regarding organizational knowledge and learning. It brings the work of scholars in communication, management, information technology, and other disciplines together in a coherent volume that represents existing research and theory on communication-related knowledge work. Chapters address what constitutes knowledge, how knowledge functions within and across organizations, and how organizational members develop and manage knowledge for organizational purposes. It will serve as a reference tool for scholars and practitioners to identify and understand communicative features of organizational knowledge processes. Routledge «Market: Communication October 2010: 229x152: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-80403-5: £69.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80404-2: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87450-9: £69.00
Analysing the Screenplay
Cross-Cultural Issues in Art
Edited by Jill Nelmes, University of East London, UK
Frames for Understanding
This book highlights the screenplay as an important form in itself, as opposed to merely being the first stage of the production process. It explores possible approaches to studying the screenplay, considering the depth and breadth of the subject area and the potential for screenplay study to be a discrete area in itself. It addresses a range of topics, including: the history and early development of the screenplay in the US, UK and France; the process of screenplay writing and its peculiar relationship to film production; the assumption that the screenplay is standardised in form and certain stories and styles are universal; the range of writing outside the mainstream; and possible critical approaches to analysing the screenplay. Expert contributions provide readers with an insight into this fascinating yet complex written form by taking a groundbreaking, innovative look at the screenplay.
Steven Leuthold, Northern Michigan University, USA
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
This book draws upon cultural and critical studies, art history, ethno-aesthetics and area studies, aesthetic and visual anthropology, and philosophy, and will be applicable to all courses in those fields. Themes include Art, Culture and Hybridity; Art and Religion; Symbolism, Meaning and Interpretation; Style and Ethnicity; Art and Social Order; Space and Place; Primitivism and Otherness; Colonialism and Nationalism; and Self-Representation. Routledge «Market: Media Studies December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57799-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57800-4: £21.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Film October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55633-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55634-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84338-3: £75.00
Cross-Cultural Issues in Art discusses issues that impact art in various cultures which serve as frameworks for understanding the art of cultures other than one’s own. Comparative approaches allow us to see how art is integrated into total systems of beliefs and actions. This book reveals connections between the aesthetic practices of cultures and their political, religious and economic systems.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
20 media, communication & cultural studies
Fashion In Focus
Ordinary Lives
Concepts, Practices and Politics
Studies in the Everyday
Tim Edwards, University of Leicester, UK
Ben Highmore, University of Sussex, UK
The study of fashion has exploded in recent decades, yet quite what this all means, quite where it might take us, is not clear. This new book helps to bring fashion into focus, with a comprehensive guide to the key theories, perspectives and developments in the field. Tim Edwards includes coverage of all the major theories of fashion, including recent scholarship, alongside subcultural analysis and an in-depth look at production. Fashion in Focus is the ideal companion for students in the arts and social sciences, especially those studying issues such as fashion, gender, sexuality and consumer culture. Routledge «Market: Fashion & Popular Culture November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44793-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44794-2: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83688-0: £70.00
This new study from Ben Highmore looks at the seemingly banal world of objects, work, daily media, and food, and finds a scintillating array of passionate experience. Through a series of case studies, and building on his previous work on the everyday, Highmore examines our relationship to familiar objects (a favourite chair), repetitive work (housework, typing), media (distracted television viewing and radio listening) and food (specifically the food of multicultural Britain). Ordinary Lives links the concrete study of routine existence to theoretical reflection on everyday life. The book discusses philosophers such as Jacques Rancière, William James and David Hume and combines them with autobiographical testimonies, historical research and analysis of popular culture to investigate the minutiae of daily life. Highmore argues that aesthetic experience is embedded in the mundane sensory world of everyday life. Routledge «Market: Media and Cultural Studies October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46186-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46187-0: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84237-9: £70.00
Neo-Feminist Cinema
Paranormal Media
Girly Films, Chick Flicks, and Consumer Culture
Audiences, Spirits and Magic in Popular Culture
Hilary Radner, University of Otago, New Zealand
Annette Hill, University of Westminster, UK
Neo-Feminist Cinema examines how Hollywood has responded to women’s changing social roles through an analysis of the flourishing sub-genre of the ‘Girly Film.’ Radner pays particular attention to how the contemporary woman’s film portrays what some have called postfeminism and what the author redefines as neo-feminism, represented by figures such as Helen Gurley Brown – women for whom work was a necessity, rather than a right or even a privilege. Through an analysis of the girly film, this project teases out the parameters of the neo-feminist paradigm and its implications for an understanding of the contemporary woman’s film. Popular films explored include He’s Just Not That Into You, The Devil Wears Prada, Bride Wars, Sex and the City, and many more.
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Media Studies November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54462-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54463-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83639-2: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Film Studies November 2010: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87773-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87774-9: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85521-8: £80.00
Paranormal Media offers a unique, timely exploration of the extraordinary, unexplained and supernatural in popular culture, looking in unusual places in order to understand this phenomenon. Through a popular cultural ethnography, and critical analysis in social and cultural theory, this ground-breaking book by Annette Hill presents an original and rigorous examination of people’s experiences of spirits and magic. In popular culture, people are players in an orchestral movement about what happens to us when we die. In a very real sense the audience is the show. This book is the story of audiences and their participation in a show about matters of life and death. It will be a highly interesting read for undergraduate and postgraduate students, as well as academics, on a wide range of television, media, cultural studies, and sociology courses.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
media, communication & cultural studies 21
Popular Media, Democracy and Development in Africa
Sourcebook for Political Communication Research
Edited by Herman Wasserman, University of Sheffield, UK
Methods, Measures, and Analytical Techniques
Series: Internationalizing Media Studies
Erik P. Bucy, Indiana University and R. Lance Holbert
Instead of merely celebrating the existence of popular media in Africa, this book explicitly asks how it can contribute tangible solutions to the challenges facing African democracy and development. It begins with a theoretical section examining the relation between democracy, development and popular media within global structures of power. The following chapters analyse specific challenges facing the continent, such as HIV/Aids, poverty and inequality, and political participation in ‘failed states’ like Zimbabwe. Grounded in a critical engagement with theory, this collection provides students and scholars with a critical perspective on issues relating to popular media, democracy and citizenship from various regions of Africa, outside the media-saturated global North. With contributions from a range of experienced scholars, this book will contribute both to the broadening of African media studies and the internationalization of global media studies. Routledge «Market: Media & Communication Studies October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-57793-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57794-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84326-0: £75.00
Qualitative Research in Technical Communication * Edited by James Conklin and George F. Hayhoe Addressing the explosive growth in qualitative research in recent years, this volume brings together a representative sample from this growing body of work, and comments on the reasons for the extraordinary interest in qualitative research. Contributors to the volume bring forward reports of significant, structured qualitative research into various aspects of technical communication practice, addressing the questions of what new insights researchers are generating about the working reality of today’s technical communicators, and how technical communicators are perceived and treated by managers and by colleagues from other disciplines.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
This Sourcebook offers a comprehensive source for state-of-the-art field research methods, measures, and analytical techniques in political communication. It covers the major analytical techniques used in political communication research, including surveys (original data collections and secondary analyses), experiments, content analysis, discourse analysis (focus groups and textual analysis), network and deliberation analysis, comparative study designs, statistical analysis, and measurement issues. Chapters have a social-scientific orientation and explain new methodologies and measures applicable to questions regarding media, politics, and civic life. Routledge «Market: Political Communication / Political Science November 2010: 254x178: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-96495-1: £56.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93866-9: £40.00
textbook
Reframing Photography * Theory and Practice Rebekah Modrak, University of Michigan, USA and Bill Anthes, Pitzer College, USA Intended for both beginning and advanced students, and for both art and non-art majors, Reframing Photography provides an integrated introduction to the historical, theoretical and technical aspects of photography. • ‘How to’ sections provide students with illustrated, step by step guides to different photographic methods, alongside related theory • case studies: profiles of contemporary and historical artists • glossary: definitions of critical and technical vocabulary • a companion website will update information on equipment and provide further activities, information and links to related sites www.routledge.com/textbooks/reframingphotography • lavishly illustrated, including images depicting artists’ work and examples of photographic processes, many in colour. Routledge «Market: Photography November 2010: 246x189: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77919-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77920-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84759-6: £80.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Technical Communication October 2010: 229x152: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-87635-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87636-0: £29.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84663-6: £80.00
Series: Routledge Communication Series
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
22 media, communication & cultural studies 2nd Edition textbook
reader
Reputation Management *
The American Journalism History Reader
The Key to Successful Public Relations and Corporate Communication
Edited by Bonnie S. Brennen, Marquette University, USA and Hanno Hardt, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia
John Doorley and Helio Fred Garcia, both at New York University, USA This book is a how-to guide for professionals and students in public relations and corporate communication. It rests on the premise that reputation can be measured, monitored, and managed. Organized by corporate communication units (media relations, employee communication, government relations, and investor relations, for example), the book provides field-tested, practical solutions to corporate reputation problems such as leaked memos, unfair treatment by the press, and negative rumors. This second edition features new and updated examples throughtout, as well as coverage on social media, public relations consulting, and global issues. Also, within each chapter is a new textbox feature relating key communication theories to the practice of public relations and corporate communication. Routledge «Market: Public Relations October 2010: 254x178: 472pp Hb: 978-0-415-80184-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80185-0: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87686-2: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-97471-4
The American Journalism History Reader presents important primary works of journalism history and criticism from all eras of the American press, from the colonial press through to the information age. The anthology offers 31 selections from influential writers over the last three centuries including Benjamine Franklin, Lincoln Steffens, H.L. Mencken, James Carey, and Michael Schudson. Each century’s section begins with a critical introduction, which establishes the social and political environment in which the media developed to highlight the ideological issues behind the historical period. Routledge «Market: Journalism October 2010: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-80186-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80187-4: £29.99
Television Personalities
The John Fiske Collection
Stardom and the Small Screen
John Fiske These revised editions of four classic texts each include a new introduction by Henry Jenkins, explaining ‘Why Fiske Still Matters’ for today’s students, followed by a discussion chapter between former Fiske students. This new material underlines the continuing relevance of these foundational texts in the study of communication, contemporary media and popular culture.
James Bennett, London Metropolitan University, UK
Television Personalities examines issues relating to production, aesthetics and ideology, and provides case studies of television personalities from recent years that will make this book attractive to both undergraduate and postgraduate students. It is an original and indispensable guide to understanding television’s most prominent and popular performers.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Television October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48188-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48189-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84268-3: £70.00
See separate Order Form
The John Fiske Collection includes re-issues of the following four classic texts: • Introduction to Communication Studies • Television Culture • Reading the Popular • Understanding Popular Culture. This collection will be highly useful to undergraduate and postgraduate students on all communication, media and cultural studies courses. Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies October 2010: 216x138: 1280pp Hb: 978-0-415-60118-4: £225.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60119-1: £65.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Celebrities now dominate the media and its study in contemporary culture. Although acknowledged as part of this general rise in the importance of celebrity culture, television’s specific forms of stardom have remained largely under-theorised. Television Personalities sets out to examine these forms of stardom in an explanatory and academically exciting manner. Bennett examines how television personalities function both as commodities and ideologically, thus relating the performers under discussion to issues of class, national identity, sexuality, gender and social history.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
media, communication & cultural studies 23 3rd Edition
2nd Edition
Introduction to Communication Studies
Reading the Popular John Fiske This revised edition of a classic text includes a new introduction by Henry Jenkins, explaining ‘Why Fiske Still Matters’ for today’s students, which underlines the continuing relevance of this foundational text in the study of popular culture.
John Fiske Series: Studies in Culture and Communication This revised edition of a classic text includes a new introduction by Henry Jenkins, explaining ‘Why Fiske Still Matters’ for today’s students, followed by a discussion between former Fiske students Ron Becker, Elana Levine, Darrell Newton and Pamela Wilson on the theme of ‘Structuralism and Semiotics, Fiske-Style’. Both underline the continuing relevance of this foundational text in communication studies. This classic text provides a lucid, accessible introduction to the main authorities in the field of communication studies, aimed at students coming to the subject for the first time. It outlines a range of methods of analysing examples of communication, and describes the theories underpinning them. Thus armed, the reader will be able to tease out the latent cultural meanings in such apparently simple communications as news photos or popular TV programmes, and to see them with new eyes. Routledge «Market: Communication October 2010: 216x138: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59648-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59649-7: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83738-2: £70.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-04672-5
Beneath the surface of the cultural artifacts that surround us lies a multitude of meanings and ways of using them, not all of them those intended by their designers. In Reading the Popular, John Fiske analyzes these popular ‘texts’ to reveal both their explicit and implicit (and often opposite) meanings and uses, and the social and political dynamics they reflect. Reading the Popular gives the lie to theories that portray a mass audience that mindlessly consumes every product it is offered. Fiske’s acute perception and lively wit combine to provide a truly democratic vision of popular culture, one that respects the awareness and the agency of the people who make it. Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies / Popular Culture October 2010: 216x138: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59650-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59651-0: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83725-2: £70.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-07875-7
2nd Edition
Understanding Popular Culture
2nd Edition
Television Culture
John Fiske This revised edition of a classic text includes a new introduction by Henry Jenkins, explaining ‘Why Fiske Still Matters’ for today’s students, which underlines the continuing relevance of this foundational text in the study of popular culture.
John Fiske This revised edition of a classic text includes a new introduction by Henry Jenkins, explaining ‘Why Fiske Still Matters’ for today’s students, which underlines the continuing relevance of this foundational text in the study of contemporary media and popular culture.
Television Culture provides a comprehensive introduction for students to an integral topic on all communication and media studies courses.
çè
Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Television October 2010: 216x138: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-59646-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59647-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83715-3: £70.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-03934-5
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Understanding Popular Culture presents a radically different theory of what it means for culture to be popular: that it is, literally, of the people. It is not imposed on them, it is created by them, and its pleasures and meanings reflect popular tastes and concerns – and a rejection of those fostered by mass culture. With wit, clarity, and insight, Professor John Fiske debunks the myth of the mindless mass audience, and demonstrates that popular culture thrives because that audience is more aware than anyone guesses. Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies October 2010: 216x138: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59652-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59653-4: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83717-7: £70.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-07876-4
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Television is unique in its ability to produce so much pleasure and so many meanings for such a wide variety of people. John Fiske looks at television’s role as an agent of popular culture, and goes on to consider the relationship between this cultural dimension and television’s status as a commodity of the cultural industries that are deeply inscribed with capitalism. He makes use of detailed textual analysis and audience studies to show how television is absorbed into social experience, and thus made into popular culture.
What is popular culture? How does it differ from mass culture? And what do popular ‘texts’ reveal about class, race, and gender dynamics in a society?
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
24 media, communication & cultural studies
What Photography Is James Elkins, James Elkins, Art Institute of Chicago In What Photography Is, James Elkins examines the strange and alluring power of photography in the same provocative and evocative manner that he explored oil painting in his best-selling What Painting Is. Elkins argues that photograpy is also about meaninglessness – its apparently endless capacity to show us things that we do not want or need to see – and pain – extremely powerful images that can sear into our consciousness permanently. Extensively illustrated with a surprising range of images, Elkins demonstrates that what makes photography uniquely powerful is its ability to express the difficulty – physically, psychologically, emotionally, and aethstically – of the act of seeing. Routledge «Market: Art November 2010: 216x140: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-99568-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99569-6: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88648-9: £80.00
The Routledge Companion to Research in the Arts Edited by Michael Biggs, University of Hertfordshire, UK and Henrik Karlsson, Gothenburg University, Sweden The Routledge Companion to Research in the Arts is a major collection of new writings on research in the creative and performing arts by leading authorities from around the world. It provides theoretical and practical approaches to identifying, structuring and resolving the key issues in the debate about the nature of research in the arts which have surfaced over the last decade. This book addresses a variety of concepts and issues, including: the diversity of views on what constitutes arts-based research and scholarship, what it should be, and its potential contribution; the trans-national communication difficulties arising from terminological and ontological differences in arts-based research; traditional and non-traditional concepts of knowledge, their relationship to professional practice, and their outcomes and audiences; and a consideration of the role of written, spoken and artefact-based languages in the formation and communication of understandings. Routledge «Market: Media Studies October 2010: 246x174: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-58169-1: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84132-7: £125.00
Student Reference
Edited by William Guynn, Sonoma State University, USA Series: Routledge Companions This book is an indispensible guide for anyone studying film history for the first time. Incorporating a series of introductory, critical essays in key subject areas, with a dictionary of key names and terms, it serves to introduce the reader to the field of film history in a comprehensive and well-rounded manner. Subjects covered by the essays include: • the history of moving images • film as popular culture and the impact of film in society • the production process, from concepts to finished films • experimental cinema, and the evolution of sound and image • animation and new technologies. Fully cross-referenced throughout, with suggestions for further reading following each essay, this book is essential reading for students of film history.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Film Studies / Media Studies October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77656-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77657-8: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84153-2: £70.00
See separate Order Form
Westerns John White, Anglia Ruskin University, UK Series: Routledge Film Guidebooks It is a common assertion that the history of America is written in its Westerns, but how true is this? In this guidebook John White discusses the evolution of the Western through history and looks at theoretical and critical approaches to Westerns such as genre analysis, semiotics, representation, ideology, discourse analysis, narrative, realism, auteur and star theory, psychoanalytical theory, postmodernism and audience response. The book includes case studies of key western films, including Stagecoach, My Darling Clementine, Shane, The Good, The Bad and the Ugly, McCabe and Mrs Miller, Unforgiven, Brokeback Mountain and The Assassination of Jesse James by the Coward Robert Ford. Including a chronology of significant events for the Western genre, a glossary and further reading, this introduction to an important genre in film studies is a great guide for students. Routledge «Market: Film Studies December 2010: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55812-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55813-6: £16.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
The Routledge Companion to Film History
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
media, communication & cultural studies 25 Distributing Silent Film Serials
Journalists, Sources, and Credibility
Local Practices, Changing Forms, Cultural Transformation
New Perspectives
Rudmer Canjels, VU University Amsterdam, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Advances in Film Studies In this book, Canjels offers a highly relevant case study of transnational, transcultural and transmedia relations in the twentieth century. Tracing the international consumption, distribution, and cultural importance of silent film serials, Canjels provides a new understanding of the cultural dimension and the cultural transformation and circulation of media forms. Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Film November 2010: 229x152: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-87714-5: £70.00
Edited by Bob Franklin, Cardiff University, UK and Matt Carlson, Saint Louis University, USA
Ethan Thompson, Texas A&M University, USA
Series: Routledge Research in Journalism
This book examines the boom in socially relevant humor that took place alongside the birth of television, analyzing and theorizing the production and consumption of television, parody, and satire through case studies of Sick Comedy, MAD, and Playboy magazines, and television personalities Ernie Kovacs and Oscar Levant.
This volume revisits what we know about the relationship between journalists and their sources. By asking new questions, employing novel methodologies, and confronting sweeping changes to journalism and media, the contributors reinvigorate the conversation about who gets to speak through the news and why this continues to matter. Routledge «Market: Journalism / Communications November 2010: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-88426-6: £75.00
Collective Suffering in Global Arts and Media Edited by Mick Broderick, Murdoch University, Australia and Antonio Traverso, Curtin University of Technology, Australia There is now a significant body of theory across academic disciplines focussed on the representation of cataclysmic European and US historical events. This book examines the concept of trauma by deploying diverse applications of conventional trauma theories. It examines the limitations of these theories while advancing alternative conceptual and methodological possibilities. This book was published as a special issue of Continuum: Journal of Media and Cultural Studies. Routledge «Market: Media & Cultural Studies / Film / Sociology of Culture October 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58278-0: £75.00
Brett Ashley Kaplan, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, USA Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies In this interdisciplinary study, Kaplan looks at historically and geographically diverse spaces, photographs, and texts concerned with the physical and/or mental landscape of the Holocaust and its transformations from the postwar period to the early twenty-first century. Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies October 2010: 229x152: 287pp Hb: 978-0-415-87476-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84227-0: £80.00
Edited by Craig Robertson, Northeastern University, USA
Journalism Education, Training and Employment
This book brings together top media scholars to rethink the role of the archive and historical record from the perspective of media history.
Edited by Bob Franklin, Cardiff University, UK and Donica Mensing, University of Nevada, Reno, USA
This book was published as a special issue of The Communication Review.
Series: Routledge Research in Journalism
Routledge «Market: Media History / Archiving / Television November 2010: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-59327-4: £80.00
Routledge «Market: Journalism / Communications October 2010: 229x152: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-88425-9: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Media November 2010: 229x152: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-88638-3: £75.00
Edited by Christopher H. Sterling, George Washington University, USA and Cary O’Dell
Media History and the Archive
This edited volume addresses the needs of journalism educators grappling with rapid change. Written by internationally distinguished scholars, these research-based essays examine how educators are responding to change in areas such as pedagogy, standards, diversity, training and employment, and include case studies from Africa, Australia, Sweden, Turkey and the U.S.
Series: Routledge Advances in Television Studies
The Biographical Encyclopedia of American Radio
Landscapes of Holocaust Postmemory
Interrogating Trauma
Parody and Taste in Postwar American Television Culture
The Biographical Encyclopedia of American Radio presents the very best biographies of the internationally acclaimed three-volume Encyclopedia of Radio in a single volume. It includes more than 200 biographical entries on the most important and influential American radio personalities, writers, producers, directors, newscasters, and network executives. With 23 new biographies and updated entries throughout, this volume covers key figures from radio’s past and present including Glenn Beck, Jessie Blayton, Fred Friendly, Arthur Godfrey, Bob Hope, Don Imus, Rush Limbaugh, Ryan Seacrest, Laura Schlesinger, Red Skelton, Nina Totenberg, Walter Winchell, and many more. Scholarly but accessible, this encyclopedia provides an unrivaled guide to the voices behind radio for students and general readers alike. Routledge «Market: Media Studies October 2010: 279x216: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-99549-8: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85489-1: £110.00
Violence, Visual Culture, and the Black Male Body Cassandra Jackson, The College of New Jersey, USA Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies
Network Journalism Journalistic Practice in Interactive Spheres Ansgard Heinrich, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: Routledge Research in Journalism Heinrich here analyzes the interplay between journalistic practice and processes of globalization and digitalization. She argues that a new kind of journalism – ’network journalism’ – is emerging, characterized by an increasingly global flow of news as well as a growing number of news deliverers.
This book examines images of wounded black men in U.S. visual culture. Jackson addresses the ways in which the wound has been exploited to patrol and contain black masculinity, as well as the ways in which twentieth-century artists have disrupted and redressed its oppressive implications. Routledge «Market: Media / Cultural Studies October 2010: 229x152: 158pp Hb: 978-0-415-88042-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84278-2: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Journalism / Media Studies November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88270-5: £80.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
26 literature 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
Autobiography *
Sexuality
Linda Anderson, University of Newcastle, UK
Joseph Bristow, UCLA, USA
Series: The New Critical Idiom
Series: The New Critical Idiom
The new edition of this classic guide is fully updated to include:
Theories of sexuality and desire are commonly used in literary and cultural studies. In this illuminating study Joseph Bristow introduces readers to the fundamental critical debates surrounding the topic.
• developments in autobiographical criticism, highlighting major theoretical issues and concepts • forms of the genre, including confessions, narratives, memoirs and diaries
This fully updated second edition includes: • a historical account of theories of sexuality from the Victorians to the present
• major autobiographical writers, including St Augustine, Bunyan, Boswell, Rousseau and Wordsworth, alongside non-canonical autobiographies by women • twentieth-century autobiography, including women’s writing, black and postcolonial writing, and personal criticism • a new chapter and expanded sections examining recent trends such as blogs, popular literary memoirs and new theories on testimonial writing.
• discussions of the most influential theorists including Freud, Lacan, Bataille, Baudrillard, Cixous, Deleuze, Irigaray and Kristeva • a new and extended discussion of queer and transgender theory, race, ethnicity, and desire • a new preface summarising changes in the field since the first edition • a new glossary, and annotated further reading section.
Combining theoretical discussion with thought-provoking readings of major texts, this guidebook is the ideal introduction to autobiography.
Considering all of the major movements in the field, this new edition is the ideal guide for students of literary and cultural studies.
Routledge «Market: Literature December 2010: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57213-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57214-9: £12.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-18635-3
Routledge «Market: Literature December 2010: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-29928-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-29929-9: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83583-8: £55.00
Reader
Reader
Literature and Globalization *
The History of Reading *
A Reader
Edited by Shafquat Towheed and Rosalind Crone, both at The Open University, UK and Katherine Halsey, University of Stirling, UK
Series: Routledge Literature Readers ’[I] wonder how we have managed without such a text.’ – Rita Raley, UCSB, USA This groundbreaking Reader charts emergent moments in contemporary thinking about globalization, and explores their significance for and impact on literary studies. The book’s three sections look, in turn, at: • an overview of influential theories and works in the field • the impact of globalisation on literature and conceptions of the ‘literary’ • how issues in globalisation can be used to read specific literary texts. Containing essays by leading critics including Arjun Appadurai, Timothy Brennan, Simon Gikandi, Graham Huggan, Amitav Kumar, Franco Moretti and Gayatri Spivak, this volume outlines offers a key sourcebook for and introduction to this exciting field.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Literature and Cultural Studies October 2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49667-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49668-1: £24.99
See separate Order Form
Series: Routledge Literature Readers The History of Reading offers an engaging, accessible overview from the rise of literacy through to the current trend of ‘book clubs’. Divided into seven sections, each with a useful introduction, this reader: • summarises the main debates and perspectives shaping the field • introduces key theorists such as Iser, Fish and Bakhtin • surveys influential works and outlines important studies on mass reading • focuses on specific communities such as Welsh miners, African American library users and Australian convicts • looks at individual readers from a variety of countries, classes and historical periods • considers current research in the history of reading. Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-48420-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48421-3: £29.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Edited by Liam Connell, The University of Winchester, UK and Nicky Marsh, University of Southampton, UK
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
literature 27
The Routledge Companion to Literature and Science *
The Routledge Concise History of Nineteenth Century Literature *
Edited by Bruce Clarke, Texas Tech University, USA with Manuela Rossini, Swiss Academies of the Arts and Sciences, Switzerland
Josephine Guy, University of Nottingham, UK and Ian Small, both at University of Birmingham, UK Series: Routledge Concise Histories of Literature
Series: Routledge Literature Companions
The Nineteenth Century saw the beginning of Queen Victoria’s reign and the collapse of the slave trade; medicine, science and technology developed rapidly, creating an era of discovery and invention with huge global impact.
With over fifty newly commissioned essays from leading scholars, The Routledge Companion to Literature and Science traces interaction, reaction and conflict between these two disciplines. Divided into four main sections, this volume:
In their clear and accessible manner, Josephine Guy and Ian Small:
• uncovers links between literature and diverse areas of science, from Artificial Intelligence to thermodynamics
• examine the work of writers from Austen and the Brontës, to Melville, Dickinson, Chekov and Wilde
• provides a broad survey of current theoretical and disciplinary approaches
• look at issues of sexual politics, consumerism, commodity culture, nationalism and colonialism
• considers the interaction between literature and science within diverse cultures and different periods • offers a chronology of key events in the history of literature and science. Ranging from the ‘two cultures’ debate to the ‘posthumanities’ arguments of the present day, this volume offers a comprehensive and indispensible resource for undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers. Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-49525-7: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84873-9: £125.00
Theory After ‘Theory’ Edited by Derek Attridge and Jane Elliott, both at University of York, UK Arguing that theory, far from being dead, is coming to terms with the most urgent cultural and political questions of today, this volume:
• chart the move from Romanticism to Modernism • introduce crucial debates on form, style, genre, editing and bibliography. Both introducing the literature of the nineteenth century in its historical and critical contexts, and also discussing and debating the issue of ‘periodization’ itself, this innovative guide is a must read for both students and researchers. Routledge «Market: Literature November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48710-8: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48711-5: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83941-6: £55.00
new in paperback
The Novels of Virginia Woolf Hermione Lee, Wolfson College, Oxford This book, first published in 1977, is not about Bloomsbury, lesbianism, madness or suicide, but is a much-needed introduction to Virginia Woolf’s nine novels, written in the hope of turning attention back from the life to the fictional work. Its clarity and insights will make this book invaluable to a student embarking on a study of Virginia Woolf as a novelist, and to all those whose interest has been aroused by the continuing publication of biographical material. It will, moreover, increase the enjoyment, not only of enthusiasts, but also of those who have hitherto, found her a ‘difficult’ writer.
• includes essays by leading theorists on affect, biopolitics, biophilosophy, aesthetics, and neoliberalism • re-examines established areas including subaltern studies, postcolonialism, and ethics • considers influential figures including Agamben, Arendt, and Badiou. Divided into clear sections that place the work in context, this volume speculates on theory’s future while demonstrating its current diversity.
çè
Routledge «Market: Literary Theory December 2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-48418-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48419-0: £21.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Selected Contents: 1. The Voyage Out 1915 2. Night and Day 1919 3. Jacob’s Room 1922 4. Mrs Dalloway 1925 5. To the Lighthouse 1927 6. Orlando 1928 7. The Waves 1931 8. The Years 1937 9. Between the Acts 1941 Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 216x138: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-56800-5: £22.50 eBook: 978-0-203-09254-5: £70.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Amanda Anderson, Ray Brassier, Adriana Cavarero, Eva Cherniavsky, Rey Chow, Claire Colebrook, Laurent Dubreuil, Roberto Esposito, Simon Gikandi, Martin Hagglünd, Peter Hallward, Brian Massumi, Peter Osborne, Elizabeth Povinelli, William Rasch, Henry Staten, Bernard Stiegler, Eugene Thacker, Cary Wolfe, Linda Zerilli
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
28 literature
Travel Writing * The New Critical Idiom Thompson Carl, Nottingham Trent University, UK Series: The New Critical Idiom An increasingly popular genre, addressing issues of space, language, colonialism, globalization and politics, travel writing offers the reader a movement between the familiar and the unknown. In this volume, Carl Thompson • introduces the genre, outlining competing definitions and key debate • provides a broad historical survey from the medieval period to the present da • considers contemporary issues of tourism, migration and displacemen • looks both at canonical and more marginal works in women’s writing, colonial and postcolonial writing • examines the place of travel writing in the construction of ‘pioneering’ narratives of America. Concise and practical, Travel Writing is the ideal introduction for those new to the subject, as well as a crucial overview of the terminology, history and debates within the field. Routledge «Market: Literary Studies December 2010: 198x129: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-44464-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44465-1: £12.99
Antebellum American Women Writers and the Road
Ecocriticism and Early Modern English Literature
Heroism and the Supernatural in the African Epic *
American Mobilities
Green Pastures
Susan L. Roberson, Texas A&M University, Kingsville, USA
Todd A. Borlik, Bloomsburg University, USA
Mariam Konaté Deme, Western Michigan University, USA
Concerned with issues of personal and national identity, this book studies American women’s narratives of mobility and explores the connections between mobility and the domestic, and between mobility and progress, as women claimed a place on the public road and in the public discourse about the nation.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 229x152: 225pp Hb: 978-0-415-88354-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84001-6: £75.00
See separate Order Form
Series: Routledge Studies in Renaissance Literature and Culture This timely study reveals the rich potential for the emergent ‘green’ criticism to yield fresh insights into Elizabethan literature. Examining allusions to Pythagorean cosmology, Ovidian tropes, Stoic ethics, republicanism, pre-Reformation spirituality, and the art/nature topos through an ecological lens, Borlik locates an early avatar of ecocriticism in early modern pastoral. Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 229x152: 326pp Hb: 978-0-415-87861-6: £75.00
Series: African Studies Western criticism has largely failed to acknowledge the distinctiveness of African literary aesthetics. This book revises traditional literary canons in examining the social, cultural and emotional specificity of African epics and highlighting distinguishing features, such as the significance of the fantastic and its use in the epic dramatic structure. Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 229x152: 148pp Hb: 978-0-415-87492-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84620-9: £70.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: Routledge Studies in Nineteenth Century Literature
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
literature 29 Humor in Contemporary Junior Literature
Representations of Eve in Antiquity and the English Middle Ages
Shakespeare, Trauma and Contemporary Performance
Julie Cross, Roehampton University, UK
John Flood, Oxford University, UK
Performances on Stage and Screen
Series: Children’s Literature and Culture
Series: Routledge Studies in Medieval Religion and Culture
Catherine Silverstone, University of London, UK
In this wide-ranging and erudite study, Flood looks at the ways in which Eve was represented in antiquity and the English Middle Ages.
This study explores the relationship between performances of Shakespeare’s plays and the ways in which they engage with traumatic events and histories. It investigates the ethical and political implications of attempts to represent trauma in performance, and interrogates a range of narratives about Shakespeare, gender, sexuality, ethnicity, colonization and violence.
This book explores the changing content, forms and functions of humor in junior texts since the 1960s. These changes have produced new compounds of seemingly paradoxical high and low forms of humor, which reflect and contribute to contemporary western society’s hesitant and uneven acceptance of the emergent paradigm of children’s rights, abilities and empowerment. Routledge «Market: Literature November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88267-5: £80.00
Representing Mixed Race in Jamaica and England from the Abolition Era to the Present
Postcolonial Tourism
S. Salih, University of Toronto, Canada
Literature, Culture, and Environment
Series: Routledge Research in Postcolonial Literatures
Anthony Carrigan, Keele University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Postcolonial Literatures Looking at the cultural and ecological effects of mass tourism development in states that are still grappling with the legacies of ‘western’ colonialism, Carrigan argues that postcolonial writers not only dramatize the industry’s most exploitative operations but also provide blueprints toward sustainable tourism futures. Routledge «Market: Literature November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88273-6: £80.00
Charlotte Ross, University of Birmingham, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature This innovative book, the first sustained analysis in English of Primo Levi’s representations of the body, explores the narratives of embodiment in his work, from the testimonial writings to his science fiction stories. It brings Levi’s thought into new dialogue with theories of embodiment and posthumanism. Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88041-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83719-1: £75.00
This book attempts to bring the empirical engagement with archives, the interest in areas of publishing, and the packaging of texts that have been central to book history debates to the field of postcolonial literatures to look at why Anglophone West African and Caribbean writers were published by London-based publishers. Routledge «Market: Postcolonial Literatures October 2010: 229x152: 220pp Hb: 978-0-415-42435-6: £80.00
@
Rashmi Varma Series: Routledge Research in Postcolonial Literatures
Routledge «Market: Literature November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88039-8: £90.00
Travel and Modernist Literature *
This collection offers readers a timely encounter with the historical experience of people adapting to a pandemic emergency and the corresponding narrative representation of that crisis, as early modern writers transformed the plague into literature.
Series: Routledge Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature
Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 229x152: 268pp Hb: 978-0-415-87797-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85056-5: £75.00
This book examines the development of literary constructions of Irish-American identity and argues that the fictional Irishman became a locus for the expression and reconciliation of emerging American nationalist anxieties. It considers Irish characters created by both Irish-American and non-Irish writers including Twain, Eliot, Fitzgerald, Mitchell, Norris, Boucicault, and Farrell. Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 229x152: 270pp Hb: 978-0-415-88043-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84196-9: £75.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
Alexandra Peat, University of Toronto, Canada
Through close readings of works from Henry James to W. E. B. Du Bois, and from Virginia Woolf to Jean Rhys, this book discusses how fictional travellers negotiate and adapt various tropes of travel (such as quest, expatriation, displacement, and exile) as models for their own journeys. Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 229x152: 246pp Hb: 978-0-415-87233-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84329-1: £75.00
Travel Writing and Atrocities * Eyewitness Accounts of Colonialism in the Congo, Angola, and the Putumayo Robert Burroughs, Leeds University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Travel Writing This book examines eyewitness travel reports of atrocities committed in European-funded slave regimes in the Congo Free State, Portuguese West Africa, and the Putumayo district of the Amazon rainforest during the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries, providing detailed examinations of a range of little-known travellers’ accounts of colonial violence. Routledge «Market: Literature October 2010: 229x152: 257pp Hb: 978-0-415-99238-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84916-3: £70.00
çè
Series: Routledge Research in Postcolonial Literatures
London, Nairobi, Bombay
Sacred and Ethical Journeys
Series: Routledge Transnational Perspectives on American Literature
Gail Low, Dundee University, UK
The Postcolonial City and Its Subjects
Series: Routledge Studies in Renaissance Literature and Culture
Christopher Dowd, Missouri Southern State University, USA
Anglophone West African and Caribbean Writing in the UK 1948–1968
Routledge «Market: Literature November 2010: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-95645-1: £80.00
Varma here offers a reading of both historical and contemporary debates on urbanism – looking specifically at London, Nairobi, and Bombay – through the filter of postcolonial fictions and the cultural fields surrounding and containing them.
The Construction of Irish Identity in American Literature
Publishing the Postcolonial *
çè
Routledge «Market: Literary Studies October 2010: 229x152: 247pp Hb: 978-0-415-39808-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84349-9: £80.00
Edited by Rebecca Totaro, Florida Gulf Coast University, USA and Ernest B. Gilman, New York University, USA
Containing the Human
for e-mail updates in your field
This study offers a genealogical account of ‘mixed race’ identity which considers the discursive construction of ‘mixed race’ identity in a variety of textual contexts.
Representing the Plague in Early Modern England *
Primo Levi’s Narratives of Embodiment
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Routledge «Market: Literature November 2010: 229x152: 308pp Hb: 978-0-415-87796-1: £80.00
Series: Routledge Studies in Shakespeare
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
30 english language & linguistics 3rd Edition textbook
textbook
An Introduction to Discourse Analysis
How to do Discourse Analysis: A Toolkit *
Theory and Method
James Paul Gee, Arizona State University, USA
James Paul Gee, Arizona State University, USA
How to do Discourse Analysis by James Gee takes a new approach to introducing discourse analysis as a research method, and presents to readers the nature of human language as it is used in social and cultural contexts. This title serves as good preparation for future learning in discourse analysis and applied linguistics. The book allows readers to engage in discourse analysis step by step using 27 different tools. Each tool is explained alongside examples of how to use the tool followed by a practice task based on real data. Readers from all fields gain both a theoretical and a practical background in how to do discourse analysis.
Discourse analysis considers how language, both spoken and written, enacts social and cultural perspectives and identities. Assuming no prior knowledge of linguistics, An Introduction to Discourse Analysis examines the field and presents James Paul Gee’s unique integrated approach which incorporates both a theory of language-in-use and a method of research. The third edition of this bestselling text has been extensively revised and updated to include new material such as examples of oral and written language, ranging from group discussions with children, adults, students and teachers to conversations, interviews, academic texts and policy documents. While it can be used as a stand-alone text, this edition has also been fully cross-referenced with the practical companion title How to do Discourse Analysis: a Toolkit and together they provide the complete resource for students with an interest in this area. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics / Education / Communication Studies / Anthropology October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-58569-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58570-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84788-6: £70.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-32861-6
Edited by Marianna Di Paolo, University of Utah, USA and Malcah Yaeger Dror, University of Arizona, USA Sociophonetics is an invaluable ‘how to’ manual for students undertaking research within sociolinguistics. Providing the complete resource with coverage of both the theoretical underpinnings of research as well as practical guidance necessary for investigating the area, this book: covers the key methodological, technical and procedural information needed to undertake sociophonetic research; includes contributions from active researchers in the field; incorporates exercises in each chapter; and has a companion website that provides materials for the exercises, links to on-line sources for specific tools and includes a large selection of audio and video clips. Sociophonetics is essential reading for graduate students and researchers with interests in sociophonetics, phonology and for those undertaking research projects in applied linguistics.
©
See separate Order Form
Tying together work on a number of languages and linguistic varieties in different locales, this book provides students and researchers with a convenient, unified overview of variationist analysis in linguistics. Variation in Linguistic Systems takes a theoretical and quantitative approach to the study of variation in language, focusing on the role of language-internal constraints on variation and the relation of linguistic variation to linguistic theory. It introduces the basic concepts of variationist linguistics and includes key discussions on language change, language contact, the different types of variation, multivariate analysis with GoldVarb, and variation in sound and grammatical systems. Here is an ideal textbook for an introductory course on variation, as well as a useful resource for scholars with some background in linguistics who are interested in the study of language variation and its relation to the wider field of linguistics. Routledge «Market: Linguistics / Sociolinguistics / Language Variation October 2010: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-99067-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99068-4: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85420-4: £80.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
A Student’s Guide
order now!
Variation in Linguistic Systems * James A. Walker, York University, Canada
Sociophonetics
Routledge «Market: English Language / Linguistics October 2010: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-49878-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49879-1: £29.99
Selected Contents: Unit 1: Language and Context Unit 2: Saying Doing and Designing Unit 3: Building Things in the World Unit 4: Theoretical Tools Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics October 2010: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57207-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57208-8: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85099-2: £65.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
english language & linguistics 31 3rd Edition textbook
Student Reference
Language, Society and Power
Grammar: A Pocket Guide
An Introduction
Susan J. Behrens, Marymount Manhattan College, USA A quick and easy guide to English grammar, this engaging text introduces readers to the structure of the English language. Using examples from everyday speech and writing and avoiding jargon, this book will help readers quickly understand how grammatical structures work, covering common questions such as:
Annabelle Mooney, Roehampton University, UK, Jean Stilwell Peccei, formerly Roehampton University, UK, Suzanne LaBelle, Berit Henrikson, Eva Eppler and Satori Soden, all at Roehampton University, UK, Pia Pichler, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK and Anthea Irwin, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK Language, Society and Power is the essential introductory text for students studying language in a variety of social contexts. This third edition of this bestselling book has been completely revised to include recent developments in theory and research and offers:a range of new and engaging international examples drawn from everyday life; new activities designed to give students a real understanding of the topic; an additional chapter covering Student Projects – giving readers suggestions on how to further explore the topics covered in the book; updated and expanded further reading sections for each chapter and a glossary. While it can be used as a stand-alone text, this edition of Language, Society and Power has also been fully cross-referenced with the new companion title: The Language, Society and Power Reader. Together these books provide the complete resource for students of English language and linguistics, media, communication, cultural studies, sociology and psychology.
• Is it ‘10 items or less’ or ‘10 items or fewer’? • Should I say ‘If I were you’ or ‘if I was you’? • Can you start a sentence with ‘And’ or ‘Because’? • When do you use ‘whom’? • What is the difference between ‘lie’ and ‘lay’? Including practice exercises, a glossary, and suggestions for further reading, Grammar: A Pocket Guide is the perfect foundation for anyone wanting to improve their writing and communication. Routledge «Market: Grammar / English Language / Reference October 2010: 172x119: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-49359-8: £10.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84286-7: £10.99
Routledge «Market: English Language and Linguistics / Media and Communication Studies / Education December 2010: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57658-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57659-8: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83654-5: £60.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30394-1
Corpus Approaches to Evaluation
Metaphor and Reconciliation
Susan Hunston, University of Birmingham, UK
The Discourse Dynamics of Empathy in Post-Conflict Conversations
Series: Routledge Advances in Corpus Linguistics
Lynne J. Cameron, The Open University, UK
This book applies a set of corpus investigation techniques to the study of evaluation, or stance, or affect, in naturally-occurring discourse. Evaluative language indicates opinions, attitudes, and judgments. It is an important part of activities such as persuading someone that a particular viewpoint is correct, or in constructing knowledge from a different number of theories. This book argues that phraseology – regularities or patterns in language identifiable from corpus studies – is important to the study of evaluative language. It makes a number of more specific arguments: that modal meaning is expressed through particular phrases and not only through modal verbs; that figurative phrases are used to intensify evaluation; and that patterns of use may be exploited to achieve an automatic identification of evaluations. It also builds on the author’s previous work in exploring how films and journalism use language and images to build knowledge from ideas.
Series: Routledge Studies in Linguistics In this book, Cameron studies the development of empathy, and argues that dialogic use of linguistic metaphor should be the primary site of investigation and theory-building for metaphor studies, and that cognitive metaphor theory needs to be compatible with empirical findings from specific discourse contexts. Routledge «Market: Linguistics October 2010: 229x152: 194pp Hb: 978-0-415-95675-8: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83777-1: £90.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Linguistics October 2010: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-96202-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84168-6: £85.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
32 language learning
A Frequency Dictionary of Arabic A Frequency Dictionary of Czech Core Vocabulary for Learners
Core Vocabulary for Learners
Tim Buckwalter, Linguistic Data Consortium, University of Pennsylvania, USA and Dilworth Parkinson, Brigham Young University, Utah, USA
Frantisek Cermak and Michal Kren Series: Routledge Frequency Dictionaries A Frequency Dictionary of Czech is an invaluable tool for all learners of Czech, providing a list of the 5,000 most frequently used words in the language.
Series: Routledge Frequency Dictionaries An invaluable tool for learners of Arabic, this Frequency Dictionary provides a list of the 5000 most commonly used words in the language. Based on a thiry million word corpus of Arabic which includes both written and spoken material, this dictionary provides detailed information for each of the 5000 entries, including the English equivalent, a sample sentence, and an indication of major register variation (including regional and dialectal). Pronunciation indicators are also given in the form of diacritics for MSA words and Romanized pronunciation for colloquial terms. A CD version of the text is available to purchase separately. Designed for use by corpus and computational linguists, it present the corpus in a format that researchers can process and turn into suitable lists for their own research work. Routledge «Market: Language Learning October 2010: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-59543-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44434-7: £29.99 CD: 978-0-415-60030-9: £99.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88328-0: £85.00
All entries in the rank frequency list feature the English equivalent, a sample sentence with English translation and an indication of register variation. The dictionary also contains twenty thematically organised and frequency-ranked lists of words on a variety of topics, such as family, food and drink and transport. A CD of the text is available to purchase separately and is designed for use by corpus and computational linguists in a format that researchers can process and turn into suitable lists for their own research work. Routledge «Market: Language Learning November 2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57661-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57662-8: £25.99 CD: 978-0-415-57663-5: £99.99
2nd Edition
English: An Essential Grammar Gerald Nelson, The Chinese University of Hong Kong Series: Essential Grammars English: An Essential Grammar is a concise and user-friendly guide to the grammar of modern English, written specifically for native speakers and based on genuine samples of contemporary spoken and written English.
Cantonese: A Comprehensive Grammar Steven Matthews, The University of Hong Kong and Virginia Yip, The Chinese University of Hong Kong
In four chapters, the book covers the essentials of English grammar, begining with the basics and going on to deal with phrase, clause and sentence structure. A fifth chapter deals with English word formation and spelling, including problem spellings and British and American spelling variants.
Series: Comprehensive Grammars ’Cantonese: A Comprehensive Grammar represents the latest effort in writing a dialectal grammar, a grammar that aims to serve language students, teachers, and linguists alike with both challenge and elegance.’ – Professor Samuel H.N. Cheung, International Review of Chinese Linguistics Cantonese: A Comprehensive Grammar is a complete reference guide to Cantonese as spoken by native speakers in Hong Kong. It presents a fresh and accessible description of the language, concentrating on the real patterns of use in current Cantonese. This makes it the ideal reference source for all learners and users of Cantonese, irrespective of level.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Language Learning December 2010: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-47130-5: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47131-2: £39.99
See separate Order Form
Features include: • discussion of points which often cause problems • guidance on sentence building and composition • practical spelling guidelines • explanation of grammatical terms • a set of exercises at the end of each chapter • appendix of irregular verbs. Routledge «Market: Language Learning October 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-58295-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58296-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84938-5: £85.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-22450-5
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
2nd Edition
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
language learning 33
Methods of Language Teaching Blair Bateman and Baldomero Lago, both at Brigham Young University, USA Methods of Language Teaching is an innovative teaching tool which enables upper level trainee teachers to witness language teaching methods being applied in a classroom.
Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar Workbook John Whitlam Series: Modern Grammar Workbooks Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar Workbook is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for all learners of Brazilian Portuguese. The book is divided into two sections:
T he DVD shows a series of lessons illustrating methods that have been widely used, as taught by teachers who have made extensive use of these methods in their own classrooms. The methods covered include the Grammar-Translation Method, the Audiolingual Method, the Cognitive Code Approach and the Total Physical Response Method.
çè
Routledge «Market: Language Learning / Education October 2010 DVD: 978-0-415-60101-6: £72.34
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
• Part B practises everyday functions (e.g making social contact, asking questions and expressing needs) A comprehensive answer key at the back of the book enables you to check on your progress. Modern Brazilian Grammar Workbook is ideal for all learners who have a basic knowledge of Brazilian Portuguese, including undergraduates taking Brazilian Portuguese as a major or minor part of their studies, as well as intermediate and advanced students in schools and adult education. It can be used independently or in conjunction with Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar: A Practical Guide. Routledge «Market: Language Learning October 2010: 246x174: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-56646-9: £18.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Methods of Language Teaching is primarily designed for teachers and students in language teaching methods, including ESL classes, but is also a useful resource for anyone interested in methods of language teaching.
• Part A provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
Theatre & performance
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
34 theatre & performance
1.
6. 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
Games for Actors and Non-Actors
Theatre Histories
Augusto Boal
Phillip B. Zarrilli, Bruce McConachie, Gary Jay Williams and Carol Fisher Sorgenfrei
An Introduction
Translated by Adrian Jackson
2010: 246x189: 640pp Pb: 978-0-415-46224-2: £26.99
2002: 246x174: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-26708-3: £25.99
2.
7. An Actor’s Work
2nd Edition
Performance Studies
A Student’s Diary
An Introduction
Konstantin Stanislavski
Richard Schechner
2009: 234x156: 708pp Pb: 978-0-415-55120-5: £16.99
2006: 276x219: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-37246-6: £26.99
3.
8. The Frantic Assembly Book of Devising Theatre
A Director Prepares
Scott Graham and Steven Hoggett
Anne Bogart
2009: 234x156: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-46760-5: £17.99
2001: 198x129: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-23832-8: £19.99
4.
Seven Essays on Art and Theatre
9. The Director’s Craft
2nd Edition
The Twentieth-Century Performance Reader
A Handbook for the Theatre Katie Mitchell 2008: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-40439-6: £16.99
5.
Edited by Michael Huxley and Noel Witts 2002: 246x174: 488pp Pb: 978-0-415-25287-4: £26.99
10. 2nd Edition
To the Actor
Performance Analysis An Introductory Coursebook
Michael Chekhov
Edited by Colin Counsell and Laurie Wolf
Edited by Mala Powers
2001: 234x156: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-22407-9: £22.99
Foreword by Simon Callow
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
2002: 198x129: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-25876-0: £21.99
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
theatre & performance 35
Anton Chekhov *
Mark Ravenhill
Rose Whyman, University of Birmingham, UK
John F. Deeney, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
Series: Routledge Modern and Contemporary Dramatists
Series: Routledge Modern and Contemporary Dramatists
Anton Chekhov offers a critical introduction to the plays and productions of this major playwright.
Mark Ravenhill is the first book to provide a detailed analysis of the work of arguably the most important dramatist to have emerged from the British theatre over the past twenty years.
Rose Whyman provides an insightful assessment of Chekhov’s life and work, and places his innovative theatrical approach in a modern critical and cultural context.
Using original interview material with the dramatist and his collaborators, together with reviews and criticism, the book displays how Ravenhill’s evolving dramaturgy opens up new and important questions about the relationship between playwriting and politics, culture and society in the new millennium. Routledge
Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies October 2010: 198x129: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-41143-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41144-8: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84355-0: £55.00
«Market: Drama and Theatre Studies December 2010: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-37510-8: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37511-5: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09893-6: £55.00
textbook
The Routledge Drama Anthology and Sourcebook * From Modernism to Contemporary Performance Edited by Maggie B. Gale, University of Manchester, UK and John F. Deeney, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
August Strindberg
The Routledge Drama Anthology and Sourcebook is a groundbreaking discussion of the key movements in the history of modern theatre from the turn of the Twentieth Century to contemporary performance practice.
Eszter Szalczer, NY State, Albany, USA Series: Routledge Modern and Contemporary Dramatists August Strindberg provides a comprehensive introduction to the playwright’s work and explores his drama as a living voice that continues to challenge audiences, critics, and the most innovative of directors. Eszter Szalczer gives an accessible insight into Strindberg’s place in theatre culture and illustrates the relevance and significance of his work today.
Each of the book’s five parts comprises a selection of the plays that defined the period, reproduced in full and accompanied by key critical writings that inform and contextualise their reading. Substantial introductions from experts in the field also provide these sections with an overview of the works and their significance. The works span: • Naturalism and Symbolism • The Historical Avant-Garde
Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies October 2010: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41422-7: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41423-4: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85288-0: £55.00
• Early Political Theatre • The Performance of Ideology • Contemporary Performance. This book strikes an unprecedented balance between comprehensive resource and in-depth critical analysis. It traces a dialogue in which Chekhov, Lorca and Artaud speak fluently with Ravenhill, Etchells and Gómez-Peña.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies October 2010: 246x189: 880pp Hb: 978-0-415-46606-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46662-2: £29.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
36 theatre & performance
Choreographing Empathy
Stanislavski in Practice
Kinesthesia in Performance
Exercises for Students
Susan Leigh Foster, University of California, Los Angeles, USA
Nick O’Brien
What do we feel when we watch dancing? Do we ‘dance along’ inwardly? Do we sense what the dancer’s body is feeling? Do we imagine what it might feel like to perform those same moves? If we do, how do these responses influence how we experience dancing and how we derive significance from it? Choreographing Empathy aims to deconstruct the idea of a direct connection between the body of a dancer and that of their observer. This commonly held notion of ‘kinesthetic empathy’ comes under question from one of dance studies’ pre-eminent scholars.
Feminist Visions and Queer Futures in Postcolonial Drama Community, Kinship, and Citizenship Kanika Batra, Texas Tech University, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Theatre & Performance Studies In this timely study, Batra examines contemporary drama from India, Jamaica, and Nigeria in conjunction with feminist and incipient queer movements in these countries.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Drama / Postcolonial Literature October 2010: 229x152: 213pp Hb: 978-0-415-87591-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83985-0: £75.00
See separate Order Form
Nick O’Brien makes this cornerstone of acting accessible to teachers and students alike. This is an exercise book for students and a lesson planner for teachers on syllabi from Edexcel, WJEC and AQA to the practice-based requirements of BTEC. Each element of the System is covered practically through studio exercises and jargon-free discussion. Over a decade’s experience of acting and teaching makes O’Brien perfectly placed to advise anyone wanting to understand or apply Stanislavski’s system. Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies October 2010: 246x189: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-56843-2: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84805-0: £16.99
Shakespeare, Theatre, and Time
The Theatre of the Bauhaus *
Matthew Wagner, Victoria University of Wellington
The Modern and Postmodern Stage of Oskar Schlemmer
Series: Routledge Advances in Theatre & Performance Studies
Melissa Trimingham, Kent University, UK
This book investigates time in Shakespearean theatre. Wagner posits that theatrical, and especially Shakespearean, time is characterized predominantly by various forms of temporal conflict. From this perspective, he traces the ways in which time transcends thematic and metaphorical functions, and forms an essential part of Shakespearean stage praxis. Routledge «Market: Theatre / Shakespeare October 2010: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-80587-2: £70.00
Series: Routledge Advances in Theatre & Performance Studies In demonstrating the Bauhaus stage work to be an evolving and embodied experience, central to Bauhaus Modernism, in this book Trimingham offers a new interpretation of the institution as a whole, in terms of a ‘post’ modern fissure in the Bauhaus master plan, a fissure that begins on its stage. Routledge «Market: Theatre & Performance Studies October 2010: 229x152: 249pp Hb: 978-0-415-40398-6: £85.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Routledge «Market: Dance / Drama and Theatre Studies November 2010: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59655-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59656-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84070-2: £70.00
An unparalleled step-by-step guide to Stanislavski’s System.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
music 37
Blues, Funk, Rhythm and Blues, Soul, Hip Hop, and Rap * A Research and Information Guide Eddie S. Meadows, San Diego State University, USA
Instrumental Music Education * Teaching with the Musical and Practical in Harmony Evan Feldman, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Ari Conzius, Washingtonville High School and Mitchell Lutch, Central College
Series: Routledge Music Bibliographies
This is a textbook intended for music education majors studying to be band and orchestra directors at any level. It teaches how to develop musicianship in ensembles and optimize performance and will outfit directors with the practical solutions needed to manage a program. It covers ear training, rehearsal technique, and repertoire lists. Supplements include videos and recorded examples with ear training exercises.
Despite the influence of African American music and study as a worldwide phenomenon, no comprehensive and fully annotated reference tool currently exists that covers the wide range of genres. This much needed bibliography fills an important gap in this research area and is an indispensable resource for librarians and scholars studying African American music and culture.
2nd Edition
Focus: Music, Nationalism, and the Making of the New Europe * Philip V. Bohlman, University of Chicago, USA Series: Focus on World Music Series Nationalism in Europe resonates through music. As the modern European nationstate emerged during the Enlightenment, music provided a fundamental language for nationalist movements. Today, music is no less a force of transformation, whether in Eastern Europe after the fall of communism or in Western European nations, whose identities are being reshaped by immigrants and refugees. This book surveys the intersection of music and nationalism by tracing its historical development and documenting its persistence today. Contrasting different types of music reveals how music expresses core ideas of nationalism, for example, folk music in the 19th century and popular music in the 21st. The book also examines music-making that defies easy classification, but rather cuts across class and ideological divisions: national anthems, military music, and national folk ensembles in Eastern Europe, Music that defines ethnic and cultural groups without being explicitly nationalistic, such as klezmer and Roma (Gypsy) music, is also featured.
çè
Routledge «Market: Ethnomusicology October 2010: : 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-96063-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96064-9: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84449-6: £80.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
textbook
Fundamentals for the Aspiring Musician * A Preparatory Course in Music Theory Robert J. Frank, Southern Methodist University, Texas, USA and Ken Metz, University of the Incarnate Word, Texas, USA Fundamentals for the Aspiring Musician is a complete, integrated learning resource covering the essential foundations of music. Rather than using separate recording sets, or software programs, it integrates a textbook with an interactive, multimedia electronic version on CD-ROM, which enables students and instructors to listen to musical examples and review definitions. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Basics 2. Rhythm and Tempo 3. Proportional Value, Meter, and Grouping 4. Aural Application: Rhythmic Reading and Metric Transcription 5. Pitch and the Musical Keyboard 6. Chromatic, Modal, and Major Scales 7. Tendency Tones and Minor Scales 8. Key Signatures 9. Aural Application: Sight Singing 10. Intervals 11. Triads and Seventh Chords 12. Inversion of Chords and Figured Bass 13. Application to Analysis: Chords and Melody in Musical Practice Routledge «Market: Music October 2010: 279x216: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-80103-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80104-1: £46.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85771-7: £95.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Routledge «Market: Music October 2010: 229x152: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-97319-9: £90.00
Selected Contents: 1. Instrumental Music Education 2. Music Education – What, Why, Where, and How 3. Beginning Instrumental Music Chapter 4. Classroom Management 5. Evaluation 6. Administration 7. Promoting Your Program 8. Score Study 9. Set-Up 10. Basic Rehearsal Techniques 11. Components of an Effective Rehearsal 12. Diagnosis & Prescription of Common Problems 13. Developing the Complete Musician 14. Repertoire? Routledge «Market: Music October 2010: 279x216: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-87990-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99210-7: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84892-0: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
38 music 3rd Edition textbook
new in paperback
Music Business and Recording Industry
Xenakis His Life in Music
Delivering Music in the Twenty-First Century Geoffrey Hull and Thomas Hutchison, both at Middle Tennessee State University, USA and Richard Strasser, Northeastern University This comprehensive music business textbook focuses on the three income streams in the music industry: music publishing, live entertainment, and recordings. It presents the latest research in the industry, such as changing methods of distribution and marketing brought about by the digital age, new developments in copyright law, along with the global and regional differences in the music business. Selected Contents: 1. The Entertainment Industry and the Music Business 2. Understanding the Music and Recording Business 3. Copyright Basics in the Music Business 4. Music Copyrights 5. Sound Recording Copyrights 6. Music Publishing – The First Stream 7. Live Entertainment – The Second Stream 8. Recordings – The Main Stream 9. The A & R Function 10. The Production Function 11. The Marketing Function: Product and Price 12. The Marketing Function: Promotion and Place 13. The Global Music and Recording Business Glossary of Terms Appendix: Internet. Resources. Index Routledge «Market: Music November 2010: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-87560-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87561-5: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49833-0: £72.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-96802-7
James Harley Xenakis: His Life in Music is a full-length study of the influential contemporary composer Iannis Xenakis. Following the trajectory of Xenakis’s compositional development, James Harley, who studied with Xenakis, presents the works together with clear explanations of the technical and conceptual innovations that shaped them. Harley examines the relationship between the composer and two early influences: Messiaen and Le Corbusier. Particular attention is paid to analyzing works which were vital to the composer’s creative development, from early, unpublished works to the breakthrough pieces Metastasis and Pithoprakta, through the oft-discussed decade of formalization and the evolving styles of the succeeding three decades. Routledge «Market: Music October 2010: 229x152: 308pp Pb: 978-0-415-88538-6: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-34279-4: £60.00
2nd Edition
Samuel Barber * A Research and Information Guide Wayne C. Wentzel, Butler University Series: Routledge Music Bibliographies Samuel Barber: A Research and Information Guide is an annotated bibliography concerning both the nature of primary sources related to the composer and the scope and significance of the secondary sources which deal with him, his compositions, and his influence. The second edition includes research published since the publication of the first edition and provides electronic resources.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Music October 2010: 229x152: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-87558-5: £90.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
early years & childhood studies 39 Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via www.guilford.com
Peer Relationships in Early Childhood Education and Care * Edited by Margaret Kernan and Elly Singer, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands With contributors from diverse cultural, geographical and disciplinary backgrounds, this new edited collection integrates theories of children’s development of social relationships with theories of development within context, most particularly within cultural communities. A wide range of issues are addressed, including: care and learning in interactions and interpersonal relations; conflicts and negotiation; friendships and play; group phenomena; and independence, interdependence and identity. This book will be highly relevant for all those concerned with early childhood care and education in different societies and cultures around the globe. It will also be of interest to those involved in training and continuing professional development. Routledge «Market: Education / Childhood Studies October 2010: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-57462-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57461-7: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84660-5: £75.00
Early Childhood Education Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow Suzanne L. Krogh and Kristine L. Slentz, both at Western Washington University, USA In an accessible and meaningful way, Early Childhood Education examines foundational topics that encourage early childhood education students to think, reflect, and develop opinions, theories, and philosophies about their field. Divided into three sections that deal with the past, present, and future, Early Childhood Education asks the reader to think about important ideas underlying and encompassing today’s early childhood education. The newly updated edition includes the most contemporary issues in the field since the first edition and integrates further discussion of diversity and children with special needs throughout the entire book. Special Features include end of chapter questions and ‘Extending Your Learning’ activities that provide opportunities for further discussion and debate.
Edited by Jerome S. Bruner, New York University, USA and Helen Haste Series: Routledge Revivals The growing child comes to understand the world, makes sense of experience and becomes a competent social individual. First published in 1978, Making Sense reflected the way in which developmental psychologists had begun to look at these processes in increasingly naturalistic, social situations. Rather than seeing the child as working in isolation, the authors of this collection take the view that ‘making sense’ involves social interaction and problem-solving. They particularly emphasize the role of language; its study both reveals the child’s grasp of the frames of meaning in a particular culture, and demonstrates the subtleties of concept development and role-taking. Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology October 2010: 216x138: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-58099-1: £65.00
2nd Edition
@
Angela Glenn, Early Years Consultant, UK, Jacquie Cousins, L and J Training and Consultancy, UK and Alicia Helps, Educational Psychologist, UK Series: Tried and Tested Strategies Behaviour in the Early Years provides hands-on tried and tested strategies to help you respond instantly and effectively to behaviour problems. This second edition has been updated and revised to include additional guidance on managing the outdoor environment, communicating with parents, the transition from home to nursery and safeguarding children. Features include: • helpful explanations of responsibilities in relation to the Code of Practice and SENDA • photocopiable record sheets • social and emotional development checklists • a wide range of case studies to illustrate how strategies work in practice. This book is essential reading for practitioners in all early years settings looking for effective ways to deal with challenging behaviour. Routledge «Market: Education / Early Years December 2010: 297x210: 128pp Pb: 978-0-415-58435-7: £17.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-104-6
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 254x178: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-87826-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87825-8: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84201-0: £95.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-2882-5
for e-mail updates in your field
The Child’s Construction of the World
Behaviour in the Early Years
2nd Edition
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Making Sense *
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
40 early years & childhood studies
Playing to Learn * The Role of Play in the Early Years Sandra Smidt, Freelance Educational Consultant, UK What do we mean when we use the word ‘play’ in terms of learning and development? This book argues that all play is purposeful. And that play is only play when the child has chosen what to do, where and how to do it, with whom and with what.
Understanding Behaviour & Development in Early Childhood A Guide to Theory and Practice Maria Robinson, Independent Adviser and Lecturer in Early Years Development, UK This fascinating book provides a way of thinking about and understanding behaviour that follows the shifts and changes over time as the baby and young child grow and mature.
Sandra Smidt’s clear and accessible book consists of:
Concepts examined include:
• analysis of key theorists on play
• what we understand by ‘behaviour’
• application of theories to current initiatives including Every Child Matters and the Early Years Foundation Stage
• how the brain and senses work and mature • behaviour as a reflection of the child’s internal state
• inspiring case studies
• how we learn what feelings mean to us as individuals
• an examination of the role of adults facilitating meaningful play. This book is a must for practitioners in Early Years education. Routledge «Market: Early Years Education / Play October 2010: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-55881-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55882-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85199-9: £75.00
• how emotions affect our ability to learn • how we develop a sense of self. Understanding behaviour is a constant theme for anyone working with children. This developmental approach promotes a helpful reflective stance for practitioners and students in Early Childhood education and care.
Supporting Early Mathematical Development * Practical Approaches to Play-Based Learning
Routledge «Market: Early Years Education / Behaviour October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56560-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56561-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84288-1: £80.00
Caroline McGrath, City of Bristol College, UK Supporting Early Mathematical Development offers a blend of theory and practice enabling early years practitioners and teachers to deliver successful mathematical education to children from birth to eight years old. Considering mathematical development in a range of settings, the principles of the EYFS are combined with effective pedagogy and are tracked through to the National Numeracy Strategy. Theory is translated into practice, and the book contains a wealth of advice including: • ideas for multi-sensory teaching strategies • lesson plans for different age groups
Professionalism in Early Childhood Education and Care * International Perspectives Edited by Carmen Dalli, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand and Mathias Urban, University of East London, UK This book opens up the debate about the meaning of professionalism in the early childhood context. This book was published as a special issue in the European Early Childhood Education Research Journal. Routledge «Market: Pedagogy / Elementary Education October 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57405-1: £80.00
• illustrative examples of children’s work • instructional methodologies. Using books, songs, cookery, play and the outdoors, this book brings a fresh approach to teaching mathematics and is essential reading for all those working with young children, and for students studying on Early Years courses.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Early Years / Mathematics October 2010: 246x174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-49162-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49161-7: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85556-0: £70.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
teaching and learning 41
35 Strategies for Guiding Readers Child Development in Practice Responsive Teaching and Learning from Birth to Five through Informational Texts Barbara Moss and Virginia S. Loh, both at San Diego State University, USA
Pamela May, Early Years consultant, UK
This book gives students, managers and practitioners suggestions of ways of working with children which will help them learn confidently, independently and co-operatively. As the theory and practice are interwoven, students and practitioners will be made aware of firstly, why a thorough understanding of child development is so important and secondly, how to put the theory into practice. Descriptions of practice that occur every day in early years settings are thoughtfully and clearly discussed in the light of current and recent research.
’The strategies work because the authors help teachers understand the ‘what,’ ‘when,’ ‘how,’ and ‘why’ of strategy use in today’s multidimensional classrooms. That is why this book will make a decided difference in the professional lives of teachers. Moss and Loh have ‘hit one out of the park’ with this book.’ – Richard T. Vacca, Kent State University, USA This practical guide presents inspiring, research-based activities for teaching students in grades K-12 how to read and think critically about informational texts. With five essential types of strategies, seasoned and preservice teachers learn ways to help students select engaging, challenging reading materials; develop their knowledge of history, science, and other content areas; master vocabulary that aids understanding; build essential comprehension skills across the curriculum; and write effectively about texts they have read. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: 260x198: 176pp Pb: 978-1-60623-926-1: £14.50
Routledge «Market: Early Years / Child Development November 2010: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-49753-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49755-8: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84062-7: £60.00
Coaching Emotional Intelligence in the Classroom
2nd Edition
A Practical Guide for 7–14
Anger Management
Steve Bowkett, Educational Consultant, UK and Simon Percival, Independent Coaching Consultant UK
A Practical Guide
This book is a practical resource to help KS2 and KS3 teachers fully understand the range of ‘emotional intelligences’ they may experience in the classroom. With links to SEAL, PLTS and Every Child Matters agendas; activities, coaching methods and schemes of work are suggested throughout to help pupils become independent and effective learners. Giving guidance on working with different intelligences to improve pupil goal setting and action planning, this book focuses on five key areas:
Adrian Faupel, University of Southampton, UK, Elizabeth Herrick and Peter M. Sharp All schools and many parents have to cope with children and young people who have difficulties managing their anger. This fully updated edition of Anger Management is a practical guide which will: • increase your understanding of anger • offer you a range of practical management interventions • reduce the stress experienced by staff and parents who lack confidence in the face of aggressive behaviour. With specific ideas for working with children provided, as well as helpful photocopies of resources, this book will prove invaluable to teachers as well as parents, carers, psychologist, social workers and health care workers.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
• innovative and inventive thinking • independent enquiry • collaborative learning • communication skills. Providing the tools to help pupils build life skills and people skills which will extend beyond school and into adulthood, this book is essential reading for all practising teachers, teaching assistants and school counsellors working with young people. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57779-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57780-9: £21.99
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 297x210: 128pp Pb: 978-0-415-58071-7: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85346-562-8
• self-awareness
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
42 teaching and learning
Children’s Literature in the Classroom
Early Intervention for Reading Difficulties
Engaging Lifelong Readers
The Interactive Strategies Approach
Diane M. Barone, University of Nevada, Reno, USA
Donna M. Scanlon, Michigan State University, USA, Kimberly L. Anderson, State University of New York, USA and Joan M. Sweeney, North Colonie Central Schools, New York, USA
Many reading programs today overlook an essential component of literacy instruction – helping children develop an enduring love of reading. This authoritative and accessible guide provides a wealth of ideas for incorporating high-quality children’s books of all kinds into K-6 classrooms. Numerous practical strategies are presented for engaging students with picture books, fiction, nonfiction, and nontraditional texts. Lively descriptions of recommended books and activities are interspersed with invaluable tips for fitting authentic reading experiences into the busy school day. Every chapter concludes with reflection questions and suggestions for further reading. The volume also features reproducible worksheets and forms. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: 254x178: 242pp Hb: 978-1-60623-939-1: £34.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-938-4: £19.00
Matching Books and Readers Helping English Learners in Grades K-6 Nancy L. Hadaway, University of Texas at Arlington, USA and Terrell A. Young, Washington State University, USA Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’... Hadaway and Young make the complexity of teaching ELLs comprehensible without oversimplification. They bridge complex bodies of knowledge about reading instruction and language development, and do so with amazing clarity.’ – Catherine Kurkjian, Central Connecticut State University, USA Providing practical guidance and resources, this book helps teachers harness the power of children’s literature for developing ELLs’ literacy skills and language proficiency. The authors show how carefully selected fiction, nonfiction, and poetry can support students’ learning across the curriculum. Criteria and guiding questions are presented for matching books and readers based on text features, literacy and language proficiency, and student background knowledge and interests.
order now!
©
Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: 229x152: 254pp Hb: 978-1-60623-882-0: £34.00
See separate Order Form
Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy T his book presents a research-supported framework for early literacy instruction that aligns with multi-tiered response-tointervention models. The book focuses on giving teachers a better understanding of literacy development and how to effectively support children as they begin to read and write. The authors’ interactive strategies approach is designed around essential instructional goals related both to learning to identify words and to comprehending text. Detailed guidance is provided on ways to target these goals with K-2 students at risk for reading difficulties. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: 254x178: 356pp Hb: 978-1-60623-854-7: £37.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-853-0: £24.00
Creating a Speaking and Listening Classroom Integrating Talk for Learning at Key Stage 2 Lyn Dawes, Northampton University, UK Creating a Speaking and Listening Classroom provides timely professional development for teachers. Based on a theoretical approach underpinned by classroom research, this book offers classroom-tested strategies for engaging children in their own learning. Such strategies involve the direct teaching of speaking and listening. Activities in the book can ensure that children know how and why to support one another’s learning in whole-class and group work. The approach enables teachers to ensure that personalised learning programs are based on what children already think and know. The suggested strategies for teaching speaking and listening can enable children to use one another’s minds as a rich resource. This stimulating book will be of interest to professionals in primary education, literacy co-ordinators and trainee primary teachers. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 297x210: 104pp Pb: 978-0-415-48151-9: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84479-3: £19.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
teaching and learning 43
Cross-Curricular Teaching and Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School Learning in the Secondary Jonathan Savage, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK School... Mathematics Series: Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in... This book provides an introduction and an overview of the Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School series and explores the deeper theoretical underpinnings of cross-curricular teaching and learning across the entire secondary curriculum. Key issues will be illustrated from a wide range of subjects and example approaches from these subjects will be analysed. The book will also illustrate how approaches to cross curricular work can link to new aspects of the curriculum at Key Stages 3 and 4, including the PLTS agenda, cultural understanding and diversity, work-based learning, enterprise and the global dimension. Routledge «Market: Education / Secondary October 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54858-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54859-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84420-5: £80.00
The Centrality of Language in Learning David Stevens, University of Durham, UK Series: Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in... Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School... English brings together ongoing debates about personalised learning, creativity and ICT in education to establish a clear theoretical framework for cross-curricular teaching and learning in English and literacy. Presenting an appropriate pedagogy for cross-curricular teaching that draws on this framework, it promotes radical new approaches to English teaching as part of a widened curriculum through practical examples and theoretical discussions blended with engaging stories of current practice. This timely interdisciplinary textbook is essential reading for all students on Initial Teacher Training courses and practising teachers looking to holistically introduce cross-curricular themes and practices in secondary English teaching.
@
This book establishes a principled framework for cross-curricular teaching and learning in Maths. Indentifying a range of key issues and constructing a research-based pedagogy with practical steps for students and teachers, the book shows readers how to implement cross curricular approaches in their classroom. Throughout the book teachers are encouraged to think creatively about new cross-curricular approaches to teaching and learning. Key features include: theoretical examination of key issues; practical ideas for use in the classroom; assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of different curricular models; example approaches for schemes of work and lesson planning; a wide range of case studies; and summaries of key research linked to suggestions for further reading.
Routledge «Market: Secondary Education / Mathematics December 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57203-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57204-0: £21.99
Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School... The Arts Drama, Visual Art, Music and Design Martin Fautley and Jonathan Savage, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Series: Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in... This new indispensable text book brings together ongoing debates about personalised learning, creativity and ICT in education, with a cross-curricular focus, and establishes a principled framework for cross-curricular teaching and learning in the arts. Examining case studies from a range of innovative secondary schools, and interrogating the use of cross-curricular approaches in UK schools, Cross Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Arts constructs a research based pedagogy with practical steps for students and teachers as they consider how cross-curricular approaches can be implemented in their own subject areas. David Fulton Publishers «Market: Secondary Education / Arts December 2010: 246x174: 180pp Hb: 978-0-415-55044-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55045-1: £21.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Secondary Education / English October 2010: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-56503-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56504-2: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84134-1: £80.00
for e-mail updates in your field
Series: Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in...
This textbook is essential reading for all students on Initial Teacher Training courses.
Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School... English
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Robert Ward-Penny, University of Warwick, UK
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
44 teaching and learning 3rd Edition
2nd Edition
Developing Language and Communication Skills through Effective Small Group Work *
Developing Physical Health and Well-being through Gymnastic Activity (5–7)
SPIRALS: From 3–8
A Session-By-Session Approach
Marion Nash, Literacy Consultant and Speech Therapist, UK, Jackie Lowe, Nursery Worker, UK and Tracey Palmer, Deputy Head Teacher, UK
Maggie Carroll and Jackie Hannay, both at University of Brighton, UK
Poor literacy skills have been shown to have profound effect on the life chances of children and young people. Now in its third edition, Developing Language and Communication Skills through Small Group Work provides essential information for practitioners working with linguistically struggling children. The book includes: concise explanations of the terms and concepts involved; clear guidelines for setting up and running small group sessions; structured lesson plans; photocopiable resources; lists of further reading and resources; Early Years and Reception Year material; references to the Bercow Report (2008); information on using puppets; and additional ‘bubble commentaries. Routledge «Market: Education / Language and Literacy October 2010: 297x210: 144pp Pb: 978-0-415-57689-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84835-7: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-156-5
Exploring Effective Pedagogy and Practice Edited by Rob Toplis, Brunel University, UK How Science Works provides student and practising teachers with a comprehensive introduction to one of the most dramatic changes to the secondary science curriculum. With chapters structured around three key themes – why How Science Works, what it is and how to teach it – expert contributors explore issues including the need for curriculum change, arguments for scientific literacy for all, school students’ views about science, what we understand about scientific methods, types of scientific enquiry, and, importantly, effective pedagogies and their implications for practice. How Science Works is a source of guidance for all student, new and experienced teachers of secondary science, interested in investigating how the curriculum can provide creativity and engagement for all school students.
See separate Order Form
Edited by Leila Christenbury, Virginia Commonwealth University, USA, Randy Bomer, University of Texas at Austin, USA and Peter Smagorinsky, University of Georgia, USA The first comprehensive research Handbook of its kind, this volume showcases innovative approaches to understanding adolescent literacy learning in a variety of settings. Distinguished contributors examine how well adolescents are served by current instructional practices and highlight ways to translate research findings more effectively into sound teaching and policymaking. The book emphasizes social and cultural factors in adolescents’ approach to communication and response to instruction, and sections address literacy both in and out of schools, including literacy expectations in the contemporary workplace. Detailed attention is given to issues of diversity and individual differences among learners. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: 254x178: 452pp Pb: 978-1-60623-993-3: £30.50
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
©
order now!
Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 246x189: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59107-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59106-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83663-7: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-75070-007-8
Handbook of Adolescent Literacy Research
How Science Works
Routledge «Market: Education / Secondary Science November 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56279-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56280-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83826-6: £75.00
T his easy-to-use teacher’s guide adopts a session-by-session approach to teaching physical and motor skill development and health and well-being through gymnastics for the 5–7 age range. Fully updated with the most current schemes of work to use at Key Stage 1, it sets out a series of sessions over the three year span, ensuring progression from year to year. It has been updated to incorporate the latest developments of the EYFS, the National Curriculum and the QCDA Programmes of Study and provides teachers with the latest thinking in this very important area of their work.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
teaching and learning 45 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
How to Teach Poetry Writing at Key Stage 1
How to Teach Poetry Writing at Key Stage 2
Michaela Morgan, Poet, Children’s Author and Writer, UK
Developing Creative Literacy
How to Teach Poetry Writing at Key Stage 1 is a highly practical, activity based resource of writing workshops for teachers of primary age children. Each workshop will help in the development of enjoyable activities for pupils aimed at building practical writing skills. Workshops include:
Michaela Morgan
• redrafting and revising activities
How to Teach Poetry Writing at Key Stage 2 is a highly practical, activity based resource of writing workshops for teachers of primary age children. Each workshop will help in the development of enjoyable activities for pupils aimed at building practical writing skills. Workshops include:
• poetry writing frames
• redrafting and revising activities
• poems from a range of cultures
• poetry writing frames
• traditional and contemporary poems
• poems from a range of cultures
• poems written by children
• traditional and contemporary poems
• lots of writing advice and plenty of fun. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 297x210: 88pp Pb: 978-0-415-59013-6: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85346-918-3
• poems written by children • lots of writing advice and plenty of fun. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 297x210: 88pp Pb: 978-0-415-59014-3: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85346-804-9
4th Edition
Instruction and Assessment for Struggling Writers Evidence-Based Practices Edited by Gary A. Troia, Michigan State University, USA
Language Knowledge for Primary Teachers Angela Wilson and Julie Scanlon, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Teaching children to develop as language users is one of the most important tasks for a primary teacher, yet the evidence suggests that many primary teachers still begin their careers with a low knowledge base. Now revised in line with the new primary curriculum, this new edition gives teachers all the language knowledge they need in the primary classroom, presented in a friendly and accessible way. The book covers:
Series: Challenges in Language and Literacy ’This is the first book to focus on writing instruction and assessment for students with learning challenges ... I look forward to using this book as a text in my undergraduate courses and graduate seminars in literacy instruction for students with special needs.’ – Linda H. Mason, Pennsylvania State University, USA
çè
Guilford Press «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 401pp Pb: 978-1-60623-907-0: £20.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
• why language knowledge is important • language knowledge within the context of texts • how to apply language knowledge in the classroom including the use of phonics • language in a cross-curricular context • talk and dialogic learning. Essential reading for all trainee teachers, this book will help build confidence in approaching the development of children’s power to use language of all kinds. Routledge «Market: Primary Education / Language and Literacy December 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56481-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56480-9: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-207-4
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
This unique book focuses on how to provide effective instruction to K-12 students who find writing challenging, including English language learners and those with learning disabilities or language impairments. Prominent experts illuminate the nature of writing difficulties and offer practical suggestions for building students’ skills at the word, sentence, and text levels. Topics include writing workshop instruction; strategies to support the writing process, motivation, and self-regulation; composing in the content areas; classroom technologies; spelling instruction for diverse learners; and assessment approaches.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
46 teaching and learning
Learning to Read the Numbers
Learning to Solve Problems
Integrating Critical Literacy and Critical Numeracy in K-8 Classrooms A Co-Publication of The National Council of Teachers of English and Routledge
A Handbook for Designing Problem-Solving Learning Environments David H. Jonassen, University of Missouri, USA
David J. Whitin and Phyllis E. Whitin, both at Wayne State University, USA Being a critical reader of numerical information is an integral part of being literate in today’s data-drenched world. Uniquely addressing both mathematics and language issues, this text shows how critical readers dig beneath the surface of data to better evaluate their usefulness and to understand how numbers are constructed by authors to portray a certain version of reality. Engaging, concise, and rich with examples and clear connections to classroom practice, it provides a framework of critical questions that children and teachers can pose to crack open authors’ intentions, expose their decisions, and make clear who are the winners and losers – questions that are essential for building democratic classrooms. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-87430-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87431-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84266-9: £90.00
This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date look at problem solving research and practice over the last 15 years. The first chapter describes differences in types of problems, individual differences among problem solvers, as well as the domain and context within which a problem is being solved. Part I describes six kinds of problems and the methods required to solve them. Part II goes beyond traditional discussions of case design and introduces six different purposes or functions of cases, the building blocks of problem-solving learning environments. It also describes methods for constructing cases to support problem solving. Part III introduces a number of cognitive skills required for studying cases and solving problems. Finally, Part IV describes several methods for assessing problem solving. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-87193-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87194-5: £49.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84752-7: £100.00
3rd Edition
3rd Edition
Learning to Teach Mathematics in the Secondary School A Companion to School Experience Edited by Sue Johnston-Wilder, Peter Johnston-Wilder, University of Warwick, UK, David Pimm, University of Alberta, Canada and Clare Lee, The Open University, UK Series: Learning to Teach Subjects in the Secondary School Series
Learning to Teach Physical Education in the Secondary School * A Companion to School Experience Edited by Susan Capel, Brunel University, UK and Margaret Whitehead, University of Liverpool, UK Series: Learning to Teach Subjects in the Secondary School Series This fully-updated third edition of Learning to Teach Physical Education in the Secondary School has been thoroughly revised to take into account changes in policy and practice within both initial teacher education and the National Curriculum for Physical Education. Written specifically with the new and student teacher in mind, topics covered include: lesson-planning and designing teaching; the philosophy and practice of inclusive PE; assessment; developing wider community links; and inclusion, citizenship and creativity.
Routledge «Market: Secondary Education October 2010: 246x174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-56559-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56558-5: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84412-0: £85.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-34282-7
Routledge «Market: Education / Sport Sciences October 2010: 246x174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-56165-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56164-8: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84852-4: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-33636-9
order now!
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Learning to Teach Physical Education in the Secondary School is an invaluable resource for both undergraduate and postgraduate students studying for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) in the subject area of Physical Education.
©
Already a major text for many university teaching courses, this fully revised third edition of Learning to Teach Mathematics in the Secondary School takes into account developments within the new KS3 and KS4 Maths frameworks recently launched by the Secondary National Strategy, exploring: the purpose of school mathematics; communicating mathematically; the role of new technologies in the mathematics; curriculum and its teaching; planning mathematics; education for pupils with special needs/for SEN; assessment and public examinations; and teaching mathematics post-16.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
teaching and learning 47
Making Music in the Primary School
Maths Homework for Key Stage 2 *
Whole Class Instrumental and Vocal Teaching
Activity-based Learning
Edited by Nick Beach, Trinity College London, UK, Julie Evans, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK and Gary Spruce, Open University, UK
Vicki Parfitt, Colin Forster and Andrea McGowan, all at University of Gloucestershire, UK
Making Music in the Primary School is an essential guide for all student and practising primary school teachers, instrumental teachers and community musicians involved in music with children. It explores teaching and learning music with the whole class and provides a framework for successful musical experiences with large groups of children.
Illustrated by David Brookes, University of Gloucestershire, UK Series: Active Homework Maths Homeworkfor Key Stage 2 is a unique resource for busy teachers – a suite of activities, aligned with half-termly topics, that teachers can use as extension activities or give to pupils to do independently at home. Each of the activities is practically based, asking the pupils to learn through activities which use household items and resources which they have at home.
Illustrated throughout with carefully designed activities to try out in the classroom, the guidance in this book will help you support and develop children’s musical experience, whatever your musical or teaching background.
The activities • foster active and collaborative learning in pupils
Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 246x189: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56129-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56130-3: £22.99
• are quick and easy for pupils, parents and teachers to manage
Young People with Anti-Social Behaviours *
Online and Social Networking Communities
Practical Resources for Professionals
A Best Practice Guide for Educators
Kathy Hampson, Leeds Youth Offending Service, UK
Karen Kear, The Open University, UK
Series: David Fulton / Nasen
Series: The Open and Flexible Learning Series
• are fully photocopiable. Routledge «Market: Primary Education / Mathematics October 2010: 297x210: 104pp Pb: 978-0-415-49625-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84231-7: £24.99
This is an essential resource offering constructive, practical solutions to anti-social behaviour in young people between the ages of 10 and 18. It will be invaluable for those working professionally or voluntarily in schools, with youth groups, youth offending teams, youth inclusion projects, faith groups, anti-social behaviour teams, or for anyone whose work offers the opportunity, or requires them, to challenge anti-social and offending behaviour.
çè
Routledge «Market: Education / Behavioural Difficulties October 2010: 297x210: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-56570-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85265-1: £29.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Online and Social Networking Communities is a professional guide written for educational practitioners and trainers who wish to use online communication tools effectively in their teaching. Focusing on the student experience of learning in online communities, it addresses ‘web 2.0’ and other ‘social software’ tools and considers the role these technologies play in supporting student learning and building learning communities. The guide offers: real-world case studies and quality research; a must-have list of useful resources; guidance on building and supporting online learning communities; information on how collaborative learning assessment differs from assessment of individual learning, and; coverage of wikis, forums, blogging and micro-blogging, instant messaging, YouTube, Facebook, Second Life, Twitter, Flicker, desktop audio, videoconferencing, and social networking sites. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87246-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87247-8: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84273-7: £80.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
This book offers practical solutions for those working with young people with anti-social behaviour. Including ready-touse, tried-and-tested resources suitable for a wide variety of settings, it examines the background to these highly topical issues, enabling the reader to contextualise and better identify with the problems faced by the young people they work with.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
48 teaching and learning
Re-framing Literacy * Teaching and Learning in English and the Language Arts Richard Andrews, University of London, UK
Storytelling and Imagination: Beyond Basic Literacy 8–14 Rob Parkinson, Freelance Storyteller and Writer, UK
Series: Language, Culture, and Teaching Series Imaginative and attractive, cutting edge in its conception, Re-framing Literacy explicates a model for the integration of language arts and literacy education based on the notion of framing. The act of framing – not frames in themselves – provides a creative and critical approach to English as a subject. This book breaks new ground in the language arts/literacy field, integrating arts-based and sociologically based conceptions of the subject. The theory of rhetoric described in this book and which provides its overarching theory is dialogic, political, and liberating. The concept of framing, generally applicable to thinking about communications arts in a number of languages and cultures, is internationally relevant. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99552-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99553-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85312-2: £85.00
Storytelling: Beyond Basic Literacy for KS2 and KS3 is a guide to using creative storytelling in the upper primary and lower secondary classroom. Taking a holistic approach incorporating reading, writing, speaking and listening, this book covers all the skills of storytelling, providing: • ideas for sparking children’s imaginations and harnessing creativity • information on using storytelling in cross-curricular contexts • countless games and activities • summaries of research findings • a range of original and traditional stories • different stages of work to suit all abilities. With the recent flexibility introduced in the primary and secondary curriculum this book is essential reading for all literacy co-ordinators, practising and student teachers who are looking to create an inspiring, cross-curricular approach to literacy. Routledge «Market: Education / Language and Literacy November 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-57186-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57187-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83640-8: £75.00
2nd Edition
Teaching and Learning through Reflective Practice
Teaching Economics in Troubled Times
A Practical Guide for Positive Action
Theory and Practice for Secondary Social Studies
Tony Ghaye, Reflective Learning, UK
Edited by Mark C. Schug, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, USA and William C. Wood, James Madison University, USA
Now in its second edition Teaching and Learning through Reflection and Action maps out the professional and theoretical landscape of reflective practice, its nature and purposes and the claims being made for it. The book brings together two central aspects of educational improvement: the power that teachers have to appraise, understand and transform their teaching; and the bigger picture and the structures that serve to define practice. Taking readers through a process where the initial focus on learning, developing and growing, starts from an understanding of one’s strengths, not weaknesses and problems, the book asks: What’s working well?; What needs changing?; What are we learning?; and Where do we go from here? This textbook is essential reading for undergraduate and PGCE students on initial teacher training programmes
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87771-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87772-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83887-7: £100.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Primary Education / Reflective Practice December 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57096-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57095-4: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85346-548-2
This book is a one-stop collection that helps pre- and in-service social studies teachers to foster an understanding of classic content as well as recent economic developments. Part I offers clear and teachable overviews of the nature of today’s complex economic crisis. Part II provides both detailed best practices for teaching economics in the social studies classroom and frameworks for teaching economics within different contexts. Part III concludes with effective strategies for teaching at the elementary and secondary school levels based on current research on economic education. From advice on what every economics teacher should know, to tips for best education practices, to investigations into what research tells us about teaching economics, this collection provides a wealth of contextual background and teaching ideas for today’s economics and social studies educators.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
teaching and learning 49
Teaching Mathematics Creatively Teaching New Literacies Linda Pound, Education Consultant, UK and in Grades 4–6 Trisha Lee, Artistic Director of Make-Believe Arts, UK Series: Learning to Teach in the Primary School Series Teaching Mathematics Creatively offers a range of strategies to enable trainee and practising teachers to take an innovative, playful and creative approach to mathematics teaching. It promotes creativity as a key element of practice and offers ideas to involve your students and let them develop knowledge, understanding and enjoyment of mathematics.
Resources for 21st-Century Classrooms
Edited by Barbara Moss and Diane Lapp, both at San Diego State University, San Diego, California, USA Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’A valuable resource for upper-elementary and intermediate teachers. The book provides a wealth of useful, research-based information and lessons that will assist educators in their quest of improving student comprehension and learning in the ever-changing world of literacy. This is a resource teachers can pick up, trust, and utilize immediately.’ – Carrie Wessman, Fourth-grade Teacher, Bruce, Wisconsin, USA
Exploring fresh approaches to teaching mathematics, it explains the role of play in bringing the subject alive for children and teachers alike. This book identifies the power of story-telling in supporting mathematical thinking, examines cross-curricular teaching and preparation for teaching creatively. Teaching Mathematics Creatively includes a wealth of innovative ideas to enthuse teachers and enrich maths teaching. This book is an essential purchase for any professional who wishes to employ creative approaches to teaching in their classroom. Routledge «Market: Education / Classroom Practice / Mathematics November 2010: 246x174: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-57591-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57592-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84050-4: £75.00
2nd Edition textbook
Upper-elementary students encounter a sometimes dizzying array of traditional and nontraditional texts both in and outside of the classroom. This practical guide shows how to use a wide range of genres to promote critical literacy skills in grades 4–6. The lessons address essential skills such as comprehending, analyzing, and synthesizing information; reading independently; and using writing to communicate new ideas and pose questions. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: 254x178: 354pp Pb: 978-1-60623-501-0: £20.00
Teaching Literature to Adolescents Teaching New Literacies Richard Beach, University of Minnesota, USA, in Grades K-3 Deborah Appleman, Carleton College, USA, Susan Hynds, Syracuse University (Emerita), USA and Jeffrey Wilhelm, Boise State University, USA Designed to introduce prospective English teachers to current methods of teaching literature in middle and high school classrooms, this popular textbook explores a variety of innovative approaches that incorporate reading, writing, drama, talk, and media production. Authentic case narratives engage readers in considering the dilemmas and issues facing literature teachers. A Companion Web site, www. teachingliterature.org, provides resources and enrichment activities, inviting teachers to consider important issues in the context of their own current or future classrooms. New in the Second Edition: more attention to the use of digital texts throughout; new chapter on teaching young adult literature; new chapter on teaching reading strategies essential to interpreting literature; and more references to examples of teaching multicultural literature.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Edited by Barbara Moss and Diane Lapp, both at San Diego State University, California, USA Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’This book is jam-packed with lessons to incorporate new literacies, especially critical literacies, into any primary-grade classroom! These lessons provide readers with an understanding of the research as well as examples from real classrooms across the country ... This book would be a great addition to advanced literacy methods courses at the undergraduate and graduate level.’ – Jennifer Garrette Lisy, Former Kindergarten and First-grade Teacher, Chicago, Illinois, USA Even the youngest readers and writers in today’s classrooms can benefit enormously from engagement with a wide range of traditional and nontraditional texts. This teacher-friendly Handbook is filled with creative strategies designed specifically for K-3 classrooms. Teachers learn ways to use diverse genres to promote decoding, fluency, comprehension, and other key literacy skills, and to give students the building blocks for critiquing and evaluating texts. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: 254x178: 321pp Pb: 978-1-60623-497-6: £20.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 254x178: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-87515-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87516-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84003-0: £95.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-80584-195-4
Resources for 21st-Century Classrooms
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
50 teaching and learning
Teaching Reading Strategies and Resources for Grades K-6 (F) Rachel L. McCormack and Susan Lee Pasquarelli, both at Roger Williams University, Bristol, Rhode Island, USA Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’This is a rich resource for the next generation of strategic, reflective teachers of reading ... Teachers of all levels of experience will gain clarity on how to choose learning activities that will engage students and move them forward as real-life readers and writers.’ – Michelle Carney, Atlantis Charter School, Massachusetts, USA Elementary teachers of reading have one essential goal – to prepare diverse children to be independent, strategic readers in real life. Special features include sample lessons and photographs of literacy-rich classrooms. Uniquely interactive, the text is complete with pencil-and-paper exercises and reproducibles that facilitate learning, making it ideal for course use. Readers are invited to respond to reflection questions, design lessons, and start constructing a professional teaching portfolio. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: 254x178: 330pp Pb: 978-1-60623-482-2: £25.95
Teaching Reading to English Language Learners Insights from Linguistics Kristin Lems, Leah D. Miller and Tenena M. Soro, all at National-Louis University, USA ’A timely, comprehensive, and significant contribution to the field ... This is a useful, linguistically informed resource for teachers of ELLs.’ – Shondel Nero, New York University, USA Written specifically for K-12 educators, this accessible book explains the processes involved in second-language acquisition and provides a wealth of practical strategies for helping English language learners (ELLs) succeed at reading. The authors integrate knowledge from two fields that often remain disconnected – linguistics and literacy – with a focus on what works in the classroom. Teachers learn effective practices for supporting students as they build core competencies not just for reading in English, but also for listening, speaking, and writing. Engaging vignettes and examples illustrate ways to promote ELLs’ communicative skills across the content areas and in formal and informal settings. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Pb: 978-1-60623-468-6: £20.00
2nd Edition
Inclusive Education
Teaching Science Creatively
A Practical Guide to Supporting Diversity in the Classroom
Dan Davies, Bath Spa University, UK
Joanne Deppeler, David Harvey and Tim Loreman, all at Monash University, Australia
Series: Learning to Teach in the Primary School Series
Drawing from conceptual principles and empirical findings, this fully revised edition of Inclusive Education demonstrates how to empower teachers and leaders and foster professional practices that create a successful inclusive school community. Presenting a hands-on process that addresses evidence, partnerships, curriculum and instruction, this book strikes the right balance between theory and practice. The authors provide educational leaders and school reformers with tools for collaborating and doing the work of improving inclusive practices for equity and student learning. Including links to web resources that include a huge range of planning templates and assessment tools, as well as procedures to create school-based leadership teams to drive and sustain discussions and decision making, this extensive text and collection of tools is invaluable for students, school leaders and teachers who are serious about ensuring success for all students.
See separate Order Form
Key themes addressed include: • teachers’ and students’ attitudes towards science • the relationship between the nature of science, teacher’s pedagogy and children’s learning • theories of learning and young children’s creative development • play, schemas, science and how we treat children’s ideas • covering traditional topics in a creative way • investigating science with new technologies • using the outdoors creatively. Under-pinned by theory and research, this book is an essential purchase for both trainee and practising Science teachers who want to develop their teaching. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56131-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56132-7: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83998-0: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-60147-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60148-1: £23.99
Teaching Science Creatively contains everything teachers need to know about making science lessons fun, engaging and memorable.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
teaching and learning 51
Teaching Science to English Language Learners
Teaching Secondary Geography as if the Planet Matters
Joyce Nutta, University of Central Florida, USA, Nazan U. Bautista, Miami University, Ohio, USA and Malcolm B. Butler, University of South Florida, USA
John Morgan Series: Teaching... as if the Planet Matters Teaching Geography as if the Planet Matters provides detailed and practical advice on how Geography teachers can develop approaches to curriculum and learning which help students understand the nature of the contemporary world. It allows teachers to examine existing approaches, and draw upon the insights of geography as a discipline to deepen students’ understanding of urban futures, climate change, ‘geographies of food’ and the ‘geographies of the credit crunch’.
Series: Teaching English Language Learners across the Curriculum Teaching Science to English Language Learners offers science teachers and teacher educators a straightforward approach for engaging ELLs learning science, offering examples of easy ways to adapt existing lesson plans to be more inclusive. The practical, teacher-friendly strategies and techniques included here are proven effective with ELLs, and many are also effective with all students. The book provides context-specific strategies for the full range of the secondary sciences curriculum, including physical science, life science, earth and space science, science as inquiry, and history and nature of science and more. A fully annotated list of web and print resources completes the book, making this a one volume reference to help science teachers meet the challenges of including all learners in effective instruction. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99624-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99625-9: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85057-2: £95.00
Features include: • examples of suggested teaching activities • detailed case studies • sources of further reading and information • chapter summaries • discussion questions. This book addresses issues of the environment cutting across subject boundaries with an interdisciplinary response. It will appeal to all those in a secondary context who wish to teach geography in a way which is current. Routledge «Market: Secondary Education / English December 2010: 246x189: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56387-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56388-8: £21.99
2nd Edition
Teaching Secondary English as if the Planet Matters Sasha Matthewman, University of Bristol, UK Series: Teaching... as if the Planet Matters Teaching English as if the Planet Matters provides detailed and practical advice on how English teachers can develop approaches to curriculum and learning which help students understand the nature of the contemporary world. The book looks at how English can be taught with a commitment to education for sustainable development drawing on ecocritical theory and classroom practice and offers inspiration for teaching English lessons with criticial environmental awareness.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
David Gerwin and Jack Zevin, both at Queens College, City University of New York Presenting U.S. history as contested interpretations of compelling problems, this text offers a clear set of principles and strategies, together with case studies and ‘Mystery Packets’ of documentary materials from key periods in American history, that teachers can use with their students to promote and sustain problem-finding and problem-solving in history and social studies classrooms. Structured to encourage new attitudes toward history as hands-on inquiry, conflicting interpretation, and myriad uncertainties, the whole point is to create a user-friendly way of teaching history ‘as it really is’ with all its problems, issues, unknowns, and value clashes. Students and teachers are invited to think anew as active participants in learning history rather than as passive sponges soaking up pre-arranged and often misrepresented people and events. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99226-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99227-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85604-8: £95.00
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
David Fulton Publishers «Market: Education December 2010: 246x189: 180pp Hb: 978-0-415-56146-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47204-3: £21.99
Teaching U.S. History as Mystery
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
52 teaching and learning
Teaching World History as Mystery *
The Challenge of Rethinking History Education
Jack Zevin and David Gerwin, both at Queens College, City University of New York
On Practices, Theories, and Policy
Offering a philosophy, methodology, and examples for history instruction that is active, imaginative, and provocative, this text presents a fully developed pedagogy based on problem-solving methods that promote reasoning and judgment and restore a sense of imagination and participation to classroom learning. Featuring case studies of commonly and not so commonly taught topics within a typical world/global history curriculum using combinations of primary and secondary documents, it is designed to draw readers into the detective process that characterizes the work of professional historians and social scientists sharing raw data, defining terms, building interpretations, and testing competing theories. An inquiry framework drives both the pedagogy and the choice of historical materials, with selections favoring the unsolved, controversial, and fragmented rather than the neatly wrapped up analysis of past events.
In The Challenge of Rethinking History Education, Bruce VanSledright argues for a more inquiry-oriented approach to history teaching and learning that fosters a sense of citizenship through the critical skills of historical investigation. Detailed case studies of exemplar teachers are included in this timely book to make visible, in an easily comprehensible way, the thought processes of skilled teachers. Each case is then unpacked further to clearly address the question of what history teachers need to know to teach in an investigative way. This book is a must read for anyone looking for a guide to both the theory and practice of what it means to teach historical thinking, to engage in investigative practice with students, and to increase students’ capacity to critically read and assess the nature of the complex culture in which they live.
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-99224-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99225-1: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85605-5: £95.00
Bruce VanSledright
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-87378-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87379-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84484-7: £95.00
2nd Edition
reader
The Effective Teacher’s Guide
The Guided Reader to Teaching and Learning
50 Ways to Engage Students and Promote Interactive Learning
Denis Hayes, Writer, UK
Even the best lesson plan can be derailed when a teacher is unable to motivate students – and keep them engaged. This indispensable resource offers practical strategies for creating and maintaining a successful K-12 classroom. It presents easy-to-implement best practices for establishing a classroom management plan, organizing classroom procedures and materials, building a respectful community, fostering peer partnerships, and engaging students in active learning. Each recommended activity includes an estimate of the amount of time required and a suggested grade level.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: Introduction. Five Rules for Engagement. Engaging Students through Classroom Procedures. Engaging Students through Organization. Engaging Students by Building Community. Engaging Students through Peer Partners. Engaging Students for Learning. Engaging Students through Reading Guilford Press «Market: Literacy November 2010: : 144pp Pb: 978-1-60623-971-1: £16.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-60623-428-0
See separate Order Form
Featuring extracts from some of the most influential education writers in recent times The Guided Reader to Teaching and Learning is the essential compendium to providing insight, guidance and clarity about key issues affecting practitioners at every level. All extracts have been carefully chosen to represent education issues that affect every practising teacher. Each extract is accompanied by an introduction to the passage, key words and phrases and a summary of key points. In addition, there are questions to prompt discussion; suggestions about areas for possible investigation; and reference to other key readings to extend thinking. The book will be of considerable interest to trainee and newly qualified teachers who are seeking to gain a higher qualification, notably at Master’s Degree level. More experienced teachers and teaching assistants wishing to upgrade their qualifications will also find the book useful. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58121-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58122-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84270-6: £85.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Nancy Frey, San Diego State University, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
teaching and learning 53
The Instructional Design Knowledge Base Theory, Research, and Practice Rita C. Richey, Wayne State University, USA, James D. Klein, Arizona State University, USA and Monica W. Tracey, Wayne State University, USA The Instructional Design Knowledge Base: Theory, Research and Practice provides ID professionals and students at all levels with a comprehensive exploration of the theories and research that serve as a foundation for current and emerging ID practice. This book offers both current and classic interpretations of theory from a range of disciplines and approaches. It encompasses general systems, communication, learning, early instructional, media, conditions-based, constructivist design and performanceimprovement theories. A perfect resource for instructional design and technology doctoral, masters and educational specialist certificate programs, The Instructional Design Knowledge Base provides students and scholars with a comprehensive background for ID practice and a foundation for future ID thinking. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-80200-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80201-7: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84098-6: £100.00
The Mathematics that Every Secondary Math Teacher Needs to Know * Alan Sultan and Alice F. Artzt, both at Queens College, City University of New York Series: Studies in Mathematical Thinking and Learning Series What knowledge of mathematics do secondary school math teachers need to facilitate understanding, competency, and interest in mathematics for all of their students? This unique text and resource bridges the gap between the mathematics learned in college and the mathematics taught in secondary schools. This text is aligned with the recently released Common Core State Standards, and is ideally suited for a capstone mathematics course in a secondary mathematics certification program. It is also appropriate for any methods or mathematics course for pre- or in-service secondary mathematics teachers, and is a valuable resource for classroom teachers. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 279x216: 768pp Pb: 978-0-415-99413-2: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85753-3: £65.00
3rd Edition
revised 5th Edition
The Literate Classroom
A Guide to Teaching Practice
Edited by Prue Goodwin
Revised 5th Edition
Updated to introduce topics within the context of the new Primary Strategy and the National Literacy Strategy, this edited collection provides sound advice and practical suggestions about the teaching of literacy. Presenting a range of refreshing and challenging viewpoints, the authors describe how the theory behind key areas of literacy teaching can be transformed into realistic learning experiences within the classroom. It includes: • new Material on developing literacy through creativity • advice on how using ICT can be used to extend and support literacy teaching • guidance on literacy teaching with EAL pupils • original material on shared reading and writing. Written by a team of literacy experts, this accessible and informative collection is a must-have for all trainee and practicing teachers looking to enhance literacy learning in the primary classroom.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
A Guide to Teaching Practice is the classic textbook for all students on teacher training courses in the UK – Early Years, Primary and Secondary. The book’s focus on the quality of teaching and learning and consideration of the latest policy changes and guidelines ensures that it fits comfortably within TDA and OfSTED frameworks without being too prescriptive. Revised and updated, this authoritative yet accessible textbook covers all the important basic skills and issues that students need to consider during their teaching practice, such as planning, classroom organisation, behaviour management and assessment. This book is one of the most respected textbooks for initial teacher training courses and will be an essential resource for any student teacher. Additional learning resources for students are provided on a companion website, which contains further research, important links and downloadable materials. Routledge «Market: Education / Teacher Training October 2010: 246 x 189: 560pp Pb: 978-0-415-48558-6: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84862-3: £47.99
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58407-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58408-1: £21.99
Louis Cohen, Loughborough University, UK, Lawrence Manion, Keith Morrison, Macau University of Science and Technology, Macau and Dominic Wyse, University of Cambridge, UK
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
54 teaching and learning
The Power of Role-based e-Learning
What English Language Teachers Need to Know I *
A Guide to Designing and Moderating Online Role Plays
Understanding Learning
Sandra Wills, University of Wollongong, Australia, Elyssebeth Leigh, FutureSearch, Australia and Albert Ip, Fablusi P/L, Australia
Denise E. Murray, Macquarie University, Australia and San Jose State University, USA and MaryAnn Christison, University of Utah, USA
Series: Connecting with E-learning
Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series
Written for educators seeking to engage students in collaboration and communication about authentic scenarios, The Power of Role-based e-Learning offers helpful, accessible advice on the practice and research needed to design online role play. Drawing on the experiences of world-leading practitioners and citing an array of worldwide examples, it is a readable, non-technical, and comprehensive guide to the design, implementation, and evaluation of this exciting teaching approach. The Power of Role-based e-Learning offers a careful analysis of the strengths and learning opportunities of online role play, and is realistic about possible difficulties. Providing guidance for both newcomers and experienced professionals who are developing their online teaching repertoire, it is an invaluable resource for teachers, trainers, academics, and educational support staff involved in e-learning. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87784-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87785-5: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84267-6: £95.00
Designed for pre-service teachers and teachers new to the field of ELT, these companion textbooks are organized around the key question: What do teachers need to know and be able to do in order for their students to learn English? Volume I, on understanding learning, provides the background information that teachers need to know and be able to use in their classroom: • the characteristics of the context in which they work • how English works and how it is learned • their role in the larger professional sphere of English language education. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-80638-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80639-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84633-9: £85.00
The Really Useful Elementary Science Book
What English Language Teachers Need to Know II *
Jeffrey W. Bloom, Northern Arizona University, USA
Facilitating Learning
Amongst the challenges that elementary teachers may often face as they introduce their students to science is the need to maintain a solid understanding of the many scientific concepts and details themselves. This indispensible resource, intended for pre- and in-service elementary school teachers, provides concise and comprehensible explanation of key concepts across science disciplines. Organized around the National Science Education Standards, the book tackles the full range of the elementary curriculum including life sciences, ecological sciences, physical sciences, and earth sciences. Although not a methods text, the clear and accessible definitions offered by veteran teacher educator Jeffrey Bloom will nonetheless help teachers understand science concepts to the degree to which they can develop rich and exciting inquiry approaches to exploring these concepts with children.
Denise E. Murray, Macquarie University, Australia and San Jose State University, USA and MaryAnn Christison, University of Utah, USA
See separate Order Form
Designed for pre-service teachers and teachers new to the field of ELT, these companion textbooks are organized around the key question: What do teachers need to know and be able to do in order for their students to learn English? Volume II, on facilitating learning, covers the three main facets of teaching: • planning • instructing • assessing. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-80640-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80641-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84629-2: £85.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-99808-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95819-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84840-1: £100.00
Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
teaching and learning 55
Why Do I Need a Teacher When I’ve got Google? * The Essential Guide to the Big Issues for Every 21st Century Teacher
The Media Teacher’s Handbook Edited by Elaine Scarratt and Jon Davison, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK The Media Studies Teacher’s Handbook is an indispensible guide for all teachers delivering Media Studies and media education in school and college. Written by experts involved in the teaching, training and examination of media studies, chapters cover:
Ian Gilbert Why do I need a teacher when I’ve got Google? is just one of the challenging, controversial and thought-provoking questions Ian Gilbert poses in his long-awaited follow up to the classic Essential Motivation in the Classroom.
• the key concepts and pedagogy underpinning media education • practical ways into teaching and learning the key media concepts
It will make you re-consider everything you thought you knew about teaching and learning, such as: • Are you simply preparing the next generation of unemployed accountants? • What do you do for the ‘sweetcorn kids’ who come out of the education system in pretty much the same state as when they went in? • What’s the Real Point of School? • Exams – So Whose Bright Idea Was That? • What will your school policy be on brain-enhancing technologies? Both entertaining and accessible, this book is designed to challenge, inform and encourage teachers as they strive to design a 21st century learning experience that brings the best out of all young people. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 216x138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46831-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46833-6: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84608-7: £75.00
• using the internet and computer games in the classroom • an introduction to the A Level and GCSE specifications • the 14–19 Creative & Media Diploma and vocational media courses • approaches to production and editing activities • taking your career further. This handbook is an essential guide to the theory, pedagogy, and practice of media education that will help ensure all trainee and practising teachers can deliver the curriculum with confidence. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49993-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49994-1: £22.99
Teaching and Learning with Technology *
The Professional Development of Teacher Educators
Beyond Constructivism
Edited by Tony Bates, University of Worcester, UK, Anja Swennen, Vrije University, the Netherlands and Ken Jones, Swansea Metropolitan University, UK
Series: Routledge Research in Education This book profiles scholarly work from around the world to closely examine the effectiveness of the newest media in education at bridging the gaps among and between teachers, students and subject matter at all levels, from K-12 through adult education.
çè
Routledge «Market: Education and Technology October 2010: 229x152: 314pp Hb: 978-0-415-87850-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85205-7: £70.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
The book reflects many of the professional challenges experienced by those who are and who aspire to become teacher educators. This book was published as a special issue of Professional Development in Education. Routledge «Market: Education / Teacher Training November 2010: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-59164-5: £80.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Edited by Concetta M. Stewart, Pratt Institute, USA, Catherine C. Schifter and Melissa E. Markaridian Selverian, both at Temple University, USA
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
56 special needs
33 Ways to Help with Spelling * Supporting Children who Struggle with Basic Skills Heather Morris and Sue Smith
International Responses to Developing Inclusive Education
Series: Thirty Three Ways to Help with.... Offering a range of activities and games to engage children and encourage motivation in the classroom, this essential classroom companion provides ready-touse material that doesn’t need lengthy forward preparation. Activities include auditory & visual mnemonics, phonetics and tactile tasks. The book works step-by-step through practical activities which: • keep children motivated and enjoying learning • don’t require extensive knowledge or experience from the adult • are grouped into different basic skills, so teachers can choose the activity best suited for the child’s needs • include extension activity where appropriate to challenge pupils.
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder *
The six central themes address issues which have been identified as of importance to teachers, policy makers and academics concerned to promote inclusive education: causes of exclusion and obstacles to inclusion (and how these can be overcome); supporting families; learning from students; professional development; teaching and Learning; and support in the classroom.
Series: David Fulton / Nasen This new edition provides teachers with a highly practical guide to dealing more effectively with ADHD, from initial recognition to effective management strategies via assessment and diagnosis. ADHD causes a wide range of difficulties often leading to school failure, expulsion and emotional, behavioral and social problems. The book will help teachers, parents, doctors and other professionals to properly understand ADHD and show them how to work together effectively to manage it, thereby offering the child a more positive future. The author gives an overview of the condition based on the broad internationally recognized approach to ADHD, which takes account of its biological as well as environmental elements. Case studies throughout describe individuals who behave in different ways and practical strategies are offered throughout to both teachers and parents.
Commonsense Methods for Children with Special Educational Needs Peter Westwood, University of Macau, Macau This book provides teachers with an immediate and comprehensive source of practical strategies for meeting children’s special needs in regular classrooms. This fully revised and updated fifth edition includes expanded chapters on: learning difficulties; effective instruction; behaviour management; self-regulation; the teaching of literacy and numeracy skills; and differentiation across the curriculum. In addition, the book includes new chapters on the learning characteristics and specific needs of students with intellectual, physical or sensory disabilities. In all cases the practical advice the author gives is embedded within a clear theoretical context supported by current research and classroom practice. Routledge «Market: Education / Special Educational Needs November 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58376-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58375-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83664-4: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-41582-8
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Geoff Kewley, Consultant Neurodevelopmental Paediatrician, UK
©
This comprehensive volume combines theoretical chapters written by leading academics in the field of inclusive education with practical chapters demonstrating how the theories can be put into action in the classroom.
6th Edition textbook
What Can Teachers Do?
See separate Order Form
Series: David Fulton / Nasen
Routledge «Market: Education / SEN October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49361-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49363-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84678-0: £85.00
3rd Edition
order now!
Edited by Richard Rose, University of Northampton, UK
This authoritative text will appeal to a broad audience including teachers, researchers, university tutors and other professional colleagues.
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 297x210: 112pp Pb: 978-0-415-56080-1: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84830-2: £19.99
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 297x210: 128pp Pb: 978-0-415-49202-7: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84172-3: £19.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-346-0
Confronting the Obstacles to Inclusion
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
special needs 57
The SENCO Survival Guide
Irregular Schooling
The Nuts and Bolts of Everything You Need to Know
Special Education, Regular Education and Inclusive Education
Sylvia Edwards
Roger Slee, Institute of Education, University of London, UK
Series: David Fulton / Nasen
Series: Foundations and Futures of Education
This book is intended for SENCOs and other staff, working from the Foundation stage to Key Stage 4 with management responsibility for SEN/LDD systems in schools. The book will:
This book explores the foundations of current controversies and confusions in inclusive education. It traces the historical origins of both special education and inclusive education to demonstrate the very different epistemologies from which they spring. The book does not demonise special education but argues that over time, it has become as uncomfortable with changing social and political exigencies as regular schooling has.
• explore recent initiatives and terminology in the context of the ‘Inclusion Development Programme’ and ‘Narrowing the Gap’ • examine the implications for school policy and practice • link together related SEN/LDD development • help schools to develop co-ordinated systems that enable all learners with SEN/LDD to meet their potential and aspirations. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 234x156: 126pp Hb: 978-0-415-59280-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59281-9: £16.99
Written by one of the leading scholars in the field, Irregular Schooling builds on extant research and literature pertaining to social justice whilst providing a critique of the present state of approaches to inclusive education. It offers readers a series of propositions for moving inclusive education forward, making it a compelling and important text for policy makers, students of education, teachers and teacher educators. Routledge «Market: Special / Inclusive Education December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47989-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47990-5: £22.99
2nd Edition reader
2nd Edition reader
Equality, Participation and Inclusion 1
Equality, Participation and Inclusion 2
Diverse Perspectives
Diverse Contexts
Edited by Jonathan Rix, Melanie Nind, University of Southampton, UK, Kieron Sheehy, The Open University, UK, Katy Simmons and Christopher Walsh
Edited by Jonathan Rix, Melanie Nind, University of Southampton, UK, Kieron Sheehy, The Open University, UK, Katy Simmons, John Parry and Rajni Kumrai This second edition of Equality, Participation and Inclusion 2: Diverse Contexts is the second of two Readers aimed at people with an interest in issues of equality, participation and inclusion for children and young people. This second Reader focuses in particular upon the diverse experiences and contexts in which children and young people encounter issues of equality, participation and inclusion.
This second edition of Equality, Participation and Inclusion 1: Diverse Perspectives is the first of two Readers aimed at people with an interest in issues of equality, participation and inclusion for children and young people. This first Reader focuses in particular on the diverse perspectives held by different practitioners and stakeholders. Drawing on the writing of academics, practitioners, children and young people, and people who have experienced exclusion, this book is a rich resource for students and practitioners who are interested in thinking about how inequality and exclusion are experienced, and how they can be challenged.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58425-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58424-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83977-5: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-066-7
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58423-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58422-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83978-2: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-065-0
Drawing on the writing of academics, practitioners, children and young people, this collection is a rich source of information and ideas for students and practitioners who are interested in thinking about how inequality and exclusion are experienced, and how they can be challenged, and will be of particular interest to those working in education, health, youth and community work, youth justice and social services.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
58 special needs 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
The Effective Teacher’s Guide to Behavioural and Emotional Disorders
The Effective Teacher’s Guide to Sensory and Physical Impairments
Disruptive Behaviour Disorders, Anxiety Disorders and Depressive Disorders, and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Michael Farrell, Independent Education Consultant, UK Series: The Effective Teacher’s Guides Fully updated with the latest research and advice on best practice, this new edition covers a range of conditions, including disruptive behaviour, anxiety and depressive disorders. The theoretical underpinning is fully updated but also condensed in this edition to make way for more practical strategies for teachers. Writing in his popular accessible style, Michael Farrell suggests the best ways of dealing with a variety of conditions. In each section, the book: • sets out the definitions of the condition • explains the legal contexts
Sensory, Orthopaedic, Motor and Health Impairments, and Traumatic Brain Injury Michael Farrell, Independent Education Consultant, UK Series: The Effective Teacher’s Guides Fully updated with the latest research and advice on best practice, this new edition covers a range of conditions that cause learning difficulties for children, including epilepsy, Tourette syndrome and PraderWilli syndrome, and much greater detail than before on a range of physical and sensory disabilities. Writing in his popular accessible style, Michael Farrell suggests the best ways of dealing with a variety of conditions, always with practical classroom situations in mind. In each section, the book: • sets out the definitions of the condition • explains the legal contexts • looks at the range of provision • suggests intervention and support strategies
• looks at the range of provision
• gives example case studies, points for reflection and suggested further reading.
• gives example case studies, points for reflection and suggested further reading.
Highly accessible and authoritative, this book provides teachers with an invaluable resource to help you create a truly inclusive classroom.
Highly accessible and authoritative, this book provides teachers with an invaluable resource to help you create a truly inclusive classroom.
Routledge «Market: Education / Inclusion and Special Needs December 2010: 216x138: 112pp Hb: 978-0-415-56567-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56565-3: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-36042-5
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Education / Inclusion and Special Needs December 2010: 216x138: 112pp Hb: 978-0-415-56569-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56568-4: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-36038-8
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
• suggests intervention and support strategies
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
post-compulsory & higher education 59
Academic Writing for Accountability in Higher Education International Students of Business Global Perspectives on Trust and Power Stephen Bailey, University of Nottingham, UK Ideal for overseas students studying at colleges and universities in the English language, this practical writing course is specifically designed to enable international students of business to meet the language requirements necessary for completing essays and reports, sitting exams, and much more. Through a range and variety of exercises and examples students not only gain an appropriate understanding of style and composition, but this new book also explains and demonstrates writing in practical terms, with guides for putting together longer essays and writing up statistics in graphs and tables. Useful at every stage of studying business and beyond, this indispensable book features all the key writing skills and is ideal for use in the classroom or for independent study. Routledge «Market: Education / International Business October 2010: 246x189: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56470-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56471-7: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84157-0: £75.00
Being a University Ronald Barnett, University of London, UK Series: Foundations and Futures of Education There is no single idea of the university. Ever since it’s medieval origin, the concept of the university has continued to change. The metaphysical university gave way successively to the scientific university, and then to the corporate and the entrepreneurial university. But what, then, might lie ahead? Ron Barnett argues that the answer to this question requires imagination and the creation of feasible utopias. On this basis, four utopias are set out and critically examined. The first three are those of the liquid university, the therapeutic university and the authentic university. Each has virtues but also each also has weaknesses and even harbours dystopias. However, the fourth feasible utopia, the idea of the ecological university offers a way to the university fully to become itself. It is a utopian idea of the university but it is entirely feasible.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Series: International Studies in Higher Education The latest volume in the Routledge International Studies in Higher Education series, Accountability in Higher Education takes an in-depth look at accountability initiatives around the world. Various evaluations, reporting schemes, and indicator systems have been initiated both to inform the public about higher education performance and to help transform universities and colleges and improve their functioning. This edited collection provides a comparative analysis of the promises, perils and paradoxes of accountability, and the potential effect on power structures and higher education autonomy, trust and the legitimacy of the sector. This volume is a must-have resource for HE managers, administrators, policy makers, researchers, HE graduate students and those interested or involved with HE accountability practices. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-87195-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87196-9: £33.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84616-2: £100.00
Developing Cultural Capability in Higher Education A Narrative Inquiry Sheila Trahar, University of Bristol, UK The ability to function effectively in an international and intercultural context is crucial in the interconnected world of the 21st century. Based on intensive reflexive research, this book provokes readers to consider their own experiences of learning and teaching in culturally diverse contexts, highlighting useful strategies that might be used to effect cultural capability. Building on empirical data and examples from a variety of countries the author considers in detail four main themes: • learning, teaching and assessment practices • personal and professional interactions between students and staff • the political – and personal – dimensions of internationalisation • methodological and ethical considerations when conducting research. Proposing practical suggestions on developing cultural capability, this book will interest all those working and studying at a postgraduate level in higher education. Routledge «Market: Higher Education December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57238-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57239-2: £22.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Higher Education October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59266-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59268-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84248-5: £75.00
Edited by Bjorn Stensaker, University of Oslo, Norway and Lee Harvey, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
60 post-compulsory & higher education
Higher Education and the Market Innovations in Lifelong Learning Edited by Roger Brown, Liverpool Hope University, UK The introduction of market forces into higher education is the most crucial issue facing universities and colleges today. As the role of universities in the knowledge society becomes more apparent, and as public funding reaches its limit, marketisation has become an issue of critical importance. Discussions about the ever-increasing cost of tuition, affordability, access, university rankings, information, and the commercialization of academic research take place not just in North America, Western Europe and Australasia, but also in Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America. Higher Education and the Market provides a comprehensive account of this phenomenon, and looks at its likely impact on key dimensions of university activity: system structure, funding and resources, the curriculum, participation and achievement, research and scholarship and interactions with third parties. Routledge «Market: Higher Education October 2010: 229x152: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-99168-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99169-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84900-2: £80.00
Critical Perspectives on Diversity, Participation and Vocational Learning Edited by Sue Jackson, University of London, UK Setting out some of the key debates and issues about innovations in lifelong learning, this book critically considers a range of sometimes competing perspectives. The book opens up ways to engage critically in what counts as innovatory practice in lifelong learning, locating a critical discussion of innovations in lifelong learning within an international and global framework.re-negotiations between employers, learners and universities. All those working in the broad field of lifelong learning will benefit from Sue Jackson’s comprehensive examination of the current debates in the field. These will include policy-makers, researchers, teachers, lecturers, educational managers and employers engaged with work-based learning. Routledge «Market: Education / Lifelong Learning December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54878-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54879-3: £22.99
reader
Alison Wolf, King’s College, London, UK and Karen Evans, University of London, UK Series: Improving Learning Modern societies demand high levels of literacy. The written word is pervasive; individuals with poor literacy skills are deeply disadvantaged; and governments are increasingly pre-occupied with the contribution that skills can make to economic growth. As a result, the basic skills of adult workers are of concern as never before, a focus for workplace and education policy and practice. While Improving Literacy at Work builds on detailed research from the UK, the issue is a universal one and rising skill requirements mean the conclusions drawn will be of equal interest elsewhere in Europe, USA, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. The research findings have very direct implications and practical relevance for teaching and learning, as this valuable book demonstrates, providing clear advice on how to develop effective provision and how best to support learners at work.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Adult Education November 2010: 216x138: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-54868-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54872-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83830-3: £75.00
See separate Order Form
Introduction to American Higher Education Edited by Shaun R. Harper, University of Pennsylvania, USA and Jerlando F.L. Jackson, University of Wisconsin, USA Written primarily for graduate students in Higher Education and Student Affairs graduate programs, Introduction to American Higher Education is a groundbreaking collection that combines essential, classic contributions along with the most cutting-edge thinking in the field. The book is divided into five sections and contains 25 previously published journal articles and book chapters; each section includes at least one classic reading, a selection on community colleges, and a reading related to diversity. Section prefaces by Ann E. Austin, Clifton Conrad, Adrianna Kezar, Laura Rendón, and Edward P. St. John provide substantive overviews of: College Students; Faculty; Teaching, Learning and Curriculum; Administration; Governance and Leadership; and, Higher Education Policy. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 452pp Hb: 978-0-415-80325-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80326-7: £44.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Improving Literacy at Work
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
post-compulsory & higher education 61
Leadership for World-Class Universities
The Decentring of the Traditional University
Challenges for Developing Countries
The Future of (Self) Education in Virtually Figured Worlds
Edited by Philip G. Altbach, Boston College, USA
Russell Francis, University of Oxford, UK
Leadership for World-Class Universities reveals how ‘world-class’ thinking and policy can help university leaders employ modern solutions to the challenges facing higher education today. Readers will benefit from best practice advice offered by distinguished international contributors who have excelled by thinking globally without losing sight of their respective national and local environments. Their essays are grounded in empirical research and written to engage the reader, stimulate reflection and enhance performance. This book focuses especially on developing and middle-income countries, which face special problems where higher education is expanding most rapidly.
Within this text the author explores whether new technologies are changing the culture of university learning, causing students to breakaway from traditional models of learning and instruction in favour of personalised lifelong learning agendas. Presenting a bottom-up model, the central argument suggests that systemic change in higher education is driven by learners as they begin to actively appropriate freely accessible web-based tools. Using examples from a two year research study throughout the text to highlight the centrality of New Media Literacies to the use of the internet as a learning resource, the author suggests we are on the cusp of revolutionary systemic change in higher education, where students begin to take control of their own learning.
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-80028-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80029-7: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84217-1: £100.00
Routledge «Market: Educational Research / New Media Literacies December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55053-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85802-8: £75.00
New Approaches to Problem-based Learning
The Fundamentals of Workplace Learning
Revitalising Your Practice in Higher Education
Understanding How People Learn in Working Life
Terry Barrett, University College Dublin, Ireland and Sarah Moore, University of Limerick, Ireland
Knud Illeris, Danish University of Education, Denmark
Problem-based learning (PBL) is a pedagogical approach that has the capacity to create vibrant and active learning environments in higher education. However, both experienced PBL practitioners and those new to PBL often find themselves looking for guidance on how to engage and energise a PBL curriculum. New Approaches to Problem-based Learning: Revitalising your Practice in Higher Education provides that guidance from a range of different, complementary perspectives. Leading practitioners in the field as well as new voices in PBL teaching and learning have collaborated to produce this text. Each chapter provides practical and experienced accounts of issues and ideas for PBL, as well as a strong theoretical and evidence base.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Approaching workplace learning from the perspective of learners with social and psychological needs, this book examines key issues, including: the workplace environment as a learning space; Work vs. Learning; models of workplace learning; levels of support; interaction between formal and informal environments; and challenges presented by specific groups. Presenting suggestions for successful workplace learning and possibilities for the future, this book will appeal to everyone involved in improving learning in the workplace. Routledge «Market: Post Compulsory Education November 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57906-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57907-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83652-1: £80.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-87148-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87149-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84692-6: £100.00
A comprehensive guide to how people learn in the workplace, and the issues and challenges involved. Examining the essential aspects of workplace learning and unravelling the various influences which affect the success of work-based learners, Knud Illeris presents a holistic model to explain how diverse individuals can be encouraged and invited to learn at work.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
62 post-compulsory & higher education
Understanding Adult Functional Literacy
Values in Higher Education Teaching
Connecting Text Features, Task Demands, and Respondent Skills
Tony Harland and Neil Pickering, both at University of Otago, New Zealand
Sheida White, National Center for Education Statistics, USA
Values in Higher Education Teaching explores the way in which teaching, research, learning and higher education are a values enterprise and that an exploration of values is necessary to work out the full purposes of a higher education to guide practices and help academics understand academic work. Values inform thinking and actions and although this is well recognized, values are seldom brought to the forefront of inquiries as practices in higher education are developed. This book argues that by putting values firmly on the agenda of those who teach, work and learn in higher education the academic profession can open up new spaces for value conversations and potentially transform the way in which they practice.
Drawing on a rich array of empirical research, the author presents a detailed and highly integrative new theory of functional literacy. The text–task–respondent (TTR) theory of functional literacy offers improved understanding of how successful performance on everyday literacy tasks involves a dynamic relationship among the text, the task, and the reader. This book will appeal primarily to assessment developers who wish to select tasks and texts of varying difficulty to yield more precise estimates of adult literacy; to researchers who study cognitive, linguistic, and discourse processes; and to teachers seeking new ways to increase text comprehension among students, including English language learners and struggling readers. It is appropriate for advanced courses in adult education, discourse analysis, educational measurement, literacy, or linguistics – or as a reference work for those interested in literacy. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88247-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88248-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84188-4: £95.00
Routledge «Market: Educational Research October 2010: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-58921-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58922-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84200-3: £75.00
Pathways to Academic Success in Higher Education * Expanding Opportunity for Underrepresented Students Edward P. St. John, University of Michigan, USA and Glenda Droogsma Musoba, Florida International University, USA Pathways to Academic Success in Higher Education examines two major challenges facing the nation. The first is preparing high school students for college, a reform that has been tackled largely through state policy initiatives. The second is creating new pathways to academic success for underrepresented students in higher education, a challenge that must be addressed within a decentralized system of higher education. This book integrates studies conducted as part of seven projects that took place over nearly a decade and offers guidance on how best to understand and promote retention and success once students have gained access. Research projects were funded by the Lumina Foundation and the Ford Foundation and involved extensive collaboration among government agencies, as well as Foundation offices, researchers, public officials, and administrators and faculty from diverse college campuses. The result was innovations in both analysis methods and intervention strategies.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 316pp Hb: 978-0-415-87525-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85075-6: £95.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
research methods 63
Improving Research through User Engagement Mark Rickinson and Anne Edwards, both at University of Oxford, UK and Judy Sebba, University of Sussex, UK Series: Improving Learning User engagement has become a key part of discussions about the nature and purpose of social science research. In this book the authors provide an authoritative overview of recent theoretical and practical developments relating to working with users at different stages in the processes of research. The book draws primarily on issues, examples and frameworks that have arisen specifically within educational research. The implications of different forms of user engagement for the design of educational research are explored in detail. By examining the researcher-user interface and evaluating inputs from academics, practitioners, policy-makers and those involved in the mediation of research evidence the book gives a new synthesis that will provide a coherent way forward for research collaborations in the future. Routledge «Market: Education / Research Merthods December 2010: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-46168-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46169-6: £21.99
education theory
Becoming Biliterate *
Beyond Early Literacy
Identity, Ideology, and Learning to Read and Write in Two Languages
A Balanced Approach to Developing the Whole Child
Through the real-life example of one child learning to be bilingual and biliterate, this book raises questions and provides a theoretical foundation and a context for understanding and reflecting on the complexity by which young children learn to read and write in multiple languages, as they actively construct meaning and work through tensions resulting from their everyday life circumstances. Highlighting the social and cognitive advantages of biliteracy and presenting perspectives regarding identity and language ideologies, Becoming Biliterate opens a space to explore and discuss issues of language rights. Designed to help teachers refine their own pedagogical approaches to teaching linguistically diverse children, this book engages readers in articulating and questioning their own assumptions and beliefs and in connecting what they are reading to their own experiences with multilingual children and/or classrooms.
çè
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-87179-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87180-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84643-8: £95.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Janet B. Taylor, Auburn University, USA, Nancy Amanda Branscombe, Athens State University, USA, Jan Burcham, Columbus State University, USA and Lilli Land, Auburn University, USA For early childhood classrooms – where curriculum is increasingly shaped by standards and teachers are pressed for time – Beyond Early Literacy offers a literacy method that goes beyond simply developing language arts skills. Known as Shared Journal, this process promotes young children’s learning across content areas – including their communication and language abilities, writing skills, sense of community, grasp of diverse social and cultural worlds, and understanding of history, counting, numeracy, and time. Pairing interactive talk with individual writing in the classroom community, this rich method develops the whole child. This is a fantastic resource for use in early childhood education courses in emergent literacy, language arts, and curriculum. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-87443-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87444-1: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85311-5: £95.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Bobbie Kabuto, Queens College, City University of New York
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
64 education theory
Body Image in the Primary School Creating the Ethical Academy Nicky Hutchinson and Chris Calland, both at Behaviour Support Service, Bristol Council, UK This book will help all those working in the primary school to introduce issues of body image to their pupils, with a range of activities and practical projects to work with the theme in the classroom. Empowering teachers to feel confident and reassured in discussing body image, this book: • provides summaries of the latest research • considers changing social influences on children • examines links between body image, academic achievement and social wellbeing • contains detailed step-by-step lesson plans from foundation stage to key stage 2 • covers the transition between key stage 2 and key stage 3 • provides guidance on involving and advising parents and carers. Linking to the government’s Every Child Matters agenda, Healthy Schools Programme, PSHE and SEAL, this is an essential guide for all those working with primary age children. Routledge «Market: Education / PSHE December 2010: 246x174: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-56190-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56191-4: £18.99
Although statutes vary, most school districts realize that regardless of their formal policy bullying behavior has to be addressed through a targeted prevention and intervention program. This new edition provides a compilation of research on bullying in school-aged youth conducted across the United States and Canada by a representative group of researchers, including developmental, social, counseling, school, and clinical psychologists. Its social-ecological perspective illustrates the complexity of bullying behaviors and offers suggestions to intervene and reduce those behaviors. The book provides empirical guidance for schools as they develop bullying prevention and intervention programs or evaluate existing programs. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 356pp Hb: 978-0-415-80654-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80655-8: £43.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84289-8: £100.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Breaking through the Access Barrier argues that the policies designed to address inequalities in college access are failing to address underlying issues of inequality. This book introduces academic capital formation (ACF), a groundbreaking new theory defined by family knowledge of educational options and the opportunities for pursuing them. The authors suggest focusing on intervention programs and public policy to promote improvement in academic preparation, college information, and student aid. Written for courses on higher education policy and policy analysis, readers will find Breaking through the Access Barrier offers valuable advice for working within new policy frameworks and reshaping the future of educational opportunities and access for under-represented students from disadvantagd backgrounds.
©
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87468-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87469-4: £30.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84048-1: £95.00
Edited by Dorothy L. Espelage, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA and Susan M. Swearer, University of Nebraska at Lincoln, USA
Edward P. St. John, University of Michigan, USA, Shouping Hu, Florida State University, USA and Amy S. Fisher, University of Michigan, USA
See separate Order Form
In this edited volume, higher education experts and scholars tackle the challenge of understanding why ethical misconduct occurs in the academy and how we can address it. The volume editor and contributing authors use a systems framework to analyze ethical challenges in common functional areas (e.g., testing and admissions, teaching and learning, research, fundraising, spectator sports, and governance), highlighting that misconduct is shaped by both individuals and the contexts in which they work, study, and live. The volume argues compellingly for colleges and universities to make ethics a strategic, institutional priority. Higher education researchers, students, and practitioners will find this volume and its application of empirical research, real-life examples, and illustrative case studies to be an inspiring and applicable read.
Bullying in North American Schools
How Academic Capital Formation Can Improve Policy in Higher Education
order now!
Tricia Bertram Gallant, University of California – San Diego, USA
2nd Edition
Breaking through the Access Barrier
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-80032-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80033-4: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84901-9: £95.00
A Systems Approach to Understanding Misconduct and Empowering Change
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
education theory 65
Critical Race Theory Matters Education and Ideology Margaret Zamudio, Christopher Russell, Jacquelyn L. Bridgeman and Francisco Rios, all at University of Wyoming, USA Critical Race Theory Matters provides a comprehensive and accessible overview of this influential movement, shining its keen light on specific issues within education. Through clear and accessible language, the authors synthesize scholarship in the field, highlight major themes and assumptions, and examine strategies of resistance and practices for challenging the existing inequalities in education. By linking theory to everyday practices in today’s classroom, students will understand how CRT is relevant to a host of timely topics, from macro-policies such as Bilingual Education and Affirmative Action to micro-policies such as classroom management and curriculum. Moving beyond identifying problems into the realm of problem solving, Critical Race Theory Matters is a call to action to put into praxis a radical new vision of education in support of equality and social justice. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99673-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99674-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84271-3: £90.00
Educational Psychology: Concepts, Research and Challenges Edited by Christine Rubie-Davies, University of Auckland, New Zealand Educational Psychology: Concepts, Research and Challenges brings together the latest research across many areas of educational psychology, introducing and reporting on the most effective methodologies for studying teachers and learners and providing overviews of current debates within the field. This book is a must-read for academics, researchers, undergraduate and graduate students who recognize the substantial contribution of educational psychology to increasing our understanding of students and their learning, teachers and their teaching. Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56263-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56264-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83888-4: £80.00
2nd Edition
Disciplines of Education
Education as Enforcement
Their Role in the Future of Education Research
The Militarization and Corporatization of Schools
Edited by John Furlong, University of Oxford, UK and Martin Lawn, University of Edinburgh, UK
Edited by Kenneth J. Saltman, DePaul University and David A. Gabbard, East Carolina University
In this book, leading scholars consider the changing fortunes of each discipline as education moved away from the dominance of psychology in the 1930s, 40s and 50s as a result of the growing importance of the other disciplines, and how the changing epistemological and political debates of the last 20 years has resulted in their progressive demise. Finally the book confronts the question as to whether the disciplines have a place in education in the 21st century. The book brings the coming crisis into the public view and to explore the issue of the past, current and future relevance of the disciplines to the study of education. It will be of interest to all international academics and researchers in the field of education and the contributory disciplines and to students on educational research methods courses.
çè
Routledge «Market: Educational Research October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58205-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58206-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84413-7: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
The first volume to focus on the intersections of militarization, corporations, and education, Education as Enforcement exposed the many ways schooling has become the means through which the expansion of global corporate power are enforced. Since publication of the first edition, these trends have increased to disturbing levels as a result of the extensive militarization of civil society, the implosion of the neoconservative movement, and the financial meltdown that radically called into question the basic assumptions undergirding neoliberal ideology. In addition to substantive updates to several original chapters, this second edition includes a new foreword by Henry Giroux, a new introduction, and four new chapters that reveal the most contemporary expressions of the militarization and corporatization of education. Routledge «Market: Education / Cultural Studies October 2010: 229x152: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-87599-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87601-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84322-2: £100.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-94489-2
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Is there a ‘crisis’ in the disciplines of education?
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
66 education theory
Ethnography and Language Policy *
Freud and Education Deborah Britzman, York University, Canada
Edited by Teresa L. McCarty, Arizona State University, USA Illuminating, through ethnographic inquiry, how individual agents ‘make’ language policy in everyday social practice, this volume advances the growing field of language planning and policy using a critical sociocultural approach. From this perspective, language policy is conceptualized not only as official acts and documents, but as languageregulating modes of human interaction, negotiation, and production mediated by relations of power. Using this conceptual framework, the volume addresses the impacts of globalization, diaspora, and transmigration on language practices and policies; language endangerment, revitalization, and maintenance; medium-of-instruction policies; literacy and biliteracy; language and ethnic/national identity; and the ethical tensions in conducting critical ethnographic language policy research. These issues are contextualized in case studies and reflective commentaries by leading scholars in the field. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-80139-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80140-9: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83606-4: £100.00
Evaluating the Effectiveness of Academic Development Principles and Practice Edited by Lorraine Stefani, University of Auckland, New Zealand Written for Academic Developers, academic administrators and others responsible for promoting organizational change, Evaluating the Effectiveness of Academic Development is a professional guide that shares best practice advice and provides developers with useful frameworks for effective evaluation and monitoring of their work. Through case studies and up-to-date examples from experts in the field, this collection explores the nuances of evaluative practice and the tensions inherent in claiming a causal link between academic development and organizational transformation. As higher education institutions continue to seek effective ways to determine the impact of academic development on organizational transformation in general and student learning in particular, Evaluating the Effectiveness of Academic Development is sure to be an invaluable resource.
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 197x127: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-80225-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80226-0: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84150-1: £75.00
Handbook of Research on Children’s and Young Adult Literature Edited by Shelby Wolf, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA, Karen Coats, Illinois State University, USA, Patricia A. Enciso, Ohio State University, USA and Christine Jenkins, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA This landmark volume is the first to bring together leading scholarship on children’s and young adult literature from three intersecting disciplines: Education, English, and Library and Information Science. Distinguished by its multidisciplinary approach, it describes and analyzes the different aspects of literary reading, texts, and contexts to illuminate how the book is transformed within and across different academic figurations of reading and interpreting children’s literature. • Part 1 considers perspectives on readers and reading literature in home, school, library, and community settings • Part 2 introduces analytic frames for studying young adult novels, picturebooks, indigenous literature, graphic novels, and other genres • Part 3 focuses on the social contexts of literary study, with chapters on censorship, awards, marketing, and literary museums. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 279x216: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-96505-7: £190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96506-4: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84354-3: £190.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87206-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87207-2: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84793-0: £85.00
The concept of education – its dangers and promises and its illusions and revelations – threads throughout Sigmund Freud’s body of work. This introductory volume by pscychoanalytic authority, Deborah Britzman, explores key controversies of education through a Freudian approach. It defines how fundamental Freudian concepts such as the psychical apparatus, the drives, the unconscious, the development of morality, and transference have changed throughout Freud’s oeuvre. An ideal text for courses in education studies, human development, and curriculum studies, Freud and Education concludes with new Freudian-influenced approaches to the old dilemmas of educational research, theory, and practice.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
education theory 67
Handbook of Reading Research * Literacy, Power, and Edited by Michael L. Kamil, Stanford University, USA, the Schooled Body P. David Pearson, University of California at Berkeley, USA, Elizabeth Birr Moje, University of Michigan, USA and Peter Afflerbach, University of Maryland, USA The Handbook of Reading Research is the research handbook for the field. Each volume has come to define the field for the period of time it covers. Volume IV follows in this tradition. The editors extensively reviewed the reading research literature since the publication of Volume III in 2000, as portrayed in a wide array of research and practitioner-based journals and books, to identify the themes and topics covered. As in previous volumes, the focus is on reading research, rather than a range of literate practices. When taken as a set, the four volumes provide a definitive history of reading research. Volume IV brings the field authoritatively and comprehensively up-to-date. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 254x178: 712pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5342-1: £190.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5343-8: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84041-2: £190.00
Learning in Time and Space
Kerryn Dixon, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa What effects do space and time have on classroom management, discipline, and regulation? How do teachers’ practices create schooled and literate students? To explore these questions, this book looks at early childhood classrooms, charting the shifts and continuities as 4 year old children begin preschool and move through to the end of primary school at 9 years. The literacy classroom is used as a specific site in which to examine how children’s bodies are disciplined to become literate. Working from a Foucauldian premise that discipline is directed onto children’s bodies, this book moves from theory to practice. Photographs, transcripts, interviews, and children’s work show how teachers’ practices are enacted on children’s bodies, offering teachers examples from which to think about their own classroom practice, and to reflect on what works, why it works, and what can be changed. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-87962-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87963-7: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85148-7: £95.00
How We Think A Theory of Goal-Oriented Decision-Making and its Educational Applications Alan H. Schoenfeld, University of California at Berkeley Series: Studies in Mathematical Thinking and Learning Series Teachers try to help their students learn. But why do they make the particular teaching choices they do and what accounts for the success or failure of their efforts? In How We Think, esteemed scholar and mathematician, Alan H. Schoenfeld, proposes a groundbreaking theory and model for how we think and act in the classroom and beyond. Based on thirty years of research on problem solving and teaching, Schoenfeld provides compelling evidence for a concrete approach that describes how teachers, and individuals more generally, navigate their way through in-the-moment decision-making in well-practiced domains. Applying his theoretical model to detailed representations and analyses of teachers at work as well as of professionals outside education, Schoenfeld argues that understanding and recognizing the goal-oriented patterns of our day to day decisions can help identify what makes effective or ineffective behavior in the classroom and beyond.
Measurement and Evaluation in Post-Secondary ESL Glayol V. Ekbatani, St. John’s University, USA Practical and concise, this introductory text for language teaching professionals is a guide to ESL assessment and to fulfilling the testing component of TESOL programs in the U.S. and around the world. Covering the fundamental descriptive and quantitative facets of effective language testing, it explicates key technical aspects in an accessible, non-technical manner. Each chapter includes relevant practical examples and the skill testing chapters are augmented by a partnered project that provides practical opportunities for readers to apply the concepts presented in real testing situations. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6125-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6126-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84117-4: £85.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-87864-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87865-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84300-0: £95.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
68 education theory
Practitioner Research at Doctoral Level
Radical Education and the Common School
Developing Coherent Research Methodologies
Michael Fielding and Peter Moss, Institute of Education, UK
Pat Drake, University of Sussex, UK with Linda Heath, University of Brighton, UK
Series: Foundations and Futures of Education
The authors of this innovative book explore in detail the challenges faced by doctoral researchers conducting practitioner research today. They show that the special nature of this research and the conditions in which the professional researcher works raise questions about producing new knowledge at work through research. This affects everything: relationships with practice; ethics; the ways that they are taught and supervised; the genre of the thesis; all place practitioners in situations which may not methodologically align with conventional approaches. In this book the authors take the opportunity to explore these themes in an holistic and integrated way in order to develop a sense of methodological coherence for the practitioner researcher at doctoral level. In doing so, the authors argue for what is possible, suggesting that universities should critically examine practitioner doctorates to accommodate new forms of knowledge formation. Routledge «Market: Education / Research October 2010: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-49021-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49022-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84100-6: £75.00
Radical Education and the Common School contests the current mainstream dominated by markets and competition, instrumentality and standardisation, managerialism and technical practice. The book argues instead for a new public education, showing it is possible to think and practice differently. Written by two of the leading experts in the fields of early childhood and secondary education, the book covers a wide vista of education for children and young people. Vivid examples from a range of stages of education are used to explore the full meaning of radical democratic education and the common school and how they can work in practice. It connects rich thinking and experiences from the past and present to offer direction and hope for the future. It will be of interest and inspiration to all who care about education – teachers and students, academics and policy makers, parents and politicians. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-49828-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49829-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83740-5: £75.00
Refocusing School Leadership
Psychology for the Classroom: E-learning
Foregrounding Human Development throughout the Work of the School
John Woollard, University of Southampton, UK
Refocusing School Leadership departs from the more traditional conceptualization of leadership, looking behind the daily routines of human resource leaders to highlight the assumptions and values and beliefs they bring to their work as well as the values and meanings embedded in the various contexts of school life. Starratt explores how educational leadership is grounded in one’s own humanity as well as in a deep appreciation of the richness, complexity, and enormous potential of people, and he attempts to restore the centrality of human development in the work of educating the young – education is not simply about educating minds, but about developing whole persons. Starratt argues for a refocusing of educational leadership on affirming and enabling those talents, dispositions, interests, life experiences, and cultural proficiencies that comprise their humanity to enrich the work of learning.
Psychology for the Classroom: E-learning provides a lively and accessible introduction to the the developing nature of technology-supported teaching and learning and the educational psychology associated with those developments. The author provides a broad, unbiased and practical analysis of e-learning theory and practice, with a particular focus on the developing theories and practice of cybergogy as well as an interpretation of conventional theories of behaviourism, cognitivism and constructivism in the light of e-learning. Appealing to practising teachers and students alike, this book provides a valuable and practical guide to the theory and application of e-learning, and is applicable to all those responsible for providing effective teaching and learning.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology December 2010: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-59092-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59093-8: £18.99
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-88329-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88330-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84390-1: £95.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: Psychology for the Classroom
Robert J. Starratt, Boston College, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
education theory 69
Reinventing Schools, Reforming Teaching From Political Visions to Classroom Realities John Bangs, National Union of Teachers, UK, John MacBeath and Maurice Galton, both at University of Cambridge, UK REINVENTING SCHOOLS, REFORMING TEACHERS FROM POLITICAL VISIONS TO CLASSROOM REALITIES
Responding to Diversity in Schools An inquiry-based approach Edited by Susie Miles and Mel Ainscow, both at University of Manchester, UK Responding to Diversity in Schools provides guidance for education practitioners on how to use an inquiry-based approach in responding to learner diversity. It supports readers in addressing an agenda for change, considering questions such as:
What happened to Education, Education, Education as it travelled from political vision to classroom practice? What are the lasting legacies of the New Labour government? What are the key messages for an incoming government?
Key figures answer these questions with startling frankness as the authors uncover the real story behind changes that affected the lives of every child and teacher. The 37 interviewees include ministers past and present, journalists, union officials, members of lobby groups and think tanks, including: Tim Brighouse, Michael Gove, David Puttnam, Kenneth Baker, Estelle Morris, Gillian Shepherd, Jim Knight, Michael Barber, Paul Black, David Hargreaves and Mike Tomlinson. Teachers and headteachers, such as William Atkinson, talk about the task of translating political priorities into the day-to-day work of schools and classrooms.
• who are the learners who are missing out? • what evidence do we need in order to understand the barriers faced by these learners? • how can we analyse this evidence in order to find effective ways of moving forward?
JOHN BANGS JOHN MACBEATH AND MAURICE GALTON
This book offers real insight into education policy-making under New Labour. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56133-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56134-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84034-4: £75.00
• how do we involve others in this process? This book will support individual practitioners and staff teams working on school development issues; tutors wishing to use inquiry-based approaches within workshops and courses; as well as post-graduate students who are focusing on inclusion, diversity, school development and leadership. Routledge «Market: Education / Inclusion October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57576-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57577-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84340-6: £85.00
2nd Edition textbook
Researching Creative Learning
Rethinking Contemporary Art and Multicultural Education
Methods and Issues
Edited by Susan Cahan and Zoya Kocur
Edited by Pat Thomson and Julian Sefton-Green, both at University of Nottingham, UK
For over a decade, Contemporary Art and Multicultural Education has served as the guide to multicultural art education, connecting everyday experience, social critique, and creative expression with classroom learning. Rethinking Contemporary Art and Multicultural Education continues to provide an accessible and practical tool for teachers, while offering new art, essays, and content to account for transitions and changes in both the fields of art and education. A beautifully-illustrated collaboration of over one hundred artists, writers, curators, and educators from in and around the contemporary art world, this volume offers thoughtful and innovative materials that challenge the normative practices of arts education and traditional art history. This edition builds upon the pedagogy of the original to present new possibilities and modes of understanding art, culture, and their relationships to students and ourselves.
It is a common ambition in society and government to make young people more creative. These aspirations are motivated by two key concerns: to make experience at school more exciting, relevant, challenging and dynamic; and ensuring that young people are able and fit to leave education and contribute to the creative economy that will underpin growth in the twenty-first century. Creative teaching and learning is often used as a site for research and action research, and this volume is intended to act as a text book for this range of courses and initiatives. The book will be a key text for research in creative teaching and learning and is specifically directed at ITE, CPD, Masters and doctoral students.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: : 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-88346-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96085-4: £36.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-91190-0
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education / Creativity November 2010: 246x174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-54884-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54885-4: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83894-5: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
70 education theory
Rethinking Play and Pedagogy in Early Childhood Education
Schools and Schooling in the Digital Age
Concepts, Contexts and Cultures
A Critical Analysis
Edited by Sue Rogers, University of London, UK
Neil Selwyn, University of London, UK
Rethinking Play and Pedagogy brings together a collection of chapters from international experts in the field of early childhood education. This volume addresses emerging issues surrounding play and pedagogy in the 21st century including: • children’s voice and participation within educational settings • globalization, migration and cultural pluralism • the role of digital technology • diversity, identity and social justice. This collection has a broad international relevance and appeal and will be of interest to students taking undergraduate, Masters and doctoral courses in early childhood education, childhood and education studies as well as academic researchers, policy makers and international agencies working with young children. Routledge «Market: Education / Early Years November 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48075-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48076-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83947-8: £75.00
Series: Foundations and Futures of Education What happens, and what does not happen, when the digital and the educational come together in the guise of ‘schools technology’? What are the relationships between digital technology and compulsory education? Schools and Schooling in the Digital Age is about the social, cultural, economic and political aspects of digital technology and contemporary education. It identifies and examines the key tensions and controversies that surround technology and schooling in the early twenty-first century, culminating in a set of suggestions, proposals and recommendations for addressing the ‘problems’ that are understood widely to beset schools technology. Routledge «Market: Education Policy & Politics October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58929-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58930-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84079-5: £75.00
2nd Edition reader
Schooling Internationally
Sociology of Education
Globalisation, Internationalisation and the Future for International Schools
A Critical Reader Edited by Alan R. Sadovnik, Rutgers University, USA
Richard Bates, Deakin University, Australia
This comprehensive and bestselling reader examines the most pressing topics in sociology and education while exposing students to examples of sociological research on schools. The second edition provides students with seven new readings from some of the best theorists and researchers in education including James S. Coleman, Madeleine Arnot, and Claudia Buchman. Through full, rather than excerpted primary source readings, students have the opportunity to read sociological research as it is written and engage in critical analyses of readings in their entirety. Including comprehensive section introductions, questions for reflection and discussion, and suggested readings, Sociology of Education will stimulate student thinking about the important roles that schools play in contemporary society and their ability to solve fundamental social, economic and political problems.
This book sets out to provide a critical perspective on current issues facing ‘international schooling’, particularly the conflict between ‘internationalising’ and ‘globalising’ tendencies and to explore these as they affect teaching and learning, curriculum, pedagogy and assessment and to explore the contribution international schools might make to the achievement of global citizenship. It is the first book to provide a critically analyse the ambiguities, tensions and conflicts that face those involved with, and researching, international schools and their role in global networking.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Comparative Education Research December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58927-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58928-4: £24.99
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Education / Sociology of Education October 2010: 254x178: 564pp Hb: 978-0-415-80369-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80370-0: £34.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-95497-6
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
The number of schools that call themselves international is growing exponentially. In addition many other schools are exploring the concept of international-mindedness and what that might mean in the contemporary world of globalisation.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
education theory 71
Social Class, Gender and Exclusion from School Jean Kane, University of Glasgow, UK This invaluable contribution to the literature offers an alternative analysis where the social identities of pupils are shown to be tied up with their exclusion from school. Themes investigated include: • the meanings of school exclusions • social class, gender and schooling • social identities of excluded pupils • negotiating identities in school: moving towards exclusion • exclusions and young people’s lives • improving participation in schooling. Providing fascinating reading for teachers, social workers, researchers and policy makers this book considers how educational disadvantage might be addressed through recognition of the gender and class identities of pupils. Routledge «Market: Education / Inclusion October 2010: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-55301-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55302-5: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84501-1: £75.00
The Routledge International Companion to Multicultural Education Edited by James A. Banks, University of Washington, Seattle, USA This volume is the first authoritative reference work to provide a truly comprehensive international description and analysis of multicultural education around the world. It is organized around key concepts and uses case studies from various nations in different parts of the world to exemplify and illustrate the concepts. Case studies are from many nations including the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, France, Germany, Spain, Norway, Bulgaria, Russia, South Africa, Japan, China, India, New Zealand, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, Brazil, and Mexico. With 40 newly commissioned pieces written by a prestigious group of internationally renowned scholars, this book offers theory and research pertaining to curriculum reform, immigration and citizenship, language, religion, and the education of ethnic and cultural minority groups among other topics. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 246x174: 592pp Pb: 978-0-415-88078-7: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88151-4: £115.00
2nd Edition textbook
The Psychology of Education Martyn Long, Educational Psychologist, UK, Clare Wood, University of Coventry, UK, Karen Littleton, The Open University, UK, Terri Passenger, Nuffield Hospital Cheltenham, UK and Kieron Sheehy, The Open University, UK Written in an accessible and engaging style, this 2nd edition of The Psychology of Education addresses key concepts from psychology which relate to education. Throughout the text the author team emphasise an evidence-based approach, providing practical suggestions to improve learning outcomes and fictional case studies are used in this new edition to provide students with a sense of what psychological issues can look like in the classroom. Activities around these case studies give students the chance to think about how to apply their theoretical knowledge to these real world contexts. Routledge «Market: Education / Psychology November 2010: 246x189: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-48689-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48690-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84009-2: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-23906-6
Transnational and Borderland Studies in Mathematics Education Edited by Richard S. Kitchen, University of New Mexico and Marta Civil Series: Studies in Mathematical Thinking and Learning Series Every year, significant numbers of immigrant children from Mexico enter classrooms in the United States. These immigrants comprise a heterogeneous group of students with diverse needs, abilities, and experiences. Transnational and Borderland Studies in Mathematics Education is the first collection to offer research studies across these communities. Providing invaluable research on both sending and receiving communities in Mexico and the U.S, this collection considers the multiple aspects of children’s experiences with mathematics – both in and out of school – and parents’ perceptions and beliefs about mathematics instruction. An important treatment of an insufficiently documented subject, this collection brings together researchers on both sides of the border to foster and support an interest in documenting evidence that will set the stage for future studies in mathematics education.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88052-7: £100.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
72 education theory
Understanding Psychological Theories of Motivation
Use of Representations in Reasoning and Problem Solving *
An Introductory Guide
Analysis and Improvement
Richard Remedios, Durham University, UK
Edited by Lieven Verschaffel, and Erik de Corte, both at Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium, Ton de Jong, University of Twente, the Netherlands and Jan Elen, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium
Designed to guide the reader through each of the major theories of motivation, and explain them in detail, the author points to evidence throughout to support each theory and discusses at length the major debates within each theory. This book will appeal to all students who have an interest in motivation but have never studied the subject at an academic level, particularly those on Masters courses in teaching and learning, PGCEs and undergraduate teaching courses. So when translating experience of motivation to writing about motivation academically, it is important to know the difference between a folk understanding and a robust theory.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology / Motivation December 2010: 246x189: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56143-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56144-0: £23.99
See separate Order Form
Series: New Perspectives on Learning and Instruction Use of Representations in Reasoning and Problem Solving brings together contributions from the world’s leading researchers in educational psychology and cognitive science to document the role which external representations play in our understanding, learning and communication. Traditional research has focused on the distinction between verbal and non-verbal representations, and the way they are processed, encoded and stored by different cognitive systems. The contributions here challenge these research findings and address the ambiguity about how these two cognitive systems interact, arguing that the classical distinction between textual and pictorial representations has become less prominent. Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55673-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55674-3: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84782-4: £85.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Understanding Psychological Theories of Motivation is aimed at students who have a very basic knowledge about theories of motivation but have never studied them in detail. Distinguishing between ‘folk understandings’ of motivation in everyday life, and solid academic theory, this book covers major theories of motivation, for example: goal theory; instrinsic motivation; self-determination theory; self-hadicapping; and self-worth theory.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
education theory 73
The Struggle for the History of Education
Video in Social Science Research Functions and Forms Kaye Haw, University of Nottingham, UK and Mark Hadfield, University of Wolverhampton, UK
Gary McCulloch, University of London, UK Series: Foundations and Futures of Education
In this digital age the use of video in social science research has become commonplace. As sophistication has increased along with usability, as spiralling staff costs push out direct observation, the researchers training today are grasping video as a means of coming to terms with the continued pressure to produce accessible research. However, the ‘fit’ of technology with research is far from simple.
In The Struggle for History Education, Gary McCulloch sets out a vision for a future of study in the history of education which contributes to education, history and social sciences alike. ver the past century the history of O education has passed through a number of approaches, more recently splintering into a number of different areas with sub-fields such as curriculum, teaching and gender; losing sight of a common cause. In this book McCulloch contextualizes the struggle for educational history, explaining and making suggestions for the future on a number of topics. Routledge «Market: History of Education December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56534-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56535-6: £23.99
Ideally placed to offer guidance to developing researchers, this new text draws together the theoretical, methodological and practical issues of effectively using video across the social sciences. As a practical research tool this book shows how, why and when video should be used, representing an invaluable guide for postgraduate and doctoral students conducting research in the social sciences, as well as any researchers, academics or professionals interested in developing technologically informed research. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-46785-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46786-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83911-9: £75.00
A Critical Realist Perspective of Education *
Children’s Drawing and Writing The Remarkable in the Unremarkable
Citizenship, Education and Social Conflict *
Brad Shipway
Diane Mavers, University of London, UK
Israeli Political Education in Global Perspective
Series: New Studies in Critical Realism and Education
Series: Routledge Research in Education
This book clearly and comprehensively explores the capability of critical realism to throw new light on educational theory. It investigates the convergence and divergence between two forms of critical realism, which have not previously been crossexamined. This task allows the book to outline the key characteristics that are necessary for a theological position to claim the term ‘critical realist’.
Children make meaning graphically in response to different social contexts by a variety of means. Mavers discusses children’s resourcefulness in their selection, shaping and combination of resources, and offers ways of understanding children’s writing and drawing – both discretely and in combination – as design.
Edited by Hanan A. Alexander and Halleli Pinson, both at Haifa University, Israel and Yossi Yonah, Ben Gurion University, Israel
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-96155-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84436-6: £70.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
This volume provides new perspectives into the challenges of citizenship education in the age of globalization and in the context of multicultural and conflict-ridden societies. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-99190-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84307-9: £70.00
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Education October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48746-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88188-0: £75.00
Series: Routledge Research in Education
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
74 education theory Critical Issues in Peace and Education *
Education, Professionalization and Social Representations
Edited by Peter Pericles Trifonas and Bryan Wright, both at University of Toronto, Canada
On the Transformation of Social Knowledge
Series: Routledge Research in Education This collection asks theorists and educational practitioners from around the world influenced by the schools of feminist pedagogy, critical pedagogy, anti-racist or postcolonial pedagogy, and gay and lesbian pedagogy to reflect upon the possibilities of articulating a ‘curriculum of difference’ that critically examines the crosscultural issues of peace and education.
Edited by Mohamed Chaib, Jönköping University, Sweden, Berth Danermark, Örebro University, Sweden and Staffan Selander, Stockholm University, Sweden Series: Routledge International Studies in the Philosophy of Education This book scrutinizes how social – common sense – knowledge is shared, transmitted and transformed in different social and psychological contexts, particularly in research related to education, social work and communication.
Memory and Pedagogy Edited by Claudia Mitchell and Teresa Strong-Wilson, both at McGill University, Canada, Kathleen Pithouse, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa and Susann Allnutt, McGill University, Canada Series: Routledge Research in Education This book brings together essays from education scholars who are studying the interconnections between pedagogy and memory in the context of social themes and social inquiry within educational research. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 229x152: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-88380-1: £70.00
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-87368-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84485-4: £70.00
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88506-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83720-7: £75.00
Developing Research in Teacher Education
Emerging Teachers and Globalisation
Edited by Ian Menter, University of Glasgow, UK and Jean Murray, University of East London, UK
Gerry Czerniawski, University of East London, UK
Mark Baildon, National Institute of Education, Singapore and James S. Damico, Indiana University, USA
Series: Routledge Research in Education
Series: Routledge Research in Education
This book explores the effects of globalisation on teachers through an examination of the values held by beginning teachers in three distinctly different education systems. Gerry Czerniawski analyzes the impacts on teacher identity formation by national pedagogic traditions, national policy contexts and institutional settings.
This book reconceptualizes social studies teaching and learning in ways that will help prepare students to live in ‘new times’ – prepared for new forms of labor, equipped to handle new and emerging technologies and function, and able to understand different perspectives to participate in an increasingly diverse, multicultural global society.
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87342-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84184-6: £70.00
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-87367-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84000-9: £70.00
International Perspectives on Veteran Teachers
Towards Educational Change
This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Education for Teaching. Routledge «Market: Educational Research / Teacher Education / Education Policy November 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59486-8: £80.00
Education Policy, Space and the City Markets and the (In)visibility of Race Kalervo N. Gulson, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Routledge Research in Education This book examines the relationships between educational policy, space and place. Gulson demonstrates how education policy is multivariant in nature and how space, as both lens of analysis and object of study, is crucial to understanding and analysing education policy.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-99556-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83967-6: £70.00
See separate Order Form
Edited by Miriam Ben-Peretz, University of Haifa, Israel and Gary McCulloch, University of London, UK This book examines the nature of veteran teachers and their varied roles and contributions to schools and education in different countries and cultures. It explores what we mean by a ‘veteran teacher’, the factors that encourage teachers to remain in the profession, the characteristics of a successful veteran teacher, and the values with which veteran teachers associate themselves.
Relational Cosmopolitanism in the Classroom
The Transformation of Educational Systems in Post-Communist Countries Edited by David Greger and Eliška Walterová, both at Charles University in Prague, Czech Republic Series: Routledge Research in Education
This book was first published as a Special Issue of Teachers and Teaching.
This book critically analyses the transformation of educational systems following the breakdown of the Communist regime in the countries of the Visegrád group (Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Slovakia) from 1989 until the present. The authors not only analyze each country individually but also offer a through comparative analysis across all four countries.
Routledge «Market: Education / Teacher Education / Sociology of Work October 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58777-8: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88490-7: £70.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
This book examines the challenges of developing research in teacher education in universities and schools across the four nations of the UK.
Social Studies as New Literacies in a Global Society
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
student reference
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
politics 75
1.
6. The Bible: The Basics
4th Edition
Philosophy: The Basics
John Barton 2010: 198x129: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-41136-3: £11.99
Nigel Warburton 2004: 198x129: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-32773-2: £11.99
2.
7. The Basics of Essay Writing
3rd Edition
Cinema Studies: The Key Concepts
Nigel Warburton 2007: 172x119: 128pp Pb: 978-0-415-43404-1: £9.99
Susan Hayward 2006: 216x138: 608pp Pb: 978-0-415-36782-0: £15.99
3.
8. Logic: The Basics
2nd Edition
Shakespeare: The Basics
Jc Beall 2010: 198x129: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-77499-4: £11.99
4.
Sean McEvoy 2006: 198x129: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-36246-7: £11.99
9. Television Studies: The Basics
The Routledge Companion to Social Theory
Toby Miller 2009: 198x129: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-77424-6: £11.99
2009: 234x156: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-47016-2: £18.99
10. Economics: The Basics
Sociology: The Basics
Tony Cleaver
Ken Plummer
2004: 198x129: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-31412-1: £11.99
2010: 198x129: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-47206-7: £11.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
5.
Edited by Anthony Elliott
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
76 politics
American Hegemony and Its Limits *
British National Party * Contemporary Perspectives Edited by Nigel Copsey and Graham Macklin, both at University of Teesside, UK
Bruce Russett, Yale University, USA Series: Security and Governance This book brings together a collection of leading IR scholar Bruce Russett’s work to explore American hegemony from during the Cold War to the 21st Century, and to ask whether this is sustainable for a democratic state. It features new and unpublished material, as well as classic essays making this a must-have collection.
Examines the recent development of the far right in Britain with a particular focus on the British National Party (BNP); the most electorally successful far right party in British history. It brings fresh perspectives to our understanding of the BNP in order to make a significant contribution to scholarly debate on the nature of far right extremism both nationally and internationally. Selected Contents: Part One: The Cultural and Ideological Politics of the BNP Part Two: Responses to the BNP Part Three: International Perspectives on the BNP
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / American Politics December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57570-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57571-3: £23.99
Routledge «Market: Fascism / Politics and History December 2010: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48383-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48384-1: £23.99
Autobiographical International Relations
Contesting Global Order Development, Global Governance And Globalization James H. Mittelman, American University, USA
I, IR Edited by Naeem Inayatullah, Ithaca College, USA Series: Interventions In this collection scholars write about how life events brought them to their subject matter, placing narratives in the larger context of world politics, culture, and history. Autobiographical International Relations believes that the fictive distancing associated with academic prose creates disaffection in both readers and writers. In contrast, these essays demonstrate how to reengage the ‘I’ while simultaneously sustaining theoretical precision and historical awareness. Authors highlight their motives, their desires, and their wounds. By connecting their theoretical and practical engagements with their needs and wounds, and by working within the overlap between theory, history, and autobiography, these essays increase the clarity, urgency, and meaningfulness of academic work. This volume moves the field towards greater candidness about how personal narrative influences theoretical articulations. No such volume currently exists in international relations.
Few authors have sought to explain the links among development, global governance, and globalization. Contesting Global Order traces dominant values and patterns on a world level over the last half century. Featuring a framing introduction written for the volume, this book brings together, for the first time, James H. Mittelman’s most influential works, offering cross-regional analysis and including fieldwork in nine countries in Africa and Asia. Resisting being pigeonholed in any one school of thought, Mittelman forges a critical perspective throughout this collection, his reflections cutting against conventions in international studies and, more generally, global order. This volume will be of great interest to all scholars of global governance, international organisations and development. Routledge «Market: International Politics / Political Economy December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60095-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60096-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83666-8: £85.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Global Governance November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78142-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78143-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83722-1: £75.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
politics 77
Designing Public Policies
Global Environmental Politics
Principles and Instruments
Concepts, Theories and Case Studies
Michael Howlett, Simon Fraser University, Canada
Edited by Gabriela Kutting, Rutgers-Newark University, USA
Series: Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies
The text combines an accessible introduction to the most important environmental theories and concepts with a series of detailed case studies of the most pressing environmental problems.
This textbook provides a concise and accessible introduction to the principles and elements of policy design in contemporary governance. Guiding students through the study of the instruments used by governments in carrying out their tasks, adapting to and altering their environments, this book:
Features and benefits of the book: • explains the most important concepts and theories in environmental politics • introduces environmental politics within the context of political science and international relations theories
• discusses current trends in instrument use • considers the principles behind the selection and use of specific types of instruments in contemporary government • evaluates in detail the merits, demerits and rationales for the use of specific tools • addresses the issues of instrument mixes and their (re)design in a discussion of the future research agenda of policy design. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Public Policy November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78132-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78133-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83863-1: £85.00
2nd Edition textbook
Genocide * A Comprehensive Introduction Adam Jones, University of British Columbia Okanagan, Canada The most wide-ranging and interdisciplinary textbook on genocide yet published. The book is designed as a text for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as a primer for non-specialists and general readers.
• illustrates the concepts and theories with real world examples from climate change and biodiversity to forests and marine pollution • each chapter is written by an established international authority. Selected Contents: Introduction Concepts and Theories 1. Theoretical Perspectives John Vogler 2. Regime Theory And Global Governance Rado Dimitrov 3. Transnational Actors Lucy Ford 4. Global Political Economy And Development Jennifer Clapp 5. Environmental Security Shlomi Dinar 6. Consumption Doris Fuchs 7. Ecological Justice Dimitris Stevis & Tim Ehresman Case Studies 8. Climate Change Paul Harris 9. Marine Pollution Peter Jacques 10. Biodiversity Antje Brown 11. Agriculture Marc Williams 12. Forests David Humphreys 13. Persistent Organic Pollutants Peter Hough Conclusion Routledge «Market: Environmental Politics / International Relations / Political Economy October 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77793-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77794-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84456-4: £85.00
Global Think Tanks * Policy Networks and Governance James McGann and Richard Sabatini, both at University of Pennslyvania, USA Series: Global Institutions This volume provides a clear introduction to the global proliferation of think tanks. Special emphasis placed on the ability of think tanks to fill needs for local capacity building and regional cooperation. The authors contest that think tanks can be and have been a source of strength in an increasingly transnational and less Western-led world.
Updates for the new edition: • fully updated references and analysis • early chapters now include sustained discussion of genocidal intent dynamism and contingency of genocidal processes.
çè
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Origins of Genocide Part 2: Genocide Part 3: Social Science Perspectives Part 4: The Future of Genocide Routledge «Market: Politics and Current Affairs October 2010: 246x174: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-48618-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48619-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84696-4: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-35384-7
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Origins and Emergence of Think Tanks in Global Policy 3. The Changing Marketplace for Ideas 4. Classifying Think Tanks: A Typology 5. Think Tanks: Future Opportunities and Challenges 6. Conclusions: Risks and Challenges to Global Think-Tanks Routledge «Market: Politics / International Law / International Organizations November 2010: 216x138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-77978-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77979-1: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83827-3: £75.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Written in clear and lively prose, liberally sprinkled with over 100 illustrations and maps, and including personal testimonies from genocide survivors, Genocide: A Comprehensive Introduction has established itself as the core textbook of the new generation of genocide scholarship.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
78 politics
International Political Economy * Manipulating Democracy Debating the Past, Present and Future
Democratic Theory, Political Psychology, and Mass Media
Edited by Nicola Phillips, University of Manchester, UK and Catherine Weaver, University of Texas at Austin, USA
Edited by Wayne Le Cheminant and John Parrish, both at Loyola Marymount University, USA
This book is essential reading for anyone interested in the cutting edge debates in contemporary international political economy. It features contributions from the most influential scholars in the field from North America, Canada and the UK who debate the most important issues in the field including: • the transatlantic divide in IPE • the methodological debates • tensions between political and economic interpretations • the challenges of pluralism • what IPE can say about the financial crisis. This work provides a unique examination of the key current debates in IPE. Routledge «Market: Politics and Current Affairs October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78056-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78057-5: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84250-8: £75.00
Manipulating Democracy offers the first comprehensive dialogue between empirical political scientists and normative political theorists on the definition and contemporary practice of democratic manipulation. Selected Contents: 1. Manipulation and Democratic Theory 2. Manipulation: As Old As Democracy Itself (and Sometimes Dangerous) 3. When Rhetoric Turns Manipulative: Disentangling Persuasion and Manipulation 4. Changing Brains: Lessons from the Living Wage Campaign 5. Emotional Manipulation of Political Identity 6. Mimesis, Persuasion, and Manipulation in Plato’s Republic 7. ‘News You Can’t Use’: Politics and Democracy in the New Media Environment 8. The Betrayal of Democracy: The Purpose of Public Opinion Survey Research and Its Misuse by Presidents 9. The Political Economy of Mass Media: Implications for Informed Citizenship 10. Exploiting the Clueless: Heresthetic, Overload, and Rational Ignorance Routledge «Market: Politics October 2010: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-87804-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87805-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85499-0: £95.00
new in paperback
Liberalisms
International Security & Peace Science *
Essays in Political Philosophy John Gray
J. David Singer, University of Michigan, USA J. David Singer has been arguably the most important influence on quantitative research into the causes and attributes of war. His pioneering work has inspired generations of researchers. This collection is a carefully selected overview of his work which provides not only an excellent introduction to his considerable methodological, theoretical and empirical contributions but also an intellectual history of developments in the field of international relations. This is essential reading for all those with an interest in the use of quantitative methods in social science, the changing nature of the study of international relations and the analysis of war and peace.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Making of a Peace Researcher 2. Earlier Evaluations of National Security Policy 3. Public Dove But Policy Wonk 4. Querulous and Suggestive Interventions 5. Conceptual and Methodological Insights 6. From Conventional Concepts to Operational Indicators 7. Scientific Research Payoffs 8. Sermons for the Next Generation Routledge «Market: Politics / Current Affairs December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77959-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77960-9: £25.99
See separate Order Form
‘This is a stimulating and provocative book ... which makes a significant contribution to current debates about both liberalism and the nature of political philosophy’ – Political Studies Liberalisms, a work first published in 1991, provides a coherent and comprehensive analytical guide to liberal thinking over the past century and considers the dominance of liberal thought in Anglo-American political philosophy over the past 20 years. Selected Contents: 1. J.S. Mill and the Future of Liberalism 2. The Liberalism of Karl Popper 3. Social Contract, Community and Ideology 4. On Negative and Positive Liberty 5. Freedom, Slavery and Contentment 6. Hayek on Liberty, Rights and Justice 7. Spencer on the Ethics of Liberty and the Limits of State Interference 8. Indirect Utility and Fundamental Rights 9. Liberalism and the Choice of liberties 10. Contractarian Method, Private Property and the Market Economy 11. Oakeshott on Law, Liberty and Civil Association 12. Mill’s and Other Liberalisms Routledge «Market: Politics October 2010: 216x138: 284pp Pb: 978-0-415-56785-5: £22.50 eBook: 978-0-203-09262-0: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Origins & Evolution
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
politics 79
New British Fascism *
Political Argument
The Rise of the British National Party (BNP)
Brian Barry
Matthew J. Goodwin, University of Manchester, UK
Series: Routledge Revivals Since its publication in 1965, Brian Barry’s seminal work has occupied an important role in the revival of Anglo-American political philosophy. A number of ideas and terms in it have become part of the standard vocabulary, such as the distinction between ‘ideal-regarding’ and ‘want-regarding’ principles and the division of principles into aggregative and distributive. The book provided the first precise analysis of the concept of political values having trade-off relations and its analysis of the notion of the public interest has also been significant.
Series: Extremism and Democracy Examines the recent development of the far right in Britain against the backdrop of changing public attitudes toward race and immigration in Britain. Focusing in particular on the British National Party (BNP) which has been the most electorally successful far right party in British history, Matthew J. Goodwin examines the worrying rise in support for extremist and racist ideas. Selected Contents: Part One 1. The Legacy of History 2. In the Ghetto: The BNP, 1982–1999 3. From Street Gang to Political Party: 1999–2009 4. Organization and Membership 5. Who Votes for Griffin? Part Two 6. The Activists: Who Are They? 7. Why do They Join? 8. Why do They Stay? 9. The BNP at a Crossroads. Conclusions Routledge «Market: Fascism / Politics and History December 2010: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46500-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46501-4: £19.99
Organization of American States (OAS) * Mônica Herz, Catholic University of Rio De Janeiro, Brazil
Routledge «Market: Political Philosophy October 2010: 216x138: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-59520-9: £70.00
Power and Progress * International Politics in Transition Jack Snyder, Columbia University, USA Series: Security and Governance
Series: Global Institutions
This fascinating collection draws together the work leading scholar, Jack Snyder, to create a coherent volume that explores a liberal realist theory of international politics, with a new and detailed introduction. It is a vital read for scholars of international relations.
The Organization of American States (OAS) is the world’s oldest regional multifunctional organization and has been in continuous existence since 1948. All 35 sovereign states of the Americas are members of the OAS. It is a multifunctional institution, dealing with security, technical cooperation, and the construction of democratic institutions. This concise and accessible volume will focus on the history, decision making procedures, relevance, functions, and operations of the OAS. The organization will be analyzed in the context of the web of international and regional institutions that deal with global governance and international politics in the Western Hemisphere. A comprehensive study of this under-examined organization, this volume provides information and guidance for all practitioners, scholars, and students.
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57572-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57573-7: £17.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. History 3. Institutional Structure 4. Security 5. The Democratic Paradigm 6. Working within a Plural Architecture for Global Governance 7. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Latin-American Politics / US-Latin American Relations / International Relations December 2010: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49849-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49850-0: £17.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
80 politics
The Puzzles of Politics *
The American Political Economy
Inquiries into the Genesis and Transformation of International Relations
Institutional Evolution of Market and State Marc Allen Eisner, Wesleyan University, USA
Friedrich Kratochwil, EUI, Italy
Taking a historical approach, Eisner situates the study of American political economy within a larger evolutionaryinstitutional framework that integrates perspectives in American political development and economic sociology.
Series: New International Relations This book brings together a collection of Friedrich Kratochwil’s key essays to explain his approach to international relations and how his thinking has developed over the last 30 years. It addresses topical themes and issues, including sovereignty, law, epistemology, boundaries, global governance and world society.
Routledge «Market: International Relations / Political Theory / Law October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58101-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58102-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84511-0: £85.00
Selected Contents: 1. Beyond the Market-State Dichotomy 2. Making Sense of Institutions and Institutional Change 3. The Progressive Regime and the Regulatory State 4. The Rise of the New Deal Regime 5. The Postwar Consolidation of the New Deal Regime 6. The Rise and Pause of the Keynesian Welfare State 7. The Neoliberal Regime and the Return of the Market 8. The Two Welfare States and the Coming Entitlement Crisis 9. The Global Economy and the Persistence of the State 10. The Financial Crisis and the Great Recession 11. Continuity and Change in the American Political Economy Routledge «Market: Politics / Economics October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99960-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99962-5: £30.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88014-2: £95.00
2nd Edition
new in paperback
The American Anomaly
Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics
Raymond A. Smith, Columbia University, USA and New York University, USA The American Anomaly systematically analyzes and explains the US political system by way of comparison with other countries, especially other industrialized democracies.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: Part I: The Constitutional Order 1. The American Nation, State, and Regime 2. The U.S. Constitution 3. Federalism 4. Separation of Powers Part II: The Institutions of Government 5. The Executive Branch 6. The Legislative Branch 7. The Judicial Branch Part III: Political Participation 8. Political Participation 9. Voting and Elections 10. Political Parties 11. Public Opinion and Political Values Part IV: Public Policy and Policymaking 12. Domestic Policy 13. Foreign Policy. Conclusion: The American Anomaly on Balance Routledge «Market: Politics October 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87972-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87973-6: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85106-7: £95.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-95746-5
See separate Order Form
Edited by Jeff Haynes, London Metropolitan University, UK From the United States to the Middle East and Africa, religion has become an increasingly important factor in political activity and organisation. This Handbook provides a definitive global survey of the interaction of religion and politics. Featuring contributions from an international team of experts, this Handbook is an indispensable source of information for students, academics and the wider public interested in the dynamic relationship between politics and religion. Selected Contents: Part 1: ‘The World Religions and Politics’ Part 2: ‘Religion and Governance’ Part 3: ‘Religion and International Relations’ Part 4: ‘Religion, Security and Development’ Routledge «Market: Politics / Religion October 2010: 246x174: 448pp Pb: 978-0-415-60029-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89054-7: £125.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
U.S. Politics and Government in Comparative Perspective
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
politics 81
UN Human Rights Council
War and Rape
Bertrand G. Ramcharan, City University of New York, USA
Law, Memory and Justice
Series: Global Institutions
Nicola Henry The Human Rights Council is already the subject of major public interest and controversy. This book aims to present a balanced view of the council, acknowledging where it has made positive contributions, point out its deficiencies, and identify options for improving the body’s future work. This guide will be essential reading for all those concerned with the future of international relations international organizations and human rights.
Selected Contents: 1. The Mandate and Roles of the Council 2. The Institutional and Procedural Architecture of the Council 3. The Universal Periodic Review 4. The Legislative role of the Council 5. The Promotional and Educational Role of the Council 6. The Preventive Role of the Council 7. Fact-finding within the framework of the Council – its Special Procedures 8. The Human Rights Council and the Responsibility to Protect 9. The Advisory Committee 10. Human Rights NGOs in the Council Routledge «Market: International Organizations / Politics / Human Rights / International Law December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58398-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58399-2: £15.99
Series: Interventions In this book, Henry asks some critical questions about the relationship between mass rape, politics and law. In what ways does law contribute to the collective memory of wartime rape? How do ‘counter-memories’ of victims compete with the denialism of wartime rape? Providing a comprehensive overview of the politics of wartime rape and the politics of prosecuting such crimes within international humanitarian law, this text will be of great interest to scholars of gender and security, war crimes and law and society. Routledge «Market: Politics / Gender Studies / Law December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56472-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56473-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83619-4: £75.00
2nd Edition
Unspeakable Truths
The Future of Global Currency
Transitional Justice and the Challenge of Truth Commissions
The Euro Versus the Dollar
Priscilla B. Hayner, International Center for Transitional Justice
Benjamin J. Cohen, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA
This book is a profound exploration of truth commissions around the world, and the anguish, injustice, and the legacy of hate they are meant to absolve.
This book is a short account of the broad prospects for today’s top international currencies – the dollar, the Euro, and the yen – in the twenty-first century. Written by one of America’s most pre-eminent experts on the international political economy of the global monetary system, it traces the origins of the Euro-Dollar rivalry and assesses both their prospects in the current uncertain economic climate. The analysis explores how the future of the leading currencies may be influenced by the logic of market competition, the strategic preferences of national governments, and prospective technological developments as well as questioning whether monetary conflict could spill over into a broader geopolitical confrontation.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Drawing together the key essays of Benjamin J. Cohen, this book will be of considerable interest to students and scholars of international finance and international political economy. Routledge «Market: Politics and Current Affairs / International Political Economy December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78149-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78150-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83380-3: £85.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Selected Content: 1. Introduction 2. Confronting Past Crimes: Transitional Justice and the Phenomenon of Truth Commissions 3. Why a Truth Commission? 4. The Five Strongest Truth Commissions 5. Other Illustrative Truth Commissions 6. What is the Truth? 7. The Truth About Women and Men 8. Truth and Justice: A Careful but Critical Relationship 9. Truth Commissions and the International Criminal Court 10. Naming Names of Perpetrators 11. Healing from the Past 12. Truth and Reparations 13. Reconciliation and Reforms 14. Leaving the Past Alone 15. When, How, and Who: Basic Questions of Methodology and Operations 16. Reflections: Looking Forward Routledge «Market: Politics October 2010: 229x152: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-87202-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80635-0: £27.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
82 politics American Foreign Policy and Postwar Reconstruction
Christianity and Party Politics
Democracy and Famine
Keeping the Faith
Olivier Rubin, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
Comparing Japan and Iraq
Martin Steven
Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics
Jeff Bridoux, Aberystwyth University, Wales
Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics
Series: Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy
Christianity and Party Politics aims to discuss and evaluate the contemporary relationship between party politics and religion. The book focuses on the important role of the Church in both electoral politics and public policy formulation in the twenty first century, and argues that contrary to the established secularisation argument generally applied in Europe, religion continues to be a powerful influence, particularly within British politics.
Inspired by the work of Amartya Sen, whose influential hypothesis that democratic institutions together with a free press provide effective protection from famine, Democracy and Famine is a study combining qualitative and quantitative evidence, analysing the effect of democracy on famine prevention.
Routledge «Market: Politics / Foreign Policy / Conflict Studies October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56397-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84341-3: £75.00
Arguing Global Governance * Agency, Lifeworld and Shared Reasoning Edited by Corneliu Bjola, University of Toronto, Canada and Markus Kornprobst, Diplomatic Academy of Vienna, Austria Series: New International Relations This book offers compelling answers to the question of how global governance can and ought to effectively address serious global problems, such as financial instability, military conflicts, severe acts of distributive injustice and increasing concerns of ecological disasters, through argumentation research. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57217-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84257-7: £80.00
Ceremony and Ritual in Parliament Edited by Shirin M. Rai, University of Warwick, UK Series: Library of Legislative Studies This book combines mainstream historical and social science approaches with cultural theory to consider how parliamentary ritual is constructed through ceremony, space and socialisation. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Legislative Studies. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Institutions December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55098-7: £75.00
Constructing Global Enemies Hegemony and Identity in International Discourses on Terrorism and Drug Prohibition Eva Herschinger, Universitaet der Bundeswehr Munich, Germany Series: New International Relations Examines efforts to counteract terrorism at the international level and drug prohibition policies
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59685-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83638-5: £75.00
See separate Order Form
Providing a valuable and long overdue contribution to the field, this work will provide readers with a detailed knowledge of how the worlds of politics and religion interact. Routledge «Market: Politics / Religion / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55660-6: £75.00
Civil Society and International Governance The Role of Non-state Actors in the EU, Africa, Asia and Middle East
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59822-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83671-2: £75.00
Democracy, Equality, and Justice Edited by Matt Matravers, University of York, UK and Lukas H. Meyer, Universitat Graz, Austria In addressing democracy, equality, and justice together, the book stimulates discussions that go beyond the sometimes increasingly technical and increasingly discrete literatures that now dominate the study of each concept. This book was published as a special issue of Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy.
Edited by David Armstrong, University of Exeter, UK, Valeria Bello, Barcelona Institute for International Studies, Julie Gilson, University of Birmingham, UK and Debora Spini, Syracuse University in Florence, Italy
Routledge «Market: Political Philosophy / Democracy / Human Rights December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-59292-5: £80.00
Series: Routledge/GARNET series
Diversity in Europe *
This book examines the increasing impact of nongovernmental organisations and civil society on global and regional governance, in relation to the UN, the IMF, the G8 and the WTO. The authors assess civil society interaction with the EU, Africa, East Asia and the Middle East.
Dilemnas of Differential Treatment in Theory and Practice
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Sociology October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59063-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84005-4: £75.00
Constructing US Foreign Policy The Curious Case of Cuba David Bernell, Oregon State University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy This book addresses the roots of the hostility that has characterized the United States’relationship with Cuba and has persisted for decades, even in the wake of the end of the Cold War. It answers the question of why America’s Cold War era policy toward Cuba has not substantially changed, despite a radically changed international environment. Cuba is indeed a ‘curious case,’ as the title suggests, and the book uses it to shed light on the contours and paradoxes of US policy during the Cold War and beyond. Routledge «Market: Foreign Policy / American History / Latin American Politics December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78067-4: £75.00
Edited by Gideon Calder, University of Newport, Wales and Emanuela Ceva, University of Pavia, Italy Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies This book examines how European institutions address the plurality of religious faiths and ethical beliefs in a multicultural society, featuring case studies on Germany, Italy, Turkey, Spain, the Czech Republic and the UK and assesses the impact on political integration. Routledge «Market: Politics / Sociology / Ethics / Law December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58082-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83711-5: £75.00
Europe and the Management of Globalization Edited by Wade Jacoby, Brigham Young University, USA and Sophie Meunier, Princeton University, USA Series: Journal of European Public Policy Special Issues as Books This volume examines the degree of success by which EU policies have attempted to manage globalization in a variety of policy areas. This book was based on a special issue of Journal of European Public Policy. Routledge «Market: European Union / Globalization / Public Policy November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59213-0: £80.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
On the eve of the invasion of Iraq, President G.W. Bush argued that if setting up democracy in Japan and Germany after WW II was successful, then it should also be successful in Iraq. This book provides a detailed comparison of the reconstruction of Japan from 1945 to 1952 with the current reconstruction of Iraq and provides a new analytical framework for understanding the success or failure of reconstruction projects.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
politics 83 European Integration and the Western Balkans European Enlargement, Domestic Challenges and Institutional Challenges Edited by Arolda Elbasani, Freie Universitat, Germany Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies Focuses on the challenges of the European Union integration process for the Western Balkans. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59452-3: £75.00
European Neighbourhood through Civil Society Networks? Policies, Practices and Perceptions Edited by James Wesley Scott and Ilkka Liikanen, both at University of Eastern Finland, Finland This book explores the development of Civil Society co-operation networks between member states of the European Union and neighbouring countries such as Russia, Ukraine, Moldova, Turkey and Morocco. It critically analyzes the role of the EU and its policies in promoting these networks and investigates how the EU is perceived as an international actor with the larger regional context of ‘Neighbourhood’. This book was based on a special issue of Journal of European Integration. Routledge «Market: European Studies / European Politics / International Relations December 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58719-8: £80.00
Global Restructuring, Labour and the Challenges for Transnational Solidarity * Edited by Andreas Bieler, University of Nottingham, UK and Ingemar Lindberg, Arena Think Tank, Sweden Series: Rethinking Globalizations This volume examines the possibilities and obstacles to transnational solidarity in a period of global restructuring. It brings together a range of international and transnational case studies, examining successful and failed transnational solidarity covering inter-trade union co-operation as well as co-operation between trade unions and social movements within the formal and informal economy, and the public and private sector. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Industrial Relations October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58083-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84245-4: £75.00
Globality, Democracy and Civil Society * Edited by Terrell Carver, University of Bristol, UK and Jens Bartelson Series: Democratization Studies This book explores the past, present and future of democratic values and practice, focussing on conceptions of democracy that reconcile radical plurality with democratic practices, presenting examples and perspectives framed by ‘globality’, rather than an East/West binary. Routledge «Market: Comparative Politics / Democracy / Political Theory October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54857-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83993-5: £75.00
European Security Governance in Transition Changing of the Guard
Governing Sustainable Development *
Series: Security and Governance Analyses the emergence of new forms of security governance in Europe in response to changing domestic and external challenges Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60159-7: £75.00
Globalization in Crisis Edited by Barry K. Gills, University of Newcastle, UK Series: Rethinking Globalizations Globalization and Crisis critically examines the causes and consequences of the global financial and economic crisis and its relation to Globalization in both theory and practice. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations.
Edited by Kevin J. O’Brien, University of California, USA and Suisheng Zhao, University of Denver, USA This book assesses the implementation and impact of these elections, both in terms of democratizing the polity and spurring other changes in state-society relations. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary China. Routledge «Market: Chinese Politics / Elections / Local Government November 2010: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57157-9: £80.00
Insuring Security Biopolitics, Security and Risk Luis Lobo-Guerrero Series: Interventions This book offers a genealogical interrogation of the relationship between security and risk through its materialisation in insurance. It contributes a theorisation of insurance in relation to these three ‘defining aspects of insurance’, in so doing it advances a novel contribution to the understanding of how a risk-based approach to security informs the problem of security and modernity, making an original contribution to the study of the biopolitics of security. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / International Relations Theory October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58343-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84589-9: £75.00
International Relations and Non-Western Thought * Imperialism, Colonialism and Investigations of Global Modernity Edited by Robbie Shilliam, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand
Partnerships, Protests and Power at the World Summit
Ursula Schroeder, Free University Berlin
Grassroots Elections in China
Series: Interventions
Carl Death Series: Interventions This book is a theoretically-informed empirical examination of the political consequences of the World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD), held in Johannesburg in 2002. It shows how the Summit had important effects in three distinct but related fields: the discursive construction of sustainable development; the evolving political role of UN summits; and the participation of non-state actors in both South African and global politics. This work is cutting edge application of poststructuralism to the study of environmental politics and sustainable development.
The purpose of the book is to use a set of geoculturally diverse investigations in order to sketch out, on the grounds of IR, the theoretical and substantive contours of an engagement with non-Western thought that refuses to approach this body of thought as either exotic to, or derivative of, the orthodox Western canon. In fine, the book highlights and explores the global, rather than European or Western context within which knowledge of modernity has been developed. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / International Relations Theory October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57772-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84212-6: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Politics / Development October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56926-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84741-1: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: International Politics / Political Economy November 2010: 246x174: 370pp Hb: 978-0-415-60048-4: £80.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
84 politics Interrogating Democracy in World Politics
Parliamentary Roles in Modern Legislatures *
Political Liberalism and Plurinational Democracies *
Edited by Joe Hoover, Meera Sabaratnam and Laust Schouenborg, all at London School of Economics, UK
Edited by Magnus Blomgren, Umeå University, Sweden and Olivier Rozenberg, CEVIPOF, SciencesPo, France
Edited by Ferran Requejo, Universitat Pompeu Fabra, Barcelona, Spain and Miquel Caminal Badia, Barcelona University, Spain
Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics
Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science
Series: Routledge Studies in Nationalism and Ethnicity
Questions the history, meaning and concepts of democracy in contemporary international and global politics.
Presenting a variety of methodological approaches, it examines the link between representative roles, institutional settings and parliamentary behaviour. It features case studies on Germany, the Netherlands, UK, France, Austria, Norway, Hungary, Australia, New Zealand and the European Parliament.
The book examines the current state of affairs concerning the political recognition and constitutional accommodation of national plurality in liberal democracies in the global era of the 21st century. It features case studies on Belgium, Canada, Spain, UK and the European Union.
Israel at the Polls 2009
Routledge «Market: Political Science / Government / Comparative Politics December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57568-3: £70.00
Edited by Shmuel Sandler, Bar-Ilan University, Israel, Manfred Gerstenfeld, Jerusalem Center for Public Affairs, Israel and Hillel Frisch, Bar-Ilan University, Israel
Routledge «Market: Political Science / Political Theory / European Politics October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-56450-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84183-9: £75.00
Peacebuilding and Rule of Law in Africa *
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59531-5: £75.00
This book provides an effective analysis of political and sociological developments as well as electoral trends in Israel before and after the February 2009 elections.
Just Peace?
This book was published as a special issue of Israel Affairs.
Series: Security and Governance
Routledge «Market: Politics / Middle East Studies / Elections October 2010: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56065-8: £75.00
Nationalism and Global Justice David Miller and his Critics Edited by Helder De Schutter, Catholic University Leuven, Belgium and Ronald Tinnevelt, Radboud University Nijmegen, the Netherlands Previously published as a special issue of the Critical Review of Social and Political Philosophy, this collection brings together some of the most influential political contemporary philosophers to present a critical review of David Miller’s co-national priority thesis and give a state-of-the-art overview of the prevailing positions on nationalism and global justice within political philosophy today. Routledge «Market: Politics and Political Theory October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42086-0: £75.00
Neoconservatism and American Foreign Policy * A Critical Analysis Danny Cooper, Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy At the time of America’s 2003 invasion of Iraq, the term ‘neoconservative’ was enjoying wide currency. To this day, it remains a term that engenders much debate and visceral reaction. Exploring the historical significance of this ongoing movement and its impact on American foreign policy traditions, this work will be of great interest to all scholars of foreign policy, American politics and American history.
Edited by Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman, all at University of East London, UK This text brings together expert practitioners and scholars in African politics, law, and conflict and peacebuilding to examine the expanding international efforts to promote rule of law in countries emerging from violent conflict, focusing specifically upon experiences in Africa. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Peace Studies / Law / African Politics October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57736-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84849-4: £75.00
Political Agency in the Era of Globalisation The Changing Nexus Of State, Market and Society Edited by Bice Maiguashca, University of Exeter, UK and Raffaele Marchetti, LUISS Guido Carli University, Italy
Political Representation and European Union Governance Edited by Peter Mair, European University Institute, Italy and Jacques Thomassen, University of Twente, the Netherlands Series: Journal of European Public Policy Special Issues as Books This book confronts and discusses different conceptions of political representation and their application to the system of multi-level governance in the European Union. It assesses both the effectiveness and legitimacy of the channels of political representation which have developed in the EU. This book was based on a special issue of Journal of European Public Policy. Routledge «Market: European Union / Democracy / Governance October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58294-0: £80.00
Politics, Religion and Gender * Regulating the Muslim Headscarf Edited by Sieglinde Rosenberger and Birgit Sauer, both at University of Vienna, Austria
Series: Routledge/GARNET series
Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics
This book explores and critically reflects on the theory and practice of political agency in contemporary global politics, in light of the changing relationship between the state, the market and the society.
Heated debates about Muslim women’s veiling practices have attracted the attention of European policymakers over the last decade. Utilizing a comparative perspective this work focuses on the different religious, political and cultural meanings of the veiling issue across European countries and on the comparative explanation of veiling regimes in European countries.
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59530-8: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Comparative Politics / Religion / European Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56148-8: £75.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Foreign Policy / American Politics / American History October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59221-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84052-8: £75.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
politics 85 Power and Transnational Activism Edited by Thomas Olesen, University of Aarhus, Denmark Series: Rethinking Globalizations Offering new and critical insights on global activism and power, it features case studies on China and Tibet, HIV/AIDS, climate change, child labour, the WTO, women and the UN, the global public sphere, world social forums and global civil society. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Sociology / Globalization Studies November 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-55369-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83665-1: £75.00
Radical Left Parties in Contemporary Europe *
Representing Women in Local Government *
Selected Writings of John A. Hobson 1932–1938
An International Comparative Study
The Struggle for the International Mind
Edited by Barbara Pini, Curtin University of Technology, Australia
Edited by John M. Hobson and Colin Tyler
Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics
John A. Hobson is widely recognised as the most important British New Liberal thinker of politics and political economy of the twentieth century. Thsi volume showcases an exciting and previously unpublished collection of Hobson’s writings and lectures from 1932–1938 that Hobson presented at the South Place Ethical Society in the last decade of his life.
This volume brings together international experts to examine and compare women in local government and features case studies on the US, UK, France, Germany, Spain, Finland, Uganda, China, Australia and New Zealand. Routledge «Market: International Politics / Comparative Politics / Government / Gender Studies December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55934-8: £75.00
Requisites of Democracy
Luke March, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Extremism and Democracy What has happened to the European radical left after the collapse of the USSR? How has it reacted, reformed, even revived? This new volume is the first to provide an extensive answer. It will focus both on communists and non-communists, and will address their non-parliamentary and international activity through a pan-European perspective. It will be of interest to students and scholars of comparative politics, political parties and radical politics.
Sex Trafficking, Human Rights, and Social Justice *
Jørgen Møller and Svend-Erik Skaaning, both at Aarhus University, Denmark
Edited by Tiantian Zheng, State University of New York, USA
Series: Democratization Studies
Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights
Examines theoretical and empirical approaches to measuring, defining and understanding democracy.
This volume explores the life experiences, agency, and human rights of trafficked women in order to shed light on the complicated processes in which anti-trafficking, human rights and social justice are intersected.
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59681-7: £75.00
Rethinking Gramsci *
Regional Development Banks *
Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory
Jonathan Strand, University of Nevada, USA Series: Global Institutions The regional development banks (RDBs) are important global institutions but often are overshadowed by more widely studied institutions such as the World Bank Group and International Monetary Fund (IMF). Providing the definitive guide to the RDBs, Strand exposes the political nature of RDB development lending and demonstrates the need to include the RDBs in any reform of the global economic architecture. Routledge «Market: Politics / African Politics December 2010: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77594-6: £70.00
Series: ThirdWorlds Through a combination of theoretical works and a series of case studies, the volume highlights the cutting edge of international labour studies. This book was published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly.
Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / Political Philosophy December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77973-9: £70.00
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations October 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-57182-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84906-4: £75.00
Social and Political Thought of Julius Evola Paul Furlong Series: Extremism and Democracy Julius Evola wrote over 36 books and over 1100 articles from 1924 until his death in 1974. His writing covered a vast range of subjects, from a distinctive and categorical ideological outlook and has been extremely influential on a significant number of extreme right thinkers, activists and organisations. This book is the first full length study in English to present his political thought to a wider audience, beyond that of his followers and sympathisers, and to bring into the open the study of a neglected strand of contemporary Western thought, that of traditionalism. Routledge «Market: Political Theory / International Relations / Fascism December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58968-0: £75.00
This book addresses an important element of public governance, and does so in longitudinal and comparative manner. The approach enables us to make a number of interesting statements now only about the development of political systems but also about the differences among those systems. It provides an unique systematic investigation of both formal and informal rewards for working in high-level positions in the public sector, and seeks to determine the impacts of the choices of reward structures. Routledge «Market: Politics and Comparative Public Administration December 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-78105-3: £75.00
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: International Political Economy November 2010: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59385-4: £80.00
for e-mail updates in your field
This edited volume provides a coherent and comprehensive assessment of Antonio Gramsci’s significant contribution to the fields of political and cultural theory. It contains seminal contributions from a broad range of important political and cultural theorists and explains the origins, development and context for Gramsci’s thought as well as analysing his continued relevance and influence to contemporary debates.
Edited by B.Guy Peters, University of Pittsburgh, USA and Marleen Brans, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium
Edited by Marcus Taylor, Queen’s University, Canada
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Edited by Marcus Green, California State University, USA
Rewards for High Public Office in Europe and North America
Renewing International Labour Studies
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59823-1: £75.00
Conceptualization, Measurement, and Explanation
Routledge «Market: Marxism / Political Science / European Politics December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42560-5: £70.00
Lending with a Regional Flavor
Series: Warwick Studies in Globalisation
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
86 politics Sustainability in European Environmental Policy * Challenges of Governance and Knowledge Edited by Rob Atkinson, University of the West of England, UK, Terizakis Georgios, City of Hannover, Lord Mayor’s Office, Germany and Karsten Zimmermann, Darmstadt University of Technology, Germany Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This book examines sustainability in European environmental policy and explores the related challenges of governance and knowledge, featuring cross-national and comparative case studies on nine European countries. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Environmental Studies / European Politics October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56289-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84171-6: £75.00
Sovereignty between Politics and Law
The Communist Quest for National Legitimacy in Europe, 1918–1989 Edited by Martin Mevius, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands Series: Association for the Study of Nationalities This book tackles popular misunderstandings about the incompatibility of communism and nationalism, and shows how communist parties throughout Europe consistently made appeals to popular nationalism.
The European Union, Russia and the Shared Neighbourhood
The EU Presence in International Organizations *
Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics
This book investigates the continuity and change of sovereignty as a key concept to the disciplines of International Relations (IR) and International Public Law, and international politics as a practice.
Approaching the EU international interactions from different theoretical and analytical angles, this work clearly discusses the broad spectrum of issues that surround the evolution and future of the European Union in an international context.
Edited by Christine Trampusch, University of Bern, Switzerland and André Mach, University of Lausanne, Switzerland Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics The book provides the first systematic overview of Swiss political economy in comparative perspective. It provides an analysis of major socio-economic institutions, economic actors, economic and social policies, and political institutions and their recent changes. Routledge «Market: Comparative Politics / Economics / Political Economy / European Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58051-9: £75.00
Explores the EU’s relations with civil society organizations in an effort to improve the effectiveness and relevance of its conflict and peace policies.
Routledge «Market: European Politics / 20th century European History / Nationalism October 2010: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58712-9: £80.00
Series: New International Relations
Continuity and Change in the Swiss Political Economy
Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies
This book was published as a special issue of Nationalities Papers.
Tanja Aalberts, Leiden University, the Netherlands
Switzerland in Europe *
Edited by Nathalie Tocci, Transatlantic Academy, Washington DC
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59671-8: £75.00
Edited by Spyros Blavoukos, Athens University of Economics and Business, Greece and Dimitris Bourantonis, University of Athens, Greece
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Law December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59676-3: £75.00
The European Union, Civil Society and Conflict
Routledge «Market: Politics / European Studies / International Organizations October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56924-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84447-2: £75.00
The European Union as a Leader in International Climate Change Politics * Edited by Rüdiger Wurzel and James Connelly, both at University of Hull, UK Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies Explaining the origins and key institutions, this book provides an assessment of the European Union’s leadership role in international climate change politics, with case studies on Britain, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Poland, Spain, businesses and environmental NGOs. Routledge «Market: Environmental Studies / European Politics / International Relations October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58047-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83995-9: £75.00
Edited by Jackie Gower, King’s College London, UK and Graham Timmins, University of Stirling, UK Series: Routledge Europe-Asia Studies This book draws together research which examines the objectives of EU and Russian foreign policy and the complexities of the security challenges in this region. This book was based on a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Routledge «Market: European Union Politics / Governance / Political Psychology November 2010: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59712-8: £80.00
The Funding of Political Parties * Edited by Keith Ewing, Kings College London, UK, Joo-Cheong Tham, University of Melbourne, Australia and Jacob Rowbottom, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics This book explores the problems in regulating the funding of political parties and election campaigns in a comparative framework. It features case studies on in Australia, Canada, Germany, New Zealand, United Kingdom and the United States. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Political Theory / Law December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58001-4: £70.00
The Legacies of Caribbean Radical Politics Edited by Shalini Puri, University of Pittsburgh, USA This book is a pan-Caribbean and multidisciplinary study of the successes, failures, lessons, ongoing efforts, and prospects of Left politics from across the Caribbean in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. This book was published as a special issue of the Interventions: International Journal of Postcolonial Studies.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: International Politics / Political Ideologies / Marxism & Communism October 2010: 246x189: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58689-4: £80.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
politics 87 The New Politics of European Civil Society
The Political History of European Integration *
The Structure of Political Competition in Western Europe
Edited by Ulrike Liebert, University of Bremen, Germany and Hans-Järg Trenz, University of Oslo, Norway
The Hypocrisy of Democracy-Through-Market
Edited by Zsolt Enyedi, Central European University, Hungary and Kevin Deegan-Krause, Wayne State University, USA
Series: Routledge Studies on Democratising Europe This multi-disciplinary book captures the evolving practices of European civil society that stretch across the local, national, European and global realm. It consolidates existing research and reviews its’ conceptual, normative and empirical-analytical foundations. Routledge «Market: European Politics / Political Science / Sociology November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57845-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83668-2: £75.00
The Political Economy of Global Remittances
Hagen Schulz-Forberg, Aarhus University, Denmark and Bo Stråth, University of Helsinki, Finland Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This book adopts a historical perspective to explore the tensions between the idea of a European democracy through a European market, and the observations that there are signs of increasing social disintegration, political extremism and populism in the wake of economic integration. Routledge «Market: Political Science / History / European Studies October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57883-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84826-5: £70.00
Series: West European Politics This book takes a detailed look at the ways in which Western Europe’s party systems are anchored in social and ideological structures. This book was published as a special issue of West European Politics. Routledge «Market: European Politics / Political Parties / Democracy October 2010: 234x156: 326pp Hb: 978-0-415-47880-9: £80.00
Theorising Transnational Migration The Status Paradox of Migration
Gender and Governmentality Rahel Kunz, University of Lucerne, Switzerland Series: Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy This volume examines the emergence of the global remittances trend (GRT) against the backdrop of a number of ongoing global transformations. It explores the conceptual and institutional apparatus that constitute the GRT assesses the implications beyond the intended outcome of promoting development and reducing poverty. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / IPE / Development December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59062-4: £75.00
The Political Economy of the Conflict Trade * Contextualising Illicit Miners and Informal Traders Morten Boas, FAFO, Norway Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This book focuses on the political economy of life and death for ordinary people involved in the illicit extraction and trade of diamonds, coltan, gold from conflict zones in Sub-Saharan Africa and addresses the issues of children and youth in conflict zones; child labour; the networks and economies that these people are part of; and the choices they feel compelled to make based on the agency available to them. Routledge «Market: Political Economy / International Relations / Development December 2010: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58084-7: £70.00
The Risk of Social Policy
Boris Nieswand, Max Plank Institute, Germany
The Electoral Consequences of Welfare State Retrenchment and Social Policy Performance in OECD Countries
Series: Routledge Research in Transnationalism
Nathalie Giger, University of Mannheim, Germany Series: Routledge/EUI Studies in the Political Economy of the Welfare State The Risk of Social Policy uses a comparative perspective to systematically analyse the effects of social policy reforms and welfare state retrenchment on voting choice. It re-examines twenty elections in OECD countries to show if and how social policy issues drive elections.
This book seeks to understand migrant integration processes and develops a theory: the status paradox of migration. It explores the interaction between migrants’ integration into the receiving country and the maintained inclusion into the sending society; and their simultaneous loss and gain of status. Routledge «Market: Politics / Sociology / Globalisation Studies December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58455-5: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59198-0: £75.00
Understanding Peace and Security *
The Role of Governments in Legislative Agenda Setting *
This is a fresh contribution to what we know about the role of poverty and low income in the health of individuals and households in developing countries.
Edited by Bjorn Erik Rasch, University of Oslo, Norway and George Tsebelis, University of Michigan, USA
Routledge December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37671-6: £70.00
Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, UK
Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science
Variegated Neoliberalism
With a strong comparative framework, this book examines fourteen countries with parliamentary or semi-presidential systems of government to provide a detailed investigation into the mechanisms by which governments determine the agendas of their parliaments.
EU Varieties of Capitalism and International Political Economy
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations November 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48101-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83742-9: £75.00
This book provides comparative analyses of global and European banking communities and economic research centres in the UK, France, and Germany. It explains the current neoliberal order in global finance, and the realms of possibility for challenges to it.
The Securitization of Migration in the Post-Cold War Era A Study of Movement and Order Philippe Bourbeau, University of Ottawa, Canada
Huw Macartney, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations November 2010: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-60150-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83634-7: £75.00
Series: Security and Governance Provides an overview of the integration of migration into international security frameworks emphasizing policing and defence.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59451-6: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
88 military & strategic studies
Experiencing War * Edited by Christine Sylvester, University of Lancaster, UK Series: War, Politics and Experience This book presents the most recent thinking on war as a physical and emotional experience for those who touch and are touched by it politically, through feelings, and through physical activities, ranging from combat to TV viewing. Selected Contents: Part 1: Theorizing War as Experience 1. Touching War: Politics and the Experiential Christine Sylvester 2. The Passions of Protection: Sovereign Authority and Humanitarian War Anne Orford 3. Reconsidering Just War Theory Kimberly Hutchings 4. The Uselessness of a Generalised ‘New Wars’ Rubric Stephen Chan 5. Wars, Bodies, and Development Brigitte Holzner Part 2: Studying War as Politics and Experience 6. Neo-cons, Neologisms and Iran: The Construction of Another Islamic Enemy Annabelle Sreberny 7. Living and Remembering War Mary Hamilton and Denny Taylor 8. What Women Warriors Experience Megan MacKenzie 9. Dilemmas of Drawing War Jill Gibbon 10. War As Experience: Some Conclusions and New Directions Christine Sylvester Routledge «Market: War Studies / Sociology / Critical Security Studies October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56630-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56631-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83999-7: £85.00
Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect * From Words to Deeds Alex J. Bellamy, Griffith University, Australia Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect This book provides an in-depth introduction to, and analysis of, the issues relating to the implementation of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) principle in international relations. The principal themes of this book are: • the nature of the R2P principle • implementation challenges • key themes in implementation. The book will be of great interest to students of IR, foreign policy, security studies and politics. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Peace Studies / Security Studies November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56735-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56736-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83716-0: £85.00
new in paperback
Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution
Explaining Terrorism * Causes, Processes and Consequences Martha Crenshaw, Stanford University, USA Series: Cass Series on Political Violence This volume comprises essays by Martha Crenshaw on the causes, processes and consequences of terrorism. This collection of essays by one of the pioneering thinkers in the field of terrorism studies will be essential reading for all students of political violence and terrorism, security studies and IR/politics in general. Selected Contents: Part I: Terrorism and Its Causes: An Overview Part II: Explanations of Terrorism: Organizations, Strategies, Psychology Part III: How Terrorism Ends Part IV: Responding to Terrorism Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Security Studies / Political Science October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-78050-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78051-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84056-6: £85.00
Edited by Dennis J.D. Sandole, George Mason University, Washington DC, USA, Sean Byrne, University of Manitoba, Canada, Ingrid Sandole-Staroste, George Mason University, Washington DC, USA and Jessica Senehi, University of Manitoba, Canada This Handbook is a collection of works from leading scholars in the Conflict Analysis and Resolution (CAR) field, all working from their own disciplines yet cognizant of the multidisciplinary nature of that field. The central theme is the value of interdisciplinary approaches to the analysis and resolution of conflicts. This approach consists of moving from the study of analytical approaches to understanding the deep-rooted causes of conflict to third-party intervention approaches to prevent or end violence and resolve conflict. The book is divided into five main sections: core concepts and theories; core approaches; core practices; alternative voices; and imagining and building a better future.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution November 2010: 246x174: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-57735-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89316-6: £105.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
military & strategic studies 89
The Responsibility to Protect Norms, Laws and the Use of Force in International Politics Ramesh Thakur, University of Waterloo, Canada
Routledge Handbook of the Responsibility to Protect Edited by W. Andy Knight and Frazer Egerton
Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect This volume is a collection of the key writings of Professor Ramesh Thakur on norms and laws regulating the international use of force. The adoption of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) principle by world leaders assembled at the UN summit in 2005 is widely acknowledged to represent one of the great normative advances in international politics since 1945. The author has been involved in this shift from the dominant norm of non-intervention to R2P as an actor, public intellectual and academic and has been a key thinker in this process. These essays represent the author’s writings on R2P, including reference to test cases as they arose, such as with Cyclone Nargis in Myanmar in 2008. Comprising essays by a key thinker and agent in the Responsibility to Protect debates, this book will be of much interest to students of international politics, human rights, international law, war and conflict studies, international security and IR in general. Routledge «Market: International Law / Human Rights / War and Conflict Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78168-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78169-5: £23.99
This Handbook offers a comprehensive examination of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) norm in world politics, which aims to end mass atrocities against civilians. This authoritative guide to the Responsibility to Protect gathers the most respected scholars to address key issues related to this emerging norm. The chapters offer a comprehensive accounts of the development of the R2P, the issues that will determine the extent to which its achievements match its promise, and opinions about and possible applications of this norm in various regions around the world. This book will be of interest to students of the R2P, humanitarian intervention, genocide, human rights, international law, international organisations, security studies and IR. Selected Contents: Part I: The Concept of R2P Part II: Developing and Operationalising R2P Part III: The View from over Here Routledge «Market: Security Studies / Human Rights / International Law December 2010: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-60075-0: £125.00
reader
Peace and Conflict Studies A Reader Edited by Charles Webel, University of New York in Prague and Jorgen Johansen
The Routledge Handbook of Transatlantic Security * Edited by Jussi Hanhimäki, Georges-Henri Soutou and Basil Germond, University of Central Lancashire
This Reader is a comprehensive and intensive introduction to the key works in the growing field of peace and conflict studies.
çè
Selected Contents: Part I: The Meanings and History of Peace; The Advent of Peace and Conflict Studies Part II: The Meanings and Nature of Conflict Part III: The History of Peace and Conflict Part IV: Conflict Management, Resolution, and Transformation Part V: Nonviolent Action and Social Change Part VI: Building Cultures and Paradigms of Peace Routledge «Market: Peace Studies / War and Conflict Studies / Security Studies December 2010: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-59128-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59129-4: £27.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
The issues covered offer a broad range of historical and current themes, ranging from the founding negotiations leading to NATO in 1949; the impact of the Korean War on NATO; the role of nuclear (non-)proliferation; the impact of culture, identity and representation in shaping post-Cold War transatlantic relations; the question of the Middle East and its core importance for transatlantic security; and the legacy of the Cold War, notably current tensions with Russia. This handbook will be of much interest to students of transatlantic security, NATO, Cold War Studies, foreign policy and IR in general. Routledge «Market: Security Studies / IR October 2010: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-57283-5: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84669-8: £125.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
The volume editors frame the discussion in an extensive introduction and provide short introductions to each section as well as suggestions for further reading and student questions. This book will be essential reading for students of peace and conflict studies and conflict resolution, and highly recommended for students of peace operations, peacebuilding, sociology, international security and IR in general.
This handbook provides readers with the tools to understand the evolution of transatlantic security from the Cold War era to the early 21st century.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
90 military & strategic studies
War and Ideas
Routledge Handbook of Energy Security
Selected Essays John Mueller This book is a collection of the key essays of Professor John Mueller on war and the role of ideas and opinions. Professor Mueller has maintained that war (and peace) are, in essence, merely ideas, and that war has waned as the notion that ‘peace’ is a decidedly good idea has gained currency. This book updates this argument, noting that as ideas have spread, war is losing out not only in the developed world, but now in the developing one, and that even civil war is in marked decline. It also assesses and critiques more recent theories arguing that this phenomenon is caused by the rising acceptance of democracy and/or capitalism. This book will be of much interest to students of international relations, security studies, foreign policy and international history. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Foreign Policy / Security Studies December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78176-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78177-0: £23.99
Edited by Benjamin K. Sovacool, National University of Singapore, Singapore This Handbook focuses on energy security world-wide, examining its definition, dimensions, ways to measure and index it. The main objectives of the volume are to broaden existing discussions of energy security that center on access to fuels, focus not only on the supply side of energy but also the demand side, investigate energy security issues such as energy poverty, equity and access, and development and analyze ways to index and measure energy security progress at the national and international level. This handbook will be of much interest to students of energy policy, global security, economics/trade, environmental studies, and IR in general. Routledge «Market: Energy Policy / Global Security / International Relations December 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-59117-1: £125.00
Arms Control and Proliferation in the Middle East
Economic Assistance and Conflict Transformation
Overcoming the Security Dilemma
Peacebuilding in Northern Ireland
Foreign Policy, War and the American Role in the World
Edited by Bernd W. Kubbig, Peace Research Institute, Frankfurt, Germany
Sean Byrne, University of Manitoba, Canada
C. Dale Walton
Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution
Series: Strategy and History
This edited volume provides a comprehensive, systematic and innovative analysis of the missile threat/proliferation issue in the Middle East. Routledge «Market: Security Studies / Middle Eastern Politics / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60111-5: £75.00
Causes and Consequences of Nuclear Proliferation A Quantitative-Analysis Approach Edited by Robert Rauchhaus, Matthew Kroenig and Erik Gartzke Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This edited volume offers a systematic account of the process of nuclear proliferation and its consequences, using quantitative research methods.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Security Studies / International Relations / Arms Control December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59833-0: £75.00
See separate Order Form
This book examines the role of economic aid in the management and resolution of protracted ethnic conflicts, focusing on the case study of Northern Ireland. Routledge «Market: Politics / Conflict Resolution / Peace Studies October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59481-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83822-8: £75.00
Evaluating Counterterrorism Performance A Comparative Study Beatrice de Graaf, Leiden University, the Netherlands Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies This book offers a new model for measuring the success or impact of counterterrorism strategies, using four comparative historical case studies. Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Security Studies / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59886-6: £75.00
This book examines the role of the Presidency in the formulation and conduct of grand strategy, and why this is important for the future of US national security. Routledge «Market: American History / Strategic Studies / Foreign Policy December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59832-3: £75.00
Intelligence and International Security New Perspectives and Agendas Edited by Len Scott, R. Gerald Hughes and Martin Alexander, all at University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK This book addresses fundamental questions arising from the events of 9/11 and subsequent acts of jihadist terrorism, together with the failures of intelligence agencies over Iraq’s Weapons of Mass Destruction. It was published as a special issue of Intelligence and National Security. Routledge «Market: Security Studies / Intelligence / Terrorism October 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58387-9: £80.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: Routledge Global Security Studies
Grand Strategy and the Presidency
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
military & strategic studies 91 International Intelligence Cooperation *
Military Integration after Civil Wars *
Peace Operations and Organised Crime
Challenges, Oversight and the Role of Law
Multiethnic Armies, Identity and Post-Conflict Reconstruction
Enemies or Allies?
Edited by Hans Born, Geneva Centre for the Democratic Control of Armed Forces, Switzerland, Ian Leigh and Aidan Wills Series: Studies in Intelligence This volume is the first systematic examination of international intelligence cooperation and the challenges this poses for the accountability of national security agencies. Routledge «Market: Intelligence Studies / Internationa Relations / Security Studies December 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58002-1: £75.00
Florence Gaub, NATO Defense College, Rome
Edited by James Cockayne and Adam Lupel, both at International Peace Institute, New York, USA
Series: Cass Military Studies
Series: Cass Series on Peacekeeping
The book shows how a multiethnic army is frequently the impetus for peacemaking in post-conflict societies.
This volume examines the relationship between international peace operations and organised crime – in some cases they are clear enemies, and in others, tacit allies.
Routledge «Market: Military Studies / Ethnic Conflict / Security Studies October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58094-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84105-1: £75.00
International Justice after Conflict
Nuclear Energy and Global Governance *
Outreach, Legacy and Accountability
Safety, Security and Non-proliferation
Jessica Lincoln
Trevor Findlay, Carleton University, Canada
Series: Contemporary Security Studies
Series: Routledge Global Security Studies
This book critically examines the role of outreach within the application of international justice in post-conflict settings.
This book considers the extent and nature of the global revival in the use of nuclear energy in the coming decades and its likely impact on global nuclear governance.
Routledge «Market: International Law / Peace and Conflict Studies / Security Studies December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59839-2: £75.00
Militarism, Gender and (In)Security *
Routledge «Market: Energy Politics / Global Governance / International Security December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49364-2: £75.00
Nuclear Proliferation and International Order *
Biopolitical Technologies of Security and the War on Terror
Challenges to the Non-Proliferation Treaty
Routledge «Market: Peace and Conflict Studies / Security Studies / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60170-2: £75.00
Political Discourse and Conflict Resolution * Debating Peace in Northern Ireland Edited by Katy Hayward, Queen’s University, Belfast and Catherine O’Donnell Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution In applying discourse analysis to the study of the conflict and peace process in Northern Ireland, this book offers a new and pertinent way to understand and examine three core subjects: conflict studies, Irish politics and applied discourse analysis. Routledge «Market: Conflict Resolution / Peace Studies October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56628-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84249-2: £75.00
Cristina Masters
Edited by Olav Njølstad
Series: PRIO New Security Studies
Series: Routledge Global Security Studies
Political Violence in Post-Conflict Societies *
This book explores how masculinity is being rearticulated within the context of modern war’s festishation of technology, providing a sustained critique of US militarism.
This book examines the nuclear non-proliferation regime and looks at the challenges it is facing in the early 21st century, from above and below.
R. Anders Nilsson
Routledge «Market: Critical Security Studies / Gender Studies / War and Conflict Studies December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57775-5: £70.00
Routledge «Market: Security Studies / International Relations October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58098-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84482-3: £75.00
Pathways from Ethnic Conflict * Military Ethics and Virtues *
Institutional Redesign in Divided Societies
An Interdisciplinary Approach for the 21st Century
Edited by John Coakley, University College Dublin, Ireland
Peter Olsthoorn, Netherlands Defence Academy, Breda
Series: Routledge Studies in Nationalism and Ethnicity
Series: Cass Military Studies This book is an re-examination of the traditional notions of military virtues in the modern era of expeditionary operations. Routledge «Market: Military Studies / Ethics / War Studies October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58006-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84082-5: £75.00
This book breaks new ground by tracing conflict resolving strategies in a number of countries which are at varying stages along the path towards settling long-standing ethnic tensions. This book was published as a special issue of Nationalism and Ethnic Politics. Routledge «Market: Security Studies / Conflict Resolution / Ethnic Studies October 2010: 246x174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-55402-2: £80.00
Remarginalisation, Remobilisers and Relationships Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This book compares post-civil wars societies to look at the presence or absence of organized violence, analysing why some ex-combatants return to organised violence and others do not. Routledge «Market: War and Conflict Studies / Political Violence / Security Studies December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57922-3: £75.00
Radicalisation and the Media * Legitimising Violence in the New Media Edited by Andrew Hoskins, University of Warwick, UK, Awan Akil and Ben O’Loughlin, both at University of London, UK Series: Media, War and Security This book examines the circulation and effects of ‘radical’ discourse by analysing the role of mass media coverage in promoting or hindering radicalisation and acts of political violence.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Security Studies / Political Violence / Media Studies December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55035-2: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
92 military & strategic studies Regional Organizations in African Security
Terrorism, Identity, and Legitimacy Interdisciplinary Perspectives
The Official History of the British Civil Service
Edited by Fredrik Soderbaum, University of Gothenburg, Sweden and Rodrigo Tavares, United Nations University, Belgium
Edited by Jean Rosenfeld
Rodney Lowe
Series: Cass Series on Political Violence
Series: Government Official History Series
This edited collection is a critical examination of the significance of history, religion and ‘transcendent purpose’ on the successive waves of terror that have assaulted and shocked modern societies, and is inspired by David Rapoport’s research.
This first volume of the Official History of the British Civil Service covers its evolution from the seminal Northcote-Trevelyan Report of 1854 to the destruction of the ‘old order’ under Mrs Thatcher by 1981.
Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Sociology / Conflict Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57857-8: £75.00
Routledge «Market: British Politics / Government December 2010: 234x156: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-58864-5: £65.00
The End of the Cold War in The Third World
The Political Economy of Peacemaking
New Perspectives on Regional Conflict
Achim Wennmann, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva, Switzerland
It was published as a special issue of African Security. Routledge «Market: Regional Security / Conflict Resolution / African Studies November 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59787-6: £80.00
Rethinking the Liberal Peace External Models and Local Alternatives Edited by Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh Series: Cass Series on Peacekeeping This book presents a critical analysis of the liberal peace project and offers possible alternatives and models. Routledge «Market: Peace and Conflict Studies / International Relations / Critical Security Studies December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-60055-2: £75.00
Sri Lanka and the Responsibility to Protect Politics, Ethnicity and Genocide Damien Kingsbury Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect This book is about the issues and challenges facing the implementation of the Responsibility To Protect (R2P) principle in the case of Sri Lanka, where the Tamil Tigers have been fighting to create a separate state.
Edited by Artemy Kalinovsky, London School of Economics and Sergei Radchenko Series: Cold War History This book examines the end of the Cold War in the Third World, and contributes to ongoing debates about regional conflicts and the role of great powers in the developing world. Routledge «Market: Cold War Studies / International History / Security Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60054-5: £75.00
Responding to Peace and Security Threats
Documents on British Policy Overseas, Series I, Vol. IX
Series: Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management
Edited by Tony Insall and Patrick Salmon
This book examines the UN Security Council’s experience with sanctions since 1946, and, in particular, the regimes adopted for specific types of conflict.
Series: Whitehall Histories
Surviving the International War Zone
Routledge «Market: Cold War History / International Relations / European History December 2010: 234x156: 346pp Hb: 978-0-415-59476-9: £85.00
A collection of stories from international writers, this book provides from-the-trenches insight on local and global conflicts and war zones. Copiously illustrated with photographs, it reviews unimaginable scenarios in war-torn and conflict riddled areas, complete with analyses of lessons learned. The contributors provide boots on the ground vignettes of situations and incidents direct from the front lines of war and conflict zones. They examine the cultural, logistical, and operational challenges of maintaining order and security as part of peace-keeping forces in addition to the personal aftermath of such duty.
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice October 2010: 235 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2794-9: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2795-6: £49.99
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Peace and Conflict Studies / Development Studies / Political Economy December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58626-9: £75.00
UN Sanctions and Conflict
Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Human Rights / Security Studies December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58884-3: £75.00
Robert R. Rail, Eddyville, Kentucky, USA
This book focuses on the economic dimensions of peace processes, examining the opportunities and constraints associated with these issues.
The Nordic Countries in the Early Cold War, 1944–51
This book offers a collection of diplomatic documents describing the development of British relations with the Nordic countries between the end of the Second World War and the defeat of the Labour Government in 1951.
Security Lessons Learned and Stories from Police and Military Peace-Keeping Forces
Series: Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding
The Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty and India Edited by Rajiv Nayan, Institute for Defence Studies & Analysis, India This book examines the international perspectives on India’s involvement with the NPT, as well as those from India itself. It was published as a special issue of The Strategic Analysis. Routledge «Market: Security Studies / Nuclear Disarmament / South Asian Studies November 2010: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59391-5: £80.00
Andrea Charron, Carleton University
Routledge «Market: Peace and Conflict Studies / International Organisations / Security Studies December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59835-4: £75.00
War, Peace and Progress in the 21st Century Development, Violence and Insecurities Edited by Mark T. Berger, Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, USA; University of British Columbia, Canada and Heloise Weber, University of Queensland, Australia Series: ThirdWorlds This book brings together contributions that revisit the dynamics and complexities of the history of war and peace in relation to the pursuit of progress. This book was published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Development Studies / War Studies October 2010: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58859-1: £80.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
This book examines the role of regional organizations in Africa’s security from a theoretical and practical perspective.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
asian studies 93
Governance of Life in Chinese Moral Experience The Quest for an Adequate Life Edited by Everett Zhang, Princeton University, USA, Arthur Kleinman and Tu Weiming, both at Harvard University, USA The last 30 years in China have witnessed tremendous changes, primarily as a result of the shift in focus by the state from class struggle to economic development. China soon eliminated the threat of famine and the rationing of food in the first decade of the reform era and increased its GDP per capita by 41% between 1978 and 2006. The average annual GDP growth rate during the same period is about three times the world average. Between 1981 and 2004 China had the largest poverty reduction in human history. Along with the fast economic development, there has been great change to the ethos of Chinese society from sacrificing life for the revolutionary cause to valuing life itself. This change, which is perhaps among the most significant in the transformation of contemporary China, has enormous bearings on the question of what is an adequate life in China now. Routledge «Market: Asian Anthropology / Cultural Anthropology / Medical Anthropology December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59718-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59719-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83439-8: £90.00
India, Pakistan, and Democracy *
Intellectual Property, Innovation and Management in Emerging Economies * Edited by Ruth Taplin, Centre for Japanese and East Asian Studies, UK and Alojzy Z. Nowak, University of Warsaw, Poland Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia This book argues that intellectual property (IP) development and innovation are fundamental to economic growth, especially in newly emerging economies which often hold vast reserves of natural resources and human knowledge that remain unprotected. It sheds light on countries that are gradually realising this situation, with examples from many parts of the world, including Eastern Europe, Africa and especially Asia, where a great deal is being made of innovation and intellectual property to stimulate economic growth. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Business / Law / Economics October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55960-7: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84440-3: £85.00
Learning Chinese, Turning Chinese * Becoming Sinophone in a Globalised World Edward McDonald, University of Auckland, New Zealand Series: Asia’s Transformations
Solving the Puzzle of Divergent Paths
The entry point for most potential sinophones is the Chinese language classroom. But what sort of ‘language’ and ‘culture’ are on offer there? And how are links drawn between the forms of the language and the situations in which they may be used? In this book Edward McDonald emphasizes the importance of the social and cultural factors in language learning and seeks to blow away many existing myths about Chinese language learning. As such, this book will be invaluable for all Chinese language students and teachers.
Philip Oldenburg, Columbia University, USA
çè
Routledge «Market: South Asian Politics / South Asian History / Comparative Politics October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-78018-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78019-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84715-2: £85.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Selected Contents: 1. Arguing Semantics with a Beijing Taxi Driver 2. Gateways to Becoming Sinophone 3. Learning Chinese the Lee Kwan Yew way 4. Character Fetishization 5. Ideolatry vs Phonolatry? 6. Keeping Chinese for the Chinese 7. Construing ‘Metrosexual’ in Chinese 8. Reconstruction vs Deconstruction 9. From ‘Ed McDonald’ to ‘Ned McHorse’ Routledge «Market: Chinese Culture / Chinese Language / Language Learning December 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-55941-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55942-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83980-5: £85.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
This book focuses on the specificities and the nuances of the state systems of India and Pakistan. It examines in detail the balance of authority and power between popular or elected politicians and the state apparatus through substantial historical analysis. A comparative analysis as well as a historical overview of the two countries, this book constitutes essential reading for students of South Asian History and Politics. It is useful and balanced introduction to the politics of India and Pakistan.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
94 asian studies
Politics in India Structure, Process and Policy Subrata K. Mitra, University of Heidelberg, Germany A comprehensive analysis of the broad spectrum of India’s politics, the book explains the key feature of Indian politics in a comparative and accessible narrative, illustrated with relevant maps, life stories, statistics and opinion data. Using familiar concepts of comparative politics the book highlights the policy process, with a focus on anti-poverty measures, liberalisation of the economy, nuclearisation and relations with the United States and Asian neighbours such as Pakistan and China. While managing to introduce the novice to India, this accessible, genuinely comparative account of India’s political evolution also engages the expert in a deep contemplation of the nature of strategic manoeuvring within India’s domestic and international context. Routledge «Market: Comparative Politics / South Asian Politics October 2010: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58588-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58589-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84686-5: £85.00
Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics Edited by Alisa Gaunder, Southwestern University, USA Over thirty chapters written by experts in the field combine traditional topics and cutting edge research to provide an advanced level reference guide surveying the current state of Japanese Politics. Each section contains overview chapters providing historical background followed by chapters exploring specific topics in the sub-area. In the final section, historical background information is contained in the individual chapters which cover the diverse areas of international political economy, security and foreign policy. Offering a complete overview of the full spectrum of Japanese politics, the Handbook is an invaluable resource for academics, researchers, policy analysts, graduate and undergraduate students studying this ever-evolving field. Selected Contents: 1. Domestic Politics 2. Civil Society 3. Social Policy 4. Political Economy 5. International Relations and Security Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Japanese Studies / Japanese Politics December 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-55137-3: £110.00
Routledge Handbook of Heritage in Asia
Routledge Handbook of the Chinese Diaspora
Edited by Tim Winter, University of Western Sydney, Australia and Patrick Daly, National University of Singapore
Edited by Chee-Beng Tan, Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong
Across Asia today rapid economic and social change means the region’s heritage is at once under threat and undergoing a revival as never before. The volume examines heritage as a key component in the unfolding modernities of Asia, moving between analytical scales to address questions of tourism, urban planning, national or ethnic expressions of identity, conflict memorialisation, or biodiversity.
Routledge «Market: Heritage Studies / Asian Studies / Asian Culture & Society / Reference December 2010: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-60045-3: £125.00
With around 30 million migrants worldwide, the ethnic Chinese and the Chinese in diaspora form the largest diaspora in the world. The economic reform of China in the late 1970s marked a huge phase of migration from China, and the new migrants have had a major impact on the local societies (including the ethnic Chinese) and on China. The transnational networks between the Chinese in diaspora and China have become even more significant as China has emerged as an economic world power. Most of those who migrated in the 19th and 20th centuries have largely become citizens of the respective countries; these may be referred to as ethnic Chinese, in contrast to those who remain citizens of China as well as new migrants from the country. This will be an important reference work for students, scholars and policy makers worldwide, given the global distribution of the Chinese and the emergence of China as a world power, both economically and politically.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Ethnicity / Reference December 2010: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-60056-9: £125.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
asian studies 95 2nd Edition
The New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific * Michael Connors, La Trobe University, Australia, Remy Davison, Monash University, Australia and Jörn Dosch, University of Leeds, UK The fully up-dated 2nd edition of this introductory textbook presents a coherent framework for understanding the complex international and global politics of the Asia Pacific region. The authors provide an overview of the main actors, institutions and contemporary issues, such as security and transnational actors. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The United States in Asia Pacific 3. Japan in Asia Pacific 4. China in Asia Pacific 5. Southeast Asia and Asia Pacific 6. Australia in Asia Pacific 7. Europe and Asia Pacific 8. Russia and Asia Pacific 9. India and Asia Pacific 10. Regional Security in Asia Pacific: Sources of Conflict and Prospects for Cooperation 11. Globalization and Regionalism in Asia Pacific 12. The Asian Economic Miracle and its Unmaking 13. Transnational Actors in Asia Pacific 14. Culture and Politics in the Asia-Pacific: Asian Values and Human Rights Routledge «Market: Asian Politics and International Relations December 2010: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46496-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46497-0: £22.99
Abandoned Japanese in Postwar Manchuria
Alterities in Asia Reflections on Identity and Regionalism
An Introduction to Tantric Philosophy *
The Lives of War Orphans and Wives in Two Countries
Edited by Leong Yew, National University of Singapore
The Paramarthasara of Abhinavagupta and its Commentary by Yogaraja
Yeeshan Chan, Freelance Scholar
Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series
Series: Japan Anthropology Workshop Series
This book investigates the politics of identity in Asia and explores how different groups of people inside and outside Asia have attempted to relate to the alterity of the places and cultures in the region through various modes (literary and filmic representation, scholarly knowledge, and so on) and at different points in time. Although coming from different perspectives like literary criticism, film studies, geography, cultural history, and political science, the contributors collectively argue that Asian otherness is more than the dialectical interplay between the Western self and one of its many others, and more than just the Orientalist discourse writ large. Rather, they demonstrate the existence of multiple levels of inter-Asian and intercultural contact and consciousness that both subvert as much as they consolidate the dominant ‘Western Core-Asian periphery’ framework that structures what the mainstream assumes to be knowledge of Asia.
Lyne Bansat-Boudon, Ecolé Pratique des Hautes études, France and Kamalesha Datta Tripathi, Banaras Hindu University, India
This book relates the experiences of the zanryuhojin – the Japanese civilians, mostly women and children, who were abandoned in Manchuria after the end of the Second World War when Japan’s puppet state in Manchuria ended. It examines their eventual repatriation, alongside issues of war memory and war guilt, and the worldviews of the zanryu-hojin, alongside Japanese society and its anti-war social movements. Routledge «Market: Japanese History / Asian History November 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59181-2: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83933-1: £85.00
Series: Routledge Studies in Tantric Traditions Offering the first commented English translation of both the text and its commentary by Yogaraja, this edition will be of interest to Indologists and specialists of Kasmir Saivism, as well as to specialists and students of religious studies, philosophy and anthropology. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies October 2010: 234x156: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-34669-6: £80.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Cultural Studies / Postcolonialism November 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58750-1: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83936-2: £85.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
96 asian studies Asian Expansions
Buddhism in Australia *
China’s Changing Welfare Mix
The Historical Experiences of Polity Expansion in Asia
Traditions in Change
Local Perspectives
Edited by Geoffrey Wade, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore
Edited by Cristina Rocha, University of Western Sydney, Australia and Michelle Barker, Future Initiatives, Australia
Edited by Beatriz Carrillo Garcia, Univeristy of Technology Sydney, Australia and Jane Duckett, University of Glasgow, UK
Series: Routledge Studies in the Early History of Asia
Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Buddhism
Series: Routledge Studies on China in Transition
It is crucial to an understanding of the modern world that the evolution of Asian polities be explored not only in terms of political systems, but also in terms of how their territories expanded. This book is path-breaking in that it analyses Asian historical experiences of polity expansion, examining the motives, mechanisms and justifications for territorial expansion by Asian polities from premodern times.
The number of Buddhists in Australia has grown dramatically in recent years. In 2006, Buddhists accounted for 2.1 per cent of Australia’s population, almost doubling the 1996 figures, and making it the fastest growing religion in the country. This book analyses the arrival and localisation of Buddhism in Australia in the context of the globalisation of Buddhism.
Routledge «Market: Asian history / Regionalism December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58995-6: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / Buddhism / Religion in Practise November 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56818-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84032-0: £80.00
The aim of this book is to draw attention to two neglected areas in the growing body of research on welfare in China: subnational variation and the changing mix of state and non-state provision. The contributors to this volume highlight the local, or sub-national, variation that lies behind broad national policies and programmes that is growing from divergent local government and non-state activities. This approach is particularly relevant to understanding welfare provision in China because national state programmes are so often organised by local governments in line with the specifics of their economic and social development, while at the same time that social and economic development itself is independently creating differential conditions for non-state (family, business and third sector) provision.
M. F. Husain and the Idea of India Edited by Sumathi Ramaswamy Series: Visual and Media Histories This book is the first inter-disciplinary engagement with the work of Maqbool Fida Husain, India’s most iconic artist today. The articles engage with controversies that have erupted around Husain’s work, and situate them in debates about the freedom of the artist versus the sentiments of the community. Routledge India October 2010: Hb: 978-0-415-58594-1: £75.00
Bhagat Singh Christopher Pinney, University College London, UK Series: Pathfinders Bhagat Singh, often referred to with the prefix Shaheed (‘Martyr’) is considered to be one of the most famous revolutionaries of the Indian independence movement. One of the leaders and founders of the Hindustan Socialist Republican Association (HSRA), he is also believed by many to be one of the earliest Marxists in India and has been labeled so by the Communist Party of India (Marxist). Singh emerged as an icon for masses in demanding equal rights for Indian and British political prisoners. He was hanged for shooting a police officer in response to the killing of veteran social activist Lala Lajpat Rai.
order now!
©
Routledge India «Market: South Asian Studies / History / Politics December 2010: 175pp Hb: 978-0-415-44608-2: £50.00
See separate Order Form
Bureaucracy, Community and Influence in India * Society and the State, 1930s–1960s William Gould, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Studies in South Asian History Offering a fresh approach to the issue of government and administrative corruption through ‘everyday’ citizen interactions with the state, this book explores changing discourses and practices of corruption in late colonial and early independent Uttar Pradesh, India. The author moves away from assumptions that the state can primarily be associated with the top levels of government, and looks at citizens’ approaches to local level bureaucracies and police. Routledge «Market: Asian History / South Asia October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77664-6: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84538-7: £85.00
China and Southeast Asia Historical Interactions
Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Society / Social Policy December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59731-9: £75.00
China’s Changing Workplace Edited by Peter Sheldon, Sunghoon Kim, Yiqiong Li, all at University of New South Wales and Malcolm Warner, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Considering a wide range of issues and many different kinds of workplaces, this book outlines the critical changes in China’s workplaces and its workforce over the last decade, including the beginnings of a shortage of skilled labour, the emergence of service industry, and changes to the ways that unions influence the Chinese labour market. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58454-8: £90.00
Edited by Geoffrey Wade, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore and James K. Chin, University of Hong Kong
China’s Homeless Generation
Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia
Voices from the Veterans of the Chinese Civil War, 1940s–1990s
Spanning the fifteenth to the twentieth centuries and examining maritime trading relations, political interactions, overland Chinese expansion and Chinese commerce in Southeast Asia, this book will appeal to historians of China and Southeast Asia.
Joshua Fan, University of Texas at El Paso, USA
Routledge «Market: Asian History / Chinese History / Southeast Asia December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58997-0: £75.00
Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series China’s Homeless Generation is a study of the two million Chinese who migrated to Taiwan from mainland China in the midst of the civil war, from the time they left their homes in the 1940s to when they were finally able to return. Routledge «Market: Chinese History / Taiwan Studies / Asian History November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58261-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83872-3: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Barefoot across the Nation
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
asian studies 97 China’s Road to Peaceful Rise * Observations on its Cause, Basis, Connotation and Prospect Zheng Bijian, China Reform Forum, China Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy Zheng Bijian has been one of the most influential thinkers and policy formulators in China during its reform period. In this important book, he sets out his views and how they evolved over the reform period, including the full text of his important speeches and papers, with appropriate introductory material. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Economics / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-55271-4: £80.00
Chinese Economists on Economic Reform – Xue Muqiao Xue Muqiao, The China Development Research Foundation, China
Chinese Migrants in Russia, Central Asia and Eastern Europe
Constructing a Social Welfare System for All in China
Edited by Felix Chang and Sunnie Rucker-Chang
China Development Research Foundation
Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series
Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy
The countries of the former Soviet bloc – Russia, Eastern Europe and the countries of Central Asia – have a disproportionately high number of Chinese immigrants. This book provides a comprehensive overview of this migration to these countries, exploring how it has come about, discussing the motivation of the migrants and examining the significant contribution the migrants are making.
This book sets out the general objectives, principles and framework of a proposed new social welfare system for China. It provides a comprehensive overview of China’s current welfare services, including retirement pensions, education, health, employment, housing and social security payments, and goes on to cost the proposed new social welfare system and assess the government’s capacity for implementing it.
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Migration / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-57874-5: £85.00
Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies December 2010: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-58470-8: £95.00
Citizen Initiatives and Democratic Engagement
Consumer-Citizens of China * The Role of Foreign Brands in the Imagined Future China
Experiences from India
Edited by The China Development Research Foundation, China Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy This book is the first of a series which makes available to an English-speaking audience the work of the individual Chinese economists who were the architects of reform. The series provides an inside view of China’s economic reform, revealing the thinking of the reformers themselves, unlike many other books on China’s economic reform which are written by outside observers.
Sumona DasGupta Drawing from experiences on the field, this book looks at a series of interrelated citizens’ campaigns to energise institutions of local self-governance in India in the aftermath of the 73rd and 74th Amendment Acts, and analyses their potential in deepening democracy in India. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 164pp Hb: 978-0-415-59632-9: £65.00
Kelly Tian, New Mexico State University, USA and Lily Dong, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Going beyond generalizations about ‘the Chinese consumer’ this book shows that marketers’ decisions to brand a product as foreign evokes intense emotions, both positive and negative, which derive from reflexive linkages of ‘foreign brands’ to national narratives of East-West relations. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Chinese Studies / Marketing November 2010: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-55349-0: £75.00
Routledge «Market: China / Economics December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59821-7: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83724-5: £85.00
Communalism and Globalization in South Asia and its Diaspora * Edited by Deana Heath, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland and Chandana Mathur, National University of Ireland, Maynooth
Cross-Taiwan Strait Relations in a Global Context
Chinese Management in the ‘Harmonious Society’
Series: Intersections: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories
Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series
Edited by Malcolm Warner, University of Cambridge, UK and Chris Rowley, Centre for Research in Asian Management, UK This book assesses the changing role of its markets and managers in the PRC and examines the next steps in the evolution of its management theory and practice. This book was published as a special issue of Asia Pacific Business Review.
çè
Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Business / Management December 2010: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-57242-2: £80.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Asian History / South Asia / Postcolonialism November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57364-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83705-4: £80.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Managers, Markets and the Globalized Economy
Dealing with the relationship between communalism and globalization in South Asia, this book addresses the issue of time scale and causality of the two concepts, and asks whether globalization has amplified or muted the processes of communalism. Contributions look at the concurrent histories of communalism and globalization in four South Asian contexts – India, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka – as well as in various diasporic locations.
Edited by George Wei, University of Macau This book traces the development of Taiwan’s relations with its diplomatic partners and Taiwan’s policy toward the political opponents of its political opponent – mainland China. Paying particular attention to the powers that could exercise great influence in East Asia, China-Taiwan Relations in a Global Context examines the main diplomatic strategies of Taiwan and its counterparts and the major problems in Taiwan’s foreign relations. Routledge «Market: Chinese Politics / Taiwan Studies / Foreign Policy December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60012-5: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
98 asian studies Decoding Boundaries in Contemporary Japan
Ecological Modernisation and Environmental Compliance
Education Reform in China
The Koizumi Administration and Beyond
The Garments Industry in Bangladesh
Edited by G. Hook
Shahpar Selim
Edited by Janette Ryan, Monash University, Australia
Series: Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/ Routledge Series
Based on a case study of the ready-made garments industry Bangladesh, this book examines the complexities of introducing ethical trade practices in less developed economies as part of a supply chain in an international trade network.
The purpose of this book is to illuminate the changing nature of contemporary Japan by decoding a range of political, economic and social boundaries, focusing on the period following the inauguration of Prime Minister Koizumi Junichiro’s administration. A rapid turnover of prime ministers followed Koizumi but the transformation set in motion through his promotion of a more proactive role for Japan internationally, and the implementation of ‘structural reforms’ domestically, set the direction for future administrations. Routledge «Market: Japanese Politics / Asian Politics / Japanese Studies / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60044-6: £75.00
Democratic Culture Historical and Philosophical Essays Edited by Akeel Bilgrami Series: Critical Interventions in Theory and Praxis A collection of essays by distinguished scholars, this book delineates a substantial conception of democracy, the great promise as well as the pitfalls of a democratic mentality and culture. These essays go beyond the institutional and formal descriptions of democracy to its underlying cultural context – expressed both historically and analytically, descriptively and normatively. Routledge India November 2010: 216x138: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-58991-8: £65.00
Diaspora Literature and Visual Culture Asia in Flight Sheng-mei Ma, Michigan State University, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series This book offers an incisive and ambitious critique of Asian Diaspora culture, looking specifically at literature and visual popular culture. Sheng-mei Ma’s engaging text discusses issues of self and its relationship with Asian Diaspora culture in the global twenty-first century. Routledge «Market: Asian Literature / Asian Visual Culture / Asian Film November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59426-4: £75.00
Doing Gender, Doing Geography Emerging Research in India Edited by Saraswati Raju and Kuntala Lahiri-Dutt
Routledge India November 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59819-4: £65.00
Economic and Environmental Sustainability of the Asian Region * Edited by Sucha Singh Gill, Lakhwinder Singh and Reena Marwah This volume focuses on the core themes and issues related to sustainability of Asian economic development. It enables us to understand the dynamics of this process under the emerging inequitable global economic order and international environmental regime. The articles are based on unique quantitative data. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-58144-8: £65.00
Education and Society in Post-Mao China Pragmatism and Ideology in the Quest For Modernization Edward Vickers, University of London, UK and Xiao-dong Zeng, Beijing Normal University, China Series: Routledge Studies in Education and Society in Asia This book provides an overview of the development of China’s education system in the period since the end of the Cultural Revolution by analyzing the shifts in education policy and practice, and in related financial and administrative structures, highlighting the ways in which these have resulted from, or contributed to, broader societal change. The principal focus will be on formal education (in schools and conventional institutions of tertiary education), but there will also be some discussion of learning in non-formal contexts, vocational training, and pre-school education, with the book concluding with an assessment of the social consequences of educational change in the post-Mao era in terms of who has gained most, and who has not. Routledge «Market: Asian Education / Chinese Education / International Education December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59739-5: £75.00
Changing Concepts, Contexts and Practices
Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Examines the extensive reforms at the early childhood, primary and secondary levels which have taken place in China in recent years, including in curriculum goals, structure and content, teaching and learning approaches, and assessment and administrative structures. Routledge «Market: China / Education December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58223-0: £85.00
Enhancing Asia-Europe Co-operation through Educational Exchange Georg Wiessala, University of Central Lancashire, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series Offers a critique of the ways in which intellectual and academic exchanges inform and shape external interactions with countries, institutions and non-state actors across the Asia-Pacific. Wiessala analyses ideologies, mechanisms and policies through which matters of exchange and inter-cultural dialogue have come to bear on the EU-Asia dialogue. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / European Studies / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48194-6: £75.00
Environmental Cooperation in Southeast Asia ASEAN’s Regime for Trans-boundary Haze Pollution Paruedee Nguitragool, Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg, Germany Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series One of the most challenging environmental threats to the ten countries of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) has been the haze, the sickening and deadly cloud of smoky pollution caused by widespread burning of land and forests in Indonesia. This book examines both the threat and response to it by analysing environmental cooperation in Southeast Asia from an international regime perspective. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Environmental Politics / Southeast Asia October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58214-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84488-5: £80.00
This book is a pioneering intervention in the social sciences as it brings together the contributions made by Indian geographers in understanding gender. It engages with the recent spatial turn in social science scholarship, seeking to reclaim the explanatory power of space and place in social theory.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59802-6: £65.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
asian studies 99 Ethnicity, Authority and Power in Central Asia *
Health and Religious Rituals in South Asia
Human Rights Discourse in North Korea
New Games Great and Small
Disease, Possession and Healing
Post-Colonial, Marxist and Confucian Perspectives
Edited by Robert L. Canfield, Washington University, St. Louis, USA and Gabriele Rasuly-Paleczek, University of Vienna, Austria
Fabrizio Ferrari, University of Chester, UK
Jiyoung Song, University of Cambridge, UK
Series: Routledge South Asian Religion Series
Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies
The first analysis of the concept of disease, possesion and healing in the major South Asian religious traditions. It discusses forms of divine possession or affliction and health issues at the crossroad of religious studies and medical anthropology. At a time where the insurgence of new pandemics and a growing debate on health issues in a religious context is prominent, this timely contribution facilitates a more comprehensive understanding of South Asian cultures.
Jiyoung Song explains how North Korea has understood the concepts of human rights in its public documents since the independence in 1945 from Japan after 36 years’ colonial rule. Through active campaigns and international criticism, foreign governments and non-governmental organisations outside North Korea have been publishing numerous allegations on North Korean human rights violations. On the other hand, the efforts to engage with North Korea in order to improve the human rights situation through humanitarian assistance and to understand how North Koreans interpret human rights are often overshadowed by ‘naming and shaming’ and ‘push-until-it-collapses’ approaches.
Series: Central Asian Studies This book examines the perspectives and issues of variously situated peoples in Greater Central Asia in terms of four major issues: government repression, ethnic group perspectives, devices of mutual support, and informal grounds of authority and influence. Responding to the need for in-depth studies concerning the social structures and practices in the region, it provides a distinctive, timely insight into this increasingly influential part of the world. Routledge «Market: Central Asian Studies / Politics October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78069-8: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84548-6: £85.00
Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / South Asia / History of Medicine December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56145-7: £85.00
Higher Education Reform in China Edited by W. John Morgan and Wu Bin, both at University of Nottingham, UK
From Oppression to Assertion
Series: China Policy Series
Women and Panchayats in India Nirmala Buch The book explores the experiences, impact and responses of the critical number of rural women who entered the panchayats in India with one-third reservation through a Constitutional Amendment. It captures the empowering impact on women, attitudes of the family and responses of other social institutions
A major transformation of Chinese higher education (HE) has taken place over the past decade, with the number of graduates from China’s higher education institutions having quadrupled over the past six years to three million a year. This book provides a critical examination of the issues created from this transformation, and evaluates the prospects for Chinese and foreign HE providers, regulators and other stakeholders.
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59631-2: £65.00
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Education / Development Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56413-7: £80.00
Gender and Radical Politics in India *
History and the Making of a Modern Hindu Self
Magic Moments of Naxalbari (1967–1975)
Aparna Devare
Mallarika Sinha Roy, Roskilde University, Denmark
This book seeks to understand the origins of a growing historical consciousness in contemporary India, especially amongst Hindus. The broad question it poses is: Why has ‘history’ become such an important site of identity, conflict and self-definition amongst modern Hindus?
Series: Routledge Studies in South Asian History Analyses the participation of women in the Naxalbari movement and their experiences. It makes a significant contribution to the understanding of radical communist politics in South Asia, particularly in relation to issues concerning the role of women in radical politics. Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Politics / Gender Studies October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56235-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84595-0: £80.00
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59750-0: £65.00
Series: Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption Examining transnational crime, human trafficking and its implications for human security from both Western and Asian perspectives, this book assesses the extent of the problem, outlines how it is perceived differently in different countries, and assesses different countries’ responses. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / International Relations / Law December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43701-1: £80.00
In Search of China’s Development Model Beyond the Beijing Consensus
Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Examines the development model that has driven China’s economic success and looks at how it differs from the Washington Consensus. Given China’s peculiar matrix of a socialist party-state juxtaposed with economic internationalization and marketization, the contributors define the underlying dynamics and distinctive features of the economic, political, legal and social dimensions of China’s development model, and examine the interrelations between these characteristics. They then go on to analyse to what extent and under what circumstances is China’s development model sustainable, and to what degree is it readily applicable to other developing countries.
Edited by Richard Ronald, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Allison Alexy, Lafayette College, USA
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Edited by Shiro Okubo, Ritsumeikan University, Japan and Louise Shelley, George Mason University, USA
Continuity and Transformation
Routledge «Market: Japanese Studies / Anthropology November 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-48867-9: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84004-7: £85.00
@
Asian and Western Perspectives
Home and Family in Japan *
This book explores the degree to which traditional patterns of both houses and households are changing in Japan. It examines the social, economic and urban changes which are causing this, discusses the shift from the stem to nuclear family and to large numbers of single person and childless couple households.
for e-mail updates in your field
Human Security, Transnational Crime and Human Trafficking *
Edited by Suisheng Zhao, University of Denver, USA, Philip Hsu, National Taiwan University, Taiwan and Yu-Shan Wu, Academia Sinica, Taiwan
Series: Japan Anthropology Workshop Series
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Routledge «Market: Korean Politics / Asian Politics / Human Rights December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59394-6: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Cinese Politics / Chinese Economics / International Political Economy December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58748-8: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
100 asian studies India and the South Asian Strategic Triangle *
Japanese Women, Class and the Tea Ceremony *
Learning to Labour in Post-Soviet Russia *
Ashok Kapur, University of Waterloo, Canada
The Voices of Tea Practitioners in Northern Japan
Vocational Youth in Transition
Series: Routledge Security in Asia Series
Kaeko Chiba, Akita International University, Japan
Charles Walker, University of Southampton, UK
Kapur traces the triangular strategic relationship of India, Pakistan and China over the second half of the twentieth century, showing how two enmities – Sino-Indian and Indo-Pakistani – and one friendship – Sino-Pakistani – defined the distribution of power and the patterns of relationships in a major centre of gravity of international conflict and international change.
Series: Japan Anthropology Workshop Series
Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies
India’s Foreign Relations, 1947–2007
Routledge «Market: Social Anthropology / Sociology / East Asian Studies / Japanese Studies / Women Studies October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-55715-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84714-5: £85.00
Labour Migration from China to Japan International Students, Transnational Migrants
Jayanta Kumar Ray
Gracia Liu-Farrer, Waseda University, Japan
Series: South Asian History and Culture
Series: Nissan Institute/Routledge Japanese Studies
The book examines the lapses in leadership which led to certain crucial problems in foreign policy at the time of India’s independence in 1947, including communal antagonism. It traces the subtle changes in foreign policy post-1991 which set the stage for India’s movement towards acheiving a greater power status
Chinese students are the largest international student population in the world, and Japan attracts more of them than any other country. Since the mid-1980s when China opened the door to let private citizens out and Japan began to let more foreigners in, over 300 thousand Chinese have arrived in Japan as students. The majority of them enter Japan’s labor market and many have stayed on indefinitely. This book investigates this educationally channeled labor migration from China to Japan giving a comprehensive portrayal of an often neglected group of international migrants in a society that for decades has been considered a non-immigrant country. It examines the labor market outcomes of international student migration and explores how these outcomes contribute to our understanding of international migration and international education in an age of globalization.
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59742-5: £65.00
Insurgent Sepoys Europe Views the Revolt of 1857 Edited by Shaswati Mazumdar This book documents representations of the Revolt of 1857 in India in non-English speaking Europe. It casts light on the impact the Revolt elsewhere – its international dimension – asking the question of its probable impact on simultaneous articulations of nationalist identities in central, south and eastern Europe. Routledge India November 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59799-9: £65.00
Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60022-4: £75.00
Law, Wealth and Power in China Commercial Law Reforms in Context Edited by John Garrick
Interrogating International Relations India’s Strategic Practice and the Return of History Jayashree Vivekanandan Series: War and International Politics in South Asia The book interrogates the disciplinary biases that inform mainstream International Relations today. Examining the grand strategy of the Mughal empire under Akbar, it argues for a historico-cultural notion of power and critiques IR’s tendency to usher in a selective ‘return of history’.
order now!
©
Routledge India November 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59812-5: £65.00
See separate Order Form
Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series This book examines the law reforms of contemporary China in light of the Party-state’s ideological transformation and the political economy that shapes these reforms. This involves analysing three interrelated domains: law reform, power and wealth. The contributors to this volume employ a variety of perspectives and analytical techniques in their discussion of key themes including: commercial law reform and its governance of wealth and regulation of economic activity; the influence and authority of the Party-state over China’s economic activity; and the influence of wealth and the wealthy in economic governance and legal reform.
Walker explores the changing nature of growingup working-class in post-Soviet Russia in a time of economic reform. Based on extensive research, it analyses the strategies of contemporary vocational education graduates and highlights their significance for wider processes of social change and social stratification in post-Soviet Russia. Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / Sociology / Business November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47985-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83787-0: £80.00
Malaria in the Social Context A Study in Western India Lancy Lobo This book underscores how, apart from bacteriological factors, human behavioural characteristics as well as the socio-cultural factors that affect people’s lives contribute to the risk for and prevention of infection, with particular focus on malaria. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59752-4: £65.00
Media, Social Mobilisation and Mass Protests in Post-colonial Hong Kong The Power of a Critical Event Francis L.F. Lee, Chinese University of Hong Kong, China and Joseph M. Chan, Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Media, Culture and Social Change in Asia Series This book discusses why the Hong Kong protest movement emerged at a specific time, how it developed from a single protest into a series collective actions, and how effective it has been in changing government policy. It argues that the news media has been crucial – more so than political parties or the movement’s organisers – in determining how the protests have developed, and it examines the possible connections between the 1 July protests in Hong Kong and the pro-democracy protests in China. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Politics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59606-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83599-9: £85.00
Routledge «Market: Chinese Politics / Chinese Law / Asian Law October 2010: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-58749-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84092-4: £85.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Routledge «Market: International Relations / South Asian Politics / Chinese Politics November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45466-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84199-0: £80.00
Examines the complex relationship between gender and class among Japanese tea ceremony (chado) practitioners in Japan. It argues that chado has a cultural, economic, social and symbolic value and is used as a tool to improve gender and class equality.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
asian studies 101 Microcredit and Women’s Empowerment A Case Study of Bangladesh Aminul Faraizi, CQUniversity Australia, Taskinur Rahman, Assistance for Social Organization and Development (ASOD), Bangladesh and Jim McAllister, CQUniversity, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Using the case study of Bangladesh and based on a long term participatory observation method, this book investigates the claims of the success of microcredit, as well as the critiques of it in the context of women’s empowerment. It confronts the distinction between women’s increasing wealth as a consequence of the success of microcredit programmes and their apparent not-commensurate empowerment, and looks at two organisations operating in two localities in rural Bangladesh in order to discover how these concepts are often confused. Routledge «Market: Development Studies / South Asian Studies / Gender and Development November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58490-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83710-8: £80.00
New Cultural Identitarian Political Movements in Developing Societies
Policy Entrepreneurship and Elections in Japan
The Bharatiya Janata Party
Takashi Oka, USA
Sebastian Schwecke, University of Leipzig, Germany
Series: Nissan Institute/Routledge Japanese Studies
Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies This book analyses the rise and moderation of political movements in developing societies which mobilise popular support with references to conceptions of cultural identity. Applying an inter-cultural and comparative theoretical approach across Asia and Africa, the author subsumes not only the Hindu nationalist movement but also many Islamist political movements in a single category – New Cultural Identitarian Political Movements (NCIPM). Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Comparative Politics / India December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59596-4: £80.00
NGOs in India The Challenges of Women’s Empowerment and Accountability Patrick Kilby, Australian National University
Militant and Migrant
Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series
The Politics and Social History of Punjab Radhika Chopra This book explores the links between militancy and migration, two movements that transformed the socio-political landscape of late 20th-century Punjab. Re-analysing existing writings and drawing on fieldwork and local history archives, it presents a different framework to analyse the politics and social history of Punjab. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59800-2: £65.00
Nation, Diaspora, Trans-nation Reflections from India R.K. Jain In the present conjuncture of globalization, the prospect of ‘post nation’ and patriotism’s obsolescence in a transnational world is being debated. This ethnographically rich and discursively sharp study articulates the contribution that diaspora studies can make to this debate. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59815-6: £65.00
Nationbuilding, Gender and War Crimes in South Asia * Bina D’Costa, Australian National University Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series An analysis of nationbuilding processes, and how these are closely linked to statebuilding and to issues of war crimes, gender and sexuality, and marginalization of minority groups. Using a historical approach, the author focuses on the Indian subcontinent to address the issue.
By examining how NGOs operate in Southern India in the early 2000’s, this book discusses the challenges faced by small, local NGOs in the uncertain times of changing aid dynamics. The key findings focus on what empowerment means for Indian women, and how NGO accountability to these groups is an important part of the empowerment being realised. Routledge «Market: South Asia / Development Studies / Civil Society October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-54430-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84272-0: £80.00
On-Line Society in China * Edited by David Herold, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong and Peter Wolfgang Marolt, National University of Singapore Series: Media, Culture and Social Change in Asia Series This book argues that the internet in China is a separate ‘space’ in which a separate society of individuals and institutions interact, and that, while the ‘real’ and the ‘online’ spaces interact and influence each other, the Chinese internet is more than merely a technological or media extension of offline Chinese society. It examines Chinese people on the internet and what they actually do on the internet, discussing a wide range of different activities. Routledge «Market: China / Media Studies December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-56539-4: £80.00
A Political Biogaphy of Ozawa Ichir?
Using extensive interview data from key players in the political arena, this book examines Ozawa’s struggle to normalize alternation in office between two competing political parties – particularly topical given the results of the 2009 election which handed over power to the Democratic Party of Japan – and how he has used his entrepreneurial talents to precipitate and carry out institutional change. Not only a political biography, but also an in-depth analysis of the Japanese political and electoral systems, this book will be of huge interest to anyone interested in Japanese politics and electoral systems. Routledge «Market: Japanese Politics / Asian Politics / Biography December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58752-5: £75.00
Political Developments in Contemporary China * A Guide Ian Jeffries, University of Wales, Swansea, UK Series: Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia A comprehensive and detailed overview of contemporary political developments in China. Key topics include human rights and China’s international relations with its neighbours and with the international community more widely. This is the companion volume to Economic Developments in Contemporary China: A Guide (also published by Routledge). Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Politics / Asian Politics October 2010: 234x156: 1040pp Hb: 978-0-415-58085-4: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85084-8: £125.00
Political Islam and Governance in Bangladesh * Edited by Ali Riaz, Illinois State University, USA and Christine Fair, RAND Corporation Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series A broad-ranging analysis of the growth and impact of ‘political Islam’ in Bangladesh, and reactions to it. Grounded in empirical data, experts examine the changing character of Bangladeshi politics since 1971, with particular focus on the convergence of governance, Islamism and militancy. It is a timely, incisive and original examination of the rise of political Islam and Islamic militancy in Bangladesh. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / South Asian Studies / Political Islam October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57673-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84530-1: £80.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / South Asia / Gender Politics October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56566-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85001-5: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
102 asian studies Politics and Markets in Rural China
Power and Influence in India
Edited by Björn Alpermann, University of Cologne, Germany
Bosses, Lords and Captains
Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series
Series: Exploring the Political in South Asia
Thirty years have passed since the beginning of the reform era in China which saw important changes in agriculture and rural organizations, but it is clear that certain entrenched legacies from pre-reform China still linger on even after WTO accession, most importantly the key role played by state actors and politics in general in the development of markets in rural China. Although increasingly diversified markets have emerged for major agricultural inputs and products, their development cannot be understood without taking this role into account. Moreover, the current central government has embarked on a number of crucial new policies to push rural modernization forward and thus the role of the state in rural development has been re-invigorated in recent years. As a fresh account of rural politics and markets in China this book will appeal to students and scholars of Chinese politics, economics, development studies and political economy. Routledge «Market: Chinese Economics / Development Studies / Political Economy December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59657-2: £75.00
Politics and the Media in Twenty-First Century Indonesia * Decade of Democracy Edited by Krishna Sen, University of Western Australia and David Hill, Murdoch University, Australia
Edited by Pamela Price and Arild Engelsen Ruud Foregrounding the importance of individual leaders in the projection of politics in South Asia, this multidisciplinary collection of articles illustrates common styles of leadership in modern India, in domains ranging from rural settings and urban neighbourhoods to political parties and state governments. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-58595-8: £65.00
Reconciliation in Post-Suharto Indonesia *
This book provides local perspectives on religion, security, history, geopolitics and geostrategy in South Asia and Central Asia in an integrated manner. Presenting a holistic and updated view of the developments inside and across South and Central Asia, it offers coherent and concise analyses by experts on the region. Routledge «Market: Central Asian Studies / South Asian Studies / Asian Politics / Regional Security October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57590-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84023-8: £80.00
Religion in Contemporary China * Revitalization and Innovation
The era of rule by the Suharto regime in Indonesia was characterised by a long series of gross human rights abuses. This book examines the politics of reconciliation and forgiveness in post Suharto Indonesia since 1998.
Edited by Adam Yuet Chau, University of Cambridge, UK
Routledge «Market: Southeast Asian Studies / Asian Politics / Conflict Resolution December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43120-0: £80.00
Re-Evaluating Education in Japan and Korea De-mystifying Stereotypes Hyunjoon Park, University of Pennsylvania, USA
This book examines the media in the post-authoritarian politics of twenty-first century Indonesia. It considers how the media is being transformed, its role in politics, and its potential impact in enabling or hampering the development of democracy in Indonesia.
In this book Hyunjoon Park puts the critical stereotypical views of education in Japan and Korea under the microscope to decipher whether or not they are true, or unfounded, based on empirical evidence which uses international student achievement data as its core. As such, Park offers a balanced view of the changing and complicated nature of academic achievement among Japanese and Korean students that will appeal to scholars of Asian, international and comparative education.
Edited by T.W. Ngo and Hong-zen Wang, National Sun Yat-sen University, Taiwan
Series: Central Asia Research Forum
Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series
Series: Routledge Studies in Education and Society in Asia
Politics of Difference in Taiwan
Edited by K. Warikoo, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India
Priyambudi Sulistiyanto, National University of Singapore
Series: Media, Culture and Social Change in Asia Series
Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Politics / Southeast Asian Studies October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-47652-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84042-9: £80.00
Religion and Security in South and Central Asia *
Routledge «Market: Asian Education / International Education / Comparative Education December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59552-0: £75.00
Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series A wide-ranging and in-depth survey of contemporary religious practices in China. It explains how recent economic reforms and concurrent relaxation of religious polices have created fertile ground for the revitalization of a wide range of religious practices and relates this to larger issues of social and cultural continuity and change. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Religious Studies / Anthropology November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45934-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84053-5: £80.00
Resettling Displaced People Policy and Practice in India Edited by Hari Mohan Mathur This volume focuses on critical issues pertaining to involuntary resettlement that affects millions of people around the world every year. It examines emerging resettlement policy initiatives, and the current approaches and practices to address problems of rebuilding the lives of people displaced by developmental projects. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-58621-4: £65.00
Rethinking State Politics in India
Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series
Regions within Regions
Offering systematic coverage of major social groups including ethnic minorities, recent migrants, gay and lesbian groups, religious sects, and marginalized workers this is the first study to investigate the multiple facets of social domination in Taiwan and the ongoing struggles by minority groups to overcome subordination.
Edited by Ashutosh Kumar
See separate Order Form
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59777-7: £65.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Taiwan Studies / Chinese Politics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56407-6: £75.00
Focusing on the twin issues of identity and development, this book makes a concerted attempt to look at (and beyond) the states by exploring the specificities of the regions within these states. A comparative study from the vantage point of democratic politics as it unfurls in India.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
asian studies 103 Road to Pakistan The Life and Times of Mohammad Ali Jinnah B.R. Nanda A biography of Jinnah, this book is also the story of the creation of Pakistan. Locating the two within the framework of India’s nationalist movement it demonstrates how the struggle between the Indian National Congress and the British opened the door for Muslim separatism, led by Jinnah. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-48320-9: £65.00
Rural Tax Reform in China Policy Processes and Institutional Change Linda Chelan Li, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Routledge Studies on China in Transition
Social Capital and Institutional Constraints
Statecraft and Spectacle in East Asia
A Comparative Analysis of China, Taiwan and the US
Studies in Taiwan-Japan Relations
Joonmo Son, National University of Singapore Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Using the comparative axes of political economy and cultural legacy, this book demonstrates the international commonalities and differences in access to and activation of social capital in China, the US and Taiwan. By dividing the three societies into the sets of capitalist vs socialist political economies and individualistic vs Confucian culture Joonmo Son examines how social capital works in different societies embedded with diverse historical and cultural contexts. As such, the book will be essential reading for students and scholars of Asian sociology, economic sociology and comparative politics.
This book charts the twists and turns in the change processes of a recent phase of an old practice in China: state extraction from the rural population. Using extensive interview data with local and central bureaucrats, Li’s findings highlight the role of parallel developments and agency in the change process, as well as the prevalence of contingency and uncertainty. It also elegantly blends the narrative of the rural tax and administrative reforms with theoretical discussions to deepen our understanding of policy process and institutional change in 21st century China.
Routledge «Market: Asian Sociology / Comparative Sociology / Economic Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59522-3: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58751-8: £75.00
Series: Routledge/Edinburgh South Asian Studies Series
Small Town China Rural Labour and Social Inclusion Beatriz Carrillo Garcia, Univeristy of Technology Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Studies on China in Transition This book, as a case study of small town China using Hongton County, Shanxi Province as its focus, suggests that outside the larger cities there may be alternative accounts of urban social change and the integration of rural migrant workers and that China’s transformation may not necessarily result in dysfunctional and social polarized urban environments. Routledge «Market: Chinese Politics / Development Studies / Urban Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60023-1: £75.00
Edited by A.M. Shah This book provides a critical understanding of various enduring groups, institutions and processes prevailing in Indian society such as caste, tribe, kinship, marriage, religion and rural/ urban community, in past and present, based on a wealth of field and archival material.
çè
for e-mail updates in your field
@
Andrea Major, University of Leeds, UK
An important reinterpretation of major themes of sovereignty, authority and social reform in colonial South Asian history. Focusing on the British prohibition of sati in 1829, the author shows how the debates that preceded this legislation have effectively set the terms of post-colonial debates about sati, as well as more generally defining the parameters of British involvement in Indian social and religious issues. Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Imperial History November 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58050-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84178-5: £75.00
Special Economic Zones in Asian Market Economies
Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia The first book to examine the Asian experience of special economic zones (SEZs) in China, India, Malaysia and the Philippines. It explores the origins, nature and status of these zones in Asia, together with the current trends connected with them, and the challenges they currently face.
A multidisciplinary collection of essays that explores the intertwined histories of Taiwan and Japan across the long sweep of the early modern and modern periods. This book was published as a special issue of Japanese Studies. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Postcolonial Studies / Imperial History November 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59190-4: £80.00
Suicide and Society in India Peter Mayer, The University of Adelaide, Australia Series: Routledge/Asian Studies Association of Australia (ASAA) South Asian Series In India about 123,000 people take their own lives each year, the second highest total in the world. There is a suicide death in India almost every 4 minutes, and it is the leading cause of death for rural Indians especially women in early adulthood. This book presents a comprehensive analysis of suicide in India based on original research as well as existing studies, and looks at the issue in an international, sociological and historical context. Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Mental Health / Asian Culture and Society October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58938-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84008-5: £85.00
Sustainable Reform and Development in Post-Olympic China * Edited by Shujie Yao, Wu Bin, Stephen Morgan and Dylan Sutherland, all at University of Nottingham, UK Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy Taking the 2008 Olympic Games in Beijing as an iconic turning-point and exploring key themes such as economic reform and sustainability, innovation and sustainability, globalisation and social development, this book analyses the prospects for sustainable reform and development in Post-Olympic China. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Development Economics / International Relations October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55956-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84076-4: £85.00
Routledge «Market: Asian Economics / Economic Development October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59180-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84186-0: £85.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Then and Now
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
British Colonialism and the Campaign against Sati, 1830–1860
Edited by Connie Carter, Royal Roads University, Canada and Andrew Harding, University of Victoria, Canada
The Structure of Indian Society
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58622-1: £65.00
Sovereignty and Social Reform in India *
Edited by Adam Clulow, Monash University, Australia
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
104 asian studies The Chinese Communist Party and China’s Capitalist Revolution
The European Union and Central Asia *
The Japanese Occupation of Borneo, 1941–45 *
The Political Impact of Market
Edited by Alexander Warkotsch, Würzburg University, Germany
Ooi Keat Gin, Universiti Sains Malaysia
Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Based on extensive empirical investigations of the impact of the market on the communist party, with a particular focus on its grassroots organisations, this book finds that the Chinese communist party is undergoing profound changes in a host of important areas. The author concludes that the Chinese communist party we knew no longer exists – it is evolving into something quite different, which must have political implications for both China and the rest of the world. Routledge «Market: Chinese Politics / Asian Politics November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58744-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83895-2: £75.00
The Chinese State’s Retreat from Health * Policy and the Politics of Retrenchment Jane Duckett, University of Glasgow, UK Series: Routledge Studies on China in Transition This book makes an important contribution to the understanding of health policy formation in China and presents a novel examination of the underlying causes of the State’s budgetary retrenchment from health and health risk protection. Routledge «Market: Chinese Politics / Social Policy / Public Health October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57389-4: £75.00
The Dynamics of Asian Labour Markets Balancing Control and Flexibility Edited by John Benson, University of Southern Australia and Ying Zhu, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Examines the ways in which Asian labour markets have changed with globalisation, how their transformation has impacted the key parties – employers, employees, trade unions and governments – the response of the key parties towards this transformation, and the consequences of all this on workers, organisations and society as a whole.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Economics / Globalisation December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55111-3: £80.00
See separate Order Form
Series: Routledge Advances in Central Asian Studies In June 2007, the Council of the European Union (EU) adopted The EU in Central Asia: Strategy for a New Partnership, highlighting the growing importance of Central Asia to the EU. This book examines the EU’s policy towards the five Central Asian states of Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan in light of this Strategy. Routledge «Market: European Union Politics / Central Asian Politics October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56236-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86441-8: £75.00
The Impact of China’s 1989 Tiananmen Massacre Edited by Jean-Philippe Béja, CNRS (Centre national de la recherche scientifique), France Series: China Policy Series
Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia The Japanese occupation of both British Borneo – Brunei, Sarawak and North Borneo – and Dutch Borneo in 1941 to 1945 is a much understudied subject. Of particular interest is the occupation of Dutch Borneo, governed by the Imperial Japanese Navy that had long-term plans for ‘permanent possession’. This book surveys Borneo under Western colonialism, examines pre-war Japanese interests in Borneo, and analyses the Japanese military invasion and occupation. Routledge «Market: Southeast Asian Studies / Japanese Studies / History October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45663-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85054-1: £80.00
The Japanese Pharmaceutical Industry
The 1989 pro-democracy movement in China constituted a huge challenge to the survival of the Chinese communist regime. This book assesses the impact of the movement, and of the ensuing repression on the political evolution of the People’s Republic of China. It discusses how the events of 1989 are remembered and have affected China’s international relations and diplomacy; how human rights, law enforcement, policing, and liberal thought have developed over two decades.
Maki Umemura, Cardiff University, UK
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Chinese Politics / World Politics / International Relations October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57872-1: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84260-7: £85.00
Routledge «Market: Japanese Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58766-2: £85.00
The Institutional Dynamics of China’s Great Transformation Edited by Xiaoming Huang, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand Series: China Policy Series This book examines the role of institutions in China’s recent large-scale economic, social and political transformation. Unlike existing literature, it offers perspectives from a range of disciplines to consider whether institutions form, evolve and change differently according to their historical or cultural environments and if their utilitarian functions can, and should be, observed, identified and measured in different ways. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Chinese Studies / Economics / Politics November 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58058-8: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83687-3: £85.00
Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Charting the development of the industry from post-war devastation, through good recovery in the 1960s, and then up to the present, the book explores why Japan, despite being a world leader in many high technology industries, is only a minor player in the global pharmaceutical industry.
The Labour Movement in the Global South * Trade Unions in Sri Lanka S. Janaka Biyanwila, University of Western Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Based on extensive original research, this book examines the challenges confronting trade unions in the global South, by focusing on trade union struggles in Sri Lanka under neo-liberal globalisation. It centres on movement politics of unions; explains union capacities to mobilise workers as a part of broad counter movement; and specifies worker struggles in Sri Lanka. Routledge «Market: Asian Economics / Labour Economics / Social Movements October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58080-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84223-2: £80.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Lance Gore, Bowdoin College, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
asian studies 105 The Migration of Indian Human Capital
The Theatre and the State in Singapore
The Ebb and Flow of Indian Professionals in Southeast Asia
Terence Chong, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore
Faizal bin Yahya, National University of Singapore and Arunajeet Kaur, Australian National University
Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series
Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia This book examines the trends and motivations of human capital flows from India into this region. Focusing in particular on Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia and Thailand, the book provides an analysis of Indian labour in a variety of sectors, including information technology (IT) sector, academia, banking, oil and gas. Based on empirical data, the book provides an analysis of current trends in the flow of human capital from India to Southeast Asia. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Migration Studies / Labour Economics November 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48108-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88627-4: £85.00
This book provides a comprehensive examination of the contemporary theatre field in Singapore. Based on extensive original research it provides a wealth of information on theatre in Singapore overall, not just theatre-state relations. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Asian Cultural Studies November 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58448-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83728-3: £80.00
Series: Asia’s Transformations Ian Wilson investigates the increase of institutionalised political thuggery through case studies of some of the paramilitary groups, vigilantes, gangs and other entrepreneurs in violence that have emerged in Indonesia since the end of Suharto’s New Order. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Asian Politics / Crime December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56912-5: £75.00
The Quest for Japan’s New Constitution An Analysis of Visions and Constitutional Reform Christian G. Winkler, Chuo University, Japan Series: Routledge Contemporary Japan Series A comprehensive examination of the many attempts over the last three decades to revise Japan’s constitution. As the book shows, these attempts at revision have been relatively conservative, aiming to embed in the constitution visions of a different future for Japan.
@
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59747-0: £65.00
Vulnerable Daughters in Contradictory Contexts Mattias Larsen
The last three decades in the People’s Republic of China have been characterized by decentralization, marketization and privatization. What might be expected from a developing country like China with a significant number of women in the labour force? Do the traditional values of male superiority still stay the same in the background of China’s great social change? The notion of ‘tiger girls’ seems to reflect one of the alternative paths that is now becoming available to the modern Chinese woman. The social development and changes in recent China have provided women with access to education, employment, and independent income. Consequently, they are casting off obedient and subordinate roles and gaining more and more individual power and strength outside the home. Using empirical research findings from three localities in China, Tiger Girls examines the deeper realities of women entrepreneurs in China, and by extension the role of leading women in the workforce. Routledge «Market: Chinese Business / Entrepreneurship / Chinese Economics December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60013-2: £75.00
Tim Pringle Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series This book focuses on how the All China Federation of Trade Unions (ACFTU) is reforming under current conditions. It argues that it is the dependence of primary level trade unions on the employers, not acceptance of Party leadership, which is the main obstacle to effective union work and that the evolving labour unrest, as opposed to legal developments, is the main force driving trade union reform.
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
This book analyses the problem of ‘missing girls’ as intimately linked to a process of change and development in India in which culture plays a significant role. This is a result of an institutional change of the family in which the relative importance of sons has increased. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-59751-7: £65.00
Whither South East Asian Management? * The First Decade of the New Millennium Edited by Chris Rowley, Centre for Research in Asian Management, UK and Malcolm Warner, University of Cambridge, UK This book examines the direction management is moving in South East Asia, and deals with a wide variety of themes and issues, functional and practice areas, sectors and organisational types. This book was published as a special issue of Asia Pacific Business Review. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies and Asian Business October 2010: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-55718-4: £80.00
Xinjiang and China’s Rise in Central Asia
Trade Unions in China *
çè
çè
for e-mail updates in your field
This study examines the implications of the model of development sought to be introduced in India through the governance reforms of the early 1990s – a model that bypasses Panchayat Raj institutions, resulting in a majority of the population being left outside the purview of development.
Women and Enterprise in the People’s Republic of China
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Politics / Government December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55958-4: £80.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Lalita Chandrashekhar
Culture and Development in Contemporary India
Series: Routledge Studies on China in Transition
Ian Douglas Wilson, Murdoch University, Australia
Parallel Governance in Contemporary South India
Tiger Girls Minglu Chen, University of Sydney, Australia
The Politics of Protection Rackets in Post-New Order Indonesia *
Routledge «Market: Japanese Studies / Asian Politics October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59396-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84067-2: £85.00
Undermining Local Democracy
Michael Clarke, Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Traces the development of Xinjiang from the collapse of the Qing empire in the early twentieth century to the present, outlining the Chinese policy of integration, showing how the Chinese have pursued this through economic development and in-migration of Han Chinese, and demonstrating how the policy of integration is related to China’s concern for security and to its pursuit of increased power and influence in Central Asia. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58456-2: £85.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
106 middle east studies
Gender and Violence in the Middle East
Islam as Political Religion The Future of an Imperial Faith Shabbir Akhtar, Old Dominion University, USA
Edited by Moha Ennaji and Fatima Sadiqi, both at Fès University, Morocco
This comprehensive survey of contemporary Islam provides a philosophical and theological approach to the issues faced by Muslims and the question of global secularisation. Engaging with critics of contemporary Islam as he sets out an agenda of what his religion is and could be as a political entity, the author tackles philosophical, religious and political thinkers and covers a raft of issues faced by Muslims in an increasingly secular society.
Series: UCLA Center for Middle East Development (CMED) series This book examines the issue of gender and violence in the Middle East and North Africa. Drawing on case studies across the region, the authors examine the historical, cultural, religious, social, legal and political factors affecting the issue. Selected Contents: Part 1: Conceptualization and Theoretical Background Part 2: Armed Conflict and Gender Based Violence Part 3: Religious and Social Violence Against Women Part 4: Gender-Based Discrimination and Legal Reform Part 5: Language, Sexual Harassment and Media Routledge «Market: Political Science / Gender Studies / Middle Eastern Politics December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59410-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59411-0: £25.99
Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Religion / Political Science October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-78146-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78147-3: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84182-2: £90.00
reader
Continuity and Change Tareq Y. Ismael and Jacqueline S. Ismael, both at University of Calgary, Canada This undergraduate textbook for students of Middle Eastern politics provides a comprehensive introduction to the complexities of the region. Combining a thematic framework for examining patterns of politics with individual chapters dedicated to specific countries, the book explores current issues within an historical context.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Middle East Politics in the 21st Century: Patterns of Continuity and Change 2. The Burden of History: From Empire to Nation State 3. Legacy of Islam: Continuity and Change 4. The Republic of Turkey 5. The Islamic Republic of Iran 6. The Republic of Iraq 7. The Syrian Arab Republic and the Lebanese Republic 8. The State of Israel and the Palestinian National Authority 9. The Arab Republic of Egypt 10. The Gulf Cooperation Council Routledge «Market: Politics / Middle East Studies / Political Science October 2010: 234x156: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-49144-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49145-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84745-9: £80.00
See separate Order Form
Political Islam * A Critical Reader Edited by Frederic Volpi This reader provides a comprehensive introduction to the study of Political Islam. It gives the student a clear route to the most influential literature in the field and covers the emergence and development of Islamist groups across the globe, political responses to the phenomenon, the links with domestic conflicts, multiculturalism, terrorism, globalization and identity. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Critically Studying Political Islam 2. Modern Understandings and Explanations of Islamism 3. Political Islam, the State and Political Power 4. Political Islam and Democracy 5. Islamist Movements in Multicultural Settings 6. Political Islam and Political Violence 7. The Globalization of Islamism 8. The Future of Political Islam Routledge «Market: Political Science / Religion / Islam October 2010: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-56027-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56028-3: £27.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Government and Politics of the Contemporary Middle East *
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
middle east studies 107
The Israel-Palestine Conflict *
The Transformation of the Gulf
Parallel Discourses
Politics, Economics and the Global Order
Edited by Elizabeth Matthews, California State University, San Marcos, USA
Edited by David Held and Kristian Ulrichsen This book examines the political, economic and social transformation of the six member-states of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) and the ways in which these states are both shaping and being reshaped by, the processes of globalization.
Series: UCLA Center for Middle East Development (CMED) series The Israel-Palestine conflict is frequently characterised by the violence between the two sides, beneath which lie a series of issues and disagreements. This book brings together Israeli and Palestinian viewpoints on key topics, providing an invaluable guide to the major issues that the peace process will be based around.
Routledge «Market: Middle Eastern Politics / History December 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43478-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43479-9: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83939-3: £85.00
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Domestic Context: Changing Dimensions of Political and Social Structures Part 2: Economic Reforms and Evolution of Governing Structures Part 3: Internationalisation of the Gulf: Security and Foreign Policy
Routledge «Market: Economics / Middle Eastern Economics / Middle Eastern Politics / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57451-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57452-5: £24.99
The Rise and Fall of Arab Jerusalem
Women in the Middle East and North Africa *
Politics and the City since 1967
Agents of Change
Hillel Cohen, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel
Edited by Fatima Sadiqi and Moha Ennaji, both at Fès University, Morocco
Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict This book examines the politics of Jerusalem since 1967 and in particular the city’s decline as an Arab city. Covering issues such as the Old City, the barrier, planning regulations and efforts to remove Palestinians from it, the book provides a broad overview of the contemporary situation and political relations inside the Palestinian community, but also with the Israeli authorities.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
This book examines the position of women in the contemporary Middle East and North Africa. It provides both theoretical angles and case studies from countries as diverse as Egypt, Iran, Turkey, Morocco and Israel, discussing the role of women as agents of change, with particular reference to the spheres of politics, civil society, religion, the law, society and culture.
Routledge «Market: Middle East Studies / Social Studies October 2010: 234x156: 214pp Hb: 978-0-415-57320-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57321-4: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85157-9: £85.00
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59853-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59854-5: £23.99
Series: UCLA Center for Middle East Development (CMED) series
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
108 middle east studies
Societal Collapse and the New Authoritarianism
Conflict and Peacemaking in Israel-Palestine
Democracy in the Arab World *
Theory and Application
Edited by Ibrahim Elbadawi, The World Bank, Washington DC, USA and Samir Makdisi, American University of Beirut, Lebanon
Isa Blumi, Georgia State University, USA
Sapir Handelman, Harvard University, USA
Series: Routledge Advances in Middle East and Islamic Studies
Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics
This book examines the reasons behind the current political and social chaos in Yemen. Comparing recent history with current events, it provides essential historical background to understanding the situation as in large part an expression of authoritarian rule. Routledge «Market: Political Science / History / Political History October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78077-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84742-8: £75.00
Civil Society and Democratization in the Arab World * The Dynamics of Activism Francesco Cavatorta, Dublin City University, Ireland and Vincent Durac, University College Dublin, Ireland Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book examines civil society in the Arab world and how authoritarian constraints impact on democratization. It includes case studies from across the region and analyses the divisions between Islamist organizations and secular/liberal ones. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Middle East Studies October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49129-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85058-9: £70.00
Collaboration with the Nazis
Dealing with the art of peacekeeping and the issue of intractable conflict, this book provides new analysis and theoretical approaches to peacemaking and more particularly to the IsraeliPalestinian conflict. The author takes an in-depth look into specific models for peacekeeping and applies them to the situation in Israel/Palestine. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Middle East December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49215-7: £75.00
Court Cultures in the Muslim World * Seventh to Nineteenth Centuries Edited by Albrecht Fuess, University of Erfurt, Germany and Jan-Peter Hartung Series: SOAS/Routledge Studies on the Middle East Provides broad coverage of the history of Islamic courts from the time of Muhammed and the early Caliphates through to the 19th century. In particular it examines issues of politics and patronage from across the Islamic world stretching from Cordoba east to India. Routledge «Market: Middle Eastern History / History / Middle East Studies October 2010: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-57319-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84410-6: £90.00
Public Discourse after the Holocaust
The History of the Seljuq State
Edited by Roni Stauber, Tel Aviv University, Israel
A Translation with Commentary of the Akhbar al-dawla al-saljuqiyya
Series: Routledge Jewish Studies Series Examines the changes in representing collaboration, especially in the destruction of European Jewry, in the public discourse and the historiography of various countries In Europe. In particular it shows how representations and responses have been conditioned by national and political trends and constraints. Routledge «Market: History / Political Science / Jewish Studies October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-56441-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85171-5: £75.00
Edited by Clifford Edmund Bosworth, formerly at University of Manchester Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Iran and Turkey This book provides an accessible translation and commentary on one of the key primary documents for the history of Western Persia and Iraq in the 11th and 12th centuries. Shedding light on many otherwise obscure aspects of the political history of the region, the book provides a more detailed context for the political history of the wider area.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: History / Middle East Studies / Medieval History October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58844-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84125-9: £75.00
See separate Order Form
Explaining the Deficit
Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics Despite notable socio-economic development in the Arab region, a deficit in democracy and political rights has continued to prevail. This book examines the major reasons underlying the persistence of this democracy deficit over the past decades, drawing on case studies from across the Arab world to explore economic development, political institutions and social factors, and the impact of oil wealth and regional wars. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Middle East Studies October 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-77999-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85286-6: £75.00
Industrialization in the Gulf * A Socioeconomic Revolution Edited by Jean-Francois Seznec and Mimi Kirk, both at Georgetown University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies This book examines the now rapid industrialization of the Gulf region and how local economies are starting to diversify away from petroleum, exploring how this transformative process is starting to impact on the region’s economy and social make-up. Routledge «Market: Economics / Business Studies / Middle Eastern Economics October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78035-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84665-0: £80.00
Islamic Entrepreneurship Rasem N. Kayed, Arab American University, Palestine and M. Kabir Hassan, University of New Orleans, USA Series: Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series This book discusses the idea that there is a specific Islamic form of entrepreneurship. Based on extensive original research amongst small and medium sized enterprises in Saudi Arabia, it shows how businesses are started and how they grow in the context of an Islamic economy and society. Routledge «Market: Middle East Studies / International Economics / Islamic Studies October 2010: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-58449-4: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84080-1: £100.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Chaos in Yemen *
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
middle east studies 109 Islamist Rhetoric * Language and Culture in Contemporary Egypt Jacob Hoigilt, Fafo Institute for Applied International Studies, Norway Series: Routledge Arabic Linguistics Series Islamism in Egypt is more diversified in terms of its sociology and ideology than is usually assumed. Through linguistic analysis of Islamist rhetoric, this book sheds light upon attitudes towards other Muslims, religious authority and secular society in Egypt. Routledge «Market: Linguistics / Middle East Studies / Politics / Language in Society October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57440-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84177-8: £80.00
Israeli Nationalism * Social Conflicts and the Politics of Knowledge Uri Ram Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This study of the construction of Jewish-Israeli nationalism combines a sociological study of a national culture with an analysis of the national discourse, exploring the categories of thought that constitute the Jewish-Israeli ‘nation’ as an historical entity, as a social reality and as a communal identity. Routledge «Market: History / Politics / Middle East Studies October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55316-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84441-0: £75.00
Money in the Middle East and North Africa
Palestinian Refugees *
Monetary Policy Frameworks and Strategies
Edited by Are Knudsen, Chr. Michelsen Institute (CMI), Norway and Sari Hanafi, American University of Beirut, Lebanon
Edited by David Cobham, Heriot-Watt University, UK and Ghassan Dibeh, Lebanese American University in Byblos, Lebanon Series: Routledge Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa Building on the editors’ earlier book, Monetary Policy and Central Banking in the Middle East and North Africa, this book emphasises monetary policy strategies and frameworks. It fills an important gap providing multi-country and single-country studies on monetary policy in post-civil war Lebanon, Egypt, Jordan, the Palestinian Territory and Turkey. Routledge «Market: Middle East Studies / Business Studies November 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58768-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83653-8: £95.00
NATO and the Middle East The Geopolitical Context Post-9/11 Mohammed Moustafa Orfy, Embassy of Egypt, Moscow Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book examines the role of NATO in the Middle East. It reviews the strategic importance of the region and why it has become a source of instability, looks at US and international initiatives to counteract this instability and charts the development of NATO in this context. Routledge «Market: Political Science / US Politics / Middle East Studies October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59234-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84235-5: £75.00
Israeli Space Periphery, Identity and Protest Haim Yacobi, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel and Erez Tzfadia, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel
Opposition and Legitimacy in the Ottoman Empire *
Series: Routledge Advances in Middle East and Islamic Studies
Conspiracies and Political Cultures
With a focus on cities, suburbs, development towns and Zionist agricultural landscape, this book examines the issue of Israeli space. Taking a multidisciplinary approach it contributes to the field of planning theory, political science, urban sociology, critical geography and Middle East studies. Routledge «Market: Human Geography / Sociology / Political Science / Middle East Studies December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57324-5: £80.00
Florian Riedler, Zentrum Moderner Orient, Germany Series: SOAS/Routledge Studies on the Middle East In this account of the political culture of Ottoman rule in the late nineteenth century and the forces of opposition against it, the author examines a number of key political conspiracies and how these relate to the notion of legitimacy. In analysing the structure of these conspiracies, the motives and aims of the plotters, and their style of contestation, the author provides a detailed evaluation of Ottoman political culture of the period.
Identity, Space and Place in the Levant
Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict More than four million Palestinian refugees live in protracted exile across the Middle East. Taking a regional approach to Palestinian refugee exile and alienation across the Levant, this book proposes a new understanding of the spatial and political dimensions of refugee camps across the Middle East. Routledge «Market: History / Middle Eastern History / Political Science December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58046-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83925-6: £75.00
Politics in Morocco * Executive Monarchy and Enlightened Authoritarianism Anouar Boukhars, Wilberforce University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics Democratization and the process of political reform is a critical issue in the contemporary Middle East and North Africa. This book looks at the situation in Morocco and examines the role of the monarchy and the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Islamic and secular/liberal groupings campaigning to shape the local politics and society. Routledge «Market: Political Science / History / Political History October 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-49274-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84897-5: £75.00
Post-Oslo Palestine * Public Policy and State Building Rana Alhelsi Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book examines the policy decision making process inside the Palestinian authority since Oslo. In particular it explores the context, structures and participants involved. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Middle East Studies December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56638-4: £80.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: History / 19th Century History / Middle Eastern Studies December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58044-1: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
110 middle east studies Security in the Gulf: Historical Legacies and Future Prospects
The Iran-Iraq War Antecedents and Conflict Escalation
The Political Economy of Aid in Palestine *
Edited by Matteo Legrenzi, University of Ottawa, Canada
Jerome Donovan, Swinburne University, Australia
Relief from Conflict or Development Delayed?
This book examines Gulf Security in a holistic way seeing past the narrow military aspect and also trying to debunk the conventional narratives propagated by regional and external actors. It amounts to a sobering examination of the balance of threat in the region, the historical amity/enmity patterns and the evolving American stance.
Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics The conflict between Iran and Iraq was arguably the longest and one of the more costly conventional wars of the twentieth century. This book employs international relations theory to help explain one of the Middle East’s bloodiest conflicts. Using power transition and foreign policy reciprocity theory, the author develops new insights into the Iran-Iraq war.
Sahar Taghdisi-Rad, United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), Switzerland
This book was previously published as a Special Issue of the British Journal of Middle East Studies. Routledge «Market: Middle East Politics / Security Studies / International Relations November 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58776-1: £80.00
Routledge «Market: Political Science / Middle East Studies / International Studies November 2010: 216x138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-57989-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83935-5: £70.00
Spiritual Purification and Islam *
The Life of Muhammad *
The Life and Works of al-Muhasibi
Al-Waqidi’s Kitab al-Maghazi
Gavin Picken, University of Edinburgh, UK
Edited by Rizwi Faizer
Series: Routledge Sufi Series
Series: Routledge Studies in Classical Islam
Purification of the soul is a principle that is central to understanding Islamic spirituality. This book examines the work of the scholar Al-Muhasibi who lived and worked during the classical Islamic period under the Abbasids. It provides a comprehensive overview of his work and its great significance in the development of Islamic spirituality.
This is the first translation into English of al-Waquidi’s Kitab al-Maghazi; one of the early standard histories of the life of Muhammad. It includes extensive notation and a full introduction, plus a foreword from Andrew Rippin.
Routledge «Market: Religion / History / Islamic Studies December 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-54822-9: £75.00
The Global Impact of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion A Century-Old Myth
Routledge «Market: History / Religion / Islamic Studies October 2010: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-57434-1: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84458-8: £100.00
The Moral Economy of the Madrasa Islam and Education Today
Edited by Esther Webman, Tel-Aviv University, Israel
Edited by Keiko Sakurai, Waseda University, Japan and Fariba Adelkhah
Series: Routledge Jewish Studies Series
Series: New Horizons in Islamic Studies
This book examines the impact of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion across the world since it was compiled in the early 20th century. It explores the tract’s successful dissemination and how such a blatant Anti-semitic fabrication is still accepted as true by so many.
This book provides an account of the role of Madrasas in contemporary Muslim societies across Asia, providing a nuanced understanding of their role in society within their local, national and global context.
Routledge «Market: History / Social Science / Jewish Studies December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59892-7: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Political Science / Religion / Islamic Studies December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58988-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84078-8: £75.00
Series: Routledge Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa This book examines the nature of donor operations in Palestine and questions the viability of aid as an instrument of ‘economic development’ in conflict zones. It highlights the political and ideological determinants of aid allocation and effectiveness, arguing that aid to Palestine cannot bring about significant improvement as long as the Palestinian economy is fundamentally affected by Israeli occupation, settlement and blockade. Routledge «Market: Middle East Studies / Development Economics / International Relations October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-56325-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84419-9: £85.00
The UAE and Foreign Policy Foreign Aid, Identities and Interests Khalid S. Almezaini Series: Culture and Civilization in the Middle East This book provides a detailed analysis of the foreign policy and foreign aid strategies of the United Arab Emirates (UAE). Exploring the cultural factors that have impacted on the foreign policy behaviour of the UAE and its foreign aid, the author argues that the country’s foreign policy and foreign aid is strongly influenced by Islamic teachings and by its Arab culture. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Political Science / Middle East Studies December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59711-1: £75.00
Untold Histories of the Middle East * Recovering Voices from the 19th and 20th Centuries Edited by Amy Singer, Tel Aviv University, Israel, Christoph Neumann, Ludwig Maximilians University, Germany and Selcuk Somel, Sabanci University, Turkey Series: SOAS/Routledge Studies on the Middle East This book examines the historiography of the Middle East and the consequent silences or omissions. It provides a collection of important histories from the modern era, particularly relating to the break-up of the Ottoman Empire, to give a fuller account of the society, culture and politics of the period.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: History / Middle East Studies October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57010-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84536-3: £80.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
russian studies 111 Political Theory and Community Building in Post-Soviet Russia
Rural Women in the Soviet Union and Post-Soviet Russia *
Television and Presidential Power in Putin’s Russia *
Edited by Oleg Kharkhordin, European University at St. Petersburg, Russia and Risto Alapuro
Liubov Denisova, Russian State University of Oil and Gas, Russia
Tina Burrett, Temple University, Japan
Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies
Edited by Irina Mukhina, Assumption College, Massachusetts, USA
This book revisits many aspects of current social science theories, such as actor-network theory and the French school of science and technology studies, to test how the theories apply in a specific situation, in this case the city of Cherepovets in Russia, home of Russia’s second biggest steel producer, Severstal’.
Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series
Routledge «Market: Russian Politics / Political Theory / Russian Studies December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59601-5: £90.00
Reassessing Cold War Europe Edited by Sari Autio-Sarasmo and Katalin Miklóssy, both at University of Helsinki, Finland Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Russia and Eastern Europe This book presents a comprehensive reassessment of Europe in the Cold War period, 1945–91. It shows that relations between East and West were based not only on confrontation and mutual distrust, but also on collaboration. It reveals that – despite opposing ideologies – there was in fact considerable interaction and exchange between states, enterprises, associations, organisations and individuals. Routledge «Market: Eastern European Studies / History / Former Soviet Union / International Relations October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58769-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84138-9: £85.00
This is the first full-length history of Russian peasant women in the 20th century in English, and tells the story of all rural women – from ordinary farm girls to agrarian professionals to prostitutes. It offers a comprehensive picture of employment patterns; marriages, divorces and family life; issues with health and raising children; and official regulations concerning rural women. Routledge «Market: Russian and Soviet Union Studies / Gender Studies / Women’s Studies October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55112-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84684-1: £85.00
Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies As a new president takes power in Russia, this book provides an analysis of the changing relationship between Russian television and the presidency during the tenure of President Vladimir Putin. It argues that the conflicts within Russia’s political and economic elites, and President Putin’s attempts to rebuild the Russian state after its fragmentation in the Yeltsin years are the most significant causes of changes in Russian media. Routledge «Market: Politics / Media Studies / Russia & EU Politics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56182-2: £85.00
The Colour Revolutions in the Former Soviet Republics * Successes and Failures
Russian Mass Media and Changing Values * Edited by Arja Rosenholm and Kaarle Nordenstreng, both at University of Tampere, Finland and Elena Trubina, Ural State University, Russia Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series A multi-faceted picture of the many complex processes taking place in the field of contemporary Russian media and popular culture. Based on extensive original research by scholars in both Russia itself and in Finland, it discusses new developments in the media industry and assesses a wide range of social and cultural changes, many of which are related to, and to an extent generated by, the media. Routledge «Market: Russia / Media Studies / Cultural Studies October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57746-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84664-3: £85.00
Edited by Donnacha Ó Beacháin, Dublin City University, Ireland and Abel Polese, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series Explores the origins and effects, successes and failures of ‘colour revolutions’ in the former Soviet Republics – the non-violent protests which succeeded in overthrowing post-communist authoritarian regimes, for example in Georgia in 2003, Ukraine in 2004 and Kyrgyzstan in 2005. Routledge «Market: Russia / Eastern Europe / Central Asia October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58060-1: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84895-1: £85.00
The Heritage of Soviet Oriental Studies Edited by Michael Kemper, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Stephan Conermann, Bonn University, Germany Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series The Western field of oriental studies, criticised by Edward Said and others for encouraging the orient to be viewed in a certain way, has a counterpart in Russia and the Soviet Union. This book examines this Russian/Soviet intellectual tradition of oriental studies.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / Russian History / Political Islam December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59977-1: £85.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
112 law
Abortion Law and Policy *
How the Law Works
An Equal Opportunity Perspective
A Friendly Guide
Kerry Petersen, La Trobe University, Australia
Gary Slapper, The Open University, UK
Series: Biomedical Law & Ethics Library Abortion Law and Policy is a scholarly analysis of reproductive freedoms and rights within a legal and policy framework. The book looks at legal models in common law and civil law jurisdictions rather than specific laws, and draws substantially on developments in the United States, Canada, Australia and Britain.
How the Law Works is a refreshingly clear and reliable guide to today’s legal system. Offering interesting and comprehensive coverage, it makes sense of all the curious features of the law in day to day life and in current affairs. Selected Contents: 1. Why we Need Law 2. Where the Legal System Came From 3. Judges 4. Lawyers 5. Criminal Law 6. Juries 7. Punishment 8. Civil Law 9. Compensation Culture 10. Case Law 11. Parliament 12. Human Rights Law
Routledge «Market: Law / English Law December 2010: 234x156: 340pp Pb: 978-0-415-60010-1: £14.99
Routledge «Market: Law / Ethics / Medicine December 2010: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-49472-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49474-8: £29.99
new in paperback
8th Edition textbook
Asylum, Welfare and the Cosmopolitan Ideal
Constitutional & Administrative Law *
A Sociology of Rights
Hilaire Barnett, Previously at University of London, UK
Lydia Morris, University of Essex, UK Asylum, Welfare and the Cosmopolitan Ideal: A Sociology of Rights pursues the premise that rights must be understood as part of a social process: as an object of negotiation and contestation, and so as a terrain for strategies of inclusion and exclusion.
See separate Order Form
Selected Contents: I. General Introduction II. Fundamental Constitutional Concepts III. The European Community and Union IV. Central, Regional and Local Government V. Parliament VI. The Individual and the State VII. Administrative Law Routledge «Market: Law / Constitutional & Administrative Law October 2010: 246x174: 950pp Hb: 978-0-415-57881-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56301-7: £33.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84388-8: £85.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-45829-0
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Law / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-60294-5: £27.99
June 2010 sees the release of a new, fully revised 8th edition of this bestselling Public Law textbook, which for the first time welcomes Rob Jago on board. Written in a clear and understandable style, this new edition remains comprehensive, providing a thorough exposition of the major features of the United Kingdom’s constitution and recent developments and proposals for reform. Designed to meet the needs of students undertaking courses in Public Law it offers full coverage of the syllabus.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
law 113
Medicine and Law at the Limits of Life
Shakespearean Genealogies of Power
Clinical Ethics in Action
A Whispering of Nothing in Hamlet, Richard II, Julius Caesar, Macbeth, The Merchant of Venice, and The Winter’s Tale
Richard Huxtable, University of Bristol, UK Series: Biomedical Law & Ethics Library This book will focus upon decisions to withhold or withdraw life-supporting treatment from incompetent patients. The book offers a critical examination of the latest developments with a view to developing a new framework for resolving disputes in the clinic that is not only theoretically robust but also practically relevant.
Routledge «Market: Law / Ethics / Medicine December 2010: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-49279-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49280-5: £29.99
Anselm Haverkamp, New York University, USA Series: Discourses of Law Shakespearean Genealogies of Power: A Whispering of Nothing addresses the new perspective on normativity opened up by Shakespeare’s stage, as a visible space between the spheres of politics and law. From the meta-theatre of Hamlet, through the conflicts over state and format of sovereignty in Richard II, Julius Caesar and Macbeth, to the post-political, moralistic theatre of the late Shakespeare’s Winter’s Tale and The Tempest, Anselm Haverkamp elicits the latent legality in Shakespeare; drawing out the consequences for the more recent legal debate on structural violence – from Benjamin and Agamben to Robert Cover and Niklas Luhmann. For, as Haverkamp indicates, the history and prehistory of the Habeas Corpus Act coincides with the Shakespearean negotiations of power, violence, and mercy. Routledge «Market: Law / Literature / Philosophy October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59344-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59345-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84028-3: £75.00
textbook
Juvenile Justice Theory and Practice
3rd Edition textbook
Cliff Roberson, Kaplan University and Washburn University, Topeka, Kansas, USA
Text, Cases and Materials on Public Law and Human Rights *
çè
CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice October 2010: 235x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1376-8: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1377-5: £63.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Helen Fenwick and Gavin Phillipson, both at University of Durham, UK Text, Cases and Materials on Public Law and Human Rights integrates a diverse collection of cases and materials with an authoritative narrative commentary from two leading academics in the fields of public law and human rights. Selected Contents: Constitutional Theory. Constitutional Conventions. The Rule of Law and Separation of Powers. Parliamentary Sovereignty. EU. Devolution. ECHR. The Commons. The House of Lords. Parliamentary Privilege. Prerogative Powers. The Central Executive. Official Secrecy. Judicial Review. Grounds of Judicial Review. Ombudsmen. Civil Liberties. Freedom of Expression. Freedom of Assembly. Police Powers Routledge «Market: Law / Public Law and Human Rights Law October 2010: 246x189: 1200pp Hb: 978-0-415-48431-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46214-3: £33.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87282-6: £90.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85941-655-6
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Written by a world renowned legal scholar, this textbook provides an overview of the entire juvenile process. It is a practical examination of the history of juvenile justice, the philosophy of the system, police involvement, detention, diversion, drug courts, and other juvenile justice processes. It is written in a simple, straightforward manner for the average college student. Topics include causes of delinquency, gangs, abused and neglected juveniles, police and juveniles, juvenile courts and procedures, case law, juveniles tried as adults, parole and probation, and suggested changes. An instructor’s manual, test bank, and PowerPoint® slides are available with qualifying course adoption.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
114 law
The Land is the Source of the Law *
The Rule of Reason in European Constitutionalism and Citizenship
A Dialogic Encounter with Indigenous Jurisprudence
Yuri Borgmann-Prebil, University of Sussex, UK
C.F. Black, Griffith University, Australia
Series: Discourses of Law Identifying crucial deficiencies in the legal theories of Hart and Dworkin, The Rule of Reason in European Constitutionalism and Citizenship draws on the work of Habermas and Alexy in order to elaborate a new juridical conception of citizenship. Taking Europe as its focus, the central substantive argument of the book is that a ‘rule of reason’ governs supranational constitutionalism. Offering an innovative theoretical analysis of EU law, this book will be of considerable interest to scholars of European law, European politics and legal theory.
Series: Discourses of Law The Land is the Source of the Law brings an inter-jurisdictional dimension to the field of indigenous jurisprudence: comparing Indigenous legal regimes in New Zealand, the USA and Australia, it offers a ‘dialogical encounter with an Indigenous jurisprudence’ in which individuals are characterised by their rights and responsibilities into the Land. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Shape of the Jurisprudence 2. Land Journeys 3. The Theory: Senior Law Man Neidjie – Cosmology 4. The Theory: Senior Law Man Mowaljarlai – Law of Relationship 5. The Theory: Senior Law Man Marika – Voice of Authority 6. A Talngai-gawarima Jurisprudential Reading: Whale Rider 7. A Talngai-Gawarima Jurisprudential Reading: Thunderheart 8. A Talngai-Gawarima Jurisprudential Reading: Plains of Promise 9. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Law / Philosophy / Environmental Studies October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49756-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49757-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84438-0: £75.00
Selected Contents: Introduction. Chapter 1: Constitutional Conflict in the Light of Legal Theory, ‘Only in exchanges with others can I fix’ Chapter 2: A Rights Approach to the Free Movement Provisions: The Rule of Reason Chapter 3: The Rule of Reason in European Citizenship Chapter 4: A Juridical Conception of European Citizenship Routledge «Market: Law / Politics / European Studies December 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56529-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56530-1: £21.99
4th Edition
5th Edition
Understanding European Union Law
Wolf and Stanley on Environmental Law *
Karen Davies, University of Wales, Swansea, UK
Susan Wolf, Northumbria University, UK and Neil Stanley, University of Leeds, UK
order now!
©
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Creation of a European Union 3. Who Runs Europe? 4. Community Law 5. The Relationship Between Community Law and the Member States 6. Enforcing Community Law 7. Free Movement of Goods 8. Free Movement of Persons and Services 9. Revision and Examinations Routledge «Market: Law and European Union Law November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58245-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58234-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83641-5: £70.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-41977-2
See separate Order Form
Wolf and Stanley on Environmental Law is a lively and accessible account of pollution control law in England and Wales. Written with real clarity and supported by a range of learning features, this text offers an excellent starting point to those encountering this diverse and controversial subject for the first time. Selected Contents: 1. Elements of Environmental Law 2. The Administration and Enforcement of Environmental Law 3. European Community Environmental Law and Policy 4. Water Pollution 5. Waste Management 6. Environmental Permitting 7. Contaminated Land 8. Air Pollution 9. Statutory Nuisance 10. Noise Pollution 11. Environmental Torts 12. The Private Regulation of Environmental Pollution Routledge «Market: Law / Environmental Law October 2010: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-57166-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84254-6: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85941-832-1
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Understanding European Union Law is both an ideal introduction for students new to EU law and an essential addition to revision for the more accomplished. It is also essential reading for students on business studies courses. This 4th edition has been fully revised and updated in the light of ratification of the Lisbon Treaty and continues to look at the main themes of EU law in a logical, progressive manner.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
law 115 A Politics of Patent Law
Corporate Social Responsibility, Human Rights and the Law
Crafting the Participatory Patent Bargain Kali Murray, Marquette University, USA Series: Routledge Research in Intellectual Property This book examines how national, regional and international patent law can better respond to the interests of a diverse set of non-profit and public interest entities, and be of more benefit to developing countries. The book sets out a ‘tool-box’ of participatory mechanisms which would foster third party participation in the patent process. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56517-2: £75.00
Asian Yearbook of International Law
Multinational Corporations in Developing Countries Olufemi Amao, Brunel University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Corporate Law This book considers the legal control of multinational corporations for violations of human rights from a developing country’s perspective, examining the role for corporate social responsibility in regulating the conduct of MNCs. The book explores the way in which the home and host States of corporations can ensure that MNCs do not violate human rights when operating abroad.
Series: Asian Yearbook of International Law The Asian Yearbook of International Law is produced by the Foundation for the Development of International Law in Asia (DILA) and is a major refereed publication dedicated to international law issues as seen primarily from an Asian perspective. The articles are written by experts from the region and elsewhere. Routledge «Market: Law / Asian Studies October 2010: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-58227-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84024-5: £95.00
Series: Routledge Research in Transnational Crime and Criminal Law This book considers the offense of illicit enrichment, which has become a powerful tool in the global war against corruption. The book explores the offense in treaties, customary international law and domestic laws, looking at issues such as the presumption of innocence and human rights. Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77847-3: £75.00
Strategic Visions for Human Rights takes a multi-disciplinary approach to future directions for human rights. The book examines how international law might be utilized to protect groups rather than just individual members of the group and it also calls into question the liberal positivist approach to international law that provides the framework for human rights norms.
Counter-terrorism and the Detention of Suspected Terrorists *
Routledge «Market: Human Rights / Law October 2010: 234x156: Hb: 978-0-415-59035-8: £135.00
Preventative Confinement and International Human Rights Law Claire Macken, Deakin University, Australia Series: Routledge Research in Terrorism and the Law This book analyses the preventative confinement of suspected terrorists with regard to different models of counter-terrorism policy within the context of international human rights law. The book is written from a global perspective drawing on cases and practice from different jurisdictions including the US, the UK and Australia.
Fundamental Rights and Tort Law in the European Union Children’s Tort Liabilty Nuno Ferreira, University of Manchester, UK The book explores the relationship between fundamental rights and private law in the European Union, looking at the legal position of the tortfeasor in tort law in a number of jurisdictions including France, Italy, Germany, Portugal, Sweden, Finland, Norway, England and Wales. Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57945-2: £75.00
Combating Economic Crimes Ndiva Kofele-Kale, Southern Methodist University, USA
Edited by Geoff Gilbert, Francoise Hampson and Clara Sandoval, all at University of Essex, UK
The Delivery of Human Rights reflects on two overlapping issues in international human rights law: how can existing norms be better implemented and effected, and how can other branches of international law or other international actors be used so as to provide an improved delivery of those norms.
Routledge «Market: Law / Terrorism / Human Rights December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55051-2: £70.00
Balancing Competing Rights and Interests in Prosecuting the Crime of Illicit Enrichment
In Honour of Professor Sir Nigel Rodley and Professor Kevin Boyle
Routledge «Market: Law / Business Studies / Human Rights / Development Studies December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59785-2: £75.00
Volume 14 (2008) Edited by B.S. Chimni, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India, Miyoshi Masahiro, Aichi University, Japan and Li-ann Thio, National University of Singapore, Singapore
Essays on Human Rights
Ensuring and Enforcing Economic, Social and Cultural Rights
Gender, Law and Sexualities
The Jurisprudence of the UN Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights
Edited by Jackie Jones, Anna Grear, Kim Stevenson and Rachel Fenton
Marco Odello, University of Wales, Aberystwyth and Francesco Seatzu, University of Cagliari, Italy
Bringing together an international range of academics, Gender, Law and Sexualities provides a comprehensive interrogation of the range of issues – both topical and controversial – raised by the gendered character of law and legal discourse.
Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law This book will provide a detailed account of the structure and functioning of the UN Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights in the light of its jurisprudence, analysing Committee procedures and practice including the recent Optional Protocol providing the right for individual complaints. Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58235-3: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Law / Gender Studies December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57439-6: £85.00
Genocide, State Crime, and the Law * In the Name of the State Jennifer Balint, University of Melbourne, Australia Genocide, State Crime and the Law argues that genocide and other forms of state crime must be located in relation to cultural, political and legal processes if they are to be properly understood and addressed.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Law / Politics / Criminology December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54381-1: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
116 law Genomic Torts * The English Tort Regime and Novel Grievances Victoria Chico, University of Sheffield, UK Series: Biomedical Law & Ethics Library Advances in human genetics are set to revolutionise the way we think about our health. Within the context of such changing social circumstances, this book identifies novel grievances that might be generated by modern human genetic technologies and considers how the English tort regime might respond to these grievances. Routledge «Market: Law / Medicine December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49518-9: £80.00
Globalisation and the Quest for Social and Environmental Justice * The Relevance of International Law in an Evolving World Order Edited by Shawkat Alam, Natalie Klein and Juliette Overland, all at Macquarie University, Australia The book is an exploration of the intricate nexus that emerges as a result of globalisation, linking together issues of international law, human rights, environmental law and international trade law. Bringing together experts in the field, the book focuses on the areas of social justice, environmental justice and globalisation. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics / Environmental Studies / Environmental Politics November 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49910-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83692-7: £75.00
Honour, Violence, Women and Islam * Edited by Mohammad Mazher Idriss, University of Coventry, UK and Tahir Abbas, University of Birmingham, UK Why are honour killings and honour-related violence so important to understand? What do such crimes represent? And how does honourrelated violence relate to Western views and perceptions of Islam? This intriguing book provides a collection of papers examining the concept of honour related violence against Muslim women. Routledge «Market: Law / Sociology / Islamic Studies October 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-56542-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84698-8: £75.00
Human Rights Monitoring Mechanisms of the Council of Europe Edited by Gauthier de Beco, Catholic University of Louvain, Belgium
International Human Rights Law and Domestic Violence The Effectiveness of International Human Rights Law Ronagh McQuigg, Queen’s University Belfast, UK
Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law
Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law
This book explores the human rights monitoring mechanisms of the Council of Europe. Looking at each mechanism in turn it considers issues including the effectiveness of the mechanism, its level of cooperation with other international, regional and national institutions and whether human rights indicators would be useful in improving its monitoring.
This book examines the effectiveness of international human rights law in relation to domestic violence. The book focuses primarily on the question of how international human rights law could be used in the UK to respond to domestic violence, and considers recent case law from the European Court of Human Rights and statements made by international human rights bodies.
Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58162-2: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58226-1: £75.00
2nd Edition volume 2
Human Rights and the Private Sphere
International Law and the Conservation of Coral Reef Ecosystems *
A Comparative Study
Edward Goodwin, University of Leicester, UK
Edited by Järg Fedtke, Tulane University, USA and Dawn Oliver, University College London, University of London, UK
Series: Routledge Research in International Environmental Law
Series: UT Austin Studies in Foreign and Transnational Law This book looks at several jurisdictions including China, Japan, Brazil, Mexico, the Czech Republic, Poland, Romania, Cameroon, Namibia, Nigeria and Zambia, seeking to discover whether and, if so, how and to what extent human rights thinking has moved beyond its traditional state-individual agenda in the various legal systems. Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights December 2010: 216x138: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-78082-7: £85.00 Prev. ed: 978-0-415-42301-4
Intellectual Property in Global Governance The Crisis of Equity in the Knowledge Economy Chidi Oguamanam, Dalhousie University Law School, Canada Series: Routledge Research in Intellectual Property This book explores the intellectual property dynamics in the ‘Global Knowledge Economy’ focusing on digitization and information revolution phenomenon and the concept of a post-industrial society in order to articulate an agenda for global governance of intellectual property law in the 21st century.
The book critically analyses the environmental treaty regimes which are designed to conserve coral reef ecosystems. The book looks at the subject from a number of coral reef perspectives such as coverage of these ecosystems, internal promotion of conservation, national implementation, and discusses the wider implications for international environmental law. Routledge «Market: Law / Environmental Studies December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48980-5: £75.00
International Organisations and the Idea of Autonomy * Edited by Nigel D. White and Richard Collins, both at University of Sheffield, UK Series: Routledge Research in International Law The volumes contains contributions from leading scholars in international law including Jan Wouters, Jan Klabbers and Nico Krisch, who consider the idea of international organisations as autonomous entities, and explore the difficulties of theorising autonomy in a decentralised legal system, where autonomy appears as both desirable and dangerous at the same time. Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-55088-8: £75.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Law / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56417-5: £75.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
law 117 International Secured Transactions Law *
Law and Religion in Public Life * The Contemporary Debate
Limitation Of Liability in International Maritime Conventions
Facilitation of Credit and International Conventions and Instruments
Edited by Nadirsyah Hosen and Richard Mohr, both at University of Wollongong, Australia
The Relationship between Global Limitation Conventions and Particular Liability Regimes
Orkun Akseli, Newcastle University, UK
The book is unique in bringing together leading scholars and respected religious leaders to address contemporary issues in the relationship of law, religion and the state. The book highlights the interaction between secular law and religion with particular attention being given to the implications for law and society, religious tolerance and freedom.
Norman A. Martínez Gutiérrez, IMO International Maritime Law Institute, Malta
Series: Routledge Research in Finance and Banking Law This book examines international harmonisation and the law of secured transactions. The book makes comparisons of international instruments by using the English and US laws to identify and illustrate problems with the current systems that need to be addressed and offers possible solutions. Routledge «Market: Law / Finance December 2010: 234x156: 342pp Hb: 978-0-415-48810-5: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Law / Religion December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57249-1: £75.00
Lawyers and the Construction of Transnational Justice *
Islam, Law and Identity Edited by Marinos Diamantidis and Adam Gearey, both at Birkeck College, University of London, UK Islam, Law and Identity brings together a range of Muslim and non Muslim scholars in order to focus on recent debates about the nature of sacred and secular law. Routledge «Market: Law / Religion December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56681-0: £70.00
Edited by Yves Dezalay and Bryant Garth, Southwestern Law School, USA Series: Law, Development and Globalization Lawyers and the Construction of Transnational Justice examines the people, the conflicts, and the mechanisms involved in producing transnational norms and institutions. Addressing a range of international issues, this volume is a major contribution to the field of sociology of law, as well as to debates about global governance. Routledge «Market: Law December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58118-9: £75.00
Law Across Borders The Extraterritorial Application of UK Law Paul Arnell, Robert Gordon University, UK This book examines the extraterritorial application of UK public law, examining criminal law, human rights and competition law, drawing them together in a coherent and systematic way. It suggests ways in which the extraterritorial application of public law could develop and how greater coherence can be brought to the law. Routledge «Market: Law December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55861-7: £75.00
Law and Art * Ethics, Aesthetics, Justice Edited by Oren Ben-Dor, University of Southampton, UK The contributions to Law and Art address the interaction between law, justice, the ethical and the aesthetic. Routledge «Market: Law / Art / Philosophy December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-56021-4: £75.00
Lawyers and the Rule of Law in an Era of Globalization *
This book approaches limitation of liability for maritime claims from an international perspective looking at a number of key conventions and protocols including the LLMC Convention, the Athens Convention, the Nairobi Convention as well as conventions relating to the carriage of passengers and their luggage by sea, and those covering compensation for pollution damage. Routledge «Market: Law / Maritime Studies December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60140-5: £85.00
Local Government in Europe The ‘Fourth Level’ in the EU Multi-Layered System of Governance Edited by Carlo Panara and Michael R. Varney, both at University of Hull, UK Series: Routledge Research in European Union Law This book offers a comparative study of local government within the EU. Looking in detail at 15 Member States the book draws out the main trends of the local government in Europe, and evaluates the impact of European integration on the structure of the local government at a national level. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics / European Union Studies December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58000-7: £75.00
Edited by Yves Dezalay and Bryant Garth, Southwestern Law School, USA
Mental Health and Crime *
Series: Law, Development and Globalization
Jill Peay, London School of Economics, UK
Lawyers and the Rule of Law in an Era of Globalization focuses on the national and transnational processes transforming both the rule of law and the role of lawyers. Drawing on detailed empirical work, the contributors all examine the relationship between law, politics, and the state; focusing on lawyers and the social capital they posses and deploy, in order to understand the efficacy of the rule of law in different polities.
Series: Contemporary Issues in Public Policy
Routledge «Market: Law December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58117-2: £75.00
Legal Architecture * Justice, Due Process and the Place of Law Linda Mulcahy, University of London, UK Legal Architecture addresses how the environment in which the trial takes place can be seen as a physical expression of our relationship with ideals of justice; as it approaches the history of courthouse design as a reflection of the troubled history of notions of due process.
Does mental disorder cause crime? Does crime cause mental disorder? And if either of these could be proved to be true what consequences should stem for those who find themselves deemed mentally disordered offenders? Mental Health and Crime examines the nature of the relationship between mental disorder and crime, and concludes that the broad definition of what is an all too common human condition – mental disorder – and the widespread occurrence of an equally all too common human behaviour – that of offending – would make unlikely any definitive or easy answer to these questions. Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology / Social Policy October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-904385-60-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84258-4: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Law / Architecture / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57539-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83624-8: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
118 law Money Laundering – An Endless Cycle? A Comparative Analysis of the Anti-money Laundering Policies in the USA, UK, Australia and Canada Nicholas Ryder, University of the West of England, UK This book provides a detailed, analytical review of the global anti-money laundering policy and considers how successful the USA, Canada, the UK and Australia have been in implementing international measures aimed at combating money laudering. Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology / Finance and Accounting December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58373-2: £75.00
On the Right of Exclusion: Law, Ethics and Immigration Policy Bas Schotel, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands On the Right of Exclusion: Law, Ethics and Immigration Policy addresses the current immigration laws and practices of Western states, and argues that if states cannot substantially justify the exclusion of an alien, the latter should be admitted. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57537-9: £75.00
Participants in the International Legal System Theoretical Perspectives Edited by Jean d’Aspremont, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Research in International Law This book will feature contributions by renowned scholars each of whom will look at a region, theory or tradition of international law, and will consider how that approach to international law has determined the understanding of the role and status of non-State actors within that particular school of thought. Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56514-1: £75.00
Patient Safety, Law Policy and Practice * Edited by John Tingle, Nottingham Trent University, UK and Pippa Bark, University College London, UK The chapters in this book explore the patient safety managerial structures that exist in countries where there are developed patient safety infrastructures and cultures. The legal structures of these countries are explored and related to major in-country patient safety issues in order to draw comparisons and conclusions on patient safety.
Public Interest Litigation in Asia * Edited by Po Jen Yap, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong and Holning Lau, University of North Carolina, USA Series: Routledge Law in Asia This edited volume is a very timely contribution to the field of public law discourse in Asia. Surveying many important jurisdictions including Mainland China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Singapore, Malaysia, India, South Korea and the Philippines, the book addresses the recent developments and experiences in the field of public interest litigation. Routledge «Market: Law / Asian Studies October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57781-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84264-5: £75.00
Sedition and Violence against the State Free Speech and Counter-terrorism Sarah Sorial, University of Wollongong, Australia This book looks comparatively at laws relating to sedition using J.L. Austin’s speech act theory. In considering how speech is also conduct, the book looks at how it can harm the social interest and why sedition might be defensible, but also suggests how to ensure that such laws are not open to abuse. Routledge «Market: Law / Terrorism / Human Rights December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56515-8: £75.00
Regulating Sexuality
Self-Defence in International and Criminal Law
Legal Consciousness in Lesbian and Gay Lives
The Doctrine of Imminence
Rosie Harding
Onder Bakircioglu, Queen’s University Belfast
Series: Social Justice
The book surveys the roots, role, rationale, and objectives of self-defence in both domestic criminal law and international law, and questions whether the requirement of imminence should be removed from the traditional contours of the selfdefence doctrine in national and international law.
Regulating Sexuality: Legal Consciousness in Lesbian and Gay Lives explores the impact that recent seismic shifts in the legal landscape have had for lesbians and gay men. In this study of the interaction between law and society in social justice movements, Rosie Harding interweaves insights from the new legal pluralism with legal consciousness studies to present a rich and nuanced exploration of the contemporary regulation of sexuality. Routledge «Market: Law / Sociology / Gender Studies October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57438-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84427-4: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Law December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59422-6: £75.00
Self-Determination in the Post-9/11 Era * Elizabeth Chadwick, Nottingham Trent University, UK Series: Routledge Research in International Law
Resolving Disputes in the Asia-Pacific Region International Arbitration and Mediation in East Asia and the West Shahla F. Ali, University of Hong Kong This book presents empirical research about the attitudes and perceptions of the arbitration community in China, Hong Kong, Korea, Japan, Singapore, and Malaysia as well as North America and Europe. The book covers international commercial arbitration and mediation, providing an analysis of how dispute resolutions are conducted in the East Asian context. Routledge «Market: Law / Asian Studies / Dispute Resolution October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58372-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84083-2: £75.00
This book takes the ten-year anniversary of 9/11 as a timely point at which to review the impact on the theory and practice of self-determination caused by wider anti-terrorist action and a growing disregard of the laws of armed conflict. Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-55004-8: £75.00
Social Movements, Law and the Politics of Land Reform * George Meszaros, University of Warwick, UK Series: Law, Development and Globalization Social Movements, Law and the Politics of Land Reform investigates how state and rural social movements are struggling for land reform against the background of a re-emergence of constitutional promises and projects in much of the developing world. Routledge «Market: Law / Development Studies / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47771-0: £70.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Law / Medicine December 2010: 234x156: 220pp Hb: 978-0-415-55731-3: £75.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
law 119 Southern Africa Development Community Land Issues
Strategic Visions for Human Rights *
The Domestic Politics of International Trade
A New, Sustainable Land Relations Policy
Essays in Honour of Professor Kevin Boyle
Edited by Ben Chigara, Brunel University, UK
Edited by Geoff Gilbert, Francoise Hampson and Clara Sandoval, all at University of Essex, UK
Intellectual Property Rights in US-Colombia and US-Peru Free Trade Agreements
This book considers issues surrounding land ownership and land reform in the countries which comprise the Southern Africa Development Community (SADC). The book situates SADC land issues in their local, regional and international context at the start of the twenty-first century exploring them from an inter-disciplinary perspective. The book features contributions from an impressive array of experts including Patricia Kameri-Mbote, Eldred Masunungure and Catherine Odimba Kombe. The contributions to the book focus particularly on the possible impact of land issues on the sub-region’s development and human security potential in light of the UN Millennium Development Goals and the development of international human rights law and regional customary international law. Routledge «Market: Law Human Rights / Politics / Environmental Studies December 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58704-4: £75.00
Sovereignty, Jurisdiction, and Exploitation of the Seas, Polar Regions, Airspace and Outer Space Legal Criteria for Spatial Delimitation Gbenga Oduntan, University of Kent, UK Series: Routledge Research in International Law This book considers questions of sovereignty and jurisdiction in airspace and outer space. The book takes into account both public and private international law in order to propose legal criteria to determine where the exclusive sovereignty of airspace ends and where outer space – the province of all mankind begins. Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-56212-6: £75.00
State Accountability under International Law * Lisa Yarwood Series: Routledge Research in International Law This book considers the extent to which States are held accountable for breaches of jus cogens norms under international law. The concept of State accountability is distinguished from the doctrine of State responsibility and refers to an ad hoc practice in international relations that seeks to ensure States do not escape with impunity when they violate norms that are considered fundamental to the interests of the international community as a whole.
for e-mail updates in your field
Sustainability in European Transport Policy * Matthew Humphreys, Kingston University, UK This book sets out a critical analysis of the body of law and policy initiatives that constitute the EU’s common transport policy. The development of the transport policy is charted through amending and founding Treaties as well as non-legislative documents using a model of sustainability as the basis for the analysis. Routledge «Market: Law / Environmental Studies / Transport Policy November 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-57831-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83823-5: £75.00
The Delivery of Human Rights * Essays in Honour of Professor Sir Nigel Rodley Edited by Geoff Gilbert, University of Essex, UK The Delivery of Human Rights reflects on two overlapping issues in international human rights law: how can existing norms be better implemented and effected, and how can other branches of international law or other international actors be used so as to provide an improved delivery of those norms.
The Development of the Chinese Legal System Change and Challenges Edited by Guanghua Yu, University of Hong Kong
Johanna von Braun, University of Cape Town, South Africa Series: Routledge Research in International Economic Law Looking in detail at US-Peru and US-Colombia FTA negotiations and more specifically at the issues surrounding IPRs, this book seeks to demonstrate the importance of domestic politics – including structural and institutional characteristics – in understanding the nature and outcome of international negotiations, in particular as they relate to international economic diplomacy. Routledge «Market: Law / Economics December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-60139-9: £75.00
The EU as a ‘Global Player’ in Human Rights Edited by Jan Wetzel, University of Lincoln, UK Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law This book explores whether the EU can be considered as a significant international human rights organisation, considering issues such as the influence of EU human rights law outside of Europe and whether the EU human rights order has set new substantive rules which are different from other regional or international standards. Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-58705-1: £75.00
The European Court of Human Rights in the Post-Cold War Era Universality in Transition James A. Sweeney, University of Durham, UK Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law This book examines the case law of the European Court of Human Rights with particular reference to democratic transitions in Europe and the consequent enlargement of the European Convention system. The book analyses how the Court has responded to the difficult circumstances presented by the new Contracting Parties. Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights / Central and Eastern European Studies December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54433-7: £75.00
This book offers a contemporary account of recent developments in Chinese law. The book covers some of the most pressing issues including reform of the banking sector, environmental law, corporate law foreign investment and intellectual property, and contains contributions from scholars of Chinese law including Albert Chen, Hualing Fu and Roman Tomasic. Routledge «Market: Law / Asian Studies November 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-59420-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83775-7: £75.00
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights / Politics October 2010: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-57988-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84432-8: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights / Politics October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57992-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84435-9: £75.00
Holding States Accountable for a Breach of Jus Cogens Norms
Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations November 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57783-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83752-8: £75.00
This book looks beyond what international human rights law has so far established and considers the context in which rights in the twenty-first century might develop to meet needs. The contributors to this volume are well-known academics in the field of human rights and include Francesca Klug, Conor Gearty and David Beetham.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
120 law The Evolving EU Counterterrorism Legal Framework
The Interaction between WTO Law and External International Law
Transnational Crime and Human Rights
Maria O’Neill, University of Abertay Dundee, UK
The Constrained Openness of WTO Law
Series: Routledge Research in European Union Law
Ronnie R.F. Yearwood, University of Durham, UK
Responses to Human Trafficking in the Greater Mekong Subregion
This book critically examines EU law and policy in counter-terrorism from across the three distinct EU pillars, as well as addressing external relations of the EU in counter-terrorism. The book will bring greater clarity and critical analysis to the legal framework currently in force and suggest possible routes for future development.
Series: Routledge Research in International Economic Law
Edited by Susan Kneebone and Julie Debeljak, both at Monash University, Australia
This book examines how international economic law interacts with other bodies of international law. Using ideas and theories from other spheres including sociology, literature and art, the book develops a new way of thinking about how WTO law interacts with external international law through the conceptual framework of ‘constrained openness’.
This book evaluates the responses to the crime of human trafficking, and governance of the issue through a case study of the Greater Mekong Subregion. It analyses the international and national legal and policy frameworks and the role of governments, international and national non-governmental institutions, and regional processes, in responding to trafficking issues.
Routledge «Market: Law / Economics December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-56516-5: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Law / Asian Studies December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59425-7: £75.00
The Law on the Use of Force
Turkey’s Accession to the European Union *
Routledge «Market: Law / European Union Studies / Counter-Terrorism December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55758-0: £75.00
2nd Edition
The Europeanisation of Contract Law Christian Twigg-Flesner, University of Hull, UK Series: Current Controversies in Law This book traces the process of Europeanisation of Contract Law, examining recent developments and their impact on English law. This second edition has been fully revised and includes coverage of the Principles, Definitions and Model Rules of European Private Law, and the proposed EC Consumer Rights Directive. Routledge «Market: Law / European Law December 2010: 216x138: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-57403-7: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-46592-2
The Evolving Nature of Policing in India
A Feminist Analysis Gina Heathcote, School of Oriental and African Studies, UK
The Politics of Exclusion?
Series: Routledge Research in International Law
Series: Routledge Research in European Union Law
This book analyses international laws on the use of force from a feminist perspective. The book highlights key conceptual barriers to the enhanced application of the law of the use of force, and demonstrates the capacity of feminist legal theories to enlarge our understanding of international legal dilemmas.
This book critically engages with the contentious questions that continue to separate Turkey from EU integration. The book considers whether the concerns which raise debates regarding Turkish membership are not issues unique to Turkey and whether underpinning this process is an ‘unstated’ obstacle to membership, that of religion.
Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations / Gender Studies December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49287-4: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Law / European Studies / Human Rights / Middle East Studies October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-57785-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84364-2: £75.00
Arvind Verma, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA
The Political Determinants of Corporate Governance in China
Series: Advances in Police Theory and Practice
Chenxia Shi, Monash University, Australia
Historically, the Indian police have been known as enforcers of political agendas. Presenting case studies and empirical and field research, this book demonstrates innovations and reforms that are beginning to change these outmoded behaviors and practices and describes starting points for adapting to a more democratized system. Drawing on real life examples of creative practices that adopt modern technology, involve citizen groups, and represent strategies that are well planned and well executed, this collection of case studies offers the possibility for promising reforms even with little or no political or administrative support and lays the groundwork for changes in developing democracies.
Series: Routledge Research in Corporate Law
CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice November 2010: 235x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1402-4: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1403-1: £76.99
This book investigates the key factors shaping corporate governance in China and examines whether the globalisation of markets and China’s integration into the world economy will lead to the convergence of its corporate governance with international models or whether its political traditions will mean China follows a unique path. Routledge «Market: Law / Business Studies December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57401-3: £70.00
Edel Hughes, University of Limerick, Ireland
Uncertainty in International Law * A Kelsenian Perspective Jörg Kammerhofer, Friedrich Alexander University Erlangen-Nuremberg, Germany Drawing on Hans Kelsen’s ‘pure’ theory of law this book considers the causes and manifestations of uncertainty in the foundational doctrines of public international law, including the law of self-defence under the United Nations Charter, customary international law, and the interpretation of treaties. Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-57784-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84721-3: £80.00
Women, Judging and the Judiciary * From Difference to Diversity Erika Rackley, Durham University, UK Women, Judging and the Judiciary explores continuing debates about gender representation in the judiciary and, more specifically, the importance of judicial diversity, in order to provide a fresh look at the role of the (woman) judge and the process of judging.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Law / Gender Studies December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-54861-8: £70.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
criminology
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
1.
law 121
6. Security
2nd Edition
Criminology
Lucia Zedner 2009: 198x129: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-39176-4: £19.99
A Sociological Introduction Eamonn Carrabine, Maggy Lee, Nigel South, Pam Cox and Ken Plummer 2008: 246x189: 560pp Pb: 978-0-415-46451-2: £25.99
2.
7. Criminology: The Basics
Genocidal Crimes
Sandra Walklate
Alex Alvarez
2005: 198x129: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-33554-6: £11.99
2009: 198x29: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-46678-3: £19.99
3.
8. Crime and Media
The Policing of Terrorism
A Reader
Organizational and Global Perspectives
Edited by Chris Greer
Mathieu Deflem
2009: 246x174: 624pp Pb: 978-0-415-42239-0: £29.99
2009: 229x152: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-87540-0: £28.99
4.
9. Fifty Key Thinkers in Criminology
A Dictionary of Criminal Justice
Edited by Keith Hayward, Shadd Maruna and Jayne Mooney
Peter Joyce and Neil Wain 2010: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-49246-1: £21.99
2009: 216x138: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-42911-5: £16.99
10. Crime, Justice and the Media
Young Offenders and the Law
Ian Marsh and Gaynor Melville
How the Law Responds to Youth Offending
2008: 246x174: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-44490-3: £23.99
Raymond Arthur
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
2010: 234x156: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-49662-9: £24.99
çè
çè
5.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
122 criminology
Life as a Weapon
Routledge Handbook of International Criminology
The Global Rise of Suicide Bombings Riaz Hassan Suicide bombing has become a weapon of choice among terrorist groups because of its lethality and ability to cause mayhem and fear. But who carries out these acts, and what motivates them? By undertaking analysis of the information in the most comprehensive suicide terrorism database in the world, Life as a Weapon seeks to question and in turn undermine the common perception that the psychopathology of suicide bombers and their religious beliefs are the principal causes. Routledge «Market: Terrorism / Politics / Religion October 2010: 234x156: 278pp Hb: 978-0-415-58885-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84457-1: £95.00
Edited by Cindy J. Smith, Sheldon X. Zhang and Rosemary Barberet This handbook showcases the latest thinking and findings from a group of senior and promising young scholars around the world who came together in an effort to broaden our perspectives in understanding crime and social control across borders and nationalities. It introduces topics within international crime (e.g., war crimes), transnational crime (e.g., human trafficking), and national criminal justice systems (e.g., descriptions of 20 countries). Routledge «Market: Criminology December 2010: 246x174: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-77909-8: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86470-8: £110.00
textbook
Correctional Administration and Change Management * Martha Henderson Hurley, The Citadel, Charleston, South Carolina, USA and Dena Hanley, University of Akron, Ohio, USA Change is an inevitable part of any correctional institution, as new trends and initiatives constantly bombard the system. Introducing the concept of organizational capacity, this volume examines leadership, management, and organizational culture and how they apply to correctional agencies, enabling administrators to identify the changes that can be successfully implemented within the organizational context. Topics discussed include management theory, the importance of effective communication, information capital, the human element of change, the concept of evidence-based practice, and the role of evaluation and outcome assessment in the process of improving correctional practice.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice October 2010: 235x156: 222pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0392-9: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0393-6: £63.99
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
business & management 123
Advanced Lean Sigma for Healthcare Charlie Protzman, Sparks, Maryland, USA, George Mayzell, Memphis, Tennessee, USA and Joyce Kerpchar, Winter Springs, Florida, USA Expanding on the concepts and tools of lean hospitals and coupling these ideas with the principles of Sigma Six, this book presents a ‘how-to’ guide to true efficiency in hospitals. Beginning with an overview and description of lean concepts, such as Toyota and Gilbreth and Taylor, it demonstrates lean implementation at every level of a hospital including the ER, OR, radiology department, and Cath Lab. The authors discuss traditional methods, typical problems, and a value stream map for each area and provide actionable blueprints, case studies, and lessons learned to facilitate the duplication of lean improvements. Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 254x178: 432pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1385-0: £47.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1386-7: £47.99
Bali Tourism * Arthur Asa Berger The island of Bali has long been characterized in the West as the last ‘paradise’ on earth, but there is far more to this small Indonesian province. Bali Tourism presents an enlightening ethnographic study of some of the most important icons – for tourists and locals alike – in Balinese culture and society and explores the growth of this island as an ‘exotic’ vacation destination. In addition, it offers a firsthand look at many aspects of daily life, a semiotic analysis of its dominant cultural symbols, and insights into tourists’ perceptions of Bali. A 30-page photo section offers a unique glimpse at this remarkable island. Routledge «Market: Tourism October 2010: 164pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3519-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3520-2: £26.99
2nd Edition
textbook
Andy & Me
Effectual Entrepreneurship
Crisis and Transformation on the Lean Journey
Stuart Read, IMD, Switzerland, Saras Sarasvathy, Darden Graduate School of Business Administration, USA, Nick Dew, Naval Postgraduate School, USA, Robert Wiltbank, Atkinson Graduate School of Management, USA and Anne-Valérie Ohlsson, IMD, Switzerland
In an era when auto companies are being propped up instead of profiting, many firms are revisiting this award winning fictionalized account and the very real lessons it teaches. The second edition of this entertaining parable, one of the most popular ever written on Lean, emphasizes practicality and a can do attitude in the face of all challenges, big and small. This edition adds study questions that highlight critical leadership lessons and includes corresponding notes that provide up-front guidance. The author is a Toyota veteran with two decades of professional experience as a consultant in Lean management and manufacturing.
çè
Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 203x133: Pb: 978-1-4398-2538-9: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-56327-298-1
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
When you start a new venture – for-profit or not, individually or within existing organizations – you are not only trying to make a good living, you are engaged in expanding the horizon of valuable new economic opportunities. This book offers you expert principles to help you do that start to finish. Selected Contents: Part I: I want to be an entrepreneur but... Part II: The nuts and bolts of venturing: Effectuation in action Part III: I am an entrepreneur now: How far can I go? Routledge «Market: Business & Management / Entrepeneurship November 2010: 276x219: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58643-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58644-3: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83690-3: £110.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Pascal Dennis, Lean Productivity Network Suite, Canada
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
124 business & management
Entrepreneurship Marketing
Far from the Factory
Principles and Practice of SME Marketing
Lean for the Information Age
Edited by Sonny Nwankwo and Tunji Gbadamosi, both at University of East London, UK
George Gonzalez-Rivas, PA Consulting Group, Princeton, New Jersey, USA and Linus Larsson, PA Consulting Group, Stockholm, Sweden
Despite the number of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in the market, many fail. This can be explained to a significant degree by a lack of understanding of marketing in this sector. This new textbook introduces the importance of marketing to entrepreneurial firms. Walking the student through the fundamentals of marketing within the SME context, Marketing and Entrepreneurship provides a more value-added learning experience than your standard marketing run-through. Providing a fresh approach for marketing students requiring a more real-world understanding of the impact of their discipline on entrepreneurial firms, the customer insight offered by this book will also benefit entrepreneurship students. Routledge «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-57375-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57376-4: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83864-8: £90.00
Defining knowledge in terms of the creation and consumption of waste, this resource provides an in-depth understanding of what practicing Lean means for the information economy. While information accelerants mask waste, business intelligence allows for invisible information flows to become visible in the work stream. Thus, the invisible office can tackle waste, create pull, enable continuous flow, and monitor information in real time. The text demonstrates how to achieve these objectives, providing a knowledge worker tool box that can be applied to real-world business situations. The authors also explain how to interpret and respond to demand for knowledge. Productivity Press «Market: Business Management October 2010: 279x216: 316pp Pb: 978-1-4200-9456-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9457-2: £31.99
textbook
Escape the Improvement Trap Five Ingredients Missing in Most Improvement Recipes Michael Bremer, Hinsdale, Illinois, USA and Brian McKibben, Naperville, Illinois, USA Despite performance improvement initiatives such as Lean, Six Sigma, and Supply-Chain Management, only a handful of companies actually break out of the pack to transform their enterprise. This problem is not unique to today’s improvement methodologies; the same issues existed when organizations first adopted TQM, re-engineering, and other popular improvement platforms. Providing helpful methods and metrics for true change, the text discusses common improvement traps that inhibit most organizations from rising above the rest.
See separate Order Form
Geoffrey Lancaster, London School of Commerce, UK and Lester Massingham, CMC Consulting, Singapore The Essentials of Marketing Management is a key introductory textbook offering an alternative to the traditional American focused texts currently available. With an array of examples and case studies from around the world, this book offers extensive coverage of marketing topics, including: • consumer and organizational buyer behaviour • product and innovation strategies • direct marketing • e-marketing. Ideal reading for undergraduates, this textbook provides a solid foundation to understanding this core topic. Selected Contents: Approaches to Marketing. Markets and Customers. Product and Innovation. Pricing. Channels of Distribution. Relationship Marketing. Direct Marketing. Sales Forecasting. Global Marketing Routledge «Market: Marketing October 2010: 246x189: 552pp Hb: 978-0-415-55346-9: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55347-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84720-6: £110.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Productivity Press October 2010: 254x178: 312pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1796-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1797-1: £31.99
Essentials of Marketing Management *
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
business & management 125
Global Talent Management
Handbook of Tourism Research
Hugh Scullion and David Collings
Edited by Cathy H.c. Hsu, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong and William C. Gartner
Series: Global HRM The issue of global talent management has become an important area for multinational enterprises and researchers for a number of reasons. First, there is a growing recognition of the key role played by globally competent managerial talent in the success of the MNE. Second, MNEs are facing severe problems in recruiting and retaining the necessary managerial talent for their global operations. Third, competition between employers has become more generic and has shifted from the country level to the regional and global levels.
This groundbreaking book is the first to provide a thorough review and analysis of Tourism Research. The book is organised around topical themes and moves logically with a review of the beginnings of tourism research, to a discussion of emerging forms of tourism and future direction, which are supported with numerous international examples from the planning and development stage. The underlying theoretical dimensions of tourism research are reviewed, analysed and discussed from a range of perspectives. The book brings together leading tourism researchers and provides an excellent reference for students & academics interested in the historical foundations and current issues in tourism research.
Routledge «Market: Management November 2010: 254x178: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-87170-9: £66.99 Pb: 978-0-415-87171-6: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86568-2: £66.99
Routledge «Market: Tourism October 2010: 246x174: 700pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3704-6: £110.00
2nd Edition Student Reference
textbook
Finance: The Basics
Global Careers *
Erik Banks
Michael Dickmann, Cranfield University, UK and Yehuda Baruch, University of East Anglia, UK
Series: The Basics A clear and practical introduction to the world of finance, allowing the reader to grasp relevant financial concepts and apply them to daily activities and studies. This fully revised and updated edition captures the most important aspects of a changing financial landscape, incorporating new and expanded sections on:
Series: Global HRM This exciting new book captures broad research extending to a large set of diverse motivations, experiences and outcomes of international work in global ‘for profit’ and ‘not for profit’ organizations and delivers nuanced insights into the management of international employees for firms and governmental/non-governmental organizations.
• behavioral finance, securitization and financial crises • risk management, including loss control, loss financing and risk reduction
Illustrated throughout with timely, real-world examples and case studies, Finance: The Basics contains useful equations, statistics and suggestions for further reading. It is ideal for anyone looking for a straightforward but comprehensive guide to the key elements of finance.
çè
Routledge «Market: Business and Finance October 2010: 198x129: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-57335-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57336-8: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84242-3: £55.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-38463-6
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Business and Management / Human Resource Managment / International Business October 2010: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-44627-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44628-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84275-1: £85.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
• investment management, including conventional asset management, alternatives and private wealth.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
126 business & management
Healthcare Payment Systems
How Audiences Decide
Fee Schedule Payment System
A Cognitive Approach to Business Communication
Duane C. Abbey, Abbey & Abbey Consultants, Inc., Ames, Iowa, USA
Richard Young
Following Healthcare Payment Systems: An Introduction, this second volume in a series by top medical payment expert Duane Abbey provides an overview and discussion of the various fee schedule payment systems used by healthcare providers and third party payers. Designed for hands-on use by providers and their fiscal agents, emphasis is placed on the basic elements of any fee schedule payment system along with the myriad variations that exist to garner payment for physician services, ambulance services, durable medical equipment, prosthetic and orthotics, laboratory services, physical and occupational therapy and associated services, and/or medical products. This volume offers focused coverage on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule. CRC Press «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 254x178: 175pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4023-8: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4025-2: £38.99
It’s a commonplace that knowing your audience is the key to persuasive communication. But what does ‘knowing your audience’ really mean? Does it mean knowing your audience’s name, age, gender, and socio-economic status? This book shows that if you want to be persuasive the most important thing you need to know about your audience is how your audience makes decisions. And it demonstrates with numerous examples and research findings that when experienced and otherwise highly-skilled professionals – CEOs, medical doctors, magazine publishers – fail to grasp how their audiences make decisions they also fail to persuade them. Routledge «Market: Communication October 2010: 246x174: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-87899-9: £66.67 Pb: 978-0-415-87900-2: £33.31 eBook: 978-0-203-84330-7: £66.67
Student Reference
2nd edition
Human Resource Management: The Key Concepts *
Managing IT Outsourcing
Series: Routledge Key Guides A concise, jargon-free guide that covers the main practices and theories that constitute human resource management (HRM). The entries, defined and discussed by range of international contributors, are drawn from following areas: • employee resourcing • the management of employee rewards • developing employees • maintaining good employee relations • tackling emerging issues in the workplace Fully cross-referenced, with suggestions for further reading throughout, this book is a valuable reference for students and professionals seeking to understanding more about the what, why and how of HRM.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Business / Human Resource Management October 2010: 216x138: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44042-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44043-1: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84181-5: £65.00
See separate Order Form
This newly revised edition of Managing IT Outsourcing presents the latest theory, research and practice in this fast-changing field to explore how information outsourcing partnerships can be managed successfully. Combining a range of case studies from outsourcing companies across the globe, this book offers examples of real-world industrial experience and expanded coverage of new issues to help the reader keep abreast of new developments in the field. Selected Contents: 1. Changing Business Models 2. The IT Outsourcing Phenomenon 3. Contracts 4. Offshore Outsourcing 5. Business Process Outsourcing 6. Structuring Responsibilities 7. Partnership Risk Management 8. Governance of IT Outsourcing 9. Governance Factors – The Recipient 10. Governance Factors – The Provider 11. Governance Factors – The Relationship 12. Looking Forward Routledge «Market: Business & Management December 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-87322-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87323-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83479-4: £85.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Chris Rowley, Cass Business School, University of London, UK and Keith Jackson, School of Oriental & African Studies, UK
Erik Beulen, Pieter Ribbers and Jan Roos, both at Tilburg University, the Netherlands
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
business & management 127
Implementing Lean Six Sigma throughout the Supply Chain The Comprehensive and Transparent Case Study Elizabeth A. Cudney and Rodney Kestle, both at Missouri University of Science and Technology, Rolla, USA From start to finish, this book provides a comprehensive Lean Six Sigma case study. The text follows a team as they implement a project and provides over illustrative 100 figures and tables. Unlike current published case studies, which give only an overview, this in-depth case study presents the data, which are also included in the accompanying CD-ROM, and comprehensively explains how the team drew their conclusions. The CD-ROM contains all of the data used throughout the case study, so that readers can make the same analyses. In addition, the authors demonstrate the clear linkages between all of the Lean Six Sigma tools. Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 254x178: 176pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2814-4: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2815-1: £38.99
Lean for Public Sector The Pursuit of Perfection in Government Services Bert Teeuwen, WagenaarHoes Organization, the Netherlands Written specifically to address the application of Lean practices in government and the public sector, this highly original reference covers the basic philosophy of Lean before detailing specific methods to improve processes in the public sector. It addresses concerns unique to the public sector environment and considers the role of the citizen, not only as customer, but as a voter, taxpayer, and community participant. The approach provides a more reality-based view of value-added services and waste in the public sector. The text also includes many explanations of Lean principles and methods, examples, and international case studies for enhanced comprehension. Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 254x178: 152pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4022-1: £19.95 eBook: 978-1-4398-4024-5: £19.95
Leadership Insight *
Lean Human Resources
Nancy J. Adler, McGill University, Canada
Redesigning HR Processes for a Culture of Continuous Improvement
Management and leadership, both taught, and as practiced, have focused almost exclusively on action, not reflection. Most managers guard little or no time for reflective silence. To develop a capacity to lead wisely, The Leadership Insight Journal offers a practice of daily reflection. Guided by leadership questions, wisdom sayings, and paintings, the Leadership Insight Journal offer managers and students of management an effective tool to use to find their true selves, it is the essence of our best leadership. Routledge «Market: Management October 2010: : 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-87762-6: £29.99
Cheryl M. Jekiel, Flying Food Group, Chicago, Illinois, USA HR departments are often not a key component of driving business improvements, yet if the cost and talent inside the HR department are not considered, they are often wasted. Presenting new approaches to ensure that traditional HR processes drive what many companies are striving to achieve in Lean cultures, this book provides detailed strategies for making core HR processes, policies, and procedures efficient in their own right and able to drive ever-improving performance. It covers the employment cycle from recruitment to reward systems and looks at other avenues for supporting culture including opinion surveys, polices, and communications.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 254x178: 248pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1306-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1307-2: £25.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
128 business & management
Lean IT Enabling and Sustaining Your Lean Transformation Steven C. Bell, Portland, Oregon, USA and Michael A. Orzen, Oregon City, Oregon, USA
Mastering Your Business Dissertation Conceiving, Research and Writing for a Masters Degree
To achieve and sustain a Lean transformation, organizations must effectively leverage IT in all aspects of continuous improvement. The goal of this book is to help IT and the rest of the business work together for continuous improvements to the Lean enterprise. It examines how IT can better understand and serve the needs of the business, how the business can engage IT in continuous improvement activity, how IT can apply the tools and methods of Lean inwardly, and how to measure the results of these efforts. The authors provide diagrams and tables depicting methods, practical examples, guided exercises, and case studies. Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 229x152: 360pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1756-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1757-5: £31.99
Robert Lomas, University of Bradford, UK The ability to write to a high standard is a key skill that is often overlooked in the business world. This short book from an international, best-selling author offers a practical guide to conceiving, researching and writing a business or management dissertation. Masters students across business and management will benefit enormously from reading this book, not just in adding serious value to their dissertations, but also helping to improve their writing skills throughout their business careers. Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Business Research 2. Where do you Start? 3. Has Somebody Answered my Question Before? 4. Different Questions Require Different Answers 5. How to Use Statistics 6. Planning your Research Project 7. Creating a Narrative Thread for your Dissertation 8. The Mechanics of Writing Routledge «Market: Business & Management / Research Methods November 2010: 216x138: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-59678-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59679-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09314-6: £90.00
2nd Edition textbook
Managing Professionals *
Primer of Public Relations Research
Hans de Bruijn, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands
Don W. Stacks, University of Miami, Florida, USA
The book presents an empirical analysis of the problems and offers solutions to the tension between management and professionals and will be of interest to managers and to students of management, organizational behaviour and business administration.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: 1. Managers and Professionals 2. Management as a Problem 3. Management as a Solution 4. Strategy 5. Quality 6. Cooperation 7. Knowledge and Innovation 8. Performance 9. Change 10. The Managing Professional Routledge «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56508-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56509-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84827-2: £90.00
See separate Order Form
‘Many consider Stacks to be the world’s leading expert on public relations research methodologies. The second edition of this superb book should be required reading for students and practitioners who want to help our field move away from the archaic, outputs-focused, one-way communication that is publicity and press-agentry, and toward strategic, outcomes-focused, two-way communication.’ – Donald K. Wright, Boston University, USA This practical, comprehensive work is widely regarded as the standard course text and practitioner reference on public relations research. Don W. Stacks explains the key role of research in all aspects of contemporary PR practice, from planning a program or campaign to making strategic changes and measuring outcomes. Step-by-step guidelines and tools are provided for using a wide range of qualitative and quantitative methods to accomplish essential research objectives. Guilford Press «Market: Business October 2010: 229x152: 370pp Hb: 978-1-59385-595-6: £37.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-726-1
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Managing Professionals deals with the tensions between managers and professionals within organizations, such as hospitals, universities, banks and law firms. Often managers rely heavily on the skills and expertise of the professionals in their organizations, yet these professionals consider management a source of bureaucracy and paperwork.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
business & management 129
Retail Security and Loss Prevention Solutions Edited by Alan Greggo and Millie Kresevich, both Private Consultants, Cincinnati, Ohio, USA The days are long gone when alarm systems and guard dogs were enough to deter retail theft. Facing security problems on many fronts, including external and internal theft, operational and paperwork errors, vendor error, and Organized Retail Crime (ORC), retail security practitioners must be well-versed on the cause and effect of each problem as they are often called on for answers to mitigate these issues and protect the profitability of their company. This book provides an understanding of the fast-paced world of retail loss prevention, the day-to-day challenges retailers face, and solutions for the threats facing these multifaceted businesses. It also explains how to successfully assemble a Loss Prevention department and program.
Straight Talk Written Communication for Career Success Paul R. Timm, Brigham Young University, USA and Sherron Bienvenu, Emory University, Atlanta, USA Straight Talk: Written Communication for Career Success is a fresh new approach that gives tools needed to communicate with confidence. This text provides a thorough overview and hands-on practice in the written communication skills essential for life and work success. Whether writing person to person, or to a group, plenty of practical applications give hands on experience in: practicing effective writing, handling professional memos, participating in teams, and gaining confidence in delivering formal and informal professional documents. Straight Talk: Written Communication for Career Success also helps students prepare for competitive events and includes the 5-Step Strategic Communication tactics students can immediately apply and practice.
Auerbach Publications «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 235x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9006-2: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9008-6: £49.99
Routledge «Market: Communication October 2010: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-80231-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80196-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84290-4: £55.00
Staying Lean
Straight Talk
Thriving, Not Just Surviving
Oral Communication for Career Success
Peter Hines, Gary Griffiths and Richard Harrison, all at S A Partners, LLP, UK and Pauline Found, Lean Enterprise Research Centre, UK
Paul R. Timm, Brigham Young University, USA and Sherron Bienvenu, Emory University, Atlanta, USA
Originally designed as a self-published report, which was awarded the 2009 Shingo Prize, this book draws on the experience of a multi-national company that has successfully implemented Lean in its manufacturing and commercial areas. Based on a model of sustainable change, the text addresses the elements of successful Lean management that are often difficult to emulate as well as the more visible features of process management and Lean techniques.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Communication October 2010: 229x152: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-80232-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80197-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84292-8: £55.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 254x178: 150pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2617-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2618-8: £25.99
Career success comes to people who are good at giving correct information, developing strong working relationships, attracting and satisfying customers, working in teams, solving disputes, building consensus for decisions, picking other people’s brains for useful insights, conveying ideas, listening, and building networks of friends and coworkers. What is the common denominator in all these activities? They all involve the functions of communication: the ability to influence through, speaking, writing, interviewing, and group interaction skills. In fact, excellent communication skills can do more to accelerate a promising career than almost any other factor.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
130 business & management
The A3 Workbook
The OEE Primer *
Unlock Your Problem-Solving Mind
Understanding Overall Equipment Effectiveness, Reliability, and Maintainability
Daniel D. Matthews, MEP NIST, Lexington, Kentucky, USA Facilitating participation and responsibilty across an entire organization, this one-of-a-kind workbook takes readers step-by-step through the disciplined development of an A3 report, a single-sided piece of paper used by Lean industries to promote efficiency. The A3 provides all employees at all levels with a method to quickly identify a problem, analyze its root cause, select appropriate countermeasures, and communicate necessary actions to decision makers. The workbook includes worksheet templates that can be reproduced and used in future problem solving efforts. Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 279x216: 184pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3489-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3490-9: £31.99
D.H. Stamatis, Contemporary Consultants Co., Southgate, Michigan, USA Breaking down the OEE methodology from a historical perspective, this book explores the overall effectiveness of machines and unveils novel design improvement methods, including hazard analysis, rate of change of failure analysis, failure rate finite element analysis, and theory of inventive problem solving. It covers loss of effectiveness, new machinery, electrical maintenance issues, Weibull distribution, measurement techniques, and mechanical and electrical reliability. Highlighting mechanical and electrical opportunities throughout, the text includes a CD with more than 100 pages of appendices and additional resources. Productivity Press October 2010: 254x178: 502pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1406-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1408-6: £38.99
2nd Edition
The Strategic Project Office J. Kent Crawford
Six Steps to Improvement
In its second edition, this seminal text provides step-by-step instructions for establishing and maturing a PMO. The author emphasizes cost management, cultural change, risk assessment, resource allocation, and skills tracking to increase project value, organizational efficiency, and productivity. He explores various aspects relating to planning and implementing the strategic project office, and concludes by considering how to change the organizational culture to match the new organization. Concise and easy to read, the book includes cuttingedge research and case studies on PMO functions and roles to highlight best practices. An assessment model for measuring PMO practice maturity is included.
©
CRC Press «Market: Project Management October 2010: 235x156: 390pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3812-9: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3813-6: £49.99
See separate Order Form
Art Smalley, Art of Lean, Huntington Beach, California, USA and Isao Kato, TMI, Aichi, Japan This workbook is a practical, how-to guide for planning and executing kaizen events and conducting post-event follow-up to sustain the changes made. The book is the first of its kind to document and outline the actual kaizen steps and techniques taught inside Toyota Motor Corporation. By explaining in full context the six basic steps in kaizen that Toyota utilizes, the authors enable readers to improve their own skills in implementing kaizen. The text examines simple analytic methods for work elements, time, motion, production lead-time, machine losses, and standardized work. Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 279x216: 151pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3853-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3854-9: £31.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: PM Solutions Research
order now!
Toyota Kaizen Methods
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
business & management 131
Turbo Flow
Metaphors We Lead By
Using Plan for Every Part (PFEP) to Charge Your Supply Chain
Understanding Leadership in the Real World
Tim Conrad, Gates Corporation, Florence, Kentucky, USA and Robyn Rooks, MPNL Solutions, Georgetown, Kentucky, USA Inventory movement, the pacemaker of the assembly line, inventory management and a determination of how and where parts are used within the factory requires a detailed inventory plan. This plan is known to Lean operators as A Plan for Every Part (PFEP). It is all about determining the right part at the right time in the quantity needed. This book takes PFEP beyond the manufacturing cell to create a tool for managing the entire supply chain. Written by experts in supply chain integration, this text illustrates how to use PFEP to manage raw materials, WIP, and finished goods inventories. Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 254x178: 96pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2067-4: £28.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2068-1: £28.99
Visual Controls Applying Visual Management to the Factory Chris A. Ortiz and Murry Park, both at Kaizen Assembly, Inc., Bellingham, Washington, USA Leaving little room for mistake, Chris Ortiz lays out what might be the most detailed approach to applying the Lean principles of 5S needed to convert a factory to a fully functional Visual Workplace. The book offers a clear discussion on management’s role in creating a Lean strategy that will implement the visual factory, while also molding the workplace culture needed to sustain it. A crucial section of the book is dedicated to discussing how to design and create visual shadow boards, an area where many efforts stumble. It also discusses right-sizing, Kanban, and ways to measure performance.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
This refreshing book cuts through the management-speak, seeking to understand the faith we place in leadership, Understanding Leadership draws on a number of in-depth studies of managers trying to ‘do’ leadership. It offers six metaphors for the leader which provide unexpected insights into how leadership does and does not work. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Theories of Leadership 3. Metaphors for Leadership 4. Leaders as Saints: Leadership through Moral Peak Performance 5. Leaders as Gardeners: Leadership through Facilitating Growth 6. Leaders as Buddies: Leadership through Making People Feel Good 7. Leaders as Commanders: Leadership through Creating Clear Direction 8. Leaders as Cyborgs: Leadership through Mechanistic Superiority 9. Leaders as Bullies: Leadership through Intimidation 10. Communicating Leadership Metaphors Routledge «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56844-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56845-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84012-2: £90.00
Casino Security and Gaming Surveillance Derk J. Boss and Alan W. Zajic, both at Surveillance & Compliance American Casino & Entertainment Properties, Las Vegas, Nevada, USA Based on the authors’ dozens of years in the industry, this handbook provides gaming security professionals with the means to mitigate the myriad security threats facing the gaming world. Providing a complete resource for the professional, they detail the most common risks, threats, and scams – both internal and external – and supply the appropriate security response. They cover physical security techniques as well as statistical information and metrics used to monitor key operations and transactions. They also detail essential investigation tools, such as interview techniques and evidence gathering, and outline liability threats and laws and regulations specific to the industry. Auerbach Publications «Market: Business Management November 2010: 254x178: 280pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8782-6: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8783-3: £49.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 229x152: 150pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2090-2: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2092-6: £25.99
Edited by Mats Alvesson, Lund University, Sweden and André Spicer, University of Warwick, UK
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
132 business & management Beyond the Consumption Bubble
Enterprise and Deprivation *
Edited by Karin Eksträm, University of Gothenburg, Sweden and Kay Glans
Small Business, Social Exclusion and Sustainable Communities
Series: Routledge Interpretive Marketing Research
Alan Southern, University of Liverpool, UK
This book brings together a diverse set of expert scholars to enliven and sharpen the debate about the ways in which consumption affects society today. Research on consumption can shed light on many fundamental questions, such as the character of society, including social and cultural dimensions; the relations between the generations; dependency of technology and the risks involved; the rise of Asia and its potential consumption preferences; the question of whether we must continuously increase our consumption to avoid a recession and whether this is ecologically sustainable.
Prasada Reddy, Lund University, Sweden
Series: Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship
Series: Routledge Studies in Innovation, Organizations and Technology
Routledge «Market: Marketing November 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87849-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83586-9: £70.00
Catastrophic Disaster Planning and Response Clifford Oliver, Crofton, Maryland, USA Because catastrophe study and research is relatively new, there are few resources available on the subject. This book fills the gap in emergency management education, namely the issue of events so large and complex that normal disaster preparedness and response strategies are vastly insufficient. It introduces the many political, legal, and programmatic issues that influence how governments plan for and respond to a catastrophe. The text provides a solid understanding of basics catastrophic planning and response, including its historical development, elements, structures, and functions. CRC Press «Market: Business & Management October 2010: 235x156: 390pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4169-3: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4175-4: £49.99
Enterprise and Development seeks to challenge the notion that enterprise can address the complexity that underlies the problems of deprivation and social exclusion by critically examining case studies from UK and North America. Routledge «Market: Business & Management Studies October 2010: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45815-3: £75.00
Essentials for the Improvement of Healthcare Using Lean & Six Sigma D.H. Stamatis, Contemporary Consultants, Ypsilanti, Michigan, USA By using theories of Six Sigma and Lean methodology, this text presents solutions to fundamental problems in healthcare. This text breaks the system down into three fundamental areas: primary care, hospitals, and managed care. The author identifies the four critical issues that affect healthcare as it relates to efficiency and cost by addressing the specific issues. The book discusses the application of IT in healthcare as a tool of improvement and describes how to select the best project for improvement. The author also includes a discussion of ISO and the Malcolm Baldridge award. Case studies are included to illustrate successes. Productivity Press «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 229x152: 408pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4601-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4602-5: £49.99
European Works Councils and Industrial Relations A Transnational Industrial Relations Institution in the Making Jeremy Waddington, University of Manchester, UK
Community Disaster Recovery and Resiliency Exploring Global Opportunities and Challenges Edited by DeMond S. Miller and Jason David Rivera, both at Rowan University, Glassboro, New Jersey, USA With contributions and editorial guidance from experts throughout the field, this book examines diverse community examples that form a framework for comparing best practices, illustrating how communities can reduce their vulnerability to disasters and recover more quickly. It identifies opportunities and challenges communities must face on the road to recovery, providing an interdisciplinary, social scientific perspective. The book emphasizes non-traditional approaches to disaster recovery and rebuilding communities and compares the rebuilding of community between different nations at different stages of development and economic power and stability.
Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations The creation of European Works Councils is arguably the most important measure taken in global industrial relations in recent years. European Works Councils and Industrial Relations examines the communication and informationsharing between workers’ representatives and top management in multinational firms to assess whether EWCs are achieving their objectives, and whether institution-building has been a second result of the initiative. Routledge «Market: Industrial Relations October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87390-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84353-6: £80.00
Global Research and Development in Emerging Economies Implications for Innovation Systems
Global Research and Development in Emerging Economies examines the dynamics of the globalization processes, the emergence of new locations for innovation, and its implications. This unique books addresses many issues including the context for location of global R&D in emerging economies by MNCs and the driving forces behind this trend, performance of global R&D by companies from emerging economies, and national and corporate implications of these new trends for innovation systems. Routledge «Market: Business and Management October 2010: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-87966-8: £70.00
International Growth of Small and Medium Enterprises Edited by Niina Nummela, Turku School of Economics, Finland Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy International Growth of Small and Medium Enterprises focuses on how companies expand their operations across national borders through opportunity exploration and exploitation, and identification and development of innovations. Routledge «Market: International Business October 2010: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-87270-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84256-0: £70.00
2nd edition
Introduction to Supply Chain Management Technologies David Frederick Ross, APICS, Park Ridge, Illinois, USA Series: Resource Management The second edition of this popular resource reflects new technology in supply chain management. It provides a comprehensive and practical review of business computing and features new chapters on the fundamentals of computing and their enabling power and the basics of contemporary ERP/supply chain business solutions. Focusing on the impact of the internet on strategic elements of supply chain management, the author highlights integrative software tools that allow for new levels of collaboration, flexibility, and performance. CRC Press «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 235x156: 416pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3752-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3753-5: £49.99
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Auerbach Publications «Market: Public Administration October 2010: 235x156: 656pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8822-9: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8823-6: £63.99
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
business & management 133 Leadership Principles for Project Success
Modern Construction
Thomas Juli, Thomas Juli Empowerment Partners, Edingen-Neckarhausen, Germany
Lincoln Harding Forbes and Syed M. Ahmed, both at College of Engineering, Florida International University, Miami, USA
Lean Project Delivery and Integrated Practices
Filled with samples, templates, and guidelines that readers can immediately use in their projects, this practical guide covers the five principles of effective project leadership and how they can be applied in daily project work. Based on experience in project management and the literature on leadership, project management, business, systems, and complexity theory, the five principles include building vision, nurturing collaboration, promoting performance, cultivating learning, and ensuring results. The book explains these principles in simple, nontechnical language and shows how they can set up, manage, and align projects for success. CRC Press «Market: Project Management October 2010: 235x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3461-9: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3462-6: £44.99
Series: Industrial Innovation Written by Lincoln Forbes, highly regarded both for his leadership and innovation in the field of industrial engineering, this text preaches a practical approach that considers ways to improve construction processes in both traditional and Lean environments. For non-Lean environments, he explains how industrial engineering techniques can improve cost effectiveness and quality by optimizing at the task level. For Lean environments, he provides a framework for integrating various techniques that will optimize performance to an even greater extent at the project level. These techniques enhance the use of resources to improve the quality of the built environment and with it, profitability. CRC Press «Market: Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering October 2010: 254x178: 488pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6312-7: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-6313-4: £82.00
Management Research Challenges and Controversies Edited by Bill Lee, University of Sheffield, UK and Catherine Cassell, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies Management research has expanded considerably over recent decades. The impetus for such growth comes from a wide range of forces both inside and outside of the academic community stimulate and regulate its development, while the audience for which management research might be considered to be useful and the extent of that usefulness are highly contested. This book seeks to explore the forces that drive the development of management research, shape its current state and influence its future potential. Routledge «Market: Business & Management Studies October 2010: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47217-3: £85.00
Procuring Complex Performance Studies of Innovation in Product-Service Management Edited by Mickey Howard and Nigel Caldwell, both at University of Bath, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Business Organizations and Networks
Public Management and Complexity Theory * Richer Decision-Making in Public Services Mary Lee Rhodes, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland, Joanne Murphy and Jenny Muir, both at Queen’s University Belfast, UK and John A. Murray, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management In this book, the authors apply a CAS framework to a series of case studies in public sector management to generate new insights into the issues, processes and participants in public service domains. Routledge «Market: Business & Management Studies October 2010: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-45753-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84160-0: £80.00
Social Regionalism in the Global Economy * Edited by Adelle Blackett, McGill University, Canada and Christian Lévesque, HEC Montréal, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context
Public Administration in Southeast Asia Thailand, Philippines, Malaysia, Hong Kong and Macao Edited by Evan M. Berman, National Chengchi University, Taipei, Taiwan Series: Public Administration and Public Policy While public administration practice and education has become considerably professionalized in the last decade, existing knowledge on public administration in Thailand, Singapore, Philippines, Vietnam, and Hong Kong is fragmented at best, and devoid of a useful reference. Sufficiently in-depth and well-rounded, this handbook fills a critical need by bringing together leading scholars in the field. Focusing on recent developments in public administration in countries which are among the fastest growing economies in the world, it explores their unique practices and innovative approaches. Divided into five sections, each dedicated to a particular country, the text outlines the most relevant topics in modern public administration. CRC Press October 2010: 235x156: 734pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6476-6: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-6477-3: £44.99
This book examines the management of Procuring Complex Performance (PCP) in large-scale programmes that includes the downstream support phase in sectors such as construction, healthcare, transport, aerospace, marine and defence. It brings together a series of edited chapters to explain why the traditional combination of linear project management and highly detailed contracts are now unsuited to customer requirements based on performance and outcome.
Social Regionalism in the Global Economy collects essays by international specialists attempting to move beyond textual analyses of regional agreements to offer new accounts of regional integration by combing insights from developing countries with original analyses from the EU. Routledge «Market: Business & Management Studies October 2010: 229x152: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-48052-9: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84483-0: £85.00
Storytelling and the Future of Organizations An Antenarrative Handbook Edited by David M. Boje, New Mexico State University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Pioneering thinker in organizational communication David Boje here compiles a collection of new essays on the theme of ‘antenarrative,’ or non-linear narrative, as applied to organizations and business, bringing together different approaches and philosophical interpretations of the concept. The essays combine a strong theoretical background with empirical cases as diverse as Wal-mart, information systems, and Nordic banking. Routledge «Market: Business & Management November 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87391-8: £70.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Business October 2010: 229x152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-80005-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84205-8: £70.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
134 business & management Style Differences in Cognition, Learning, and Management
Technological Innovation in Retail Finance
Theory and Practice of Triple Helix Model in Developing Countries
Theory, Research, and Practice
International Historical Perspectives
Issues and Challenges
Edited by Stephen Rayner, University of Gloucestershire, UK and Eva Cools, Vlerick Leuven, Gent Management School, Belgium
Edited by Bernado Batiz-Lazo, University of Leicester, UK, J. Carles Maixé-Altés, Universidade da Coruña, Spain and Paul Thomes, RWTH Aachen University, Germany
Edited by Mohammed Saad, University of the West of England, UK and Girma Zawdie
Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History
The book investigates the definition of the theoretical basis and the operationalisation of the triple helix system of innovation in the context of developing countries. It considers the triple helix approach as a policy position that is capable of providing a sustainable basis for innovation and technological progress.
Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Style Differences in Performance is a timely and field-defining volume that will change the way academics and practitioners across international and disciplinary boundaries think and talk about the field of learning style and its implications for human achievement. Routledge «Market: Business and Management October 2010: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-80199-7: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84185-3: £80.00
This is the first book to investigate how computers have transformed the internal workings of financial service organizations in different competitive environments around the globe. Documenting developments in the US alongside case studies from Japan, Mexico, and Europe, Technological Innovation in Finance explores the diffusion of mechanical and digital technology across commercial/clearing banks, savings banks, cooperative banks, and postal banks. Some contributions focus on individual organizations, others on changes in the competitive process, and others on the collaboration between several organizations.
Series: Routledge Studies in Innovation, Organizations and Technology
Routledge «Market: Business & Management Studies October 2010: 229x152: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-47516-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83821-1: £80.00
Routledge «Market: Business and Management October 2010: 229x152: 279pp Hb: 978-0-415-88067-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83942-3: £70.00
economics
Conflict, Political Accountability and Aid
Development and Globalization * A Marxian Class Analysis David F. Ruccio, University of Notre Dame, USA
Paul Collier, Oxford University, UK Paul Collier’s contributions to development economics,and in regard to Africa in particular, have marked him out as one of the most influential commentators of recent times. This collection of his major writings, accompanied by a new introduction, provide the definitive account of a wide range of macroeconomic, microeconomic and political economy topics concerned with Africa.
Routledge «Market: Development / Economics / Politics October 2010: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-58727-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58731-0: £29.99
Series: Economics as Social Theory Since the mid-1980s, David F. Ruccio has developed a new framework of Marxian class analysis and applied it to various issues in socialist planning, Third World development, and capitalist globalization. Through a series of concrete examples, this collection shows how Marxian class analysis can be used to challenge existing modes of thought and produce new insights about the problems of capitalist development and the possibilities of imagining and creating non-capitalist alternatives. Famous for his work on Nicaragua under the Sandanistas, Ruccio assesses the rise of new left wing regimes in Latin America including those in Bolivia, Venezuela and Peru and the consequent resistance to globalization and American hegemony.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Development Studies / Economics / Politics October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77225-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77226-6: £29.99
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
economics 135
Export Instability and Economic Development
Environment, Development, Agriculture
Edited by Alasdair Macbean
Integrated Policy Through Human Ecology
When this work was first published in 1966, there was much interest in various types of commodity agreements and compensatory financing as methods of reducing the effects of export fluctuations on the economies of developing countries. The book concluded that short term fluctuations in export earnings, though perhaps important for some countries, did not appear to be the general problem that had been assumed. This led to many published and unpublished studies on the issues: some supported, others contradicted the book’s conclusions. The data available now are vastly greater and probably more accurate than pre-1966. However, the work and the issues it raised remain important because most schemes proposed to reduce export instability would be costly and likely to divert resources from uses more obviously aimed at raising economic development in most developing countries.
Bernhard Glaeser
Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-59390-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83844-0: £80.00
Tony Cleaver, University of Durham, UK Series: The Basics Now in its second edition, Economics: The Basics provides an engaging and topical introduction to the key issues in contemporary economics. Fully updated to take into account the economic recession, changing patterns in world trade, housing and currency markets, this book covers: • how economic systems function • the boom and bust cycle • the impact of emerging markets • how price, supply and demand interact • the role of the banking and finance industries • the impact of economics on the environment. With a glossary of terms, suggestions for further reading and new case studies covering subjects including the sub-prime mortgage crisis and changing gold prices, this comprehensive and accessible guide is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how economics works.
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics / Business / Management December 2010: 198x129: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57108-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57109-8: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09294-1: £55.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-31412-1
@
Modern Political Economics Making Sense of the Post-2008 World Yanis Varoufakis, University of Athens, Greece, Joseph Halevi, University of Sydney, Australia and Nicholas Theocarakis, University of Athens, Greece Once in a while the world astonishes itself. Anxious incredulity replaces intellectual torpor and a puzzled public strains its antennae in every possible direction, desperately seeking explanations for the causes and nature of what just hit it. 2008 was such a moment. Not only did the financial system collapse, and send the real economy into a tailspin, but it also revealed the great gulf separating economics from a very real capitalism. Modern Political Economics has a single aim: To help readers make sense of how 2008 came about and what the post-2008 world has in store. This dynamic new book delves into every major economic theory and maps out meticulously the trajectory that global capitalism followed from post-war almost centrally planned stability, to designed disintegration in the 1970s, to an intentional magnification of unsustainable imbalances in the 1980s and, finally, to the most spectacular privatisation of money in the 1990s and beyond. Routledge «Market: Economics / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-42875-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42888-0: £33.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Economics: The Basics
for e-mail updates in your field
This reissue, first published in 1995, focuses on philosophy and social science in human ecology, and includes case studies dealing with the problems of political implementation of development plans and schemes. Part One deals with theory, including a comprehensive introduction to the field. Part Two moves towards questions of human behaviour and action, exploring the relationship between environmental ethics and policy . In Part Three, the author focuses on environmental policy in China since 1949 and on a regional case study in India. The final part of the book discusses the prospects for sustainable development more broadly, in terms of favouring ecological and cultural variety in agriculture and of viewing the relationship between human beings and the natural environment as a matter of overexploitation rather than crisis. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 188pp Hb: 978-0-415-59294-9: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83893-8: £65.00
2nd Edition Student Reference
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Series: Routledge Revivals
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
136 economics A General Theory of Institutional Change
Community Finance
Energy, Bio Fuels and Development
Tackling Poverty and Social Exclusion
Comparing Brazil and the United States
Shiping Tang, Fudan, University
Pamela Lenton and Paul Mosley, both at University of Sheffield, UK
Edited by Edmund Amann, University of Manchester, UK, Werner Baer, University Of Illinois, Urbana, USA and Don Coes, University of New Mexico, USA
A general theory of institutional change lies at the heart of social science. The book provides insight into the process of institutional change. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59769-2: £95.00
Beyond Territory Dynamic Geographies of Innovation and Knowledge Creation Edited by Harald Bathelt, University of Toronto, Canada, Maryann Feldman, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA and Dieter F. Kogler, University of Toronto, Canada Series: Regions and Cities This book discusses new trends in the dynamic geography of innovation and argues that in an era of increasing globalization, two trends seem quite dominant: rigid territorial models of innovation, and localized configurations of innovative activities. Rather than focusing on established concepts and theories, the book questions narrow explanations, rigid territorializations, and simplistic policy frameworks. Routledge «Market: Economics / Geography / Politics December 2010: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-49327-7: £80.00
Cartelization, Antitrust and Globalization in the US and Europe * Mark S. LeClair, Fairfield University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy The uncovering of a great number of cartels in the industrialised world has left an unfortunate, yet significant, mark on global economic developments in recent years. Globalization has forced firms into more direct competition, and the result has been global price-fixing. This situation has challenged antitrust authorities, as competition policy is regional or national, not international, in scope.Taking a broad yet detailed approach, this work sets a practical explanation of the history of cartels and antitrust law in a sound theoretical framework, as well as providing suggestions as to how potential reforms of antitrust laws could improve the situation going forward. The book includes a comprehensive analysis of the motivations behind and perceived necessity for organisations to enter into cartels, and the success or otherwise of legislatures’ attempts to both uncover and prevent such cartels from taking place. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 196pp Hb: 978-0-415-57343-6: £85.00
Series: Routledge Advances in Social Economics Although poverty in Britain is falling slowly, persistent pockets of poverty remain – particularly in inner-city areas, and amongst groups such as ethnic minorities, lone parents, the disabled, and the children of these groups. How to reduce this poverty, and do it in a cost-effective way, is a matter of intense policy debate and social concern. The book presents a detailed picture of the impact of financial measures against poverty in various cities and draws conclusions for policy. It will be required reading for all those interested in anti-poverty policy, financial markets and community development in Britain and internationally, whether as sponsors, CDFI managers, members of NGOs or researchers. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46039-2: £80.00
Critical Issues in Air Transport Economics and Business * Edited by Rosário Macário, Technical University of Lisbon and Eddy Van de Voorde, Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy This book offers material for strategic thinking featuring contributions from key figures in Europe, the US and Asia. The focus of the book expands from economic to legal issues, bankruptcy and safety and security. The carefully selected papers offer a thorough and structured analysis of major current developments in the air transport industry. Fully up to date, topics covered include competitive strength, capacity utilisation and risk. The most likely future scenarios are more or less known. Only, the timeframe remains uncertain. The speed at which the various market players in the air transport chain will implement their strategies remains the key question. As both an overview of the current issues affecting the industry and as a cohesive set of strategic documents, therefore, this collection will prove invaluable for policy makers and researchers alike. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-57055-8: £90.00
Global and Regional Financial Market Integration Edited by Michael B. Devereux, Philip Lane, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland, Cyn-young Park, Asian Development Bank and Shang-Jin Wei, Columbia University, USA The book assesses financial integration in emerging East Asia at both regional and global levels. The publication studies the factors driving the progress of regional financial integration in relation to financial globalization and identifies the relevant policy challenges facing emerging market economies in the region.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59551-3: £100.00
See separate Order Form
Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics This book examines an issue which could not be more topical: the economic, social and environmental implications of concerted attempts to diversify energy sources away from fossil fuels. The book focuses on the contrasting experiences of two major economies; one developed, the other a rapidly expanding emerging market. This book evaluates the experience of Brazil, with elements of that of the US highlighted for the purpose of comparison. A key area of concern surrounds the causes and consequence of the contrasting routes to biofuel production represented by sugar cane (in Brazil) and corn (in the US). The book also places the recent biofuels drive in perspective by discussing the broader energy policy context. The book shows the complexity and interdependence of the issues involved in moving a society reliant on non-renewable energy sources to one based on alternative sources of energy. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56720-6: £90.00
Generations of Economists David Collard, University of Bath, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics This book focuses on the interaction between practising economists and previous generations of economists. Because economic problems, such as crashes, tend to recur and are only partially understood, it may be profitable read the work of previous generations in a collaborative spirit. Sometimes this can offer a different perspective on current preoccupations and cause us to reconsider the scope of our much criticised subject. The book gathers together earlier work by the author which appeared in various academic books and journals with the addition of six new chapters. The collection makes for a lively, informative and thought-provoking collection. It will interest anyone with an interest in the history of economics and of economic thought. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-56541-7: £90.00
Innovation, Knowledge and Growth Adam Smith, Schumpeter and the Moderns Heinz D. Kurz, University of Graz, Austria Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics This new collection brings together Kurz’s recent work on growth theory, integrating the study of the history of economic analysis with contemporary economic theorizing, drawing on the work of Schumpeter and Smith. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55063-5: £80.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
economics 137 Global Population Ageing and Migration in Europe
Migration in the 21st Century *
Protecting Main Street
Rights, Outcomes, and Policy
Bo Malmberg, Stockholm University, Sweden, Kristof Tamas, David Bloom, Harvard University, Rainer Munz and David Canning
Edited by Kim Korinek and Thomas N. Maloney, both at University of Utah, USA
Measuring the Customer Experience in Financial Services for Business and Public Policy
Series: Routledge Studies in the European Economy
In this volume, we examine the challenges and opportunities created by global migration at the start of the 21st century. Our focus extends beyond economic impact to questions of international law, human rights, and social and political incorporation.
This book focuses on the extent European external policies should be reconsidered in the light of current demographic challenges, focusing on current demographic trends, an analysis of demographic transitions and European migration policies. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55123-6: £80.00
Inequality, Development, and Growth Edited by Günseli Berik, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, USA, Yana van der Meulen Rodgers, Rutgers University, USA and Stephanie Seguino, University of Vermont, USA This volume presents a comprehensive analysis of the linkages between inequality, development, and growth from a feminist economics perspective offering a rich array of policy options for promoting gender equality. This book was published as a special issue of Feminist Economics. Routledge «Market: Economic Theory / Economic Development / Women’s Studies October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59944-3: £80.00
Series: Regions and Cities
While the book incorporates studies of the evolution of immigration law globally and over the very long term, as well as considerations of the magnitude and determinants of immigrant flows at the global level, it places particular emphasis on the growth of immigration to the United States in the 1990s and early 2000s and provides new insights on the complex relationships between federal and state politics and regulation, popular misconceptions about the economic and social impacts of immigration, and the status of ‘undocumented’ immigrants. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77914-2: £85.00
Edited by Deborah M. Figart, Richard Stockton College of New Jersey, USA and John Marangos, University of Crete, Greece The chapters in this volume examine how economies across the globe come to understand what constitutes a living and how we can improve living standards, including balancing paid work with family life and civic responsibility. This book was published as a special issue of the Review of Social Economy. Routledge «Market: International Finance / Macroeconomics / Banking December 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58918-5: £80.00
Macroeconomic Regimes in Western Industrial Countries
Permit Trading in Different Applications Edited by Bernd Hansjürgens, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research, Germany, Ralf Antes, Martin-Luther-Universität HalleWittenberg, Germany and Marianne Strunz, KfW Bankengruppe, Germany
Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58855-3: £85.00
Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy
Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-77885-5: £80.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
Retirement Security in the Great Recession Edited by Christian E. Weller, University of Massachusetts Boston, USA This book brings together a number of influential researchers whose work is focused on economic policies and their impacts on retirement income security. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Aging and Social Policy. Routledge «Market: Personal Finance / Retirement / Workplace Capital December 2010: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58903-1: £80.00
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56173-0: £80.00
@
Series: Routledge ISS Studies in Rural Livelihoods
The Political Economy of Integration *
Drawing on Keynesian monetarism, this book argues that microeconomic deregulation does not explain the differences in development among Western industrial countries sufficiently with case studies from the UK, USA, Germany and Japan.
for e-mail updates in your field
Edited by Paul Hebinck, Wageningen University, the Netherlands and Charlie Shackleton, Rhodes University, South Africa
Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55122-9: £80.00
This book analyzes the current picture for permit trading: one of the most influential environmental instruments to emerge in recent times. Its possibilities and limits, its successful design options and its restrictions will all be placed under the microscope, with a focus not only on ‘traditional’ fields of application including air quality and climate policy, but new and emerging fields in which permit trading has been brought to bear: biodiversity, land use policy, water policy amongst them.
This book assesses South America’s most ambitious attempt at economic integration, Mercosur, explaining the main – and inherent – weaknesses of the integration effort, through explicit comparison with the European experience with integration.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Routledge «Market: Financial Services / Marketing Research October 2010: 229x152: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-99601-3: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84198-3: £35.00
This book debates the emergent proprieties of rural and peri-urban South Africa since land and agrarian reforms were initiated after the transition to democracy in 1994. It explores how these reforms have broadened options for the use of land and natural resources. Reform-minded policies in South Africa have assumed that if access to land and other natural resources is less problematic, the use of these resources would be intensified which in turn would alter the structure and dynamic of rural and urban poverty. Reforming Land and Resource Use in South Africa examines in detail, and from several disciplinary perspectives, whether and how this has occurred, and if not, why not. Unlike most analyses and commentaries on land reform, this book pursues an analysis of land reform dynamics at various levels of aggregation.
Jeffrey W. Cason, Middlebury College, USA
Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy
Further, it describes the reason for business and the government to undertake market research to determine whether the consumer and mortgage lending markets are functioning properly and providing consumers with adequate information to make sound and safe loan decisions. In addition, it outlines the market research methodologies used to measure the consumer experience and the techniques used to detect bias and unfair sales practices.
Impact on Livelihoods
The Experience of Mercosur
Hansjärg Herr, Berlin School of Economics, Germany and Milka Kazandziska
This book gives an overview of the importance of conducting different forms of market research to uncover problems in the lending and mortgage markets and how these problems affect the consumers’ ability to make optimal credit decisions.
Reforming Land and Resource Use in South Africa
Series: Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics
Living Standards and Social Well-Being
Paul C. Lubin, Informa Research Services, Inc.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
138 economics Social Protection for Africa’s Children
Sustainable Development
The Economics of Defence Policy *
Capabilities, Needs, and Well-being
A New Perspective
Edited by Sudhanshu Handa, University of North Carolina, USA, Stephen Devereux, University of Sussex, UK and Douglas Webb, Unicef, Ethiopia
Edited by Ines Omann, Sustainable Europe Research Institute, Austria, Felix Rauschmayer, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research, Germany and Johannes Frühmann, Sustainable Europe Research Institute, Austria
Keith Hartley, University of York, UK
Social protection is an increasingly important part of the social policy dialogue in Africa, and yet because of its relatively new place in a rapidly evolving agenda, evidence on critical design choices such as targeting, and on impacts of social protection interventions, is mostly limited to case studies or small, unrepresentative surveys. This impressive collection makes a major contribution to building the evidence base, drawing on rigorous analysis of social protection programmes in several African countries, as well as original research and thinking on key topical issues in the social protection discourse. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58333-6: £85.00
The Economic Reader * Textbooks, Manuals and the Dissemination of the Economic Sciences during the 19th and Early 20th Centuries Edited by Massimo M. Augello and Marco E.L. Guidi, both at University of Pisa, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics This book proposes a comparative study of the history of manuals of political economy in the most representative countries for the development of economics in the 19th and early 20th centuries demonstrating and the ‘professionalisation’ of economics. Routledge «Market: Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55443-5: £80.00
Territorial Development, Cohesion and Spatial Planning * Knowledge and Policy Development in an Enlarged EU Edited by Neil Adams, South Bank University, UK, Giancarlo Cotella, Politecnico di Torino, Italy and Richard Nunes, Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: Regions and Cities This book examines some of the evolving challenges faced by EU regional policy in light of enlargement and to assess some of the approaches and trends in terms of territorial development policy and practice that are emerging out of this process. Focusing on the experiences on Central and Eastern Europe, these chapters reflect on the diversity of approaches to spatial planning and the the politics of policy formation and multi-level governance operations – from local to trans-national agendas. Promoting increased awareness and understanding of these issues is the the central purpose of the book. The recently acquired CEE dimension provides a unique opportunity to examine the evolution of existing ‘epistemic communities’ as well as to explore the potential emergence of new ones.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-55194-6: £100.00
See separate Order Form
Series: Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics This groundbreaking new work establishes links between sustainable development, needs, wellbeing, and the capabilities approach that is central to human development and the United Nations Development Programme. By challenging the role of people in sustainability policy, this collection’s argument refocuses sustainable development on needs and makes it easier for people to relate positively to its core values. This exciting new book incites a whole new way of looking at sustainable development. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58652-8: £80.00
The Capital Needs of Central Banks * Edited by Sue Milton, The Bank of England, UK and Peter Sinclair, University of Birmingham, UK Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking This collection takes the reader through historical, theoretical and factual discussions on why central banks exist and the role – actual and intended – they have in assisting their home nation in achieving monetary and financial stability. The contributions analyse the different ways central banks are funded and how funding arrangements may impact on their independence. The objective is to explore these themes first from the academic and practitioner’s views – those of the economist, accountant and lawyer’s – and then to introduce practical experiences from a range of different central banks, in terms of their economic and socio-political environments. It will be the first time that the theorist and practitioner, the accountant, the economist and the lawyer come together in one volume. The reader will be able to access the full breadth of views on this important subject. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55328-5: £80.00
The Political Economy of Bureaucracy Steven O. Richardson, Center for Program Planning and Results, Department of Labor, USA Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy Richardson offers a careful analysis of US federal agencies examining the interaction between executive and legislative branches of government, combining Austrian economics, Public Choice and Evolutionary methodology in his approach.
Since the end of the Cold War, the world has been faced with new regional conflicts, terrorism and threats from the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and from rogue states. The world remains uncertain, unstable and insecure with continued threats to global peace and security. The world economic crisis has also threatened government spending with defence as a candidate for spending cuts. Choices have to be made about the size of a nation’s defence budget, its allocation between nuclear and conventional forces, between equipment and personnel and between air, land and sea forces. Major reductions in defence spending and the challenge of maintaining security with increasingly limited resources will confront the defence budgets of all nations. This book identifies the typical questions raised by economists when studying defence policy, shows how simple economic analysis can be used to answer these questions and provides a critical evaluation of defence policy. Routledge «Market: Politics / Economics / Military Studies October 2010: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-27132-5: £85.00
The Essential Writings of Thorstein Veblen * Edited by Charles Camic, Northwestern University, USA and Geoffrey M. Hodgson, University of Hertfordshire, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics The 38 selections in the volume include complete texts of all of Veblen’s major articles and book reviews from 1882 to 1914, plus key chapters from his books The Theory of the Leisure Class (1899), The Theory of Business Enterprise (1904) and The Instinct of Workmanship (1914). These writings present a wide range of Veblen’s most significant contributions, especially with respect to the philosophical and psychological foundations of economics, sociology, and other social sciences. A thorougly comprehensive volume, this is the only collection to present Veblen’s writings in chronological order, so that their development can be correctly understood. The volume is edited by a leading sociologist and a prominent economist, who provide extensive introductory essays which include item-by-item commentaries that place each selection in its intellectual-historical context. It makes for a valuable source of reference both for students and researchers alike. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-77790-2: £125.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58856-0: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics
Series: Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
economics 139 The Global Financial Crisis
Towards New Developmentalism
The South Sea Bubble
Edited by Mark P. Taylor, University of Warwick, UK and Richard Clarida, Columbia University, USA
Market as Means rather than Master
An Economic History of its Origins and Consequences
This book brings together a range of applied studies, covering a range of international and regional experience in the area of finance in the context of the global downturn. This book was published as a special issue of Applied Financial Economics. Routledge «Market: International Finance / Macroeconomics / Banking October 2010: 276x219: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58914-7: £80.00
The Measurement of Individual Well-Being and Group Inequalities Essays in Memory of Z. M. Berrebi Edited by Joseph Deutsch and Jacques Silber, both at Bar Ilan University, Israel Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy Although most traditional economic theory puts the individual at the centre of analysis, more recent approaches have acknowledged the importance of a wider sense of identity as a determinant of individual behaviour. Whether it is ethnicity, religion or gender, group membership is a central part of human life. This book presents new advances in areas which consider both the individual and the group when measuring inequalities and well-being. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59208-6: £95.00
Edited by Shahrukh Rafi Khan and Jens Christiansen, both at Mount Holyoke College, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics This book includes contributions from many prominent development economists who are unified by a form of ‘developmental pragmatism’. Their concern is with the problems of development that preoccupied the pioneers of economic development in the midtwentieth century, known as the developmentalists. Like the developmentalists, the contributors to Towards New Developmentalism are policy-oriented and supportive of institutional development and engagement with economic globalization. This collection has an over-arching concern with promoting social justice, and holds the general view of the market as the means to affecting an alternative program of development rather than as a master whose dictates are to be obeyed without question. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77984-5: £85.00
The Lund Discourse of the Future Edited by Jill Jäger, Independent Scholar and Sarah Cornell, University of Bristol, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics This book is a contextualised collation of ideas articulated by the 50 participants of the Planet 2050 workshop held in Lund in October 2008, as part of The Planet in 2050, an interdisciplinary Fast Track Initiative of the International GeosphereBiosphere Programme. Participants were selected from academia and the sustainability practice community to give a wide-ranging, multi-cultural, trans-disciplinary set of perspectives. This collection explores four broad sectoral themes: energy and technologies; development, economies and culture; environment; and land use change. By doing so, this book emphasises the importance of a social dialogue on our collective future, and our responsibility to the Earth. It makes strong statements about what needs to happen to the global economy for a sustainable future and documents a new kind of scholarly discussion, engaging people from diverse knowledge communities in a spirit of exploration and reflexivity.
Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History The book is an economic history of the South Sea Bubble. It combines economic theory and quantitative analysis with historical evidence in order to provide a rounded account. It brings together scholarship from a variety of different fields to update the existing historical work on the Bubble. Up until now, economic history research has not been integrated into mainstream histories of 1720. Technical work on share prices and ledgers has been inaccessible to a wider audience. As well as providing new evidence against the gambling mania argument, the book also interprets the existing economic history scholarship for non-specialists. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-46973-9: £85.00
The Multinational Enterprise in Developing Countries * Local versus Global Logic
The Practices of Happiness * Political Economy, Religion and Wellbeing Edited by Ian Steedman, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, John R. Atherton and Elaine Graham, both at University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy
The Planet in 2050
Helen Paul, University of Southampton, UK
There is growing evidence that rising levels of prosperity in Western economies since 1945 have not been matched by greater incidences of reported well-being and happiness. Indeed, material affluence is often accompanied instead by greater social and individual distress. A growing literature within the humanities and social sciences is increasingly concerned to chart not only the underlying trends in recorded levels of happiness, but to consider what factors, if any, contribute to positive and sustainable experiences of well-being and quality of life. Increasingly, such research is focusing on the importance of values and beliefs in human satisfaction or quality of life; but the specific contribution of religion to these trends is relatively under-examined. This unique collection of essays seeks to rectify that omission, by identifying the nature and role of the religious contribution to wellbeing. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55097-0: £80.00
Edited by Rick Molz and Catalin Ratiu, both at Concordia University, Canada and Ali Taleb, HEC, Montreal Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics This book focuses on the uneasy interaction between the traditional logics of developing countries and the economic logic of MNEs. The traditional logics of most developing countries are built around community-based legitimacy and an intuitive but concrete epistemology. Conversely, the economic logic of MNEs from developed economies is built around technical and economic legitimacy and an abstract intellectual epistemology. Unpacking the uneasy interactions between these two logics will help achieve MNEs’ objectives of competitiveness in developing countries as well as globally. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49252-2: £80.00
Wage Policy, Income Distribution, and Democratic Theory Oren M. Levin-Waldman, Metropolitan College of New York, USA Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy This significant contribution explores the meaning of democratic theory and how it has evolved along with the meaning and specific forms of wage policy, providing invaluable new insights into their connections. This book argues that the evolution in wage policy has paralleled economic transformations, which democratic theory has evolved to accommodate. Through a careful analysis of democratic theory and empirical analysis of the impact of wage policy on income distribution, this book concludes that wage policy is an important component in the maintenance of democratic society.
Routledge «Market: Environment / Economics / Politics November 2010: 216x138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-59000-6: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77971-5: £85.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
geography
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
140 economics
1.
6. Urban Geography
2nd edition
An Environmental History of the World
A Global Perspective Michael Pacione 2009: 246x189: 736pp Pb: 978-0-415-46202-0: £31.99
Humankind’s Changing Role in the Community of Life J. Donald Hughes 2009: 246x174: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-48150-2: £25.99
2.
7. 5th Edition
9th edition
Environmental Hazards Assessing Risk and Reducing Disaster
Atmosphere, Weather and Climate
Keith Smith and David N. Petley
Roger G. Barry and Richard J Chorley
2009: 246x189: 416pp Pb: 978-0-415-42865-1: £29.99
2009: 246x189: 536pp Pb: 978-0-415-46570-0: £39.99
3.
8. Physical Geography: The Key Concepts
2nd Edition
The Geography of Transport Systems
Richard John Huggett 2009: 216x138: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-45208-3: £14.99
Jean-Paul Rodrigue, Claude Comtois and Brian Slack 2009: 246x174: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-48324-7: £27.99
4.
9. Geographies of Developing Areas
2nd Edition
The Global South in a Changing World
Janet Momsen
Gender and Development 2009: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-77563-2: £22.99
Glyn Williams, Paula Meth, and Katie Willis 2009: 246x189: 464pp Pb: 978-0-415-38122-2: £29.99
5.
10. Cities and Development Jo Beall and Sean Fox 2009: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-39099-6: £20.99
Understanding Cultural Geography Places and Traces Jon Anderson
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
2009: 246x189: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-43055-5: £25.99
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
geography & gis 141
Adaptation to Climate Change From Resilience to Transformation Mark Pelling, Kings College London, UK Climate change adaptation provides an opportunity for the restructuring of society, particularly for those most at risk from the hazardous consequences of climate change where post-disaster reconstruction can be used to improve the quality of life. Reframing adaptation as a progressive act requires a strong foundation in philosophy and a grounding in the political reality and life experiences of those at risk. The book has its roots in an egalitarian moral philosophy of development and interprets politics as the competition and collaboration of actors from the household to international organisations. It focuses on urban contexts, tensions between national and local security and the ways in which organisations themselves can adapt to enhance development chances for people at risk. Case study evidence identifies the principles upon which a progressive agenda for adaptation to climate change is already being built and might be accelerated through policy. Routledge «Market: Environmental Studies / Geography / Development Studies October 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-47750-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47751-2: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88904-6: £75.00
Economics and Development Studies * Michael Tribe, University of Bradford, UK, Frederick Nixson, University of Manchester, UK and Andy Sumner, Institute of Development Studies, UK Series: Routledge Perspectives on Development Economics and Development Studies synthesises existing development economics literature, much of it very contemporary, in order to identify the salient issues and controversies and to make them accessible and understandable. This text aims to distinguish differences within the economics profession, and between economists and non-economists, so that the reader will be able to make informed judgments about the sources of these differences, and about their impact on policy analysis and policy advice. The book includes case studies, suggestions for further reading, and an explanation of the economic concepts used in the body of the chapters. Routledge «Market: Development Studies / Economics October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-45039-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45038-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84707-7: £85.00
textbook
Companion to Urban Design *
Geomatics Engineering
Edited by Tridib Banerjee, University of Southern California, USA and Anastasia Loukaitou-Sideris, University of Los Angeles, USA
A Practical Guide to Project Design
The companion includes original contributions from internationally renowned scholars and practitioners. There has never been a more authoritative and comprehensive companion that includes core, foundational, and pioneering ideas and concepts, a volume that will serve not only the students and future professionals, but also the scholars, teachers, and practitioners of urban design.
çè
Routledge «Market: Urban Studies / Urban Design / Urban Planning October 2010: 246x174: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-55364-3: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84443-4: £110.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Clement A. Ogaja, Clovis, California, USA Presenting a nuts and bolts approach, this book examines key components and aspects of land surveying and geomatics projects. It reviews the experience of past projects and identifies priority areas of attention for planning new projects. Ideal for students, the text guides readers through the project design and request for proposal process commonly used for soliciting professional geomatics engineering services. The author provides an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility, the impact of engineering solutions in a global and social context and a host of other contemporary issues such as budgetary and scheduling constraints. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 295pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1743-8: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1744-5: £63.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Today urban design has emerged as an important area of intellectual pursuit, involving theory, research, and pedagogy, all intended to inform and improve the appearance and design of cities and the quality of the built environment. The practice of urban design has applications at many different scales – from the block or street to the metropolitan and regional landscapes, with intermediate scales of applications as planned new communities, or conservation and design of urban neighborhoods – interfacing with many aspects of contemporary public policy.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
142 geography & gis
Handbook of Urban Ecology
Scale *
Edited by Ian Douglas, University of Manchester, UK, David Goode, University College London, UK, Mike Houck, Portland State University, USA and Rusong Wang, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China
Andrew Herod, University of Georgia
This Handbook contains original contributions from leading academics and practitioners from across the world to provide an in-depth coverage of the main elements of practical urban ecology. The sixty five chapters provide practitioners and students with the wealth of interdisciplinary information needed to manage the biota and green landscapes in urban areas. In six parts it deals with the philosophies, concepts and history of urban ecology; followed by consideration of the biophysical character of the urban environment and the diverse habitats found within it. It then examines human relationships with urban nature, the health, economic and environmental benefits of urban ecology before discussing the methods used in urban ecology and ways of putting the science into practice. Routledge «Market: Environmental Science / Geography / Planning / Urban Studies December 2010: 246x189: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-49813-5: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83926-3: £110.00
Series: Key Ideas in Geography This book provides an overview of the debates concerning issues of geographical scale, and how they have been thought about within critical social theory. It provides a structured investigation of how discourses around issues of scale have been articulated within the social sciences, and it asks questions concerning the consequences of such discourses. A short but incisive guide, this book serves as a valuable pedagogical reference for students and researchers wishing to become familiar with such theoretical issues, and pushes such theories in new and original directions. Routledge «Market: Geography / Politics / Sociology October 2010: 216x138: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-34907-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34908-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64109-5: £80.00
2nd Edition
Local Models for Spatial Analysis
Environment and Economy
Christopher D. Lloyd, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK
Molly Scott Cato, University of Wales Institute, UK
Focusing on solutions, this second edition provides guidance for readers who face a variety of real-world problems. The text presents a complete introduction to key concepts and a clear mapping of the methods. New chapters address spatial patterning in single variables and spatial relations. The author distinguishes between local and global methods and provides detailed coverage of geographical weighting, image texture measures, local spatial autocorrelation, and geographically weighted regression. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2919-6: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2923-3: £57.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-31681-1
Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment Environment and Economy begins by introducing readers to the pioneers of this field, such as Fritz Schumacher and Paul Ehrlich, who first drew attention to the disastrous consequences for our environment of our ever-expanding economy. The second part of the book describes the main academic responses to the need to resolve the tension between economy and environment: environmental economics, ecological economics, green economics, and anti-capitalist economics. Part III is structured around key themes including an introduction to economic instruments such as taxes and regulation; pollution and resource depletion; growth; globalisation vs. localisation; and climate change. Each key issues is approached from a range of different perspectives, and working policies are presented in detail.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Environmental Studies / Economics December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47740-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47741-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83415-2: £75.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
geography & gis 143 Achieving Education for All Through Public–Private Partnerships? Non-State Provision of Education in Developing Countries Edited by Pauline Rose, University of Sussex, UK Series: Development in Practice Books The book shows that the trend towards developing partnerships between non-state providers and the state has resulted in both benefits and tensions for achieving education millennium development goals. It was published as a special issue of Development in Practice. Routledge «Market: Development Studies / Education Policy October 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58371-8: £80.00
Development and Gender Equity in the Anglophone Caribbean Michelle Rowley, University of Maryland, USA Series: Routledge International Studies of Women and Place This book explores the extent to which gendermainstreaming (GM) has effectively advanced a more gender-just reality for women in the Anglophone Caribbean. Routledge «Market: Geography November 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87854-8: £70.00
Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography
Tourism is one of the world’s largest industries and one of its fastest growing economic sectors helping to generate income and employment for local people. At the same time, it has many negative outsourced effects on the environment and local culture.
Cities and Low Carbon Transitions presents a ground-breaking analysis of the role of cities in low carbon socio-technical transitions. Insights from the fields of urban studies and technological transitions are combined to examine how, why, and with what implications cities bring about low carbon transitions. The book outlines the key concepts underpinning theories of socio-technical transition and assesses its potential strengths and limits for understanding the social and technological responses to climate change that are emerging in cities. It draws on a diverse range of examples including world cities, ordinary cities and transition towns, from North America, Europe, South Africa and China, to provide evidence that expectations, aspirations and plans to undertake purposive socio-technical transitions are emerging in different urban contexts. Routledge «Market: Urban Studies / Environmental Studies / Geography December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58697-9: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83924-9: £85.00
Drive Tourism *
Series: Advances in Tourism
Children’s and Families’ Holiday Experience is the first volume to consider the active social role of children as well as parents in shaping the nature of the family holiday experience. It provides significant insights into the holiday desires, expectations, and experiences of children and the families’ tourism behaviour, that offers the potential for the tourism industry to plan, develop, and market products that provide a higher quality service to these populations. This book traces the modern history of the demand for and provision of holidays for children and families and examines the roles society and the tourism industry play in influencing children and family desires and how the tourism caters to these needs. This thorough investigation will be of interest to students, researchers and academics in the areas of Tourism, Geography and Cultural studies as well as Tourism Industry. Routledge «Market: Tourism / Travel December 2010: 234x156: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-54543-3: £85.00
@
Since the post war World War Two boom in private automobile ownership, Drive Tourism has transformed the tourism landscape by facilitating dispersal and the growth of attractions and tourism related infrastructure beyond the zones that had previously emerged around seaports and railway terminals. This book is the first attempt to provide a global comprehensive review and scholarly investigation into this popular and growing form of tourism. It draws on a vast range of geographical locations to critically explore the development and impacts of drive tourism in developed and underdeveloped regions. It evaluates Tourism authorities response to the Drive Tourism Experience, and offers operational insights into the management of the drive experience as well as providing original empirical research and insights into the field that will contribute to future investigation. Routledge «Market: Tourism November 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-49149-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88039-5: £80.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility
çè
Edited by Fabio Cerina, Anil Markandya, University of Bath, UK and Michael McAleer
Bruce Prideaux, James Cook University, Australia and Dean Carson, Charles Darwin University, Australia
Neil Carr, University of Otago, New Zealand
for e-mail updates in your field
Economics of Sustainable Tourism
Edited by Harriet A Bulkeley and Vanesa Castan-broto, both at University of Durham, UK, Mike Hodson and Simon Marvin, both at University of Salford, UK
Trends and Emerging Markets
Children’s and Families’ Holiday Experience
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Cities and Low Carbon Transitions
Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Tourism, Business and Management
Economics of Sustainable Tourism aims to critically explore how tourism economic development can move closer to a sustainable ideal from a firm economic analytic anchor. Grounded in economic theory and application it analyses tourist’s satisfaction and impacts of tourism on the host community, investigates the productivity of the industry and identifies factors which could increase economic & sustainable development such as trade relationships. It offers further insight into how destinations sustainability can be measured, economic benefits of a more sustainable destination and sets the agenda for future research. The book includes cutting edge research from international scholars. Routledge «Market: Tourism and Economics October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58385-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84233-1: £85.00
Environmental and Human Health Risk Management in Developing Countries Edited by Eddie N. Laboy-Nieves, University of Turabo, Gurabo, Puerto Rico, USA and Mattheus F.A. Goosen, New York Institute of Technology, Jordan This book examines and discuss multidisciplinary aspects of the impacts that humans had on the physical environment, the biota, and human health, focusing on the scenario of developing and under-developing countries. Among the areas covered are environmental degradation, pollution, occupational health, risk management, epidemiology and toxicology. It will help scientists, resource managers, administrators, educators, policy makers and college students to interpret that risk management and the advancement of research in sustainable development is of utmost importance for all parties involved in seeking solutions for the protection natural and anthropogenic systems, and human health. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology October 2010: 246x174: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-60162-7: £63.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83595-1: £63.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
144 geography & gis Tourism and India
Transforming Urban Waterfronts
Tourism and Poverty
A Critical Introduction
Fixity and Flow
Kevin Hannam, University of Sunderland and Anya Diekmann, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium
Edited by Gene Desfor and Jennefer Laidley, both at York University, Canada, Dirk Schubert, HafenCity University Hamburg, Germany and Quentin Stevens, University College London, UK
Regina Scheyvens, Massey University, New Zealand
Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility
Series: Routledge Advances in Geography
Tourism and India is the first book to specifically focus on and fully analyze the issues facing contemporary India both as a destination and a potential source of tourists. The book analyses previous research and applies critical theory to key aspects of tourism in this region and supports this with a wide range of examples to illustrate the key conceptual points. As such the book examines aspects of tourism in India including tourism governance, cultural tourism, heritage tourism, nature-based tourism from the supply side and international tourism, domestic tourism, outbound tourism and the Indian Diaspora from the demand side.
The collection engages with major theoretical debates and empirical findings on how waterfronts transform and have been transformed in port-cities in North and South America, Europe, and the Caribbean. It brings together authors from a broad range of disciplinary backgrounds to tackle vital questions of waterfront development.
This timely book includes original research to offer insights into India’s future development in terms of tourism. It will be of interest to students, researchers and academics in the areas of Tourism, Geography and related disciplines.
Approaches to Development
Routledge «Market: Tourism November 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55729-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86878-2: £80.00
Fieldwork in Tourism Methods, Issues and Reflections Edited by Michael C. Hall Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility Fieldwork in Tourism incorporates a rich and diverse set of fieldwork experiences, insights and reflections on conducting fieldwork. It provides hands on approaches to conducting tourism fieldwork in a range of settings, exploring the methodological considerations and offering strategies to mitigate these. The book also discusses how fieldwork affects researchers personally and what happens to field relationships. Divided into five sections, each with an introduction and a guide to further reading, the chapters cover the context of fieldwork, research relationships, politics and power, the position of the researcher in the field, research methods and processes, including virtual fieldwork, and the relationships between being a tourist and doing fieldwork. The concluding chapter suggests that the link between tourism and fieldwork perhaps offers greater insights into understanding creative fieldwork than may be imagined. Routledge «Market: Tourism October 2010: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-58919-2: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84551-6: £90.00
Routledge «Market: Geography October 2010: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-87493-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84129-7: £70.00
Sustainable Tourism in Rural Europe Edited by Donald V.L. Macleod and Steven A. Gillespie, both at University of Glasgow Series: Advances in Tourism While rural Europe is a highly developed tourism region, representing advanced tourism experience and supposed modern approaches to this industry, it remains highly sensitive and fragile in terms of environmental, social, economic and cultural impacts. This volume focuses on rural Europe as an example of how tourism development impacts on the communities and the environment of rural regions and offers insight into how long term sustainability could be achieved in this specific region, as well as other rural parts in the world. Well chosen case studies offer real world approaches to sustainable development, demonstrating problems including local politics which challenge abstract models. Cutting edge research deals with contemporary developments throughout Europe and consequential impacts for other parts of the rural world. This volume will be of interest to students, researchers and academics in the area of tourism, geography and environmental studies.
Series: Routledge Advances in Tourism Tourism and Poverty addresses a critical question facing many academics, governments, aid agencies, tourism organisations, and conservation bodies around the world: can tourism work as a tool to overcome poverty? Routledge «Market: Geography October 2010: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-99675-4: £65.00
Tourist Experience * Contemporary Perspectives Edited by Richard Sharpley, University of Central Lancashire, UK and Philip R. Stone Series: Advances in Tourism This significant and timely volume aims to provide a focused analysis into tourist experiences that reflect their ever-increasing diversity and complexity, and their significance and meaning to tourists themselves. Written by leading international scholars it offers new insight into emergent behaviours, motivations and sought meanings on the part of tourists based on five contemporary themes determined by current research activity in tourism experience: Dark Tourism Experiences, Experiencing poor places; Sport tourism experiences; Writing the tourist experience and Researching tourist experiences: methodological approaches. The book critically explores these experiences from multidisciplinary perspectives and includes case studies from wide range of geographical regions. By analysing these contemporary tourist experiences the book will provide further understanding of the consumption of tourism. Routledge «Market: Tourism October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57278-1: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85594-2: £90.00
Routledge «Market: Tourism October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-54799-4: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84421-2: £85.00
The Futures of the City Region Edited by Angela Hull, Heriot Watt University, UK and Michael Neuman, Texas A&M University, USA Series: Regions and Cities Current debates about city-regions tend to renew long-standing arguments that policymaking ought to be organised around more functional urban areas. This collection draws on evidence from the US, Australia, the UK and the Netherlands to focus on how city region spaces and their governance institutions are changing. This book was originally published as a Special Issue of Regional Studies.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Urban Studies / Human Geography / Globalization October 2010: 297x210: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-58803-4: £80.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
anthropology 145
Fifty Key Anthropologists Edited by Robert J. Gordon, University of Vermont, USA, Harriet Lyons, University of Waterloo, Canada and Andrew Lyons, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Series: Routledge Key Guides Fifty Key Anthropologists surveys the life and work of some of the most influential figures in anthropology. The entries, written by an international range of expert contributors, represent the diversity of thought within the subject, incorporating both classic theorists and more recent anthropological thinkers. Names discussed include: Clifford Geertz; Bronislaw Malinowski; Zora Neale Hurston; Sherry B. Ortner; Claude Lévi-Strauss; Rodney Needham; Mary Douglas; Marcel Mauss. This accessible A-Z guide contains helpful cross-referencing, a timeline of key dates and schools of thought, and suggestions for further reading. It will be of interest to students of anthropology and related subjects wanting a succinct overview of the ideas and impact of key anthropologists who have helped to shape the discipline. Routledge «Market: Anthropology November 2010: 216x138: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-46104-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46105-4: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83879-2: £65.00
sociology
Confronting Global Gender Justice Evidence-Based Group Work Women’s Lives, Human Rights in Community Settings
Edited by Debra Bergoffen, Paula Ruth Gilbert, Tamara Harvey and Connie L. McNeely, all at George Mason University
Edited by David E. Pollio, University of Alabama, USA and Mark J. Macgowan, Florida International University, Miami, USA
Confronting Global Gender Justice: Women’s Lives, Human Rights examines the most complex and demanding challenges facing theorists, activists, artists, and educators engaged in establishing women’s rights as human rights and fighting to make these rights realities in women’s lives. Issues addressed include: trafficking, AIDS, immigration, war-time violence, and legal battles.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
This book was published as a special issue of Social Work with Groups.
Routledge «Market: Social Work October 2010: 246x174: 208pp Pb: 978-0-7890-3853-1: £22.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Gender Studies Women’s Studies Human Rights November 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-78078-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78079-7: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83859-4: £85.00
This book evaluates group work models developed through collaborations between researchers and community agencies, and discusses issues around instruction and dissemination of evidence-based group work in practice settings.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
146 sociology
G.H. Mead
Modern Military Geography
A Reader
Edited by Eugene J. Palka and Francis A. Galgano
Filipe Carreira da Silva, University of Lisbon, Portugal
This book of contributed chapters by subject matter expertly provides an overview and analysis of salient contemporary and historical military subjects from the military geographer’s perspective. Factors of geography have had a compelling influence on battles and campaigns throughout history; however, geography and military affairs have gained heightened attention during the past two decades, and military geography is the discipline best situated to explain them.Hence, the premise of this book and its contents are founded on the principle that geographical knowledge of space, place, people, and scale provide essential insights into contemporary security issues and promotes the idea that such insight is critical to understanding and managing significant military problems at local, regional, and global scales.
Series: Routledge Classics in Sociology This book introduces social scientists to the ideas of George Herbert Mead (1863–1931), one of the most original yet neglected thinkers of early twentieth-century social thought. Based on Mead’s published and unpublished writings, this collection is the first edition of his writings that critically assesses aspects central to his system of thought.
Routledge «Market: Sociology / Social Psychology / Science December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-55625-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86955-0: £85.00
Routledge October 2010: 246x189: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-87094-8: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87095-5: £37.50 eBook: 978-0-203-84439-7: £105.00
3rd Edition
Handbook of Sexuality-Related Measures * Terri D. Fisher, Ohio State University, USA, Clive M. Davis, Syracuse University, USA, William L. Yarber, Indiana University, USA and Sandra L. Davis, Syracuse University, USA Fundamental to understanding human sexual expression is reliable and valid measurement and assessment. The instruments that have been developed are not easily accessible and the information is limited concerning appropriate use and psychometric properties. In this volume more than 200 instruments are reproduced, accompanied by the necessary information for their use in research. For a list of the complete table of contents please visit www.routledge.com/9780415801751
See separate Order Form
Answers to 10 Questions About What They Do Sarah Fenstermaker and Nikki Jones, both at University of California, USA Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives Sociological Storytelling is a volume of directed reflections by sociological researchers on the motivations for research, the decisions made at crucial points, and the challenges they face in the research process. The volume is thus intended to combine the intriguing elements of memoir and the enlightening aspects of a research ‘post-mortem’. Readers will be able to use the volume to both humanize the research process and explore the complications of research.
Routledge November 2010: 235x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-80658-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87093-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84036-8: £70.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Sexuality Studies October 2010: 279x216: 680pp Hb: 978-0-415-80174-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80175-1: £60.00
Sociologists Backstage
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
sociology 147
Reclaiming Reality A Critical Introduction to Contemporary Philosophy Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, UK Series: Classical Texts in Critical Realism
Philosophy and the Idea of Freedom Roy Bhaskar Series: Classical Texts in Critical Realism
Reclaiming Reality provides the most accessible introduction to the increasingly influential multi-disciplinary and international body of thought, known as critical realism. It provides an enlightening intervention in current debates about realism and relativism, positivism and poststucturalism, modernism and postmodernism.
Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Sociology October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56370-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45493-3: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84331-4: £75.00
In Philosophy and the Idea of Freedom Roy Bhaskar sets out to develop a critique of the work of Richard Rorty, who must be one of the most influential authors of recent decades. In a brilliant tour de force, Bhaskar shows how Rorty falls victim to the very epistemological problematic Rorty himself describes. ‘Philosophy and the Idea of Freedom is full of fascinating, important ideas and insights, and is immensely timely. It will have a deeply beneficial effect, and will surely be very widely read and discussed.’ – Professor Terry Eagleton, University of Oxford Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Sociology November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-57964-3: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85109-8: £25.99
Student Reference
Student Reference
Research Methods: The Basics Nicholas Walliman, Oxford Brookes University, UK
Social Movements: The Key Concepts * Graeme Chesters, University of Bradford, UK and Ian Welsh, Cardiff University, UK Series: Routledge Key Guides
Series: The Basics
Social Movements: The Key Concepts provides an insightful, contemporary introduction to some of the frequently encountered terms and groups that are central to the study of collective action and social and political activism. Following an A-Z format, the entries defined and discussed are drawn from the following areas:
Research Methods: The Basics is an accessible, user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory, methods and practice. Structured in two parts, the first covering the nature of knowledge and the reasons for research, and the second the specific methods used to carry out effective research, this book covers:
• the ‘old’ social movements of the nineteenth century
• structuring and planning a research project
• the ‘new’ social movements of the 1960s and 1970s
• the ethical issues involved in research • different types of data and data quality • analysing and organising data to draw sound conclusions
• the rise of contemporary ‘network’ movements.
Routledge «Market: Social Science / Humanities / Research Methods November 2010: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48991-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48994-2: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83607-1: £55.00
Routledge «Market: Sociology / Cultural Studies October 2010: 216x138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43114-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43115-6: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84068-9: £65.00
çè
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to further reading, this book is an essential text for anyone coming to research for the first time, and is widely relevant across the social sciences and humanities.
Key American, European and global social movements are addressed, with each entry related to contemporary developments and emergent tendencies within the field. Including helpful references for further study, this concise and up-to-date guide is of relevance for those studying a range of disciplines, including sociology, politics, cultural studies and human geography.
• writing up and displaying data in effective ways.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
148 sociology
The Coming Fin De Siècle *
The Power of Urban Ethnic Places
An Application of Durkheim’s Sociology to Modernity and Postmodernism
Cultural Herritage and Community Life Jan Lin
Stjepan Mestrovic
Series: The Metropolis and Modern Life First Published in 1991, this book attempts to show the relevance of Durkheim’s sociology to the debate on modernity and postmodernism. It does so by examining how Durkheim’s ideas can be applied to current social issues. The author argues that there are striking parallels between the social context of the 1890s, when Durkheim began to publish in book form, and today.
The book will appeal to the readers of sociology, as well as the related disciplines of philosophy, psychology, cultural studies and history. It is also intended for anyone interested in the issues and questions that were being raised as humanity approached the end of the twentieth century and the end of the millennium. Selected Contents: 1. Back to the Future 2. Defining Modernity and Postmodernism 3. Durkheim’s Era: The Cult of Felling Versus the Cult of Reason 4. Simmel and Durkheim as the First Sociologists of Modernity 5. Durkheim’s Stand on the Fin De Siècle 6. The German Roots of Durkheim’s Sociology 7. Ethics Based on the Mind Versus the Heart, Rationality Versus Compassion 8. Medjugorje, The Virgin Mary, and Modernity 9. Postmodern Deregulation and Economic Anomie 10. Civilization and It’s Discontents, Again 11. Conclusion: The coming Fin De Siècle and Postmodernism Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 216x138: 250pp Hb: 978-0-415-56714-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85826-4: £70.00
2nd Edition
Unhealthy Cities
The purpose of this book is to show the important role that space and place plays in the health of urban residents, particularly those living in high poverty ghettos. The book brings together research and writing from a variety of disciplines to demonstrate the health costs of being poor in America’s cities. Both authors are committed to raising awareness of structural factors that promote poverty and injustice in a society that proclaims its commitment to equality of opportunity. Our health is often dramatically affected by where we live; some parts of the city seem to be designed to make people sick. The book is intended for students and professionals in urban sociology, medical sociology, public health, and community planning.
©
See separate Order Form
Student Reference
The Routledge Companion to Race and Ethnicity Edited by Stephen M. Caliendo, North Central College, USA and Charlton D. McIlwain, New York University, USA The Routledge Companion to Race and Ethnicity is a comprehensive guide to the increasingly relevant, broad and ever changing terrain of studies surrounding race and ethnicity. Comprising a series of essays written by respected scholars and a critical dictionary of key names and terms, this book provides a thought provoking introduction to the field, covering: • the impact of colonialism and post colonialism • emerging concepts of ‘whiteness’ • changing political and social implications of race • race and ethnicity as components of identity. Fully cross referenced throughout, with suggestions for further reading and international examples, this book is indispensible reading for all those studying issues of race and ethnicity across the humanities and social and political sciences. Routledge «Market: Sociology November 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77706-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77707-0: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83686-6: £70.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Kevin Fitzpatrick and Mark LaGory, both at University of Alabama, USA
order now!
Routledge October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87982-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87983-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84301-7: £100.00
Series: Routledge Companions
Poverty, Race, and Place in America
Routledge October 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-80516-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80517-9: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84376-5: £80.00
The Power of Ethnic Places discusses the growing visibility of ethnic heritage places in U.S. society. The book examines a spectrum of case studies of Chinese, Latino and African American communities in the U.S., disagreeing with any perceptions that the rise of ethnic enclaves and heritage places are harbingers of separatism or balkanization. Instead, the text argues that by better understanding the power and dynamics of ethnic enclaves and heritage places in our society, we as a society will be better prepared to harness the economic and cultural changes related to globalization rather than be hurt or divided by these same forces of economic and cultural restructuring.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
sociology 149
Understanding Modernity
Niklas Luhmann
Toward a New Perspective Going Beyond Durkheim and Weber
Christian Borch
Richard Munch
This book offers an easily accessible introduction to the sociology of Niklas Luhmann. It presents the key concepts in Luhmann’s systems theory, including social systems, autopoiesis, self-reference, and second-order observation. The book also introduces to his analysis of modern society as differentiated into a number of distinctive function systems. The book has a special focus on how Luhmann’s work contributes to organization studies, sociology of law, economic sociology, and political sociology/political theory. Further, Luhmann’s contributions to sociological debates on risk and inclusion and exclusion are examined. As a part of this, the book compares Luhmann’s sociology to the work of other key thinkers in contemporary social theory (e.g. Ulrich Beck and Michel Foucault). The book also demonstrates how systems theory has developed after Luhmann’s death in 1998 and focuses in this respect on the empirical analyses which have been conducted within the framework of Luhmann’s system theory.
Series: Key Sociologists
Richard Münch begins with an exploration of the points of convergence and divergence in the works of Durkheim and Weber. He then builds, from Durkheim, a new theory of social order as a complex set of ordering, dynamizing, identity-producing and goal-setting factors. Münch also constructs a new theory of personality development, based on Durkheim’s view of the duality of human nature. He concludes by assessing weber’s contribution to our understanding of how modern social order emerged, showing that the unique features of modern society emerged from the ‘interpenetration’ of cultural, political, communal and economic spheres in action.
çè
Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 216x138: 354pp Hb: 978-0-415-58426-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83815-0: £80.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Social Theory / Philosophy / Law December 2010: 198x129: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49093-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49094-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88052-4: £70.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
First Published in 1988, this volume works towards a new understanding and exploration of the rise and development of modern society, taking its lead from two classical theorists, Emile Durkheim and Max Weber. The key concept of this approach is the ‘interpenetration’ of different spheres of action.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
150 sociology Agricultural and Territorial Rural Policy Analysis
Migrant Politics and Mobilisation
Religion and Social Problems *
Exclusion, Engagements, Incorporation
A System Modeling Approach
Davide Pero, University of Nottingham, UK
Edited by Titus Hjelm, University College London, UK
Edited by John Bryden, Norwegian Agricultural Economics Research Institute, Sophia Efstratoglou, Agricultural University of Athens, Greece, Tibor Ferenczi, Corvinus University, Budapest, Hungary, Karlheinz Knickel, J.W. Goethe-University of Frankfurt/Main, Germany, Tom Johnson, University of Missouri-Columbia, USA, Karen Refsgaard, Norwegian Agricultural Economics Research Institute and Ken Thomson, University of Aberdeen, Scotland
Edited by John Solomos, City University, UK
Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society This book deals with an important contemporary policy issue: how best to ensure that an agriculturally-based policy can contribute to the development of rural regions. Routledge «Market: Development Studies October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88225-5: £70.00
Biometrics * Bodies, Technologies, Biopolitics Joseph Pugliese, Macquarie University, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society Biometric technologies, such as finger- or facialscan, are being deployed across a variety of social contexts in order to facilitate and guarantee identity verification and authentication. This book critically analyses these technologies in terms of the application of biopolitical power – corporate, military and governmental – on the human body. Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87487-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84941-5: £70.00
Employment, Inequality and Globalization A Continuous Concern Rolph van der Hoeven, Institute of Social Studies, the Netherlands This book recommends the development of clearer policies for employment and income redistribution to address social and economic inequalities. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Human Development and Capabilities.
The book examines issues of change and impact in migrants and minorities’ civic and political practices. It draws on theoretically informed, engaged and detail-rich case studies from a number British, European and North American experiences. It was published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies. Routledge «Market: Social Policy / Citizenship / Migration October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58403-6: £80.00
Overcoming Objectification A Carnal Ethics Ann J. Cahill, Elon University, USA Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society Objectification is a foundational concept in feminist theory, used to analyze such disparate social phenomena as sex work, representation of women’s bodies, and sexual harassment. In this work, Cahill argues that the notion should be abandoned by feminist theorists due to its reliance on outdated philosophical assumptions, such as the centrality of autonomy and rationality to both subjectivity and ethics. Instead, she suggests working towards an ethics of sexuality based upon the recognition of difference. Routledge «Market: Sociology December 2010: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-88288-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83584-5: £70.00
Relational Sociology * A New Paradigm for the Social Sciences Pierpaolo Donati Series: Ontological Explorations Much of our concept of society has been defined by sociology’s dual focuses: individuals, and groups. In this eagerly awaited book, Donati shifts focus to the relationships between people, and explains this new ‘relational sociology’ in detail. Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-56748-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86028-1: £85.00
Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Religion and Social Problems charts the relation between religion and social problems, examining the role of religion in assessing, constructing, and solving social problems. This volume is a broad and path-breaking contribution to the fields of sociology of religion, sociology of social problems, and religious studies. Routledge «Market: Sociology November 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-80056-3: £65.00
Representing the Black Female Subject in Western Art * Charmaine A. Nelson, McGill University, Canada Series: Routledge Studies on African and Black Diaspora This book analyzes how, where, why and by whom black female subjects have been represented in Western art, and the social and cultural impacts of the colonial legacy of racialized western representation. It poses critical questions about the contexts of production, the pathways of circulation and the consequences of consumption. Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 229x152: 258pp Hb: 978-0-415-87116-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85124-1: £70.00
Rethinking Labour in Africa, Past and Present Edited by Lynn Schler, Ben Gurion University, Israel, Louise Bethlehem, Hebrew University, Jersusalem, Israel and Galia Sabar, Tel Aviv University, Israel This book offers a broad range of perspectives on major transformations in the research of labor in Africa contexts over the last twenty years. This book was previously published as a Special Issue of African Identities. Routledge «Market: Sociology of Work / African Studies / Labour History / Globalization October 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58802-7: £75.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Political Economics / Globalization / Public Policy November 2010: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59701-2: £80.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
sociology 151 Security and Everyday Life *
Social Class and Crime
Edited by Vida Bajc, University of Pennsylvania, USA and Willem de Lint, University of Windsor, Canada
A Biosocial Approach
Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology This volume examines how security has recently (re-)emerged as the dominant ordering principle of social life. The contributors detail recent institutional restructuring under this new ordering principle and analyze through specific case studies how it is shaping our public life locally and globally. Routledge «Market: Sociology November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99768-3: £65.00
Anthony Walsh, Boise State University, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology This book takes a look at the class-crime relationship written from a biosocial perspective, a perspective that views nature and nurture as the heads and tails our development and of our existence. Using concepts and data from genetics, neurobiology, and evolutionary biology, it explores the closely-linked risk factors common both to failing to achieve occupational success and to criminal behavior. Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 229x152: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-88347-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84424-3: £75.00
Sexuality, Gender and Power Intersectional and Transnational Perspectives Edited by Anna G. Jónasdóttir, Örebro University, Sweden, Valerie Bryson and Kathleen B. Jones, San Diego State University, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Feminist Studies and Intersectionality
The Effect of Childhood Emotional Maltreatment on Later Intimate Relationships Edited by Nancy Dodge Reyome, SUNY Potsdam, USA This book addresses current theory, research and practice pertinent to the difficulties experienced by survivors of childhood emotional maltreatment. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment and Trauma. Routledge «Market: Sociology of the Family / Child Development October 2010: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59369-4: £80.00
Wired and Mobilizing Social Movements, New Technology, and Electoral Politics
The American Surfer
Victoria Carty, Chapman University, USA
Radical Culture and Capitalism Kristin Lawler, The College of Mount Saint Vincent, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology
Including studies of the sexual self and sexual subjectivities, socio-political processes of normativization, and social structures of sexuality and gender in national and transnational contexts, this book offers a view of sexuality as a broad and complex dimension of historically changing social-cultural and human-material reality.
This book examines the surfer, one of the most significant and enduring archetypes in American popular culture. Lawler sets the surfer against the backdrop of the negative reactions to it by those groups responsible for enforcing the Puritan discipline, offering a fresh take on the relationship between commercial culture and counterculture.
Routledge «Market: Sociology November 2010: 229x152: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-88087-9: £70.00
Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-87489-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83875-4: £70.00
Series: Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society This book highlights how online networking offers potential for new forms of activist mobilizing, repertoires, participatory democracy, direct action, fundraising, and civic engagement. It calls for a re-conceptualization of some of the main tenets of contentious and electoral politics, which were originally constructed to describe and analyze faceto-face forms of mobilization, in order to more accurately analyze contemporary forms of protest, electoral processes, and civil society organizing. Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 229x152: 120pp Hb: 978-0-415-88070-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84276-8: £70.00
The Darfur Conflict Geography or Institutions? Osman Suliman, Millersville University, USA Series: Routledge African Studies Although it is often simplified as an ‘ethnic conflict’ in popular media, the current crisis in Darfur can only be superficially defined across ethnic lines. This project diverges from previous studies by addressing how the underlying social and environmental influences such as changing resource dynamics, expanding poverty, lack of infrastructure, and political corruption have brought the crisis to a head. Analyzing the interplay of these factors will yield valuable insights as to how a concerned international community can both end the tragic genocide and address the underlying injustices that engendered it.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Sociology November 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88598-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83616-3: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
SPORT SCIENCES
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
152 sociology
1.
6. Exercise and Eating Disorders
Exploring Sport and Fitness
An Ethical and Legal Analysis
Work-Based Practice
Simona Giordano
Edited by Caroline Heaney, Ben Oakley and Simon Rea
2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-47606-5: £24.99
2009: 246x174: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-49156-3: £25.99
2.
7. Research Methods for Sports Performance Analysis
The Masters Athlete Understanding the Role of Sport and Exercise in Optimizing Aging
Peter O’Donoghue
Edited by Joe Baker, Sean Horton and Patricia Weir
2009: 234x156: 296pp Pb: 978-0-415-49623-0: £27.99
2009: 234x156: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-47657-7: £24.99
3.
8. Human Muscle Fatigue
2nd Edition
Research Methods for Sports Studies
Edited by Craig Williams and Sébastien Ratel 2009: 234x156: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-45328-8: £29.99
Chris Gratton and Ian Jones 2009: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-49393-2: £29.99
4.
9. Pedagogy and Human Movement
2nd Edition
Theory, Practice, Research
The Evidence Explained
Richard Tinning
Adrianne E. Hardman and David J. Stensel
2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42844-6: £80.00
2009: 246x174: 376pp Pb: 978-0-415-42198-0: £35.00
5.
Physical Activity and Health
10. Strength and Conditioning for Team Sports
Performance Assessment for Field Sports
Sport-Specific Physical Preparation for High Performance
Christopher Carling, Tom Reilly and A. Mark Williams
Paul Gamble
2008: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-42685-5: £25.99
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
2009: 246x174: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-49627-8: £29.99
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
sports science, leisure studies & culture 153
Participation in Sport International Policy Perspectives Edited by Matthew Nicholson, University of Ballarat, Australia, Russell Hoye, La Trobe University, Australia and Barrie Houlihan, Loughborough University, UK Although there is growing interest from governments in participation levels in sport, the extent to which governments actively promote ‘sport for all’ and their motives for doing so vary greatly. Participation in Sport is the first book to examine the sport participation policies of national governments across the world and to offer a comparative analysis of the motives for, and successes and failures of those policies.
Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Social Policy October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-55477-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55478-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87049-5: £90.00
Routledge Handbook of Applied Sport Psychology A Comprehensive Guide for Students and Practitioners Edited by Stephanie Hanrahan, The University of Queensland, Australia and Mark Andersen, Victoria University, Australia The Routledge Handbook of Applied Sport Psychology is a definitive guide to the theory and practice of sport psychology. It goes further than any other book in surveying the full variety of issues that practising sport psychologists will confront in their working lives. It introduces the most important tools and skills that psychologists must employ to get the best out of their clients and, crucially, it adopts a holistic definition of the role of the sport psychologist, explaining how effective counselling, measured assessment and therapeutic models can add an important extra dimension to professional practice. Routledge «Market: Sport Psychology October 2010: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-48463-3: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85104-3: £125.00
5th Edition
Edited by David R. Mottram, Liverpool John Moores University, UK Drugs in Sport is the most comprehensive and accurate text available on this complex and controversial subject. Now in a fully revised and updated fifth edition, taking into account the latest regulations, methods and landmark cases, the book explores the hard science behind drug use in sport, as well as the ethical, social, political and administrative contexts. It is supported throughout by data, illustrative case studies, and references for further reading.
çè
Selected Contents: Section 1. Background to Drug Use and Misuse in Sport Section 2. The Fight Against Doping in Sport Section 3. Substances and Methods Prohibited in Sport Section 4. Non-Prohibited Substances and Methods Used in Sport Section 5. Prevalence of Doping in Sport (David Mottram) Routledge «Market: Sport Science / Pharmacology November 2010: 234x156: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-55086-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55087-1: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87382-3: £100.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-37564-1
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge Handbook of Sports Development Edited by Barrie Houlihan and Mick Green, both at Loughborough University, UK Sports development has become a prominent concern within both the academic study of sport and within the organisation and administration of sport. This book presents important new studies of sports development around the world, illustrating the breadth of practice within and between countries, and examines the most important issues facing practitioners within sports development today. The Routledge Handbook of Sports Development is the first book to comprehensively map the wide-ranging territory of sports development as an activity and as a policy field, and to offer a definitive survey of current academic knowledge and professional practice. Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Sports Management / Sport Development December 2010: 246x174: 648pp Hb: 978-0-415-47996-7: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88558-1: £110.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Drugs in Sport *
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
154 sports science, leisure studies & culture
Science and Golf Proceedings of the First World Scientific Congress of Golf Edited by A.J. Cochran
South Africa and the Global Game * Football, Apartheid and Beyond
Series: Routledge Revivals First published in 1990, this reissue contains the papers presented at the First World Scientific Congress of Golf, held at the University of St Andrews. This Congress was the first gathering of its kind, bringing together leading scientists researching into golf, including specialists in sports medicine, exercise psychology, coaching, sports psychology, equipment design and golf construction and management. As the first overview of the science of golf, this reissue will be a key reference in libraries serving sports science and sports medicine researchers and will be required reading for the golf industry as a whole Routledge «Market: Sport Science October 2010: 234x156: 386pp Hb: 978-0-415-59521-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83866-2: £80.00
Edited by Peter Alegi, Michigan State University, USA and Chris Bolsmann, Aston University, UK Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives Firmly situating South African teams, players, and associations in the international framework in which they have to compete, this title presents an interdisciplinary analysis of how and why South Africa underwent a remarkable transformation from a pariah in world sport to the first African host of a World Cup in 2010. This book was published as a special issue of Soccer and Society. Routledge «Market: Sport / African Studies Cultural Studies October 2010: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-46931-9: £80.00
6th Edition textbook
Sport and Migration *
Torkildsen’s Sport and Leisure Management
Borders, Boundaries and Crossings
This classic title is the only textbook that provides comprehensive coverage of the key topics taught within sport and leisure management courses today. Fully revised in a new 6th edition, it now features analysis of the managerial ideas and issues required by students aiming for a career in this expanding industry. It’s arranged into four sections: • social and cultural context of sport and leisure • public, private and voluntary sectors • key products and services, including sport, the arts, physical activity and the countryside • essential management models, including HRM, finance and event management. It provides a thorough overview of how the sport and leisure industries work, and how they fit into the wider social, cultural and economic climates. Including a series of international case studies, plus a companion website, this textbook is an indispensable companion for all students in the subject area.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Sport and Leisure Management November 2010: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-49792-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49793-0: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87751-7: £100.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30995-0
See separate Order Form
Edited by Joseph Maguire, Loughborough University, UK and Mark Falcous, University of Otago, New Zealand In this dazzling collection of papers, leading international sport studies scholars chart the patterns, policies and personal experiences of labour migration within and around sport, and in doing so cast important new light both on the forces shaping modern sport and on the role that sport plays in shaping the world economy and global society. Contains a broad range of case studies focussing on such diverse areas as European and African soccer, Japanese baseball and rugby union in New Zealand. Selected Contents: Section One: Patterns of Migration and Sport Section Two: Agents and Bridgeheads in Migration and Sport Section Three: Athlete Experiences of Migration and Sport Section Four: Fans Perceptions of Migration and Sport Section Five: Impact of Migration on Sports and Societies Conclusion: Sport Labour Migration: Future Lines of Enquiry Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Economics October 2010: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-49833-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49834-0: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87731-9: £95.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Edited by Peter Taylor, Sheffield Hallam University, UK
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
sports science, leisure studies & culture 155
The Coaching Process
The Sociology of Sports Coaching
A Practical Guide to Becoming an Effective Sports Coach
Edited by Robyn L. Jones, University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK, Paul Potrac, University of Hull, UK, Chris Cushion, Loughborough University, UK and Lars Tore Ronglan, Norwegian School of Sport Science, Norway
Lynn Kidman, University of Worcester, UK and Stephanie J. Hanrahan, The University of Queensland, Australia This book develops an ‘athlete-centred approach’ to sports coaching, which allows athletes to take ownership of their learning, strengthening their ability to retain key skills and to make effective decisions during competition. Case studies, review questions and summaries of current research and best practice are used throughout the book, to encourage reflective practice and help student coaches to develop and extend their coaching technique and philosophy.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Sports Coaching / Sport Studies / Sociology November 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-56084-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86554-5: £25.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Sports Coaching December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57053-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57054-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85742-7: £80.00
The Sociology of Sports Coaching establishes an alternative conceptual framework from which to explore sports coaching, introducing the student to the work of key social theorists such as Foucault, Marx and Bourdieu, and highlighting the key themes that link the study of sociology and sports coaching, such as power, structure and agency, and theories of knowledge and learning. This is the first book to describe a critical sociological perspective on sports coaching and as such it represents an important step forward in the professionalisation of the discipline.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
156 sports science, leisure studies & culture Coaching Cultures
Sport as History
Edited by Neil Carter, De Montfort University, UK
Essays in Honour of Wray Vamplew
This book examines the history of coaching, mainly in England, and covers both the nineteenth and the twentieth centuries.
Edited by Tony Collins, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK
This book was published as a special issue of Sport in History. Routledge «Market: History of Sport / Coaching November 2010: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59408-0: £80.00
Football Across Europe An Institutional Perspective Edited by Hallgeir Gammelsæter, Molde University College, Norway and Benoît Senaux, Reims Management School, France Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society This book aims to provide an extensive overview of how football is organized and managed on a European level and in individual European countries, and to account for the evolution of the national, international and transnational management of football over the last decades.
Published to mark the career of one of sports history’s pioneers, this book traces the evolution of sport across three continents. It brings together some of sports history’s leading scholars to investigate not only the history of sport but also how that history is written. This book was published as a special issue of Sport in History. Routledge «Market: History of Sport / Cultural History / Social History October 2010: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57500-3: £75.00
Sport Policy in Britain Iain Lindsey, University of Southampton, UK and Barrie Houlihan, Loughborough University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society
Routledge «Market: Sport Studies November 2010: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88378-8: £70.00
Since 1990, Britain has seen a period of unprecedented public investment in, and political commitment to, sport. This book examines sport policy as a field of government and discusses how the various sectors (e.g. youth/school sport, mass sport, etc) have been affected by government and the competition for public resources.
Gymnastics, a Transatlantic Movement
Routledge «Market: Sport Science November 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87483-0: £70.00
From Europe to America Edited by Gertrud Pfister, University of Copenhagen, Denmark Series: Sport in the Global Society – Historical perspectives This book offers a complete understanding of the role of gymnastics and expressive movements in cultural and ideological transmission over time and identifies the impact of these concepts on American physical education, sports systems and sports cultures. It was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Routledge «Market: Social History of Sport / Exercise Science / European & American Studies October 2010: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58703-7: £80.00
The Beijing Olympics: Promoting China Soft and Hard Power in Global Politics Edited by Kevin Caffrey, Harvard University, USA This book examines the means by which China has utilised its hosting of the Olympic Games to achieve her ambitions in embracing both soft power and hard power.
Theology, Ethics and Transcendence in Sports Edited by Jim Parry, University of Leeds, UK, Mark Nesti, Liverpool John Moores University, UK and Nick Watson, York St John University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society This book provides an inter-disciplinary examination of the relationship between sport, spirituality and religion. It covers a wide-range of topics, such as prayer and sport, religious and spiritual perspectives on athletic identity and ‘flow’ in sport, theological analysis of genetic performance enhancement technologies, sectarianism in Scottish football, a spiritual understanding of sport psychology consultancy in English premiership soccer and how Zen may be useful in sports performance and participation. Routledge «Market: Sport Science October 2010: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87851-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84075-7: £70.00
Who Owns Football? * Models of Football Governance and Management in International Sport Edited by David Hassan, Ulster University, UK and Sean Hamil, Birkbeck, Univeristy of London, UK Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives This book examines what happens when supporters of a football club decide to take ownership of their club in the face of decisions concerning its long-term direction and security. This book was published as a special issue of Soccer and Society. Routledge «Market: Football / Economics of Sport / Ownership November 2010: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44570-2: £80.00
It was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Routledge «Market: Sport Politics / Olympics / Chinese Studies October 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59398-4: £80.00
The Social Impact of Sport Cross-Cultural Perspectives Edited by Ramón Spaaij, La Trobe University, Australia Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives This book critically examines the ways in which sports contribute to, or inhibit, social well-being, the directions these changes take and the conditions necessary for sport to have beneficial outcomes. It was published as a special issue of Sport in Society.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Sports Studies / Sociology / Gender Studies October 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58394-7: £80.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Psychology Press
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
psychology 157
1.
6. Memory
3rd Edition
The Psychology of Language
Alan Baddeley, Michael W. Eysenck and Michael C. Anderson
From Data to Theory
2009: 246x189: 464pp Pb: 978-1-84872-001-5: £27.50
Trevor Harley 2008: 246x189: 624pp Pb: 978-1-84169-382-8: £29.95
2.
7. A2 Level Psychology
6th Edition
Cognitive Psychology
Michael Eysenck 2009: 278x215: 816pp Pb: 978-1-84872-009-1: £19.95
A Student’s Handbook Michael W. Eysenck and Mark T. Keane 2010: 246x189: 760pp Pb: 978-1-84169-540-2: £29.95
3.
8. OCR Psychology
PASW Statistics 17 Made Simple (replaces SPSS Statistics 17)
AS Core Studies and Research Methods
Paul R. Kinnear and Colin D. Gray
Philip Banyard and Cara Flanagan
2009: 246x174: 664pp Pb: 978-1-84872-026-8: £19.95
2nd Edition
2008: 278x218: 256pp Pb: 978-1-84169-728-4: £17.50
4.
9. 3rd Edition
4th Edition
Social Psychology
AS Level Psychology
Eliot R. Smith and Diane M. Mackie
Michael W. Eysenck
2007: 246x198: 688pp Pb: 978-1-84169-409-2: £29.95
2008: 278x215: 408pp Pb: 978-1-84169-711-6: £14.99
5.
10. 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
The Student’s Guide to Cognitive Neuroscience
Structural Equation Modeling With AMOS
Jamie Ward
Basic Concepts, Applications, and Programming
2010: 246x189: 464pp Pb: 978-1-84872-003-9: £29.95
Barbara M. Byrne
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
2009: 234x156: 416pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6373-4: £27.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
158 psychology Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via www.guilford.com
A Handbook of Process Tracing Methods for Decision Research
Categorical Data Analysis for the Behavioral and Social Sciences
A Critical Review and User’s Guide
Razia Azen and Cindy M. Walker, both at The University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, USA
Edited by Michael Schulte-Mecklenbeck, University of Bergen, Norway, Anton Kuehberger, University of Salzburg, Austria and Rob Ranyard, University of Bolton, UK Series: The Society for Judgment and Decision Making Series This handbook provides a critical review and user’s guide to conducting and reporting process tracing studies of decision making. Each chapter covers a specific method that is presented and reviewed by authors who are experts in the method’s application to decision research. The book ultimately illustrates and presents a multi-method approach and is essential reading for graduate students and researchers wishing to undertake such studies on decision making.
This practical, accessible book appeals to researchers and graduate students in the behavioral and social sciences interested in learning how to conduct categorical data analyses for specific research questions as well as sound practices for solving measurement problems. To achieve this goal, the authors: review the theoretical implications and assumptions underlying each procedure; illustrate each concept with a practical example; and demonstrate the analyses and how to interpret the results with SPSS and/or SAS. Each chapter features key terms, computer input and output, a summary, and problems to test one’s understanding of the material. The data sets, syntax, and instructions for executing chapter examples using SAS and/or SPSS are provided on-line. Prerequisites include familiarity with analysis of variance and multiple regression.
Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 376pp Hb: 978-1-84872-864-6: £47.50
Routledge Academic «Market: Statistics October 2010: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-1-84872-836-3: £39.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84361-1: £39.95
AS Psychology Exam Companion
Handbook of African American Health
Clare Charles, The Royal Latin School, UK ‘The clear structure of this book’s text is closely matched to the specification, making it easy for students to organise their revision.’ – Evie Bentley, Advisor for Psychology, West Sussex Adult and Community Learning This book provides students with the understanding they need to approach the AQA-A AS Level Psychology exam with confidence. It provides: • a range of example exam questions, covering all topics on the specification • model answers to these questions • examiner advice highlighting key mistakes • advice on Assessment Objectives. A full range of short answer questions is also provided, including the new style Application of Knowledge and Research Methods questions. Written by an experienced teacher, author and examiner, it goes beyond revision notes to show the student how the full range of exam questions can be approached.
See separate Order Form
With a focus on how to improve the effectiveness and cultural competence of clinical services and research, this authoritative volume synthesizes current knowledge on both the physical and psychological health of African Americans today. In chapters that follow a consistent format for easy reference, leading scholars from a broad range of disciplines review risk and protective factors for specific health conditions and identify what works, what doesn’t work, and what might work (i.e., practices requiring further research) in clinical practice with African Americans. Historical, sociocultural, and economic factors that affect the quality and utilization of health care services in African American communities are examined in depth. Evidence-based ways to draw on individual, family, and community strengths in prevention and treatment are highlighted throughout. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 254x178: 596pp Hb: 978-1-60623-716-8: £57.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Psychology Press «Market: Psychology / A-Level October 2010: 246x189: 272pp Pb: 978-1-84872-046-6: £8.95
Edited by Robert L. Hampton, Tennessee State University, USA, Thomas P. Gullotta, Child and Family Agency of Southeastern Connecticut, USA and Raymond L. Crowel, ICF International, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychology 159
Cognitive Development and Working Memory A Dialogue between Neo-Piagetian Theories and Cognitive Approaches Edited by Pierre Barrouillet, Université de Genève, Switzerland and Vinciane Gaillard, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium ‘The authors represent different theoretical approaches and research groups, and each chapter contributes in its unique way, using theoretical modelling, experimental and individual-difference studies, to a debate that has become highly relevant in the scientific community. The book is excellent.’ – Sergio Morra, Unit of Psychology, University of Genoa, Italy This book presents a unique attempt to address issues of working memory by establishing a dialogue between neoPiagetian theorists and researchers specialized in typical and atypical working memory development. Selected Contents: Part 1. Neo Piagetian Theories to Working Memory Development Studies Part 2. Underlying Processes of Working Memory Development Part 3. Working Memory in Typical and Atypical Development Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-84872-036-7: £39.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84583-7: £39.95
Cross-Cultural Analysis Methods and Applications Edited by Eldad Davidov, University of Zurich, Switzerland, Peter Schmidt, University of Marburg, Germany and Jaak Billiet, University of Leuven, Belgium Series: European Association for Methodology Series This interdisciplinary resource presents the latest strategies for analyzing cross-cultural data. Techniques are demonstrated through applications using cross national data sets. Internationally – prominent researchers from a variety of fields explain how the methods work, how to apply them, and how the methods relate to each other. Since researchers from various disciplines often use different methodological approaches, a consistent framework is used so as to cross ‘methodological borders’. Some chapters describe basic techniques, others apply the techniques and address specific research questions, and some combine the two. This book is intended for researchers, practitioners, and advanced students interested in cross-cultural research in psychology, political science, sociology, education, marketing and economics, geography, criminology, psychometrics, epidemiology, and public health. Routledge Academic «Market: Research Methods November 2010: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-1-84872-822-6: £64.95 Pb: 978-1-84872-823-3: £29.95 eBook: 978-0-203-88292-4: £64.95
Consumer Behavior Knowledge for Effective Sports and Event Marketing
Deception
Edited by Lynn R. Kahle, University of Oregon, USA and Angeline Close, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, USA
Series: Studies in Adolescent Development
The growing complexity and importance of sports and event marketing has pushed scholars and practitioners to apply sophisticated marketing thinking and applications to these topics. This book deals with the professional development in the sense that sports marketing can be viewed as an application of consumer behavior research. Readers will learn about new opportunities in using consumer behavior knowledge effectively in the areas of a) influencing behaviors in society and sports b) building relationships with consumers through sports and events and c) providing services to consumers through sport and event sponsorships.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Rachel Taylor, University of Glamorgan, UK and Lynsey Gozna, University of Surrey, UK This book considers the role of deception in adolescence, and explores the factors underpinning adolescents’ choice to deceive, whether these deceptions will be successful, and the ways in which such lies could be detected. The book builds on the recent influential developmental challenge model, exploring how it can provide a useful explanatory framework for the development of the skill of deception in adolescence. Interpersonal and forensic settings for deceptive behaviour are referred to, and it discusses how adolescents’ deceptions could be detected and presents strategies to maximize the effectiveness of interpersonal interactions with suspected deceivers. This book is ideal for parents, researchers and practitioners working with children and young people. The observations, interviews and focus groups provide a unique insight into the factors influencing young people’s communication choices. Psychology Press «Market: Adolescent Development November 2010: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-84169-876-2: £39.95
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge Academic «Market: Consumer Behavior October 2010: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-87357-4: £54.95 Pb: 978-0-415-87358-1: £29.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84411-3: £54.95
A Young Person’s Life Skill
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
160 psychology textbook
3rd Edition
Developmental Evaluation
EEO Law and Personnel Practices
Applying Complexity Concepts to Enhance Innovation and Use
Arthur Gutman, Florida Institute of Technology, USA, Laura L. Koppes and Stephen J. Vodanovich, both at University of West Florida, USA
Michael Quinn Patton, Utilization-Focused Evaluation, Minneapolis, USA ‘There is a real hunger for this book among social innovators, funders, policymakers, and educators. The book is sure to become dog-eared as it is read, used, and reread to help evaluators conduct their work in a manner consistent with the complexity of the challenges they are addressing.’ – Brenda Zimmerman, Director, York University, Canada Developmental evaluation (DE) offers a powerful approach to monitoring and supporting social innovations by working in partnership with program decision makers. In this book, eminent authority Michael Quinn Patton shows how to conduct evaluations within a DE framework. Patton draws on insights about complex dynamic systems, uncertainty, nonlinearity, and emergence. Students and practicing evaluators will appreciate the book’s extensive case examples and stories, cartoons, clear writing style, ‘closer look’ sidebars, and summary tables.
The goal of this well known book is to provide methods for understanding major EEO laws, including the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, and the American with Disabilities Act of 1990. Also included are over 700 cases involving federal case law that focus on issues relating to the terms and conditions of employment. New to this third edition are sections at the end of each chapter on ‘Implications for Practice.’ These accessible sections will give organizations and managers practical advice on strategies and guidelines for implementing laws and guidelines. A website of additional case materials, power points, and teaching aids will accompany this book. Psychology Press «Market: Personnel Selection October 2010: 234x156: 632pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6473-1: £54.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-6474-8: £34.95 Prev. Ed: 978-0-7619-1895-0
Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 246x174: 375pp Hb: 978-1-60623-886-8: £44.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-872-1: £30.50
6th Edition
textbook
Developmental Science
Evaluation Essentials
An Advanced Textbook
From A to Z
Edited by Marc H. Bornstein, National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, USA and Michael E. Lamb, Cambridge University, UK
Marvin C. Alkin, University of California, Los Angeles, USA
Noted as one of the most comprehensive references in the field, this book introduces all areas in developmental psychology: neuroscience, genetics, perception, cognition, language, emotion, self, and social interaction. World-renowned contributors introduce the history, methodologies, and analytic techniques used to understand the topic under review. This highly-respected text illuminates substantive phenomena in developmental science and its relevance to everyday life. Each chapter, substantially revised to reflect the current state of the field, features an overview, engaging applications, summary and conclusion, and numerous references. Ways in which developmental thinking and research affect and are affected by practice and social policy are emphasized.
See separate Order Form
Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 260pp Hb: 978-1-60623-899-8: £41.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-898-1: £27.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Psychology Press «Market: Developmental Psychology October 2010: 246x174: 848pp Hb: 978-1-84872-871-4: £49.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84676-6: £49.95 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-5163-2
Written in a refreshing conversational style, this text thoroughly prepares students, program administrators, and new evaluators to conduct evaluations or to use them in their work. The book’s question-driven focus and clear discussions about the importance of fostering evaluation use by building collaborative relationships with stakeholders set it apart from other available texts. In 26 concise sections, Marvin C. Alkin explores how to: articulate answerable evaluation questions, collect and analyze data using both quantitative and qualitative methods, and deal with contingencies that might alter the traditional sequence of an evaluation. Student-friendly features include handy bulleted recaps of each section, ‘Thinking Ahead’ and ‘Next Steps’ pointers, cautionary notes, annotated suggestions for further reading, and an in-depth case study that provides the basis for end-of-chapter exercises.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychology 161
Evidence-Based Policymaking
Gifted Lives *
Insights from Policy-Minded Researchers and Research-Minded Policymakers
What Happens When Gifted Children Grow Up
Karen Bogenschneider and Thomas J. Corbett, both at University of Wisconsin-Madison, USA
This book reveals the dramatic stories of twenty gifted children as they grew from promise to maturity in Britain. It depicts their passions, sorrows and successes, and investigates why some fell by the wayside while others reached fame and fortune. Most of all, it shows that no matter how glittering childhood prospects are, opportunity, personality, hard work and fate all have a part to play on the road to success. Gifted Lives reveals the triumph and trauma that accompanies those living with astounding exceptionality. The results of Joan Freeman’s intimate study spanning over three decades are revealed in this definitive account and it makes for fascinating and often moving reading. Readers will identify with many of the intriguing aspects of the people featured, and learn something about themselves from them too.
Providing an insider’s view of how the policymaking process really works, this book examines why researchers and policymakers do not easily interact and why the communication is often strained. The skills needed to take research findings from the laboratory to legislative bodies is explored in an effort to help improve the use of research in the policymaking process. Actual vignettes demonstrate how those in the field think and behave. The common practices used by those who are most successful in using research findings in a policy setting are provided along with the challenges of disseminating evidence to policymakers and a proposed action agenda. Intended for researchers and practitioners who work between the research and policy worlds, this book is also expected to be used in policymaking courses taught in departments of human development, family studies, psychology, social work, sociology, education, political science, economics, health care, and law. Routledge Academic «Market: Policy Making October 2010: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-80583-4: £64.95 Pb: 978-0-415-80584-1: £24.95 eBook: 978-0-203-85639-0: £64.95
textbook
Evaluation in the Face of Uncertainty Anticipating Suprise and Responding to the Inevitable
Joan Freeman, in Private Practice, UK
Routledge «Market: Psychology October 2010: 198x129: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-47008-7: £34.95 Pb: 978-0-415-47009-4: £9.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84575-2: £34.95
Grounding Sociality Neurons, Mind, and Culture Edited by Gün R. Semin, Utrecht University, the Netherlands and Gerald Echterhoff, Münster University, Germany This volume shows how individuals overcome their biological, neural, and mental finitude to achieve sociality. It reveals how we take each other into account, coordinate our actions, and share our inner states through communication. It will be of interest to social psychologists, and those working in cognition, neuroscience, and sociology.
Jonathan A. Morell, Vector Research Center, TechTeam Government Solutions, Michigan, USA ‘Insightful and provocative ... This book would be ideal for graduate-level courses on research design or program evaluation, either as a textbook or a supplement.’ – James E. Gruber, University of Michigan-Dearborn, USA
çè
Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 306pp Hb: 978-1-60623-858-5: £41.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-857-8: £27.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Selected Contents: Part 1. Foundations of Sociality and Communication Mirroring as a Key Neural Mechanism of Sociality. Grounding Intersubjectivity. Motor Representations in the Perception of Actions and Objects Part 2. Sociality and Memory On the Virtues of an Unreliable Memory. Creating Shared Reality in Communication. Part 3. Sociality: Underlying Motives, Dialogical Practice and Culture Sharing Inner States. The Use of Prediction to Drive Alignment in Dialogue. Situated Sociality and Cultural Dynamics. Part 4. Evolutionary Perspectives on Sociality Too Much Monkey Business. Sociality Is the Ground Psychology Press «Market: Social Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-84872-899-8: £45.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84255-3: £45.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
This insightful book provides a systematic framework for diagnosing, anticipating, accommodating, and reining in costs of evaluation surprises. The result is evaluation that is better from a methodological point of view, and more responsive to stakeholders. Jonathan A. Morell identifies the types of surprises that arise at different stages of a program’s life cycle and that may affect different aspects of the evaluation, from stakeholder relationships to data quality, methodology, funding, deadlines, information use, and program outcomes.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
162 psychology
Handbook of Employee Selection Human Behavior, Learning, Edited by James L. Farr, Pennsylvania State University, USA and the Developing Brain and Nancy T. Tippins, Valtera Corporation, USA The Handbook of Employee Selection provides a comprehensive review of a) contemporary personnel selection instruments, including the technical methodology for their development and evaluation of their effectiveness, b) the organizational systems necessary for the effective and efficient use of personnel selection methods as part of organizations’ human resource management approach, and c) the societal and organizational factors that provide the context within which personnel selection is nested. The Handbook will include descriptions of specific examples of personnel selection procedures that have had major impact on the development of personnel selection function within organizations, as well as discussions of current and future trends in employee selection around the world. Routledge Academic «Market: Personnel Selection October 2010: 246x174: 1032pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6437-3: £49.95 eBook: 978-1-4106-1869-6: £49.95
Typical Development
Edited by Donna Coch, Dartmouth College, USA, Kurt W. Fischer, Harvard Graduate School of Education, USA, and Geraldine Dawson, University of Washington, USA ‘This carefully organized book provides an outstanding summary of the state of this complex, important topic. Important reading for all students of human development.’ – Michael Cole, University of California, San Diego, USA This volume brings together leading authorities from multiple disciplines to examine the relationship between brain development and behavior in typically developing children. Presented are innovative cross-sectional and longitudinal studies that shed light on brain-behavior connections in infancy and toddlerhood through adolescence. Chapters explore the complex interplay of neurobiological and environmental influences in the development of memory, language, reading, inhibitory control, and other core aspects of cognitive, emotional, and social functioning. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 412pp Pb: 978-1-60623-968-1: £20.00
Handbook of Health Psychology and Behavioral Medicine
Human Behavior, Learning, and the Developing Brain
Edited by Jerry M. Suls, University of Iowa, USA, Karina W. Davidson, Columbia University, USA, and Robert M. Kaplan, University of California, Los Angeles, USA
Atypical Development
Providing a state-of-the-science overview of theory, research, and practice at the interface of psychology and health, this comprehensive volume brings together leading experts from multiple disciplines. The book explores how health and health behaviours are shaped by a wide range of psychological processes and socialenvironmental factors. It describes exemplary applications in the prevention and clinical management of today’s most pressing health risks and diseases, including coronary heart disease, diabetes, cancer, chronic pain, obesity, sleep disturbances, and smoking.
order now!
©
Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 246x174: 592pp Hb: 978-1-60623-895-0: £57.00
See separate Order Form
‘In this valuable collection, leading scientists present the latest findings about the biological bases of developmental disorders, including dyslexia, autism, and attentional deficits. The book also includes early markers for these disorders, as well as appropriate educational interventions.’ – Howard Gardner, Harvard Graduate School of Education, USA Thoroughly examining brain – behavior relationships in atypically developing children, this important volume integrates theories and data from multiple disciplines. Leading authorities present research on specific clinical problems, including autism, Williams syndrome, learning and language disabilities, ADHD, and issues facing infants of diabetic mothers. In addition, the effects of social stress and maltreatment on brain development and behavior are reviewed. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 378pp Pb: 978-1-60623-966-7: £20.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
‘Suls, Davidson, and Kaplan are leaders in the fields of health psychology and behavioral medicine ... This is a ‘must-have’ reference for graduate students and researchers in health psychology, behavioral medicine, and related disciplines, such as medical sociology and nursing science.’ – Kenneth A. Wallston, Vanderbilt University, USA
Edited by Donna Coch, Dartmouth College, USA, Geraldine Dawson, University of Washington, USA and Kurt W. Fischer, Harvard Graduate School of Education, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychology 163
Informed by Knowledge Expert Performance in Complex Situations Edited by Kathleen L. Mosier, San Francisco State University, USA and Ute M. Fischer, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA Series: Expertise: Research and Applications Series This book discusses how experts across many contexts adapt to complexity, synthesize and interpret information in context, and transform disparate items of information into coherent knowledge. It provides essential reading for researchers, students, and practitioners in Naturalistic Decision Making, Expertise, Organizational or Cognitive Psychology, Business, and Engineering.
Intergroup Conflicts and Their Resolution A Social Psychological Perspective Edited by Daniel Bar-Tal, Tel Aviv University, Israel Series: Frontiers of Social Psychology This book sheds an illuminating light into the psyche of people involved in macro-level destructive intergroup conflicts. It also describes the changes in the socio-psychological repertoire that are necessary to ignite the peace process. Finally, it elaborates on the nature and the processes of peace building, including conflict resolution and reconciliation.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Managing Complexity Part 2: Technological Support and Training for Knowledge Management Part 3: Commentary: Overlooked Issues in Expert Decision Making Part 4: Outlook: New Methods and Approaches. Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology October 2010: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-1-84872-911-7: £45.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84798-5: £45.00
Selected Contents: Introduction: Conflicts and Social Psychology. Pigs, Slingshots, and Other Foundations of Intergroup Conflict. Perceptions in Conflicts. Emotion and Emotion Regulation in Intergroup Conflict. Collective Memory of Conflicts. Identity and Conflict. Ideological Conflict and Polarization. Political Violence, Intergroup Conflict, and Ethnic Categories. Workings of the Terrorist Mind. Socio-Psychological Barriers to Conflict Resolution. Socio-Psychological Approaches to Conflict Resolution. Negotiation and Mediation in Intergroup Conflict. Social Psychology and Reconciliation. Peace Making. Conclusion: To Open the Closet Psychology Press «Market: Social Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 392pp Hb: 978-1-84169-783-3: £37.00
textbook
2nd Edition
IBM SPSS Statistics 18 Made Simple Handbook of Self-Regulation This new edition of one of the most widely read textbooks in its field introduces the reader to data analysis with the most versatile statistical package on the market. Now in two-colour, this comprehensive book combines clarity of presentation with an all-inclusive treatment of the use of IBM SPSS Statistics 18 for the description, exploration and interpretation of data.
çè
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Getting Started with SPSS Statistics 18 3. Editing Data Sets 4. Describing and Exploring your Data 5. Graphs and Charts 6. Comparing Averages: Two-sample and One-sample Tests 7. The One-way ANOVA 8. Between Subjects Factorial Experiments 9. Within Subjects Experiments 10. Mixed Factorial Experiments 11. Measuring Statistical Association 12. Regression 13. Analyses of Multiway Frequency Tables 14. Discriminant Analysis and Logistic Regression 15. The Search for Latent Variables: Factor Analysis Psychology Press «Market: Statistics / Research Methods October 2010: 246x174: 672pp Pb: 978-1-84872-047-3: £19.95 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84872-026-8
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Research, Theory, and Applications Edited by Kathleen D. Vohs, University of Minnesota, USA and Roy F. Baumeister, Florida State University, USA ‘Vohs and Baumeister have assembled an impressive range of contributors ... It is difficult to imagine how someone could be a researcher in the field of self-regulation, or a serious student of the topic, without owning a copy of this book.’ – David C. Funder, University of California, Riverside, USA This authoritative Handbook reviews the breadth of current knowledge on the conscious and nonconscious processes by which people regulate their thoughts, emotions, attention, behaviour, and impulses. Individual differences in self-regulatory capacities are explored, as are developmental pathways. The volume examines how self-regulation shapes, and is shaped by, social relationships. Failures of self-regulation are also addressed, in chapters on addictions, overeating, compulsive spending, and attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology December 2010: 246x174: 594pp Hb: 978-1-60623-948-3: £54.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-991-3
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Paul R. Kinnear and Colin Gray, both at Aberdeen University, UK
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
164 psychology
Introduction to Psychometric Theory
Mindreaders The Cognitive Basis of ‘Theory of Mind’
Emphasizing interval estimation throughout, this cutting edge introduction to educational and psychological testing and measurement uses a latent variable modeling framework to introduce theory. An applied approach to conducting testing and measurement in the behavioral, social, and educational sciences, numerous tips and examples on how to use test theory in today’s testing situations prepare readers for their careers. SPSS, SAS, R, and Mplus are featured in several chapters and software codes and associated outputs are reviewed throughout. All of the data and input/output files referred to in the book are available on the website along with pertinent commands and other features. The varied applications make this book a valuable tool appeal to applied researchers in the behavioral, social, educational, and biomedical disciplines, as well as in business, economics, and marketing. Prerequisites include an introduction to statistics with exposure to regression analysis and ANOVA. Routledge Academic «Market: Testing & Measurement October 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-87822-7: £44.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84162-4: £44.95
Language and Cognition in Bilinguals and Multilinguals Annette M.B. de Groot, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands This volume is the first introductory level textbook that comprehensively covers the psycholinguistic study of bilingualism and multilingualism, including traditional and brain-based approaches. Each chapter covers a key series of topics in clear, accessible language, and includes a description of the relevant methodological issues. It provides a valuable resources for students and researchers in psycholinguistics.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: Introduction. Early Bilingualism and Age Effects on (First and) Second Language Learning. Late Foreign Vocabulary Learning and Lexical Representation. Comprehension Processes: Word Recognition and Sentence Processing. Word Production and Speech Accents. Language Control. Cognitive Consequences of Bilingualism and Multilingualism. Bilingualism and the Brain Psychology Press «Market: Psycholinguistics November 2010: 235x187: 488pp Hb: 978-1-84872-901-8: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84122-8: £35.00
See separate Order Form
Ian Apperly, University of Birmingham, UK Mindreaders establishes the study of theory of mind (ToM) in adults as a new field of enquiry and identifies and addresses the key questions that need to be asked by cognitive psychologists to develop a new cognitive model of ToM. This book argues that an account of the cognitive basis of mindreading is necessary for making sense of findings from neuroscience and developmental and comparative psychology, as well as for understanding how mindreading fits more broadly into the cognitive system. It questions standard philosophical accounts of mindreading, and suggests a move away from the notion that it consists simply of having a ‘theory of mind’. This unique study into the cognitive basis of mindreading will be ideal reading for academics and advanced students from the diverse disciplines that have studied theory of mind in particular, and social cognition more generally. Psychology Press «Market: Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84169-697-3: £29.95
Mnemonology Mnemonics for the 21st Century James B. Worthen, Southeastern Louisiana University, USA and R. Reed Hunt, University of Texas at San Antonio, USA Series: Essays in Cognitive Psychology This book bridges the gap between basic memory research and mnemonic applications through a careful analysis of the processes that underlie effective memory aids. The book traces the history of mnemonics, examines popular techniques, and discusses the current relevance of mnemonics to both psychological researchers and those seeking to improve their memory. Using a unique approach (termed ‘mnemonology’), the authors seek not necessarily to promote specific mnemonic techniques, but to provide information which will allow one to improve memory by creating their own mnemonics. Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 174pp Hb: 978-1-84169-894-6: £27.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Tenko Raykov, Michigan State University, USA and George A. Marcoulides, University of Califonia, Riverside, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychology 165
Perspectives on Framing
Recovery from Stuttering
Edited by Gideon Keren, Tilburg University, the Netherlands
Peter Howell, University College London, UK
Series: The Society for Judgment and Decision Making Series
Series: Language and Speech Disorders
Language comprises a major mark of humans compared with other primates and is the main vehicle for social interaction. A major characteristic of any natural language is that the same communication, idea, or intention can be articulated in different ways – in other words, the same message can be ‘framed’ differently. The same medical treatment can be portrayed in terms chance of chance of success or chance of failure; energy reduction can be expressed in terms of savings per day or savings per year; and a task can be described as 80% completed or 20% uncompleted. In this book, contributors from a variety of disciplines – psychology, linguistics, marketing, political science, and medical decision making – come together to better understand the mechanisms underlying framing effects and assess their impact on the communication process.
This book is a comprehensive guide to the evidence, theories, and practical issues associated with recovery from stuttering in early childhood and into adolescence. It examines evidence that stuttering is associated with a range of biological factors – such as genetics – and psychological factors–such as anxiety, and it critically assesses theoretical accounts that attempt to integrate these findings. Written so that it can be used flexibly to meet the demands of courses about stuttering, the book may be used as a text at the undergraduate or graduate level in psychology or speech-language science. Psychology Press «Market: Language Disorders October 2010: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-84872-916-2: £50.00
Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-84872-903-2: £47.50
5th Edition 3rd Edition textbook
Principles and Practice of Structural Equation Modeling
Skilled Interpersonal Communication Research, Theory and Practice Owen Hargie, University of Ulster, UK ‘This book is very comprehensive. The cues that emanate from the many chapter titles will raise interest and the writing is so clear that the reader is encouraged to continue reading.’ – Klaus Fiedler, Professor of Social Psychology, University of Heidelberg, Germany
Rex B. Kline, Concordia University, Canada Series: Methodology in the Social Sciences
Using clear and accessible language, Rex B. Kline covers core techniques, potential pitfalls, and applications across the behavioural and social sciences. Some more advanced topics are also covered, including estimation of interactive effects of latent variables and multilevel SEM. The companion Web page offers downloadable syntax, data, and output files for each detailed example for EQS, LISREL, and Mplus, allowing readers to view the results of the same analysis generated by three different computer tools.
çè
Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 246x174: 422pp Hb: 978-1-60623-877-6: £51.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-876-9: £37.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-59385-075-3
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
This thoroughly revised edition of the foremost textbook on communication provides an up-to-date review of the current research, theory and practice in this burgeoning field of study. Written by an international expert and founded solidly in research, this book provides a key reference for the study of interpersonal communication. Selected Contents: Introduction. Interpersonal Communication: A Skill-based Model. Nonverbal Communication. Rewarding and Reinforcing. Questioning. Reflecting. Listening. Explaining. Self-disclosure. Set Induction and Closure. Assertiveness. Influence and Persuasion. Negotiating. Groups and Group Interaction. Concluding Comments Routledge «Market: Organizational Psychology / Communication Studies / Social Psychology October 2010: 246x174: 568pp Hb: 978-0-415-43203-0: £49.95 Pb: 978-0-415-43204-7: £24.95 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-22720-9
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
‘The coverage is excellent and the writing style is friendly and direct, with a subtle humor that I find refreshing. I especially like the new topic boxes in the third edition, most of which discuss issues that I have had to address separately in lectures.’ – Jacob Marszalek, University of Missouri-Kansas City, USA
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
166 psychology
Social and Behavioral Research and the Internet Advances in Applied Methods and Research Strategies Edited by Marcel Das, Tilburg University, the Netherlands, Peter Ester, Rotterdam University, the Netherlands and Lars Kaczmirek, GESIS – Leibniz Institute for the Social Sciences, Germany Series: European Association for Methodology Series This state-of-the-art book highlights the progress made in using Web-based surveys for research data collection. Featuring contributions from the leading behavioral and social scientists in Europe and the United States, this book highlights their experiences with Internet data collection. It reviews the methodology used, addresses issues of data quality and ethical considerations, examines the latest techniques in on-line surveys and the impact of visual design on results, provides tips on measuring attitudes, and compares Internet survey methods with other modes. Intended for behavioral and social science researchers and graduate students who use the Internet for data collection, some of the data referred to in the book is available on-line.
Social Motivation Edited by David Dunning, Cornell University, UK Series: Frontiers of Social Psychology Motivational science is one of the fastest-growing areas of research in social psychology, incorporating multiple perspectives from social-personality research. This volume provides students and researchers with a comprehensive overview of all the major topics in social motivation. All contributors are renowned specialists in their field who provide in depth and integrated coverage of the major empirical and theoretical contributions in their area. Social Motivation is essential reading for all social psychologists with an interest in social-motivational processes, and will also be of interest to people working in political science and cultural studies looking for a psychological perspective to work in their field. Psychology Press «Market: Social psychology October 2010: 234x156: 286pp Hb: 978-1-84169-754-3: £37.50
Routledge Academic «Market: Research Methods October 2010: 234x156: 428pp Hb: 978-1-84872-816-5: £62.50 Pb: 978-1-84872-817-2: £29.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84492-2: £62.50
Russell Cropanzano and Jordan H. Stein, both at University of Arizona, USA and Thierry Nadisic, Emlyon Business School, France This book will seek to integrate the scholarship on justice and affect. The book will be focused on empirical social scientific theories pertaining to fairness, mood and emotion. The frameworks that will be looked at include equity theory, the relational models and reflect attempts by justice scholars to adapt existing theories of emotion to suit their conceptual purposes. Most of the literature in this book is drawn from social and organizational psychology. Other areas included will be management, personality and evolutionary psychology with a little on relevant philosophical positions from Aristotle and Rawls. The goal of this book is to familiarize the reader with the rich tradition of conceptual models explaining the association between justice and emotion.
order now!
©
Routledge Academic «Market: Organizational Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 302pp Hb: 978-1-84872-844-8: £29.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84047-4: £29.95
See separate Order Form
Social Psychology and Organizations Edited by David De Cremer, Rotterdam University, the Netherlands, Rolf van Dick, Goethe-University Frankfurt, Germany and J. Keith Murnigham, Northwestern University, USA Series: Series in Organization and Management This edited volume by contributors from various countries and disciplines will bring together research that touches the interface of social psychology, IO psychology and organizational behavior. Theories of individuals such as attribution theory, cognitive dissonance, psychological reactance and theories of attitude and persuasion can help explain individual behavior in organizations and guide our understanding of individual’s work motivation, and issues relating to performance and job evaluation. Routledge Academic «Market: Organizational Behavior October 2010: 234x156: 428pp Hb: 978-1-84872-856-1: £44.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84695-7: £44.95
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Social Justice and the Experience of Emotion
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychology 167
Socioemotional Development in the Toddler Years
Successful Remembering and Successful Forgetting
Transitions and Transformations
A Festschrift in Honor of Robert A. Bjork
Edited by Celia A. Brownell, University of Pittsburgh, USA, and Claire B. Kopp, in Private Practice, Los Angeles, USA
Edited by Aaron S. Benjamin, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA
This volume explores the key developmental transitions that take place as 1- to 3-year-olds leave infancy behind and begin to develop the social and emotional knowledge, skills, and regulatory abilities of early childhood. Leading investigators examine the multiple interacting factors that lead to socioemotional competence in this pivotal period, covering both typical and atypical development. Presented is innovative research that has yielded compelling insights into toddlers’ relationships, emotions, play, communication, prosocial behavior, self-control, autonomy, and attempts to understand themselves and others. The final chapter presents a systematic framework for socioemotional assessment.
Successful Remembering and Successful Forgetting A Festschrift in Honor of Robert A. Bjork
This volume provides a window into cutting-edge research in cognitive psychology on inhibition in memory, metacognition, educational applications of basic memory research, and many other topics related to the groundbreaking research of Robert Bjork. It will appeal to upper-level students and researchers in learning, memory, and its applications to education.
Guilford Press «Market: Psychology / Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 235x156: 497pp Pb: 978-1-60623-946-9: £24.00
Selected Contents: 25 Chapters in Five Broad Sections: On the Relationship Between Remembering and Forgetting. Forgetting, Inhibition, and Competition in Memory. Desirable Difficulties in Education and Training. Metacognition. The Psychology and Neuroscience of Remembering Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 592pp Hb: 978-1-84872-891-2: £39.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84253-9: £39.95
Starting from Scratch
Talking Heads
The Origin and Development of Expression, Representation and Symbolisation in Human and Non-Human Primates
The Neuroscience of Language
John Matthews, University of Portsmouth, UK This book compares the beginning of symbolic thought in human infancy with that of our close primate relatives, the chimpanzees. Drawing upon his years of detailed observations, Matthews offers an in-depth analysis and interpretation of chimp behaviour to present an unprecedented account of the beginnings of symbolic thought. The implications for our understanding of symbolism, language, art and education are enormous, as are those about our origins and our place within nature. Psychology Press «Market: Comparative Psychology / Developmental Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-84169-689-8: £44.95 eBook: 978-0-20384-081-8: £44.95
Edited by Aaron S. Benjamin
Gianfranco Denes, University of Padova, Italy Translated by Philipa Smith Denes and Smith adopt a biolinguistic approach to the study of a subject that sees the collaboration of linguists, experimental psychologists, neuroscientists and clinicians. The book illustrates the neurological process involved in the production of written language, as well as investigating the neurological systems responsible for sign language production and second language acquisition. The book reviews the latest research on the nature, structure and origin of language to provide a concise analysis of the multifaceted aspects of language which focuses both on theoretical aspects and physical implementation. With a glossary of the anatomical and linguistic terms, this book provides an invaluable resource to undergraduate and graduate students of Psychology, Psycholinguistics and Linguistics. It will also be of interest to neurologists, speech therapists and anyone interested in the mind-brain problem.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Psychology Press «Market: Neuroscience December 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-84872-039-8: £39.95
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
168 psychology
The Gendered Unconscious *
The Neurocognition of Dance
Can Gender Discourses Subvert Psychoanalysis?
Mind, Movement and Motor Skills
Louise Gyler, in Private Practice, Sydney, Australia
Edited by Bettina Bläsing, Bielefeld University, Germany, Martin Puttke, Former Director, Aalto Ballett Theater Essen, Germany and Thomas Schack, Bielefeld University, Germany
Feminist interventions in psychoanalysis have often attempted either to subvert or re-frame the masculinist and phallocentric biases of Freud’s psychoanalysis. This book investigates the nature of these interventions by comparing the status and treatment of women in two different psychoanalytic models: the Kleinian and the feminist psychoanalytic models. This comparative critique concludes with the counter-intuitive claim that contemporary Kleinian theory may in practice hold more radical possibilities for the interests of women than the practices derived from contemporary psychoanalytic gender theory. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Sex Question, Psychoanalysis and Feminism. Concepts, Values and Assumptions: Freud and Klein. Contemporary Kleinian Clinical Developments. The Depressive Position, the Oedipus Complex and Thinking Beyond Categorization. Developments in Psychoanalytic Feminist Theories of Gender. Clinical Practice: ‘Silencing Effects’. Conclusion: Theory and Practice – Conscious Desires and Unconscious Identifications Routledge «Market: Feminist Psychology / Gender Studies / Cultural Studies October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40170-8: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40171-5: £14.95 eBook: 978-0-203-92989-6: £45.00
The Handbook of Psycholinguistic and Cognitive Processes Perspectives in Communication Disorders Edited by Jackie Guendouzi, Southeastern University, USA, Filip Loncke, University of Virginia, USA and Mandy J. Williams, University of South Dakota, USA This handbook provides a single interdisciplinary source on psycholinguistic and cognitive processing theories relevant to clinical populations. The range of topics illustrates the relevance of a dynamic interaction between theoretical and applied work, and retains the complexity of psycholinguistic and cognitive theory for readers whose primary interest is the field of communication disorders. elected Contents: 38 chapters: Part 1. S Some Basic Considerations: Models and Theories Part 2. Developmental Disorders. Part 3. Acquired Disorders Part 4. Language and Other Modalities
order now!
©
Psychology Press «Market: Language Disorders October 2010: 246x174: 856pp Hb: 978-1-84872-910-0: £50.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84800-5: £50.00
See separate Order Form
’This book is the first of its kind, combining science with the art of dance. The editors provide an appealing and informative overview of cognitive and neuroscientific approaches to dance, and use clear, effective diction to deepen the understanding of the physical, neural and cognitive principles of human motor learning.’ – Juliane Jacqueline Honisch, University of Birmingham, UK This book discusses the wide range of interrelations between body postures and movements as conceptualised in dance with perception, mental processing and action planning. Selected Contents: Part 1. The Scientist’s Perspective Part 2. The Dance Perspective Part 3. Neurocognitive Studies of Dance Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-84872-024-4: £49.95 eBook: 978-0-203-85263-7: £49.95
4th Edition textbook
The Nature of Adolescence John Coleman, Oxford University, UK Series: Adolescence and Society Series ‘This book is unique in bringing together perspectives on adolescence from psychology, psychoanalysis, anthropology, neuroscience and criminology. It is essential reading for all those who wish to understand young people.’ – John Pitts, University of Bedfordshire, UK The new edition of this successful textbook provides an up-to-date introduction to all of the key features of adolescent development. This is essential reading for students of human development, as well as for professional postgraduate courses, including teachers, social workers, health workers, counsellors, and youth workers. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Physical Development 3. Thinking and Reasoning 4. The Self and Identity 5. The Family 6. Health 7. Sexual Development 8. Adolescence and Education 9. Friends and the Peer Group 10. Anti-Social Behaviour 11. Risk, Resilience and Coping in Adolescence Routledge «Market: Adolescent Development December 2010: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-56419-9: £52.50 Pb: 978-0-415-56420-5: £18.50 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-19898-1
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: Women and Psychology
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychology 169
Edited by Daryl E.M. Fujii, Pacific Island Health Care Services, USA Series: Studies on Neuropsychology, Neurology and Cognition This volume is the first comprehensive resource to assist neuropsychologists to provide culturally competent services to Asian-Americans, provide an optimal environment for test administration, interpret tests within a cultural context, and give culturally sensitive feedback and recommendations. It also provides an insight of how neuropsychology is currently practiced in different Asian countries. Selected Contents: Neuropsychology of Cambodian-Americans. Neuropsychology of Chinese-Americans. Neuropsychological Assessments and Filipino Americans. Neuropsychology of Hmong. Neuropsychology of Asian Indian-Americans. Neuropsychology of Japanese-Americans. Neuropsychological Assessment of KoreanAmericans. Neuropsychology of Laotian-Americans. Neuropsychology of Thai-Americans. Neuropsychology of Vietnamese-Americans. Neuropsychology in Asia. China. India. Japan. Korea. Malaysia. The Philippines. Singapore. Thailand Psychology Press «Market: Neuropsychology October 2010: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-1-84169-784-0: £50.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84859-3: £50.00
The New Psychology of Leadership Identity, Influence and Power S. Alexander Haslam, University of Exeter, UK, Stephen D. Reicher, University of St Andrews, UK and Michael J. Platow, The Australian National University, Australia This landmark text provides an overview of the new understanding of leadership that has emerged in the last two decades in social and organizational psychology, as part of the development of self-categorization and social identity theories. The New Psychology of Leadership advances the argument that leadership is a group process grounded in the creation, management and control of group identity – a shared sense of ‘us’.
çè
Selected Contents: 1. Shackles of the Past: The Cult of the Leader 2. Putting Leaders into Context: Bringing Followers into the Picture 3. The Self-categorization Theory: Leadership Emerges from Group Identity 5. Justice Matters and Respect Motivates: Building Trust and Cooperation 7. Changing the World: Leaders as Entrepreneurs of Identity and Emotion 8. Using it and Losing it: The Pitfalls of Power Psychology Press «Market: Social Psychology / Leadership October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-84169-609-6: £45.00 Pb: 978-1-84169-610-2: £17.50
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
The Science of Giving Experimental Approaches to the Study of Charity Edited by Danny Oppenheimer and Christopher Olivola, both at Princeton University, USA Series: The Society for Judgment and Decision Making Series This book uses rigorous experiments to explore the psychological factors that underlie decisions of whether to donate, how much to donate, and where to donate. The findings have implications for fundraisers, as the chapters provide rigorous empirical evidence for what does and does not work in soliciting donations, and concrete advice on how to apply the findings to capital campaigns. Moreover, the basic principles that are explored will be informative to academics attempting to understand psychology, behavioral economics, marketing, and decision science. Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-84872-885-1: £40.00
3rd Edition
The Psychology of Environmental Problems Psychology for Sustainability Susan M. Kroger, Willamette University, USA and Deborah DuNann Winter, Whitman College, USA This textbook demonstrates how eight major approaches in psychology can be applied to create a more sustainable society facing environmental threats. It can be used as text in Ecological Psychology, Environmental Science/Education, and Sustainability Sciences. It is also a valuable resource for policymakers, legislators, and those working on sustainable communities. Selected Contents: Foreword by David G. Myers. Preface: The Why, the What and the How of this Book. What on Earth Are We Doing? The Nature of Western Thought. Psychoanalytic Psychology. Social Psychology: Under the Influence of Others. Behavioral Psychology: Contingency Management. Neuropsychology of Toxic Exposures. Cognitive Psychology: Information Processing. Health and the Psychology of Environmental Stress. Developmental Psychology: Growing Healthy Children in Nature. Holistic Approaches: Gestalt and Ecopsychology. Putting it Together: Using Psychology to Build a Sustainable World Psychology Press «Market: Social Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 504pp Hb: 978-1-84872-807-3: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84872-809-7: £29.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84797-8: £55.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-4631-7
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
The Neuropsychology of Asian-Americans
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
170 psychology
The Science of Reason
The Taxonomy of Metacognition
A Festschrift for Jonathan St. BT Evans
Pina Tarricone, Educational Psychologist, Australia Metacognition is a complex construct which is fundamental to learning. Its complex, fuzzy and multifaceted nature has often led to its colloquial application in research, resulting in studies that fail to identify its theoretical foundation or elements.
Edited by Ken Manktelow, University of Wolverhampton, UK, David Over, Durham University, UK and Shira Elqayam, De Montfort University, UK In this collection of cutting edge research, Evans’ collaborators and colleagues review a wide range of important and developing areas of inquiry. The eighteen chapters, all written by leading international researchers, investigate the most fundamental questions surrounding human mental life, such as: • What is the architecture of the human mind? • Are humans rational, and what is the nature of this rationality? • How do we think hypothetically? Selected Contents: Part 1. Thinking and Reasoning: Psychological Approaches Part 2. If Part 3. Dual Processes and Beyond Part 4. Rationality and Reasoning Part 5. Perspectives on Thinking and Reasoning Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-1-84872-015-2: £54.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84712-1: £54.95
textbook
The Social Psychology of Gender How Power and Intimacy Shape Gender Relations Laurie A. Rudman, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, USA and Peter Glick, Lawrence University, USA Series: Texts in Social Psychology ‘The best text I’ve seen to date on how gender influences social interaction.’ – Alice H. Eagly, Northwestern University, USA This book offers students and researchers a fresh perspective on everyday experiences of gender; the explicit and implicit attitudes that underlie beliefs about gender differences; and the consequences for our thoughts, feelings, and behavior. Many real-world examples illustrate how the unique interdependence of men and women-coupled with pervasive power imbalances-shapes interactions in romantic relationships and the workplace. In the process, the authors shed new light on the challenges facing those who strive for gender parity. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 386pp Pb: 978-1-60623-963-6: £20.00
In this book Pina Tarricone provides an analysis and theoretical study of the construct of metacognition in terms of psychological theory. This book clarifies the construct of metacognition so that researchers and teachers can develop a better understanding of it. This is an important and broad ranging contribution, which can be drawn upon and applied in many related areas, by researchers, psychologists, teachers and any profession interested in psychological learning processes. Psychology Press «Market: Cognitive Psychology / Developmental Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-84169-869-4: £29.95
2-volume set
International Perspectives on Psychological Science Edited by Peter A. Frensch, Humboldt-University, Germany and Ralf Schwarzer, Freie University of Berlin, Germany This two volume set presents the main contributions from the 29th International Congress of Psychology, held in Berlin in 2008, and written by international leaders in psychology from around the world. The authors present a variety of approaches and perspectives that reflect cutting-edge advances in psychological science. Volume 1, Cognition and Neuropsychology is dedicated to summarizing and characterizing the current scientific research in three substantive content areas, (i) Perception, Attention, and Action, (ii) Social Cognition, and (iii) Learning, Memory and Development. Volume 2, Personality, Human Development, and Culture provides an overview of advances in clinical, health, social, developmental, and cross-cultural psychology. The global perspective of this collection illustrates research being undertaken on all five continents and emphasizes the cultural diversity of the contributors. These two books will be an invaluable resource for researchers, professionals, teachers and students in the field of psychology. Psychology Press October 2010: Set: 978-1-84872-061-9: £115.00 Volume 1
Cognition and Neuropsychology Hb: 978-1-84872-022-0: £70.00 Volume 2
Personality, Human Development, and Culture
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Hb: 978-1-84872-023-7: £70.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychology 171
Therapeutic Processes for Communication Disorders A Guide for Clinicians and Students
Language and Bilingual Cognition Edited by Vivian Cook, University of Newcastle, UK and Benedetta Bassetti, University of London, UK Leading figures from various disciplines provide a state-of-the-art overview of the relationship between language and cognition, with a focus on bilinguals.
Edited by Robert J. Fourie, University of College Cork, Ireland
çè
Psychology Press «Market: Clinical Psychology November 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-84872-041-1: £34.95 eBook: 978-0-203-83970-6: £34.95
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Selected Contents: How Does Language Affect Thought? View from Anthropology. View from Cognitive Linguistics. Interactive Influences. Tools for Thinking. L2 User. Perspective from Semantics. Advances in Bilingualism. Bilingual Worlds. Color & Bilingual Cognition. Spatial Language & SLA. Perception of Motion. Expressing Voluntary Motion in a L2. Sensitivity to Temporal Phase. Grammatical & Conceptual Gender of Animals. Space & Gesture. Interpreting & Recounting Accidental Events in Spanish and English. Theory of Mind & Bilingual Cognition. Bilingualism & the Impact of Emotion. Emotions in Bilingual Life Narratives. Linguistic Relativity & Language Teaching. Translation. Culture & Cognition. Advertising to the Buy-Lingual Consumer Psychology Press «Market: Psycholinguistics October 2010: 234x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-84872-924-7: £45.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83685-9: £45.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Authors in the fields of communication disorders analyse the psychological, social and linguistic processes and interactions underpinning clinical practice, from both the client and clinician perspectives.The chapters demonstrate how it is possible to analyze and understand client-clinician discourse using qualitative research, and describe various challenges to establishing relationships such as cultural, gender and age differences. The authors go on to describe self-care processes, the therapeutic use of the self, and various psychological factors that could be important for developing therapeutic relationships. While this book is geared toward the needs of practicing and training speech, language and hearing clinicians, other professional such as teachers of the deaf, psychotherapists, nurses, and occupational therapists will find the ideas relevant, interesting and easily translatable for use in their own clinical practice.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
172 clinical psychology & psychiatry
Attachment Theory and Research CBT for Psychosis A Symptom-based Approach in Clinical Work with Adults Edited by Joseph H. Obegi, in Private Practice, California, USA, and Ety Berant, Bar-Ilan University, Israel Written with the practicing psychotherapist in mind, this invaluable book presents cutting-edge knowledge on adult attachment and explores the implications for day-to-day clinical practice. Leading experts illustrate how theory and research in this dynamic area can inform assessment, case formulation, and clinical decision making. The book puts such concepts as the secure base, mentalization, and attachment styles in a new light by focusing on their utility for understanding the therapeutic relationship and processes of change. It offers recommendations for incorporating attachment ideas and tools into specific treatment approaches, with separate chapters on psychoanalytic, interpersonal, cognitive-behavioural, and emotionally focused therapies.
Attachment, Trauma and Multiplicity Working with Dissociative Identity Disorder Edited by Valerie Sinason, Clinic for Dissociative Studies, UK This revised edition investigates the subject of Dissociative Identity Disorder. With new chapters on police work and attachment theory it has been fully updated to include new research.With contributions from psychotherapists, psychiatrists, psychoanalysts and service users this book covers the background history and a description of the condition along with the issues of diagnoses and treatment. It looks at: • the phenomenon of DID • the conflicting models of the human mind that have been found to try and understand DID • the political conflict over the subject. Selected Contents: Part I: Mapping the Territory: Childhood Aetiology, Abuse, Attachment Theory Research, Dissociation, Dissociative Identity Disorder Part II: Attachment Focus: Mainly Theory Part III: Attachment Focus – Mainly Practice Part IV: Other frames of reference: Linguistic, Diagnostic, Forensic and Historic Issues
• the assessment and formulation of psychotic symptoms • how to treat psychotic symptoms using CBT • CBT for specific and co morbid conditions.
Expressions of Drunkenness (Four Hundred Rabbits) Edited by Anne Fox, International Center for Alcohol Policies (ICAP), Washington, USA and Mike MacAvoy Series: ICAP Series on Alcohol in Society Interpretations by different disciplines of the terms intoxication and drunkenness are often inconsistent, creating confusion and inefficiencies in efforts to combat the negative effects of certain drinking behaviours. With this in mind, the International Center for Alcohol Policies (ICAP) and DrinkWise Australia collaborated to prepare a publication that seeks to advance understanding of the individual and collective meanings, purposes, and functions of drunkenness – an insight that is a prerequisite for achieving long-term, self-sustaining cultural change. The chapters of this book discuss intoxication and drunkenness from three perspectives: biological, cultural, and social. By placing intoxication and drunkenness into these contexts, the book is able to offer language and conceptual tools to help advance the ongoing discussion on how best to reduce alcohol-related harm and encourage responsible enjoyment of beverage alcohol. Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry October 2010: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99213-8: £33.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84640-7: £33.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
©
See separate Order Form
This book offers a new approach to understanding and treating psychotic symptoms using cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT). Stressing the important connection between mental illness and mental health, topics of discussion include:
Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry November 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-54946-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54947-9: £19.99
2nd Edition
order now!
Series: The International Society for the Psychological Treatments of the Schizophrenias and Other Psychoses
This book brings together international experts from different aspects of this fast developing field and will be of great interest to all mental health professionals working with people suffering from psychotic symptoms.
Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry October 2010: 235x156: 529pp Pb: 978-1-60623-928-5: £24.00
Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry December 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-49179-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49181-5: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-19555-3
Edited by Roger Hagen, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway, Douglas Turkington, Newcastle University, UK, Torkil Berge, Vinderen Community Mental Health Centre and Rolf W. Gråwe, Drug and Alcohol Treatment in Central Norway
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
clinical psychology & psychiatry 173
Desistance from Sex Offending
Compulsive Buying
Alternatives to Throwing Away the Keys
Clinical Foundations and Treatment
D. Richard Laws, Pacific Design Research, British Columbia, Canada and Tony Ward, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand
Edited by Astrid Muller, University of Erlangen-Nuremberg, Germany and James E. Mitchell, Neuropsychiatric Research, North Dakota, USA
‘This book is an essential resource for clinicians, researchers, and policymakers ... Students would benefit from the excellent integration of research and theory into clinical practice, and would find the fresh perspective on rehabilitation to be eye opening.’ – Elizabeth L. Jeglic, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, USA This book offers a fresh perspective on treating a population that is often demonized by policymakers, the public, and even clinicians. The authors argue that most sex offenders are ‘people like us,’ with the potential to lead meaningful, law-abiding lives – if given a chance and appropriate support. They present an empirically and theoretically grounded rehabilitation approach, the Good Lives Model, which can be integrated with the assessment and intervention approaches that clinicians already use. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry November 2010: 229x152: 306pp Hb: 978-1-60623-935-3: £27.00
Rooted in research and clinical practice, Compulsive Buying examines the drive that compels people to compulsively purchase and hoard their acquisitions. The authors and contributors cover the entire scope of this behaviour and discuss what clinicians need to know in order to better understand and treat their clients. Among the key subjects examined are case reports, correct diagnosis, assessment and instruments, comorbidity, treatment, research, and directions for future research. The book ends with a useful guide for therapists, which includes data and research; and a treatment manual, which includes questionnaires and exercises for clinician and client alike. Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry October 2010: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88463-1: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87642-1: £38.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84096-2: £50.00
7th Edition
7th Edition
Clinician’s Thesaurus
Clinician’s Electronic Thesaurus, Version 7.0
Edward L. Zuckerman, in Private Practice, Pennsylvania, USA Series: The Clinician’s Toolbox ‘Therapists from multiple mental health disciplines will find the Clinician’s Thesaurus a useful resource in their practice. The book’s value extends beyond helping you write professional reports – it will also guide you in providing a more precise and thorough assessment of your clients.’ – Lee Williams, University of San Diego, USA With over 350,000 in print, the Clinician’s Thesaurus is an indispensable practitioner resource and course text. It presents thousands of standard words, phrases, clinical tips, and interview questions to help practitioners conduct thorough assessments, accurately describe nearly any clinical situation, and shape clinical observations into effective reports. Finding exactly the right terminology can save hours of paperwork time and improve the quality of documentation.
çè
Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry October 2010: 260x198: 380pp Pb: 978-1-60623-874-5: £37.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-437-6
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Software to Streamline Psychological Report Writing Edward L. Zuckerman, in Private Practice, Pennsylvania, USA Series: The Clinician’s Toolbox ‘An excellent aid for preparing well-organized, clearly articulated mental health reports. The accompanying manual and onscreen help show how to customize the reporting format to meet the unique needs of each provider as well as the populations being evaluated.’ – Ann A. Abbott, West Chester University, USA This timesaving software puts the entire language of mental health at your fingertips and also becomes your personal text library. It features thousands of searchable words and phrases for describing nearly any clinical situation, which can be copied and pasted directly into your evaluations, reports, progress notes, or treatment plans. Customize the program by adding or deleting text or report formats to meet your writing needs. Version 7.0 has been updated along with the Clinician’s Thesaurus, 7th Edition, and includes sections on additional clinical problems. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry October 2010: 229x152: 64pp CD-ROM: 978-1-60623-972-8: £37.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
The Guide to Conducting Interviews and Writing Psychological Reports
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
174 clinical psychology & psychiatry
How to Talk to a Borderline Joan Lachkar, in Private Practice, California, USA In How to Talk to a Borderline, Joan Lachkar introduces Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) and outlines the challenges and difficulties it presents to clinicians. She expands current understanding of BPD by outlining eight different kinds of borderline personality disorders and how each of these requires specific communication techniques and methods. Case examples are offered throughout the text and in some cases describe the kinds of partners borderlines attract. This book offers new approaches to communicating, working with, and treating borderline personality disorders while integrating more contemporary treatment methods. Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry November 2010: 229x152: 170pp Hb: 978-0-415-87649-0: £23.50 eBook: 978-0-203-83833-4: £23.50
Problematic and Risk Behaviours in Psychosis A Shared Formulation Approach Alan Meaden, Birmingham and Solihull Mental Health Trust, UK and David Hacker, University Hospital Birmingham, UK This book investigates risk and problem behaviours in psychosis including staff and service factors that can impede the delivery of effective care. It provides a new approach for assessment formulation and intervention within such problem behaviours in a team context. Of particular interest will be: • an integrative model for understanding risk and problematic behaviour • shared risk assessment and management processes • approaches to reducing team and carer barriers to effective care • the use of CBT in day-to-day interactions with clients. Selected Contents: Part I: The SAFE Approach: Theory, Models and Processes. Part II: Assessment. Assessing Problematic Behaviours Excesses in Psychosis: A Multidisciplinary Team Based Approach. Part III: Interventions in SAFE. Part IV: Implementation Issues: Translating SAFE into Routine Clinical Practice Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry November 2010: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-49464-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49465-6: £27.99
2nd Edition
Handbook of Assessment and Treatment Planning for Psychological Disorders Edited by Martin M. Antony, Ryerson University, USA, and David H. Barlow, Boston University, USA
3rd Edition
Handbook of Pain Assessment Dennis C. Turk, University of Washington, USA and Ronald Melzack, McGill University, USA
Widely regarded as a premier clinical reference, this book provides state-ofthe-science tools for conducting effective assessments and using the results to plan and monitor evidence-based interventions. Leading authorities present proven approaches to screening and assessment for specific psychological problems. They offer practical guidance and case examples to help clinicians select the best measures for different populations and assessment purposes.
This definitive clinical reference comprehensively reviews the most advanced methods for assessing the person in pain. The field’s leading authorities present essential information and tools for evaluating psychosocial, behavioral, situational, and medical factors in patients’ subjective experience, functional impairment, and response to treatment. Best-practice recommendations are provided for assessing the most prevalent pain syndromes and for working with children, the elderly, and people with communication difficulties.
Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry October 2010: 254x178: 704pp Hb: 978-1-60623-868-4: £57.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-703-2
Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry December 2010: 254x178: 542pp Hb: 978-1-60623-976-6: £51.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-488-8
order now!
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
‘There is simply no other text or resource that so thoroughly defines the current status of pain assessment ... This well-written, easy-to-read volume from some of the most eminent specialists in the field should be required reading for all health professionals who come into contact with people in pain.’ – Margaret Caudill-Slosberg, Dartmouth Medical School, USA
©
‘This second edition is an essential, state-of-the-art resource for practitioners and clinical researchers alike ... Up-to-date chapters are authored by premier researchers. The book is notable for its value as a teaching text for graduate students.’ – Michelle G. Newman, The Pennsylvania State University, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
clinical psychology & psychiatry 175
Religion That Heals, Religion That Harms
Ageing and Older Adult Mental Health
A Guide for Clinical Practice
Issues and Implications for Practice
James L. Griffith, George Washington University School of Medicine, Washington, USA
Edited by Patrick Ryan and Barry J. Coughlan, both at University of Limerick, Ireland
‘An important, original book on a topic we face daily, in both our professional and personal lives ... The book’s blend of conceptual and clinical case material, along with practical suggestions, will appeal to graduate students as well as seasoned clinicians. This is a wise and compassionate book that will be a lasting reference.’ – Kaethe Weingarten, Harvard Medical School, USA From James L. Griffith, well known for his work on harnessing the healing potential of religion and spirituality, this book helps clinicians to intervene effectively in situations where religion is causing harm. Vivid examples illustrate how religious beliefs and practices may propel suicide, violence, self-neglect, or undue suffering in the face of medical or emotional challenges. Griffith also unravels the links between psychiatric illness and distorted religious experience. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry October 2010: 229x152: 278pp Hb: 978-1-60623-889-9: £27.00
The authors are to be congratulated for editing a highly accessible book on ageing and mental health. – Alan Carr, University College Dublin, Ireland This book examines the issues and implications that mental health professionals face when dealing with ageing and older adults. It focuses on the biological, psychological and cultural influences that impact on the work of mental health practitioners. This book is key reading for mental health professionals and for those involved in policy making for older adults. Selected Contents: Ryan, O’Rourke, Ward, Aherne, Historical and Current Perspectives. O’Connell Kehoe, Coughlan, Assessment of Mental Health Issues. Dempsey, Coughlan, Treatment of Mental Health Issues. O’Reilly, Lavin, Coughlan, Ageing and Dementia. O’Donoghue, Ryan, Depression and Ageing. Smith, Elder Abuse. Ryan, O’Sullivan, Smyth, Older Adults: Key to the Success of Younger Generations Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58289-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58290-2: £21.99
textbook
Psychotherapy after Brain Injury
Schizotypy and Schizophrenia
Principles and Techniques
The View from Experimental Psychopathology
Pamela S. Klonoff, Barrow Neurological Institute, St. Joseph’s Hospital and Medical Center, Arizona, USA
Mark. F Lenzenweger, The State University of New York at Binghamton, USA ‘Written by an internationally recognized authority, this book is essential reading for anyone interested in the complexities of schizophrenia and psychopathology research ... Everyone from the beginning graduate student to the experienced researcher will find true gold in these pages.’ – Jill M. Hooley, Harvard University, USA
‘... This accessible and engaging text is essential reading for professionals working in brain injury rehabilitation or with clients who have experienced a brain injury, and an invaluable resource for students and trainees in clinical psychology, clinical neuropsychology, rehabilitation medicine, neuropsychiatry, and social work.’ – Linda Clare, Bangor University, UK
çè
Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry October 2010: 254x178: 290pp Hb: 978-1-60623-861-5: £34.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
This compelling book argues that all people with schizophrenia share a personality organization known as schizotypy. Presented is a novel framework for understanding schizophrenia through the study of individuals who may never develop the disorder, but who nonetheless harbor a liability for it. Mark F. Lenzenweger comprehensively reviews current knowledge about schizotypy while exploring broader questions of how to think about and conduct psychopathology research, making the book useful and relevant for both researchers and students. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry October 2010: 229x152: 444pp Hb: 978-1-60623-865-3: £41.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
This book presents hands-on tools for addressing the multiple ways that brain injury can affect psychological functioning and well-being. The author is a leader in the field who translates her extensive clinical experience into clear-cut yet flexible guidelines that therapists can adapt for different challenges and settings. With a focus on facilitating awareness, coping, competence, adjustment, and community reintegration, the book features helpful case examples and reproducible handouts and forms.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
176 psychotherapy & counselling
101 Interventions in Group Therapy, Revised Edition
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy *
Edited by Scott Simon Fehr, in Private Practice, Florida, USA
Distinctive Features
Every clinician looks for the most effective interventions to apply in group therapy. 101 Interventions in Group Therapy gives practitioners exactly what they are looking for – effective interventions in a clear, simple, reader-friendly format. This comprehensive yet concise guide provides 101 short chapters written by 78 leading well-recognized practitioners explaining step-by-step exactly what to do to provide an effective interventions when something arises in group therapy. Each easy-to-learn intervention is profound in nature and has been shown effective in practice by the author of the chapter.
Paul Flaxman, City University, London, UK, J.T. Blackledge, Morehead State University, USA and Frank W. Bond, University of London, UK
Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 630pp Hb: 978-0-415-88216-3: £55.50
Selected Contents: Part I: The Distinctive Theoretical Features of ACT. Developments within CBT. Relational Frame Theory. Mindfulness and Behaviour Change. ACT and CBT: Assumptive Differences Part II: The Distinctive Practical Features of ACT. ACT-based Case Conceptualization. Promoting Active Acceptance. Cultivating Mindfulness to Promote Contact with the Present Moment. Clarifying Values. ACT in Groups and Non-clinical Contexts Routledge «Market: Psychiatry / Clinical Psychology November 2010: 186x123: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-45065-2: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45066-9: £9.99
Series: CBT Distinctive Features ACT focuses on accepting and dealing with uncomfortable thoughts and feelings. Divided into two sections; theory and practice, this book summarises the key features of ACT in 30 concise points and explains how this technique differs from traditional cognitive behaviour therapy. This book provides an excellent guide to ACT.
3rd Edition
A Counseling Primer An Introduction to the Profession Mary Guindon, Johns Hopkins University, Maryland, USA This introductory, professional orientation text is intended for use by beginning counseling students and can serve as a review for students at internship stage and those in early practice. It covers Standard One, Professional Identity, one of the eight core areas of the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP) curriculum. Guindon has structured the text around the series of ‘W’ questions – Who, What, Where, When, Why, and How. In so doing, the text quickly orients readers to who counselors (and counseling students) are, what counseling actually is, where and when it is practiced, and why people seek counseling help. The text also presents very basic attending and communicating skills (the ‘how’ of counseling) that will form the foundation of the rest of the coursework and training for the beginning counselor.
See separate Order Form
Edited by Frank M. Dattilio, Harvard Medical School, USA, and Arthur Freeman, Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, USA This invaluable practitioner guide and widely adopted text shows how cognitivebehavioral interventions can help people weather situations of extreme stress and build needed skills for the future. Leading authorities describe effective, time-efficient approaches to managing different types of crises: those related to particular psychological problems, such as panic disorder, suicidal depression, and personality disorders; medical crises; child and family crises; and environmental and situational crises, including large-scale traumatic events. Vivid case material illustrates what the interventions look like in action and how to tailor them to individual clients’ needs. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 254x178: 556pp Pb: 978-1-60623-648-2: £24.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 254x178: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87534-9: £61.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87535-6: £24.95 eBook: 978-0-203-86040-3: £61.00
Cognitive-Behavioral Strategies in Crisis Intervention *
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychotherapy & counselling 177
Coaching Women to Lead
Developmental Coaching
Averil Leimon, François Moscovici and Helen Goodier, all at White Water Strategies, London, UK
Life Transitions and Generational Perspectives
Series: Essential Coaching Skills and Knowledge ‘Coaching Women to Lead is timely, relevant, and hugely inspiring!’ – Katherine Tulpa, CEO, Association for Coaching and Co-founder, Wisdom8
Edited by Stephen Palmer, Centre for Coaching, UK and Sheila Panchal, JP Morgan, UK Series: Essential Coaching Skills and Knowledge ‘Coaching is very topical at the moment but no other book has looked at it from the point of view of coaching through the life cycle. This is a unique, well written and important book. Buy it, you won’t regret it.’ – Professor Cary L. Cooper, Lancaster University, UK
Coaching Women to Lead asks why, in the 21st century, there is still such a disparity in the number of women filling leadership roles, compared with men. It argues that a specific coaching approach for women is not only possible but required to support women throughout their corporate career. In this book you will find:
Developmental Coaching explores many of the common transition points we experience throughout life and sets these in their social context reviewing them in the light of generational factors.Areas discussed include:
• how to build a robust business case for coaching women • which areas of coaching are the most useful at which career stage • an academic survey to discover what women need to succeed
• coaching tools and techniques
• in-depth interviews of women role models
• societal and generational trends
• specific tools and techniques to develop a women-focused coaching programme.
• how coaching can help individuals realise positive growth.
Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Anxiety Disorders Mastering Clinical Challenges Gillian Butler, Melanie Fennell and Ann Hackmann, all at Oxford Cognitive Therapy Centre, Warneford Hospital, UK Series: Guides to Individualized Evidence-Based Treatment ‘Therapists will appreciate the sophisticated nuances of therapy depicted here. Layers of clinical creativity are embedded within illustrative case examples ... I heartily recommend this elegant book, whether it is the first or the 50th that you read on anxiety treatment.’ – Christine A. Padesky, cofounder, Center for Cognitive Therapy, California, USA Helping therapists bring about enduring change when treating clients with any anxiety disorder, this invaluable book combines expert guidance, in-depth exploration, and innovative clinical strategies. The authors draw on extensive experience and research to provide a framework for constructing lucid formulations of complex cases. They identify obstacles that frequently arise during the early, middle, and later stages of treatment and present a wide range of practical solutions.
çè
Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 254x178: 224pp Pb: 978-1-60623-869-1: £16.95
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Selected Contents: Eades, Childhood Transitions. Puri, Coaching Through the Teenage Years. Liston-Smith, Becoming a Parent. Donaldson-Fielder, Panchal, Modern Mid-life. Linley, Biswas-Diener, Trenier, Positive Psychology and Strengths Coaching Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling November 2010: 198x129: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47359-0: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47360-6: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84006-1: £50.00
textbook
Counseling Older Adults John Blando, San Francisco State University, USA Counseling older adults is not equivalent to counseling the general population, and specialized skills and knowledge, as well as sensitivity to the contexts in which older adults live, are essential in working successfully with this population. This book provides an introduction to gerontological counseling, covering theories of aging (including a theory of gerontological counseling) and their practical application in counseling work with older adults; basic counseling skills and the counseling process in the context of work with older adults; contextual factors (race-ethnicity, social class, etc.); and a discussion of social justice issues. Also considered are biopsychosocial-spiritual contexts of older adults, as well as the counseling skills and process interventions that maximize counseling success within these contexts. Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling November 2010: 229x152: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-99051-6: £26.95 eBook: 978-0-203-89340-1: £24.95
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 198x129: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-49105-1: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49106-8: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84101-3: £50.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
178 psychotherapy & counselling
Core Competencies in Counseling and Psychotherapy * Becoming a Highly Competent and Effective Therapist Len Sperry, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, USA Series: Core Competencies in Psychotherapy Series Core Competencies in Psychotherapy addresses the core competencies common to the effective practice of all psychotherapeutic approaches, and includes specific intervention competencies of the three major orientations. The book provides a research-based framework to aid clinicians in applying these competencies in their own practice. It begins by identifying and describing the core competencies and skills of expert therapists, then elaborates six core competencies and related supporting competencies and skill-sets. Instead of a review of psychotherapy theory and research or a cookbook of methods and techniques, Core Competencies in Psychotherapy is a highly readable and easily accessible book that can enhance the knowledge and skill base of clinicians – both novice and experienced – in all the mental health specialties. Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 290pp Hb: 978-0-415-95249-1: £24.95 eBook: 978-0-203-89399-9: £24.95
Counting Our Losses Reflecting on Change, Loss, and Transition in Everyday Life Edited by Darcy L. Harris, King’s University College, Canada Series: Series in Death, Dying and Bereavement This text is intended to be a resource for clinicians who work with clients dealing with non-death and ambiguous losses (those that are not the result of a death, but of events that are difficult to define concretely and associated with grief or change) in their lives. It explores adjustment to change, transition, and loss from the perspective of the latest thinking in bereavement theory and research. The specific and unique aspects of different types of loss are discussed, such as infertility, aging, chronic illnesses and degenerative conditions, divorce and separation, immigration, adoption, loss of beliefs, and loss of employment. The contributing authors consider these from an experiential perspective, rather than a developmental one, in order to focus on the key elements of each loss as it may be experienced at any point in the lifespan.
See separate Order Form
Understanding the Consequences and Caring for the Survivors John R. Jordan, The Family Loss Project, Massachusetts, USA and John L. McIntosh, Indiana University South Bend, USA Series: Series in Death, Dying and Bereavement This edited volume addresses the need for an up-to-date, professionally oriented summary of the clinical and research literature on the impact of suicide bereavement on survivors. It is geared towards mental health professionals, grief counselors, clergy, and others who work with survivors in a professional capacity. Topics covered include the impact of suicide on survivors, interventions to provide bereavement care for survivors, examples of promising support programs for survivors, and developing a research, clinical, and programmatic agenda for survivors over the next 5 years and beyond. Selected Contents: Part I: The Impact of Suicide. Part II: Helping Survivors. Part III: Conclusion Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-99355-5: £24.95 eBook: 978-0-203-88604-5: £24.95
Parenting After the Death of a Child * A Practitioner’s Guide Jennifer L. Buckle, Memorial University of Newfoundland, USA and Stephen Fleming, York University, Canada Series: Series in Death, Dying and Bereavement The death of a child has a tremendous and overwhelming impact on parents and siblings, completely altering the psychological landscape of the family. How can someone attempt to cease parenting a deceased child while maintaining this role with his/her other children? Is it possible for a mother or father to effectively deal with feelings of grief and loss while simultaneously helping their surviving children? Parenting after the Death of a Child: A Practitioner’s Guide addresses this complex and daunting dilemma. Following on the heels of a qualitative research study that involved interviewing bereaved parents, both fathers and mothers, Buckle and Fleming have put together several different stories of loss and recovery to create an invaluable resource for clinicians, students, and grieving parents. Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 223pp Hb: 978-0-415-99573-3: £22.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88613-7: £22.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87528-8: £53.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87529-5: £19.95 eBook: 978-0-203-86073-1: £53.00
Grief After Suicide
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychotherapy & counselling 179
A Guide to Spiritually Integrated Treatment John R. Peteet, Harvard Medical School, USA In Depression and the Soul, John Peteet proves the old adage that the best physician is also a philosopher. He considers how to approach the problem of depression within a larger context, and reviews current concepts of successful living relative to the heart (emotion and volition), the mind (cognition and coping), and the soul (the self in relation to transcendent reality). Each chapter goes on to further explore the relationship between depression and the context of a patient’s entire life. This is done through consideration of how the existential struggles of depressed individuals engage their spiritual lives, by reviewing current empirical literature on depression and spirituality, comparing the perspectives of various spiritual traditions or world views, and summarizing ways that spirituality and depression interact. Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 210x140: 134pp Hb: 978-0-415-87895-1: £21.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84644-5: £22.20
Duped Lies and Deception in Psychotherapy Jeffrey A. Kottler, California State University and Jon Carlson, Governors State University, Illinois, USA In this book, Jeffrey Kottler and Jon Carlson turn their well-polished therapy microscopes onto the subjects of lying, falsehood, deceit, and the loss of trust in the counseling room. What do clients lie about, and why? When do therapists mislead or withhold information from their clients? What does it all mean? In their exploration of this taboo material, the authors interview and share stories from dozens of their peers, of all practice areas and modalities and ranging from neophytes to established master practitioners. Their stories and reflections cast some light on this fascinating topic and will help to start a more honest dialogue about difficult subject matter.
çè
Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87623-0: £53.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87624-7: £19.95 eBook: 978-0-203-85834-9: £53.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Emotionally Focused Therapy for Couples Leslie S. Greenberg, York University, Canada, and Susan M. Johnson, University of Ottawa, Canada ‘Greenberg and Johnson’s description of the implementation of emotionally focused therapy is lively and abounds with clinical insights ... The course of emotionally focused therapy is brought to life in a detailed case example that provides an almost palpable sense of the therapy.’ – Contemporary Psychology This influential volume provides a comprehensive introduction to emotionally focused therapy (EFT): its theoretical foundations, techniques, and clinical practice. EFT is a structured approach to couple therapy that integrates intrapsychic and interpersonal perspectives to help couples create new, more satisfying interactional patterns. Since the original publication of this book, EFT has been implemented and tested with growing numbers of couples in a wide range of settings. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 242pp Pb: 978-1-60623-927-8: £16.00
Encouragement Makes Good Things Happen Theo Schoenaker, in Private Practice, the Netherlands Encouragement Makes Good Things Happen is an English translation of the bestselling German book Mut Tut Gut (lit. ‘Courage Does Well’), which is now in its 16th printing. It describes a courageous and encouraging style of living and focuses on the belief that human encouragement is the most important natural ingredient for the healthy development of human beings. Written in an engaging and conversational tone, the book first explores the negative consequences of discouragement on the individual and on society as a whole. It then discusses what encouragement is, why it is important in people’s lives, and how a person can encourage both himself and others. Several exercises are included to help guide mental health professionals in the encouragement of others. Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-88316-0: £19.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84599-8: £19.95
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Depression and the Soul
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
180 psychotherapy & counselling
Enduring Desire
Integrative Therapy
Your Guide to Lifelong Intimacy
100 Key Points and Techniques
Michael E. Metz, in Private Practice, Minnesota, USA and Barry W. McCarthy, American University Washington, USA
Maria Gilbert and Vanja Orlans, both at the Metanoia Institute, UK
In Enduring Desire, authors Michael Metz and Barry McCarthy inspire and motivate readers with real-life examples and clear, helpful individual and couple exercises to reach for realistic and high quality sexual satisfaction as a couple. Throughout the book, they promote positive, realistic sexual expectations without commercialism and the exotic promises of hype that set people up for disappointment. The message is down-to-earth and full of joy for all couples, from their 20s to their 80s. They advocate the variable, flexible ‘Good Enough Sex’ (GES) model, which validates the inherent variability and flexibility of couple sexuality and examine the biopsychosocial, multidimensional, and comprehensive roles, functions, and meanings of couple sexuality.
Series: 100 Key Points
Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 245pp Pb: 978-0-415-87830-2: £12.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84039-9: £12.95
Systemic Therapy with Military Families Edited by R. Blaine Everson, Samaritan Counseling Center, Georgia, USA and Charles R. Figley, Tulane University, Louisiana, USA Series: Routledge Psychosocial Stress Series Families Under Fire is an indispensable guidebook designed for the broad spectrum of civilian mental-health practitioners who work with military personnel, their spouses, and their families. Civilian practitioners do not receive the same military mental healthcare training as providers on military installations, yet they are increasingly likely to treat families as provider networks on military bases are overwhelmed with new cases. Using clear, concise prose and real-world examples, Families Under Fire lays out nuts-and-bolts approaches to work with military families utilizing a systems-based practice that is effective regardless of branch of service or the practitioner’s therapeutic preference, and it is a vital addition to the library of any therapist interested in working effectively with the diverse needs of servicemembers and their families.
See separate Order Form
• the process of integrative therapy • techniques and strategies. This book will be essential reading for all psychotherapists and counsellors, both in practice and training, who want to expand their perspectives and learn more about an integrative approach.
2nd Edition
Handbook of Psychotherapy Case Formulation Edited by Tracy D. Eells, University of Louisville, USA This indispensable practitioner guide and text serves as a comprehensive primer on case formulation within all of the major therapeutic approaches. Prominent experts offer step-by-step guidelines for developing strong formulations and putting them to use in day-to-day practice. The chapters follow a standard format to allow comparison across models. Coverage includes the conceptual and empirical underpinnings of each approach, the relationship of case formulation to therapeutic technique, issues in treating clients from different backgrounds and with different types of presenting problems, and training resources. Illustrative case material and user-friendly examples of completed formulations are featured throughout. Guilford Press «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 235x156: 448pp Pb: 978-1-60623-942-1: £20.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-216-7
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
©
order now!
• the case for an integrative approach to therapy
Selected Contents: Part I: The Case for an Integrative Approach to Psychotherapy. Part II: A Review of the Literature on Integration. Part III: The Centrality of Relationship from the Time of Infancy. Part IV: Dimensions of Self Development. Part V: Problem Formulation for the Integrative Psychotherapist. Part VI: The Process of Integrative Psychotherapy. Part VII: Techniques and Strategies for the Integrative Psychotherapist. Part VIII: Ethics and Professional Practice Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 198x129: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-41376-3: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41377-0: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83832-7: £50.00
Families Under Fire
Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-99847-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84522-6: £24.99
Integrative Therapy: 100 Key Points & Techniques provides a concise and accessible guide that allows professionals and students to look beyond specific approaches in order to draw upon ideas and techniques that will best help the client. Divided into helpful sections, areas of discussion include:
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychotherapy & counselling 181
The Therapeutic Alliance An Evidence-Based Guide to Practice Edited by J. Christopher Muran, Adelphi University, New York, USA, and Jacques P. Barber, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, USA ‘Drawing together leading contributors to psychotherapy research, training, and practice, Muran and Barber provide an unparalleled opportunity to develop a critically balanced, research-informed understanding of key factors ... I have no doubt that this book will become an ‘instant classic’ in the field of psychotherapy, one that will continue to shape alliance research and practice in the years to come.’ – Lynne E. Angus, York University, Canada This state-of-the-art book presents research-based practice guidelines that clinicians of any orientation can use to optimize the therapeutic alliance. Leading proponents of the major psychotherapeutic approaches explain just what a good alliance is, how to create it, and how to recognize and repair alliance ruptures. Applications in individual, group, couple, and family therapy are explored; case examples vividly illustrate the concepts and techniques. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-1-60623-873-8: £27.00
Managing Trauma in the Workplace Supporting Workers and Organizations Edited by Noreen Tehrani, Employee Support Training and Development, UK ‘This book will be extremely useful for a range of professionals, and students. It enhances and advances our understanding of the impact of trauma in the context of the workplace.’ – Alison Dunn, Transport for London, UK Managing Trauma in the Workplace looks at the impact of trauma not only from the perspective of the employees but also from that of their organizations. In addition to describing the negative outcomes from traumatic exposure it offers solutions which will not only build a more resilient workforce but also lead to individual and organizational growth and development. This book has contributions from international experts working in a variety of professions including teaching, the military, social work and human resources. Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 216x138: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-55892-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55893-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84106-8: £60.00
2nd Edition
Making Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Work
Mindfulness and the Therapeutic Relationship
Clinical Process for New Practitioners
Edited by Steven F. Hick, Carleton University, Canada and Thomas Bien, in Private Practice, New Mexico, USA
Deborah Roth Ledley, in Private Practice, Philadelphia, USA, Brian P. Marx, Boston University School of Medicine, USA and Richard G. Heimberg, Temple University, Philadelphia, USA
‘Leading scholars from diverse orientations address mindfulness and the therapeutic relationship with regard to issues of definition, measurement, treatment, and training. The result is a significant contribution to the literature – one that will be greatly appreciated by clinical practitioners, researchers, graduate students, and instructors.’ – J. Christopher Muran, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, USA
‘I wish this kind of clinical resource had been available when I was a doctoral student learning CBT! ... A wonderful resource for the psychotherapist in training or for the experienced practitioner new to CBT methods.’ – Bruce A. Thyer, Florida State University, USA
çè
Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 294pp Hb: 978-1-60623-912-4: £27.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-59385-142-2
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Grounded in research, chapters demonstrate how therapists’ own mindfulness practice can help them to listen more attentively and be more fully present. Leading proponents of different treatment approaches – including behavioral, psychodynamic, and family systems perspectives – illustrate a variety of ways that mindfulness principles can complement standard techniques and improve outcomes by strengthening the connection between therapist and client. Guilford Press «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 240pp Pb: 978-1-60918-019-5: £16.95
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Used around the world by novice clinicians as well as experienced therapists new to cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), this bestselling book has been widely adopted as a text in clinical training programs. The authors provide a vivid picture of what it is actually like to do CBT and offer practical guidance for becoming a more skilled and confident clinician.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
182 psychotherapy & counselling
Psychotherapy with Older Men
Therapy with Young Men *
Tammi Vacha-Haase, Colorado State University, USA, Stephen R. Wester and Heidi Fowell Christianson, both at University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, USA
16–24 Year Olds in Treatment
Series: The Routledge Series on Counseling and Psychotherapy with Boys and Men Vacha-Haase, Wester, and Christianson present the newest research findings for the clinical treatment of older men. They begin with a discussion to help the reader understand the older man in the context of society, gender, and aging. The next part of the book focuses on the psychological issues that are common areas of difficulty for older men, including depression, anxiety, and substance abuse, with a specific focus on symptoms, conception, and best-practice interventions for specific clinical challenges. Each chapter begins with a case example, providing a description and personal context for the reader, and includes a description of the disorder, common symptoms, assessment techniques, and treatment approaches. Finally, future directions for the treatment of the older male population are discussed. With the population of men above the age of 65 rapidly increasing, this is a timely book that is sure to be a highly useful resource for the mental health practitioner. Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 212pp Hb: 978-0-415-99862-8: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99863-5: £19.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88165-1: £50.00
Dave Verhaagen, Southeast Psychological Services, USA Series: The Routledge Series on Counseling and Psychotherapy with Boys and Men Young adult men in their late teens and early twenties are statistically the least happy of any group of males surveyed. What’s more, scholarly research tells us that adolescent boys and young men have the highest rates of behavioral problems, completed suicides, and drug and alcohol problems of any demographic group. Young men frequently come into therapy with unresolved identity issues, behavioral problems, and drug and alcohol problems. In Therapy with Young Men, Verhaagen presents a comprehensive model of therapy with young men that address each of these concerns, beginning with the rapport and engagement process, and then moving to ways to increase motivation for changing problem behaviors and increasing adaptive skills. Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 235pp Hb: 978-0-415-80446-2: £38.95 Pb: 978-0-415-80447-9: £19.50 eBook: 978-0-203-87454-7: £38.95
2nd Edition
Spiritual Resources in Family Therapy
Sex in Psychotherapy Sexuality, Passion, Love, and Desire in the Therapeutic Encounter
Edited by Froma Walsh, University of Chicago, USA and Chicago Center for Family Health, USA
Lawrence E. Hedges, Listening Perspectives Study Center, Orange, California, USA
‘A vital contribution to the growing literature on spirituality and psychotherapyé I highly recommend this updated second edition.’ – Kenneth I. Pargament, Bowling Green State University, USA
Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87352-9: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86456-2: £19.99
Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 412pp Pb: 978-1-60623-908-7: £20.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-919-7
order now!
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Exploring the role of spirituality in couple and family relationships, this successful text and practitioner guide illustrates ways to tap spiritual resources for coping, healing, and resilience. Leading experts in family therapy and pastoral care discuss how faith beliefs and practices can foster personal and relational well-being, how religious conflicts or a spiritual void can contribute to distress, and what therapists can gain from reflecting on their own spiritual journeys. Rich with insights for working with multi-faith and culturally diverse clients, the new second edition has been thoroughly revised and updated with the latest ideas, findings, and clinical applications.
©
Sex in Psychotherapy takes a psychodynamic approach to understanding recent technological and theoretical shifts in the field of psychotherapy. Lawrence Hedges provides an expert overview and analysis of a wide variety of new perspectives on sex, sexuality, gender, and identity; new theories about sex’s role in therapy; and new discoveries about the human brain and how it works. Therapists will value Hedges’s unique insights into the role of sexuality in therapy, which are grounded in the author’s studies of neurology, the history of sexuality, transference, resistance, and countertransference. Clinicians will also appreciate his provocative analyses of influential perspectives on sex, gender, and identity, and his lucid, concrete advice on the practice of therapeutic listening.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychotherapy & counselling 183
Tackling Depression at Work A Guide for Employees and Managers Gordon Parker, University of New South Wales and Black Dog Institute, Australia and Kerrie Eyers, Black Dog Institute, Australia Figures suggest that more than 10 percent of people in the workforce struggle with depression. Both employees and their managers are looking for the same outcome: recovery and return to best functioning. This book explains the key issues that arise and offers proven strategies employees and managers can take. With insightful advice from workers who’ve learned to manage their disorder on the job, this book offers invaluable support for any worker with depression. It is also an invaluable resource for line managers and human resource managers. Selected Contents: Sizing Things Up: The Prevalence of Workplace Disability. Reading The Game: Well-pitched Intervention and Support. When Someone’s ‘Off Their Game’: Signals that Indicate a Problem. Early Intervention Scores Goals: Managerial Strategies. Carrying an Injury into the Game: To Disclose or not to Disclose Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling December 2010: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-60171-9: £44.95 Pb: 978-0-415-60172-6: £9.99
The Counselor’s Guide for Facilitating the Interpretation of Dreams
The Needs ABC Therapeutic Model for Couples and Families A Guide for Practitioners Tom Caplan, McGill University of Social Work, Canada The Needs ABC Therapeutic Model for Couples and Families: A Guide for Practitioners shows readers how to successfully tailor a therapeutic approach to meet the needs of couples and families. Beginning clinicians will come away from this book with concrete, practical skills and expanded theoretical base for their practice, and they’ll be able to apply their new knowledge directly and in ways that will help them create long-lasting change in clients who present with difficult behaviors. The book explains the concepts and theories behind the Needs ABC approach and provides tangible methods with which to integrate aspects of the Needs ABC approach into the therapists’ own therapeutic techniques. Practitioners will find that the Needs ABC model is an invaluable complement to cognitive-behavioral, integrative, and other therapeutic models, as well as general guides to couples and family therapy. Selected Contents: Part I: The Needs ABC Model, its Background and its Distinguishing Features. Part II: Needs ABC for Couples. Part III: Life Stages and the Couple; Parents, Adolescents, Children and Families Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-87305-5: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87306-2: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86557-6: £50.00
Family and Other Relationship Systems Perspectives
The Quest to Feel Good *
Evelyn Duesbury, in Private Practice, Wisconsin, USA
Paul R. Rasmussen, Furman University, South Carolina, USA
This book will serve as a guide for practicing counselors and therapists to facilitate work with their clients interpreting their dreams in order to reduce and alleviate stress, with a focus on dreams concerning family members and other major figures in the dreamer’s life with whom he or she interacts. It explores in-depth a researched dream interpretation model developed by the author, the Personalized Method for Interpreting Dreams (PMID). Via this model, the counselor becomes the facilitator of the dreamer’s interpretation of his or her dreams; the dreamer is the one to carry-out and complete the six steps of which it is comprised. Its emphasis is on the power of the dreamer’s day-before-the-dream experiences and thoughts to influence the dream, as these will help uncover the theme of the dream and point to solutions for conflict contained in it.
This volume describes how emotions, rather than being the result of random or disordered biochemical processes, are adaptive mechanisms that are often over relied upon as a function of basic learning processes. It also addresses the role of emotions as adaptive components, in combination with cognitive and behavioural processes, to our overall orchestration of life. The objective is to help the professional reader understand that negative emotions serve a critical adaptive purpose that functions in relation to our ultimate desire for a felt positive state. It is argued that this is a critical integration and focus that makes the volume important, necessary and unique to mental health professionals.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling November 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88341-2: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88342-9: £19.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84448-9: £50.00
Selected Contents: Part I: Theoretical Foundation. Part II: Validating Emotions. Part III: Compelling Emotions. Part IV: Case Conceptualization and Clinical Treatment Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 229x152: 313pp Hb: 978-0-415-96531-6: £28.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89397-5: £28.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
184 psychotherapy & counselling
The Men’s and Women’s Programs How to Help a Sexual Ending Rape through Peer Education Assault Survivor John D. Foubert, The College of William and Mary, Virginia, USA
The Men’s and Women’s Programs: Ending Rape through Peer Education is a guide for college administrators and faculty members looking to create a sexual assault prevention and education program to provide men and women with the knowledge, skills, and support systems needed to become active participants in the prevention of rape. It contains detailed scripts which outline how to set up and implement a program and provides instructions on running a training course and recruiting peer educators. Handouts and worksheets are included to assist in the training process, as well as for peer educators to use when working with participants.
What Men Can Do One in Four, Inc. Routledge October 2010: 229x152: DVD: 978-0-415-88429-7: £95.00
Police Rape Training Video One in Four, Inc. Routledge October 2010: 229x152: DVD: 978-0-415-88419-8: £30.00
Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 279x216: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-88105-0: £22.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84860-9: £22.95
Peer Educator’s Manual
Peer Educator’s Manual
John D. Foubert, The College of William and Mary, Virginia, USA
John D. Foubert, The College of William and Mary, Virginia, USA
This guide contains the training materials necessary for the student/peer educator who will be facilitating the men’s program. While it does complement the guide for administrators, it is designed to be a self-contained manual. It includes all of the program scripts and handouts, as well as advice for running the program. The program scripts lay out each session in detail for the leader. Participants will be taught about rape via in depth discussions and videos that will put them in the shoes of the victim, helping them to understand what it might feel like for both a woman and a man to experience rape. Methods for helping survivors and ways to prevent rape are then covered, including bystander interventions.
Intended to be used in an all-female peer education group, this guide contains the training materials necessary for the peer educator. While it does complement the guide for administrators, it is designed to be a self-contained manual. It includes all of the program scripts and handouts, as well as advice for running the program. The program scripts lay out each session in detail for the leader. Participants will learn how to recognize and identify dangerous men, how to help a friend who is a survivor of rape, and about ways to be an active bystander. The program scripts lay out each session in detail for the leader. Videos will be used to reinforce the material.
Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 279x216: 75pp Pb: 978-0-415-88106-7: £56.00
Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 279x216: 50pp Pb: 978-0-415-88107-4: £56.00
order now!
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
The Women’s Program
©
The Men’s Program
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychotherapy & counselling 185
Understanding Psychological Health The REBT Perspective Windy Dryden, University of London, UK This book draws on rational emotive behaviour therapy (REBT) to provide an understanding of psychological health. Each chapter looks at an important aspect of psychological health and then discusses it in relation to the REBT approach. Divided into two parts the book looks firstly at how people can remain psychologically healthy in the face of adversity and then goes on to discuss how these healthy philosophies underpin certain key areas of psychological health. This book will be of great interest to all therapists in both practice and training. Selected Contents: Part I: The Basics of Psychological Health: Being Healthy in the Face of Adversity Part II: Psychological Health: Beyond the Basics Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling October 2010: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56634-6: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56635-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83909-6: £55.00
Working with Immigrant Families A Practical Guide for Counselors Edited by Adam Zagelbaum, Sonoma State University, California, USA and Jon Carlson, Governors State University, Illinois; and the Wellness Clinic, Lake Geneva, Wisconsin, USA Series: Family Therapy and Counseling Working with Immigrant Families examines the theoretical and practice-based issues that must be considered by counseling professionals when performing family therapy with immigrant clients. It provides practitioners with insights into why immigrant families come to the United States, the processes that unfold while they do, and the steps that can be taken to help these families make the most of their experience in the new country.
Routledge «Market: Pyschotherapy and Counselling November 2010: 229x152: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-80061-7: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87928-3: £19.99
psychoanalysis
First Do No Harm *
Object Relations in Depression
The Paradoxical Encounters of Psychoanalysis, Warmaking, and Resistance
Trevor Lubbe, in Private Practice, South Africa This book provides a psychoanalytic discussion of depression, through examining the work of key thinkers in the psychoanalytic field. Drawing on illuminating case studies the book focuses on the complex nature of depression, its long lasting and chronic implications and the susceptibility to relapse many may face.
Edited by Adrienne Harris, New York University, USA and Steven Botticelli, City University of New York Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series
çè
Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 229x152: 431pp Hb: 978-0-415-99648-8: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99649-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88519-2: £60.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Selected Contents: Depression Today: A Critical Point in Understanding and Treament. Freud’s Theory of Depression. Karl Abraham’s Theory of Depression. Melanie Klein’s Theory of Depression. When the Body Gets Depressed: Henri Rey. Winnicott on Depression. A Note on Fairbairn’s Concept of ‘Futility’. Analytic Sub-types Of Depression. A Theoretical Conribution to the Problem of Relapse. The Correlation Between Dream Work and the Work of Mourning. Case Study: A Type of Identication Found in Depression-related Loss. The Depressed Child: The Scandal of Prescribing Antidepressants. Freud’s Depression. Klein’s Depression. Bion’s Depression Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis December 2010: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57676-5: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57677-2: £19.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
While psychoanalysis can be used as much for the justifications of warfare and propaganda as it can be for the defiance of and resistance to those same things, it is in the investigation of the motives and methods behind these choices that it proves its greatest strength and value. To wit, this edited collection presents published and unpublished chapters by analysts, writers, and activists who have been working at the front lines of psychic life and war from various vantage points. Set at a point of tension and contradiction, they illustrate the paradoxical relation of psychoanalysis as both a site of resistance and healing as well as a necessary aspect of warmaking, propaganda, and militarism. Throughout, a psychoanalytic sensibility works to deconstruct the very opposition that it inhabits, and seeks to reestablish psychoanalysis as the healing discipline it was conceived to be.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
186 psychoanalysis
Lacanian Psychoanalysis
Persons in Context
Revolutions in Subjectivity
The Challenge of Individuality in Theory and Practice
Ian Parker, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
Edited by Roger Frie, Simon Fraser University, Vancouver, Canada and William J. Coburn, Institute of Contemporary Psychoanalysis, Los Angeles, USA
Series: Advancing Theory in Therapy This book argues that Lacan’s elaboration of psychoanalytic theory is grounded in clinical practice and needs to be defined in relation to the four main traditions; psychiatry, psychology, psychotherapy and spirituality. Topics of discussion include: • the intersection between psychoanalysis and social transformation • a new way through deadlocks of current Lacanian debate • a new approach to ‘clinical structures’ of neurosis, perversion and psychosis. This book will be of great interest to students, trainees and practitioners of psychoanalysis, psychotherapy, counselling and other domains of personal and social change. Selected Contents: Framing Analysis. Psychiatrising Speech. Psychoanalytic Psychology. Distributed Selves. Psychotherapeutic Capital. Reflexive Recuperation. Mapping Lack in the Spirit. A Clinic in the Real Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-45542-8: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45543-5: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84391-8: £60.00
Secret Passages The Theory and Technique of Interpsychic Relations Stefano Bolognini, in Private Practice, Italy
Divided into three parts areas of discussion include: • plurality and complexity in the internal world • the complex nature of psychoanalytic empathy • from the transpsychic to the interpsychic. Drawing on vivid clinical examples throughout, Secret Passages will be of great interest to all psychoanalysts, in particular those with an interest in gaining a more global theoretical perspective. Selected Contents: Introduction. Part I: Three Prefaces to the Discussion Part II: Interpsychic Passages. Part III: From the Transpsychic to the Interpsychic Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-55511-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55512-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83912-6: £60.00
©
Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-87143-3: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87144-0: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86932-1: £50.00
Psychoanalysis and Motivational Systems Joseph D. Lichtenberg, in Private Practice, Washington DC, USA, Frank M. Lachmann and James L. Fosshage, both at New York University, USA Series: Psychoanalytic Inquiry Book Series Opening by placing motivational systems theory within a contemporary dynamic systems theory, Lichtenberg, Lachmann, and Fosshage then respond to critics of motivational systems theory. The authors present revisions to their approach to the original five motivational systems, adding two more: an affiliative and a caregiving motivational system. The authors go on to suggest, using ideas garnered from complexity theory and fractals, that motivational systems theory can help us understand how a continuity of self can be maintained despite near-constant fluctuations in interpersonal relations. Last, they present new looks at the clinical applicability of their research. Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 229x152: 232pp eBook: 978-0-203-84474-8: £21.99 Hb: 978-0-415-88322-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88323-8: £21.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Secret Passages provides a theoretical and clinical exploration of the field of psychoanalysis. Offering a uniquely global perspective Bolognini considers the different trends in contemporary psychoanalysis, charting a course between the innovative and traditional.
See separate Order Form
In contemporary forms of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy, the turn to contextualism has led to new ways of thinking and practice that have dispensed with the notion of the isolated individual. The recognition that human experience is fundamentally immersed in the world can make the question of individuality seem confusing, even anachronistic. This volume of original essays considers the lived experience of individuality within clinical, developmental, and cultural contexts. Drawing on a variety of disciplinary backgrounds, the contributors develop the notion of the person in context and provide unique perspectives on the nature of individuality. Ultimately, these essays demonstrate that individuality, however it is defined, always occurs within contextual webs that form the basis of all human activity.
A New Look
Series: The New Library of Psychoanalysis
order now!
Series: Psychoanalytic Inquiry Book Series
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
psychoanalysis 187
Relational Approaches in Gestalt Therapy
The First Year and the Rest of Your Life
Edited by Lynne Jacobs, Pacific Gestalt Institute, Los Angeles, USA and Richard Hycner, Couples and Individual Counseling Center, Solano Beach, USA
Movement, Development, and Psychotherapeutic Change
Richard Hycner and Lynne Jacobs assemble an international group of Gestalt theorists and clinicians for an engaging and insightful investigation into the integration of relational approaches within Gestalt therapy. The book is divided thematically into three sections. The first section speculates on the history and development of relationality in terms of Gestalt therapy. Chapters that discuss the patient-therapist relationship comprise the second section, and include explorations into uncertainty in interpretation and understanding, attunement and optimal responsiveness, working with shame, and negotiating individuality and ‘betweenness.’ The last section opens up to groups and organizations, applying relational approaches to Gestalt therapeutic encounters with more than one patient.
Infants command a vast array of nonverbal cues and signals. This early life in motion is the root of later verbal expression, though its importance in the child’s interpersonal development is often overlooked. Observation of these fundamental movements of the infant, in interaction with the parents, can reveal co-constructed experiences that might otherwise remain unelaborated. Using the technique of foundational movement analysis, it is possible to determine areas of tension between parent and baby that interfere with optimal development. Moreover, since early movement forms the basis of future communication, such analysis can shed light on patterns of interaction in psychotherapy with adults and couples as well. Numerous clinical vignettes and detailed case reports demonstrate how an understanding of nonverbal baby/parent cocreated dialogue can be usefully applies to the relationship of patient and therapist.
Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 229x152: 376pp Pb: 978-0-415-87931-6: £24.99
Frances La Barre, in Private Practice, New York, USA and Ruella Frank, New York Institute for Gestalt Therapy, USA
Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 229x152: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-87639-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87640-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85747-2: £55.00
On Not Being Able To Paint
The Hands of the Living God
Marion Milner
An Account of a Psycho-analytic Treatment
Introduction by Janet Sayers
Marion Milner
This book discusses the nature of creativity, the separation of artistic expression from real life, the technique to release one’s creative impulses, and a new approach to painting and drawing. Rather than providing an examination of the professional and recognised artist, Milner focuses on her own beginner’s efforts to draw and paint. In short, she analyses not the mysterious and elusive ability of the genius who achieves self-expression through the medium of painting, but – as the title of the book suggests – the all too common and distressing restrictions by which the creativity of the average adult individual is held in check. With a new introduction from Janet Sayers, this book will be of interest to analysts, therapists, educationalists and all those with an interest or involvement in the creative process.
Introduction by Adam Phillips
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 198x129: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-55069-7: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55070-3: £16.99
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55076-5: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55078-9: £14.99
This remarkable book, first published in 1969, provides a detailed case study of someone too divided within herself. During treatment, lasting over twenty years, ‘Susan’ suddenly and spontaneously discovers the capacity to do doodle drawings. It was partly for this reason and partly to clarify, both for herself and others, what she was learning from her patients that Marion Milner wrote the book. But the ultimate stimulus came from the drawings themselves, with their deep unconscious perception of the nature of the battle between sanity and madness. With a brand new introduction from Adam Phillips, The Hands of the Living God is essential reading for all those with an interest in the fields of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy and more widely to all those involved in therapy and the arts.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
188 psychoanalysis
The Journey of Child Development Selected Papers of Joseph D. Noshpitz Edited by Bruce Sklarew, in Private Practice, Chevy Chase, USA and Myra Sklarew, American University, Washington, USA Collected here are a number of previously unpublished papers which demonstrate the breadth of Joseph Noshpitz’s interests and the depth to which he conceived the psychic life of the child. Preceded by brief introductions which help to contemporize and contextualize the papers for the modern reader, the subject matter boasts a wide range: from ethics in child development, to feminine gender issues and the notion of the tomboy, to selfdestructiveness and negative ego-ideals in adolescents. More applied papers delve into the formative appeal of literature directed at young girls, the developmental lessons of ninja turtles, and the creative motivations behind art, music, dance, and poetry. Running throughout these papers is an unyielding advocacy for the mental health and positive development of the child as a member of society at large, perhaps nowhere more evinced than in the somewhat controversial proposal for stricter interventions in the family unit. Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis October 2010: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-87664-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85685-7: £22.99
jung/analytical psychology
Sexual Revolutions
Filming the Nation
Psychoanalysis, History and the Father
Jung, Film, Neo-Realism and Italian National Identity
Edited by Gottfried Heuer, in Private Practice, UK
Donatella Spinelli Coleman, De Montfort University, UK
• a contemporary perspective on sexual revolutions • the broad influence of Otto Gross • the father/son conflict • a Jungian perspective on history.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: Part I: History. Lu, Jung and History. Part II: Fathers and Sons. Gilman, Kafka, Sex and the Jews. Dienes, Gross vs. Gross. Part III: Psychoanalysis, Literature and Sociology. Totton, Wilhelm Reich’s Theory of Sexuality. Michaels, Otto Gross’ Influence on German-language Writers. Part IV: Sexual Revolutions. Orbach and Kahr, Sexual Liberation: Where have we got to? Samuels, Carnal Critiques Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-57043-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57044-2: £22.99
See separate Order Form
Italian Neo-realism has inspired film audiences and fascinated critics and film scholars for decades. This book offers an original analysis of the movement and its defining films from the perspective of the cultural unconscious. Combining a Jungian analytical approach with traditional theorisations of film and national identity, this book re-interprets the familiar images of well-known masterpieces and introduces some less renowned yet equally significant films. Selected Contents: Part I: Primo Tempo The Uninvited Guest: Film, Psychoanalysis and the Jungian Absence. Archetype and Complex. Jung, Film and Nation. Part II: Intervallo Italian Neo-realism and the Unmitigated Darkness of Historical Truth. Part III: Secondo Tempo 1942–1945: War and Archetypes. 1942–1943: Leaving the Father’s House. 1949–1952: Redeemers, Tricksters and the Wisdom of the Unconscious Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55513-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55514-2: £19.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
This is a major interdisciplinary enquiry into the history, nature and plausibility of the idea of a ‘sexual revolution’, drawing also on the related fields of history, law, criminology, literature, sociology and philosophy. Offering an international range of contributors, areas of discussion include:
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
jung/analytical psychology 189
House: The Wounded Healer on Television Jungian and Post-Jungian Reflections Edited by Luke J. Hockley, University of Bedfordshire, UK and Leslie Gardner, City University, UK and MMU, UK This book employs a Jungian perspective to examine the psychological construction of the series, House MD, and its namesake, Dr Gregory House. Divided into three parts; Diagnosing House, Consulting House and Dissecting House, topics of discussion include: • themes, motifs and tropes throughout the series • narrative, character and visual structure • the combination of performative effects, text and images of the doctor and his team.
Female Leadership Management, Jungian Psychology, Spirituality and the Global Journey Through Purgatory Karin Jironet, de Baak VNO-NCW Management Centre, the Netherlands This book explores the nature of female leadership and illustrates how women may seek to renew the notion of leadership through psycho-spiritual development, either in groups, retreats or one-to-one sessions. Offering a symbolic examination of Dante’s journey through Purgatory and the seven sins and virtues, the book discusses the process of overcoming tensions between inner motivations and outer expectations to achieve true leadership. This book will be of interest to all Jungian psychoanalysts who wish to learn about how Jungian theory has been put into practice in this field, as well as a range of professionals working with leadership development.
Selected Contents: Hockley, Doctoring Individuation. Izod, the Physician’s Melancholia. Hauke, Playing House. Waddell, House’s Caduceus Crutch. Huskinson, Anatomy of Genius. Cotter, Limping the Way to Wholeness. Rowland, House not Ho(L)Mes. Gardner, Gestures of Excess. Beebe, Not as a Stranger. Miller, I Feel Like a Failure: In-House Feminism. Glossary of Jungian Terms Routledge «Market: Film Studies / Jung and Analytical Psychology December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47912-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47913-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84033-7: £60.00
Selected Contents: The Divine Comedy. Pride and Humility. Envy and Generosity. Anger and Gentleness. Sloth and Zeal. Greed and Charity. Gluttony and Temperance. Lust and Chastity. Female Leadership: The Way Forward Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology November 2010: 216x138: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-58291-9: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58292-6: £18.99
volume 1
Jung in the 21st Century
Jung in the 21st Century Evolution and Archetype John Haule, in Private Practice and Training Analyst, C.G Jung Institute, Boston
volume 2
Synchronicity and Science John Haule, in Private Practice & Training Analyst, C.G Jung Institute, Boston, USA This second volume explores Jung’s understanding of synchronicity and argues that it offers an important contribution to contemporary science. Whilst the scientific world has often ignored Jung’s theories as being too much like mysticism, Haule argues that what the human psyche knows beyond sensory perception is extremely valuable. Divided into two parts, areas of discussion include:
This first volume provides an original overview of Jung’s work, demonstrating that it is fully compatible with contemporary views in science. It draws on a wide range of scientific disciplines including, evolution, neurobiology, primatology, archaeology and anthropology. Divided into three parts, areas of discussion include: • evolution, archetype and behaviour
• shaminism and mastery
• individuation, complexes and theory of therapy
• border zones of exact science • meditation, parapsychology and psychokinesis.
• Jung’s psyche and its neural substrate • history of consciousness.
Selected Contents: Part I: Evolution, Archetype and Behaviour Part II: Jung’s Psyche and Its Neural Substrate Part III: History of Consciousness Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-57797-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57798-4: £23.99
Selected Contents: Part I: Shamanism and the Mastery of Altered States Part II: The Border Zones of Exact Science Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-57801-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57802-8: £23.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
This book will, like the first volume, be an invaluable resource for all those in the field of analytical psychology, including students of Jung, psychoanalysts and psychotherapists with an interest in the meeting of Jung and science.
çè
This book will be an invaluable resource for all those in the field of analytical psychology, including students of Jung, psychoanalysts and psychotherapists with an interest in the meeting of Jung and science.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
190 child & adolescent mental health
Autism Spectrum Disorders in Infants and Toddlers Diagnosis, Assessment, and Treatment Edited by Katarzyna Chawarska, Ami Klin and Fred R. Volkmar, all at the Yale Child Study Center, Connecticut, USA Rich with clinical insights, this volume reviews the state of the science of identifying and treating autism spectrum disorders (ASD) in very young children. Leading authorities examine critical research issues and present innovative approaches to assessing social, cognitive, adaptive, communication, and sensory – motor impairments in the first two years of life. Providing a comprehensive discussion of developmental, behavioral, and medical intervention models, the book also addresses ways to support families in coping with an early ASD diagnosis and becoming effective advocates for their children. A special chapter discusses popular but controversial treatments, including how to help families make informed decisions about their use. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 229x152: 348pp Pb: 978-1-60623-970-4: £18.00
Breaking Through to Teens Psychotherapy for the New Adolescence Ron Taffel, Institute for Contemporary Psychotherapy, New York, USA ‘Every page bears witness to Dr. Taffel’s empathy and warmth and his understanding of adolescents and their families. This book is a wonderful resource for both beginning and experienced therapists.’ – Robert Brooks, Harvard Medical School, USA This book presents groundbreaking strategies for psychotherapy with today’s teens, for whom high-risk behavior, lack of adult guidance, and intense anxiety and stress increasingly come with the territory. Ron Taffel addresses the key challenge of building a therapeutic relationship that is strong enough to promote real behavioral and emotional change. He demonstrates effective ways to give advice that teens will listen to, get them to tell the truth about their lives, help parents reestablish their authority, and extend the reach of therapy by such nontraditional means as inviting teens to bring friends into sessions. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 234x159: 292pp Pb: 978-1-60623-944-5: £16.95
2nd Edition
4th Edition
Brief Intervention for School Problems
Academic Skills Problems Direct Assessment and Intervention Edward S. Shapiro, Leigh University, Pennsylvania, USA
Outcome-Informed Strategies John J. Murphy, University of Central Arkansas, USA and Barry L. Duncan, Heart and Soul of Change Project, USA Series: Guilford School Practitioner Every interaction with a young person who is struggling is an opportunity for change. This highly practical guide helps school practitioners find effective solutions to academic and behavioral problems through brief counseling. It shows how to build on the ideas and resources that students, parents, and teachers bring to the intervention process, within an innovative, research-supported, timelimited framework. Extensive case material illustrates the authors’ creative approach to building solutions and ‘busting problems’ by putting clients in the driver’s seat. Filled with real-world examples from both elementary and secondary settings, the book presents creative strategies for addressing disciplinary problems, poor academic performance, anxiety, compulsive behaviors, and other common difficulties.
Series: Guilford School Practitioner This bestselling text provides a comprehensive framework for the direct assessment of academic skills. Presented is a readily applicable, four-step approach for working with students experiencing a range of difficulties with reading, spelling, written language, or maths. School-based practitioners are guided sequentially through assessment of the instructional environment, assessment of instructional placement, instructional modification, and progress monitoring. Extensively rewritten to reflect current findings and best practices, this edition includes information on useful Internet resources, updated sample forms and charts, and all-new case illustrations. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health December 2010: 229x152: 448pp Hb: 978-1-60623-960-5: £34.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-977-7
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 229x152: 210pp Pb: 978-1-60623-930-8: £16.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-97230-174-0
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
child & adolescent mental health 191
A Response to Intervention Guidebook David M. Hulac, University of South Dakota, USA, Joy Terrell, Recovery School District, Louisiana, USA, Odell Vining, School Psychologist, Georgia, USA and Joshua Bernstein, Chatham University, Pennsylvania, USA Series: School-Based Practice in Action This book is a how-to manual for school mental health professionals, educators, and administrators that discusses a series of steps that can be used to proactively manage and prevent many different types of behavioral problems in a positive manner. It incorporates both the high structure and high behavioral expectations that are crucial for school success, but also describes following this structure in such a way that students feel included, important, and respected. This book includes step-by-step guides on how to implement school-wide and classroom-wide interventions in a response-to-intervention format. Routledge «Market: School Psychology October 2010: 229x152: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-87584-4: £53.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87585-1: £19.95 eBook: 978-0-203-85956-8: £53.00
The Power of Family-School Partnering (FSP) A Practical Guide for School Mental Health Professionals and Educators Cathy Lines, Cherry Creek School District, Colorado, USA, Gloria Miller, University of Colorado, USA and Amanda Arthur Stanley, Cherry Creek School District, Colorado, USA Series: School-Based Practice in Action FSP is a multi-dimensional process in which schools, families, and communities engage in shared actions to ensure a child’s academic, social, and emotional success. With this text, the authors intend to offer a practical guide that demonstrates how this partnering can be strategically implemented in all levels of schooling. The authors begin with an overview of the foundational and organizational information necessary for successful FSP, including a review of ecological and family systems theory. FSP theories and strategies are presented at a universal, targeted, and intensive level, giving the school mental health professional insight into working with students and families who have differing needs.
çè
Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 229x152: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-80147-8: £53.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80148-5: £19.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87762-3: £53.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Comprehensive Children’s Mental Health Services in Schools and Communities Rick Jay Short, Middle Tennessee University, USA and Robyn S. Hess, University of Northern Colorado, USA Series: School-Based Practice in Action In this text, the authors propose a public health model for comprehensive children’s mental health services that encompasses, rather than replaces, the traditional model in school psychology. The background and theoretical perspective for this public health model is discussed as an important way to solve problems and accomplish goals in schools, after which the authors outline and develop a clear, practical procedure for implementing and evaluating programs based on public health ideas. This text will also address new roles for school psychologists that focus on prevention and promotion. An accompanying CD will contain sample activities, forms, handouts, and other materials. Selected Contents: Part I. Overview and Introduction Part II. Basic Principles Part III. Guidelines for Service Part IV. Some Examples: Evidence-Based Comprehensive Mental Health Programs Part V. Concluding Comments Part VI. Practitioner Resources Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health November 2010: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-80448-6: £53.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80449-3: £19.95 eBook: 978-0-203-87453-0: £53.00
Working with Children to Heal Interpersonal Trauma The Power of Play Edited by Eliana Gil, Virginia Tech University, Virginia, USA ‘... This volume offers a wealth of information about the effective use of play-based interventions that honor children’s self-healing strategies. From a renowned expert in the field, this is a valuable resource for beginning and experienced therapists who work with child victims of interpersonal trauma, such as abuse and neglect.’ – Charles E. Schaefer, Fairleigh Dickinson University, USA Featuring in-depth case presentations from master clinicians, this volume highlights the remarkable capacity of traumatized children to guide their own healing process. The book describes what posttraumatic play looks like and how it can foster resilience and coping. Demonstrated are applications of play, art, and other expressive therapies with children who have faced such overwhelming experiences as sexual abuse or chronic neglect. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 229x152: 336pp Hb: 978-1-60623-892-9: £27.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Behavioral Interventions in Schools *
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
192 child & adolescent mental health
Child-Centered Play Therapy Ris‘ VanFleet, Family Enhancement and Play Therapy Center, Pennsylvania, USA, Andrea E. Sywulak and Cynthia Caparosa Sniscak, both in Private Practice, Pennsylvania, USA ‘Finally, a book that teaches and illustrates the essential ‘how-to’ details of child-centered play therapy (CCPT)! ... This book is a ‘must’ for teaching CCPT and should be on the shelves of all therapists interested in using play to help children heal.’ – Heidi Gerard Kaduson, The Play Therapy Training Institute, Inc., New Jersey, USA Highly practical, instructive, and authoritative, this book vividly describes how to conduct child-centered play therapy. The authors are master clinicians who explain core therapeutic principles and techniques, using rich case material to illustrate treatment of a wide range of difficulties. The focus is on nondirective interventions that allow children to freely express their feelings and take the lead in solving their own problems. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 229x152: 238pp Hb: 978-1-60623-902-5: £24.00
Managing Challenging Behaviors in Schools Research-Based Strategies That Work Kathleen Lynne Lane, Vanderbilt University, USA, Holly Mariah Menzies, California State University, USA, Allison L. Bruhn and Mary Crnobori, both at Vanderbilt University, USA Series: What Works for Special-Needs Learners This book provides tested, easy-toimplement strategies for preventing problem behavior in the classroom and responding effectively when it does occur. Chapters describe specific steps that K-12 teachers and other school-based professionals can take to develop effective classroom rules and routines; plan suitably challenging instruction; and promote student engagement and motivation. Presenting a continuum of strategies from prevention to more intensive behavior supports, the book offers clear-cut instructions for implementing behavioral contracts, self-monitoring, and functional assessmentbased interventions. Special features include more than a dozen reproducible checklists, self-assessment tools, and planning forms; the large-size format facilitates photocopying. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health November 2010: 260x198: 240pp Pb: 978-1-60623-951-3: £24.00
2nd Edition
Parents and Toddlers in Groups
Child Anxiety Disorders A Guide to Research and Treatment
A Psychoanalytic Developmental Approach
Deborah C. Beidel, University of Central Florida, USA and Candice Alfano, George Washington University School of Medicine, Washington D.C., USA
Edited by Marie Zaphiriou Woods and Inge-Martine Pretorius, both at The Anna Freud Centre, UK
Childhood anxiety disorders represent one of the most common psychological disorders found among the general population. They can be serious, distressful, and functionally impairing, so much so that there has been an explosion of interest in their treatment, primarily from pharmacological and cognitivebehavioral perspectives. Addressing these perspectives is the revised second edition of Childhood Anxiety Disorders, by Beidel and Alfano. They pay close attention to new pharmacological and psychological interventions as well as multi-center trials that compare single and combined treatment modalities. Additionally, they devote new sections to racial, ethnic, and cultural factors in the area of childhood anxiety disorders and sleep and anxiety disorders.
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-48639-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48640-8: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83973-7: £55.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health November 2010: 229x152: 257pp Hb: 978-0-415-87373-4: £27.95 eBook: 978-0-203-86425-8: £27.75 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-94797-8
This book explores how psychoanalytic principles can be applied when working with parents and toddlers in groups. Illustrated with lively observations, it discusses how these parent-toddler groups can be an effective medium for early intervention during a period which is critical for the negotiation of a child’s central emotional issues. Parents and Toddlers in Groups demonstrates the particular challenges of the toddler phase and its contribution to an individual’s future development and relationships. Focusing on an approach developed by the Anna Freud Centre the book comprises of chapters from a range of expert contributors. This book will be a valuable resource for practitioners wanting to reach parents and young children in community, educational and a variety of other settings. It will also appeal to child psychotherapists and psychologists working in CAMHS teams.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
child & adolescent mental health 193
Treating Depressed and Suicidal Adolescents
Early Start Denver Model for Young Children with Autism
A Clinician’s Guide
Promoting Language, Learning, and Engagement
David A. Brent, Kimberly D. Poling and Tina R. Goldstein, all at University of Pittsburgh, USA
Sally J. Rogers, M.I.N.D Institute, University of California, USA, and Geraldine Dawson, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA
‘Brent and his colleagues have produced a superbly written book that provides state-of-the-art information about evidence-based assessment and treatment of adolescent depression and suicidality. The book is infused with clinical wisdom that will fully prepare the reader for treating these challenging conditions. This exceptional book is a ‘must read.’ – Matthew K. Nock, Harvard University, USA Grounded in decades of research and the clinical care of thousands of depressed and suicidal teens, this highly accessible book will enhance the skills of any therapist who works with this challenging population. The authors describe the nuts and bolts of assessing clients and crafting individualized treatment plans that combine cognitive and behavioral techniques, emotion regulation interventions, family involvement, and antidepressant medication. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health November 2010: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-1-60623-957-5: £24.00
2nd Edition
Response to Intervention Principles and Strategies for Effective Practice
‘The great strength of the manual is its blend of scientific and practical knowledge that focuses on producing important developmental outcomes for children ... Early Start Denver Model for Young Children with Autism is one of the best examples of translating science into practice; it will serve as the standard against which future treatment manuals in the field are judged.’ – Samuel L. Odom, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA From leading authorities, this state-ofthe-art manual presents the Early Start Denver Model (ESDM), the first comprehensive, empirically tested intervention approach specifically designed for toddlers and preschoolers with autism. The manual provides structured, hands-on strategies for working with very young children in individual and group settings to promote development in such key domains as imitation; communication; social, cognitive, and motor skills; adaptive behavior; and play. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 254x178: 298pp Pb: 978-1-60623-631-4: £32.50 Hb: 978-1-60623-632-1: £46.00
3rd Edition
Child Development
Rachel Brown-Chidsey and Mark W. Steege, both at University of Southern Maine, USA
A Practitioner’s Guide
Series: Practical Intervention in the Schools
Series: Social Work Practice with Children and Families
This bestselling work provides practitioners with a complete guide to implementing response to intervention (RTI) in schools. The authors are leading experts who explain the main components of RTI – high-quality instruction, frequent assessment, and data-based decision making – and show how to use it to foster positive academic and behavioral outcomes for all students. Implementation procedures are described in step-by-step detail. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding to facilitate photocopying, the book includes reproducible planning and implementation worksheets.
çè
Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: : 210pp Pb: 978-1-60623-923-0: £24.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-59385-215-3
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
‘Written in warm and accessible language, this book provides an in-depth understanding of child development, with immediate connections to intervention and assessment ... I would unhesitatingly choose this book for graduate courses in child development and child psychotherapy.’ – Lisa Aronson Fontes, Union Institute and University, USA This widely used professional development resource and course text provides an engaging overview of developmental theory and research, with a focus on what practitioners need to know. The author explains how children’s trajectories are shaped by transactions among early relationships, brain development, and the social environment. Developmental processes of infancy, toddlerhood, the preschool years, and middle childhood are described. The book shows how children in each age range typically behave, think, and relate to others, and what happens when development goes awry. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: 235x156: 510pp Hb: 978-1-60623-909-4: £44.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-59385-076-0
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
‘... This accessible book is a ‘must’ for professional development with school psychologists and schooland district-based leadership teams. The inclusion of systems-level guidance in the second edition addresses an essential aspect of implementation.’ – Jennifer Knutson, Anchorage School District, Alaska, USA
Douglas Davies, University of Michigan, USA
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
194 creative arts therapies
Navigating Art Therapy
textbook
Introduction to Art Therapy Research
A Therapist’s Companion
Introduction to Art Therapy Research is a pragmatic text that introduces readers to the basics of research design in quantitative and qualitative methodology written in the language of art therapy, with particular attention to the field’s unique aspects, current thinking, and exemplars from published art therapy research studies. It is suitable for courses in introductory research, survey of art therapy history and literature, art therapy assessment, and ethics. It includes strategies for evaluating research reports and writing for peer-reviewed publication, features that make the text of special value to students, practitioners, doctoral candidates, and academics writing for publication.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: Part I: Art Therapy Research Ideas, Tools, and Steps in the Process Part II: Quantitative Models of Art Therapy Research Part III: Before You Begin: The Research Protocol and Other Ethical Safeguards Routledge «Market: Creative Art Therapies October 2010: 229x152: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-87147-1: £22.50 eBook: 978-0-203-85513-3: £22.20
See separate Order Form
Art therapy is used in an increasing range of settings and is influenced by a range of disciplines including psychotherapy, social-psychiatry, social work and education. Navigating Art Therapy is an essential companion for both seasoned art therapists and those new to the field as it offers a comprehensive guide to key terms and concepts. With contributions from art therapists around the world, entries cover: • forms of interpretation • processes of adaptation • history of art therapy • the inspiration provided by artworks and popular culture. This book is an ideal source of reference as the concise, cross-referenced entries enable easy navigation through ideas and terms integral to the discipline. As such, it is invaluable for anyone working in the art therapy field. Routledge «Market: Creative Art Therapies December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-22318-8: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-22319-5: £24.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Lynn Kapitan, Mount Mary College, Wisconsin, USA
Edited by Chris Wood, Sheffield Health and Social Care, NHS Foundation Trust, UK
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
nursing 195
Home Birth The Politics of Difficult Choices Mary Nolan, University of Worcester, UK This is a book for midwives and health professionals but it is one which starts from women’s stories and their points of view. Pointers to best practice are presented alongside the narratives, making this a practical read for those concerned with making home birth an option for women. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Policy – Does It Mean What It Says? 2. Choosing Home Birth Against Medical Advice 3. Fear and Risk 4. Choice, Bullying and Coercion 5. Communication and Language 6. Avoidance, Subversion and Confrontation 7. Stress in Pregnancy and Birth 8. Men’s Experience of Home Birth Against Medical Advice 9. Free Birth: The End of the Choice Continuum 10. Advocacy, Empathy and Autonomy 11. The Dialectic between Possibilities and Limits Routledge «Market: Midwifery / Childbirth November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-55754-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55755-9: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83667-5: £70.00
Routledge Handbook of Clinical Supervision * Fundamental International Themes Edited by John R. Cutcliffe, University of Texas at Tyler, USA, Kristiina Hyrkas, Maine Medical Center, USA and John Fowler, De Montfort University, UK Routledge Handbook of Clinical Supervision provides a global and multi-disciplinary ‘state of the art’ overview of clinical supervision, presenting and examining the most robust evidence upon which to base practice. Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1: Education, Training and Approaches to Clinical Supervision Section 2: Introducing, Implementing and Developing Clinical Supervision Section 3: The Practice and Experiences of Clinical Supervision Section 4: Contemporary Research Activity on Clinical Supervision Section 5: International Perspectives and Developments in the State of the Science of Clinical Supervision Routledge «Market: Nursing / Medicine / Allied Health October 2010: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-77955-5: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84343-7: £125.00 Rising to £125.00 three months after publication
medical sociology & health studies
The Human Context Edited by Phil Barker, University of Dundee, UK Mental Health Ethics provides an overview of traditional and contemporary ethical perspectives and critically examines a range of ethical and moral challenges present in contemporary ‘psychiatricmental’ health services. Selected Contents: Section 1: Ethics and Mental Health Section 2: The Professional Context Section 3: The Care and Treatment Context Section 4: The Human Context Section 5: Legal Issues Section Six: Ideological Issues
çè
Routledge «Market: Nursing / Mental Health November 2010: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-57099-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57100-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83905-8: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge Handbook of Global Public Health Edited by Richard Parker, Columbia University, USA and Marni Sommer The Routledge Handbook of Global Public Health addresses emerging issues and conceptualizations in global health, expanding upon the critical priorities in this rapidly evolving field. It provides an authoritative overview for students, practitioners, researchers, and policy makers concerned with public health around the globe. Selected Contents: Section 1. The Transition From International to Global Public Health Section 2. Structural Inequalities And Global Health Section 3. Ecological Transformation and Environmental Health in the Global System Section 4. Population and Reproductive Health Section 5. Conflict, Violence and Emergencies Within Global Health Section 6. Global Health Policy and Practice Section 7. Global Health and Development Section 8. Global Mental Health Section 9. Global Access to Essential Medicines Section 10. Health Systems, Health Capacity, and The Politics of Global Public Health Routledge «Market: Public Health December 2010: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-77848-0: £110.00 Rising to £125.00 three months after publication
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Mental Health Ethics
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
196 medical sociology & health studies
Key Themes in Health and Social Care *
Mental Health and Later Life * Delivering an Holistic Model for Practice
A Companion to Learning Edited by Adam Barnard, Nottingham Trent University, UK This book is a learning resource for students in health and social care. It provides an overview of foundational issues and core themes in the field and introduces key areas of debate, moving from an introductory level to in-depth discussion as the book progresses. Each chapter begins with an outline of the content and learning outcomes and includes reflective exercises to allow students to reflect on what they have read, review their learning and consolidate their understanding. Time-pressed readers wanting to ‘dip into’ the book for relevant areas can do so but, read from cover to cover, the book provides a comprehensive introduction to the key areas of contemporary health and social care practice. It will be particularly helpful for students undertaking health and social care undergraduate and foundation degrees. Routledge «Market: Health and Social Care October 2010: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-47637-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47638-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84585-1: £80.00
Edited by John Keady, University of Manchester, UK and Sue Watts, Greater Manchester West Mental Health NHS Foundation Trust, UK The mental health needs of older people are all too often overlooked or put down to the inevitable effects of old age. This much-needed textbook will make it much easier for health professionals – from psychologists to nurses – to identify, treat and support the needs of this vulnerable group. Selected Contents: Introduction Part I: Setting the Scene 1. Between Participation and Practice 2. Social Care Approaches Part II. Clinical Contexts 3. Mental Health Promotion 4. Depression and Anxiety 5. Psychosis 6. Alcohol and Dual Diagnosis 7. Memory Services 8. The Croydon Memory Service 9. Dementia: Complex Case Work 10. Later Life Liaison Services 11. Psychological Interventions for Complex and Enduring Mood Disorders Part III: A Way Forward 12. New Directions, New Ambitions Routledge «Market: Mental Health / Nursing October 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49428-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49429-8: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84475-5: £75.00
2nd Edition
Research and Practice in Health and Social Care Brian Sheldon, Formerly Centre for Evidence-Based Social Services, Peninsula Medical School, Exeter, UK Based on empirical evidence, Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy is designed to give a thorough grounding in cognitive-behavioural methods and their application. It is essential reading for students and professionals in social work and nursing, as well as to those with a psychology background.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: 1. The Origins, Development and Distinctive Features of CBT 2. Philosophical and Psychological Implications of CBT 3. Assessment, Monitoring and Evaluation 4. Intervention Techniques: Response-Control Methods 5. Stimulus Control Techniques 6. Social Skills 7. Cognitive Approaches 8. Ethical Considerations Routledge «Market: Nursing / Social Work / Psychology December 2010: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-56436-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56435-9: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-09374-3
See separate Order Form
Mental Health and Social Problems A Social Work Perspective Edited by Nina Rovinelli Heller and Alex Gitterman, both at University of Connecticut, USA Mental Health and Social Problems is a textbook for social work students and practitioners. It explores the complicated relationship between mental conditions and societal issues as well as examining risk and protective factors for the prevalence, course, adaptation to and recovery from mental illness. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part I. Social Problems and Mental Health/Illness 2. Oppression and Stigma 3. Poverty 4. Racism 5. War 6. Homelessness 7. Corrections 8. Immigration 9. Child Maltreatment 10. Intimate Partner Violence 11. Community Violence Part II. Mental Health Conditions 12. Autism Spectrum Conditions 13. Executive Function Disorders and Self Deficits 14. Conduct Conditions 15. Mood Conditions 16. Anxiety 17. Eating Disorder Conditions 18. Personality Conditions 19. Psychotic Conditions 20. Substance Abuse 21. Dementia Routledge «Market: Social Work October 2010: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-49386-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49387-1: £39.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84060-3: £85.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
medical sociology & health studies 197 Planning in Health Promotion Work
Population Mental Health
An Empowerment Model
Evidence, Policy, and Public Health Practice
Roar Amdam, Volda University College, Norway
Neal Cohen, Hunter College, CUNY, USA and Sandro Galea, University of Michigan, USA
Series: Routledge Studies in Public Health Drawing on theoretical and empirical evidence from local, regional and international planning and public health, Amdam develops a new model for health promotion: empowerment planning. This combines top-down and bottom-up approaches to enable people to take more responsibility for their own health and for individual and collective capacity building.
Series: Routledge Studies in Public Health This book examines the evidence-base for incorporating mental health into the public health agenda by linking the research on population-based mental health with public health policy and practice, and sets out an innovative model for integrated care.
Routledge
Routledge
«Market: Public Health October 2010: 234x156: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-58367-1: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84252-2: £65.00
«Market: Public Health / Social Work December 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77921-0: £75.00
social work & social policy
Building Relationships and Communicating with Young Children * A Practical Guide for Social Workers
Evidence-Based Group Work in Community Settings Edited by David E. Pollio, University of Alabama, USA and Mark J. Macgowan, Florida International University, Miami, USA This book evaluates group work models developed through collaborations between researchers and community agencies, and discusses issues around instruction and dissemination of evidencebased group work in practice settings. This book was published as a special issue of Social Work with Groups.
Karen Winter, Queen’s University Belfast, UK This book provides a timely, invaluable resource and practical guide for social work students specialising in family and child care and for practitioners who have young children on their caseloads. Packed with real life examples of in-depth interviews conducted with young children known to social services, it outlines what can be done to improve practice in this challenging and demanding area.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Social Work October 2010: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3851-7: £80.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Setting the Scene 2. The Importance and Value of Relationships 3. Barriers to Building Relationships 4. A Child Rights-Based Approach 5. Communicating with Young Children: Stages and Skills 6. Communicating with Young Children: Methods 7. Case Studies 8. Summary and Ways Forward Routledge «Market: Social Work / Early Years November 2010: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-56267-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56268-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83672-9: £70.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
198 social work & social policy
Social Care with African Families in the UK *
reader
Social Work * A Reader
This important text promotes understanding of the complexities and diversities of African family life. It stimulates creative thinking about how social care professionals can develop meaningful relationships and engage confidently and effectively with African families they encounter within work contexts.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: 1.1 Africans South of The Sahara 1.2 Africans Living in the UK 2. Social Care and Policy Context 3. Organizational and Leadership Context 4. Student Survey 5. Social Cultural and Economic Pressures 6. Marriage Patterns 7. Family and Child Rearing Practices 8. Religions and Faiths 9. Ageing Mortality and Death 10. Balancing the Demands from Two Cultures 11. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Social Work October 2010: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-48293-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48294-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84208-9: £75.00
See separate Order Form
Edited by Viviene E. Cree, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Student Social Work This inspiring Reader brings together some of the most significant ideas which have informed social work practice over the last 40 years. Exploring these fundamental ideas, the book includes commentaries that allow the reader to understand the texts on their own terms as well as to be aware of their relations to each other and to the wider social work context. Selected Contents: Part One: The Profession of Social Work Part Two: Knowledge and Values for Social Work Part Three: Skills and Practice in Social Work Routledge «Market: Social Work November 2010: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49972-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49973-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84089-4: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Viola Nzira, University of Reading, UK
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
medicine 199
Apoptosis Modern Insights into Disease from Molecules to Man Edited by Victor R. Preedy, King’s College, UK Unlike other books that fail to target the key active elements, Apoptosis: Modern Insights into Disease from Molecules to Man covers apoptosis from A to Z. It explores a wide range of topics – from various cancers, asthma, and multiple sclerosis, to alcohol liver disease, chronic back pain, and cardiovascular health. With 40 chapters written by reputable authorities, the book answers the field’s long-standing need for a one-stop comprehensive volume. Science Publishers «Market: Medicine October 2010: : 650pp Hb: 978-1-57808-583-5: £87.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4543-1: £87.00
Laurence J. Street, Chilliwack General Hospital, Canada Divided into diagnostic and treatment sections, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the most common medical procedures performed in modern clinical settings. Each section presents common names for the procedure; an outline of the disease or injury for which the procedure is performed; a brief review of the anatomical structures and physiological processes that are involved; staffing, equipment, and pre-procedure requirements; a detailed description of the procedure itself; and a discussion of expected outcomes and potential complications. Each chapter includes a summary and study questions, and the appendices offer a glossary and a table of normal values.
@
The first in a series of four books, this comprehensive work details the molecular detection of major human viral, bacterial, fungal, and parasitic pathogens. Focusing on sample preparation and molecular detection procedures, each chapter presents a concise review of the pathogen concerned including its taxonomy, biology, epidemiology and pathogenesis; a description of clinical sample collection preparation procedures; a summary of molecular detection methods; representative molecular detection protocols; and a discussion on the challenges, limitations, and advantages for the current methods as well as further research required to improve diagnosis.
Muscles of Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy, Evolution, Homologies and Development Rui Diogo, George Washington University, District of Columbia, USA and Virginia Abdala, Universidad Nacional de Tucuman, Argentina This book provides a detailed account of the comparative anatomy, development, homologies, and evolution of the head, neck, pectoral, and forelimb muscles of vertebrates. It includes hundreds of illustrations that show the homologies between the muscles of all the major extant vertebrate taxa. It supplies a list of more than a thousand synonyms used by other authors to designate these muscles. The book reviews data obtained in the fields of evolutionary developmental biology, molecular biology, and embryology, explaining how this data can help in understanding the evolution and homologies of vertebrate muscles. Science Publishers «Market: Medicine October 2010: : 500pp Hb: 978-1-57808-682-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4562-2: £95.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Medicine October 2010: 254x178: 344pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8199-2: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8200-5: £44.99
for e-mail updates in your field
Edited by Dongyou Liu, Human Genetic Signatures, Australia
CRC Press November 2010: 279x216: 1016pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1236-5: £127.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1237-2: £127.00
Clinical Procedures for Medical Technology Specialists
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Molecular Detection of Human Viral Pathogens
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
200 medicine Maldynia
The Delivery of Regenerative Medicines and Their Impact on Healthcare
Multidisciplinary Perspectives on Chronic Pain Edited by James Giordano, Georgetown University, Washington D.C., USA An in depth examination of maldynia, also known as chronic pain, this book explores pain as a bio-cultural phenomenon that necessitates reexamination of medical philosophy, ethics, education, and practice. It provides a historical account of pain and then frames it with contemporary neurobiological perspectives. This book supplies a foundation upon which to illustrate (1) how what we know about pain could and should influence medical education and the scope and value of medical practice; and (2) how knowledge of the history and present considerations of pain might help to construct meaningful, patient-centered medicine. CRC Press «Market: Medicine December 2010: 235x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3630-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3631-6: £95.00
Edited by Catherine Prescott, Biolatris Ltd., UK and Dame Julia Polak, Imperial College, UK Based on input from an international panel of experts, this book provides first-hand experience of the challenges and opportunities facing the delivery of regenerative medicines to patients. It highlights key issues beyond science and clinical translation, such as finance and business models, intellectual property, regulatory landscapes, and questions of how regenerative medicines will be evaluated for reimbursement. This book will become a pivotal reference to anyone within the healthcare sector interested in understanding and investing in the delivery of regenerative medicines to the benefit of patients. CRC Press «Market: Medicine November 2010: 235x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3606-4: £108.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3607-1: £108.00
biological sciences
Human Genetics: The Basics Ricki Lewis, Alden March Bioethics Institute, Albany Medical College, USA
Refinement, Reduction, and Research
Series: The Basics Human genetics has blossomed from an obscure branch of biological science and occasional explanation for exceedingly rare disorders to a field all of its own that affects everyone. Human Genetics: The Basics introduces the key questions and issues in this emerging field, including: • the common ancestry of all humanity • the role of genes in sickness and health • debates over the use of genetic technology. Written in an engaging, narrative manner, this concise introduction is an ideal starting point for anyone who wants to know more about genes, DNA, and the genetic ties that bind us all.
See separate Order Form
Edited by Bryan Robert Howard, formerly at University of Sheffield, UK, Timo Nevalainen, University of Kuopio, Finland and Gemma Perretta, Italian National Research Council, Santa Maria di Galeria, Italy COST (European Cooperation in the field of Scientific and Technical Research) is an intergovernmental initiative in science and research intended to promote the coordination of nationally funded research at a European level. In laboratory animal science, four working groups were established to discuss the housing of animals, environmental needs, refinement of procedures, genetically modified animals, and cost-benefit analysis. Based on the activities of these working groups, this book provides the European best practices for individuals and institutions working with laboratory animals. The text also provides a guide for the ethical evaluation of experiments and procedures involving animals. CRC Press «Market: Lab Animal Science October 2010: 254x178: 440pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2492-4: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2493-1: £57.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Genetics / Science October 2010: 198x129: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57984-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57986-5: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84058-0: £55.00
The COST Manual of Laboratory Animal Care and Use
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
biological sciences 201
Biological Sciences
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
1.
6. 5th Edition
4th Edition
Molecular Biology of the Cell
Human Molecular Genetics
Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts and Peter Walter
Tom Strachan and Andrew Read 2010: 276x213: 807pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4149-9: £49.00
2007: 276x213: 1392pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4106-2: £59.99
2.
7. 3rd Edition
2nd Edition
Essential Cell Biology
Introduction to Protein Structure
Bruce Alberts, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter Walter, Dennis Bray, Karen Hopki, Alexander D. Johnson and Julian Lewis
Carl Ivar Branden and John Tooze 1999: 276x213: 410pp Pb: 978-0-8153-2305-1: £44.00
2009: 276x213: 860pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4130-7: £45.00
3.
8. 7th Edition
3rd Edition
Janeway’s Immunobiology
Genomes 3
Ken Murphy, Paul Travers and Mark Walport
T.A. Brown
2007: 276x213: 928pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4123-9: £46.00
2006: 276x213: 736pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4138-3: £47.00
4.
9. Physical Biology of the Cell
3rd Edition
The Immune System
Rob Phillips, Jane Kondev, Julie Theriot and Hernan Garcia
Peter Parham
2008: 276x213: 800pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4163-5: £50.00
2009: 276x213: 608pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4146-8: £41.00
10. The Biology of Cancer
Understanding Bioinformatics
Robert A. Weinberg
Marketa J. Zvelebil and Jeremy O. Baum
2006: 276x213: 864pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4076-8: £50.00
2007: 276x213: 798pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4024-9: £42.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
5.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
202 biological sciences
The Laboratory Zebrafish Claudia Harper, Amgen Inc., Cambridge, USA and Christian Lawrence, Children’s Hospital Boston, USA Series: Laboratory Animal Pocket Reference
Fields, Forces, and Flows in Biological Systems Alan J. Grodzinsky, MIT, USA Fields, Forces, and Flows in Biological Systems describes the fundamental driving forces for mass transport, electric current, and fluid flow as they apply to the biology and biophysics of molecules, cells, tissues, and organs. Basic mathematical and engineering tools are presented in the context of biology and physiology.
Providing a quick reference source for basic information and common procedures, this guide is designed for a range of experience levels. It covers all aspects pertaining to the use of these organisms including humane care and management, husbandry, compliance, technical procedures, veterinary care, housing, and water quality management.
This textbook is written for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in biological and biomedical engineering and will be a valuable resource for interdisciplinary researchers. Garland Science «Market: Biophysics December 2010: 279x216: 500pp Hb: 978-0-8153-4212-0: £49.00
CRC Press «Market: Lab Animal Science December 2010: 235x156: 256pp Pb: 978-1-4398-0743-9: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0744-6: £38.99
2nd Edition
textbook
Scientists Must Speak Plant Tissue Culture, Eric Walters and Gale C. Walters, both at Development, and Biotechnology D. The Chicago Medical School, North Chicago, USA Addressing several specialized areas generically termed biotechnology, Plant Tissue Culture, Development and Biotechnology uses a broad range of species that are studied via laboratory exercises. Based on the editors’ previous textbooks Plant Development and Biotechnology and Plant Tissue Culture Concepts and Laboratory Exercises – Second Edition, the book provides detailed perspectives and hands-on training in this rather diverse field. It concentrates on plant development and its application in biotechnology, while maintaining as broad of a base as possible. Supporting laboratory exercises are provided.
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Biological Sciences November 2010: 254x178: 664pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8326-2: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8327-9: £63.99
See separate Order Form
Having the ability to speak confidently; engage the audience; make a clear, well-argued case; and handle any tricky situations, is rarely a natural talent, and standing before an inquisitive audience or board can be a stressful experience. Scientists Must Speak: Bringing Presentations to Life helps readers do just that. The book addresses such topics as using visual aids, voice and body language, adapting material, question and answer sessions, and more. Written by authors with many years’ experience of teaching presentation techniques, this engaging text will help readers make the best of their presentations and remove some of the fear that makes them a daunting prospect. CRC Press November 2010: 216x140: 160pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2603-4: £15.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2604-1: £15.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-28028-0
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Edited by Robert N. Trigiano, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, USA and Dennis J. Gray, University of Florida, Apopka, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
biological sciences 203
Optimal Control of Greenhouse Cultivation Gerrit van Straten, E.J. van Henten, L.G. van Willigenburg and R.J.C. van Ooteghem, all at Wageningen University, the Netherlands Providing a single-source reference on the development and the state-of-the-art in optimal greenhouse control, this book focuses on model-based methods to achieve the best economical result. The authors discuss physical models of greenhouse climate and biological models of crop growth, as well as classical rule-based and multivariable feedback controllers. Key topics include state-space crop modeling, integrated optimal control, and controllers that exploit the weather to achieve the optimal trade-off between short term savings and optimal harvest yield. To stimulate new lines of future research, each chapter includes open issues that need to be addressed. CRC Press «Market: Agriculture October 2010: 254x178: 296pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5961-8: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-5963-2: £63.99
The Biology of Lungfishes Edited by Jorden Morup Jorgensen, University of Aarhus, Denmark and Jean Joss, Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia The Biology of Lungfishes presents an up-to-date collection of reviews on some of the most important aspects of the life of lungfishes. The book draws on contributions from well-known experts with a long record of scientific work within their respective fields. The general natural history of the three genera of lungfishes, the fascinating fossil story, and modern ideas of lungfish phylogeny form the main part of the text. The book also covers the morphology and physiology of various organs. Science Publishers «Market: Marine and Aquatic Science October 2010: : 530pp Hb: 978-1-57808-431-9: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4861-6: £89.00
volume 3
volume 3
Principles and Practices of Plant Genomics
Seed Conditioning
Edited by Chittaranjan Kole and Albert G. Abbott, both at Clemson University, South Carolina, USA This book presents the basic and applied aspects of sequencing of genes and genomes and their implication in the fine-scale elucidation of the plant genomes. The third volume presents an overview on the advances of plant genomics made in the past century; deliberations on the genomics resources and concepts, tools, strategies, and achievements of comparative, evolutionary, and functional genomics and whole-genome sequencing. It also presents critical reviews on the already completed genome initiatives and glimpses on the currently progressing genome initiatives. This volume is an ideal reference book for students, scholars and scientists in academia, industry, and government.
çè
Science Publishers «Market: Botany October 2010: : 370pp Hb: 978-1-57808-683-2: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4552-3: £76.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Bill R. Gregg, Seed Industry Development & Conditioning Specialist, Starkville, Misissippi, USA and Gary L. Billups, Crippen International, Inc., Anna, Texas, USA Little public information exists on the physical properties and conditioning requirements of seed. For many crop seeds, the only information that exists is with companies that produce, clean, and handle seed. This manual provides as much available information as possible, assisting those already in the business as well as newcomers to the field. The book presents the physical characteristics and conditioning needs of seed. Readers can use the record formats provided to build their own records of what worked so as to remove specific contaminants from their crop seed. This information will enable them to save time, shrink conditioning costs, and reduce seed losses. Science Publishers «Market: Biological Sciences October 2010: : 370pp Hb: 978-1-57808-609-2: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4671-1: £82.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Advanced Genomics
Crop Seed Conditioning
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
204 biological sciences
Photographic and Descriptive Musculoskeletal Atlas of Gorilla With Notes on the Attachments, Variations, Innervation, Synonymy and Weight of the Muscles Edited by Rui Diogo and Bernard A. Wood, both at George Washington University, District of Columbia, USA, Josep M. Potau and Gaelle Bello, both at University of Barcelona, Spain, Juan F. Pastor, Felix J. dePa, Eva M. Ferrero and Mercedex Barbosa, all at Universidad de Valladolid, Spain Even though the gorilla is our closest living relative, information about its anatomy, and particularly its musculature, is scarce. This book is the first photographic and descriptive musculoskeletal atlas of the gorilla. It includes high-quality photographs of musculoskeletal structures from most anatomical regions of the body, along with textual information about the attachments, innervations, and weight of the reported muscles. The atlas is an up-to-date review of the anatomical variations within gorillas as well as an extensive list of the synonyms used in the literature to designate the structures covered in the book. It also contains dissection observations of other primates and vertebrates, which are crucial for examining and understanding the homologies between the muscular structures of gorillas, humans, and other taxa.
Sexuality in Fishes T.J. Pandian, Annamalai University, India The unprecedented level of diversity recorded among the clones of selffertilizing gynogenetic unisexuals and self-fertilizing simultaneous hermaphrodites challenges current ideas on the predominant role of recombination in promoting evolution of biological diversity. Though limited to a few species, the existence of self-fertilizing and cyclical sex changing hermaphrodites remians a puzzle to many geneticists and endocrinologists. Within a few days after the removal of a harem master or mistress, a successor changes sex and takes over the harem. The causes for the sex changing mechanism pose many challenges to socio-ecologists and behaviour specialists. This book is a synthesis of relevant and recent information on sexuality of fishes and points towards new directions of desired research. Science Publishers «Market: Marine and Aquatic Science October 2010: : 190pp Hb: 978-1-57808-685-6: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4669-8: £57.99
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Science Publishers «Market: Zoology October 2010: : 120pp Hb: 978-1-57808-694-8: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5138-8: £82.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
biological sciences 205 Protozoa and Human Disease
Microfabricated Cortical Neuroprostheses
Mark F. Wiser, Tulane University, USA Protozoa and Human Disease is a textbook on protozoa for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. It combines taxonomic and medical approaches and is suitable for both science and medical students. Each chapter is devoted to a different protozoan pathogen. Topics pertaining to the relationship between protozoa and disease include the use of molecular lab techniques in the study and diagnosis of protozoan pathogens, and the mechanisms of drug action and resistance. At the end of the book is an extensive glossary of molecular biology, immunology, and medical terms. Garland Science «Market: Microbiology October 2010: : 300pp Pb: 978-0-8153-6500-6: £49.00
Citrus Oils
Edited by Andre Mercanzini, Faculty of Engineering, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Lausanne, (EPFL), Switzerland and Philippe Renaud Despite their demonstrated effectiveness, the longterm use of microscale neuroprosthetic devices can be compromised by the post-implantation tissue reaction that often forms around the device. This book studies ways to improve tissue reaction to implanted neuroprosthesis with the use of a controlled drug release mechanism, quantified by novel measurement techniques. The author describes solutions to the problem of tissue reaction around microscale neuroprostheses and an improvement in neural stimulation and recording capability. The author holds two U.S. patents on microassembly and is also a Review Editor for Frontiers in Neuroengineering. EFPL Press «Market: Biomedical Engineering October 2010: 229x152: 250pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3754-2: £57.99
2nd Edition
Nutritional Assessment of Athletes Edited by Judy A. Driskell, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, USA and Ira Wolinsky, Professor Emeritus, University of Houston, Texas, USA Evaluating dietary intake, determining energy metabolism, and conducting other nutritional assessments are essential in understanding the relationships between diet, exercise, health, and physical performance, especially in athletes. Several methods exist, each with their own advantages and limitations. Extensively referenced and filled with numerous tables and figures, this timely book focuses on the nutritional assessment of both recreational and professional athletes, including children, adolescents, and adults. In one volume, it presents methods for all types of nutritional evaluations, including dietary, anthropometric, physical activity need, biochemical, and clinical assessment. CRC Press «Market: Nutrition October 2010: 235x156: 472pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1821-3: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1822-0: £76.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-42004-132-3
2nd Edition
Chemical, Biological, and Functional Aspects of Food Lipids
Composition, Advanced Analytical Techniques, Contaminants, and Biological Activity Edited by Giovanni Dugo and Luigi Mondello, both at University of Messina, Italy Series: Medicinal and Aromatic Plants – Industrial Profiles World production of citrus fruits is still growing. About 30 percent are involved in industrial production, in which essential oil and juice are the main products. The applications of these products include foods, pharmaceuticals, and cosmetics. This books presents the most current research on methods of the analysis, composition, adulteration, contaminants, and biological activity of citrus products. It covers research reported in the literature over the past decade. The research group that the author coordinates at the University of Messina has been conducting research on Citrus essential oils since the 1980s and is known worldwide for the development and application of chromatographic methods. CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology October 2010: 254x178: 496pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0028-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0029-4: £95.00
Edited by Zdzislaw Z.E. Sikorski, Gdansk University of Technology, Poland and Anna Kolakowska, Agricultural University at Szczecin, Poland Series: Chemical & Functional Properties of Food Components Chemical and Functional Properties of Food Lipids, a volume in the Chemical and Functional Properties of Food Components Series, discusses the composition and properties of food lipids as well as the impact of storage and processing on all aspects of the quality of lipid-containing food products. The authors examine the nature, properties, reactivity, and health-related concerns and benefits of food lipids. They also discuss the effect of processing conditions on lipids and the importance of lipid in our diet. This is a valuable reference for food chemists, graduate students in food chemistry and nutrition, and nutrition researchers in industry, academia, and government.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology October 2010: 235x156: 516pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0237-3: £121.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0238-0: £121.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-42003-199-7
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
206 biotechnology
Bioseparation Technology * Neeraj Mishra and Akhilesh Dubey, both at Ane Books, India Designed for those with a background in engineering or biology, this text explores the fundamentals of the emerging field of bioseparation technology. It begins with an introduction to bioprocesses and then provides focused chapters on cell disruption, filtration, centrifugation, adsorption, and extraction. The book also examines membrane separation processes, precipitation, chromatography, electrokinetic methods of separation, and finishing operations and formulation.
CRC Press «Market: Biotechnology October 2010: 235x156: 300pp Pb: 978-1-4398-0172-7: £31.99
Medical Nanotechnology and Nanomedicine * Harry F. Tibbals, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, USA Series: Perspectives in Nanotechnology Series A highly accessible overview of alternative and conflicting concepts in the rapidly developing nanotechnology revolution, this e guide reviews current research and development in nanoscience and illustrates the accomplishments and possibilities for application in nanomedicine. Providing an introduction to the science and infrastructure, it offers clarity and understanding to the medical professional and layperson alike. Divided into three parts, the first presents an historical background including definitions and recent trends. The second investigates the current status of the field and its application to medicine and the biomedical sciences. The third looks at future directions and possibilities. CRC Press «Market: Biomedical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 526pp Pb: 978-1-4398-0874-0: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0876-4: £44.99
Laboratory Mouse and Laboratory Rat Procedural Techniques Manuals and DVDs John J. Bogdanske, Scott Hubbard-Van Stelle, Margaret Rankin-Riley and Beth M. Schiffman, all at University of Wisconsin, Madison, USA These combination manual and DVDs provide much-needed training on the proper handling of mice and rats used in biomedical research. The DVDs include narrated video clips that demonstrate and describe each procedural technique. The manuals contain handouts with color illustrations and descriptive text for each technique, including the purpose and application of the procedure, recommended skills, and necessary supplies. This package can be used as a training resource and refresher for lab animal veterinarians, veterinary technicians, animal care staff, trainers, and research investigators and staff who work with mice and rats. CRC Press «Market: Life Sciences October 2010: 235x156: 192pp Set: 978-1-4398-5050-3: £68.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5091-6: £68.99
textbook
Environmental Biotechnology M.H. Fulekar, University of Mumbai, India This book provides information essential to undergraduates, postgraduates, researchers, and scientists taking courses/ modules in biotechnology as part of environmental sciences, enviromental management, and environmental biology programs. It is also suitable for professionals involved with water, waste mangement, and pollution abatement.
Science Publishers «Market: Biotechnology October 2010: : 620pp Pb: 978-1-57808-582-8: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4667-4: £57.99
Laboratory Mouse Procedural Techniques Pb: 978-1-4398-5042-8: £38.99
Laboratory Rat Procedural Techniques
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Pb: 978-1-4398-5044-2: £38.99
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
biotechnology 207
3D Cell-Based Biosensors in Drug Discovery Programs Microtissue Engineering for High Throughput Screening
Mycorrhizal Biotechnology Edited by Devarajan Thangadurai, Karnatak University, India, Carlos Alberto Busso, Universidad Nacional del Sur, Argentina and Mohamed Hijri, Universite de Montreal, Canada
William S. Kisaalita, University of Georgia, Athens, USA The majority of assays performed in accelerated drug discovery processes are biochemical in nature, but there is a growing demand for live cell based assays. Unlike biochemical ones, cellular assays are functional approximations of in vivo biological conditions and can provide more biologically relevant information. This book is based upon cutting-edge research conducted in the author’s lab (Cellular Bioengineering), which over the past decade has developed a number of sophisticated techniques to facilitate use of 3D cell based assays or biosensors. This book uses data from peer-reviewed publications to conclusively justify use of 3D cell cultures in cell-based biosensors (assays) for HTS. CRC Press «Market: Biotechnology October 2010: 235x156: 404pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7349-2: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-7350-8: £82.00
Diffuse Optical Tomography Principles and Applications Huabei Jiang, University of Florida, Gainesville, USA Based on near infrared optical technologies and model-based inverse computations, DOT is an imaging method that can provide spatial distributions of intrinsic tissue optical properties through model-based reconstruction algorithms using NIR measurements along or near the boundary of tissue. This book covers almost every aspect of DOT – from mathematics, reconstruction algorithms, instrumentation, and phantom experiments to clinical applications. The text covers the fundamentals principles of DOT, including its mathematical foundations and computational methods, and explains how to set up experimental image systems, as well as how to translate laboratory studies into clinical applications. CRC Press November 2010: 235x156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4757-2: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4758-9: £82.00
Several studies have demonstrated that mycorrhizal associations play a vital role in plant nutrition. They greatly increase the efficiency of nutrient and water uptake, enhance resistance to pathogens, and buffer plant species against several environmental stresses and drought resistance. Mycorrhizae also improve plant growth and survival in soils contaminated by heavy metals. This book emphasizes the biotechnological application of mycorrhizae to promote the production of food while maintaining ecologically and economically sustainable production systems. Science Publishers «Market: Biotechnology October 2010: : 226pp Hb: 978-1-57808-691-7: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4540-0: £57.99
Nanotechnology in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine Edited by Ketul Popat, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, USA Referred to as ‘nanomedicine’ or ‘nanobiomedicine,’ the application of nanotechnology to medicine can impact diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment of diseases as well as control and understanding of biological systems. Bringing together an unparalleled field of experts, this volume explores various aspects of nanotechnology and its applications in biomedical fields. The book uses an application-based approach to relate laboratory-based research to the development of technologies that can be readily adaptable to an industrial environment, focusing chiefly on drug delivery, tissue engineering, and regenerative medicine. CRC Press November 2010: 254x178: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0141-3: £72.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0142-0: £72.00
Electronics for Radiation Detection * Edited by Krzysztof Iniewski, CMOS Emerging Technologies Inc., Canada Series: Devices, Circuits, and Systems This book addresses the state of the art in the design of semiconductor detectors and integrated circuits in the context of medical imaging using ionizing radiation. It explains how circuits for radiation are built, and focuses on practical information about how they are being used, rather than mathematical details. It also discusses new opportunities in X-ray detection, computer tomography, and nuclear medicine. Written by industrial and academic experts, the text also explores emerging detector technologies, circuit design techniques, new materials, and innovative system approaches. This book is essential reading for anyone serious about electronics in the healthcare and radiation detection sectors.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Electronics October 2010: 235x156: 372pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1648-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1649-3: £95.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
208 neuroscience
Augmenting Cognition Idan Segev, The Hebrew University, Israel and Henry Markram, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland Modern medicine has few options for treating those with cognitive deficiencies, and as we learn more about the biology of these conditions, we consider the design of a new class of therapies. Augmented cognition is a rapidly emerging field in neuroscience, concerned with the translation of what is known about cognitive function and dysfunction in order to facilitate approaches to enhance and rehabilitate the brain. This book describes a number of the foundational areas of cognitive enhancement, with chapters devoted to the following subject areas: use of stem cells, savants, post-traumatic stress disorder, deep-brain stimulation, music and dance, virtual reality, the role of sleep, longevity, drugs, and the brain-computer interface. EFPL Press November 2010: 229x152: 250pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3993-5: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3994-2: £57.99
forensic science
Water-Related Death Investigation
Pocket Dictionary of Food Safety Jeffrey T. Solate, Canadian Food Safety Institute, Canada
Erica J. Armstrong, Office of the Cuyahoga County Coroner, Cleveland, Ohio, USA and Kevin L. Erskine, Cleveland Lakefront State Park Police, Ohio, USA Our culture almost always perceives drowning as an accident; for this reason, most water-related deaths receive little or no investigation. Often times, police called to the scene of a drowning may consider it an accident before they even arrive. Written by a forensic pathologist and an investigator who specializes in this area, this book covers the investigation of suspicious water-related deaths, from inspection of the possible crime scene to the interpretation of autopsy findings. The text provides valuable insight for detectives and pathologists who must contend with often ambiguous evidence.
order now!
©
CRC Press October 2010: 254x178: 370pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1636-3: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1637-0: £63.99
See separate Order Form
A handy, illustrated dictionary, this reference is an ideal source of quick answers. A collection of terms and definitions, it covers related areas such as food microbiology, food chemistry, food quality assurance, food-borne incidents, and food regulations, and standards, to name just a few. Pocket-sized for easy portability, this dictionary also classifies and organizes food safety terms from various sources in alphabetical listing. Readers will find it a perfect companion to other technical and industry materials. It draws from the areas pertinent to food science, including biological and medical sciences, infectious diseases, community medicine, and public health. CRC Press November 2010: 229x152: 154pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4203-4: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4205-8: £27.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Practical Methods and Forensic Applications
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
forensic science 209
Micronutrients in Health and Disease
Cross-Training for First Responders *
Kedar N. Prasad, Premier Micronutrient Corporation, Antioxidant Research Institute, Novato, California, USA
Gregory Bennett, Helmetta, New Jersey, USA
Through science- and evidence-based research, this book provides comprehensive information on micronutrients and their ability to promote healthy aging and reduce the risk and improve the management of disease. It proposes specific micronutrient supplementations targeted at several conditions. The text includes basic facts about micronutrients and oxidative stress, inflammation, and immune function. It also provides recommendations for healthy aging and the prevention and improvement of a range of disease states, including coronary artery disease, diabetes, cancer, Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, hearing disorders, posttraumatic stress disorder, traumatic brain injury, HIV/AIDS, the adverse effects of radiation, and arthritis. CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology October 2010: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2106-0: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2107-7: £82.00
Covering exercises, training curricula, and cost-effective recommendations, this manual prepares first responders to face multiple threats from multiple sources. Applying the concept of cross-training to round out skill-sets, it prepares these diverse outfits to assist each other and overcome traditional philosophical and logistical boundaries. Through table-top scenarios, case examples, and discussion of common sticking points, this innovative book enables response professionals and practitioners to be more effective and better equipped in the face of increased threats and threat potential from multi-faceted disaster scenarios. CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice October 2010: 235x156: 283pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2653-9: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2654-6: £44.99
2nd Edition
Brogdon’s Forensic Radiology Edited by Michael J. Thali, University of Berne, Switzerland, Mark D. Viner, Cranfield Forensic Institute, UK and B.G. Brogdon, University of South Alabama, Mobile, USA Now published under a new title, the second edition of this landmark work demonstrates the application of radiology in cases involving identifying remains, evaluating causes of death, and establishing evidence. The new edition features new material on the large scale investigation of war crimes and human rights abuses; recent technological changes and the role of virtual autopsies; the use of sectional imaging for dental identification; reconstruction of gunshot injuries; new techniques for portable x-ray, computerized data recording, and image analysis post-processing; and increased coverage of applications in non-biological materials. Case studies feature recent tsunamis and the 2005 London bombings.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice November 2010: 279x216: 832pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7562-5: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-7563-2: £95.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-84938-105-8
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
210 forensic science Necrophilia
Sudden Death in Epilepsy
Forensic and Medico-legal Aspects
Forensic and Clinical Issues
Anil Aggrawal, Maulana Azad Medical College, India
Edited by Claire M. Lathers, Clinical Pharmacology Consultant, Albany, USA, Paul L. Schraeder, Drexel University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA, Michael W. Bungo, University of Texas, Houston, USA and Jan E. Leestma, M.D., M.M. Chicago, Illinois, USA
The author of Forensic and Medico-legal Aspects of Sexual Crime and Unusual Sexual Practices turns his attention to necrophilia with this in-depth international study. History, etiological aspects, classification, epidemiology, and offender characteristics are covered as the volume reviews all available expert literature on the subject. Of major focus are the legal aspects of necrophilia, where laws of most nations relating to necrophilia are discussed, compared, and contrasted. A number of actual case studies are used to illustrate principles and approaches to defining laws and conducting investigations in this area. CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice October 2010: 235x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8912-7: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-8913-4: £82.00
Epilepsy is one of the most prevalent neurological diseases in the world, and carries with it the risk of sudden death. Edited by four of the most eminent experts in the field, this volume captures the state of the art and science in the study of sudden unexpected death in epilepsy. Topics discussed include the history, diagnosis, phenomenology, mechanisms, genetics, animal models, pathology, physiology and even the social repercussions of this devastating phenomenon. Taken as a whole, the content acts as a roadmap to those who hope to someday fully understand and prevent this dramatic and tragic event. CRC Press November 2010: 254x178: 952pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0222-9: £114.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0223-6: £95.00
food science
Safety Analysis of Foods of Animal Origin
Sensory Analysis of Foods of Animal Origin
Edited by Leo M.L. Nollet, University College Ghent, Belgium and Fidel Toldra, Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos (CSIC), Spain
Edited by Leo M.L. Nollet, University College Ghent, Belgium and Fidel Toldra, Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos (CSIC), Spain
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology October 2010: 254x178: 1011pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4817-3: £114.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4819-7: £114.00
See separate Order Form
Devoted specifically to the analysis of sensory parameters in food products of animal origin, this book describes the main analytical techniques and methodologies and their application. It describes the analysis of color and texture, and presents recent advances in texture measuring. It also includes techniques for sampling and identification of volatile compounds, sensory aspects, and quality index methods. The book reviews sample preparation and clean-up methods in depth, then provides a detailed overview of different separation and detection methods. CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology October 2010: 254x178: 466pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4795-4: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4796-1: £95.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Written by world-renowned scientists and experts in their fields of research, this book examines the tools available for the analysis of safety parameters in food of animal origin. It covers safety aspects of biological agents and products of different organisms and methods to control the presence of bacteria, viruses, and parasites. It also discusses adulteration, foreign compounds, irradiation, and genetically modified organisms. It reviews sample preparation, clean-up methods, and detection methods. The book concludes with a brief summary of guidelines for the presence of these parameters for different end-products.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
food science 211
Genetics, Genomics and Breeding of Sugarcane
Genetics, Genomics, and Breeding of Soybean
Edited by Robert J. Henry, Southern Cross University, Australia and Chittaranjan Kole, Clemson University, South Carolina, USA
Edited by Kristin Bilyeu and Milind B. Ratnaparkhe, both at University of Missouri, Columbia, USA and Chittaranjan Kole, Clemson University, South Carolina, USA
Series: Genetics, Genomics and Breeding of Crop Plants Recent technology developments indicate the potential to greatly increase our understanding of the sugarcane plant by application of emerging genomic technologies. This should result in an increased rate of improvement of sugarcane for human uses. The high level of genetic complexity in sugarcane creates challenges in the application of conventional and molecular breeding to the genetic improvement of sugarcane as a sugar and energy crop. This book describes technologies that support the continued use and improvement of sugarcane as a source of food and energy. Science Publishers «Market: Food and Science Technology October 2010: : 300pp Hb: 978-1-57808-684-9: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4860-9: £82.00
Science Publishers «Market: Food and Science Technology October 2010: 229x152: 350pp Hb: 978-1-57808-681-8: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4466-3: £82.00
Emerging Technologies for Food Quality and Food Safety Evaluation
Cancer Treatment and Prevention Edited by Ronald Ross Watson, University of Arizona, Tucson, USA and Victor R. Preedy, King’s College, UK Vegetables, fruits, and herbs have been used as cancer preventatives for millennia. But the research community is currently experiencing a surge in information related to the effect of plant products in cancer treatment. Bioactive Foods and Extracts: Cancer Treatment and Prevention organizes these cutting-edge findings. It also addresses the wide availability of botanicals and their extracts and how their use is largely unregulated, particularly in the United States. This well-organized work is a must-have resource for researchers and healthcare professionals who are charged with making decisions regarding the benefits, risks, and value of botanicals in the prevention and treatment of cancers.
çè
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Edited by Yong-Jin Cho, Korea Food Research Institute, South Korea Series: Contemporary Food Engineering Introducing state-of-the-art technology and emerging systems for the quantitative evaluation and definite measurement of food quality and safety, this book begins with a review of the concept and scope of food quality parameters such as color, texture, chemical compositions, and flavor. Each chapter deals with a specific system for quality parameters describing the principles related to each and its applications to foods. Coverage includes artificial intelligence systems for sensory evaluation; computer vision; NIR, NMR and MRI; sonic and ultrasonic systems; multi-spectral and hyper-spectral imaging systems; electronic nose; biosensors; and the use of nanotechnology. CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology December 2010: 235x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1524-3: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1525-0: £99.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Bioactive Foods and Extracts
CRC Press «Market: Nutrition November 2010: 254x178: 720pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1619-6: £108.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1621-9: £108.00
In addition to human consumption, the soybean is a major protein source in animal feeds and is becoming a major crop for biodiesel production. For many decades, plant breeders have used conventional breeding techniques to improve soybeans. While soybean production continues to expand as demand for soybeans and soybean products increases, there is a need for more sophisticated techniques. Bridging traditional research with modern molecular investigations on soybean, this volume explores the recent advances in soybean genome mapping, molecular breeding, genomics, sequencing, and bioinformatics. The book will be useful to soybean researchers as well as researchers working with other crop species.
Functional Foods of the East Edited by John Shi, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Chi-Tang Ho, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey, USA and Fereidoon Shahidi, Memorial University of Newfoundland, St John’s, Canada Series: Nutraceutical Science and Technology Health and healing foods have a long history in the Asian cultures. Those of Eastern culture have long believed that food is from the same source as medicine and that it can treat illnesses and promote a healthier life. This volume covers certain traditional Asian functional foods, their history, functionality, health benefits, physiological properties, mechanisms of anti-cancer, and antiaging action. In addition, it covers processing technology, storage, material sources, marketing, social, and economical aspects. Expanding on geographical areas covered in previous works, the authors consider foods that originate from regions in upper and lower Asia as well as the Middle East. CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology October 2010: 235x156: 500pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7192-4: £108.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-7193-1: £108.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
212 Architecture
Architecture and Field/Work
Towards Creative Learning Spaces
Edited by Suzanne Ewing, Jeremie Michael McGowan, Chris Speed and Victoria Clare Bernie, all at Edinburgh University, UK
Re-thinking the Architecture of Post-Compulsory Education
Identifying and critically discussing the key terms, techniques, methodologies and habits that comprise our understanding of fieldwork in architectural education, research and practice, this book collates contributions by established and emerging international scholars. It will be of interest to critical practitioners, researchers, scholars and students of architecture. Selected Contents: Architecture and Field/Work Introduction Part 1: Field/Work Practice Field Note 1 by Andrea Kahn Part 2: Field/Work and Site Field Note 2 by Alan Dein Part 3: Field/Work Techniques Field Note 3 by Can Altay. Afterword by Jane Rendell Routledge «Market: Architecture October 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59539-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59540-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83944-7: £95.00
Third World Modernism Architecture, Development and Identity Edited by Duanfang Lu, University of Sydney, Australia This set of essays challenges interpretations of the development of modernist architecture in Third World countries during the Cold War. The topics look at modernism’s part in the transnational development of building technologies and the construction of national and cultural identity. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Will of the Age Part 2: Building the Nation Part 3: Entangled Modernities Epilogue: Third World Modernism, or Just Modernism: Towards a Cosmopolitan Reading of Modernism
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Architectural History October 2010: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-56457-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56458-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84099-3: £95.00
See separate Order Form
Looking at relationships between learning and the spaces in which it takes place, this book considers post-compulsory education and what matters about the design of its spaces. Starting from contemporary educational and architectural theories, the book offers conceptual frameworks and methods that can map the social and spatial practices of university education. Selected Contents: 1. Why Re-think Learning Spaces Part 1: Reviewing our Frames 2. Architectural Perspective 3. Educationalist Perspective 4. Estates Planning Perspective Part 2: Mapping the Terrain 5. Getting Beneath the Surface 6. Searching for the Student Experience 7. Shaping Learning Part 3: Shifting the Boundaries 8. Learning as a Transitional Space 9. Hybrid Spaces and the Impact of New Technologies 10. Creative Learning Spaces Routledge «Market: Architecture / Education November 2010: 6-1/4x9-1/4: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57062-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57064-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83589-0: £95.00
Paradigm Islands: Manhattan and Venice Discourses on Architecture and the City Teresa Stoppani, University of Greenwich, UK A critical look at the making of Manhattan and Venice provides a background to addressing the dynamic redefinition and making of space today. Concerning architecture and the city, this book considers architecture as an intellectual and spatial process. Selected Contents: 1. Learning from Manhattan, Designing the Frivolous: Rem Koolhaas 2. Building on Tension, Learning from Venice: Manfredo Tafuri 3. Manhattan Grid 4. Manhattan Surfacing 5. From Grid to ‘Grid Effect’ 6. Venice Traces 7. Venice Impossible 8. Manhattan: Performance, Artificial Chorality, Exhibitionism 9. Venice: Normative Chorality, Masks, Tenderness 10. Le Corbusier, Manhattan 11. Le Corbusier, Venice 12. The City as Event: Bernard Tschumi in Manhattan 13. Topology to Diagram: Peter Eisenman 14. The City as Diagram: Gianugo Polesello’s Venice Routledge «Market: Architectural History / Urban Studies October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-56185-3: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: Critiques
Jos Boys, British Higher School of Art and Design, Russia
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Planning 213
Asian Gardens * History, Beliefs and Design Tom Turner, Greenwich University, UK Tom Turner has researched and taught the philosophy and design of gardens for forty years. His visits, investigations and photography are brought together in this detailed study of the history of gardens across Asia, from Turkey through Iran, India, China to Japan, from the very beginnings of garden making to the present day. Using maps, diagrams and photographs, Tom Turner demonstrates the principles of garden design, and explores how and why Asian gardens have developed their characteristic forms and functions. Selected Contents: Part 1: West Asia 2. Polytheist Gardens 3. Islamic Gardens Part 2: South Asia 4. Hindu Gardens 5. Buddhist Gardens Part 3: East Asia 6. Daoist-Buddhist Gardens In China 7. Shinto-Buddhist Gardens In Japan Part 4: Modern Asia 8. Modernist Gardens In Asia. Afterword. Maps Routledge «Market: Gardening / Garden History October 2010: : 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-49687-2: £35.00
Design Decisions under Uncertainty with Limited Information Efstratios Nikolaidis, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA and Zissimos P. Mourelatos, Oakland University, Rochester, Michigan, USA Series: Structures and Infrastructures Presents and compares relevant theories for modeling uncertainty and explains what tools are most suited for a given design problem with limited data available. It contains several problems and examples to help readers understand what tools are most suitable for a given design problem. It illustrates how to solve practical design problems in the aerospace, civil, automotive, naval and power industries.
CRC Press «Market: Civil & Structural Engineering / Assessment & Evaluation December 2010: 246 x 174: 500pp Hb: 978-0-415-49247-8: £95.00
Cohesion, Coherence, Cooperation: European Spatial Planning Coming of Age?
Women and Housing
Andreas Faludi, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands
Series: Housing and Society Series
An International Analysis Edited by Patricia Kennett, University of Bristol, UK and Kam-Wah Chan, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong
Series: RTPI Library Series
This collection explores the housing circumstances of women in developed and emerging societies in Europe, USA and East Asia, at a time of substantial economic and social change. Its focus is on the interface between housing and gender and how this socially constructed relationship manifests and transforms over time and space.
Since its foundation the EU has gradually developed policies that are aimed at achieving increased economic and social cohesion. This book examines the most recent – territorial cohesion. A definitive single volume on spatial planning at the European level.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: Housing / Gender Studies November 2010: 6-1/4x9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54895-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54897-7: £34.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Launch Era 1. Planners Going International 2. Dashed Expectations Part 2: In the Doldrums 3. Indirect Approach 4. European Planning Programme Part 3: The Boom Era 5. The Trailblazers 6. Delors and the Consequences 7. The Mother Document 8. The Learning Machine Part 4: Crisis 9. Renewed Effort 10. At the Crossroads 11. If European Planning has a Future, then it is Soft. Epilogue Routledge «Market: Planning October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56265-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56266-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84232-4: £95.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
214 Planning
Implementing Sustainability
Strategic Spatial Projects
Experiences from New Zealand
Catalysts for Change
Caroline Miller
Edited by Stijn Oosterlynck, Jef Van Den Broeck, Louis Albrechts and Frank Moulaert, all at Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium and Ann Verhetsel, Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium
Series: RTPI Library Series New Zealand’s Resource Management Act was hailed as a radical new approach to planning; the first to attempt to put environmental concerns ahead of social and economic issues. This book examines the lessons that can be learned from this groundbreaking legislation. It offers a practitioner’s insight into the RMA, those strategies and techniques that have proved successful, and spells out the lessons that can be applied to planning systems of other countries. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Implementing Sustainablity by Legislation 3. Integrated Management and Regional Planning – Water, Air and Land 4. Urban Planning and the Built Environment 5. Energy and Infrastructure 6. Tangata Whenua and the Resource Management Act 7. The Profession, the Politicians and the Public 8. Conclusions – The Lessons from New Zealand Routledge «Market: Planning November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49550-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49551-6: £29.99
3rd Edition
Series: RTPI Library Series This book presents four years of case study research and theoretical discussions on strategic spatial projects in Europe and North America. It takes the position that there is an urgent need to develop a mode of planning that is more than just regulatory and administrative; that aims to innovate in spatial as well as social terms. For academics, researchers and students in planning, urban design, urban studies, human and economic geography, public administration and policy studies. Selected Contents: 1. Strategic Spatial Planning Through Strategic Projects Part 1: Spatial Transformation Through Social Innovation Part 2: Designing Strategic Projects for Spatial Quality Part 3: Social and Spatial Sustainability in Strategic Projects Part 4: Conclusion Routledge «Market: Planning November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56683-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56684-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83948-5: £95.00
Property Asset Management
Best Tall Buildings 2010
Douglas Scarrett, Formerly at De Montfort University, UK
CTBUH International Award Winning Projects
order now!
©
Selected Contents: Preface. Foreword 1. The Process of Property Asset Management 2. The Information and Reporting Base 3. Estates and Interests in Land 4. The Landlord-Tenant Relationship 5. Business Tenancies: The Statutory Framework 6. Business Tenancies: Rent Reviews 7. Residential Lettings in the Private Sector 8. Strategic Objectives 9. Investment Performance Measurement 10. Operational Property Management. Appendices Routledge «Market: Property November 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55610-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55611-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83946-1: £95.00
See separate Order Form
Edited by Antony Wood, Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago, USA Best Tall Buildings 2010 contains overviews of the nominees and winning projects from the Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat’s annual awards. The book provides vital statistics, images, plans and in depth accounts of the architectural design and sustainability features of the year’s best tall buildings. Additionally included is the official list of the World’s Tallest Buildings with the judging criteria from the world’s foremost authority on tall buildings. Routledge «Market: Architecture / Building Types October 2010: 254x203: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-59404-2: £29.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Scarrett’s book provides a practical guide for those involved in the business of property management from basic accounting and day to day systems, to landlord and tenant relationships, maintenance and legal issues. This book is also ideal reading for students on RICS accredited Property and Real Estate University courses.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Planning 215 Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning Volume 4 Edited by Thomas L. Harper, University of Calgary, Canada, Michael Hibbard, University of Oregon, USA, Heloise Costa, Federal University of Minas Gerais, Brazil and Anthony Yeh, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning This 4th volume of some of the best, award-winning urban and regional planning writing from around the world’s planning schools promotes discussion and a basis for further research. The international authors address a broad spectrum of planning issues including safety in urban spaces, rebuilding post-Katrina and planning and governance in urban Zimbabwe. Published in association with the Global Planning Education Association Network (GPEAN), and the member planning schools associations, who have selected these papers based on regional competitions. Routledge «Market: Planning December 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59334-2: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84202-7: £90.00
Civil engineering
Timber Bridges
Concrete Under Severe Conditions
Christopher Mettem, TRADA Technology Ltd, UK
Edited by Pedro Castro-Borges, CINVESTAV del IPN Unidad Mérida, México, Eric I. Moreno, Facultad de Ingeniería, UADY, México, Koji Sakai, Kagawa University, Japan, O. Gjorv, Norwegian Institute of Technology, Norway and Nemkumar Banthia, University of British Columbia, Canada
çè
Selected Contents: 1. Benefits of Timber Bridges 2. The Evolutionary Development of the Timber Bridge 3. Durability and Protection by Design 4. Materials 5. Concept Design 6. Decks and Parapets 7. Structural Design 8. Conservation, Maintenance and Repair 9. General Case Studies and Final Recommendations Taylor & Francis «Market: Civil Engineering / Bridge Engineering December 2010: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57796-0: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Presenting new technologies to reverse the trend in our decaying concrete infrastructure in both developed and emerging economies, Concrete Under Severe Conditions explores extreme environmental and loading issues on concrete infrastructure and will be of interest to academics, engineers, and professionals involved in concrete and concrete infrastructure.
CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering October 2010: 246x174: 1796pp Hb: 978-0-415-59316-8: £309.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84240-9: £309.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
T imber really does grow on trees – and due to the fantastic weight-to-strength ratio is therefore an ideal material for use in construction. Timber bridges have become hugely popular in recent years, with the EU creating a standard for the first time to which all new wooden bridges must adhere. Mettem’s handbook addresses this new legislation and provides useful guides on types of timber bridge, challenges and what has already been achieved, illustrated throughout with helpful photographs and diagrams.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
civil engineering
TOP TEN BESTSELLERS
216 Civil engineering
1.
6. Structural Analysis
3rd Edition
Foundations of Engineering Geology
A Unified Classical and Matrix Approach Amin Ghali, Adam Neville and Tom G. Brown 2009: 246x189: 864pp Hb: 978-0-415-77432-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77433-8: £39.99
Tony Waltham 2009: 297x210: 104pp Hb: 978-0-415-46959-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46960-9: £17.99
2.
7. 5th Edition
3rd Edition
Building Services Engineering
Design of Structural Elements
David V. Chadderton
Concrete, Steelwork, Masonry and Timber Designs to British Standards and Eurocodes
2007: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-41354-1: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-41355-8: £31.99
Chanakya Arya 2009: 246x189: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-46719-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46720-9: £29.99
3.
8. 4th Edition
2nd Edition
Construction Materials Their Nature and Behaviour
The Mechanics of Soils and Foundations
Edited by Peter Domone and John Illston
John Atkinson
2010: 246x189: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-46515-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46516-8: £35.00
2007: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-36255-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36256-6: £28.99
4.
9. 7th Edition
8th Edition
Craig’s Soil Mechanics
Understanding JCT Standard Building Contracts
R.F. Craig 2004: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-32702-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32703-9: £28.99
David Chappell 2007: 234x156: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-41385-5: £20.99
5.
10. 4th Edition
4th Edition
Construction Contracts
Hydrology in Practice
Law and Management
Elizabeth M. Shaw, Keith J. Beven, Nick A. Chappell, and Rob Lamb
order now!
©
2007: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-39368-3: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-39369-0: £28.99
See separate Order Form
2010: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-37041-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37042-4: £35.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
John Murdoch and Will Hughes
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Civil engineering 217
Effective Building Maintenance Protection of Capital Assets Herb Stanford, Consultant This text addresses in great detail the requirements for designing, implementing and managing programs and procedures for the maintenance of major building elements from the foundation to the roof, including interior and exterior support systems and sitework elements. Topics include facilities as assets, major renovations, preventative maintenance, special maintenance considerations, and designing for building maintenance.
Fairmont Press «Market: Civil Engineering October 2010: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4553-0: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4554-7: £63.99
Fundamentals of Plasticity in Geomechanics S. Pietruszczak, McMaster University, Canada The book presents a simple, concise, and comprehensive introduction to fundamental concepts of plasticity in relation to geomechanics. This work provides readers with a general background in soil/rock plasticity. The text is intended primarily for Ph.D./M.Sc. students as well as researchers working in the areas of soil/ rock mechanics. It may also be of interest to practicing engineers familiar with established notions of contemporary continuum mechanics. CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering October 2010: 246x174: 206pp Hb: 978-0-415-58516-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83633-0: £44.99
3rd Edition
Urban Drainage * David Butler, University of Exeter, UK and John Davies, Coventry University, UK
Environmental Hydraulics Edited by Georgos C. Christodoulou and Anastasios I. Stamou, both at National Technical University of Athens, Greece
An essential text for undergraduates and postgraduate students, lecturers and researchers in water engineering, environmental engineering, public health engineering and engineering hydrology. Also a useful reference for drainage design and operation engineers in the water industry and local authorities, and for consulting engineers.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering October 2010: 246x174: 1282pp Hb: 978-0-415-58475-3: £280.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84123-5: £280.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Urban Drainage Systems 3. Water Quality 4. Wastewater 5. Rainfall 6. Stormwater 7. System Components and Layout 8. Hydraulics 9. Hydraulics Features 10. Foul Sewers 11. Storm Sewers 12. Combined Sewers and Overflows 13. Pumped Systems 14. Structural Design and Construction 15. Sediments 16. Operation and Maintenance 17. Rehabilitation 18. Flow Models 19. Quality Models 20. Stormwater Management 21. Integrated Management and Control 22. Low-income Communities 23. Towards Sustainability Spon Press «Market: Water Engineering / Environmental Engineering / Public Health Engineering and Engineering Hydrology October 2010: 234x156: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-45525-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45526-8: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84905-7: £100.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30607-2
Environmental Hydraulics presents the state-of-the-art on a broad range of topics, including: fundamentals aspects of environmental fluid mechanics; environmental hydraulics problems of inland, coastal, and ground waters; interfacial processes; computational, experimental, and field measurement techniques; ecological aspects; and the effects of global climate change. It will be of interest to researchers, civil environmental engineers, and professional engineers.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
218 Civil engineering
Principles of Structural Design
Toxic Chemicals
Wood, Steel, and Concrete
Risk Prevention Through Use Reduction
Ram S. Gupta, Roger Williams University, Bristol, Rhode Island, USA
Thomas E. Higgins, Reston, Virginia, USA, Jayanti A. Sachdev, Sterling, Virginia, USA and Stephen A. Engleman, San Diego, California, USA
Timber, steel, and reinforced concrete are common engineering materials used for designing and constructing structures. The choice of the material depends on the type of structure, availability of materials, and preferences of the designer and builder. For each material, design methods and code requirements are extremely different. This book presents the elemental designs of individual components of each material, coupled with the theory of structures essential for design. The book includes many examples, followed by case studies of the designs of complete structures with respect to each material. The appendices include data on material properties, section properties, specifications, and needed design aids.
See separate Order Form
CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 351pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3915-7: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3916-4: £57.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering October 2010: 254x178: 512pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7339-3: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7340-9: £76.99
Catastrophic events such as the Bhopal, India tragedy and rising incidences of cancer in areas neighboring industrial facilities have heightened concern over the use of toxic chemicals in manufacturing and industry. Based on the author’s research conducted through their development of a program in Sao Paulo, Brazil, the book explores the history of toxic chemical release reporting programs, presents data on the actual toxicity of chemicals currently in use, discusses variables that contribute to the relative toxicity of a substance, compares alternate emphases in existing programs for reducing environmental threats, and provides a specific and health-based program to reduce or eliminate the use of toxic chemicals.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Civil engineering 219 Moving Load Identification Problems and Applications
Quality Management in Construction Projects
Time-Dependent Behaviour of Concrete Structures
Edited by Siu-Seong Law, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong and Xin-Qun Zhu, University of Western Sydney, NSW, Australia
Abdul Razzak Rumane, SSH International Engineering Consultants, Kuwait
Raymond Ian Gilbert, University of New South Wales, Australia and Gianluca Ranzi, University of Sydney, Australia
Series: Structures & Infrastructures Series As modern lightweight and high strength materials are very popular in engineering, it is expected that vibration and instability problems due to moving loads will become increasingly important. This volume deals with the fundamentals of moving loads problems and includes detailed descriptions of dynamic behaviour, moving load identification problems, specialized techniques, and simple methods for universal application. CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering December 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-87877-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84142-6: £95.00
Series: Industrial Innovation Written for those working in the construction industry, this concise reference presents key information regarding various approaches to quality assurance. Employing a condensed, easy-to-read format, the book presents valuable quality-related data and guidelines, with coverage that spans from project inception through to issuance of a completion certificate. In addition to procedures and concepts, the author discusses a wide range of tools and techniques to address quality management, including Six Sigma, TRIZ, and Total Quality Management, as well as ISO 9000 and the ISO 14000 Environmental Management System. CRC Press «Market: Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 360pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3871-6: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3872-3: £57.99
textbook
Open Channel Flow Numerical Methods and Computer Applications
2nd edition
Roland Jeppson, Professor Emeritus, Utah State University, Logan, USA
Sustainable Development Handbook
Suitable for a graduate-level open channel flow or hydraulics course, this comprehensive book starts with basic principles and gradually advances to complete problems involving systems of channels that require the simultaneous solutions of systems of nonlinear equations. The text offers numerous practical examples and end-of-chapter homework problems that expand upon the methodologies presented and encourage readers to apply the related principles in practice. The accompanying CD-ROM provides solutions and programs with qualifying course adoptions.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Spon Press «Market: Civil Engineering October 2010: 246x174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-49384-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87939-9: £80.00
Stephen A. Roosa, Energy Systems Group, Louisville, Kentucky, USA Gaining momentum globally, sustainable development is redefining the policies of corporations and governmental entities. Updated throughout, the second edition of this popular resource includes updates on LEED® measurement and verification and a new chapter on cities and carbon reduction. Clarifying critical issues, this volume examines proven approaches as well as problems with failed initiatives. It addition to core concepts and trends, it explores specific renewable energy and environmental solutions. It examines global inititiatives, local politics, and ways to measure and track progress. Fairmont Press «Market: Environmental Engineering October 2010: 229x152: 491pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5048-0: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5049-7: £89.00
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering November 2010: 254x178: 1368pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3975-1: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3976-8: £63.99
This book helps engineers to rationally predict the time-varying deformation of concrete structures under typical in-service conditions. The calculation procedures are illustrated with many worked examples and several case studies. MATLAB® files are also provided online to help readers follow the worked examples. The book is a vital guide for practising engineers and advanced students of structural engineering on the design of reinforced and prestressed concrete structures.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
220 Building 2nd Edition
2nd Edition
Understanding the CDM 2007 Regulations
Environmental and Architectural Acoustics
Owen V. Griffiths and Alun Griffiths, both at Total CDM Solutions, UK
Zyun-iti Maekawa, Jens H. Rindel, Technical University of Denmark and P. Lord
Straightforward and practical, this book demonstrates the rationale behind the regulations, covers the duties of the five core duty holders (client, CDM coordinator, designer, principal contractor, and contractor), explains the importance of the hazard management process on every project, and also sets out the consequences of failing to successfully plan, design, and manage for safety. A management toolkit with numerous practical examples of best practice and guidance on how to use the Approved Code of Practice, this book shows how to unleash the potential of the regulations and add real value to the industry. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Overview of the CDM Regulations 2. The client & CDM 3. The role of the CDM co-ordinator 4. Designers & CDM 5. Principal contractor 6. Contractors 7. Duties relating to on site health & safety 8. CDM management toolkit Spon Press «Market: Construction / Health & Safety December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-55653-8: £29.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-419-22420-4
This serves as a foundation reference for students of architecture and environmental engineering, including those new to the study of acoustics. Problem-solving exercises are provided in each chapter. The authors focus on techniques, methods and standards and lead into further more specialised material which makes the book useful for more advanced students and professional engineers. Selected Contents: 1. Fundamentals of Sound Waves 2. Noise and Vibration 3. Room Acoustics 4. Sound Absorption 5. Airborne Sound Insulation. 6. Isolation of Structure-borne Noise and Vibration 7. Noise and Vibration Control in the Environment 8. Acoustic Design of Rooms 9. Electro-acoustic Systems 10. Addenda Spon Press «Market: Acoustics December 2010: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-44900-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93135-6: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-419-15980-3
Modern Construction Economics *
Edited by Julie Adshead, Salford Law School, UK
Theory and Application
Quantitative Risk Assessment in Fire Safety
Series: CIB
Edited by Gerard de Valence, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia
Ganapathy Ramachandran, Hertford, UK and David A. Charters, Ove Arup, UK
Modern construction economics has a wider focus than was previously the case, with stronger links to mainstream economics reflecting increasing interest in a range of theoretical issues. This book brings together the essential reviews of this trend and pushes towards the development of a comprehensive theoretical framework for construction economics.
This innovative guide addresses the probability of initiation, smoke movement and fire spread and the reliability of detection, human response and Fire Service intervention. The probabilistic techniques described use statistical information provided by actual fires, offering rational methods for dealing with the randomness of fire risk and effectiveness of fire safety measures.
Spon Press «Market: Construction Economics October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-39706-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92689-5: £70.00
Spon Press «Market: Fire Safety and Protection December 2010: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-419-20790-0: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93769-3: £90.00
Legislation and regulation are driving green development and compliance in a wide variety of ways. This review of the law in key jurisdictions is ideal for the research community, lawyers, the construction industry, and government. It examines some of the mechanisms in place – from the more traditional building regulation controls to green leases and the law relating to buildings and their natural environment.
order now!
©
Spon Press «Market: Construction Law December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55926-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86680-1: £80.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Green Buildings and the Law
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
ergonomics & human factors 221
Nonlinear Dynamical Systems Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences Using Real Data Edited by Stephen J. Guastello, Pewauku, Wisconsin, USA and Robert A.M. Gregson, Australian National University, Canberra A compilation of research methods and reflecting the expertise of the major contributors to NDS psychology, this volume examines the techniques that have proven to be most useful in the behavioral sciences. The book is designed to develop skill and expertise in framing hypotheses dynamically and in building viable analytic models to test them. It addresses topics and methods of current interest in an application driven manner, making the book useful to the behavioral sciences community, as well as those in engineering, medicine, and other fields who are interested in nonlinear dynamics. CRC Press «Market: Ergonomics and Human Factors November 2010: 235x156: 672pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1997-5: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2002-5: £82.00
Usability of Complex Information Systems Evaluation of User Interaction Edited by Michael Albers, East Carolina University, Greenville and Brian Still, Wolfforth, Texas, USA Offering cutting-edge analysis of methods meant to tackle the usability challenges imposed by increasingly complex systems, this book describes and evaluates approaches to teaching, testing, analyzing, and managing usability studies with the focus on improving design and communication content to the end user. Discussing new critical perspectives on the usability evaluation of complex systems, this book provides effective methodologies for assessing what users do in complex systems, and illustrates how technical communicators offer their unique insights to redefine what it means to make products usable for complex systems. CRC Press «Market: Ergonomics and Human Factors October 2010: 235x156: 390pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2894-6: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2895-3: £49.99
environmental science
Combustion and Incineration Processes *
Introduction to Environmental Toxicology
Applications in Environmental Engineering
Molecular Substructures to Ecological Landscapes
Walter R. Niessen, Niessen Consultants S.P., Andover, Massachusetts, USA
Wayne G. Landis, Ruth M. Sofield and Ming-Ho Yu, all at Western Washington University, Bellingham, USA
Covering each aspect of an incineration facility, from contaminant receipt and storage to stack discharge and dispersion, this reference explores the operation and evaluation of incineration and conversion (gasification) systems for hazardous and non-hazardous gaseous, liquid, sludge, and solid wastes. Highlighting breakthroughs in air pollution control, the book discusses advances in materials handling, waste processing, refractory and materials engineering, combustion technology, and energy recovery to reduce and control toxins and pollutants in the environment. It includes a disk containing spreadsheets for practical analyses of waste characteristics and combustion systems.
After fifteen years and four editions, this bestselling textbook has become a standard that defines the field. It provides an integrated approach to understanding environmental toxicology that emphasizes scale and context as important factors in understanding effects and management options. This edition includes a new chapter on fate and transport and revised sections on synergism, atrazine toxicity, and the analysis of impacts to ecological systems. The risk assessment chapter has been enlarged with an in-depth description of a regional scale risk assessment and for the first time, the book includes a color insert.
CRC Press «Market: Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology October 2010: 254x178: 800pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0503-9: £127.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0505-3: £127.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-82470-629-6
CRC Press «Market: Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology October 2010: 254x178: Hb: 978-1-4398-0410-0: £69.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0411-7: £69.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-56670-660-5
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
4th Edition textbook
çè
4th Edition
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
222 environmental science
Environmental Management System ISO 14001: 2004 Handbook of Transition with CD-ROM Syed Imtiaz Haider, Julphar Gulf Pharm. Industries, United Arab Emirates A must-have tool for any company in the process of adopting and incorporating the ISO 14001:2004 requirements, this book and accompanying CD-ROM provides the latest updates and amendments and translates the ISO language into actionable strategy. Offering administrative solutions to managers, it includes practical examples of policies with objectives, targets, and action plans applicable to any processrelated industry or organization. With template formats and hands-on flow charts to describe step-by-step system development, documentation, and implementation phases, this informative package will aid anyone interested in developing a documented system. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering October 2010: 229x152: 630pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2939-4: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2940-0: £95.00
Air Pollution * Health and Environmental Impacts
Edited by Bhola R. Gurjar and C.S.P. Ojha, both at Indian Institute of Technology, India and Luisa T. Molina, Massachusetts Institute of Tecnology, Cambridge, USA Along with providing an understanding of the scientific basis of air pollution, this volume helps readers better appreciate social and environmental determinants of public health and apply country-based research evidence to reduce health disparities and environmental inequalities. It also encourages future research and policy action on the health and environmental consequences of air pollution from the local to global level. With contributions from a distinguished group of international experts, the book not only covers general modeling, monitoring, and characterization techniques but also includes field studies and cases that offer valuable insight into region-specific issues. CRC Press «Market: Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety October 2010: 235x156: 556pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0962-4: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0963-1: £82.00
4th Edition
Trace Elements in Soils and Plants Fire Protection for Alina Kabata-Pendias, Institute of Soil Science Commercial Facilities and Plant Cultivation, Poland
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Agriculture October 2010: 254x178: 560pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9368-1: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9370-4: £99.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-84931-575-6
See separate Order Form
Mark Bromann, Rally Fire Protection Services, Illinois, USA This book presents systems and practices that can increase a facility’s ability to avoid fires, limit the development and spread of fires, and effectively control fires. Comprehensive in scope, it focuses on the many subfields of fire protection engineering that comprise the role of facility manager. Introducing managers to the wide array of fire protection engineering applications encountered during typical facility operations, it provides a good command of fire protection and fire prevention basics. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology November 2010: 235x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2720-8: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2721-5: £76.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
This fourth edition of a bestseller reflects the explosion of research during the past decade regarding trace elements and the environment related to the soil-plant system. It provides information on the biogeochemistry of trace elements in the soil-plant system and describes how these elements control our food quality. It discusses the assessment of natural/ background content of trance elements in soil, bioindication of chemical status of environmental compartments, soil remediation, and hyperaccumulation and phytoextraction of trace metals from the soil. The table of contents reflects the IUPAC’s recommendation for numbering element groups, giving the new edition an updated organizational flow.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
environmental science 223 Ecosystem Function in Savannas Measurement and Modeling at Landscape to Global Scales Edited by Michael J. Hill, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, USA and Niall P. Hanan, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, USA Spanning biophysics, biochemistry, land use change, and measurement and modeling, this book addresses the quantitative spatial and temporal dynamics of global savannas. It describes the global savanna biome in terms of broad ecological properties, temporal dynamics, disturbance levels, and human dimensions. The text examines carbon, water, energy, and trace gas fluxes for major global savanna regions. It also looks at quantitative surface properties of savannas that can be retrieved using remote sensing and presents numerical approaches used to explore savanna dynamics. CRC Press «Market: Agriculture October 2010: 235x156: 624pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0470-4: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0471-1: £99.00
Manual of Environmental Analysis * Edited by N.C. Aery, University College of Science, India and Shruti Kshirsagar, Department of Science and Technology, India This book presents current methods for determining the impact of pollutants on the biosystem and information on enzymes, instrumentation, and statistical methods. Encompassing the breadth and depth of the field, the book explores analytical methods for determining physical, chemical, biological, and microbiological characteristics of water, waste water, soil, plant material, and air as well as plant and animal communities. Including sampling, instrumentation, and monitoring methods, the book facilitates analysis for a wide range of chemical pollutants. Topics include bioassays, environmental radioactivity, biomonitoring, environmental impact assessment/auditing, and indoor air and noise pollution. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology October 2010: 235x187: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6915-0: £82.00
Mixture Toxicity Linking Approaches from Ecological and Human Toxicology Edited by Cornelis A.M. van Gestel, Vrije Universiteit, the Netherlands, Martijs Jonker, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Jan E. Kammenga, Wageningen University, the Netherlands, Ryszard Laskowski, Jagiellonian University, Poland and Claus Svendsen, Centre for Ecology and Hydrology, UK Although the fields of toxicology and human health assessment address similar problems, the experts from these fields do not meet very frequently. Originating from a meeting of scientists in both fields, this book clearly links ecotoxicology and classic human toxicology. It incorporates extensive reviews of exposure to toxicants, toxicokinetics and toxicodynamics, toxicology of mixtures, and risk assessment. This unusual combination of coverage sets it apart from other ecotoxicological and risk assessment resources that do not discuss these topics in an integrated manner. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology October 2010: 235x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3008-6: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3009-3: £76.99
gis & remote sensing
Advanced Geoinformation Science Edited by Chaowei Yang, David Wong and Ruixin Yang, all at George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia, USA and Qianjun Miao, Harbin, China GeoInformation science today encompasses more than just traditional technologies such as remote sensing, GIS, and supporting disciplines. As the science continues to become more multidisciplinary, the literature remains compartmentalized according to the traditional disciplinary boundaries. This book fills the gaps in the literature by capturing recent developments in geoInformation science. The authors explain how advanced technology and concepts play a significant role in recent advancements. The text provides overviews of the subjects, discusses the current state of the science and technology, and highlights the future directions and developments.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 488pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1060-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1061-3: £95.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
224 electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering
American Herbal Pharmacopoeia * DC Servos Botanical Pharmacognosy – Microscopic Characterization of Botanical Medicines Edited by Roy Upton, American Herbal Pharmacopoeia, Scotts Valley, California, USA, Alison W. Graff, BIO-Logic, Inc., Montrose, Colorado, USA, Georgina Huntstone Jolliffe, formerly at London University, UK and Elizabeth M. Williamson, University of Reading, UK Compiled by the American Herbal Pharmacopoeia®, this volume addresses the lack of authoritative microscopic descriptions of the most popular medicinal plant species currently in trade in the U.S. It provides a detailed text and graphic atlas of more than 140 medicinal plant species and their adulterants. The book covers plant anatomy, provides extensive coverage of the history and importance of botanical microscopy, and gives instruction on how to set up a microscopy lab and collect samples. The atlas portion is repeated on an included CD-ROM that also holds extra full-color art. It offers the first English language description for many commonly used species. Selected Contents: Project Overview. Product Justification. Text Organization and Design. Schedule. Editors and Authors. Reviewer and Consultant Suggestions. References. Appendices. List of Figures CRC Press «Market: Biological Sciences October 2010: 279x216: 568pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7326-3: £108.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-7328-7: £108.00
Application and Design with MATLAB® Stephen M. Tobin, Optical Tools Corporation, Newton Highlands, Massachusetts, USA Although many texts describe the feedback transducers in some detail, they often fail to show how they are used in a real system. Providing an even treatment of the theoretical and practical sides of application and design, this book distills practical knowledge from various branches of applied science – electrical engineering, analog electronics, mechanical engineering, mechanics, control theory, digital electronics, embedded computing, and firmware design into a cohesive framework. It takes readers on a journey through servo school, allowing them to design the even more complex machines that will become the norm of the 21st century. CRC Press «Market: Mechanical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8003-2: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8005-6: £63.99
2nd Edition textbook
Bioenergy, Renewables, Storage, Grid, Waste, and Sustainability; Technical Proceedings of the 2010 Clean Technology Conference and Expo Edited by NSTI, Nanoscience and Technology Inst., Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA NSTI’s clean and nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading scientists in the field, and Cleantech 2010 is no exception. Top contributors offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in clean technology. More than mere proceedings, these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in this burgeoning area. Information from past conferences has been compiled into authoritative and comprehensive compendiums and made available (along with pricing information) here on our site. Contents of the proceedings for this year’s conference and expo will be forthcoming. Cleantech is available in print and on a CD-ROM that includes proceedings from Nanotech.
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 465pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3419-0: £82.00
See separate Order Form
Digital Image Processing and Analysis Human and Computer Vision Applications with CVIPtools Scott E. Umbaugh, Southern Illinois University, Edwardsville, USA An introduction for students as well as a tutorial to update practicing professionals, this new edition of Computer Imaging has been retitled to reflect the field’s rapid growth. More comprehensive and adding color throughout, this edition continues to take the engineering approach that sets it apart from other texts. It combines image processing and analysis into a unified framework, a useful paradigm for human and computer vision applications. Its applications-oriented nature is enhanced by coverage of new software tools: the CVIP Algorithm Test and Analysis Tool and the CVIP Feature Extraction and Pattern Classification Tool, which accompany the book on CD-ROM. Ancillary teaching materials are available for qualifying instructors. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering November 2010: 254x178: 1072pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0205-2: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0206-9: £76.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-84932-919-7
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Clean Technology 2010
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering 225
Digital Protective Relays
Compressor Handbook
Problems and Solutions
Principles and Practice
Vladimir Gurevich, Israel Electric Corporation, Israel
Anthony Giampaolo, MSME, PE
Microprocessor-based digital protection relays seem to be dominating all other types of protection relays. This book explains how to choose digital relays correctly, how to ensure their correct use, and how to avoid multiple problems. Focusing on solutions, the text describes specific technical problems associated with digital relays and suggests ways to solve them. It also covers the construction of functional assemblies of real relays existing in the market, drawbacks and problems of digital relays, and the danger of deliberate electromagnetic effects on digital relays. Alternative (non-microprocessor-based) protection relays and problems related to international standards are also addressed.
This book provides a practical introduction to dynamic and positive displacement compressors, including compressor performance, operation, and problem awareness. It provides a clear understanding of what is needed to effectively select, operate, and troubleshoot compressors. Complete with case histories, the book demonstrates investigative techniques for identifying and isolating various contributing causes, including design deficiencies, manufacturing defects, adverse environmental conditions, operating errors, and intentional or unintentional changes of the machinery process that usually precede failure.
CRC Press «Market: Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology October 2010: 235x156: 488pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3785-6: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3786-3: £82.00
CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering October 2010: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1571-7: £82.00
textbook
textbook
Introduction to Sensors *
Magnetics, Dielectrics, and Wave Propagation with MATLAB® Codes
John Vetelino and Aravind Reghu, both at University of Maine, Orono, USA The complexity of advancing technology and the emergence of terrorist activities have heightened the need for new types of sensors. Depending on their application, the design, fabrication, testing, and use of sensors require a variety of technical and non-technical expertise. This book examines the theoretical foundations and practical applications of sensors in the modern era. The text explains various types of sensors, providing background on the development of each type to reveal the underlying rationale for its use. The author incorporates information from sensorbased industries to review current developments in the field. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0852-8: £41.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0853-5: £41.99
Carmine Vittoria, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts, USA This book describes wave propagation in magneto-dielectric materials. The text considers the magnetic state of a magnetic ion, for example, at the atomic scale, and provides a mathematical link to wave propagation at the macroscopic scale. It presents qualitative and quantitative arguments to calculate magnetic parameters from first principles. This book’s theoretical approach combines macroscopic free magnetic energy with Maxwell’s equations to yield wave propagation characteristics of magneto-dielectric materials. The author provides a clear understanding on the origin of magnetic parameters and how to calculate these parameters as the dimensionality of materials is reduced toward the microscopic scale.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 462pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4199-0: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4200-3: £82.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
226 electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering
Fixed Mobile Convergence Handbook
Introduction to Microsystem Packaging Technology *
Edited by Syed A. Ahson, Microsoft Corporation, Bellevue, Washington, USA and Mohammad Ilyas, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, USA
Yufeng Jin and Jing Chen, both at Peking University, China and Zhiping Wang, Singapore Institute of Manufacturing Technology
From basic concepts to future directions, this handbook provides technical information on all aspects of fixed-mobile convergence (FMC). The book examines such topics as integrated management architecture, business trends and strategic implications for service providers, personal area networks, mobile controlled handover methods, SIP-based session mobility, and supervisory and notification aggregator service. Case studies are used to illustrate technical and systematic implementation of unified and rationalized internet access by fixed-mobile network convergence. The text examines the technology, services, networks, and users of the FMC industry from multiple perspectives.
Vastly ahead of the field, this resource illustrates developments in microsystem packaging (MSP) design and manufacture, including advanced substrate and interconnection technology. It also details 3D-package and system-level package development with a decidedly MEMS perspective. Integrating the work of international engineers, this book presents a diversity of technologies in relation to MSP. The ultimate reference on this sophisticated level of package design and techniques, it covers encapsulation and sealing and system-in-package, as well as device-level and optoelectronics packaging. It also includes coverage of modular assembly, inspection, and reliability design, and includes a number of real-world case studies. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 254x178: 232pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1910-4: £82.00
CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 488pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9170-0: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9174-8: £89.00
2nd Edition
Bryan R. Fischer, Advanced Dimensional Management, Sherwood, Oregon, USA Series: Dekker Mechanical Engineering Written by one of the foremost authorities in the field, this reference presents proven and easy-to-use methods for determining whether selected dimensioning and tolerancing schemes will yield functional parts and assemblies. The book develops effective problem-solving and analytical skills using a variety of examples and real-world design challenges that stress the importance of a standardized approach to tolerance stackups. Illustrating procedures that have been tested and utilized by leading professionals in the industry, this reference demonstrates how to perform ‘what-if’ scenarios to evaluate the effects of changing tolerancing schemes, tolerance values, and assembly sequences.
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Mechanical Engineering October 2010: 229x152: 544pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1572-4: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1573-1: £82.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-82475-379-5
See separate Order Form
Reliable Control and Filtering of Linear Systems with Adaptive Mechanisms Guang-Hong Yang and Dan Ye, both at Northeastern University, China Based on the author’s research findings, this volume reports on a new method of fault tolerant control. The authors develop a theoretical framework for reliable control in linear systems with adaptive mechanisms. They also present guidelines for designing control systems with guaranteed stability and desired performance in the presence of actuator/ sensor failures. The book contains valuable reference materials for researchers in reliable control as well as practicing engineers. It provides industrial case studies, involving flight tracking control systems design for F-16 fighter jets and redundant sensors for motors. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3522-7: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3523-4: £76.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Mechanical Tolerance Stackup and Analysis
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering 227
Smoothed Finite Element Methods Super-Resolution Imaging G.R. Liu, National University of Singapore, Singapore
Edited by Peyman Milanfar
Drawing on the author’s extensive research results, this book presents the theoretical framework and development of various S-FEM models. It discusses the overall modeling procedure, fundamental theories, error assessment matters, and necessary building blocks to construct useful S-FEM models. The book focuses on several specific S-FEM models, including cell-based (CS-FEM), node-based (NS-FEM), edgebased (ES-FEM), face-based (FS-FEM), and a combination of FEM and NS-FEM (αFEM). These models are then applied to physical problems in solid mechanics, fracture mechanics, viscoelastoplasticity, plates, piezoelectric structures, heat transfer, and structural acoustics.
Series: Digital Imaging and Computer Vision
CRC Press «Market: Mechanical Engineering October 2010: 229x152: 691pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2027-8: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2028-5: £89.00
CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 464pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1930-2: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1931-9: £89.00
With contributions from the very top researchers (in the field of image and video super solution, FEM), this book provides a definitive overview of superresolution imaging. Surveying the latest state of the art techniques, each detailed chapter provides coverage of the implementations and applications of super-resolution imaging. The 14 sections span a wide range of modern techniques and include variational, Bayesian, feature-based, multi-channel, learningbased, locally adaptive, and nonparametric methods. The book discusses, among others, medical, military, and microscopy applications.
2nd Edition textbook
The Mathematical Theory of Elasticity Richard B. Hetnarski, Naples, Florida, USA and Józef Ignaczak, Polish Academy of Sciences, Poland This book presents the mathematical theory of elasticity and its applications. It provides classical results on elasticity as well as new findings obtained in recent years by various researchers, including the authors and their collaborators. The text offers a bridge between mathematical theory and applied elasticity through specific applications illustrated in exercises and problems. It covers the areas of elastostatics, thermoelastostatics, elastodynamics, and thermoelastodynamics. This edition also features an appendix on nonclassical dynamic thermoelasticity, along with expanded name and subject indices.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press October 2010: 254x178: 656pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2888-5: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2889-2: £76.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-59169-020-7
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
228 electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering
Nanotech 2010
Volume 1
Technical Proceedings of the 2010 NSTI Nanotechnology Conference and Expo (Volumes 1–3) Edited by NSTI, Nanoscience and Technology Inst., Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA NSTI’s nanotechnology conferences have built a tradition of being the most prestigious forum in the world for leading nano scientists, and Nanotech 2010 is no exception. Top nano scientists offer an up-to-date global perspective on the latest developments in nanotechnology. More than mere proceedings, these volumes cut across every scientific and engineering discipline to provide the most complete record of current accomplishments in Nanotech. Information from past conferences has been compiled into authoritative and comprehensive compendiums and made available (along with pricing information) here on our site. Contents of the proceedings for this year’s conference and expo will be forthcoming. Nanotech is available in print and on CD-ROM.
Fabrication, Particles, Characterization, MEMs, Electronics and Photonics; Technical Proceedings of the 2010 NSTI Nanotechnology Conference and Expo October 2010: 279x216: 748pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3401-5: £127.00 Volume 2
Life Sciences, Medicine, Diagnostics, Bio Materials and Composites; Technical Proceedings of the 2010 NSTI Nanotechnology Conference and Expo October 2010: 279x216: 636pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3402-2: £127.00 Volume 3
Biofuels, Renewable Energy, Coatings and Compact Modeling; Technical Proceedings of the 2010 NSTI Nanotechnology Conference and Expo October 2010: 235x156: 742pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3415-2: £127.00
CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 2076pp Pb: 978-1-4398-3418-3: £350.00
3rd Edition
2nd Edition
2nd Edition
Applied Illumination Engineering *
Commercial Energy Auditing Reference Handbook
Infrared Detectors
Steve Doty, Colorado Springs Utilities, USA
This is an expertly written, broadly approachable treatment of the fundamental principles and latest developments in the science and technology of infrared detection. The author, an internationally recognized pioneer, presents each topic with a brief summary of historical background followed by a clear explanation of key principles underlying performance, an overview of properties, and an analysis of the state-of-the-art. The four sections cover introductory aspects, infrared thermal detectors, infrared photon detectors, and focal plane arrays. It includes coverage of cutting edge developments such as novel uncooled detectors, type II superlattice detectors, and quantum dot infrared detectors.
Updated to include new technology and requirements, this comprehensive guide to lighting covers illumination fundamentals as well as practical applications. A full range of light sources is examined and design methods for both indoor and outdoor lighting are presented along with strategies for the lighting of merchandise, offices, industrial settings, parking lots, and streets. This edition adds a chapter on advancing LED technology and the lighting controls chapter is revised to include new technologies. Updated specifications from IES and new requirements from the U.S. Department of Energy are also included.
order now!
©
Fairmont Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 229x152: 500pp Hb: 978-0-8247-4809-8: £108.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-1482-2: £108.00
See separate Order Form
Updated and expanded, this edition includes new material on early replacement business justification, lease arrangements and effect on ECM project interest, coordinating upstream/ downstream set points, semiconductor fab multistage HVAC air tempering, commissioning, HVAC overlapping heating and cooling, and much more. The author discusses procedures and guidelines for a wide range of business and building types, such as schools, restaurants, medical facilities, laboratories, lodging, religious facilities, and warehouses. He also covers areas of the building energy audit and assessment, including building envelope, lighting, controls, heat recovery, thermal storage, electrical systems, and utilities. Fairmont Press «Market: Mechanical Engineering November 2010: 229x152: 750pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5197-5: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5198-2: £76.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-42006-111-6
Antoni Rogalski, Institute of Applied Physics, Poland
CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 254x178: 884pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7671-4: £114.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-7672-1: £114.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Scott Dunning and Jack Lindsey, Effective Lighting Solutions, Columbus, Ohio, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering 229 Alternative Fuels for Transportation
Electrical Solitons
Edited by Arumugam S. Ramadhas, Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., India A balanced examination of alternative fuels, this book covers production, properties, benefits, disadvantages, and use. Each chapter describes a particular fuel in a self-contained manner, making the book a quick guide to specifics and a comprehensive reference on alternative fuels in general. The coverage includes production methods, fuel storage, transporation and distribution, physiochemical properties, fuel system modification, engine tests for its performance and emissions, material compatibility, safety aspects, and challenges. It also explores issues surrounding the commercialization of alternative fuels and their future prospectus. CRC Press «Market: Mechanical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 460pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1957-9: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1958-6: £57.99
Theory, Applications, and Extensions in High Speed Electronics David Ricketts, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA and Donhee Ham, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA Series: Devices, Circuits, and Systems This book details the physics, implementation, and dynamics of the electrical soliton, a unique nonlinear wave the dynamics of which can be leveraged in many different high-speed electronics applications. After an overview of the soliton concept, the authors introduce the nonlinear transmission line, the medium on which electrical solitons are formed. Then they explain the unique dynamics of electrical solitons, including the many practical realities of solitons in lossy, non-ideal media. The mathematical background used to describe these phenomena is contained in the appendix, and fundamental physical concepts are presented so that the average engineering readers will understand. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering November 2010: 235x156: 230pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2980-6: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2981-3: £63.99
Computational Photography Methods and Applications
CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 254x178: 564pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1749-0: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1750-6: £82.00
Lighting Efficiency Technology & Applications * Albert Thumann, Association of Energy Engineers, Atlanta, Georgia, USA and Eric Woodroof, Sales Improvement Consultant, Johnson Controls, Wisconsin, USA
CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9125-0: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9126-7: £63.99
Lighting Management Handbook
Characterization, Design and Modeling for RF and MM-Wave Applications
In Lighting Redesign for Existing Buildings, veteran lighting journalist and educator Craig DiLouie identifies opportunities to save energy and improve lighting performance in existing buildings. The book outlines the decision-making process behind whether to retrofit or redesign an existing lighting system, describes basic lighting design techniques and how to evaluate lighting equipment, details lighting legislation and energy codes, identifies advanced lighting strategies, and describes the role planned maintenance can play in saving energy and ensuring long-term performance. Readers will gain in-depth insight into assessing and capturing their opportunities with better lighting.
Craig DiLouie
Egidio Ragonese, Universita di Catania, Italy, Angelo Scuderi, STMicroelectronics, Italy, Tonio Biondi, Catania, Italy and Giuseppe Palmisano, Universita di Catania, Italy Passive inductive components have experienced an extraordinary growth in RF ICs. They are widely employed to improve performance, reduce fabrication costs, and increase integration levels of both the RX and TX parts of the RF frontend. Knowledge of basic concepts concerning design, fabrication, and modeling of monolithic inductors and transformers has become an essential prerequisite for process engineers and circuit designers. In this book, monolithic passive components are discussed to provide a complete overview of fabrication technology, design and optimization techniques, and modeling. Equal emphasis is given to technological aspects and circuit-oriented applications. Auerbach Publications «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8844-1: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8845-8: £76.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
Synchronization and Control of Multiagent Systems Multiple intelligent agent systems are commonly used in research requiring complex behavior. Synchronization control provides an advantage in solving the problem of multi-agent coordination. This book focuses on the use of synchronization control to coordinate the group behavior of multiple agents. The author includes numerous real-world application examples from robotics, automation, and advanced manufacturing. Providing a detailed look at cross-coupling-based synchronization control, the text covers such topics as adaptive synchronization control, synchronous tracking control of parallel manipulators, and minimization of contouring errors of CNC machine tools with synchronization controls. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2047-6: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2048-3: £76.99
çè
@
Fairmont Press «Market: Electrical Engineering November 2010: 235x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8385-9: £63.99
Dong Sun, City University of Hong Kong, Kowloon
Fairmont Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6110-9: £63.99
çè
Exploring the fundamental principles involved in the design and characterization of RFID technologies, this book provides a systematic approach to studying the different components that constitute the RFID system. It discusses the types of antennas used in transponders, the parts that make up the transponder, memory structure and logic circuits, antennas for RFID interrogators, types of modulation, and the organization and characteristics of commercially available transponders. The book also examines communication links, modes of operation for transponders operating at different frequencies, the principles of arbitration and anti-collision, and the various commands used by transponders.
Integrated Inductors and Transformers
This practical handbook highlights the latest trends in applied lighting technologies capable of providing high energy efficiency performance in buildings and industrial facilities. It provides facts on the latest advances in lamp, ballast, luminaire, and controls technologies. The book provides a better understanding of the integration capabilities of lighting as a management resource tool to enhance the productivity, comfort, ambience, and overall cost effectiveness for commercial, industrial, and institutional buildings. It also discusses current energy legislation and lighting standards, including their impact on new lighting and upgrade decisions.
for e-mail updates in your field
Albert Lozano-Nieto, Pennsylvania State University, Lehman, USA
2nd Edition
Edited by Rastislav Lukac, Epson Edge, Canada Series: Digital Imaging and Computer Vision Computational photography is a new and rapidly developing research field that has evolved from computer vision, image processing, computer graphics, and applied optics to computational imaging techniques that enhance or extend the capabilities of digital photography. The output of these techniques is an image that cannot be produced by today’s common imaging solutions. This book details recent advances in computational photography, their applications, and specific research challenges. The text begins with computational photography fundamentals and computational cameras and proceeds to a discussion of computational photography approaches across a broad spectrum of imaging applications.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
RFID Design Fundamentals and Applications
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
230 industrial engineering & management
Innovations of Kansei Engineering
Kansei/Affective Engineering Edited by Mitsuo Nagamachi, Hiroshima, Japan
Mitsuo Nagamachi, Hiroshima, Japan and Anitawati Mohd Lokman, MARA University of Technology, Malaysia Series: Industrial Innovation Written by the founder of this technology, this book elucidates Kansei Engineering, a unique product development technology based on the customer’s feelings, wants, and needs. It defines the technology, its methods, and the developmental process related to designing a product. Using this innovative technique, readers can turn their vision into a shape that can then be transformed into something that can be readily used by the consumer. The text details how to construct the intelligent computer system to support new product development using the neural network model and fuzzy logic. It also addresses product quality control management and presents statistical methods of design. CRC Press «Market: Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 152pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1866-4: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1867-1: £44.99
Series: Industrial Innovation Providing a guided tour through the each stages of process, this book explores how to apply Kansei/Affective Engineering. This book describes the psychological survey and psycho-physiological measurement of consumer feelings and the multivariate statistical analysis of this survey data, including rough set models. Since soft computing technology is very useful from the viewpoint of product design, the author details the Expert system, neural networks, GA, and other methods that are relevant to support the designer’s decision or the customer’s choice. The text includes many applied examples in areas such as automotive, home electrics, appliances, cosmetics, packaging, and e-commerce business. CRC Press «Market: Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 310pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2133-6: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2134-3: £44.99
2nd Edition
Optimizing Equipment Life-Cycle Decisions Edited by John D. Campbell, Orangeville, Canada, Andrew K.S. Jardine, University of Toronto, Canada and Joel McGlynn, IBM Global Business Services, Colorado, USA Series: Dekker Mechanical Engineering Based on real-world consulting and research, this volume provides the methods and tools needed for making life cycle decisions associated with physical asset management. This second edition features new chapters on the world of life cycle management and asset classes, information management and related technology, design of strategy and implementation, and the future of management maintenance. Providing updated case studies, additional new material addresses leadership issues, presents key factors for successful implementation of reliability-centered maintenance, and discusses the optimization of insurance spares and software.
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 398pp Hb: 978-0-8493-0300-5: £63.99 eBook: 978-0-8493-0324-1: £63.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-82470-497-1
See separate Order Form
Handbook of Industrial Engineering Equations, Formulas, and Calculations Adedeji B. Badiru, Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA and Olufemi A. Omitaomu, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Tennessee, USA Series: Industrial Innovation Industrial engineering practitioners don’t have to be computational experts; they just need to know where to get the computational resources that they need. This book provides access to computational resources required by industrial engineers. It consists of several sections, each with a focus on a particular specialization area of industrial engineering. Topics include basic and engineering math, production engineering, engineering economics, ergonomics, systems and data engineering, project engineering, and simulation and statistical calculations. The book elucidates the underlying equations that facilitate the understanding required to improve design processes. CRC Press «Market: Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 912pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7627-1: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-7629-5: £82.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Asset Management Excellence *
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
industrial engineering & management 231
The Supply Chain in Manufacturing, Distribution, and Transportation * Modeling, Optimization, and Applications Edited by Kenneth D. Lawrence, New Jersey Institute of Technology, Newark, USA, Ronald K. Klimberg and Virginia M. Miori, both at Saint Joseph’s University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA Focusing on research that integrates production, distribution, and transportation, this book aims to solve significant problems within the supply chain integration process. The text presents both tactical and operational models that address a wide variety of organizational issues, including high-level production schedules, product sourcing, network alignment, distribution center layouts, transportation operations with consistent demand, inventory planning, and day-to-day operations planning. Leading contributors from industry and academia also provide real-world business applications and case studies that feature some of the modeling solutions discussed in the chapters. Auerbach «Market: Business Management October 2010: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7945-6: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7952-4: £57.99
Loss Prevention and Safety Control
Systems Engineering Tools and Methods
Terms and Definitions
Edited by Ali K. Kamrani and Maryam Azimi, both at University of Houston, USA
Dennis P. Nolan, Saudi Arabian National Oil Company Series: Occupational Safety & Health Guide Series
Series: Engineering and Management Innovation
Addressing the present need for an overall reference book that provides a complete and sufficient description of the terminology used in the safety/ loss prevention field, this text is an encyclopedic A-Z listing of terminology. This text covers background, meanings, and descriptions of terms. It presents terminology in alphabetical order for ease of search and contains supplemental appendices of safety organizations, common safety standards, and acronyms. Two-paragraph descriptions of terms, photographs, diagrams, graphs, and tables are included to aid understanding of the subject, making it accessible to professionals and students.
Waste, inadequate system performance, cost overruns, and schedule problems often result from failure to apply advanced systems engineering early in project development. Systems engineering is a systematic method to manage the formulation, analysis, and interpretation of what a system will produce and whether the outcome is the one that is desired. This book provides detailed discussions on engineering design and management processes within system lifecycles. The text addresses various issues of systems engineering fundamentals, emphasizing an integrated approach. The author presents methods, frameworks, techniques and tools for designing, implementing, and managing large-scale systems.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
CRC Press «Market: Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering December 2010: 235x156: 376pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0926-6: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0927-3: £57.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety November 2010: 235x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3363-6: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3366-7: £63.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
232 mathematics & statistics
Bayesian Modeling in Bioinformatics *
Handbook of Fitting Statistical Distributions with R
Edited by Dipak K. Dey, University of Connecticut, Storrs, USA, Samiran Ghosh, Indiana University-Purdue University, Indianapolis, USA and Bani K. Mallick, Texas A&M University, College Station, USA
Zaven A. Karian, Denison University, Granville, Ohio, USA and Edward J. Dudewicz, Syracuse University, New York, USA
Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Biostatistics Series This volume discusses the development and application of Bayesian statistical methods for the analysis of high-throughput bioinformatics data arising from problems in molecular and structural biology and disease-related medical research. It presents a broad overview of statistical inference, clustering, and classification problems in two main high-throughput platforms: microarray gene expression and phylogenic analysis. Illustrating concepts using real-world data, the book covers a variety of recently developed Bayesian techniques, along with applications in genome-wide studies, phylogenetics, breast cancer, expression genomics, and more. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Statistics October 2010: 235x156: 464pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7017-0: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7018-7: £57.99
Strengthened by examples taken from the scientific literature, this handbook provides statisticians and researchers across the physical and social sciences with cutting-edge methods for fitting continuous probability distributions. It presents families with wide-ranging applicability, including Johnson’s system, kappa distribution, and generalized lambda distribution. By providing the necessary R programs, the book enables practitioners to implement the techniques using R computer code. To cover distribution method combinations not included in the book’s extensive tables, the authors delve into the application of computational algorithms and attendant approximation errors. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Statistics October 2010: 254x178: 1720pp Hb: 978-1-58488-711-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-58488-712-6: £95.00
2nd Edition
textbook
Bayesian Artificial Intelligence
Exercises and Solutions in Biostatistical Theory
Kevin B. Korb and Ann E. Nicholson, both at Clayton School of Information Technology, Victoria, Australia Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Computer Science & Data Analysis As the power of Bayesian techniques has become more fully realized, the field of artificial intelligence has embraced Bayesian methodology and integrated it to the point where an introduction to Bayesian techniques is now a core course in many computer science programs. Unlike other books on the subject, Bayesian Artificial Intelligence keeps mathematical detail to a minimum and covers a broad range of topics. The authors integrate all of Bayesian net technology and apply it to knowledge engineering. They emphasize understanding and intuition but also provide the algorithms and technical background needed for applications. Software, exercises, and solutions are available on the authors’ website.
See separate Order Form
Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Texts in Statistical Science A self-contained resource, this book includes an unusual collection of problems and solutions that illustrate theoretical concepts essential to an understanding of the underlying principles of the field of biostatistics. Each chapter begins with a review of basic tools and concepts that aid in the solution of the problems encountered in that chapter. The material illustrated extends from the basic elements of probability to advanced multi-parameter maximum likelihood-based methods for estimation and hypothesis testing. The book includes highly practical problems based on real-life applications taken predominantly from the health sciences. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Statistics October 2010: 235x156: 428pp Pb: 978-1-58488-722-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-58488-723-2: £24.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Statistics October 2010: 235x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1591-5: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1592-2: £63.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-58488-387-6
Lawrence L. Kupper and Brian H. Neelon, both at University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA, Sean M. O’Brien, Duke Clinical Research Institute, Durham, North Carolina, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
mathematics & statistics 233
Discovering Evolution Equations with Applications
Combinatorics of Spreads and Parallelisms
Volume 1-Deterministic Equations
Norman Johnson, University of Iowa, Iowa City, USA
Mark A. McKibben, Goucher College, Baltimore, Maryland, USA
Series: Pure and Applied Mathematics
Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Applied Mathematics & Nonlinear Science
Along with the author’s other three books (Subplane Covered Nets, Foundations of Translation Planes, and Handbook of Finite Translation Planes), this text forms a solid, comprehensive account of the complete theory of the geometries that are connected with translation planes in intricate ways. It covers all known finite and infinite parallelisms, including many new examples, as well as the planes comprising them. The book also presents a complete analysis of general spreads and partitions of vector spaces that provide groups enabling the construction of subgeometry partitions of projective spaces.
Most books written on evolution equations tend to either provide a thorough treatment of a particular class of equations in tremendous depth for a beginner or focus on presenting an assimilation of materials devoted to a very particular timely research direction. This volume provides an engaging, accessible account of a rudimentary core of theoretical results that should be understood by anyone studying evolution equations in a way that gradually builds the reader’s intuition and which culminates in a discussion of an area of active research. The author’s conversational style sets the stage for the next step of theoretical development, allowing readers to see the big picture of a theoretical development. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Math October 2010: 235x156: 466pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9207-3: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9209-7: £63.99
CRC Press «Market: Math October 2010: 235x156: 664pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1946-3: £127.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1947-0: £127.00
2nd Edition textbook
textbook
Solution Techniques for Elementary Partial Differential Equations
Advanced Linear Algebra
Christian Constanda, University of Tulsa, Oklahoma, USA Series: Chapman Hall/CRC Mathematics Series This popular text presents some of the most important and widely used methods for solving PDEs. Along with a new chapter on complex variable methods, this edition includes new sections on Cauchy – Euler equations, Bessel functions, Legendre polynomials, spherical harmonics, applications of Fourier transformations, and general hyperbolic equations. It lists additional mathematical models based on PDEs and shows how the methods of separation of variables and eigenfunction expansion work for equations other than heat, wave, and Laplace. The author also added many new worked examples and exercises. Ancillary materials are available for qualifying instructors.
Bruce Cooperstein, University of California, Santa Cruz, USA Starting with familiar concepts and slowly building to deeper results, this text focuses on vector spaces and the maps between them that preserve their structure (linear transformations). It discusses the structure theory of an operator, various topics on inner product spaces, and the trace and determinant functions of a linear operator. The text also covers bilinear forms with a full treatment of symplectic and orthogonal spaces and explains the construction of tensor, symmetric, and exterior algebras. It includes many examples, exercises, and problems, with selected solutions in the appendices. A solutions manual is available for qualifying instructors. CRC Press «Market: Math October 2010: 235x156: 364pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2966-0: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2969-1: £49.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Math October 2010: 235x156: 343pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1139-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1140-5: £24.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-58488-257-2
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
234 mathematics & statistics
Methods in Medical Informatics Fundamentals of Healthcare Programming in Perl, Python, and Ruby Jules J. Berman, Columbia, Maryland, USA Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Mathematical & Computational Biology A user friendly, step-by-step practical guide for applying basic informatics algorithms to medical data sets, this book includes examples using three of the most common programming languages (Perl, Python, and Ruby). The author employs a minimal selection of commands for quick learning, and references only free, publicly available resources. This book demonstrates how easy it is to master the wide variety of data types encountered in a healthcare setting with just a few simple programming commands. It provides basic methods for retrieving, organizing, merging, and analyzing data sources. It covers building blocks, medical data resources, primary tasks of medical informatics, and medical discovery.
Frailty Models in Survival Analysis * Andreas Wienke, Martin-Luther-University Halle-Wittenberg, Germany Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Biostatistics Series Accessible to nonspecialists, this book explains the basic ideas in frailty modeling and statistical techniques, with a focus on real data application and interpretation of the results. It extensively explores how univariate frailty models can represent unobserved heterogeneity. It also emphasizes correlated frailty models as extensions of univariate and shared frailty models. The author analyzes similarities and differences between frailty and copula models, discusses problems related to frailty models, and describes parametric and semiparametric models using both frequentist and Bayesian approaches. He also shows how to apply the models to real data using R, SAS, and Stata.
Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Statistics October 2010: 254x178: 416pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4182-2: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4184-6: £49.99
Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 235x156: 312pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7388-1: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7391-1: £63.99
textbook
2nd Edition
Introduction to General and Generalized Linear Models *
Testing Statistical Hypotheses of Equivalence and Noninferiority
Henrik Madsen and Poul Thyregod, both at Technical University, Lyngby, Denmark
Stefan Wellek, Central Institute of Mental Health, and University of Heidelberg, Germany
Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Texts in Statistical Science
Giving focused attention to noninferiority testing, this second edition provides readers with a rich repertoire of efficient solutions to specific equivalence and noninferiority testing problems frequently encountered in the analysis of real data sets. It also includes new chapters on equivalence tests for multivariate data and tests for relevant differences between treatments. Drawing on real-life medical research, the author uses numerous examples throughout to illustrate the methods. Updated computer programs in SAS, Fortran, and R for facilitating the routine application of testing procedures are available online at www.crcpress.com
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Statistics October 2010: 235x156: 312pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9155-7: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9156-4: £39.99
See separate Order Form
Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Statistics October 2010: 235x156: 431pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0818-4: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0819-1: £63.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5848-8160-5
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Since the mathematics behind generalized linear models is often difficult to follow while the mathematics behind general linear models is well understood, this text describes the methodology behind both models in a parallel setup. After introducing a likelihood framework sufficient to cover both approaches, the authors present general linear models, including analysis of covariance, before moving on to more complicated generalized linear models using the same example. Numerous simulated and real-world examples, implemented using R and SAS, illustrate the methods discussed. The text also provides exercises to further develop understanding.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
mathematics & statistics 235
Multiple Comparisons Using R Frank Bretz, Novartis Pharma AG, Switzerland, Torsten Hothorn, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München, Germany and Peter Westfall, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, USA There are many scientific experiments requiring statistical analysis that involve the evaluation of more than one experimental question. For example, two treatments may be considered in a single clinical trial. Multiple comparisons procedures allow for inference across multiple hypotheses while keeping error under control. Focusing on implementing methods in R, Multiple Comparisons using R provides a concise and accessible introduction to multiple comparison procedures. The book presents numerous worked examples, all implemented in R, that enable readers to apply the methods to their own data. Additional data sets and R software are available on a supporting website. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Math October 2010: 235x156: 205pp Hb: 978-1-58488-574-0: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-1090-9: £49.99
2nd Edition
2nd Edition textbook
2nd Edition textbook
Interactive Dynamic-System Simulation
Modelling and Quantitative Methods in Fisheries *
Granino A. Korn, Chelan, Washington, USA
Malcolm Haddon, University of Tasmania, Australia
Statistical and Econometric Methods for Transportation Data Analysis
Series: Numerical Insights
Revised and restructured, Modeling and Quantitative Methods in Fisheries, Second Edition provides an accessible introduction to quantitative methods in fisheries. This book features new material on tests and comparisons as well as new chapters on length-based models and estimating uncertainty using Bayesian methods. It presents a structured, step-by-step approach that introduces the material in a logical sequence. This text covers a range of topics such as simple linear regression, complex nonlinear modeling, methodology, and specific fields in fisheries. It also includes numerous real world examples implemented in Excel, with workbooks for all examples available for download on the web.
This hands-on tutorial covers interactive simulation of dynamical systems such as aerospace vehicles, power plants, chemical processes, control systems, and physiological systems. In practice, simulation experiments are employed for iterative decisionmaking, whereby programs are run, modified, and run again and again. Emphasizing interactive simulation programming, the book combines the MS Windows interface with the DESIRE (Direct Executing Simulation) language.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Statistics November 2010: 235x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-58488-561-0: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-1081-7: £39.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-58488-177-3
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
Now in its second edition, this book describes tools that are commonly used in transportation data analysis. The first part of the text provides statistical fundamentals while the second part presents continuous dependent variable models. With a focus on count and discrete dependent variable models, the third part features new chapters on mixed logit models, logistic regression, and ordered probability models. The last section provides additional coverage of Bayesian statistical modeling, including Bayesian inference and Markov chain Monte Carlo methods. Data sets are available online to use with the modeling techniques discussed. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Statistics October 2010: 235x156: 600pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8285-2: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8286-9: £63.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-58488-030-1
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Math October 2010: 235x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3641-5: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3643-9: £57.99 Prev. Ed: 978-9-05699-156-2
Simon P. Washington, University of California, Berkeley, USA, Matthew G. Karlaftis, National Technical University of Athens, Greece and Fred L. Mannering, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
236 mathematics & statistics Operational Risk Modelling and Management
Choice-Based Conjoint Analysis *
Wavelet Subdivision Methods
Models and Designs
GEMS for Rendering Curves and Surfaces
Claudio Franzetti, SERV, Zurich, Switzerland
Damaraju Raghavarao, James B. Wiley and Pallavi Chitturi, all at Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA
Charles Chui, Stanford University, California, USA and Johan deVilliers, University of Stellenbosch, Matieland, South Africa
Disseminating information from researchers in various fields, this compilation presents the research themes, methods, and findings, making it a significant reference for design researchers and design practitioners interested in furthering understanding of design activity in real-world settings. It presents an analysis of digital video recordings of a series of design meetings on the conceptual stages of a design project. The data were gathered from design meetings taking place as part of naturally occurring design practice, rather than being assembled through a staged experiment in which the conditions are highly controlled.
Focusing on subdivision curves and surfaces, this book details wavelet methods for geometric design, editing, and algorithm development. It presents a unified study of the theory, methods, and construction algorithms for the ideal wavelet families associated with existing subdivision schemes. Requiring no advanced mathematics knowledge or familiarity with Fourier analysis and time-frequency analysis, the text provides all of the necessary background on wavelet mathematics and curve and surface subdivisions. After forming this foundation, the authors introduce new wavelets that they have developed. They also include examples, exercises, and graphs to illustrate concepts.
Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Finance Series In banking regulation, tools are needed to quantify risk and calculate the amount of capital reserve required to mitigate such risk. This book offers a complete model for the quantification of so-called operational risks. It offers a detailed discussion on the link between modeling approaches and management, which has been neglected in the literature, as well as the mathematical modeling of the loss distribution approach. With an emphasis on risk management and management fundamentals, the text presents a complete simulation model along with tested examples that can be replicated using R software. The author provides a broad view on managing risk using this mathematical model. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Statistics October 2010: 235x156: 409pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4476-2: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4477-9: £63.99
Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Statistics October 2010: 235x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9996-6: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9997-3: £57.99
Simultaneous Inference in Regression
CRC Press «Market: Math October 2010: 235x156: 472pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1215-0: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1216-7: £44.99
Wei Liu, University of Southampton, UK Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Monographs on Statistics & Applied Probability The use of simultaneous confidence bands in linear regression is a vibrant area of research. This book presents an overview of the methodology and applications, including necessary background material on linear models. A special chapter on logistic regression gives readers a glimpse into how these methods can be used for generalized linear models. The appendices provide computational tools for simulating confidence bands. The author also includes MATLAB® programs for all examples on the web. With many numerical examples and software implementation, this text serves the needs of researchers and graduate students interested in these methods as well as practitioners who wish to apply them.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Statistics October 2010: 235x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2809-0: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2810-6: £57.99
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
computer science & computer engineering 237
Encyclopedia of Software Engineering Edited by Phillip A. Laplante, The Pennsylvania State University, Malvern, USA Drawing together inter-related aspects of requirements, design, construction, testing, maintenance, configuration management, security, and project management, the Encyclopedia of Software Engineering covers the entire broad multidisciplinary scope of the topic. Edited and written by leading experts in the field, entries are organized by topics adhering to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge. The book covers software requirements, design, construction, testing, maintenance, configuration management, and quality control, as well as software engineering management tools and methods. Using this universally recognized definition of the field of software engineering, the encyclopediais a solid reference for students, practicing professionals, researchers, and academicians. Auerbach Publications «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 279x216: 800pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5977-9: £410.00
Just Enough Software Architecture A Risk-Driven Approach George Fairbanks, Rhino Research, Boulder, Colorado, USA Series: Software Engineering An unusual review of the field, this volume stresses the practicality of risk-driven architecting, offering advice on how to adapt architecture and design efforts based on risks faced. The author focuses on software architecture as it relates to the construction of software, and describes techniques used to ensure that software satisfies its engineering demands. He describes three approaches to architecture: architecture-indifferent design, architecture-focused design, and architecture hoisting. The object is to integrate the functional camp’s perspective on architecture with that of the quality-attribute camp’s, yielding a single conceptual model. CRC Press «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 229x178: 328pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1234-1: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1235-8: £44.99
textbook
textbook
Explorations in Computing *
Introduction to Cryptography with Mathematical Foundations and Computer Implementations *
John S. Conery, University of Oregon, Eugene, USA Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Textbooks in Computing Based on a course taught by the author, this textbook provides an introduction to computer science for non-majors or pre-majors in beginning courses. The book uses an active learning and problem-solving approach to present key topics in computer science, along with real-world examples and practical algorithms. The author explains how to read, rather than write, programs and how to solve problems. To provide a good understanding of computing without covering everything in the field, short focused chapters include tutorial projects and interactive labs that use Ruby, a simple open-source language.
çè
CRC Press «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 254x178: 384pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1262-4: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1263-1: £49.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Alexander Stanoyevitch, California State University – Dominguez Hills, Carson, USA Series: Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications This self-contained introduction provides a focused tour of the central concepts of cryptography. It delineates cryptographic concepts in chronological order, developing the mathematics as needed. The text includes numerous examples and exercises, along with computer implementation sections that guide readers through the process of writing their own programs. Detailed solutions to many of the exercises can be found in the appendices while a solutions manual is available for qualifying instructors. A supporting website provides an extensive set of sample programs as well as downloadable platform-independent applet pages for some core programs and algorithms. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 254x178: 632pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1763-6: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1764-3: £44.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
An Introduction to Computer Science
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
238 computer science & computer engineering
Subspace Learning of Neural Networks *
textbook
Linux/UNIX Concepts, Programming, Web Applications
Jian Cheng, Zhang Yi and Jiliu Zhou, all at Sichuan University, China
Paul Wang, Kent State University, Ohio, USA
Using real-life examples to illustrate the performance of learning algorithms and instructing readers how to apply them to practical applications, this unique work offers a comprehensive treatment of subspace learning algorithms for neural networks. The authors summarize a decade of high quality research and present a host of practical applications. They demonstrate ways to extend the use of algorithms to fields such as encryption communication, data mining, computer vision, and signal and image processing, to name just a few. The brilliance of the work lies in how it coherently builds a theoretical understanding of the convergence behavior of subspace learning algorithms through a summary of chaotic behaviors. CRC Press «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 235x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1535-9: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1536-6: £63.99
Design of Low-Power Coarse-Grained Reconfigurable Architectures Presenting new approaches to reconfigurable architectures for embedded systems, this book discusses the design and implementation of coarsegrained reconfigurable architectures (CGRAs) and provides novel techniques for designing CGRA-based systems. Focusing on low-power reconfiguration techniques, the text highlights the tradeoffs between performance and power in CGRAs and details integrated low-power design approaches. The authors outline the history and emerging research of CGRAs. They also cover dynamic context management and compression for low-power CGRAs as well as hierarchical reconfigurable computing arrays.
See separate Order Form
Edited by Cristobal Romero and Sebastian Ventura, both at University of Cordoba, Spain, Mykola Pechenizkiy, Eindhoven University of Technology, the Netherlands and Ryan Baker, Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Massachusetts, USA Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Series Educational data mining (EDM) is an emerging discipline concerned with developing methods for exploring the unique types of data that come from an educational context. Given the widespread use of e-learning and the vast amount of data accumulated recently, researchers in various fields have begun to investigate data mining methods to improve e-learning systems. This book presents state-of-the-art applications of data mining techniques in education. With contributions from worldwide experts, the text provides survey and tutorial chapters about key data mining techniques along with chapters exploring specific case studies on the use of EDM. CRC Press «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 254x178: 448pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0457-5: £69.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0458-2: £69.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
©
order now!
Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 235x156: 424pp Pb: 978-1-4398-0686-9: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0687-6: £25.99
Handbook of Educational Data Mining
Yoonjin Kim and Rabi N. Mahapatra, both at Texas A&M University, College Station, USA
CRC Press «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 235x156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2510-5: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2511-2: £63.99
Helping readers easily use and program Linux/UNIX, this text is written more concisely and provides more depth of coverage than existing introductions to Linux/UNIX. It covers interactive usage, tools and applications, system administration, web hosting, C-level programming, and software maintenance for the Linux/UNIX operating system. The author also describes the software packages for Linux, including Apache, PHP, and MySQL. He supplies many realistic examples as well as complete code files for download. The companion website provides supplemental information, hands-on experiments, and updates.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
computer science & computer engineering 239 Location-Based Information Systems Developing Real-Time Tracking Applications
Synchronous Programming of Reactive Systems with Esterel and SyncCharts Luigi Zaffalon, University of Applied Sciences, Switzerland
Miguel A. Labrador, Pedro M. Wightman and Alfredo Jose Perez, all at University of South Florida, Tampa, USA Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Computer & Information Science Series The book provides a comprehensive introduction to developing location-based information systems based on GPS-enabled cellular phones. It describes all of the components needed to develop a locationbased information system and provides readers with the opportunity to build an example application. Chapters cover obtaining a user’s location, storing and retrieving data, communicating over a network, Java ME Web services, and visualizing data. In the theoretical chapters, the authors address location provider architectures, the hardware and software architecture of a mobile phone, the Java ME platform, and other important programming aspects for mobile phones. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 235x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4854-8: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4855-5: £63.99
textbook
A Multidiciplinary Introduction to ICT Information Security Edited by Stig F. Mjolsnes, Norwegian University of Science & Technology, Trondheim Series: Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications The shift in communications from mail and telephone to email, web transactions, and more has created a demand for a variety of new specialists and expertise. This multidisciplinary book focuses on information and communication technology, security, and safety. It presents material on governmental regulations in cryptology and telecommunications as well as on privacy and biometrics. The book also includes thorough introductory coverage of software security and control, cryptography, secure protocols, network security, and digital forensics. Each chapter contains an introduction, main coverage of the topic, a summary of key terms and content, review problems, and suggested readings and websites.
Some computer systems interact heavily with their environment, especially applications used in the transportation industry, communications, and medical modeling. This is also true for any number of industrial processing and man-machine interfaces. These systems are known as reactive. Written by an internationally lauded software engineer and instructor, this pioneering volume fully explains how to develop and check such systems using the highly versatile imperative Esterel programming language, which was developd in the 1980s and is just now maturing to its full potential. Its current version is now accepted as an IEEE standard. EFPL Press «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing November 2010: 229x152: 480pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7509-0: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0805-4: £76.99
Unsupervised Signal Processing * Channel Equalization and Source Separation Romis Attux, João Marcos Travassos Romano and Ricardo Suyama, all at University of Campinas (UNICAMP), Brazil and Charles Cavalcante, Federal University of Ceara, Brazil Unsupervised Signal Processing: Channel Equalization and Source Separation provides a unified and systematic presentation of topics such as blind equalization, source separation, and unsupervised as well as nonlinear adaptive filtering. Extending classical results in literature, this book addresses new issues on static and dynamic convergence of Bussgang algorithsm. It explores emergent trends like neuro-fuzzy systems and evolutionary algorithms. The text pays special attention to the equivalence relations between the different unsupervised criteria, including the relationships with Wiener theory. It also includes applications to wireless communications and MIMO systems. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 340pp Hb: 978-0-8493-3751-2: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-1946-9: £89.00
Performance Evaluation of Computer and Communication Systems Jean-Yves Le Boudec, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Lausanne (EPFL) This book is written for computer engineers and scientists active in the development of software and hardware systems. Supplying the understanding and tools needed to effectively evaluate the performance of individual computer and communication systems, it covers the theoretical foundations of the field as well as specific software packages being employed by industry leaders. EFPL Press «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: : 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4992-7: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4993-4: £63.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing December 2010: 235x156: 512pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8590-7: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8591-4: £57.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
240 information technology
ITIL *
Security Strategy
Service Management Implementation and Operation
From Requirements to Reality
Ahmad K. Shuja, Shuja Consulting, Somerset, New Jersey, USA
Bill Stackpole, Microsoft Corporation, Redmond, Washington, USA and Eric Oksendahl, Port Orchard, Washington, USA
Filled with first-hand practitioner insights in implementing ITIL in a number of large organizations across industries, this book discusses the key challenges organizations experience as they try to leverage ITIL V3 to achieve desired transformations. It also explores approaches that they adopted to address those challenges. The author explains key components necessary to successfully implement, operate, and optimize ITIL service management.
Auerbach Publications «Market: Information Technology October 2010: 254x178: 558pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8939-4: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8940-0: £44.99
Every business initiative begins with a set of goals and requirements followed by a strategy for meeting those goals. An information security program is no different. The majority of what is touted as security strategy is usually more in the realm of tactics. Confusing strategies with tactics keeps organizations from developing an effective information protection strategy. The book clarifies the purpose and place of strategy in the information security program. From compliance to physical security strategies, the authors cover a variety of topics that are useful to organizations of all sizes. The text demonstrates how to identify and apply the security strategies discussed. Auerbach Publications «Market: Information Security October 2010: 254x178: 348pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2733-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2734-5: £49.99
textbook
Lakshman Bulusu, Piscataway, New Jersey, USA Geared towards IT professionals developing Oracle-based Web-enabled applications in PLlSQL, Java, C, C++, .NET, Perl, and PHP, this book focuses on best practices in Oracle embedded programming and emphasizes their use in application development, design, and coding. It explains application development frameworks for embedding code segments across .NET, Java, and open source environments using SQL, PLlSQL, and Oracle RDBMS through version 11g. Concentrating on techniques and practices that facilitate efficient integration and interaction with the Oracle database through version 11g, this book shows how to improve code compilation and execution.
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Information Technology November 2010: 235x156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1644-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1645-5: £49.99
See separate Order Form
Security An Introduction Philip P. Purpura, Florence-Darlington Technical College, South Carolina, USA An introduction to basic security principles, this book offers unusual methods of thinking about security challenges and solutions and building security competencies. It examines the roles, functions, and duties of security practitioners, the creativity and capabilities of adversaries, security law and litigation protection, and the emerging concepts of all-hazards protection and enterprise security. The author details core security principles and the latest technologies in IT security and information protection, electronic security and fire safety systems, and new metric and vulnerability tools. CRC Press «Market: Forensic and Criminal Justice October 2010: 254x178: 626pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9283-7: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9284-4: £44.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Oracle Embedded Programming and Application Development *
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
information technology 241
Simple Excellence Organizing and Aligning the Management Team in a Lean Transformation Adam Zak and Bill Waddell
Decentralized Control and Filtering in Interconnected Dynamical Systems
This book explains the critical role that each member of the senior management team must play in successfully achieving a company’s transformation to a lean organization, or operational excellence. It charts a course of simplification free of the complications that pervade traditional management by functional silos, and addresses the increasing complexity of managing popular improvement initiatives such as Lean, Six Sigma, and Theory of constraints. Written by well-known authorities, the book includes case studies from companies recognized for excellence. This is the first book to spell out in detail the role of each key individual on the management team, including sales and marketing, human resources, purchasing/supply chain, information technology, finance, and engineering.
Magdi S. Mahmoud, King Fahad University of Petroleum & Minerals, Saudi Arabia
CRC Press «Market: Business Management November 2010: 229x152: 112pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3845-7: £25.99
CRC Press «Market: Information Technology October 2010: 235x156: 592pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3814-3: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3817-4: £76.99
Based on the many approaches available for dealing with large-scale systems (LSS), this book provides a rigorous framework for studying the analysis, stability, and control problems of LSS while addressing the dominating sources of difficulties due to dimensionality, information structure constraints, uncertainties, and time delays. The author reviews past methods and results from a contemporary perspective, examines current trends and approaches, and offers future improvements to approaches. Providing an overall assessment of current LSS theories, he presents key concepts supported by proofs as well as efficient computational methods.
2nd Edition
A Practical Guide to Content Delivery Networks
Design and Safety Assessment of Critical Systems
Gilbert Held, 4-Degree Consulting, Macon, Georgia, USA
Marco Bozzano and Adolfo Villafiorita, both at Bruno Kessler Foundation, Italy
Content delivery network refers to the infrastructure behind any service that provides utility or access to data to an end user. With a practical and organized approach to learning and implementation, A Practical Guide to Content Delivery Networks presents a step-by-step process for building a highly available and scalable CDN. The book offers terminology, tactics, potential problems to avoid, and individual layers of design, providing clear understanding of the framework for CDNs using a structural and visual approach. The text emphasizes a best-of-breed strategy, allowing a technically sound CDN to be conceived and built on almost any budget.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Auerbach Publications «Market: Information Security October 2010: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0331-8: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0332-5: £57.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Business Management October 2010: 235x156: 298pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3588-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3589-0: £44.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-84933-649-2
With safety-critical systems becoming more complex, this book highlights how to improve these systems to reduce the risk of harmful effects to people and the environment. Design and Safety Assessment of Critical Systems provides an introduction to the area of design and verification of safety critical systems, with a focus on safety assessment. Issues related to design, development, and safety assessment of critical systems follow a detailed introduction of fundamental concepts. The core of the book covers some of the most well-known notations, techniques, and procedures, and also includes many in-depth examples that offer perspective from a variety of industrial sectors.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
242 information technology
Knowledge Management and E-Learning Edited by Jay Liebowitz and Michael Frank, both at University of Maryland, Adelphi, USA This book ties knowledge management (KM) with e-learning as complementary approaches, highlighting the leading and emerging work being accomplished in this area. The book first examines KM practices in e-learning, covering techniques and methodologies. These chapters explain knowledge capture, retention, transfer, and sharing. The second part of the book contains several case studies that look at applications of KM to e-learning in businesses, government agencies, and universities. The book concludes with a summary of future trends by experts at these organizations. Auerbach Publications «Market: Information Technology October 2010: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3725-2: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3726-9: £57.99
Scrum Project Management Kim H. Pries, Stoneridge Electronics North America, El Paso, Texas, USA and Jon M. Quigley Explaining the artifacts, rituals, and roles used, this book shows project managers how to implement Scrum. It provides Scrum planning methods for controlling project scope and schedule, as well as Scrum tracking methods for helping teams focus on improving throughput and streamlining communications. The authors explain how to combine traditional project methods with Scrum and how to adapt the familiar work breakdown structure to create Scrum backlogs and sprints. CRC Press «Market: Project Management October 2010: 235x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2515-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2517-4: £31.99
Mobile Opportunistic Networks * Secure and Resilient Architectures, Protocols and Applications Software Development * Edited by Mieso K. Denko, University of Guelph, Canada
Given the advances in wireless technology and the wide availability of pervasive and mobile devices, opportunistic networks applications are the promising networking and communication technologies for a variety of future mobile applications. Providing comprehensive technical coverage, this book introduces state-of-the-art research findings, technologies, tools, and innovations in mobile opportunistic networking and applications. Prominent researchers supply detailed discussions of communication architectures, network algorithms, network protocols, emerging applications, experimental studies, simulation tools, implementation test beds, and professional and industrial standards.
See separate Order Form
Many of the software books available clearly highlight the problems with current software development but don’t provide comprehensive, easily actionable, groundlevel solutions. Covering the entire secure software development life cycle that ties all development together, this book presents quality software development strategies. The text helps developers understand fundamental problems and provides them with best practices, principles, design methodology, programming guidance, and testing practices. Auerbach Publications «Market: Software Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 392pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2696-6: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2697-3: £49.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Auerbach Publications «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 292pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8812-0: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8813-7: £76.99
Mark S. Merkow, Technical Security Strategy, Scottsdale, Arizona, USA and Lakshmikanth Raghavan, PayPal, San Jose, California, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
information technology 243
Security of Self-Organizing Networks MANET, WSN, WMN, VANET Edited by Al-Sakib Khan Pathan, Kyung Hee University, Korea An exploration of security issues in self-organizing networks, this book reflects the latest research and advances to address security issues from many different angles. It covers general security topics and defines often-used terms, setting the foundation for the following chapters. The author discusses security issues in MANET and VANET and proposes specific solutions to specific security problems. Following this, he delineates critical issues of WSN and WMN and explores the latest trends, issues, and aspects of security. The author’s clear, concise style provides a thorough and comprehensive picture of the security aspects of MANET, WSN, WMN, and VANET. Auerbach Publications «Market: Information Security October 2010: 254x178: 630pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1919-7: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1920-3: £76.99
Open Source Data Warehousing and Business Intelligence
Security for Service Oriented Architectures *
Edited by Lakshman Bulusu, Piscataway, New Jersey, USA
Bhavani Thuraisingham, The University of Texas at Dallas, Richardson, USA
An overview of the COSMIC FFP functional size measurement method, this book describes theory and practice in the international software measurement community. It delineates the method’s history, the intentions, and the practical and scientific background. The editors present a summary of the scientific and practical background of the FSM method presented during international workshops, covering essential aspects of the next generation of functional size measurement methods. The book is useful for creating, practically implementing, standardizing, successfully distributing, and adapting for any FSM method.
Examining implementation in terms of the systems development life cycle, this book highlights the practical aspects of implementing and using opensource data warehousing and business intelligence technologies. The text explains the key differences between open source, vendor data warehousing, and business intelligence technologies and provides end-to-end solutions that are scalable, high performance, and stable. It covers data warehouse design, real-time processing, data integration, presentation services, and real-time reporting. Emphasizing how they can be used in real-world applications, the author also presents best practices that can save time, effort, cost, and resources.
An exploration of security issues for the SOA and web services, this book reviews the developments in web services and web service-oriented architectures and describe ways of securing these technologies. It focuses on confidentiality, privacy, trust, and integrity management. The author demonstrates the breadth and depth of the applications of these technologies in multiple domains. He lays the groundwork with discussions of concepts in trustworthy information systems and security for SOA and then covers secure web services and applications. The book discusses these technologies in secure interoperability, defense, and medical applications.
Auerbach Publications «Market: Software Engineering November 2010: 235x156: 246pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4486-1: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4487-8: £49.99
CRC Press «Market: Information Technology November 2010: 235x156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1640-0: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1641-7: £49.99
Auerbach Publications «Market: Information Security November 2010: 235x156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7331-7: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7332-4: £57.99
Theory and Advanced Practices
çè
Reiner Dumke, University of Magdeburg, Germany and Alain Abran, Universite du Quebec a Montreal, Canada
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
COSMIC Function Points
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
244 geotechnology, mining and petroleum engineering
Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering
Mining and Rock Construction Technology Desk Reference
(NUMGE 2010)
Edited by Agne Rustan, Lulea University of Technology, Sweden, Claude Cunningham, formerly AECI Explosives Limited, South Africa, William Fourney, University of Maryland, USA, Alex Spathis, Orian Mining Services, NSW, Australia and K.R.Y. Simha, Indian Institute of Science, India
Edited by Thomas Benz and Steinar Nordal, both at Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), Norway Of special interest to academics and engineers in geotechnical engineering, this volume contains contributions on computer codes, algorithms, numerical methods, and Eurocode; constitutive, discontinuum, particulate, and ground improvement modeling; large deformation and large strain analysis; flow and consolidation; and unsaturated soil mechanics. It also explores the realms of artificial intelligence, reliability and probability analysis, and dynamic problems and geohazards. Special attention is focused on challenges such as slopes and cuts, embankments, shallow foundations, settlements, piles, deep excavations, retaining walls, tunnels and caverns. In addition, the book examines areas relevant to offshore geotechnical engineering. CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering October 2010: 246x174: 976pp Hb: 978-0-415-59239-0: £209.00
This comprehensive and illustrated desk reference contains terms, definitions, explanations, abbreviations, trade names, quantifications, units, and symbols used in rock mechanics, drilling, and blasting. It also includes terms from related disciplines such as chemistry, detonics, fractography, fracture dynamics, mechanics and strength of materials, micro mechanics, geology, geophysics, image analysis, petrology, and physics seismology. The book is suitable for engineers and advanced students in mining, geotechnical, geological, and construction engineering. CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering October 2010: 246x174: 440pp Hb: 978-0-415-60043-9: £76.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83819-8: £76.99
2nd Edition
Modern Well Design Bernt S. Aadnoy, University of Stavanger, Norway Modern Well Design – Second Edition presents a unified approach to the well design process and drilling operations. Suitable for well design courses at the undergraduate and graduate levels, it is also appropiate for personnel performing work related to petroleum wells, such as drilling engineers, production engineers, drilling supervisors, exploration geologist, and those in similar fields. Selected Contents: Foreword. Preface. List of Symbols and Units 1. Introduction to the Well Design Process 2. Drilling Design 3. Geomechanical Evaluation 4. Well Design Premises 5. Casing Design 6. Design of an HPHT Well 7. Drilling Operations and Well Issue Appendix A: A System for Experience Transfer Appendix B: Evaluation of Ballooning in Deep Wells. References. Subject Index CRC Press «Market: Petroleum Engineering October 2010: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-88467-9: £95.00
Physical Modelling in Geotechnics Proceedings of the 7th International Conference on Physical Modelling in Geotechnics (ICPMG 2010), 28th June – 1st July, Zurich, Switzerland Edited by Sarah Springman, Jan Laue and Linda Seward, all at Institute for Geotechnical Engineering, ETH, Switzerland This volume presents a stimulating mix of all aspects of geotechnical physical modelling, linking across to other modelling techniques, to consider the entire spectrum required in providing innovative geotechnical engineering solutions. The book documents the state of the art in soil-structure interaction, natural hazards, and earthquake and soft soil engineering, and it addresses the ever increasing complexity of modelling and challenges the existing understanding of similitude, as many of the current problems hover on the boundaries of mechanics, hydraulics, physics and chemistry.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Geotechnical Engineering October 2010: 246x174: 1552pp Hb: 978-0-415-59288-8: £223.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84262-1: £223.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
geotechnology, mining and petroleum engineering 245
Rock Mechanics in Civil and Environmental Engineering Edited by Jian Zhao, Vincent Labiouse, Jean-Paul Dudt and Jean-Francois Mathier, all at Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne (EPFL), Laboratoire de mécanique des roches (LMR), Switzerland Rock Mechanics in Civil and Environmental Engineering covers recent developments in rock mechanics. Topics include: rock mechanics theory, rock dynamics and rate dependent behaviour, laboratory and field test techniques, and numerical modelling methods. It also explores rock mechanics applications to engineering design, tunnel excavation and support, slope stabilisation, radioactive waste repository, petroleum and hydropower energy, and earthquake and natural hazard management. The book is invaluable to academics and engineers involved and interested in rock mechanics. CRC Press «Market: Geosciences October 2010: 246x174: 884pp Hb: 978-0-415-58654-2: £199.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84069-6: £199.00
physics, chemistry & materials science
An Introduction to Planetary Atmospheres Agustin Sanchez-Lavega, Universidad Pais Vasco, Spain A solid introduction to the science of planetary atmospheres, this volume includes recent research that relates theories to modern observational results. The book comparatively reviews and synthesizes the fundamental aspects involved in the physics of planetary atmospheres. Each chapter covers the concepts and equations describing the physical processes, presents the measured data for each planet, and explores the application of these concepts to explain these observations.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
7-Volume Set Edited by Klaus D. Sattler, University of Hawaii-Manoa, Honolulu, USA Series: Handbook of Nanophysics To support the continued development of nanotechnology, researchers require a better understanding of fundamental physical principles. Designed to respond to this need for greater attention to basic research, the Handbook of Nanophysics is a seven-volume guide to understanding the theoretical underpinnings of science and technology at the nanoscale. It is the first comprehensive reference to cover the fundamental physics underlying all branches of this critical field. The scope of this set spans from synthesis and characterization of nanomaterials to the formation and analysis of low-dimensional nanostructures. It encompasses a wide range of fields from across science and engineering. CRC Press «Market: Physics October 2010: 279x216: Hb: 978-1-4200-7538-0: £500.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-7539-7: £570.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Taylor & Francis «Market: Astronomy October 2010: 235x156: 630pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6732-3: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-6735-4: £39.99
Handbook of Nanophysics
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
246 physics, chemistry & materials science
An Introduction to Quantum Optics
Handbook of Chemicals and Safety
Photon and Bi-Photon Physics
T.S.S. Dikshith, Bilekahalli, Bangalore, India
Yanhua Shih, University of Maryland, College Park, USA
Providing basic and elementary information, this volume offers a comprehensive tool for the management of a range of chemical substances commonly used, handled, stored, transported, and disposed of as wastes. The substances include industrial solvents, pesticides, metals, air pollutants, toxic gases, drugs, and other items. Information supplied includes the chemical abstract system (CAS) number, IUPAC name, molecular formula, synonyms and trade names, use and exposure, toxicity and health effects, and carcinogen factors. Also included is information on exposure limits, methods of proper storage, and waste disposal. References and appendices supplement the text where appropriate.
Series: Series in Optics and Optoelectronics Designed as a stand-alone text, An Introduction to Quantum Optics presents the theoretical concepts and experimental techniques involved in modern quantum optics. This book reviews basic theory and experimental evidence for the quantization of light, addressing such advanced concepts as entanglement and two-photon phenomena. It examines the devices and experimental procedures used to test theories and considers higher-level ideas including coherent and squeezed states, atom-field interaction, electromagnetically induced transparency, and lasing without inversion. Aimed at senior undergraduate and graduate students, the author assumes knowledge of quantum mechanics and special relativity. Taylor & Francis «Market: Electrical Engineering November 2010: 235x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-7503-0887-8: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-1248-4: £38.99
CRC Press «Market: Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety November 2010: 254x178: 448pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2060-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2061-2: £95.00
2nd Edition
8th Edition
Chemistry of Natural Products
Carraher’s Polymer Chemistry
A Unified Approach N.R. Krishnaswamy, Hyderabad, India The second edition of a bestseller, this book discusses the common structural and stereochemical features of naturally occurring organic compounds. It includes a variety of examples to illustrate varied aspects so that the range of structure and behavior exhibited by these compounds is retained within the set framework. The author explores the increasing application of physical (spectroscopic) methods like IR, NMR, CD, ORD, MS, and high resolution mass spectroscopy without undermining the importance of ‘classical’ chemical methods. The section on problem solving helps readers develop an analytical and critical evaluation of the data.
See separate Order Form
This new edition of Carraher’s Polymer Chemistry maintains the scope and organization of its bestselling predecessors, while fulfilling the ACS-CPT advanced course requirement. Emphasizing the fundamental behavior of polymers in nature reflected in technological developments, it features new chapters on composites, fibers, and naturally occurring polymers in plants and animals. It also highlights nanoscale polymer applications with new sections on drug design, electronics, optical fibers, textiles, and adhesives. Each chapter includes study tips, glossaries, and exercises. This edition also expands listings for lab exercises, polymer structures, trade names, and internet resources. Professors adopting the text will be aided by a test-bank available for their exclusive use. CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 254x178: 832pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0955-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0956-3: £39.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 254x178: 432pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4965-1: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4966-8: £57.99
Charles E. Carraher Jr., Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
physics, chemistry & materials science 247
Inorganic Nanoparticles
Nanoscience
Synthesis, Applications, and Perspectives
Colloidal and Interfacial Aspects
Edited by Claudia Altavilla, University of Salerno, Italy and Enrico Ciliberto, University of Catania, Italy
Edited by Victor M. Starov, Loughborough University, UK
Series: Nanomaterials and their Applications
Bringing together a prominent roster of 42 leading investigators and their teams, this volume details the wide range of theoretical and experimental knowledge that can be successfully applied for investigating nanosystems. The book provides researchers with a full examination of nano-disperse colloids, homogeneous and heterogeneous nano-structured materials (and their properties), and shelf-organization at the nano-scale. It explores non-linear lectrokinetic phenomena in nano-sized dispersions and nano-sized biological systems. The book discusses application aspects of technological processes in great detail, offering scientists and engineers across all fields authoritative commentary on colloid and interface science operating at the nanoscale.
Among the various nanomaterials, inorganic nanoparticles assume a special place because they are cheaper than others and easier to synthesize in the laboratory and mass produce. This text captures the current advances and fundamentals of synthesis, characterization, and application development of these materials. Topics discussed include magnetic materials, oxide thin films, solid state lighting, semiconductor nanoparticles for light emitting devices, solar energy, energy storage devices, and quantum dots in biomedicine. Highlighting the vast scope of applications, the book features contributions from an array of experts at the top of their fields. CRC Press November 2010: 254x178: 560pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1761-2: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1762-9: £82.00
Series: Surfactant Science
CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 254x178: 1256pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6500-8: £152.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-6501-5: £152.00
3rd Edition
Nicholas Tsoulfanidis, University of Nevada, Reno, USA and Sheldon Landsberger, University of Texas, Austin, USA Continuing in the tradition of its bestselling predecessors, this third edition illustrates the fundamentals of nuclear interactions and radiation detection with a multitude of examples and problems. It offers a clearly written, accessible introduction to nuclear instrumentation concepts. This edition provides a new chapter on the latest applications of radiation detection, including nuclear medicine, dosimetry, health physics, homeland security, and nuclear nonproliferation; updates numerous topics as needed; many new references; and a completely updated bibliography.
çè
CRC Press «Market: Physics October 2010: 254x178: 808pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9185-4: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9188-5: £82.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Organic Chemistry An Acid-Base Approach Michael Smith, University of Connecticut, Storrs, USA Acid-base chemistry can be used to tie together the range of reaction types needed to establish an understanding of organic chemistry. With this in mind, the author offers an alternative pedagogic approach built around a unifying theme rather than relying on the functional group approach taken with most organic chemistry instruction. This makes the material more practical and consequently, more memorable. The book delves into structure, nomenclature, and properties, and among other topics, covers bonding, organometallic reagents, isomers, nucleophiles and electrophiles, chirality, simple aromatic compounds, acyl addition and substitution, difunctional molecules, and pericyclic reactions. CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 254x178: 1498pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7920-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7921-0: £44.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Measurement and Detection of Radiation
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
248 physics, chemistry & materials science
Chemical Reaction Engineering and Reactor Technology Tapio O. Salmi and Johan P. Warna, both at Abo Akademi, Finland and Jyri-Pekka Mikkola, Umea University, Sweden Series: Chemical Industries The latest volume in our highly respected Chemical Industries Series, this advanced text defines the qualitative aspects that affect the selection of an industrial chemical reactor and couples various reactor models to the case-specific kinetic expressions for various chemical processes. Special attention is given to the exact formulation and derivation of mass and energy balances and numeric solutions accompany each formula. A collection of exercises and solved problems is included. Of signicifant value to professionals beyond the classroom, mathematical methods and numerical strategies, estimation methods for physical properties, and correlation equations are summarized in the appendices.
Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells Kuppuswamy Kalyanasundaram, Laboratory of Photonics and Interfaces, Switzerland This graduate level text provides a comprehensive look at this promising technology , bringing together the fundamentals of DSC from three perspectives (materials, performance, and mechanistic aspects). Also suitable as a professional reference, it summarizes the key advances and lists the technical challenges remaining to be solved.
CRC Press «Market: Chemical Engineering October 2010: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0866-5: £82.00
CRC Press «Market: Chemical Engineering October 2010: 254x178: 620pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9268-4: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9269-1: £39.99
2nd Edition
The Science of Imaging Graham Saxby, formerly at University of Wolverhampton, UK A fundamental introduction to the subject, this volume takes readers on a grand tour of imaging. Starting with the fundamentals of light and basic cameras, the authors journey through television and holography to advanced scientific and medical imaging. Topics such as digital recording of images, the photographic process, and film development are explored in an informative and entertaining manner. The book keeps mathematics to a minimum and is copiously supplemented with examples. According to the RPS Journal, this is ‘a truly valuable book, magnificently bringing together such diverse technologies.’ Taylor & Francis «Market: Physics October 2010: 279x216: 392pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1286-0: £36.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1287-7: £36.99
Ethnoveterinary Botanical Medicine Herbal Medicines for Animal Health Edited by David R. Katerere, PROMEC Unit, Cape Town, South Africa and Dibungi Luseba, Tshwane University of Technology, Pretoria, South Africa Presenting detailed information from all regions of the world, Ethnoveterinary Botanical Medicine provides techniques to evaluate the efficacy of plants used in animal health care, addressing the challenges faced by researchers and practitioners in the field. The book features a multidisciplinary approach in examining the role of herbal medicines in companion and pet animals, covering the scientific background of ethnoveterinary practice. In addition to exploring the gathering, archiving, and retrieval of information, the text also discusses access benefit sharing, the Convention of Biodiversity, intellectural property, and the skills required to navigate the minefield of bioprospecting.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Alternative Medicine October 2010: 235x156: 450pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4560-4: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-4561-1: £89.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
physics, chemistry & materials science 249
Organic Nanostructured Thin Film Devices and Coatings for Clean Energy Edited by Sam Zhang, Nan Yang Technological University, Singapore The final volume in the Handbook of Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings set, this book examines the processing and properties of organic thin films, devices, and coatings for clean energy applications. It presents thin film solar cells based on the use of polycrystalline thin film materials, explores anodized titania nanotube array and its application in dye-sensitized solar cells, and reviews the progress and challenges of photovoltaic applications of silicon nanocrystalline materials. The book also looks at semiconductive nanocomposite films for a clean environment, thin coating technologies and applications in high temperature solid oxide fuel cells, and nanoscale organic molecular thin films for information memory applications. CRC Press «Market: Material Science October 2010: 254x178: 254pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9393-3: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9394-0: £82.00
Green Nanotechnology Solutions for Sustainability and Energy in the Built Environment Geoffrey B. Smith, University of Technology, Broadway, Australia and Claes-Goran S. Granqvist, Uppsala University, Sweden A focused exploration of the role nanotechnology plays in meeting the challenges inherent in minimizing environmental impacts while maximizing energy resources, this book provides an overview of our energy supply, describes methods for increasing energy production while reducing cost, and suggests novel energy sources. It examines the ways in which nanotechnologies can improve structural engineering of energy sources, create novel methods of cooling, and inspire new approaches to water supply and treatment. In addressing these critical issues, the book provides an authoritative resource that forms a foundation for new research and product development.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Functional Properties Edited by Sam Zhang, Nan Yang Technological University, Singapore The second volume in the Handbook of Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings set, this book focuses on functional properties, including optical, electronic, and electrical properties, as well as related devices and applications. It explores the large-scale fabrication of functional thin films with nanoarchitecture via chemical routes, the fabrication and characterization of SiC nanostructured/nanocomposite films, and low-dimensional nanocomposite fabrication and applications. The book also presents the properties of sol-gelderived nanostructured thin films as well as silicon nanocrystals embedded in SiO2 matrix and amorphous SiO2 matrix. It concludes with chapters on controlled micro/nanostructured films and devices and thin film shape memory alloy for microsystem applications. CRC Press «Market: Material Science October 2010: 254x178: 422pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9395-7: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9397-1: £82.00
Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings Mechanical Properties Edited by Sam Zhang, Nan Yang Technological University, Singapore The first volume in the Handbook of Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings set, this book concentrates on the mechanical properties, such as hardness, toughness, and adhesion, of thin films and coatings. It discusses processing, properties, and performance and provides a detailed analysis of theories and size effects. The book presents the fundamentals of hard and superhard nanocomposites and heterostructures, assesses fracture toughness and interfacial adhesion strength of thin films and hard nanocomposite coatings, and covers the processing and mechanical properties of hybrid sol-gel-derived nanocomposite coatings. It also uses nanomechanics to optimize coatings for cutting tools and explores various other coatings, such as diamond, metal-containing amorphous carbon nanostructured, and transition metal nitridebased nanolayered multilayer coatings. CRC Press «Market: Material Science October 2010: 254x178: 550pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9402-2: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9403-9: £82.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Physics October 2010: 235x156: 464pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8532-7: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8533-4: £49.99
Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
250 physics, chemistry & materials science
Optical Tweezers
Fullerenes
Methods and Applications
Nanochemistry, Nanomagnetism, Nanomedicine, Nanophotonics
Edited by Miles J. Padgett, University of Glasgow, UK, Justin Molloy, MRC National Institute for Medical Research, UK and David McGloin, University of Dundee, UK
Elena Sheka, People’s Friendship University, Russia Using an approach based on the author’s original concepts, this book addresses the unique features of fullerenes that make them the keystones of carboneous nanoscience. Using tables, graphs, and equations to make comparisons, the book explores the similarities and differences between fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, and graphene. These visual aids help readers to better understand the possibilities of computational nanotechnology.
Series: Series in Optics and Optoelectronics Bringing together many landmark papers on the field, this compendium covers the techniques and applications of optical tweezers. It covers Arthur Ashkin’s initial work on radiation pressure and the immediate progress following his seminal demonstration. The expert contributors explore recent biological, colloidal, and microfluidic applications. They also analyze the mechanisms underpinning basic tweezer force and the interaction among many particles held within multiple tweezer systems. In addition, they explain the conversion of optical tweezers into optical spanners as well as the creation of holographic tweezers using spatial light modulators.
CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry November 2010: 235x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0642-5: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0643-2: £89.00
Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Computer Science / Computer Engineering / Computing October 2010: 279x216: 508pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7412-3: £83.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-7414-7: £83.00
3rd Edition
2nd Edition
Limit Analysis and Concrete Plasticity
Quenching Theory and Technology
M.P. Nielsen, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark and L.C. Hoang, University of Southern Denmark, Odense
Edited by Bozidar Liscic, University of Zagreb, Croatia, Hans M. Tensi, Technical University Munchen, Germany, Lauralice C.F. Canale, EESC_USP, Brasil and George E. Totten, Portland State University, Oregon, USA
Now in its third edition, this book describes the basic principles of plasticity theory and its application to the design of reinforced and pre-stressed concrete structures. This edition includes formulas for reinforcement design for threedimensional stress fields, describes the theory of rigid-plastic dynamics, contains a heightened explanation of the theory of crack sliding to enable practical applications and to explain punching shear, and explores shear in beams and columns with circular cross sections. CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering December 2010: 254x178: 840pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0396-7: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0397-4: £82.00
Quenching is one of the most fundamentally complex processes in heat treatment of metals. Because mechanical properties and distortion of engineering components depend on quenching, those in the field require a thorough understanding of related theory. Leading international experts have contributed the most authoritative, exhaustive, and recent findings on quenching to this second edition. Topics include thermo-and fluid dynamic principles of heat transfer during cooling, wetting kinematics, and residual stresses after cooling, as well as computer modeling and prediction of microstructure transformation, hardness distribution, and stress-strain and distortion. Ideal for specialists in heat treatment practice, this book is also useful for higher education and numerous specialized courses and seminars worldwide.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Material Science October 2010: 254x178: 709pp Hb: 978-0-8493-9279-5: £121.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-0916-3: £121.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
physics, chemistry & materials science 251
Quantum Trajectories
Surface Activity of Petroleum Derived Lubricants
Edited by Pratim Kumar Chattaraj, Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur Applying quantum mechanics to many-particle systems is an active area of research. The popularity of using quantum trajectories as a computational tool has exploded over the last decade, finally bringing this methodology to the level of practical application. This book explores this powerful tool to efficiently solve both static and time-dependent systems across a large area of quantum mechanics. Many of the pioneers who have either developed the subject from its inception or have improved on the subject contribute to this volume. They offer their insights on Lagrangian and Eulerian methods as well as various mixed quantum-classical techniques, among other topics. CRC Press «Market: Physics October 2010: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2561-7: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2562-4: £82.00
Particle, Fields and Quantum Electrodynamics Oleg Boyarkin, Belarus State Pedagogical University, Minsk Carefully constructed and written at a level accessible to graduate students, this book provides thorough and detailed coverage of forces, supersymmetry, supergravity, particles, fields, and quantum electrodynamics. The author has based the book on advanced graduate courses and includes all the necessary particle physics, including mathematical techniques and derivation to allow students to begin serious research. The complete and self-contained design of the work makes it an excellent resource or handbook for those working in the area. It includes an examination of the first successfully operating quantum field theory: quantum electrodynamics.
Carbon Nanotubes
Concepts, Syntheses, and Applications of Transition Metals
Reinforced Metal Matrix Composites
B.D. Gupta, Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur and Anil J. Elias, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi Filled with a wealth of detail not often found in resources on this topic, this book has been thoughtfully designed to encourage interest in understanding transition-metal organometallic chemistry. The authors use a clear, concise style and provide up-to-date information, making the book so comprehensive that students and professors do not need to look elsewhere for extra material. Figures, equations, and schemes coupled with a large number of problems and exercises at the end of each chapter make the text complete. Text boxes provide related material and the appendices include study questions for each chapter.
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
Arvind Agarwal, Srinivasa Rao Bakshi and Debrupa Lahiri, all at Florida International University, Miami, USA Series: Nanomaterials and their Applications This reference reflects the latest research trends in the metal matrix-carbon nano tube (CNT) composites. It highlights critical challenges involved in processing metal matrix composites and suggests some solutions. The book also discusses attempts on different CNT reinforced metal matrix composites and gives a thorough picture of the achievements from scientific and applications points of view. The book explores the mechanisms by which CNTs are enhancing the properties of different metal-based composites, helping readers to develop a deep insight into this field. The book also offers a guide to choosing potential materials for use in emerging areas of technology. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering October 2010: 235x156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1149-8: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1150-4: £99.00
çè
çè
Basic Organometallic Chemistry
CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 254x178: 512pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4968-2: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4969-9: £57.99
Taylor & Francis «Market: Physics October 2010: 254x178: 640pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0414-8: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0418-6: £63.99
for e-mail updates in your field
Hundreds of lubricant additives are available industry-wide to improve base stock properties and protect metal surfaces; however, the wrong combination of these commodities can result in substandard performance. This volume explains how surface activity is affected by several factors: the interfacial properties of lube oil base stocks at oil/surface interfaces, lubricant solvency properties, additive interactions, and variations in temperature. The book provides an understanding of these factors that will influence proper selection of base stocks and additives necessary for resisting foaming and air entrainment, inhibiting rust and corrosion, preventing wear, and controlling emulsification and demulsification. CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0340-0: £114.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0341-7: £114.00
Advanced Particle Physics Volume 1
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Lilianna Z. Pillon, Petroleum Products Consulting, Canada
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
252 physics, chemistry & materials science Charged Particle and Photon Interactions with Matter
Industrial Galactomannan Polysaccharides
Recent Advances, Applications, and Interfaces
High Performance Liquid Chromatography in Phytochemical Analysis
Edited by Yoshihiko Hatano, Tokyo University, Japan, Yosuke Katsumura, University of Tokyo, Japan and A. Mozumder, University of Notre Dame, Indiana, USA
Edited by Monika Waksmundzka-Hajnos, Medical University of Lublin, Poland and Joseph Sherma, Lafayette College, Easton, Pennsylvania, USA
Written by world-famous experts, this book examines the fundamentals and applications of the interactions of charged particles and photons with matter in all phases of aggregation. The editors present a clear and easily understandable description of these interactions with applications to science, industry, and medicine. They discuss advances of radiation and photon interaction in more complex systems and extensively cover the phenomena of ionization and excitation induced by charged particle and photon interactions. The book probes concepts in radiation and photochemistry, radiation physics, and radiation biochemistry.
Series: Chromatographic Science Series
Quite possibly the first comprehensive text on the topic, this book compiles information on industrial galactomannans such as locust bean gum, guar gum, tara gum, fenugreek gum, cassia-tara gum, and Sasbania-bisipinasa gum. Until now, the subject has been generally covered within chapters in books on carbohydrates, particularly the polysaccharides. This book describes how they are currently produced commercially and how they have become industrial commodities. It compares details on the various galactomannan sources and provides a simple and clear introduction to the subject.
CRC Press «Market: Chemical Engineering October 2010: 254x178: 1080pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1177-1: £152.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1180-1: £152.00
Chemistry of Biomolecules S.P. Bhutani, University of Delhi, India Biomolecules are molecules that are involved in the maintenance and metabolic processes of all living organisms. Ideal for graduate students and researchers, Chemistry of Biomolecules offers extensive coverage of important biomolecules from an organic chemistry point of view. The esteemed author discusses carbohydrates, amino acids, peptides, proteins, enzymes, pyrimidines, purines, nucleic acids, terpenoids, and lipids. He describes the various topics in simple, lucid language and explains the mechanisms of the reactions wherever required. CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3929-4: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3931-7: £63.99
Development and Application of Biomarkers Roger L. Lundblad, Lundblad Biotechnology, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, USA Series: Protein Science A comprehensive assessment of biomarkers, this book covers the history and current status of the application of biomarkers in diagnostics and prognostics. It explores the technology used for the study of biomarkers, and the validation of biomarkers including a comparison of the various technologies used to identify and measure biomarkers. The editors emphasize the underlying technology and the translation of basic science to clinical laboratory technology, including the commercial development of biomarkers. The book also covers proteomics and proteomic technologies and their applications in the identification of biomarkers.
Practical and valuable across a range of fields, this volume presents up-to-date methods in High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) applied to phytochemistry. This precise, rapid, versatile, and automated separations tool has broad applications in for the separation, identification, and quantification of important components of medicinal plants. A team of wellrespected industrial researchers, academicians, and regulators from around the world cover methods to determine plant taxonomy, structure, biochemistry, physiology, ecology, and genetics. These methods are essential for standardization of plant-based drugs, identification of plant material, and creation of new herbal medicines. Applications for crop management and production are also covered. CRC Press «Market: Analytical Chemistry October 2010: 254x178: 980pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9260-8: £152.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9261-5: £152.00
Light Sources Technologies and Applications Spyridon Kitsinelis, Athens, Greece This book provides a description of modern light sources, covering their uses in a range of sciences and industries as well as the relevant scientific and engineering principles. The authors discuss incandescent and discharge sources along with more modern lasers and solid state light sources. They also explore various applications across a range of areas, from general lighting to specialized uses that require specific emissions, such as in sterilization, health science, medicine, food processing, and spectroscopy. The book is essential for those dealing with light sources and their applications in spectroscopy, optics, and industry. Taylor & Francis «Market: Physics November 2010: 235x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2079-7: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2081-0: £82.00
Dr. N.K. Mathur, Rajasthan, India
CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 235x156: 225pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4628-5: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4629-2: £82.00
Ion Mobility Spectrometry – Mass Spectrometry Theory and Applications Edited by Charles L. Wilkins, University of Arkansas, Fayettevile, USA and Sarah Trimpin, Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, USA Ion mobility spectrometry is a gas-phase separation method that is applicable for a wide variety of substances. After offering a brief history of the technique, this book explores its basic principles, discusses how it is currently applied, and projects future developments in the field. To explain ion mobility more clearly, several chapters focus on examples of its applications. The book is suitable as a specialized textbook for those new to the field and as a professional reference. CRC Press «Market: Analytical Chemistry November 2010: 235x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1324-9: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1325-6: £99.00
Linearly Polarized IR Spectroscopy Theory and Applications for Structural Analysis Bojidarka Ivanova, Sofia University, Bulgaria and Tsonko Kolev, Plovdiv University, Bulgaria Reviewing theory but focusing on practice, this book introduces linearly-polarized IR spectroscopy as a method of molecular structural analysis, a technique that is useful in the study of pharmaceutical products and biological molecules. Examples demonstrate both the advantages and limitations of this technique. The text explains the possible applications of this new orientation method for the structural characterization of various chemicals. More specifically, it demonstrates how to obtain important information about the structure and spectral properties of oriented compounds. CRC Press «Market: Spectroscopy October 2010: 235x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2559-4: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2560-0: £82.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Biochemistry October 2010: 235x156: 310pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1979-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1980-7: £95.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
physics, chemistry & materials science 253 Multiscale Modeling
Protein Folding and Metal Ions
From Atoms to Devices
Mechanisms, Biology and Disease
Edited by Pedro Derosa, Louisiana Tech University, Ruston, USA and Tahir Cagin, Texas A&M University, College Station, USA
Edited by Claudio M. Gomes, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, Portugal and Pernilla Wittung-Stafshede, Umea University, Sweden
Observed at the macro- or microscopic scale, many properties of materials and devices are being produced or controlled by processes at the nanoscopic scale. Therefore, multiscale modeling is necessary for the design of novel materials and devices. In this book, international researchers who are active in multiscale modeling describe approaches, applications, design, and results of different techniques across scales. The text emphasizes models that explicitly include the atomic scale, rather than including this scale via empirical parameters. Predictive and design capabilities of models are also explored, and the book includes applications involving electron and mass transport. CRC Press «Market: Material Science November 2010: 235x156: 360pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1039-2: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1040-8: £76.99
Interest in the uses and applications of metallochemistry in the life sciences continues to expand. This book provides a broad overview of metals and protein folding. It addresses fundamental aspects of the folding, stability, and design of metal binding proteins and peptides along with biological aspects related to the action of metallochaperones. The text features practical information related to methodologies, particular techniques, and bibliographic references. Readers will gain the molecular basis for protein-metal interactions and a good perspective on the applications of protein coordination chemistry in life sciences and biotechnology. CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 235x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0964-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0965-5: £95.00
Polymer Thermodynamics
Central to research activities in the polymer industry is blending polymers in order to develop a product with desirable properties. Polymer blends offer improved performance-to-cost ratio and flexibility in tailoring products to suit customers’ needs. This book offers a detailed presentation of the phase behavior of polymer-polymer and polymer-solvent systems. Including more than 300 end-of-chapter exercises, the book provides several worked examples as well as polymerpolymer and polymer-solvent phase diagrams. The text also features case studies of miscible polymer-polymer blends and illustrative examples of copolymer-homopolymer, copolymer-copolymer, and copolymer-terpolymer systems. CRC Press «Market: General Chemistry October 2010: 235x156: 376pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2639-3: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2640-9: £76.99
Series: Condensed Matter Physics Exploring a steadily growing field, this book focuses on quantum phase transitions (QPT), a frontier area of research. It takes a look back as well as a look forward to the future and the many open problems that remain. The book covers new concepts and directions in QPT and specific models and systems closely tied to particular experimental realization of theoretical methods. Although mainly theoretical, the book includes experimental chapters that make the discussion of QPTs meaningful. The book also presents recent advances in the numerical methods used to study QPTs. CRC Press «Market: Physics October 2010: 235x156: 768pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0251-9: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0261-8: £76.99
Chuan Song Wu, Shandong University, China
Reversibility of Chronic Degenerative Disease and Hypersensitivity
Kal Renganathan Sharma, Texas A&M, Prairie View, USA
Edited by Lincoln Carr, Colorado School of Mines, Golden, USA
Welding Thermal Processes and Weld Pool Behaviors
Volume 1
Blends, Copolymers and Reversible Polymerization
Understanding Quantum Phase Transitions
Regulating Mechanisms of Chemical Sensitivity William J. Rea, Environmental Health Center, Dallas, Texas, USA and Kalpana Patel, Allergy and Environmental Health Center WNY, Buffalo, New York, USA The first of an encyclopedic four volume set, Volume I focuses on physiological homeostasis, the mechanism of pollutant invasion, and the possibility of reversal. Chapters address the connective tissue matrix, and the neurological, immune, and endocrine systems in detail. Distinguishing itself from previous volumes on chemical sensitivity, it explains newly understood mechanisms of chronic disease and hypersensitivity involving core molecular function. It discusses new information on ground regulation systems, genetics, the autonomic nervous system, and immune and non-immune functions. The book includes new technology and treatment techniques as well as numerous color figures and supporting research.
After introducing the concepts of welding thermal processes and weld pool behaviors, this book addresses essential advances in welding analysis and processes with an emphasis on the latest modeling and simulation methods. It covers techniques and formulas for assessing welding thermal processes, finite difference and finite analysis methods for calculating thermal conduction, and numerical simulation of weld pool behaviors in metal-inert-gas/metal-active-gas arc welding. It also covers keyhole and weld pool dynamics in plasma arc welding and vision-based sensing of weld pool shape and geometry. The book provides case studies of fluid flow and heat transfer in tungsten-inert-gas arc welding. Taylor & Francis «Market: Physics October 2010: 235x156: 448pp Hb: 978-7-111-21962-0: £133.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
CRC Press «Market: Medicine October 2010: 254x178: 594pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1342-3: £73.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1345-4: £73.99
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
254 water management and technology
Advanced Simulation and Eco-hydraulic Modelling Modelling for Urban Groundwater of Eutrophication for Management – UGROW Reservoir Management Edited by Dubravka Pokrajac, University of Aberdeen, UK and Ken W.F. Howard, University of Toronto, Canada Series: Urban Water Series UGROW (UrbanGROundWater) represents one of the most advanced urban water management tools produced to date and fully integrates all urban water system components, including groundwater. It will raise awareness of the interaction between urban water system components, support management decision-making, and solve a wide range of urban water problems. The UGROW model has a sound scientific basis, is computationally efficient, and is supported by outstanding graphics. The resource includes a UGROW software CD-ROM and an instruction manual. Selected Contents: Preface 1. Challenges in Urban Groundwater Modeling 2. UGROW – the Urban Groundwater Modeling System 3. UGROW Applications – Case Studies 4. Conclusions. Appendix: UGROW Instructions Manual. UGROW CD-ROM Taylor & Francis «Market: Civil & Environmental Engineering / Water / Urban Water October 2010: 246x174: 250pp Hb: 978-0-415-45354-7: £63.99 Pb: 978-0-415-45355-4: £31.99
Nahm-chung Jung, UNESCO-IHE Institute for Water Education, Delft, the Netherlands This volume presents a systematic approach to water quality assessment, hybrid modelling, and decision support for eutrophication management in deep reservoirs. During the summer monsoon, the catchment runoff into the Yongdam reservoir induces a transfer of pollutants from a middle stratified layer to the surface layer. Although the transport mechanism limits nutrient accumulation on the bottom of the reservoir, it also offers an opportunity for on-going algae production in the surface water. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Reservoir Ecosystems 3. Physical Processes of Reservoirs 4. Physically-Based Numerical Modelling 5. Data-Driven Modelling 6. Case Study: Data Acquisition & Assessment 7. Case Study: Construction Of Models 8. Conclusions and Recommendations CRC Press «Market: Water Sciences October 2010: 246x174: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-57382-5: £57.99
Rejection of Emerging Organic Development of an Environmental Contaminants by Nanofiltration and Reverse Osmosis Impact Assessment and Decision Membranes: Effects of Fouling, Support System for Seawater Modelling and Water Reuse Desalination Plants Sabine Latteman, UNESCO-IHE Institute for Water Education, the Netherlands Desalination of seawater is a coastal-based industry with often significant environmental impacts. Two complementary approaches to mitigate these environmental impacts are the development and implementation of best available technology (BAT) standards and best practice guidelines for environmental impact assessment (EIA) studies. This book contains a comprehensive evaluation and synthesis of the potential environmental impacts of desalination plants and develops strategies for impact mitigation. It proposes a concept for BAT for seawater desalination technologies and a methodological approach for the EIA of desalination projects. In addition it explores the usefulness of multi-criteria analysis (MCA) as a decision support tool for EIAs of desalination projects.
See separate Order Form
Although the risks of micropollutants in sources of water are partly recognized, interpretation of consequences are controversial; thus, the future effects of altered water with micropollutants remains uncertain and may constitute a point of concern for human beings when potable water consumption is involved. In this Thesis, nanofiltration (NF) and reverse osmosis (RO) are demonstrated to be appropriate technologies for removing a large number of micropollutants; however, the performance of NF and RO is in question because there are limited tools that optimise quantification of the removal of contaminants. Through the use of multivariate data analysis techniques, this volume helps readers determine removal quantification and explains the separation of micropollutants by membranes. CRC Press «Market: Water Sciences October 2010: 246x174: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-58277-3: £49.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
CRC Press «Market: Water Sciences October 2010: 246x174: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-58326-8: £63.99
Victor Augusto Yangali Quintanilla, UNESCO-IHE Institute for Water Education, the Netherlands
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
water management and technology 255
Fundamentals of Water Treatment Unit Processes Physical, Chemical, and Biological David W. Hendricks, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, USA Balancing coverage of theoretical and practical principles, Fundamentals of Water Treatment Unit Processes comprehensively explores physicalchemical and biological unit processes applicable to water treatment. Concise yet comprehensive, the text reviews historical development and then highlights key concepts for each unit process. With chapter glossaries, sidebars, illustrative examples, spreadsheet tables, problems, and a solutions manual, the book is an ideal resource for graduate students, since it offers a complete presentation of the full scope of biological treatment. Additional supporting material is available for download on the web. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering October 2010: 279x216: 960pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6191-8: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-6192-5: £76.99
2nd Edition 3-volume set
Spellman’s Standard Handbook for Wastewater Operators Frank R. Spellman, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia, USA The second edition of a bestseller, this three volume set covers fundamental, intermediate, and advanced wastewater treatment operations in individual volumes. Primarily, the text prepares operators for all levels of certification licensure. Secondly, it provides a handbook for daily operation of wastewater treatment plants. The upgraded second edition includes additional coverage of emerging contaminants and their associated treatment processes and additional coverage of wastewater reuse/ sustainability. It is a fully updated primer for wastewater treatment plant operations and a practical study guide to the wastewater operator licensure exams. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering October 2010: 254x178: 1200pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1890-9: £127.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1891-6: £127.00
Volume I, Fundamental Level October 2010: 279x216: 416pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1884-8: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1885-5: £57.99
Volume II, Intermediate Level
Main Types of Rocks. Rock-forming Minerals Felix P. Lesnov, Institute of Geology and Mineralogy, Russia This volume provides an overview of the world’s literature on analytical data and theoretical concepts of the regularities of rare earth elements (REE) in ultramafic and mafic rocks of different chemical and mineral compositions. These include mantle restites, highly magnesium hypabyssal rocks. It also explores the main minerals that the rocks are composed of: olivines, orthopyroxenes, clinopyroxenes, plagioclases, and amphiboles. The book is intended for specialists in petrology and geochemistry of ultramafic, mafic, and other types of igneous rocks as well as students in these areas.
çè
CRC Press «Market: Geology October 2010: 246x174: Hb: 978-0-415-57890-5: £89.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
October 2010: 279x216: 486pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1886-2: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1887-9: £57.99
Volume III, Advanced Level October 2010: 279x216: 366pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1888-6: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1889-3: £57.99
Water Quality Concepts, Sampling, and Analyses Edited by Yuncong Li and Kati Migliaccio, both at University of Florida, Homestead, USA A solid introduction and overview of water quality sampling and analysis, this book covers water quality issues, water quality regulatory development, monitoring and sampling techniques, best management practices, and laboratory methods related to the water quality of surface and ground waters. It also discusses basic concepts of water chemistry and hydrology related to water sampling and analysis, instrumentation, water quality data analysis, and evaluation and reporting results. It includes a CD-ROM with video footage of proper collection procedures, hands-on field and lab activities, and field tours. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Science and Technology October 2010: 235x156: 340pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9266-0: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9267-7: £76.99
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Rare Earth Elements in Ultramafic and Mafic Rocks and their Minerals
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
256 library reference
A Dictionary of International Trade Organizations and Agreements
A Political Chronology of the World Edited by Europa Publications A Political Chronology of the World is a major new publication which aims to provide an impartial record of the political, social, cultural, geographical and economic events that have helped to shape world history.
Patrick Holden Continuing globalization has meant the increased development and importance of regional and international trade organizations and trade agreements. This Dictionary provides a background to the historical development of such systems, as well as giving a global overview of the current situation. Impartial analysis and up-to-date information is given in a concise way, detailing: • major international and regional trade agreements and organizations • other national and international organizations involved in trade • major commodities • people involved in the development and current state of trade agreements and organizations • countries and regions involved in agreements
Organized with a chapter for each country in the world, contents include: • the major events that have shaped each country and, where relevant, associated dependencies and territories • coverage of major events and developments from the early history of each nation to recent events, charting each country’s economic, political and social progress • an emphasis on more-recent events. Routledge «Market: Reference / International Politics November 2010: 279x211: 832pp Hb: 978-1-85743-577-1: £375.00
• other topics of importance, such as multinationals and globalization. Routledge «Market: International Economics December 2010: 234x156: 350pp Hb: 978-1-85743-329-6: £150.00
40th Edition
A Political and Economic Dictionary of the USA Edited by George Kurian A Political and Economic Dictionary of the USA is a Compendium of the terms and ideas that define the political, economic and social state of the USA. The status of the USA as a superpower is based on its political and governmental system and its free-market economy. These have been undergoing seminal changes. American hegemony is being eroded by forces from within and without. The very language of politics and economics and the very sources of American identity are being recast. Solidarities based on gender, race, ethnicity, religion and sexual identity and animated by concerns like environment and immigration challenge the old understanding of US politics and economic defined by traditional left/right dichotomies. This Dictionary aims to present a portrait of the new emerging USA in the early 21st century.
Africa South of the Sahara 2011 Edited by Europa Publications Series: Africa South of the Sahara A definitive one-volume guide to all sub-Saharan African countries, providing invaluable economic and directory data. It includes: • over 1,500 pages of economic and demographic statistics, wide-ranging directory material and authoritative articles • contributions from over fifty leading experts on African affairs • incisive analysis of the latest available information. Routledge «Market: African Studies / Reference / Politics October 2010: 279x211: 1584pp Hb: 978-1-85743-564-1: £465.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Politics / Economics / Reference December 2010: 234x156: 450pp Hb: 978-1-85743-543-6: £190.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 257 16th Edition
11th Edition
ASLIB Directory of Information Sources in the United Kingdom
Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia 2011
Series: Aslib Directory
Edited by Europa Publications First published in 1928, the Aslib Directory is the leading information sources reference work on organizations of all kinds. Now published in its sixteenth edition, the title’s diversity is reflected by the wide spectrum of entries. The Directory is widely regarded as the best publication of its type.
Series: The Europa Regional Surveys of the World Extensive coverage of the political, economic and social affairs of the region. This impartial up-to-date survey of the countries and territories that make up the region includes: • incisive analysis by acknowledged experts • the latest statistics on the major economic indicators and population • invaluable directory material.
Routledge «Market: Reference November 2010: 297x210: 1488pp Hb: 978-1-85743-576-4: £425.00
Routledge «Market: European Studies / Reference November 2010: 279x211: 800pp Hb: 978-1-85743-569-6: £430.00
19th Edition
11th Edition
Directory of EU Information Sources
European Union Encyclopedia and Directory 2011
Edited by Europa Publications
Edited by Europa Publications
Series: Directory of EU Information Sources
Series: The European Union Encyclopedia and Directory
The nineteenth edition of the Directory of EU Information Sources is the most comprehensive compilation of contacts and published information on the European Union. It brings together a broad range of information sources, comprising not only the various constituent institutions of the European Union, their personnel, publications, information websites and representations in Europe and the rest of the world; but also diplomatic representation in Brussels, European-level trade and professional associations and NGOs, consultants and lawyers specializing in EU affairs, Press Agencies, EU grants and loans programmes, and information networks serving businesses, students, academics, consumers, job-seekers and many other groups.
Thoroughly updated, this extensive reference source provides in-depth information on all matters relating to the European Union: the expansion of the EU under the Nice Treaty is covered, and the future of the union is addressed. A glossary of key terms, a statistical survey and a directory section provide a unique guide to the workings of the EU as well as up-to-date contact details of MEPs and other EU officials. Routledge «Market: European Studies / Politics / Reference October 2010: 279x211: 800pp Hb: 978-1-85743-570-2: £430.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: European Studies / Politics / Reference October 2010: 279x211: 570pp Hb: 978-1-85743-556-6: £300.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
258 library reference
Handbook of India’s International Relations
Law of International Business Charles Chatterjee, London Metropolitan University, UK Written in an accessible and non-technical style, this text is an important guide to international business law. It will benefit lawyers and businesses, students and researchers alike.
Edited by David Scott, Brunel University, UK This Handbook aims to give an overview of India’s international relations, given the development of India as a major economic power in the world, and the growing interest in the impact of Asia on the international system in the future. Edited by David Scott of Brunel University, and with chapters written by a variety of experts, this Handbook of India’s International Relations offers an up to date, unbiased and comprehensive resource to academics, students of international relations, business people, media professionals and the general reader. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / International Relations December 2010: 246x174: 450pp Hb: 978-1-85743-552-8: £150.00
It: • brings the most important aspects of international business law into one work • discusses issues from a truly international, rather than a comparative, perspective • deals with topics such as sovereignty, risks, regulatory aspects of international business, transfer of technology and turn-key contracts. Familiarizing students with negotiating techniques for international contracts, this concise volume is the perfect introduction and handy reference to international business law. Routledge «Market: Law / Business / Finance October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-383-8: £75.00
8th Edition
International Law and Diplomacy South Asia 2011 Charles Chatterjee, London Metropolitan University, UK In this work the author explores the subjects of sovereignty, diplomacy and the function of diplomats, diplomatic missions, protocol, ethics in diplomacy, the role of Ministries of Foreign Affairs, intergovernmental conferences and the United Nations. It: • includes a useful glossary of over sixty essential terms (such as Calvo Doctrine, Extradition, Rapporteur and Uti Possidetis Juris) • clearly relates the conduct of diplomacy to the principles of international law. New in paperback, this volume will appeal to graduate and undergraduate students studying diplomacy, public administration and international relations courses as well as practising diplomats, international organization and foreign ministry officials and those who have regular dealings with them.
Edited by Europa Publications Series: South Asia South Asia 2011 provides an in-depth library of information on the countries and territories of the region. Exhaustively researched by Europa’s experienced editorial team, this title includes a vast range of up-to-date economic, political and statistical data. Combining impartial analysis with facts and figures, South Asia 2011 provides a unique overall perspective on this increasingly important region.
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Reference October 2010: 279x211: 816pp Hb: 978-1-85743-572-6: £400.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Law / Reference October 2010: 234x156: 440pp Hb: 978-1-85743-384-5: £100.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 259 2nd Edition
57th Edition
Territories and States of India This invaluable collection of information provides an in-depth guide to the regional dimension of the politics and economy of this vast and complex country. Incomparable in its coverage, which includes a detailed chronology for India as a whole, a bibliography, contact details for leading officials, and an historical account and economic survey for each of the twenty-eight states and seven territories, it supplies the reader with a more complete understanding of India as a whole.
The Middle East and North Africa 2011 Edited by Europa Publications Series: The Middle East and North Africa Now in its fifty-seventh edition, this title continues to provide the most up-to-date geo-political and economic information for this important world area. Key Features: • covers the Middle East and North Africa from Algeria to Yemen • includes topical contributions from acknowledged experts on the region
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Reference October 2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-578-8: £130.00
• accurately and impartially records the latest political and economic developments • provides comprehensive data on all major organizations in the region. Routledge «Market: Middle Eastern Studies / Reference October 2010: 279x211: 1488pp Hb: 978-1-85743-568-9: £465.00
13th Edition
42nd Edition
The Far East and Australasia 2011 The USA and Canada 2011 Series: USA and Canada
Edited by Europa Publications
This renowned reference title provides essential statistical and directory material on these vast North American nations and the issues surrounding them. Completely revised and updated, this twelth edition brings together statistical, factual and directory information on these two vast nations and their constituent states, provinces and territories.
Series: The Far East and Australasia Now in its forty-second edition The Far East and Australasia 2011: • a systematic survey of the countries of East and South-East Asia, Australia and New Zealand, along with twenty-three Pacific Islands • essential for anyone with a professional interest in the region • keeps up to date with current economic and political developments.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Routledge «Market: American Studies / Reference / Regional Studies December 2010: 279x211: 632pp Hb: 978-1-85743-574-0: £465.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Politics / Reference November 2010: 279x211: 1584pp Hb: 978-1-85743-571-9: £465.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
260 library reference 13th Edition
7th Edition
Western Europe 2011
Who’s Who in International Affairs 2011
Edited by Europa Publications Series: Western Europe A comprehensive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe, which comprises expert analysis and commentary and includes up-to-date statistical and directory information.
Routledge «Market: European Studies / Reference November 2010: 279x211: 928pp Hb: 978-1-85743-573-3: £465.00
Series: Who’s Who in International Affairs 2009 This seventh edition of Who’s Who in International Affairs provides, in one volume, biographical information on nearly 6,000 people prominent in the fields of international politics, diplomacy, law and economic affairs throughout the world. As well as politicians and diplomats, the book also includes academics, think tank analysts, and journalists, among others, who are active in, or relevant to, the world of foreign affairs. Who’s Who in International Affairs is thus an invaluable guide to the lives and careers of the most important figures in international affairs today. Each entry is clearly laid out, with the international figure’s personal details, education, career, publications and contact information conveniently divided into sections. In addition to the biographical information, an extensive index section is included, where entrants are listed once by nationality and for many by selected organizations for which they work. Routledge «Market: International Studies / Reference October 2010: 279x211: 928pp Hb: 978-1-85743-575-7: £395.00
The Politics of Narcotic Drugs A Survey Edited by Julia Buxton Series: Europa Politics of ... series The Politics of Narcotic Drugs brings together leading experts on the drugs trade to provide an accessible yet detailed analysis of the multiple challenges that the contemporary trade in narcotic drugs and its prohibition pose, from the local to the international community. Through the use of country and regional case studies that include Afghanistan, Mexico, Colombia and the Middle East, the drivers of the drug trade and the security and development dilemmas created by the prohibition of narcotic substances are explored. Contributions that assess the international drug control regime, British anti-drug enforcement organisations, ‘narcoterrorism’ and options for drug policy reform engage readers in current debates and the narrative frameworks that shape discussion of the drugs issue. The book is an invaluable guide to the dynamic and cross-cutting issue of narcotic drugs and the impact of their prohibition on our countries and communities.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-501-6: £130.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 261 4-volume set
10-volume set
Anthropology of Religion
G.D.H. Cole: Selected Works
Edited by Phillips Stevens Jr.
Edited by Noel Thompson, University of Wales, UK
Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies
This new four-volume collection from Routledge assembles exemplary scholarship in the field from its Victorian beginnings to the present, and represents all generally accepted categories of religious belief and ritual, plus some new ones. Topics covered include: ‘Early Explorations’; ‘Symbols’; ‘Supernatural Beings’; ‘Magical Power and Forces’; ‘Human Agents of Supernatural Danger’; ‘Myth’; ‘Ritual’; ‘Religious Practitioners’; ‘Women and Gender’; ‘Belief’; ‘Ecology’; ‘Mind and Body–Neurobiological Bases’; and ‘Religion in Socio-Cultural Change’.
G.D.H. Cole was one of the foremost British socialist thinkers of the twentieth century. His literary output was immense and encompassed works of social theory, economics, political economy, economic history, social and labour history, political theory, history of thought and sociology. The books and pamphlets chosen for this edition are amongst his most significant. They are representative of the different phases of his thinking and illustrative of an acute and inquiring socialist mind as it wrestled with the formidable political and intellect challenges confronted by socialists in this most turbulent of centuries. Routledge «Market: Politics November 2010: 234x156: 15884pp Set: 978-0-415-56651-3: £795.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83931-7: £795.00
Routledge «Market: Religion November 2010: 234x156: 1520pp Set: 978-0-415-49423-6: £650.00
4-volume set
Female Journalists of the Fin de Siècle Edited by Lorna Shelley
4-volume set
Gender Edited by Mary Evans, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK
Series: History of Feminism
Co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse, the History of Feminism series makes key archival source material readily available to scholars, researchers, and students of women’s and gender studies, women’s history, and women’s writing, as well as those working in allied and related fields. Selected and introduced by expert editors, the gathered materials are reproduced in facsimile, giving users a strong sense of immediacy to the texts and permitting citation to the original pagination. This new title in the series brings together a unique range of texts published between the 1800s and the early twentieth century. Selected Contents: Volume I: The Advanced Woman in Journalism and the Case against the Women Journalist Volume II: Fiction I Volume III: Fiction II: Journalism and the Modern Girl
The editor (founder of the European Journal of Women’s Studies), Mary Evans, is one of the field’s leading scholars. She has written new introductions, both to each volume, and to the collection as a whole, which place the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. Gender is an essential collection destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital research resource. Selected Contents: Volume I: Imagination of Gender Volume II: Making Gender Volume III: Living Gender Volume IV: States of Gender Routledge «Market: Gender Studies November 2010: 234x156: 1666pp Set: 978-0-415-55434-3: £575.00 Rising to £650.00 three months after publication
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Women’s History / Gender Studies November 2010: 246x174: 1698pp Set: 978-0-415-55949-2: £650.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
262 library reference 5-volume set
4-volume set
Higher Education
Happiness and Well-being
Edited by Malcolm Tight, University of Lancaster, UK
Edited by Felicia Huppert and P. Alex Linley
Series: Major Themes in Education
Series: Critical Concepts in Psychology
As serious thinking about and around higher education continues to flourish and develop, this new title in Routledge’s Major Themes in Education series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by Malcolm Tight, a leading scholar in the field, it is a five-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions.
As work on happiness and well-being flourishes as never before, this new title meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Co-edited by two leading scholars, Happiness and Well-being is a collection of classic and contemporary contributions. Together, the four volumes provide a one-stop resource for all interested researchers, students, and policy-makers to gain a thorough understanding of the field, the variety of approaches, and where thinking on happiness and well-being is today.
Selected Contents: Volume I: Teaching, Learning, and Course Design Volume II: The Student Experience Volume III: System Policy Volume IV: Insitutional Management and Quality Volume V: Academic Work, Knowledge and Research Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 2088pp Set: 978-0-415-49775-6: £875.00
Psychology Press «Market: Psychology / Happiness and Well-being December 2010: 234x156: 1600pp Set: 978-0-415-47363-7: £650.00
4-volume set
Imperial Japan and the World, 1931–1945
4-volume set
Islamic Medical and Scientific Tradition
Edited by Antony Best, London School of Economics, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Asian Studies
Edited by Peter Pormann Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Religion October 2010: 234x156: 1623pp Set: 978-0-415-47953-0: £650.00
See separate Order Form
Selected Contents: Volume I: Politics in Japan, 1931–45 Part 1: Contemporary Essays Part 2: Historical Essays Volume II: Foreign Policy and Diplomacy, 1931–45 Part 1: Contemporary Essays Part 2: Historical Essays Volume III: Economics and Finance, 1931–45 Part 1: Contemporary Essays Part 2: Historical Essays Volume IV: Social, Cultural, and Intellectual Factors, 1931–45 Part 1: Contemporary Essays Part 2: Historical Essays Routledge «Market: Japanese Studies November 2010: 234x156: 1598pp Set: 978-0-415-40676-5: £650.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Islamic Medical and Scientific Tradition presents a selection of articles that illustrate the intellectual curiosity and theoretical vigour with which Arabs and non-Arabs living in the medieval Muslim world pursued scientific endeavours. Fully indexed, and with a comprehensive introduction newly-written by the editors, that places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, this is an essential work destined to be valued by scholars, students, and researchers as a vital one-stop reference resource.
The transformation of Japan in the years between 1931 and 1945 into an expansionist and potentially hegemonic power that threatened the stability of the international order in East Asia is a topic that is central to any understanding of the region’s history in the twentieth century. This new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together the best and most influential scholarship on the period, both contemporary and historical.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 263 4-volume set
2-volume set
Islamic Political Thought and Governance
John P. Kotter
Edited by Abdullah Saeed, University of Melbourne, Australia
Edited by John C. Wood Series: Critical Evaluations in Business and Management
Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science
This new Routledge Major Work is concerned with the development of political thought in Islam. By political thought is meant, broadly, the study and interpretation of Islamic political culture, ideas, beliefs and institutions; the contribution of key political theorists and authorities to the understanding or practice of governance; what people and groups believed about political authority and institutions and their political convictions; and how politics in the Islamic world has related to and interacted with other disciplines, such as religion, law, ethics, philosophy and statehood.
John P. Kotter (b. 1947), a leading authority on business leadership and change, is the subject of this new collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Evaluations in Business and Management series. It brings together in two volumes the best critical evaluations of his work. The collection is supplemented with the editors’ expert introduction which places the gathered scholarship in its historical and intellectual context. Routledge «Market: Business December 2010: 234x156: 800pp Set: 978-0-415-32575-2: £325.00
4-volume set
Routledge «Market: Politics November 2010: 234x156: 1617pp Set: 978-0-415-49868-5: £650.00
Islam and Education Edited by Tahir Abbas, University of Birmingham, UK Series: Major Themes in Education
4-volume set
Routledge Library Editions: Emile Durkheim Various Series: Routledge Library Editions
This four volume set is dedicated to the work of Emile Durkheim, one of the most important and prolific sociologists in the field, who is commonly cited as a founding father of modern social science. With volumes published between 1975 and 1991, this collection brings together a range of modern critical responses to Durkheim’s work across a broad range of topics, including: epistemology, modernism and post-modernism, theories of social order, and the rise and development of modern society. The authors in the collection also draw important comparisons between Durkheim and other seminal sociologists, including Max Weber and Claude Bernard.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Routledge «Market: Religion and Education November 2010: 234x156: 1625pp Set: 978-0-415-47845-8: £650.00
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge October 2010: 216x138: 1034pp Set: 978-0-415-58427-2: £250.00
Volume I of this new Routledge collection focuses on theories of education. The gathered materials explore and analyse the impact of the classical Islamic period in history and the developments in education which have emanated from it. Volume II focuses on education in Eastern Europe and Muslim Asia, capturing the essential issues in each of the countries studied, and how they vary across a vast region. The impact of culture and modernization on traditional societies, as well as the ways in which westernized modes of education are introduced, and the aspirations of youth are in turn determined. Volume III looks at education in the Middle East and Muslim Africa. Islam has its origins in the Middle East, and today many of the challenges Muslims face in relation to Islam and education are concentrated in this region. Volume IV explores the education of Muslims in North America and Europe, and of minorities in advanced liberal secular democracies. Islam and Education is fully indexed and includes a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
264 library reference 4-volume set
4-volume set
Politics of Modern Iran
Religion and Globalization
Edited by Ali M. Ansari, University of St Andrews, UK
Edited by Véronique Altglas
Series: Critical Issues in Modern Politics
Series: Critical Concepts in Social Studies
This four volume set brings together for the first time the best articles to be written on the politics of modern Iran. In so doing, the set will be an invaluable source of reference for both scholars and students alike and will allow those developing an interest in Iran to quickly and easily access the highest quality scholarship in the field.
This collection will bring together, for the first time, the key texts on globalization and religion which are currently scattered across a wide range of publications. Each volume will articulate theoretical and empirical perspectives: while theories attempt to grasp the nature of the relations between globalization and religion, a diversity of case-studies shed light on the importance of religion in the making of contemporary global situations.
Routledge «Market: Politics December 2010: 234x156: 1600pp Set: 978-0-415-40911-7: £650.00
4-volume set
World Christianity Edited by Elizabeth Koepping, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies
Selected Contents: Volume I: Religion and Space in Global Context Volume II: Westernization of Religion and its Counter-Trends Volume III: Religious Responses to Globalization Volume IV: Religion and Politics in Global Context – New Challenges Routledge «Market: Religion October 2010: 234x156: 1625pp Set: 978-0-415-55032-1: £650.00
4-volume set
Religion and Science Edited by Sara Fletcher Harding and Nancy Morvillo Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies
Two-thirds of the world’s Christians live in Africa, Asia, and Latin America and this new interdisciplinary collection of articles on World Christianity from Routledge brings together specialist contributions from around the world, including Pentecostal and various Reform churches, Roman Catholic, Orthodox, Anglican, Lutheran and independent churches.
The collection draws on the latest work from theology, anthropology, the sociology of religion, missiology, and religious studies, enabling users to grasp the very varied presentation of the Christian faith, the socio-cultural negotiation, accommodation, renovation, and the challenges to what the collection editor calls a ‘Euro-American Christian taken-for-granted’ understanding, theology and praxis from ‘the world beyond’.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Religion October 2010: 234x156: 1789pp Set: 978-0-415-46827-5: £575.00
See separate Order Form
To be human is to seek an understanding of the world in which we live, how it works and why. Empirical science explains our observations of the natural world, whereas religion provides answers about meaning and purpose for such a world. The encounter between reason and faith, the mind and spirit, have the appearance of polarity. In actuality, there is fluidity between the two. Organized into four volumes, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Religious Studies, is a landmark collection of foundational and cutting-edge scholarship in the field. Selected Contents: Volume I: Histories and Methodologies in Science and Religion Volume II: Cosmological Considerations in Science and Religion Volume III: The Imperative of Evolution in Science and Religion Volume IV: Human Actions at the Intersection of Science and Religion Routledge «Market: Religion October 2010: 234x156: 1592pp Set: 978-0-415-54902-8: £650.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
The materials have been arranged around the core themes of contextualization, external and internal power, theological and ethnic marginalization, civic and ancestral identity, mission and conversion, and cover Africa, Asia, the Caribbean and South America, Oceania, and the indigenous people of North America and Australasia.
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 265 4-volume set
9-volume set
Social Capital
The Europa Regional Surveys of the World Set 2011
Edited by Nan Lin, Duke University, USA Series: Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences
‘Social capital’ is a major conceptual and theoretical idea that has received in the last three decades much attention across many social science disciplines. In this relatively short period, it has developed into a major research paradigm guiding voluminous research conducted in North America, Europe, Asia and elsewhere. Theory, measurement, and empirical research continue to grow. At the same time, major components of a theory, systematic research enterprises, and comprehensive applications in diverse substantive areas can now be identified in the literature. This major collection makes available material from diverse sources to provide an up-to-date ‘mini library’ of the cumulative contributions.
Series: The Europa Regional Surveys of the World
This nine volume set covers each of the major world regions. As well as covering the region as a whole, each volume provides a vast range of background information, statistics, directory information and analysis of the social, political and economic situation for each of the individual countries within that region. Titles include: Africa South of the Sahara 2010; Central and SouthEastern Europe 2010; Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia 2010; The Far East and Australasia 2010; The Middle East and North Africa 2010; South America, Central America and the Caribbean 2010; South Asia 2010; The USA and Canada 2010; and Western Europe 2010. Routledge December 2010: 279x211: Set: 978-1-85743-588-7: £3645.00
Routledge «Market: Sociology October 2010: 234x156: 1765pp Set: 978-0-415-40717-5: £650.00
4-volume set
4-volume set
Women and Education
Multiculturalism
Series: Major Themes in Education
If a primary objective of feminism is to expose and challenge the social relations of power embedded in all spheres of life, then an exploration of the issues attached to female education is a vital aspect of such a project. Indeed, ‘women and education’ is now an established – and flourishing – domain of study. Edited by two leading scholars in the field, Women and Education is a four-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions further distinguished by the inclusion of autobiographical works to capture the experience of education as a broad societal process, and not simply as formal schooling.
çè
Selected Contents: Volume I: Space, Place, and Time Volume II: Pupils, Students, and Learning Volume III: Teachers and Teaching Volume IV: Politics and Policies Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 234x156: 1630pp Set: 978-0-415-54939-4: £650.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Edited by Gerd Baumann and Steven Vertovec, Max-Planck-Institute, Germany Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology
Edited by two leading scholars in the field, this new title in Routledge’s Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Sociology, is a four-volume collection of canonical and cutting-edge research. Serious work on multiculturalism flourishes as never before, and this ‘mini library’ meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Perhaps more than other critical concepts, ‘multiculturalism’ is hotly contested; there are sharply different – and perhaps ultimately irreconcilable – approaches to a variety of multicultural conceptions and projects. Rather than seek to establish some kind of consensus on classic works, this collection explicitly brings together the best and most influential work to have emerged from all sides of the debate. Routledge «Market: Sociology / Anthropology / Multiculturalism November 2010: 234x156: 1583pp Set: 978-0-415-48608-8: £650.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Edited by Jane Martin, University of London, UK and Joyce Goodman, University of Winchester, UK
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
266 library reference 5-volume set
5-volume set
The Great Depression
Anthropological Linguistics
Edited by Geoffrey E. Wood, City University, London, UK and Forrest Capie
Theories and Practices
Series: Critical Concepts in Economics
Series: Critical Concepts in Language Studies
As research in and around the Great Depression flourishes as never before this new addition to Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in scholarly output. Edited by two leading scholars in the field, this new Routledge Major Work is a five-volume collection of classic and cutting-edge contributions. Routledge «Market: Economic History November 2010: 234x156: 2187pp Set: 978-0-415-57351-1: £850.00
Edited by Bambi Schieffelin and Paul Garrett
Viewing language as a dynamic semiotic system that shapes and is shaped by cultural, social and cognitive factors alike, the articles in this new Routledge Major Work explore how people in communities worldwide think about language, talk about language, use language, and change language. The articles illustrate the ways in which language practices are resources that participants use for creating social worlds and accomplishing a wide range of activities. They demonstrate how analysts use linguistic and cultural practices, and the ideologies that shape them, to provide insights into the complexities of everyday, as well as less commonly occurring, social encounters. Routledge «Market: Reference and Linguistics December 2010: 234x156: 1778pp Set: 978-0-415-55178-6: £850.00
3-volume set
The Tale of Genji Edited by Richard H. Okada, Princeton University, USA
The monumental Japanese fictional narrative known as The Tale of Genji (Genji monogatari) appeared during the first decade or so of the eleventh century, CE. This vast narrative – which spans threequarters of a century, and is made up of fifty-four chapters and 795 poems – has been attributed to a woman known only as Murasaki Shikibu. It has often been celebrated as ‘the world’s oldest novel’. The Tale of Genji has generated a huge scholarly literature, and this new collection, co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to help researchers and students navigate and make sense of it. The first volume (Cultures of Reading The Tale of Genji) assembles the key work in narratology, aesthetics, and poetics. A narrative that can – and has – been read primarily as a ‘romance’ has much to say about the history, culture, and society of its time, and Volume II (Sexual Politics in The Tale of Genji) is organized around often contested themes such as gender, genre, and politics. The scholarship in the final volume (The Tale of Genji and its Others), meanwhile, gathers the best work on topics including Noh, visual art, ‘China’, and later literature.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Japanese Literature / Japanese Studies December 2010: 234x156: 1206pp Set: 978-0-415-47900-4: £515.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 267
111-VOLUME set
Routledge Library Editions: Development Various Routledge Library Editions: Development will re-issue works which address economic, political and social aspects of development. Published over more than four decades these books trace the emergence of development as one of the most important contemporary issues and one of the key areas of study for modern social science. The books cover the most important themes within development and include studies of Latin America, Africa and Asia. Authors include Sir Alexander Cairncross, Lord Peter Bauer and Cristobal Kay. An extensive collection of previously hard to access or out of print books, this set presents an unrivalled opportunity to build up a wealth of material in the field of development studies, with a particular focus upon economic and political concerns. Routledge «Market: Development December 2010: 234x156: Set: 978-0-415-58414-2: £7250.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84035-1: £6500.00
Mini Sets Also Sold Separately: Volumes 1–6
Volumes 23–25
Volumes 79–85
Development Mini-Set A: Agriculture, Food and Development
Development Mini-Set E: Development and the Environment
Development Mini-Set J: Politics and International Relations
Hb: 978-0-415-59717-3: £400.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84031-3: £275.00
Hb: 978-0-415-59949-8: £195.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83878-5: £195.00
Volumes 7–12
Volumes 26–58
Development Mini-Set B: Aid
Development Mini-Set F: Development Economics
Hb: 978-0-415-60224-2: £470.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83571-5: £470.00 Volumes 86–89
Hb: 978-0-415-59780-7: £375.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84010-8: £375.00
Hb: 978-0-415-60042-2: £2200.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83811-2: £1595.00
Volumes 13–16
Development Mini-Set K: Security and Development Hb: 978-0-415-60225-9: £260.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83562-3: £65.00 Volumes 90–98
Development Mini-Set C: Debt and Development Hb: 978-0-415-59867-5: £255.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83934-8: £180.00
Volumes 59–65
Development Mini-Set G: Education and Development Hb: 978-0-415-60066-8: £450.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83734-4: £450.00
Volumes 17–22
Development Mini-Set L: Sociology and Social Policy Hb: 978-0-415-60226-6: £595.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83520-3: £455.00 Volumes 99–111
Development Mini-Set D: Demography Hb: 978-0-415-59918-4: £425.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83903-4: £350.00
Volumes 66–73
Development Mini-Set H: Geography and Planning Hb: 978-0-415-60121-4: £565.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83669-9: £435.00
Development Mini-Set M: Theories of Development Hb: 978-0-415-60290-7: £900.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83513-5: £900.00
Volumes 74–78
Development Mini-Set I: Planning and Development
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Hb: 978-0-415-60163-4: £350.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83611-8: £350.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
268 library reference
Agrarian Reform in Contemporary New Seeds and Poor People Michael Lipton and Richard Longhurst Developing Countries First published in 1989, this book deals with the impact of cereal A Study Prepared for the International Labour Office within the Framework of the World Employment Programme Edited by Ajit Kumar Ghose Initially published in 1983, in association with the International Labour Organisation (ILO), this book is about the meaning, relevance and process of agrarian reform in contemporary developing countries. It includes seven detailed case studies – one each on Ethiopia, Peru, Chile, Nicaragua, Iran, Kerala, (India) and West Bengal (India). In all the cases, serious contemporary efforts were made to implement agrarian reform programmes and the case studies focus upon selected aspects of this reform process – origins, basic characteristics, problems of implementation and immediate consequences. It is clear that agrarian reform is essentially a political process, requiring major social movements and that piecemeal reforms will not solve the grave problems of growth, distribution and poverty in the Third World. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 378pp Hb: 978-0-415-59240-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84046-7: £80.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 492pp Hb: 978-0-415-59537-7: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84043-6: £85.00
Food and Poverty The Political Economy of Confrontation Radha Sinha
The Green Revolution Revisited Critique and Alternatives Edited by Bernhard Glaeser The Green Revolution – the apparently miraculous increase in cereal crop yields achieved in the 1960s – came under severe criticism in the 1970s because of its demands for optimal irrigation, intensive use of fertilisers and pesticides; its damaging impact on social structures; and its monoculture approach. The early 1980s saw a concerted approach to many of these criticisms under the auspices of Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR). This book, first published in 1987, analyses the recent achievements of the CGIAR and examines the Green Revolution concept in South America, Asia and Africa, from an ‘ecodevelopment’ standpoint, with particular regard to the plight of the rural poor. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 222pp Hb: 978-0-415-59249-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84044-3: £70.00
production upon the Third World, specifically ‘Modern Varieties’ (MVs). Using evidence from plant breeding, economics and nutrition science, the authors seek to pinpoint what has been achieved, what has gone wrong and what needs to be done in future. Although the technical innovations of MVs mean more employment, cheaper food and less risk for small farmers, the reduction in crop diversity increases the risk of danger from pests and though MVs enlarge cereal stocks, many are too poor to afford them. The book concludes that technical breakthroughs alone won’t solve deep-rooted social problems and that only new policies and research priorities will increase the choices, assets and power of the rural poor.
First published in 1976, this book deals with contemporary tensions between the West and the Third World, caused by hunger, malnutrition and poverty, perpetuated by an imbalance in the distribution of world resources. The book deals with the issue of malnutrition in the Third World, which owes much more to poverty and unemployment than to agricultural failure. The author also believes that population control can do little in the absence of a more equitable distribution of world resources and political power within and between countries involving a fundamental change in ideology and education. This is a challenging and critical book, whose arguments cannot be ignored by anyone concerned with the creation of a just and stable world order. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-59243-7: £65.00
Food Aid and the Developing World Four African Case Studies Christopher Stevens, University of Sussex, UK Food aid is a controversial form of development assistance and this book, first published in 1979, seeks to counter allegations from critics by taking account of both direct and indirect affects. Based on field research in Tunisia, Botswana, Upper Volta and Lesotho, it considers aid from the UK, EEC, USAID, the World Food Programme, Canada and France, and draws a number of policyorientated conclusions about the impact of food aid on nutrition, consumer prices and agricultural production. In the light of the evidence from field studies it is shown that many of the claims advanced by food aid supporters and by critics cannot be sustained, and that the real impact of food aid is rather different from that assumed by the conventional wisdom on the subject.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-59246-8: £75.00 eBook:: 978-0-203-84045-0: £75.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 269
Agricultural Development and Economic Integration in Latin America Montague Yudelman and Frederic Howard First published in 1970, this study is concerned with both the theoretical and the practical problems involved with agricultural development and economic integration in Latin America, with particular emphasis on those countries which are embraced by the Latin American Free Trade Association. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 335pp Hb: 978-0-415-59436-3: £75.00
The Politics of United States Foreign Aid George M. Guess First published in 1987, this reissue explores contemporary United States foreign aid policies and thinking in the Reagan era. The author argues that aid policy is often confused as a result of bureaucratic decision-making processes. The book contrasts the experience of the many countries where aid-giving has produced unwished-for effects with the few countries where the desired results have occurred. The author concludes by arguing for a new approach to aid-giving by the United States. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 316pp Hb: 978-0-415-59276-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84018-4: £75.00
The Economics of Aid J.M. Healey First published in 1971, this reissue considers the main aspects of foreign aid to developing countries in terms of economic concepts and principles. The author gives an economic definition of aid and considers the motives for giving aid and the principles on which it may be allocated. He looks at the effect on the economic growth of developing countries of both the aid given and the need to repay the debt, and the effect on trade patterns and resource allocation of tying aid to one particular project, or one source of goods. While economic analysis is only a first step in providing a basis for policy decisions on foreign aid, Dr Healey shows that many issues can be clarified by looking at them from the economists’ point of view.
Aid and Inequality in Kenya British Development Assistance to Kenya Gerald Holtham and Arthur Hazelwood This reissue, first published in 1976, considers the rapid rate of economic growth in Kenya, combined with its apparent political stability, to determine whether or not this is indeed a case of ‘growth without development’ and, if so, where the responsibility for aid lies in this situation. The book concludes that while Kenyan growth has not been to an ideal pattern, accompanied by an increase in inequality, there is little or no reason to believe that living standards have not improved. It examines the impact of aid on Kenya’s progress at both the microeconomic and macroeconomic level and provides an institutional study of the impact of aid on Kenyan Government policy formation and administration and a discussion of British aid’s political purposes and influence in Kenya. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 268pp Hb: 978-0-415-59273-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84016-0: £70.00
Does Aid Work in India? A Country Study of the Impact of Official Development Assistance Michael Lipton and John Toye, Oxford University, UK ‘Lipton and Toye deploy their considerable expertise on agriculture and the Indian Economy in assessing the effects of aid, including food aid, on growth and equity in the agricultural sector.’ – The Economic Journal Much about India’s economy and aid flows has changed in the last two decades. India’s growth rate has quickened since economic liberalisation, the poverty head count has fallen and the volume and composition of its aid have changed as new issues of climate change and the environment have emerged.. Yet ‘Does Aid Work in India?’, first published in 1990, remains of great interest as a study of aid effectiveness in India’s pre-liberalisation era. It identifies those sectors where aid-funded interventions succeeded, and where they failed. It explains how India avoided problems of aid dependence, and managed the political tensions that are associated with aid policy dialogue. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 292pp Hb: 978-0-415-59269-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84015-3: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 124pp Hb: 978-0-415-59267-3: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84017-7: £60.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
270 library reference
Aid and Dependence
International Indebtedness and the Developing Countries
British Aid to Malawi Kathryn Morton First published in 1975, in conjunction with the Overseas Development Institute, this study examines the case for and against aid for developing nations, taking the specific example of British aid to Malawi’s economic development since independence in 1964. Kathryn Morton suggests that without Britain’s aid, Malawi’s capacity to develop would have been severely undermined and that aid has not generally inhibited Malawi’s efforts to help itself. The rapid growth of both agricultural and industrial output alongside foreign exchange earnings and avoidance of large-scale urban unemployment and balance of payment problems do not bear out the critics’ gloomy predictions. This book does much to counter the critics’ case against aid and raises a number of vital questions in determining the future shape of aid policies for both Britain and other developed countries. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 202pp Hb: 978-0-415-59275-8: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84014-6: £65.00
The OPEC Fund for International Development The Formative Years Ibrahim F.I. Shihata The OPEC countries’ collective policy is to offer external development assistance free from political or commercial ties, with the purpose of expressing the solidarity of one group of developing countries with the rest. Since 1976, this policy has found vigorous practical expression in the operations and activities of the OPEC fund. First published in 1983, this book describes the Fund’s organisational evolution into a fully-fledged international body, detailing the fund’s achievements in providing loans and grants to over 80 countries with operations based on principles that have influenced the whole development movement. Concrete examples are outlined, such as where the fund has acted as a catalyst for development, or a spokesman for a group of countries in international negotiations. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-59270-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84013-9: £75.00
George C. Abbott First published in 1979, this study focuses upon two of the major economic problems faced by developing countries: massive foreign debts and the shortage of foreign funds offered on concessional terms for development purposes. The relationship between the two is highlighted in the effect that debt accumulation has on ministering the increase of debt service payments, and to lessen resources for development purposes.The study argues that not only is the impact and implications of these two problems more or less identical for debtor and creditor countries, but that it is the inappropriate techniques of rescheduling and refinancing that have failed to solve the problems of developing countries. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 316pp Hb: 978-0-415-59437-0: £75.00
Images and Behaviour of Private Bank Lending to Developing Countries Margee M. Ensign The primary questions addressed by this study, first published in 1988, focus on how private bankers made decisions on the creditworthiness of developing countries during the 1970s and what the implications of these decision rules are for the developing countries today. Based on interviews with senior bankers about their decision rules, the author has developed artificial intelligencebased simulations of their images of creditworthiness. Discussed are contemporary proposals for solving the debt crisis. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 126pp Hb: 978-0-415-59279-6: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83991-1: £60.00
Development and the Debt Trap Economic Planning and External Borrowing in Ghana Andrzej Krassowski Ghana is one of the earliest and most serious examples of the build up of foreign debt by a developing country to support its policies for economic growth. This study, first published in 1974 in conjunction with the Overseas Development Institute, analyses Ghana’s economy over twenty years and highlights the problems of the debtor/creditor relationship between developed and developing countries. The study concludes with an assessment of the creditors’ contribution to Ghana’s critical debt position through their readiness to supply funds without adequately analysing the viability of the programmes they supported and through the repayment and interest terms they offered – terms which were too heavy for Ghana to meet.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 178pp Hb: 978-0-415-59282-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83990-4: £65.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 271
The African Debt Crisis Trevor W. Parfitt and Stephen P. Riley Assessing both the macro- and micro-economic levels of the contemporary African Debt Crisis, this book, first published in 1989, begins by looking at the origins of the world debt crisis, and then looks closely at the problem as it affects Sub-Saharan Africa. The effects of debt on Africa’s position in international relations are considered, and the roles played by organisations such as the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank are assessed. The authors also examine the local effects in a series of case studies of various states including Nigeria, Ghana and Sierra Leone, the Francophone States and Zaire. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 238pp Hb: 978-0-415-59278-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83989-8: £70.00
Women’s Roles and Population Trends in the Third World Edited by Richard Anker, Marya Buvinic and Nadia H. Youssef First published in 1982, this collection was the result of an ambitious and wide-ranging, inter-disciplinary research programme conducted by the International Labour Office (ILO) on the relationship between women’s roles and demographic change, with a view to influencing contemporary government and non-government policy and future research in the field. The ILO held an informal gathering of leading researchers in the fields of economics, anthropology, sociology and demography and this volume represents a unique and practicallyorientated collection, offering valuable insights into contemporary perspectives on women’s studies and population dynamics. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 290pp Hb: 978-0-415-59284-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83923-2: £75.00
Hungry People and Empty Lands An Essay on Population Problems and International Tensions Edited by S. Chandrasekhar ‘A scholarly and scientific study of the very real difficulties of policies both to control and limit population growth and to relieve the pressures where they have become acute.’ – The Economic Journal First published in 1954, this reissue deals with the problem of international tensions arising from demographic and fertility differences, with special reference to such thickly populated Asian countries as China, Japan and India.
Infant Mortality, Population Growth and Family Planning in India An Essay on Population Problems and International Tensions Edited by S. Chandrasekhar First published in 1972, this reissue deals with the crucial issue of population explosion, one of the most crucial problems facing the contemporary developing world. Written by a world-renowned demographer and family planning specialist, the book deals specifically with the Indian experience. Reviewing population change in India over the last century, Professor Chandrasekhar focuses on three key issues: the socioeconomic repercussions of reduced infant mortality in twentieth-century India; the rapid population growth from 1871 and its implications on India’s efforts to raise her standard of living; and finally India’s valiant efforts to promote family planning amongst her hundred million married couples. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-59544-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83921-8: £80.00
Population and Development High and Low Fertility in Poorer Countries Edited by Geoffrey Hawthorn First published in 1978, this book explores the vital global issue of high and low fertility in poorer countries through a series of case studies by contemporary experts in the fields of development and demography. These studies examine such issues as: the relations between fertility rates and income distributions in poor societies; the question of whether or not neo-classical macro-economics are sufficient to understand and to try to engineer relations between economies and populations; and the specifics of the relations between fertility and a variety of socio-economic factors in both South Asia and West Africa. The point of the collection is to explain how very far general models can be taken, and to suggest that they cannot be taken as far as those who have tended to ignore the structural complexities of, and differences between, various societies have implied. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 218pp Hb: 978-0-415-59283-3: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83920-1: £65.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 308pp Hb: 978-0-415-59538-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83922-5: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
272 library reference
Population, Health and Nutrition in the Sahel
African Environments and Resources
Issues in the Welfare of Selected West African Communities
L.A. Lewis and L. Berry
Edited by Allan G. Hill
First published in 1988, this work provides a comprehensive picture of the range of physical environments in Africa, focusing upon those characteristics and issues central to the management of environmental resources. The book is designed to contribute to a better understanding of African environmental and resource-management problems and this reissue should be welcomed by students of Africa and of environmental resource management problems in general.
This collection of studies, first published in 1985, describes some contemporary problems of selected pastoral and agro-pastoral communities of the West African Sahel. Several important features of the Sahel are illustrated: the significance of seasonal factors in causing periodic stress amongst people and animals, the economic uncertainty introduced by interannual climactic variations, as well as the role of traditional systems of social and economic organisation in providing some support during periods of need. The findings presented here are published in co-operation with the Sahel Institute, a regional research organisation set up in the early 1970s with representation from eight Sahelian countries – Cape Verde, Chad, Gambia, Mali, Mauritania, Niger, Senegal and Upper Volta. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-59285-7: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83918-8: £85.00
Development and the Environmental Crisis Red or Green Alternatives
The Politics of Family Planning in the Third World Edited by T.E. Smith First published in 1973, this book is an attempt to examine the political determinants (as opposed to the more usual emphasis upon consequences) of contemporary population policy formation and action in developing countries, with particular reference to policy relating to family limitation. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 354pp Hb: 978-0-415-59291-8: £80.00
Learning From China? Development and Environment in Third World Countries Edited by Bernhard Glaeser First published in 1987, this volume was written to shed some light upon the nature and environmental consequences and wider relevance of development strategies in the Peoples’ Republic of China. It covers industrialisation, food production, energy use and landscape and settlement planning. The Chinese ‘autocentred’ strategy is assessed from both the developmental and the environmental viewpoints. Decision-making processes and the opportunities to implement environmental policy in other parts of the developing world are analysed and the volume concludes with the view that benefits to other countries are likely to arise out of increased co-operation and exchange with China, although the Chinese model is by no means a panacea.
See separate Order Form
Michael Redclift, King’s College London, University of London, UK First published in 1984, Michael Redclift’s book makes the global environmental crisis a central concern of political economy and its structural causes a central concern of environmentalism. Michael Redclift argues that a close analysis of the environmental crisis in the South reveals the importance of the share of resources obtained by different social groups. The development strategies based on the experiences and interests of Western capitalist countries fail to recognise that environmental degradation in the South is a product of inequalities in both global and local economic relations and cannot be solved simply by applying solutions borrowed from environmentalism in the North. The key to understanding the South’s environmental problems lies in the recognition that structural processes are also a determining influence upon the way natural resources are used. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 162pp Hb: 978-0-415-59295-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83890-7: £65.00
A Theory of Economic Integration for Developing Countries Illustrated by Caribbean Countries Fuat Andic, Suphan Andic and Douglas Dosser First published in 1971, this is a study of the application of the economic theory of integration in developing countries attempts to assess the development of common markets and free trade areas in the contemporary developing world. The book synthesises various revisions of the old theory of the customs union, tackling the process of elaborating an appropriate theory for developing countries. The reissue will be of interest to those concerned with International Trade and Development Economics, as well as those interested in the development of the Caribbean region. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59381-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83857-0: £65.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-59296-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83892-1: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 420pp Hb: 978-0-415-59293-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83891-4: £80.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 273
Indian Economic Policy and Development P. T. Bauer Professor Bauer’s book, first published in 1961, reviews the major elements of contemporary official Indian development policy, considers their economic implications and their probable political and economic results. He then examines alternative approaches to the promotion of development. The development plans, notably the Second Five Year Plan and the official outlines of the Third Plan, receive major attention, but the author also considers other official policies and measures affecting economic development, which do not usually figure prominently in the formal development plans. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-59387-8: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83856-3: £65.00
West African Trade A Study of Competition, Oligopoly and Monopoly in a Changing Economy P. T. Bauer This groundbreaking work from the hugely influential economist P. T. Bauer, first published in 1954 and reissued with a new introduction in 1963, is a thorough and detailed analysis of the findings of the Colonial Economic Research Committee, from their investigation into the structure of West African Trade and especially the monopolistic tendencies inherent within it. Materials for the study were collected and analysed between 1949 and 1952, offering an invaluable insight into dominant features of contemporary West African Economies and an analysis of their implications. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 474pp Hb: 978-0-415-59383-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83855-6: £85.00
Theories of Economic Development and Growth Y.S. Brenner First published in 1966, this work summarises the theories of economic growth, both ancient and modern, and presents them in a form particularly suitable for university students, both in the developing world and elsewhere. The objective is to enable students to assess the major factors making for economic development and to encourage them to think about ways of applying their knowledge to the particular problems of their own countries.
Factors in Economic Development A.K. Cairncross ‘Extremely wide-ranging and refreshingly unparochial’ – The Observer ‘It has the great merit that the difficult, delicate and often highly frustrating impediments to any theory of growth are not assumed out of the way.’ – The Financial Times ‘Cairncross expounds his views on these issues of economic development with a wealth of illustrative material, all of it used with great skill and wisdom.’ – The Guardian First published in 1961, this work is a compendium of essays written by esteemed economist Sir Alexander Cairncross, pertaining to the theme of economic development. A wide cross-section of factors are taken into account in this extensive collection of articles, amongst which are the importance of investment and technical progress; trade; administration and planning; and the role of education. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 348pp Hb: 978-0-415-59357-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83854-9: £80.00
Fiscal Policy in Underdeveloped Countries With Special Reference to India Raja J. Chelliah Originally published in 1960, with a second edition in 1969, this book is of special interest for having been the first systematic attempt to discuss problems of fiscal policy from the point of view of promoting economic growth in underdeveloped countries. It deals mainly with problems of tax policy, and outlines the economic principles by which the structure of taxation in developing economies can be constructed and evaluated. The work made a distinct contribution in the field of Development studies by reorienting the theory of fiscal policy originally developed in the economically advanced countries to the problems, requirements and institutional structure of an underdeveloped, over-populated country with a mixed enterprise system. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 218pp Hb: 978-0-415-59358-8: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83853-2: £65.00
In addition there is a special survey of growth and of limiting factors in the economies of underdeveloped countries, with an important analysis of the economic results of planning in the USSR.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 286pp Hb: 978-0-415-59362-5: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
274 library reference
Black Africa 1945–1980 Economic Decolonization and Economic Development D.K. Fieldhouse In what ways did economic considerations affect the decision by Britain and France to make their Black African colonies independent? Why were early expectations that independence would lead to rapid and sustained economic development in Africa for the most part disappointed? This title, originally published in 1986, seeks to tackle these two important and strongly debated issues. The main aim and value of the book is to take a broad view of this huge subject, pulling together material on most parts of Black Africa south of the Sahara and north of the Limpopo so that the problem can be seen as a whole. It takes account of a wide range of possible and actual factors which have influenced African economic development, weaving them into a single analysis, including the colonial inheritance, the impact of the fluctuating international economy, policies adopted by African governments and indigenous factors such as climate, drought and human resources. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-59361-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83852-5: £70.00
Money and Finance in Africa The Experience of Ghana, Morocco, Nigeria, the Rhodesias and Nyasaland, the Sudan and Tunisia from the establishment of their central banks until 1962 Erin E.J. Fleetwood This reissue, first published in 1964, describes the contemporary problems faced and solutions found by the monetary and financial authorities of six African countries: Ghana, Morocco, Nigeria, the Rhodesias, the Sudan and Tunisia, from the establishment of their central banks until 1962.This study explores the special economic and social factors of these African countries and places emphasis upon the atmosphere of rapid change, growth and development.
See separate Order Form
Essays in Honour of Sir Arthur Lewis Edited by Mark Gersovitz, Johns Hopkins University, USA, Carlos F. Diaz-Alejandro, Gustav Ranis, Yale University, USA and Mark R. Rosenzweig, University of California, Berkley, USA This volume, first published in 1982, is a collection of original essays written to honour Professor W. Arthur Lewis, 1979 co-winner of the Nobel Prize in economics. The authors, an international group of distinguished scholars, address a varied set of specific issues reflecting Professor Lewis’ research interests, covering topics which include: technological change in agriculture, analyses of unemployment and income distribution, the role of government policy in the development process, the historical record of development, and the relationship between developed and developing nations. The book will be of interest to both the academic researcher and practicing professionals in the international organisations and national governments, and are particularly appropriate to graduate courses in economic development, cost-benefit analysis and economic history. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-59367-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83851-8: £80.00
The Role of the International Financial Centres in Underdeveloped Countries Xabier Gorostiaga, Ludovico Alcorta and Vivianne Prochazka This reissue, first published in 1984, presents a study of the key phenomenon of global banking, carried out from special financial centres in underdeveloped countries, which contributed heavily to the contemporary debt crisis. This book gathers together previously disparate and unpublished data to give a detailed picture of the scope and the effects of transnational banking in the new international financial centres which have largely been set up since 1970. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 170pp Hb: 978-0-415-59459-2: £65.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-59571-1: £75.00
The Theory and Experience of Economic Development
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 275
International Finance and Latin America
Federalism and Economic Growth in Underdeveloped Countries
Stephany Griffith-Jones, University of Sussex, UK
Ursula Hicks
This reissue, initially published in 1984, examines the evolution of international financial flows to Latin America since 1945, along with their implications for National Development . The book describes how, in each of the first three decades since the war, a new agency emerged (foreign investors in the 1950s, official aid agencies in the 1960s and multinational banks in the 1970s) which was willing to play a dynamic role in generating new financial flows to the region. The lack of such an agent in the 1980s, combined with a reluctance on the part of former investors to maintain their level of assistance culminated in an economic debt crisis in Latin America which this work seeks to address, asking the crucial question: what measures should be taken – both nationally and internationally – to deal with this critical issue, in a way that will both encourage Latin American Development and avoid a major international financial crisis?
First published in 1961, this reissue is based upon the proceedings of a working party conference held at Exeter in September 1959 and deals with the experiences of older federations, the constraints of the traditional social order, the stark economic needs of the contemporary economic situation, and the political ambitions of the newly-independent countries.
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 132pp Hb: 978-0-415-59386-1: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83850-1: £60.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 186pp Hb: 978-0-415-59595-7: £65.00
Economic Development in the Tropics B.W. Hodder
Finance and Economic Growth in Developing Countries K.L. Gupta First published in 1984, this study analyzes contemporary research into the role of financial development as a means of accelerating the economic growth of developing countries. The author analyses both the ‘financial structuralist’ and ‘financial repressionist’ schools of thought in order to determine both the direction of causality between financial and real growth and the accuracy of the repressionists’ assertion that real interest rates and their stability do matter in the economies of developing countries. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 258pp Hb: 978-0-415-59549-0: £70.00
First published in 1968, the central aim of this work is to examine the major problems of development confronting contemporary tropical countries. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach, the book examines the significance of natural and human resources in development planning in tropical countries; the effects of social and political institutions; the problems of aid and trade; markets and transport; and problems of agriculture and industry. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 274pp Hb: 978-0-415-59550-6: £75.00
Third World Industrialization in the 1980s Open Economies in a Closing World Edited by Raphie Kaplinsky, Open University, UK
Poverty, Progress and Development Edited by Paul-Marc Henry The studies of poverty, progress and development in this volume, first published in 1991, by a distinguished international roster of authors and researchers, aim to increase knowledge of the social mechanisms of pauperization, marginalization, and the exclusion of certain categories of society; to bring to light the potential and creative role of socio-cultural, intellectual, ethical, moral and spiritual values in progress and the development process; and to examine the links and contradictions between development and progress in order to propose ways of reducing social inequalities.
First published in 1984, this work explores the issues surrounding the industrialisation of the Third World at the beginning of the 1980s. The expectation that Newly Industrialising Countries would facilitate industrial growth via an outward-orientated strategy had begun to be the combination of growing recession, growing protectionism and the diffusion of radical microelectronics-related technical change. In addition, the high indebtedness of developing countries made them increasingly dependent on assistance from the IMF and IBRD, whose policies increased the tendency towards de-industrialisation. The papers in this volume explore all of these issues and their implication for LDC industrial strategy in the 1980s. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-59388-5: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83848-8: £60.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 348pp Hb: 978-0-415-59668-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83849-5: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
276 library reference
Economic Development in East Asia
Export Instability and Economic Development
E. Stuart Kirby
Edited by Alasdair Macbean
First published in 1967, this influential study reviews the economic development of fifthteen countries from East Asia in the period between 1945 and 1965. It deals with a wide variety of factors influencing the development of the region, including the influence of foreign governments (both international aid and foreign trade); population development; industrialisation; transport and communication infrastructure; and the impact of economic development upon the population of East Asia.
When this work was first published in 1966, there was much interest in various types of commodity agreements and compensatory financing as methods of reducing the effects of export fluctuations on the economies of developing countries. The book concluded that short term fluctuations in export earnings, though perhaps important for some countries, did not appear to be the general problem that had been assumed. This led to many published and unpublished studies on the issues: some supported, others contradicted the book’s conclusions. The data available now are vastly greater and probably more accurate than pre-1966. However, the work and the issues it raised remain important because most schemes proposed to reduce export instability would be costly and likely to divert resources from uses more obviously aimed at raising economic development in most developing countries.
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59363-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83847-1: £70.00
Industrial Structure and Policy in Less Developed Countries Colin Kirkpatrick, N. Lee and Fred Nixson, University of Manchester, UK First published in 1984, this textbook analyzes, at both aggregate and micro economic levels, the contemporary industrial conditions in Third World countries and relates this to the process of economic growth and structural transformation. Drawing upon both industrial and development economics, the authors offer a comprehensive and integrated treatment of the different levels of industrial analysis in less developed countries, alongside a wealth of comparative data on industrial structure, business concentration and behaviour, and industrial policies in a cross-section of countries in Africa, Asia, the Far East and Latin America. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-59371-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83846-4: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-59390-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83844-0: £80.00
Patterns of Caribbean Development An Interpretive Essay on Economic Change Jay Mandle, Colgate University, USA First published in 1982, this study attempts to put contemporary Caribbean development into historical perspective. By first constructing a Marxist framework for the study of development , Jay Mandle assesses the reasons why the region emerged underdeveloped and evaluates post-world-war two efforts to overcome the legacy of poverty through a strategy of ‘industrialization through invitation.’ Identifying the reasons why a Marxist framework yielded results which were unsatisfactory, the author then explores the requirements which must be met for a more reliable study of the Caribbean’s economic development. Case studies of Cuba, Jamaica, Guyana, Trinidad and Tobago examine the extent to which these requirements have been met.
Rich World, Poor World Geoffrey Lean This reissue, first published in 1978, confronts a whole range of international development issues: hunger, energy, supply, population growth, pollution, the state of the cities, nuclear proliferation. Geoffrey Lean explains the interdependent contemporary crises within developing nations and presents the facts behind them, alongside the practical solutions, new strategies and fresh thinking present in contemporary development thinking.
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 170pp Hb: 978-0-415-59366-3: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83843-3: £65.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-59667-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83845-7: £80.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 277
Persistent Underdevelopment
Trade and Developing Countries
Change and Economic Modernization in the West Indies
Kathryn Morton and Peter Tulloch
Jay R. Mandle, Colgate University, USA
This reissue, initially published in 1977, is an introduction to contemporary trading positions and problems of developing countries. The authors examine the main export options of Third World countries and consider the roles of the key international organisations – GATT, UNCTAD, etc – and those of national governments and foreign investors.
First published in 1996, this insightful and informative text examines the post-emancipation and recent economic history of the Commonwealth Caribbean. Jay R. Mandle offers an explanation of the region’s continuing underdevelopment. Through the use of an analytical framework derived from the works of Marx and Kuznets, the book focuses attention on technological change as the driving force behind economic modernization. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 204pp Hb: 978-0-415-59364-9: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83842-6: £65.00
The Economic and Social Structure of Mauritius James E. Meade First published in 1961, this reissue examines the contemporary economic problems of Mauritius alongside those social problems which have a bearing on economic development. As a small and isolated economy, marked by a very rapid rate of contemporary population growth, by an extreme concentration on a single product, and by a great diversity of racial, religious and linguistic groups within the population, Mauritius is a representative microcosm of the economic problems of a large part of the developing world. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 270pp Hb: 978-0-415-59438-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83841-9: £70.00
Export-Oriented Industrialisation The ASEAN Experience Mohammed Ariff and Hal Hill, Australian National University First published in 1985, this study is a comparative examination of industrialisation and industrial policy from the early 1960s to the early 1980s in the five original member countries of the Association of South-East Asian Nations (ASEAN): namely Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. The work provides an integrated overview of industrial policies and performance in the five countries and forms essential reading for both those with a specialist interest in the ASEAN countries and their economic performance, and for students of industrialisation in developing countries the world over. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59370-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83840-2: £75.00
The authors complete their review with an examination of the way in which numbers of developing countries have tried to diversify their trade relations, particularly by creating Third World trading groups. Contemporary economic difficulties and their impact upon the Third World is also discussed, with the authors displaying a guarded optimism about real changes in world economic relations, citing factors such as the spread of trade among developing countries and the increase processing of raw materials as potential for the wider participation of developing countries in international trade. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-59382-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83839-6: £80.00
Towards Economic Recovery in Sub-Saharan Africa Essays in Honour of Robert Gardiner Edited by James Pickett and Hans Singer First published in 1990, this volume considers the question: is there any hope for economic recovery in Africa? Written by a team of leading development economists, the book takes a close look at the economic decline of Sub-Saharan Africa and provides a set of guidelines for promoting economic recovery. Stressing the need for greater co-operation between African states, the contributors outline the economic and social policies required to put this crisis-torn region back on the road to sustained development. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 292pp Hb: 978-0-415-59375-5: £75.00
Integration, Development and Equity: Economic Integration in West Africa Peter Robson This reissue, first published in 1983, is an authoritative study of economic integration among the states of West Africa, focusing upon the issues and experience of the four main initiatives for regional integration in West Africa, namely the Economic Community of West African States, the Mano River Union, the Communauté Economique de l’Afrique de l’Ouest, and the recent initiative for the establishment of an economic and monetary union between Senegal and the Gambia.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 194pp Hb: 978-0-415-59572-8: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83838-9: £65.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
278 library reference
The Economies of Africa Edited by Peter Robson and D.A. Lury This reissue, first published in 1969 brings together structural and analytical studies of seven single African countries, together with two studies of groups of countries which, although politically separate, have in the past had close economic links. These countries are Algeria, Cameroon, Ghana, Ivory Coast, Liberia, Nigeria and the Sudan. The groups are East Africa, comprising Kenya, Uganda and Tanzania; and Central Africa, comprising Rhodesia, Malawi and Zambia.The countries have been chosen to bring out the main contemporary economic issues arising in the efforts of the independent African States to achieve economic growth. The book will be invaluable to students and practicing economists concerned with Africa and the developing economies generally.
Development Policy in Small Countries Edited by Percy Selwyn First published in 1975, the main emphasis of this reissued collection is on the various aspects of dependence to which small countries as such are subject, and the policy options in the political and economic field which are open to them. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-59666-4: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83834-1: £65.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-59594-0: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83837-2: £90.00
Towards Financial Independence in a Developing Economy
Economic Integration in Africa
R.A. Sowelem
Peter Robson, University of St. Andrews, UK First published in 1968, this reissue is a study of contemporary international economic policy, with particular emphasis upon economic integration as a means of bringing about a faster rate of economic progress and of helping to overcome poverty. Peter Robson’s book is a study of the rationale of common markets and other forms of economic integration among African states and of their operation in practice. The book will be of great value to those concerned with administering or assessing integration schemes in Africa and indeed in less developed areas throughout the world. In addition, it is an important contribution to the field of development economics. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 322pp Hb: 978-0-415-59373-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83836-5: £75.00
An Analysis of the Monetary Experience of the Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland, 1952–1963 First published in 1967, this is a unique study of the establishment of the Bank of Rhodesia and Nyasland – a central bank and Londontype money market in a financially externally dependent economy. The book deals with the adaptation and initiation of financial institutions in a developing country previously completely dependent on external financial centres and externally controlled financial institutions. Dr Sowelem’s authoritative and detailed study provides valuable information on the inter-related questions of central bank control and the development of specialist money markets in developing countries. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 330pp Hb: 978-0-415-59372-4: £75.00
The Wealth of Poor Nations C. Suriyakumaran
Capital Formation and Economic Development
Initially published in 1984, this book considers the contemporary condition of the Third World economy, investigating the structural factors and historical forces, mostly operating in the capitalist world, which underlie the experience of the Third World in the post-war era.
Studies in the Economic Development of India
The book provides a powerful critique of many of the development strategies which have been employed during this period and suggests that the misconceptions inherent within them have done much to damage North-South relations in recent years, particularly the failure to relate analytically the so-called social factors to economic growth and productivity.
First published in 1964, this series of studies, compiled by the India team of Centre of International Studies at MIT, represents an important contribution to methods in planning for development, which will be of relevance to all those working in the field, irrespective of country. The results are demonstrated on examples taken from the Third Five-Year Plan and from some of the papers which underlay it.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 162pp Hb: 978-0-415-59389-2: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83835-8: £65.00
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 342pp Hb: 978-0-415-59374-8: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Edited by P.N. Rosenstein-Rodan
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 279
Growing-Up Modern
The Rural World
The Western State Builds Third-World Schools
Education and Development
Bruce Fuller
Louis Malassis
The modern state – First and Third worlds alike – pushes tirelessly to expand mass education and to deepen the schools’ effect upon children. First published in 1991, Growing-Up Modern explores why, how, and with what actual effects state actors so vehemently pursue this dual political agenda.
First published in 1976, this book examines the issue of rural education, an all-important problem for the less developed countries in the world. Louis Malassis proposes that all citizens should be made aware of the role of agriculture in the economy and that, instead of placing rural education in a special category, education should be related to the rural world.
Bruce Fuller first delves into the motivations held by politicians, education bureaucrats and civic elites as they earnestly seek to spread schooling to younger children, older adults and previously disenfranchised groups. Fuller argues that the school provides an institutional stage on which political actors signal their ideals and the coming of greater modernity; broadening membership in the polity, promising mass opportunity in the wage sector, intensifying modern (bureaucratic) forms of school management, and deepening a presumed commitment to the child’s individual development. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 194pp Hb: 978-0-415-59495-0: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83751-1: £65.00
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 130pp Hb: 978-0-415-59493-6: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83748-1: £60.00
Distance Teaching for the Third World The Lion and the Clockwork Mouse Michael Young, Hilary Perraton, Janet Jenkins and Tony Dodds
Education and Development in Latin America Laurence Gale First published in 1969, this volume presents a survey of the contemporary national education system in Latin American countries. Laurence Gale describes the uneven provision of schools for different sections of the community and the problems which arise with the racial, cultural and geographical difficulties. He examines the main features in education throughout Latin America, areas of co-operation and agreement and differences of policy and provision. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 194pp Hb: 978-0-415-59461-5: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83750-4: £65.00
This reissue, first published in 1980, is based on the experiences of the International Extension College in developing distance teaching. The volume begins by reviewing the world problems of educational quality and quantity, and then examines the ways in which print, broadcasts and group study have been used to train teachers, to improve classroom education, to teach by correspondence out of school, and to support rural development. It then considers how that experience can be used, perhaps by creating a network of radio colleges, to supplement and extend existing schools and colleges. Finally, the book includes a descriptive and annotated bibliography of over 100 distance teaching projects in 65 third world countries. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 262pp Hb: 978-0-415-59492-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83747-4: £70.00
Education and Development
Planning and Development in Education
Edited by Roger M. Garrett
African Perspectives
First published in 1984, this collection represents the combined contributions to an international conference held at the University of Bristol in April 1983. In assessing the complex relationship between education and development, it covers a wide range of countries in its appraisal and presents pictures both of optimism and pessimism. All, however, encourage the reader to re-examine long-held beliefs, and presents a new starting point for fresh discussion of this vital subject.
J.S.C. Musaazi
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 286pp Hb: 978-0-415-59494-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83749-8: £75.00
This reissue, first published in 1986, offers a comprehensive treatment of educational development in four countries in West and East Africa: Nigeria, Uganda, Kenya and Tanzania. The author focuses on the role of education in promoting or hindering national development; the way the educational system varies in response to societal and dialectical forces; the place of education in major theories of change and development; and the contribution made by education to economic, social and political development. Clearly and concisely written, the book will be of interest to teachers, administrators, educational planners and scholars in comparative education and the history of education.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 394pp Hb: 978-0-415-59609-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83746-7: £80.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
280 library reference
Education in the Third World Keith Watson This reissue examines the crucial question of how the education systems of Third World countries continue to be influenced by the former colonial powers, arguing that decisions and views made early in the twentieth century cannot always be so readily condemned from the standpoint of the 1980s. The study begins by placing the problem in its historical context and goes on to examine different regions of the Third World influenced by colonialism. It concludes with a contemporary global overview of current colonial dependency and provides a detailed and comprehensive bibliography on different facets of education and colonialism. Routledge «Market: Education November 2010: 234x156: 254pp Hb: 978-0-415-59460-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83745-0: £70.00
Urbanisation in the Developing World Edited by David Drakakis-Smith First published in 1986, this reissue is concerned with the increased social problems, regional imbalances, and economic dislocation resulting from the alarming growth rate of cities in the developing world. It considers theoretical questions and contains wide-ranging case studies to support the arguments made. It relates urbanisation in the developing world to changes in the broader global economic system, as well as looking at the urbanisation process over time. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-59497-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83683-5: £70.00
Urbanisation, Housing and the Development Process David Drakakis-Smith Initially published in 1981, this book examines the problems of housing provision for the urban poor in developing countries, within the context of the development process as a whole. The investigation concentrates on the political economy of housing investment and illustrates how programmes and policies are often determined by broader development issues.
The Geography of Underdevelopment A Critical Survey Dean Forbes, Flinders University, Adelaide, Australia First published in 1984, this title discusses the emergence of both the orthodox and political economy based approaches to underdevelopment in geography , critically assessing their strengths and weaknesses, and showing the relationship between intellectual developments and changing material conditions. The work is primarily concerned with theories, though it does contain much empirical material drawn from throughout the Third World. The book examines the emergence of theories of development historically and considers the various contemporary theoretical ‘schools’, both Marxist and non-Marxist. It goes on to consider four aspects of development which are of particular interest to geographers, namely the world economy, regional imbalances, the human-nature theme and the analysis of urban space, and concludes by suggesting some directions for future research. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-59505-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83681-1: £70.00
Seaports and Development The Experience of Kenya and Tanzania B.S. Hoyle This book, originally published in 1983, demonstrates the importance of seaports in the growth of less-developed countries. The author focuses on the character of port activity within the context of transport systems and regional economic planning. General principles of port development are illustrated by detailed reference to one Third World port group, that of the Indian Ocean coasts of Kenya and Tanzania. The objective is not merely to illustrate the character of one specific group of ports, but to demonstrate methods of analysis and to underline the crucial role of ports in the development process. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 274pp Hb: 978-0-415-59502-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83680-4: £70.00
Commencing with a discussion of urban growth in the Third World, the author then provides a general discussion on housing provision within contemporary development planning in the Third World. Four main types of accommodation – government construction, private sector, squatter housing and slum – are examined in terms of their contemporary and potential roles in meeting low cost housing needs.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 250pp Hb: 978-0-415-59499-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83682-8: £70.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 281
Underdevelopment and Development in Brazil: Volume I
Circulation in Third World Countries
Economic Structure and Change, 1822–1947
Edited by R. Mansell Prothero and Murray Chapman
Nathaniel H. Leff
Circulation is common in Third World countries and involves reciprocal flows of people, goods and ideas. The essays in this volume, first published in1985, discuss concepts associated with circulation in its various forms, and they present empirical evidence based on field work from holistic, ecological, social, and economic points of view.
First published in 1982, this work offers an analysis Brazil’s longterm economic history and development, spanning the period from independence to post-war industrial growth. The book focuses upon the classic problem of why Brazil failed to develop economically during the nineteenth century in a manner similar to the United States and other regions of recent settlement. This volume discusses in detail the principle features of Brazil’s economic landscape between 1822 and 1947, containing special coverage of topics such as slavery and the elastic supply of low cost labour from overseas; the inelastic supply of domestic output; the critical importance of the domestic agricultural sector and the lack of low-cost transportation; the reasons for the failure of international trade to act as an engine for generalized economic development; and the central features of Brazilian development and industrialisation in the first half of the twentieth century.
Contributions from Latin America, the Caribbean, Africa, Asia and the Pacific come from an international group of authors representing a variety of disciplines in the social sciences. All who are concerned with social and economic development need to recognise the importance of circulation at all levels of society and polity. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 494pp Hb: 978-0-415-59496-7: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83678-1: £90.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 268pp Hb: 978-0-415-59507-0: £70.00
Development and Planning
Underdevelopment and Development in Brazil: Volume II
First published in 1972, this is a book of essays offered in honour of Paul Rosenstein-Rodan, the distinguished economist whose career started in mid-1920s Vienna and subsequently spanned Europe, Britain, the USA and many of the less developed countries of the world.The book includes reviews of past developments, chapters on development trade and value theory, an assessment of contemporary emerging economic patterns, development and trade policy, and investment policy. Further essays cover the intellectual history of development economics, general aspects of growth and economic policy in underdeveloped countries and the problems of income distribution and sectoral and regional development.
Essays in Honour of Paul Rosenstein Rodan
Reassessing the Obstacles to Economic Development Nathaniel H. Leff First published in 1982, this work builds on the detailed economic history of Brazil in its companion volume: ‘Economic Structure and Change, 1822–1947’, assessing and challenging the established interpretations. The book covers in depth the causes of the Northeast’s poor economic experience and the emergence of significant regional inequality in Brazil’s development. In his analysis of the role of Government in Brazil’s economic development, the author offers a fresh perspective on the importance of public finance constraints and on the tensions between centralisation and federalism. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 156pp Hb: 978-0-415-59508-7: £65.00
Edited by Jagdish Bhagwati, Columbia University, USA and Richard Eckhaus, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 346pp Hb: 978-0-415-59612-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83621-7: £75.00
The Geography of the Third World Progress and Prospect Michael Pacione First published in 1988, this reissue presents a comprehensive overview of contemporary developments and research into the geography of the Third World, at a time when economies and societies there were changing at a much more rapid rate than their counterparts in the developing world. It covers the topic both systematically and by region, showing how the unique background of each region affects developments there.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-59610-7: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83679-8: £90.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
282 library reference
Economic Planning and Social Justice in Third World Countries
Rural Planning in Developing Countries
Ozay Mehmet, Carleton University, Canada
Report on the Second Rehovoth Conference Israel, August 1963
First published in 1978, this book assess the impact post-war strategies of Gross National Product maximation upon the development of LDCs, arguing that development in LDCs cannot proceed in a sequential path – with income growth first first and distribution after. The author posits the need for a more egalitarian development strategy and decentralised economic planning, responsive to the needs of rural communities. The book is divided into three parts. Part 1. is devoted to a critical review of post-war growth and planning strategies; Part 2., based upon five case studies of Malaysia, Liberia, Pakistan, Brazil and Uganda, explores the influence of elites on economic planning and policy; and Part 3. offers elements of an egalitarian development planning. The book concludes with a brief summary on egalitarian planning as a non-violent revolution.
Edited by Raanan Weitz First published in 1985, this book reconsiders the whole question of urbanisation and planning in the Third World. It argues that public involvement, which is now an accepted part of Western planning, should be used more in Third World cities. It shows that many inhabitants of Third World cities are migrants from rural areas and have very definite ideas about what the function of the city should be and what it ought to offer; and it goes on to argue that therefore a planning process which involves more public participation would better serve local needs and would do much more to solve problems than the contemporary approach.
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 284pp Hb: 978-0-415-59611-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83625-5: £70.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 454pp Hb: 978-0-415-59675-6: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83620-0: £85.00
Planning African Development
Political Change in the Third World
Edited by Glen Norcliffe and Tom Pinfold First published in 1981, this book concerns specifically the Kenyan experience with regards to development planning but, given that the problems of hunger poverty and underdevelopment manifest themselves in slightly different forms across all African countries, this book has considerable relevance to development planning across the African continent.The first set of essays in this collection address the question of development which is undoubtedly Africa’s highest development priority. The second grouping of essays considers issues in project planning and asks questions concerning cost, method, outcome and evaluation of various projects in Kenya
Charles Andrain In this informative and highly readable book, first published in 1988, Charles Andrain explores the ways in which public policies and socio-political beliefs and structures cause political change in the Third World. The author examines three types of political change: (1) transitions in political leaders and their policies, (2) fundamental transformations in political structures, policy priorities, and political strategies for dealing with policy issues; and (3) the impact of economic, education, and health care policies on the society itself (including changes in unemployment, inflation, economic growth, literacy and birth and death rates).
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 204pp Hb: 978-0-415-59633-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83623-1: £65.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 306pp Hb: 978-0-415-60129-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83578-4: £75.00
Urbanisation and Planning in the Third World
America and the Third World
Robert Potter First published in 1985, this book reconsiders the whole question of urbanisation and planning in the Third World. It argues that public involvement, which is now an accepted part of Western planning, should be used more in Third World cities. It shows that many inhabitants of Third World cities are migrants from rural areas and have very definite ideas about what the function of the city should be and what it ought to offer; and it goes on to argue that therefore a planning process which involves more public participation would better serve local needs and would do much more to solve problems than the contemporary approach.
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 308pp Hb: 978-0-415-59672-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83622-4: £75.00
See separate Order Form
John Girling John Girling’s book, first published in 1980, investigates the relationship between America and the Third World, centring on three main themes: the nature of American involvement in the Third World, the challenge posed by the rival Super-Power; and the Changes both in US-Soviet relations (from containment to détente) and in the Third World. Three propositions are put forward: that the overriding interest of American foreign policy maker is in the stability of the global system of relationships; that this interest coincides with most Third World élites; and that the global system normally operates peacefully, although continually subject to internal and external challenges. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 290pp Hb: 978-0-415-60130-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83577-7: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Spatial Perceptions and Public Participation
Revolution and Intervention
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 283
Richard Hodder-Williams This wide-ranging and informative introduction to politics in tropical Africa, first published in 1984, is essential reading to students, businessmen, government officials and economic advisers alike. Situating the contemporary scene firmly in its historical context, which stresses both pre-colonial and colonial heritages, he emphasizes how politicians are constrained by the past, the physical environment and the world’s economy, yet still retain freedom of choice on a wide range of issues. The book is thematically organised and provides both an overview of the general similarities of the continent and also enough detail to flesh out the realities of tribalism and corruption, as well as illustrating the variations that inevitably occur in a continent of sovereign states. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-60131-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83576-0: £75.00
Ideology and Social Change in Latin America Edited by June Nash, Juan Corradi and Hobart Spalding First published in 1977, this reissue contains original articles by contemporary leading scholars in the field Latin American politics on a range of topics including: working class organisation, populism and US labour imperialism. It will be of interest to anthropologists, students of political science and specialists in Latin American studies. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 314pp Hb: 978-0-415-60132-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83575-3: £75.00
The Afro-Asian States and their Problems K.M. Panikkar This reissue of Sandar Panikkar’s 1959 book is based upon a series of lectures given at the Institut d’Etude de Development Economique et Social, which spotlights the problems faced by the multitude of African and Asian states which achieved independence between 1945 and 1957. From Asia, the author discusses the plight of India, Pakistan, Burma, Indonesia, Ceylon, Vietnam, Cambodia, laos, Syria and Lebanon whilst in Africa he assesses the independence of the Sudan, Tunisia, Morroco and Ghana. The problems faced by these countries have many similarities, not least the need to develop systems of political organisation, administrative services necessary for a modern government and the need to completely reorganise their economy.
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 104pp Hb: 978-0-415-60141-2: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83574-6: £60.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Africa and Europe From Partition to Independence or Dependence? Edited by Amadu Sesay It is now over 100 years since the Berlin Conference of 1884 which started the ‘Scramble for Africa’ whereby the various European powers carved up the African Continent between themselves. During the last century the relationship between Africa and Europe has changed dramatically – from a colonial to a post-colonial relationship, with, more recently, new patterns emerging as the Communist bloc has developed increasingly strong links with some countries and as the EEC as an institution has got more involved. First published in 1986, this book explores how the relationship between Africa and Europe has changed over the last hundred years, assesses the current state of relations and discusses how the relationship may develop in the future. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-60144-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83573-9: £70.00
Corruption in Developing Countries Ronald Wraith and Edgar Simpkins First published in 1963, this study of corruption in the developing countries of Africa takes as its point of comparison Britain, pre-1880, as the authors question whether Britain’s experience in overcoming corruption can throw any light the means of overcoming corruption in contemporary developing countries. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 212pp Hb: 978-0-415-60145-0: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83572-2: £65.00
Conflict Intervention in the Third World Edited by Mohammed Ayoob First published in 1980, this volume brings together seven case studies of regional conflicts in the Third World and great, particularly super, power involvement in those conflicts. While a number of factors relating to the origins and course of such conflicts and great power motivations are bound to be unique to each conflict, the book illustrates that there are certain common denominators, both in terms of regional conflicts per se and great power involvements in them. The book contains considerable material for further argument and deals with many of the most important and complicated aspects of contemporary international relations. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-60179-5: £75.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
An Introduction to the Politics of Tropical Africa
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
284 library reference
Regional Security in the Third World
Social Policy in Developing Countries
Case Studies from Southeast Asia and the Middle East
Arthur Livingstone
Edited by Mohammed Ayoob
This reissue, first published in 1969, is a study of contemporary social policy in developing countries, which places the emphasis upon the human needs and requirements for social change which confront any people and any government, wherever their political and international affiliations lie, whatever their economic and social convictions may be.
This reissue, first published in 1986, argues that there is a radical difference between the use of the term ‘Regional Security’ when applied to the Third World rather than the developed world. It explores the concept of regional security and shows how items which make for regional security in the developed world – such as strong cohesive states or the linking of a state’s security to the international security system – are absent in the Third World. It goes on to analyse these arguments in relation to a series of case studies from the Middle East and South-East Asia, arguing that security in Third World states often means security for the prevailing regime, which is often narrowly based, and which sees clinging to power as its main objective. It concludes by examining organisations such as the ASEAN and the Arab League which were set up to strengthen regional security and attempts to assess the successes and failures of these organisations. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-60180-1: £75.00
The Third World in Soviet Military Thought Mark Katz First published in 1982, this study traces the development of Soviet military thinking on the Third World and assesses its importance for the conduct of Soviet foreign policy. Changes in Soviet military thought often reflect changes in Soviet attitudes towards and expectations from involvement in Third World conflicts. This work from Dr. Katz meditates upon the changing role of the USSR in postwar Third World conflicts, with particular emphasis upon the Brezhnev era and the way in which US setbacks in the Third World impacted upon Soviet foreign policy and changing attitudes to the Third World. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 190pp Hb: 978-0-415-60183-2: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83564-7: £65.00
Military Regimes and Development A Comparative Analysis in African Societies Olatunde Odetola First published in 1982, this book aims to examine the role that ruling military governments have played in African development. Dr Odetola discusses military organisational values and skills in modernisation and argues that the evocation and application of these values and skills depends on the character of the leadership of individual ruling juntas, their degree of professional training, proximity to civilian society and so on. He also investigates the relationship between the ruling military and existing social classes.
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 130pp Hb: 978-0-415-60185-6: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83552-4: £60.00
A Third World Proletariat? Peter C. Lloyd This reissue, first published in 1982, is concerned with the rapid contemporary metropolitan development in the Third World, at a time when manufacturing and public service sectors were expending at a terrific rate. Nevertheless, the phenomenal growth of the metropolitan cities brings with it an increase in social equalities, such that two thirds of the population of these cities may be described as the ‘urban poor’. This book concerns itself with the question: Can we describe these urban poor as a ‘proletariat’, or are such Western class terms totally inappropriate to the development of the Third World? Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 140pp Hb: 978-0-415-60186-3: £60.00
Power and Independence Urban Africans’ Perception of Social Inequality Peter C. Lloyd First published in 1974, this study, by a social anthropologist who has lived, taught and researched in Nigeria, explores how the Yoruba of Nigeria living in Ibadan and Lagos perceive the society in which they live. Their views on stratification and social inequality in particular are related to traditional Yoruba concepts and to their experiences in education, migration and present social and occupational relationships. It is shown that, in general, these recent migrants and city dwellers see their society as open; they emphasise achievement rather than class opposition. Recent protest – industrial strikes in Lagos, the Agbekoya peasant rebellion in Ibadan – are assessed in the light of these attitudes. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 266pp Hb: 978-0-415-60190-0: £70.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-60184-9: £65.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 285
Proletarianisation in the Third World
Poverty, Class and Gender in Rural Africa
Studies in the Creation of a Labour Force Under Dependent Capitalism
A Tanzanian Case Study
Edited by Barry Munslow and Henry Finch First published in 1984, this collection of twelve case studies examines the emergence of a free wage-labour force in all regions of the third world. Although the struggle and conflict through which the proletariat has achieved a degree off class consciousness is not neglected, the more dominant theme is that of the process and techniques which have created a working class on the capitalist periphery.
Focussing on a Fieldwork study of the West Usambaras in Tanzania, this study, first published in 1990, deals with processes of class formation and capitalist accumulation, and the dynamics of rural poverty and gender relations. Arguing that rural differentiation is systematically reinforced by the socialist state, the authors offer a critique of government intervention and discuss alternative, more effective forms of policy.
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 334pp Hb: 978-0-415-60192-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83551-7: £75.00
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-60195-5: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83548-7: £65.00
Beyond the Sociology of Development
The Development of Capitalism in Africa
Economy and Society in Latin America and Africa Edited by Ivar Oxaal, Tony Barnett and David Booth Conceived as a response to the economic naïvety and implicit metropolitan bias of many 1950s and 60s studies of ‘the sociology of development’ , this volume, first published in 1975, provides actual field studies and theoretical reviews to indicate the directions which a conceptually more adequate study of developing societies should take. Much of the book reflects strongly the influence of Andre Gunder Frank, but the contributors adopt a critical attitude to his ideas, applying them in empirical situations within such African and American countries as Kenya, Guyana, Tanzania and Peru. Others pursue the lines of enquiry opened up by Latin American theories of economic ‘dependency’ and by the new school of French economic anthropology. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 310pp Hb: 978-0-415-60193-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83550-0: £75.00
Urban Social Movements in the Third World Edited by Frans Schuurman and Ton Van Naerssen, Radboud Nijmegen University, the Netherlands This reissue, initially published in 1989, considers the upsurge of locally-based movements attempting to improve living conditions in Third-World cities throughout the 1980s. The book presents qualitative, comparative research on the dynamics and constraints of these urban social movements, in a cross-cultural framework, using case studies from a variety of Latin American, African and Asian countries.
John Sender and Sheila Smith
John Sender and Sheila Smith ‘Sender and Smith have provided much to argue about and their book can be recommended as a lively treatment of its subject and not least for its caustic rebukes to the faint-hearted. Anyone wearied by the writings of neo-Marxists, dependency theorists and populists on Africa can find relief here.’ – Times Higher Education Supplement First published in 1986, this work challenges underdevelopment analyses of Africa’s past experiences and future prospects, and builds upon a very wide range of recent historical research to argue that the impact of Capitalism has resulted in economic progress and significant improvements in living standards. In marked contrast to the dependency approach, they propose that the important political and economic differences between the experiences of developing countries should be stressed and analysed. The argument is supported by a detailed look at the emergence since 1900 of capitalist social relations of production in nine different countries. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60196-2: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83547-0: £65.00
Assembling for Development The Maquila Industry in Mexico and the United States Leslie Sklair
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-60197-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83546-3: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 234pp Hb: 978-0-415-60194-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83549-4: £70.00
çè
As more democratic-type regimes establish themselves in the Third World, the possibilities for collective organisations and actions increase. Urban social movements therefore are playing an increasingly important role in the habitat of the poor.
First published in 1989, this book focuses upon the phenomenon of export-led industrialisation fuelled by foreign investment and technology. He concentrates on Mexico, where US companies have been taking advantage of inexpensive labour to establish ‘maquilla’ factories that assemble US parts for export. Through this detailed study of the maquilla industry, Sklair charts the progress from the political imperialism of colonial days to the economic imperialism of today.
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
286 library reference
Interdependent Development Harold Brookfield Rather than being a book about ‘development’ per se, this work, first published in 1975, is instead a book about ideas about development, designed for those drawn by a concern over social injustice into the development field. In a selective review of theory, which gives particular emphasis to the spatial dimension in Western, Marxist and neo-Marxist thought, Harold Brookfield traces the evolution of ideas about world inequality and the problem of development from the days before the ‘underdeveloped countries’ were considered to be a major problem, through the years dominated by ‘economic growth’, to the more searching approaches of the contemporary era. The central argument of the book is that development is a ‘totality’, which cannot properly be understood by separation into parts. The ‘developed’ and ‘underdeveloped’ countries constitute one interdependent system, and change in one cannot be understood without consideration of the other. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 250pp Hb: 978-0-415-60203-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83545-6: £70.00
Initially published in 1987, this work deals with crucial aspects of development, including disparities in global patterns of production and consumption. John Cole examines the exhaustion of nonrenewable resources and the destruction of the natural environment and, on the potentially positive side, the effects of international transactions both in the form of development aid and trade. Rather than offering clear and definite answers – of which there are none – the book is designed rather to serve as a basis for discussion and to provide guidelines to the further study of specific aspects of global development.
©
Viewing underdevelopment as a problem in the non-transformation to capitalism, this analysis is in terms of the character of the dominant capital and of the dominant classes. Underdevelopment thus encompasses the ‘traditional’ peasant economy and also the export sector where the ‘modernizing’ influence of colonialism was felt. The book finally considers how the contemporary internationalization of capital affected the economies of the Third World. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-60205-1: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83542-5: £110.00
Upon its publication in 1989, this was the first systematic and comprehensive analysis of the Latin American School of Development and an invaluable guide to the major Third World contribution to development theory. The four major strands in the work of Latin American Theorists are: structuralism, internal colonialism, marginality and dependency. Exploring all four in detail, and the interconnections between them, Cristóbal Kay highlights the developed world’s over-reliance on, and partial knowledge of, dependency theory in its approach to development issues, and analyzes the first major challenges to neo-classical and modernisation theories from the Third World. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 316pp Hb: 978-0-415-60206-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83541-8: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
John P. Cole
See separate Order Form
First published in 1982, this reissue deals with the theory of underdevelopment, as Dr. de Silva attempts a synthesis between the internal and external aspects of underdevelopment and, in the Marxist tradition, focuses on the impact of the external on the internal as the dominant reality.
Cristóbal Kay, Institute of Social Studies, the Netherlands
A Profile of the Third World
order now!
S.B.D. de Silva
Latin American Theories of Development and Underdevelopment
Development and Underdevelopment
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 114pp Hb: 978-0-415-60204-4: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83543-2: £60.00
The Political Economy of Underdevelopment
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 287
Development and Underdevelopment in Historical Perspective Populism, Nationalism and Industrialisation Gavin Kitching ‘This is an excellent book. It is very clearly written; students can and should read it. Perhaps its greatest virtue is to extend the range (both in time and conceptually) of what is to count as development theory, well beyond the narrow economistic concerns of both mainstream and much Marxist writing.’ – Journal of Development Studies How do the intellectual origins and historical background of western and other theories of development affect their relevance to contemporary Third-World conditions? This is the central question behind Gavin Kitching’s examination of ‘development studies’, first published in 1982, from its origins in the late 1940s through to the contemporary era. While presenting the contemporary ‘radical orthodoxy’ of development studies, Kitching argues that these theories are continuations of much older traditions of populist and neo-populist thought. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60207-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83540-1: £70.00
A New Concept of Development Basic Tenets François Perroux First published in 1983, François Perroux’s A New Concept of Development analyses the major paradox of our era: the desire for progress and the mistrust of its consequences. The authors argues that the approach to the question of development may be the key to understanding both the present and what the future brings, representing a pattern which will seek to shape man’s potential to his designs. By analyzing the ideas and theories propounded by the economic approach the author’s aim is to clarify both the meaning and direction of research in development. A scientific, oriented economy and efficient strategies should and must be the two components of one and the same momentum, required to go beyond the perilous paradox of our era. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 220pp Hb: 978-0-415-60210-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83538-8: £70.00
Socialism and Underdevelopment Ken Post and Philip Wright
Development Theory Four Critical Studies Edited by David Lehmann The studies in this book, first published in 1979, offer an all-encompassing contemporary critique of the sociology, politics and economics of development as they are ‘conventionally’ taught and disseminated. They also seek to outline the beginnings of a new approach, while not sparing from criticism the simplistic of contemporary radical theories. The reissue will prove of significant interest to the teaching of development studies at both undergraduate and post-graduate levels.
In this book, first published in 1989, Ken Post and Phil Wright provide a critical analysis of socialist construction in underdeveloped countries. Pointing out that all the socialist revolutions of the twentieth century have occurred in underdeveloped peripheral capitalist countries, they focus on the relationship between socialism and underdevelopment. They bring together the insights of both development theory and the political economy of socialism, and draw upon their direct experience of the state socialist societies as diverse as North Korea, Yugoslavia, Vietnam, and the Soviet Union. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-60214-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83537-1: £70.00
Theories of Development
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 116pp Hb: 978-0-415-60208-2: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83539-5: £60.00
Peter Preston Dr Preston’s book, first published in 1982, presents a critical history of development studies since the Second World War, linking the recent, neo-Marxist, debate with the whole tradition in the field, going back to the work of economists like Arthur Lewis. He identifies a series of ‘schools’ and evaluates their contribution, supplying in each case a careful analysis, informed by the sociology of knowledge, of the work of its leading theorists. His final assessment draws on the critical theory of Habermas, arguing that social theorising is essentially practical; a matter of the construction, criticism and comparative ranking of ideologies, and that theorists should therefore consider what it makes sense for them to do or say, given their circumstances and the problems they address.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-60215-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83536-4: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
288 library reference
New Trends in Development Theory
The Origins of Economic Inequality Between Nations
Essays in Development and Social Theory
A Critique of Western Theories on Development and Underdevelopment
Peter Preston The theme of this work, first published in 1985, is the exchange between issues of development and problems of social theory. They provide preliminary analysis of the multiplicity of social-theoretic arguments in development theory and their implications for social theory in general. The book will be of interest to all those interested in the contemporary ‘restructuring’ of social theory and to theorists of development who are rethinking their concerns in a period of pessimism and doubt. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-60216-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83535-7: £70.00
Rethinking Development Essays on Development and Southeast Asia Peter Preston First published in 1987, this volume stresses the importance of development studies for sociology, as P. W. Preston argues that this field of study is emerging from the technical social scientific ghetto back into the mainstream of the ‘classical tradition’ of social theorizing, represented by Marx, Weber and Durkheim. Preston discusses the position of development studies in relation to the wider group of the social sciences in general and to sociology in particular. Using examples mainly from the study of Southeast Asia, he looks at the diversity of available ‘modes of social theoretic engagement’ and considers the work of the colonial administrator scholar, the humanist academic scholar, and the scholar who theorises on behalf of the planners, discusses the mode of political writing, and Marxian analyses of development; and considers the particular problems surrounding the elites of post-colonial ‘nation states’. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-60217-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83534-0: £75.00
Carlos Ramirez-Faria First published in 1991 this text provides an incisive analysis of theories concerning the origins of economic inequality between nations. Central to the author’s investigation is the concept of underdevelopment, and a focus on successive Western ‘systems of conceptualisation’ of the relationship between the west and the rest of the world. The first part of the book concerns the Marx/Engels theory of the Asiatic mode of production, and the anti-Imperialist reaction against Eurocentrisim initiated by the theoretical synthesis of J. A. Hobson. This is followed by an examination of the postWorld War II era, particularly the evolution of development studies and the differing versions of dependency theory. The author concludes with an analysis of the most recent reactions against economic imperialism and dependency theory, and concludes with an assessment of their implications for the further economic development of today’s Third World. Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 334pp Hb: 978-0-415-60219-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83533-3: £75.00
The Sociology and Politics of Development A Theoretical Study Baidya Nath Varma Originally published in 1980, this work answers the crucial question of how social change should be guided in the developing countries. Professor Varma begins by posing the problems of the general scope of modernization and the general criteria used in the modernization process. He examines carefully some of the models that have been used for this purpose in the past, providing extensive summaries of the views on modernization of theorists in various social science disciplines, including sociology, politics, economics, and anthropology, and stresses the importance of these views in guiding policy decisions. The book concludes with a comparison of the development processes of the United States, the Soviet Union, China, Japan and India.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics November 2010: 234x156: 238pp Hb: 978-0-415-60220-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83532-6: £70.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
library reference 289
Taylor & Francis eBooks for libraries We have over 22,000 eBook titles across all of the subjects covered in this catalogue available for subscription or outright purchase. Choose one of our pre-selected subject packages or create your own by choosing your favourite titles from our complete range. To help you choose we have divided our range by subject into 30 eCollections. We also have great value eBest-Seller, eFocus and Archive and Subscription packages.
For more information visit: www.ebooksubscriptions.com. No obligation 30 day free trials are available for libraries and institutions.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
To order a free trial, for pricing information or to subscribe, email reference@routledge.com quoting ref: OND10
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
290 late entries
Being Brahmin, Being Modern Exploring the Lives of Caste Today Ramesh Bairy This book is a study of caste in contemporary India centred around a sociological reading of Brahmins in Karnataka. Pushing beyond older binaries like legitimation – contestation and dominance – resistance it suggests new registers of inquiry to understand the multivalent worlds of caste today.
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58576-7: £65.00
Cases in Public Relations Management Patricia Swann, Utica College, USA Developed for advanced students in public relations, Cases in Public Relations Management uses recent cases in public relations that had outcomes varying from expected to unsuccessful. The text challenges students to think analytically, strategically, and practically. Each case is based on real events, and is designed to encourage discussion, debate, and exploration of the options available to today’s strategic public relations manager.
Routledge «Market: Public Relations October 2010: 235x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-87892-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87893-7: £38.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85136-4: £85.00
new in paperback
Advances in Applied Sport Psychology
Climate Conflict How Global Warming Threatens Security and What to Do About It
Edited by Stephen Mellalieu, Swansea University, UK and Sheldon Hanton, University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK Advances in Applied Sport Psychology aims to bridge the gap between research and practice in contemporary sport psychology. The book draws together reviews of cutting edge research in key areas of applied sport psychology, assesses the implications of this research for current practice, and explores future avenues of research within each thematic area.
order now!
©
Selected Contents: Part I. Basic Psychological Skills for Sport 1. Imagery 2. Goal Setting 3. Self-talk 4. Stress management 5. Team Building Part II. Advanced Psychological Skills for Sport 6. Confidence building 7. Concentration and Attention Control 8. Emotion Regulation 9. Mental Toughness Routledge «Market: Sport Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-57702-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88707-3: £90.00
See separate Order Form
Jeffrey Mazo Series: Adelphi series This Adelphi explores how cultures have met the climate challenge and provides lessons for how the modern world can handle the new security threats posed by unprecedented global warming.
Routledge «Market: Conflict Studies October 2010: 234x156: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-59118-8: £9.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
A Review
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
late entries 291
Creation and Evolution Lenn E. Goodman, Vanderbilt University, USA Can religion survive Darwinism? Do scientists entering the lab or heading for the field have to bracket, or reject outright, all religious commitments and convictions? Trenchantly laying out the evidence for natural selection and carefully following and underscoring the themes and theses of Genesis, L.E. Goodman traces the historical and conceptual backgrounds of today’s evolution controversies, revealing the deep complementarities of religion and the life sciences. Solidly researched and replete with scientific case studies, vignettes from intellectual history, and thoughtful argument, Creation and Evolution forthrightly exposes the strengths and weaknesses of today’s polarized battle camps. Religious and scientific fundamentalisms, Goodman shows, obscure the real biblical message and distort the deepest insights and richest findings of Darwinian science. Routledge «Market: Religion / Science October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-91380-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-91381-2: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85785-4: £70.00
The Making of a Modern Indian Artist-Craftsman Devi Prasad Naman P. Ahuja, Indian Art and Architecture, School of Arts and Aesthetics, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi This book is a biographical and critical insight into the work of the potter, painter and photographer Devi Prasad. It concerns itself with contextualising his work in the history of Indian studio pottery, the specific nature of the intellectual history of the craft and art divide which is related to a wider divide on traditional art practice and modernism, within the history of modern Indian education and pacifism.
Routledge India October 2010: 246x174: Hb: 978-0-415-60229-7: £65.00
2nd Edition
Constantine and the Christian Empire
Education and Society in a Changing Mizoram
Charles M. Odahl, Boise State University, Idaho, USA
The Practice of Pedagogy
Series: Roman Imperial Biographies
Lakshmi Bhatia
Extensively illustrated and fully documented, this has been a landmark publication in Roman imperial, early Christian, and Byzantine history. A genealogy chart, additional illustrations, an expanded final chapter, and updated notes and bibliography in this new edition allow this book to remain the standard account of the subject for years to come.
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
This book is an ethnographic study in cultural politics that aims to analyse the geopolitically significant Mizo society in transition through the lens of education. It focuses on the experience and practice of education and the role it can play to usher in peace and promote tolerance.
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-58920-8: £65.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Ancient History and Religion October 2010: 234x156: 434pp Hb: 978-0-415-57534-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85028-2: £70.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-17485-5
Series: Transition in Northeastern India
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
292 late entries
Education, Politics and Religion
Grounding Morality
Reconciling the Civil and the Sacred in Education
Freedom, Knowledge and the Plurality of Cultures
James Arthur, University of Birmingham, UK, Liam Gearon, University of Plymouth, UK and Alan Sears, University of New Brunswick, Canada
Edited by Jyotirmaya Sharma and A. Raghuramaraju
In recent years a number of popular books have savaged religion arguing it is a dangerous delusion that poisons human societies and relationships. This is but the most recent manifestation of a secularising agenda that has been sweeping contemporary democratic societies since the Enlightenment. This book pushes back against that agenda, examining its key assumptions and arguing that the exclusion of religious people and ideas from education and the public square is both undemocratic and unwise. It will be of value to any who are interested in exploring how democracies can include the voices of all their citizens: the religious and the secular.
Put together to honour one of the most influential philosophers in recent times, Mrinal Miri, this book mirrors some of his concerns but goes beyond the format of a festschrift by updating the status of enquiry in the fields of philosophy, politics, literature and society.
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-58575-0: £65.00
Routledge «Market: Education Politics and Policy October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56548-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56549-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84657-5: £75.00
new in paperback
new in paperback
Encyclopedia of American Gospel Music
Encyclopedia of Rhetoric and Composition
Edited by W.K. McNeil
Communication from Ancient Times to the Information Age The Encyclopedia of American Gospel Music is a comprehensive reference source covering all aspects of both African American and white gospel from history and performers to recording techniques and styles, as well as the influence of gospel on different musical genres and cultural trends. Now available in paperback, this work is a valuable reference for both scholars and the general reader.
Organized alphabetically to facilitate searching, this encyclopedia also contains many reference tools to aid the user such as bibliographic and references at the end of entries, a thorough and analytical index, and black-and-white illustrations. Selected Contents: List of Contributors. List of Entries A–Z. Introduction Entries A–Z. Index Routledge «Market: Music and Ethnic / Cultural Studies October 2010: 279x216: 512pp Pb: 978-0-415-87569-1: £34.99
Edited by Theresa Jarnagin Enos This reference guide surveys the field, covering rhetoric’s principles, concepts, applications, practical tools, and major thinkers. Rhetoric is increasingly studied in the context of other disciplines, such as anthropology, linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and pedagogy, because its well-established rules and time-honored methods are useful for developing modern communications and writing skills. Drawing on the scholarship and expertise of 288 contributors, the Encyclopedia presents a long-needed overview of rhetoric and its role in contemporary education and communications, discusses rhetoric’s contributions to various fields, surveys the applications of this versatile discipline to the teaching of English and language arts, and illustrates its usefulness in all kinds of discourse, argument, and exchange of ideas. The coverage has been tailored to meet the needs of American teachers and students.
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Communication October 2010: 254x178: 832pp Pb: 978-0-415-87524-0: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85488-4: £60.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
late entries 293
`How Best Do We Survive?’
How to Be a Brilliant Mentor
A Modern Political History of the Tamil Muslims
Developing Outstanding Teachers
Kenneth McPherson
Edited by Trevor Wright, University of Worcester, UK
Series: South Asian History and Culture
This is a lively book that provides ideas and reassurance to help you in your work as a teacher-training mentor. It sets out practical guidelines, helping you to analyse your own practice and to understand the complex and often ambiguous role of the mentor in school. It helps you consider why you might become a mentor, what you can gain from the experience, as well providing practical strategies and problem solving.
The book traces the social and political history of the Muslims of south India from the later nineteenth century to Independence in 1947. It describes a community in search of political survival amidst rising Indian nationalism, the local political nuances of that rise, and its own changing position.
Topics covered include: • giving effective feedback • dealing with critical incidents • being a young mentor Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 238pp Hb: 978-0-415-58913-0: £65.00
• emotional intelligence and developing and maintaining relationships • what to do if relationships break down. Praise for the other How to be Brilliant titles: ‘Buy this book, it will be money well spent!’...’Extremely accessible and informative with excellent ideas. Superb.’...’This is book is absolutely brilliant...A must for everyone.’ Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49213-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49214-0: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84993-4: £70.00
reader
Good Business Exercising Effective and Ethical Leadership
Images of the Body in India
James O’Toole and Don Mayer
Edited by Axel Michaels and Christoph Wulf
Christoph Wulf is Professor of Anthropology and Philosophy of Education, Interdisciplinary Centre for Historical Anthropology, Collaborative Research Centre “Cultures of Performance”, Cluster of Excellence “Languages of Emotion” at Freie Universität Berlin. His research focuses on historical and educational anthropology, mimesis, aesthetics, and rituals and emotions. His previous publications include Mimesis: Culture, Art, Society (co-authored with Gunter Gebauer, 1995); Logik und Leidenschaft (co-edited with Dietmar Kamper, 2002); Zur Genese des Sozialen (2005); Anthropologie kultureller Vielfalt (2006); Anthropologie: Geschichte, Kultur, Philosophie (2009); Dynamics and Performativity of Imagination: The Image between the Visible and the Invisible (co-edited with Bernd Hüppauf, Routledge, 2009); and Der Mensch und seine Kultur (2010).
This intriguing book engages with the concept of the body in its cultural context by acknowledging and demonstrating that the human body is understood differently in Western and Indian cultures. The contributors go on to show that any attempt to put forward a single concept of the body within Indian culture would be misleading.
Divided into three parts, the book examines the considerable and often conflicting variations in body images and body concepts. In Part One the contributors focus on the representation of the body in religious and philosophical texts; representations that emerged from reading, translating and interpreting classical writings from diverse historical and anthropological approaches. Through predominantly ethnographic studies, Part Two explores the role of the body in narratives and ritual performance, from dance to ritualistic ceremonies. Visualisation processes of the body are examined in Part Three, focusing on developments in modern and contemporary periods: from visual practices at the Mughal court, to the multiple bodies of the bride, and the influence of new media. This volume is a fascinating collection of articles for those in the fields of sociology and anthropology, history, religion, cultural studies and South Asian studies. Axel Michaels is Professor of Classical Indology at the South Asia Institute, University of Heidelberg.
Christoph Wulf is Professor of Anthropology and Philosophy of Education, Freie Universität Berlin.
Contributors: Fabrizia Baldissera/ Arno Böhler/ Christiane Brosius/ Iris Clemens/ Gérard Colas/ Gavin Flood/ Rich Freeman/ Ute Hüsken/ S. Simon John/ Monica Juneja/ Charles Malamoud/ Margrit Pernau/ William S. Sax/ Cornelia Schnepel/ David Gordon White/ Francis Zimmermann
Cover photograph: Navaratri celebrations, Patavettaman Temple, Kanchipuram, India. © Ute Hüsken. Jacket design by YaWeDo International.
912 Tolstoy House 15-17 Tolstoy Marg Connaught Place New Delhi 110 001
South Asian and European Perspectives on Rituals and Performativity SOUTH ASIAN AND EUROPEAN PERSPECTIVES ON RITUALS AND PERFORMATIVITY
Images of the Body in India
Axel Michaels is Professor of Classical Indology at the South Asia Institute, University of Heidelberg. In 2001 he was elected Spokesman of the Collaborative Research Centre SFB 619 “Ritual Dynamics”, and since November 2007 he has been one of the Directors of the Cluster of Excellence “Asia and Europe in a Global Context — Shifting Asymmetries in Cultural Flows”. His current fields of interest are social history and the history of Hinduism, theory of rituals, life-cycle rites of passage in Nepal as well as the cultural and legal history of South India. His previous publications include Hinduism: Past and Present (2004) and Śiva in Trouble: Rituals and Festivals at the Paśupatinãtha Temple of Deopatan, Nepal (2008).
Michaels & Wulf
This illuminating and practical collection of essays addresses the increasingly important topics of corporate ethics, social responsibility, and sustainability in the context of effective global business strategies. Instead of condemning business, or exhorting corporate leaders to ‘do good,’ the authors deal with the ‘hot button’ issues of our time in a cool and rational manner, seeing them as opportunities rather than as problems. As the authors illustrate, there is no necessary trade-off between business leaders doing the right thing, on one hand, and the profitable thing, on the other. They demonstrate that ethics is not peripheral, or in addition to, the central concerns of business. These essays offer useful examples of how executives can create strategies and cultures that are, both and at the same time, ethical and effective – the essence of GOOD BUSINESS.
Images of the Body in India
This book engages with the concept of the body in its cultural context by acknowledging and demonstrating that the human body is understood differently in Western and Indian cultures. The contributors show that any attempt to put forward a single concept of the body within Indian culture would be misleading. This intriguing book engages with the concept of the body in its cultural context by acknowledging and demonstrating that the human body is understood differently in Western and Indian cultures. The contributors go on to show that any attempt to put forward a single concept of the body within Indian culture would be misleading. It examines the considerable and often conflicting variations in body images and body concepts, focusing on the representation of the body in religious and philosophical texts; the role of the body in narratives and ritual performance; and visualisation processes of the body with respect to developments in modern and contemporary periods.
Rs 795
ISBN 978-0-415-60230-3
EditorS Axel Michaels & Christoph Wulf
9 780415 602303
For sale in South Asia only
Routledge India October 2010: 234x156: Hb: 978-0-415-60230-3: £65.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Management October 2010: 229x152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-87997-2: £55.56 Pb: 978-0-415-87998-9: £13.86 eBook: 978-0-203-85062-6: £55.56
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
294 late entries
Interdisciplinarity and Climate Change
Kenya’s Uncertain Democracy The Electoral Crisis of 2008 Edited by Peter Kagwanja, Rhodes University, South Africa and Roger Southall, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa
Transforming Knowledge and Practice for Our Global Future Edited by Roy Bhaskar, Cheryl Frank, Karl Georg Høyer, Petter Naess and Jenneth Parker Series: Ontological Explorations This long-awaited book consists in the response of concerned academics, inspired by critical realism, to the climate change crisis. It makes major contributions to our understanding of interdisciplinarity, to research methodology and to critical realism generally; and above all to our understanding of the complex and interconnected phenomena of contemporary climate change.
This book is a retrospective analysis of the political, social and economic contradictions that pushed Kenya, viewed as one of Africa’s most stable countries, close to a democratic recession. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies.
Routledge «Market: African Politics / Democracy / Conflict Resolution October 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55042-0: £80.00
Routledge «Market: Climate Change / Interdisciplinarity / Politics October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-57387-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57388-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85531-7: £80.00
International Trade, Consumer Interests and Reform of the Common Agricultural Policy Edited by Susan Mary Senior Nello, University of Siena, Italy and Pierpaolo Pierani, University of Siena, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in the European Economy The European Union has launched an important debate on the future of the EU budget from 2013. This discussion is to cover all aspects of EU revenue and expenditure, including that on the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP). The CAP has been radically transformed in recent years, but the issue of its reform, including its goals, its effectiveness in reaching them and the question of division of responsibility and financing between the EU and member states, is once again at the centre of attention. This collection features well-known experts in the field and aims to contribute to the debate on the present state and future prospects of the CAP and other EU policies. The topics covered range from the EU budget to food safety, rural development, sustainable food consumption, and the influence of international trade negotiations. Many of the ideas presented here are original and controversial and intended to fuel the debate on this important topic.
2nd Edition textbook
Introduction to Logic Harry Gensler, John Carroll University, USA Introduction to Logic offers one of the most clear, interesting and accessible introductions to what has long been considered one of the most challenging subjects in philosophy. Harry Gensler engages students with the basics of logic through practical examples and important arguments both in the history of philosophy and from contemporary philosophy. Using simple and manageable methods for testing arguments, students are led step-by-step to master the complexities of logic. Routledge «Market: Logic / Philosophy October 2010: 254x178: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-99650-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99651-8: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85500-3: £70.00
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57019-0: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85027-5: £90.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
late entries 295
Language as a Local Practice
Lectures on Political Economy
Alastair Pennycook, University of Technology, Sydney
Two Volumes
Language as a Local Practice addresses the questions of language, locality and practice as a way of moving forward in our understanding of how language operates as an integrated social and spatial activity. Language as a Local Practice draws on a variety of contexts of language use, from bank machines to postcards, Indian newspaper articles to fish-naming in the Philippines, urban graffiti to mission statements, suggesting that rather than thinking in terms of language use in context, we need to consider how language, space and place are related, how language creates the contexts where it is used, how languages are the products of socially located activities and how they are part of the action. Language as a Local Practice will be of interest to students on advanced undergraduate and post graduate courses in Applied Linguistics, Language Education, TESOL, Literacy and Cultural Studies.
Knut Wicksell First published in English in 1934 and 1935, this Routledge Revival is a reissue of Swedish economist Knut Wicksell’s hugely influential work two volume work on political economy, aimed at both the professional economist and the advanced student alike. Volume I concerns itself predominiantly with issues of theory, specifically the theory of value, the theory of production and distribution and the theory of capital accumulation, whilst Volume II deals with theories relating to money, currency and credit. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 216x138: 578pp Pack: 978-0-415-60241-9: £150.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83333-9: £50.00
Routledge «Market: English Language and Linguistics October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-54750-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54751-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84622-3: £70.00
2nd Edition textbook
3rd Edition
Learning to Teach in the Primary School
Learning to Teach Science in the Secondary School
Edited by James Arthur, University of Birmingham, UK and Teresa Cremin, The Open University, UK This 2nd edition of Learning to Teach in the Primary School, now firmly established as a core text, continues to provide valuable support to training teachers during the taught component and the school placement element of their initial teacher education course. If offers an engaging introduction to the skills every student teacher needs in order to gain Qualified Teacher Status and be a success in the classroom. Fully updated with the latest developments in the field, it considers the new professional standards (2007) and the Primary Review, and annotated further reading highlights titles to support M level study. A companion website, glossary and four new chapters on the following topics feature in this edition: the personalisation agenda; modern foreign languages; e-learning; and research and further qualifications.
@
Series: Learning to Teach Subjects in the Secondary School Series This third edition textbook presents an up-to-date and comprehensive introduction to the process and practice of delivering science in the secondary classroom. Taking into account updates to PCGE courses, including the M-level element, this edition emphasises dialogic teaching and focuses on how science works. With revisions and updated tasks, reading lists and further resources, the contributing authors provide informative and useful discussion on: professional development; knowledge, concepts and principles of science; planning for learning and teaching in science; practical teaching strategies; selecting and using resources; assessment and examinations; and the broader curriculum.
Routledge «Market: Secondary Education October 2010: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-55019-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55020-8: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85306-1: £85.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
for e-mail updates in your field
Edited by Jenny Frost, Formerly of the Institute of Education, UK
Essential reading for student-teachers cross curricular links are included throughout with clear objectives and key learning tasks.
Routledge «Market: Primary Education October 2010: 246x189: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-57492-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48790-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85462-4: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-35928-3
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
A Companion to School Experience
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
296 late entries
Lost Youth in the Global City
Media Ethics Beyond Borders
Class, Culture, and the Urban Imaginary
A Global Perspective
Jo-Anne Dillabough, University of Cambridge, UK and Jacqueline Kennelly, University of British Columbia, Canada
Edited by Stephen J.A. Ward, University of Wisconsin-Madison and Herman Wasserman, University of Sheffield, UK
Series: Critical Youth Studies What does it mean to be young, to be poor, and to be subject to constant surveillance both from the formal agencies of the state and from the informal challenge of competing youth groups? What is life like for the ‘lost youth’ of late modernity, no longer at the center of city life, but pushed instead to new and insecure margins of the urban inner city? How are changing patterns of migration and work, along with shifting gender roles and expectations, impacting marginalized youth in the radically transformed urban city of the 21st century? In Lost Youth in the Global City, Jo-Anne Dillabough and Jacqueline Kennedy focus on so-called ‘lost youth’ – young people who live at the margins of urban centers, the ‘edges’ where low-income, immigrant, and other disenfranchised youth are increasingly finding and defining themselves. Taking the imperative of multi-sited ethnography as a starting point, this rich and layered book offers a detailed exploration of the ways in which these groups of young people, marked by poverty and ethnic and religious diversity, have sought to navigate a new urban terrain and, in so doing, have come to see themselves in new ways. By giving these young people shape and form – both looking across their experiences and attending to their particularities – Lost Youth in the Global City sets a productive and generative agenda for the field of critical youth studies. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99557-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99558-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85833-2: £100.00
This volume explores the construction of an ethics for news media that is global in reach and impact. We live amid a media revolution that blurs geographical, cultural, and temporal boundaries. Urgent global issues and the power of global communications point to the need for a media ethics without borders – a media ethics that is global in its principles and in its understanding.
Routledge «Market: Media Ethics October 2010: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-87887-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87888-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85307-8: £70.00
Moral Epistemology Aaron Zimmerman, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA Series: New Problems of Philosophy
Makeshift Migrants and Law
How do we know right from wrong? Do we even have moral knowledge? Moral epistemology studies our understanding of virtue and vice, and this outstanding introduction covers the following key topics:
Gender, Belonging, and Postcolonial Anxieties
• what is moral epistemology?
Ratna Kapur
• skepticism about moral knowledge This book unmasks the cultural and gender stereotypes that inform the legal regulation of the migrant subject. It critiques postcolonial perspectives on how belonging and non-belonging are determined by the sexual, cultural and familial norms on which law is based and on the colonial encounter.
See separate Order Form
• epistemic moral scepticism, intuitionism, and inferring ‘ought’ from ‘is’ • developmental psychology and the reliability of ordinary moral judgments • the challenge to moral epistemology from non-cognitivism. Throughout the book Aaron Zimmerman draws on a range of examples from Plato’s Meno and Dickens’s David Copperfield to Bernard Madoff and Saddam Hussein. Including summaries and annotated further reading at the end of each chapter, Moral Epistemology is essential reading for all students of ethics, epistemology and moral psychology. Routledge «Market: Philosophy October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48553-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48554-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85086-2: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59629-9: £65.00
• moral nihilism
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
late entries 297
Multiracial Americans and Social Class
Place- and Community-Based Education in Schools
The Influence of Social Class on Racial Identity
Gregory A. Smith, Lewis and Clark College, USA and David Sobel, Antioch New England Graduate School, USA
Edited by Kathleen Odell Korgen Multiracial Americans and Social Class is the first book on multiracial Americans to examine the impact of social class on the rapidly growing population, and in doing so it fills a noticeable void in a growing market. Within the highly readable essays, noted scholars from a range of sociological disciplines answer the following questions: What is the connection between class and race? Do you need to be middle class in order to be an ‘honorary white’? What is the connection between social class and culture? Do you need to ‘look’ White or just ‘act’ White in order to be treated as an ‘honorary white’? Can social class influence racial identity? How does the influence of social class compare across multiracial backgrounds? Routledge «Market: Sociology Race Class October 2010: 234x156: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-48399-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88373-0: £19.99
Series: Sociocultural, Political, and Historical Studies in Education This book explains the purpose and nature of place- and community-based education and provides multiple examples of its practice. The detailed descriptions of learning experiences set both within and beyond the classroom will help readers begin the process of advocating for or incorporating local content and experiences into their schools.
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: : 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-87518-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87519-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85853-0: £95.00
2nd Edition
Pharmacology, Doping and Sports Operation Gatekeeper A Scientific Guide for Athletes, Coaches, Physicians, and Beyond Edited by Jean L. Fourcroy, Walter Reed Army Hospital, USA Written by some of the world’s leading authorities on the science of sports doping, Pharmacology, Doping and Sports represents an invaluable study of up-to-the-minute anti-doping techniques. This book is essential reading for all sports scientists, coaches, policy-makers, students and athletes interested in the science or ethics of doping in sport.
çè
Selected Contents: 1. Historical Background 2. Ensuring Quality Results in a Global Testing System 3. Anabolic Androgenic Steroids 4. The Art of ferreting out a designer steroid 6. Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometry 7. Stimulants, Diuretics and Masking of Doping 8. Growth Hormone, Secretogogues, and related issues 11. Therapeutic Gene Use Fourcroy Routledge «Market: Pharmacology / Sport Science October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-57822-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89104-9: £24.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
The War On ‘Illegals’ and the Remaking of the U.S. – Mexico Boundary Joseph Nevins, Vassar College, USA With this revision of his classic work Operation Gatekeeper: The Rise of the ‘Illegal Alien’ and the Remaking of the U.S. – Mexico Boundary, Joe Nevins updates the ongoing story of immigration and ‘illegalization’ that has made this subject such a firestorm of socio-political controversy in the United States today. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Nation-building in the Borderlands 3. Generating Difference in San Diego-Tijuana 4. Sharpening the Divide 5. Producing the Crisis 6. The Ideological Roots of the Illegal as Threat and the Boundary as Protector 7. The Effects and Significance of the Bounding of the United States 8. Security in an Age of Global Apartheid Routledge «Market: Sociology / Geography / Migration October 2010: 229x152: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-99694-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85773-1: £19.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-93105-2
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Scientists and Administrators
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
298 late entries
Psychology for the Classroom: Behaviourism John Woollard, University of Southampton, UK Series: Psychology for the Classroom Psychology for the Classroom: Behaviourism provides an accessible introduction to behaviourist theory in education. Focusing on contemporary issues and strategies, the book provides a background to research in behaviourist theory and explains its implications for current teaching and learning, providing practical guidance to show teachers and students how they can use these ideas to improve classroom learning. Chapters incorporate:
Routledge Handbook of Biomechanics and Human Movement Science Edited by Youlian Hong, Chengdu Sports University, China and Roger Bartlett, University of Otago, New Zealand Series: Routledge International Handbooks This new concise edition of The Routledge Handbook of Biomechanics and Human Movement Science is a timely update of a landmark work of reference. It offers a comprehensive and in-depth survey of current theory, research and practice in sports, exercise and clinical biomechanics, in both established and emerging contexts.
• history of behaviourist theory and key thinkers • pedagogical implications • practical strategies in the classroom • behaviourist theory and elearning. Case studies and scenarios demonstrating best practice are used throughout the text to exemplify how theory relates to practice, showing how a carefully planned curriculum and reinforced behaviours lead to effective learning. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-49398-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49399-4: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85142-5: £70.00
Routledge «Market: Biomechanics / Sport and Exercise October 2010: 246x174: 420pp Pb: 978-0-415-57693-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88968-8: £130.00
Sanctions as Grand Strategy Brendan Taylor
Public–Private Partnerships Edited by G. Ramesh, Vishnu Prasad Nagadevara, Gopal Naik and Anil Suraj The book brings forth rich conceptual frameworks and research issues in public – private partnerships in terms of its structure, governance, global practices and financing.
See separate Order Form
This Adelphi focuses on the different sanctions strategies of the United States, China, Russia, Japan and the EU, with regard to the unfolding nuclear crises in Iran and North Korea.
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Security Studies October 2010: 234x156: 124pp Pb: 978-0-415-59529-2: £9.99
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-59924-5: £65.00
Series: Adelphi series
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Asian Perspectives Edited by Sarah Cook and Naila Kabeer This book has contributions based on primary research in several countries in the Asia region. They provide fresh insights into the inter-related problems of poverty, vulnerability and social exclusion as well as into efforts to address these problems.
Taxation and Gender Equity A Comparative Analysis of Direct and Indirect Taxes in Developing and Developed Countries Edited by Caren Grown, American University, USA and Imraan Valodia, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking Presenting original research on the gender equity dimension of taxation from eight country studies, this book demonstrates new methodologies in evaluating the gender impacts of taxation and makes recommendations for tax policies and reform.
Based on primary research in several countries in the Asia region, this volume provides fresh insights into the inter-related problems of poverty, vulnerability and social exclusion, as well as into efforts to address them.
ent studies, development
Social Development, velopment Studies,
Concerned that in the pre-2008 growth scenario, there was a danger that the lessons of the Asian crisis of the late 1990s would be forgotten, this volume underscores the need for policy makers to see social protection not only as a response to risk and crisis, but to integrate it into the mainstream development agenda in order to create trajectories out of poverty and vulnerability. Significantly, taking into account both deeply entrenched forms of poverty and social exclusion as well as new forms of vulnerability being created in the process of rapid growth and globalisation, it also cautions against a one-size-fits-all approach to social protection.
ment Studies, University
kraborty•Sarah Cook olly• Naila Kabeer nan Pillai•Mehnaz Sumarto•Daniel g•Wenefrida
Editors Sarah Cook & Naila Kabeer
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 252pp Hb: 978-0-415-58573-6: £65.00
Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-49262-1: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85295-8: £85.00
Sport, Theory and Social Problems The Gender Imperative A Critical Introduction
Human Security Vs State Security
Eric Anderson, University of Bath, UK
Edited by Asha Hans and Betty A. Reardon
Focusing on sport at non-elite levels, this book explores the lives of everyday citizens who play and examines how inequality and social deviance are structured into the social and sporting system. Each chapter uses a key social theory to address a particular social problem in sport. By concentrating on real sport, and through the use of startling vignettes illustrating the experiences of real people, Sport, Theory and Social Problems develops the critical senses, social conscience and theoretical understanding of all students of sport and anybody for whom sport is part of their everyday life.
çè
Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Sociology October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57125-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57126-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85743-4: £75.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
This book widens the current discourse on human security by considering its most essential gendered aspects. It illuminates the assumptions, assertions and arguments that theorise the patriarchal roots of militarised security systems, poses alternatives and offers practical examples of human security, identifies obstacles and describes efforts towards its realisation.
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 472pp Hb: 978-0-415-58577-4: £65.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
al exclusion in the Asian eople, exploring some reflecting on appropriate ystemic approach to the on needs to be ‘rescued’ sk and crisis, and instead
Social Protection as Development Policy Cook & Kabeer
most successful gh on the regional and e fruits of growth have not lie deeply entrenched lnerability resulting from l economy.
late entries 299
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
300 late entries
The Historical Revolution English Historical Writing and Thought 1580–1640 Frank Smith Fussner Series: Routledge Revivals First published in 1962, Frank Smith Fussner’s introduction to the revolution in English historical writing and thought during the period of the renaissance and reformation (1580–1640) is an influential and thoroughly-researched work. It offers an introduction not only to the context of the period and the important English historians of the era, but also provides a thorough historiographical approach which deals with the purpose, method, content, style and significance of these historians within the framework of this ‘historical revolution’. Routledge «Market: History October 2010: 216x138: 370pp Hb: 978-0-415-60242-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83554-8: £80.00
The Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences Edited by Gregory R. Hancock, University of Maryland, College Park, USA and Ralph O. Mueller, University of Hartford, USA The Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences is designed for evaluators of research manuscripts and proposals in the social and behavioral sciences, and beyond. Its 31 uniquely structured chapters cover both traditional and emerging methods of quantitative data analysis, which neither junior nor veteran reviewers can be expected to know in detail. The book updates readers on each technique’s key principles, appropriate usage, underlying assumptions, and limitations. It thereby assists reviewers to offer constructive commentary on works they evaluate, and also serves as an indispensable author’s reference for preparing sound research manuscripts and proposals. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-96507-1: £120.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96508-8: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86155-4: £120.00
The History of U.S. Higher Education
2nd Edition textbook
Methods for Understanding the Past
The Making of the American Landscape
Edited by Marybeth Gasman, University of Pennsylvania, USA
Edited by Michael P. Conzen, University of Chicago, USA
Series: Core Concepts in Higher Education
The only compact yet comprehensive survey of environmental and cultural forces that have shaped the visual character and geographical diversity of the settled American landscape. The book examines the large-scale historical influences that have molded the varied human adaptation of the continent’s physical topography to its needs over more than 500 years. It presents a synoptic view of myriad historical processes working together or in conflict, and illustrates them through their survival in or disappearance from the everyday landscapes of today.
The first volume in the Core Concepts of Higher Education series, The History of U.S. Higher Education rebuilds a constructive relationship between higher education and the disciplinary field of history. Written for students in HE graduate programs, it explores critical methodological issues in the history of American higher education, including often-overlooked issues such as race, class, gender, and sexuality. Chapters include: Reflective exercises, Research Method Tips, and Further Reading Suggestions. Leading historians and those at the forefront of new research explain how historical literature is discovered and written, provide readers with the approaches to conduct historical higher education research of their own, and guide readers as they develop a rich appreciation for the craft of history and the importance of understanding higher education’s past.
Routledge «Market: Geography / Urban Studies / Architecture October 2010: 246x189: 568pp Hb: 978-0-415-95006-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95007-7: £31.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-91178-8
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 254x178: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-87364-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87365-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85244-6: £95.00
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
late entries 301
The Routledge Companion to Directors’ Shakespeare
Treating Traumatic Stress in Children and Adolescents
Edited by John Russell Brown
How to Foster Resilience through Attachment, Self-Regulation, and Competency
The Routledge Companion to Directors’ Shakespeare is a major collaborative book about plays in performance. Thirty authoritative accounts describe in illuminating detail how some of theatre’s most talented directors have brought Shakespeare’s texts to the stage. Each chapter has a revealing story to tell as it explores a new and revitalising approach to the most familiar works in the English language. Notable entries include: Ingmar Bergman * Peter Brook * Declan Donnelan * Tyrone Guthrie * Peter Hall * Fritz Kortner * Robert Lepage * Joan Littlewood * Yukio Ninagawa * Joseph Papp * Roger Planchon * Max Reinhardt * Giorgio Strehler * Deborah Warner * Orson Welles * Franco Zeffirelli Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies October 2010: 246x174: 608pp Pb: 978-0-415-57767-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93252-0: £29.99
Towards Excellence in Early Years Education Exploring narratives of experience Kathleen Goouch, Canterbury Christchurch University, UK This book describes the work of two early years professionals, drawing on their narrative accounts as they robustly describe and analyse their work with children.
Margaret E. Blaustein and Kristine M. Kinniburgh, both at The Trauma Center at Justice Resource Institute, Massachusetts, USA ‘This book moves beyond the developmentally limited diagnosis of PTSD to fully address the clinical complexity of traumatized children and families encountered in the real world ... The depth and flexibility of this approach allow it to be translated to a wide range of settings in which traumatized children and their families are seen and served.’ – Frank W. Putnam, Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, USA Grounded in theory and research on complex childhood trauma, this book provides an accessible, flexible, and comprehensive framework for intervention with children and adolescents and their caregivers. Rather than presenting a one-size-fits-all treatment model, the authors show how to plan and organize individualized interventions that promote resilience, strengthen child – caregiver relationships, and restore developmental competencies derailed by chronic, multiple stressors. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health October 2010: : 372pp Pb: 978-1-60623-625-3: £27.00
new in paperback
Towards Nuclear Zero Raimo Väyrynen and David Cortright Series: Adelphi series This book examines practical steps for achieving progress toward disarmament, realistically assessing both challenges and opportunities associated with achieving a world without nuclear weapons.
Kathy Goouch redefines traditional notions of teaching, emphasizing the importance of building authentic relationships with children and their families, and promoting play as the central site for learning. In analysing the teachers’ narratives, the research is set firmly in the field of literature that examines: • play • the significance of talk in children’s lives • teachers’ professional identities. This book will be of interest to academics, early years educators and students on early childhood education degree programmes and initial teacher education courses, as well as others concerned with the over prescriptive nature of early education.
Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Security Studies October 2010: 234x156: 182pp Pb: 978-0-415-59528-5: £9.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Early Years Education October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56607-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56608-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84839-5: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
302 late entries
Using Educational Research to Inform Practice A Practical Guide to Practitioner Research in Universities and Colleges Lorraine Foreman-Peck, Oxford University, UK and Christopher Winch, Kings College, University of London, UK Using Educational Research to Inform Practice provides a clear, practical and accessible account of the way in which education research can be used to inform teaching in universities and colleges, setting the background for the requirements to evidence informed teaching before addressing questions of practical knowledge feeding from research evidence. The authors provide the necessary understanding for thinking about, conducting and applying research evidence to practice in universities and colleges. The use of educational research evidence is now an essential aspect of Higher Education professional development. In addition, this book is aimed specifically at experienced and senior research staff who are engaged in further professional developement, aiding them in course design, quality assurance and strategic development. Routledge «Market: Education October 2010: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-45009-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45010-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84761-9: £75.00
Raymond Arthur, University of Teeside, UK How does the law deal with young offenders, and to what extend does the law protect and promote the rights of young people in conflict with the law? These are the central issues addressed by Young Offenders and the Law in its examination of the legal response to the phenomenon of youth offending, and the contemporary forces that shape the law. Young Offenders and the Law provides, for the first time, a primary source of reference on youth offending. It examines the sociological, criminological, historical, political, and philosophical approaches to youth offending in England and Wales, and also presents a comparative review of developments in other jurisdictions. This book covers all aspects of trial and pre-trial procedure affecting young offenders are covered, including: the age of criminal responsibility, police powers, trial procedure, together with the full range of detention facilities and non-custodial options. Routledge «Market: Youth Justice / Law / Criminology October 2010: 234x156: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-49662-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87816-3: £24.99
Edited by Jan Wright, University of Wollongong, Australia and Doune Macdonald, University of Queensland, Australia
A Human Valuation J.A. Hobson
Series: Routledge Studies in Physical Education and Youth Sport First published in 1914 and reissued with a new introduction in 1992, Work and Wealth is a seminal vision of Hobson’s liberal utopian ideals, which desired to demonstrate how economic and social reform could transform existing society into one in which the majority of the population, as opposed to a small elite, could find fulfillment.
Hobson attacked conventional economic wisdom which made a division between the cost of production and the utility derived from consumption. Far from being necesarily arduous, Hobson argued that work had the potential to bring about immense utility and enrichment. The qualitative, humanist work argues in favour of a new form of capitalism to minimise cost and maximise utility. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 216x138: 402pp Hb: 978-0-415-60243-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83555-5: £80.00
See separate Order Form
There has until now been little published research that directly addresses the place and meaning of physical activity in young people’s lives. In this important new collection, leading international scholars address that deficit by exploring the differences in young people’s experiences and meanings of physical activity as these are related to their social, cultural and geographical locations, to their abilities and their social and personal biographies. Selected Contents: Part 1: Physical Activity and Geographical Locations Part 2: Social and Cultural Location and Physical Activity Part 3: Physical Activity and Constitution of Selves: Health, Fitness and Bodies Part 4: Methodological Issues and Future Directions Routledge «Market: Physical Education / Health October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-49313-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85071-8: £75.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Series: Routledge Revivals
©
How the Law Responds to Youth Offending
Young People, Physical Activity and the Everyday
Work and Wealth
order now!
Young Offenders and the Law
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
late entries 303
Young People’s Voices in Physical Religion, Community Education and Youth Sport and Development Edited by Mary O’Sullivan and Ann MacPhail, both at University of Limerick, Ireland
Changing Contours of Politics and Policy in India
Series: Routledge Studies in Physical Education and Youth Sport
Series: Religion and Citizenship
Edited by Gurpreet Mahajan and Surinder S. Jodhka
This important new book attempts to engage more directly than ever before with the experiences of young people by placing the voices of the young people themselves at the centre of the discussion. As the need to listen to young people becomes increasingly enshrined in public policy and political debate, this book illuminates our understanding of an important aspect of the everyday lives of many young people. Selected Contents: 1. African American Adolescent Girls’ Views of Physical Activity and Health 2. Students’ Evolving Meanings and Experiences With Physical Activity and Sport 3. Adolecent Engagement and Ethno Sport 4. Secondary Students’ Views of PE 5. The Pursuit of a Masculine Sporting Identity 7. Using Ethnography to Explore the Experiences of a Student with Special Educational Needs in Mainstream PE 8. Got the Picture? Exploring Student Sport Experiences 9. Empowering Young People in PE: A Feminist Perspective Routledge «Market: Physical Education / Youth Sport October 2010: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-48744-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48745-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88189-7: £90.00
By making religious community a relevant category for discussing development deficit, the Sachar Committee Report (2007) initiated a new political discourse in India. This book examines its findings and highlights the implications of a new political discourse.
Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-58566-8: £65.00
Business Clusters
Corporate Governance
EU Conflict Management
Partnering for Strategic Advantage
Concept, Evolution and India Story
Edited by C. Jayachandran, Michael Thorpe, Ram Subramanian and Vishnuprasad Nagadevara
Praveen Malla
Edited by James Hughes, London School of Economics, UK
This book describes the foundations of the emergence of the subject and describes the various trends and contemporary thinking that guide corporate governance.
This book analyses many of the complex cases of EU involvement within its boundaries, in its immediate neighbourhood, and globally.
A book that provides a strategic view of how business or regional economic clusters have led to success in several areas and their potential to create more opportunities, from a conceptual, empirical and public policy perspective. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-60231-0: £65.00
Economy, Enterprises and Workers Edited by Malcolm Warner, University of Cambridge, UK This edited work attempts to ‘make sense’ of recent developments in the field of Human Resource Management in the People’s Republic of China. This book was published as a special issue in Intl Journal of Human Resource Management.
for e-mail updates in your field
@
Assessing Welfare When Preferences Change
Routledge «Market: European Union Policy / Conflict Management / Governance October 2010: 246x174: 150pp Hb: 978-0-415-56747-3: £75.00
Martin Binder, Max Planck Institute of Economics, Germany
Learning and Governance in the EU Policy Making Process
Series: Routledge Advances in Social Economics
Edited by Anthony R. Zito, University of Newcastle, UK
Recent work in behavioural economics has questioned traditional measures for welfare. This book explores whether a hedonistic view of welfare represents a viable alternative, and what its normative implications are. Binder follows a naturalistic methodology to examine the foundations of welfare, connecting the concept with a dynamic theory of preference learning, and providing a more realistic account of human behaviour. Routledge «Market: Economics / Behavioural Economics October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-56298-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84955-2: £80.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Routledge «Market: Industrial Relations / Asian Business / Chinese Studies October 2010: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-56537-0: £80.00
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
This book was published as a special issue in Ethnopolitics.
Routledge October 2010: 216x138: 250pp Hb: 978-0-415-58990-1: £65.00
Elements of an Evolutionary Theory of Welfare
’Making Sense’ of Human Resource Management in China
Series: Association for the Study of Nationalities
Series: Journal of European Public Policy Special Issues as Books This book assesses the ability of learning theories to explain European Union (EU) integration processes, highlighting the conditions under which EU actors in various decision-making processes learn or do not learn. It was published as a special issue of Journal of European Public Policy. Routledge «Market: European Union Politics / Learning Theory / Regulatory Policy October 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57180-7: £75.00
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
304 late entries Greening the Economy
Motor Learning in Practice
Political Economy and Industrialism
Integrating Economics and Ecology to Make Effective Change
A Constraints-Led Approach
Banks in Saint-Simonian Economic Thought
Edited by Ian Renshaw and Keith Davids, both at Queensland University of Technology, Australia and Geert J.P. Savelsbergh, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
Gilles Jacoud, University Jean Monnet of Saint-Etienne, France
Series: Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics Professor Bob Williams examines the essential elements that give ecosystems their durability. These key characteristics are: self-regulating cycles of key materials, a plentiful and durable energy source, an ability to adjust to changing circumstances, and the capacity for resiliency in the face of unpredictable disruptions. In separate chapters, each of these natural attributes are applied to our economy and 20 polices are recommended to shift our economy toward each of these objectives. The policies include marketable waste emission permits, a ‘carbon’ tax, split-rate property taxation, environmental assurance bonds, a revamped home mortgage deduction, and an inheritance tax. These policies function to implement the principle of full-cost pricing in order to ensure market incentives that encourage environmentally temperate behaviour and decisions. Routledge «Market: Environment / Economics October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57056-5: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85044-2: £90.00
Micro and Small Enterprises in India The Era of Reforms Edited by Keshab Das This volume presents a set of analytical and policyoriented studies on the dynamics of growth and performance of micro and small enterprises in India during the period of reforms. It probes into a range of emerging and complex issues facing this crucial sector. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-58970-3: £65.00
Child Man The Self-Less Narcissist Ashok Malhotra A book that explores the psyche of the child man – where the pursuit of prowess is becoming a refuge and a compensation for inner anxiety and feelings of helplessness and vulnerability. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-58989-5: £65.00
Motor Learning in Practice is the first book to apply the theory of a constraints-led approach to training and learning techniques in sport. Including contributions from many of the world’s leading scholars in the field of motor learning and development, this book is essential reading for any advanced student or researcher with an interest in motor skills, sport psychology, sport pedagogy, coaching or physical education. Routledge «Market: Sport Science / Motor Learning / Sport Psychology October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47863-2: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88810-0: £85.00
Multi-stories Cross-cultural Encounters Kalpana Sahni This work explores the overlapping and intermingling of cultures across the world. Questioning the concept of superiority amongst peoples, it uses personal narratives to show that cross-culture pollination, an ongoing process, always reveals itself through the ignored cracks of history. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 172pp Hb: 978-0-415-58564-4: £65.00
Neoliberalism and Culture in China and Hong Kong The Countdown of Time Hai Ren, University of Arizona, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series This book examines the period leading up to the Hong Kong handover in 1997 – the ‘countdown of time’, and by using iconic cultural symbols such as the countdown clock, the Hong Kong Museum exhibitions and cultural heritage sites, argues that China has undergone a transition to neoliberal state, in part through its reunification with Hong Kong. Routledge «Market: Chinese Society / Hong Kong Studies / Cultural Studies / Museum Studies October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58262-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84493-9: £80.00
Modern China’s Ethnic Frontiers
New Millennium South Korea
A Journey to the West Hsiao-ting Lin, Stanford University, USA
Neoliberal Capitalism and Transnational Movements
Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia
Edited by Jesook Song, University of Toronto, Canada
The purpose of this book is to examine the strategies and practices of the Han Chinese Nationalists vis-à-vis post-Qing China’s ethnic minorities, as well as to explore the role they played in the formation of contemporary China’s Central Asian frontier territoriality and border security.
Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies
order now!
©
Routledge «Market: Chinese History / Asian History / Modern History October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58264-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84497-7: £75.00
See separate Order Form
Routledge «Market: Korean Studies / Korean Society / Korean Politics October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58265-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84389-5: £75.00
Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics This book is an indispensable reference work in understanding a current of thought which greatly contributed to the industrial expansion of the nineteenth century. This book will be of interest to postgraduate students, economists, historians and philosophers interested in the history of economic thought. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48266-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85479-2: £80.00
Popular Culture in Taiwan Charismatic Modernity Edited by Marc L. Moskowitz, University of South Carolina, USA Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series The contributors explore how traditional Chinese influences modern localized lives in Taiwan, localized identity, culture, and politics as a contested domain with Chinese and traditional Taiwanese identities and Taiwan’s localization process as contesting Taiwan’s gravitation towards globalized Western culture. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Cultural Studies October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58263-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84207-2: £75.00
Social Income and Insecurity A Study in Gujarat Guy Standing, Jeemol Unni, Renana Jhabvala and Uma Rani This book sets out to identify the components of social income, going beyond conventional measures of monetary income and showing how the restructuring of those components actually intensify income inequality and insecurity. The analysis is built on a special survey conducted in Gujarat. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-58574-3: £65.00
Studies in Social Economics Léon Walras Translated by Jan Van Daal and Donald A. Walker, Indiana University of Pennyslvania, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics Léon Walras (1834–1910) is one of most important economists in the history of the science. This is a complete English translation of his études d’économie sociale (1896), in which he presents the essence of his normative economic ideas. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-56965-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85230-9: £80.00
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Robert B. Williams, Guilford College, USA
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
late entries 305 Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason
The Spatial, the Legal and the Pragmatics of World-Making
Worker Identity, Agency and Economic Development
Text and Documents
Nomospheric Investigations
F.A Hayek
David Delaney, Amherst College, USA
Women’s Empowerment in the Indian Informal Economy
Edited by Bruce Caldwell, Duke University, USA
Critical legal geography is practised by an increasing number of scholars in various disciplines, but it has not had the benefit of an overarching theoretical framework that might overcome its currently rather ad hoc character. The Spatial, the Legal and the Pragmatics of World-Making remedies this situation. Presenting a balanced convergence of contemporary sociolegal and critical geographic scholarship, David Delaney offers a ground-breaking contribution to the fast growing field of legal geography.
Series: The Collected Works of F.A. Hayek Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason remains Hayek’s greatest unfinished work and is here presented for the first time under the expert editorship of Bruce Caldwell. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-57383-2: £90.00
The Biography of Muhammed Nature and Authenticity Gregor Schoeler, University of Basel, Switzerland Foreword by James E. Montgomery
The US Secretaries of State and Transatlantic Relations
Series: Routledge Studies in Classical Islam This book examines the nature and authenticity of the historical sources for the life of Mohammad. It explores both the aural and written traditions and analyses the reliability of the transmission process via which the story of Mohammad’s life has been portrayed. Routledge «Market: History / Religious Studies October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56717-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85006-0: £75.00
The Europeanization of Party Politics in Ireland, North and South Edited by Katy Hayward, Queen’s University, Belfast and Mary C. Murphy, University College Cork, Ireland This book examines the degree to which party politics on the island of Ireland have been affected by the experience of EU membership. This book was published as a special issue of Irish Political Studies. Routledge «Market: Irish Politics / European Union / Democracy October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57891-2: £75.00
The Jewish Law Annual Volume 18 Edited by Berachyahu Lifshitz, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel Series: Jewish Law Annual Topics covered include: spousal withholding of conjugal relations; halakhic understandings of the parent–child relationship; corporal punishment of children; the prohibition against seeking a second ruling after something has been declared forbidden; the agent who carries out his mandate for his own benefit, not the principal’s; midtwentieth century London organizations for the advancement of Jewish law.
çè
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Edited by Klaus Larres, University of Ulster, UK This book considers the transatlantic policy which American’s most important Secretaries of State pursued. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Transatlantic Studies.
Series: New Political Economy More than nine out of every ten working women in India are employed in the informal economy, unprotected by labour laws and excluded from basic forms of social security. They work as daily labourers in the fields, small producers and industrial outworkers in their own homes and as vendors on the streets. These workers typically receive very low wages and experience extreme forms of social, economic and political marginalisation. This book examines what types of interventions can improve the well-being of women working in the Indian informal economy. Using the case study of the Self Employed Women’s Association, Worker Identity, Agency and Economic Development argues that work-life reform for informal women workers has moral and social dimensions, as well as economic. Routledge «Market: Economics October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56609-4: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84928-6: £85.00
Workplace Learning
Routledge «Market: International Relations / U.S. Politics October 2010: 246x174: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-55323-0: £75.00
Concepts, Measurement and Application
Urban Infrastructure and Governance
Series: Routledge Studies in Human Resource Development
Edited by G. Ramesh, Vishnu Prasad Nagadevara, Gopal Naik and Anil Suraj A book that provides insights on the theme of urban governance in developing countries. It covers topics ranging from master plans and participation to financing. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59621-3: £65.00
Edited by Marianne van Woerkom, Tilburg University, the Netherlands and Rob Poell, University of Tilburg, the Netherlands
This book provides a comprehensive, up to date, and international overview of human resource development research in the area of workplace learning with contributions from academics such as Stephen Billet, Tara Fenwick and Victoria Marsick. Routledge «Market: Business & Management Studies October 2010: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48262-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85008-4: £70.00
Why Knowledge Matters in Curriculum A Social Realist Argument Leesa Wheelahan, Griffith University, Australia Series: New Studies in Critical Realism and Education This book takes a unique approach by using the sociology of Basil Bernstein and the philosophy of critical realism as complementary modes of theorising to extend and develop social realist arguments about the role of knowledge in curriculum, and to elaborate social realism’s critique of constructivism, technical-instrumentalism and neo-conservatism. Routledge «Market: Sociology / Education October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48318-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86023-6: £75.00
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Translated by Uwe Vagelpohl
Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Jewish Law / Jewish Studies October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-57404-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85524-9: £75.00
Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law / Geography / Social Theory October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46319-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84910-1: £75.00
Elizabeth Hill, University of Sydney, Australia
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
306 Routledge Paperbacks Direct Routledge Paperbacks Direct The Routledge Paperbacks Direct programme was created to make books that would otherwise have have been hardback only available in paperback for individual purchase. More specialised than typical Routledge paperbacks, Paperbacks Direct are produced Print on Demand, often with generic covers. A full list of live paperbacks direct is available at www.routledge.com/paperbacksdirect. Archaeology
Privatization in Malaysia
The Christians of Pakistan
Jerusalem in the Time of the Crusades
Jeff Tan, SOAS, University of London, UK October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-54537-2: £23.50
Linda Walbridge October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-57088-6: £23.99
Elections as Popular Culture in Asia
Japanese Working Class Lives
Edited by Beng Huat Chua, National University of Singapore, Singapore October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-56002-3: £23.50
James Roberson October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-57422-8: £23.50
The Russian Revolution in Retreat, 1920–24
James Heitzman, Nagara, India October 2010: Pb: 978-0-415-57426-6: £23.50
Crusader Archaeology Adrian J. Boas October 2010: 234x156: 296pp Pb: 978-0-415-48877-8: £23.50
Asian Studies The Singapore Economy Tilak Abeysinghe, National University of Singapore and Keen Meng Choy, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-48031-4: £23.50
Mergers and Acquisitions in Asia Roger Y.W. Tang and Ali M. Metwalli, both at Western Michigan University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-49409-0: £23.50
Managers and Mandarins in Contemporary China Tang Jie, University of London, UK October 2010: 234x156: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-36364-8: £23.50
Representing Calcutta Swati Chattopadhyay, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-39216-7: £23.50
Identity and Identification in India Laura Dudley Jenkins October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-56062-7: £23.50
Popular Culture in Indonesia Edited by Ariel Heryanto, University of Melbourne, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-57270-5: £23.50
Media, Identity, and Struggle in Twenty-First-Century China Edited by Rachel Murphy, University of Oxford Institute for Chinese Studies, UK and Vanessa L. Fong, Harvard University, USA October 2010: 246x174: 178pp Pb: 978-0-415-57468-6: £23.50
Women in Asian Management Edited by Yimolwan Yukongdi, University of Southern Queensland, Australia and John Benson, University of Southern Australia October 2010: 246x174: 162pp Pb: 978-0-415-56838-8: £24.50
Asian States
order now!
©
Edited by Richard Boyd and Tak Wing Ngo, both at Leiden University, the Netherlands October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-54663-8: £23.50
See separate Order Form
Simon Pirani, Freelance Journalist / Consultant October 2010: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-54641-6: £23.50
Indian Literature and Popular Cinema Edited by Heidi R.M. Pauwels, University of Washington, Seattle, USA October 2010: 234x156: 276pp Pb: 978-0-415-57660-4: £23.50
Asian-European Relations
The City in South Asia
Transforming Corporate Governance in East Asia Edited by Curtis Milhaupt, Columbia University, USA, Kon-Sik Kim, Seoul National University, South Korea and Hideki Kanda, University of Tokyo, Japan October 2010: 234x156: 346pp Pb: 978-0-415-57432-7: £23.50
Edited by Jurgen Ruland, University of Freiburg, Germany, Gunter Schubert, University of Tuebingen, Germany, Gunter Schucher, GIGA Institute of Asian Studies, Germany and Cornelia Storz, Johann Wolfgang Goethe University, Germany October 2010: 234x156: 310pp Pb: 978-0-415-57423-5: £23.50
Divine Justice
Chinese Entrepreneurship in a Global Era
Dirk Tomsa, La Trobe University, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 286pp Pb: 978-0-415-57429-7: £23.50
Edited by Raymond Sin-Kwok Wong, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA October 2010: 234x156: 236pp Pb: 978-0-415-57425-9: £23.50
Democratization in Post-Suharto Indonesia Edited by Marco Bunte and Andreas Ufen, both at Institute of Asian Affairs, Germany October 2010: 234x156: 344pp Pb: 978-0-415-57427-3: £23.50
Marketization and Democracy in China Jianjun Zhang, Peking University, China October 2010: 234x156: 292pp Pb: 978-0-415-57428-0: £23.50
Regime Legitimacy in Contemporary China Edited by Thomas Heberer, University of Duisberg-Essen, Germany and Gunter Schubert, University of Tuebingen, Germany October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-57430-3: £23.50
Security and Migration in Asia Edited by Melissa Curley, University of Queensland, Australia and Siu-lun Wong, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong October 2010: 234x156: 220pp Pb: 978-0-415-57431-0: £23.50
Yoga in the Modern World Edited by Mark Singleton, St. John’s College, Santa Fe, USA and Jean Byrne, University of Queensland, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 220pp Pb: 978-0-415-57086-2: £23.50
Paul R. Katz, Academia Sinica, Taiwan October 2010: 234x156: 238pp Pb: 978-0-415-57433-4: £23.50
Party Politics and Democratization in Indonesia
Islamist Militancy in Bangladesh Ali Riaz, Illinois State University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 186pp Pb: 978-0-415-57669-7: £23.50
Sikh Nationalism and Identity in a Global Age Giorgio Shani October 2010: 234x156: 214pp Pb: 978-0-415-58610-8: £23.50
The Tibetan Government-in-Exile Stephanie Roemer, Free University of Berlin, Germany October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-58612-2: £23.50
India’s Princely States Edited by Waltraud Ernst, University of Southampton, UK and Biswamoy Pati, Delhi University, India October 2010: 234x156: 246pp Pb: 978-0-415-58614-6: £23.50
China’s Energy Geopolitics Thrassy N. Marketos, C.E.D.S., Paris, France October 2010: 234x156: 178pp Pb: 978-0-415-58617-7: £23.50
India’s Open-Economy Policy Jalal Alamgir, University of Massachusetts, Boston, USA October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-78087-2: £23.50
Buddhist Phenomenology Dan Lusthaus, Florida State University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 632pp Pb: 978-0-415-40610-9: £23.50
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Adrian J. Boas October 2010: 246x174: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-48875-4: £23.50
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Routledge Paperbacks Direct 307 The Buddhist Unconscious
Popular Culture, Globalization and Japan
William S. Waldron, Middlebury College Vermont, USA October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-40607-9: £23.50
Edited by Matthew Allen and Rumi Sakamoto, both at University of Auckland, New Zealand October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-44795-9: £23.50
Koreans in Japan
China-US Relations Transformed
Edited by Sonia Ryang, University of Iowa, USA October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-37939-7: £23.50
Edited by Suisheng Zhao, University of Denver, USA October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-49580-6: £23.50
Transcultural Japan Edited by David Blake Willis, Soai University, Japan and Stephen Murphy-Shigematsu, University of Tokyo, Japan and Stanford University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-39434-5: £23.50
Popular Music of Vietnam Dale A. Olsen, Florida State University, USA October 2010: 229x152: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-88397-9: £23.50
Business and Management
Self, Reality and Reason in Tibetan Philosophy
Multinationals, Technology and Localization in Automotive Firms in Asia
Thupten Jinpa, UK October 2010: 216x138: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-40605-5: £23.50
Edited by Rajah Rasiah, University of Malaya, Malaysia, Yuri Sadoi, Meijo University, Japan and Rogier Busser, Leiden University, the Netherlands October 2010: 246x174: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-57464-8: £23.50
Japan at Play Joy Hendry, Oxford Brookes University, UK October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-37937-3: £23.50
Human Resource Management ‘with Chinese Characteristics’
Science and the Indian Tradition David L. Gosling, University of Cambridge, UK October 2010: 234x156: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-48134-2: £23.50
Edited by Malcolm Warner, University of Cambridge, UK October 2010: 246x174: 230pp Pb: 978-0-415-57467-9: £23.50
Indian Buddhist Theories of Persons
The Value Creating Board Edited by Morten Huse, Norwegian School of Management, Oslo October 2010: 234x156: 554pp Pb: 978-0-415-57849-3: £23.50
James Duerlinger, University of Iowa, USA October 2010: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-40611-6: £23.50
Translocal China Edited by Tim Oakes, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA and Louisa Schein, Rutgers University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-37938-0: £23.50
Double Accounting for Goodwill Martin Bloom, Deloitte Growth Solutions, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 242pp Pb: 978-0-415-57852-3: £23.50
Rethinking Strategic Learning
Japan and National Anthropology: A Critique
Russ Vince October 2010: 234x156: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-57854-7: £23.50
Sonia Ryang, University of Iowa, USA October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-40579-9: £23.50
Population Decline and Ageing in Japan – The Social Consequences
Promoting Innovation, Productivity and Industrial Growth and Reducing Poverty Edited by Maureen Mackintosh and Joanna Chataway, both at The Open University, UK and Marc Wuyts, Institute of Social Studies, the Netherlands October 2010: 234x156: 206pp Pb: 978-0-415-49559-2: £23.50
Marshall Plan Days Charles P. Kindleberger October 2010: 216x138: 284pp Pb: 978-0-415-56782-4: £23.50
Prosperity and Public Spending Edward Nell, New School University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 286pp Pb: 978-0-415-57288-0: £23.50
Theory of Economic Growth W. Arthur Lewis October 2010: 216x138: 454pp Pb: 978-0-415-40708-3: £24.50
Market Sense Philip Kozel, Connecticut College October 2010: 229x152: 196pp Pb: 978-0-415-88408-2: £23.50
Clusters and Regional Development Edited by Bjorn Asheim, Lund University, Sweden, Philip Cooke, Cardiff University, UK and Ron Martin, University of Cambridge, UK October 2010: 234x156: 318pp Pb: 978-0-415-57862-2: £23.50
The Trend of Economic Thinking F.A. Hayek October 2010: 234x156: 404pp Pb: 978-0-415-40704-5: £23.50
Time and Money Roger W. Garrison, Auburn University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 292pp Pb: 978-0-415-77122-1: £23.50
A Financial History of Western Europe
Classical Studies
Charles P. Kindleberger October 2010: 216x138: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-43653-3: £24.50
Health in Antiquity
Freedom and Growth
Florian Coulmas, German Institute for Japanese Studies, Japan October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-48011-6: £23.50
Edited by Helen King, University of Reading, UK October 2010: 216x138: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-48693-4: £23.50
Stephan R. Epstein October 2010: 234x156: 238pp Pb: 978-0-415-77115-3: £23.50
The Second Sophistic
An Economic History of Sweden
Maid In China
Graham Anderson October 2010: 216x138: 317pp Pb: 978-0-415-55501-2: £23.50
Lars Magnusson, Uppsala University, Sweden October 2010: 234x156: 324pp Pb: 978-0-415-40703-8: £23.50
The Roman Eastern Frontier and the Persian Wars AD 363–628
The Economics of Climate Change
Subaltern Citizens and their Histories Edited by Gyanendra Pandey, Emory University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-59535-3: £23.50
Geoffrey Greatrex and Samuel N.C. Lieu October 2010: 234x156: 408pp Pb: 978-0-415-46530-4: £23.50
Regionalism in Southeast Asia
Ancient Greek Cults
Nicholas Tarling, University of Auckland, New Zealand October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-54698-0: £23.50
Jennifer Larson, Kent State University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-49102-0: £23.50
Maritime Security in Southeast Asia
çè
Edited by Kwa Kwa Chong Guan, IDSS, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore and John Skogan, Norwegian Insitute of International Affairs, Norway October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-56005-4: £23.50
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Nick Hanley, University of Stirling, UK and Anthony D. Owen, University of New South Wales, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 318pp Pb: 978-0-415-40642-0: £23.50
Finance Capital Rudolph Hilferding October 2010: 216x138: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-43664-9: £24.50
Economics
What is Money?
Microfoundations and Macroeconomics
Edited by John Smithin, York University, Canada October 2010: 234x156: 278pp Pb: 978-0-415-40707-6: £23.50
Steven Horwitz, St. Lawrence University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 290pp Pb: 978-0-415-56957-6: £23.50
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Wanning Sun, Curtin University of Technology, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-59219-2: £23.50
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
308 Routledge Paperbacks Direct Competing for Knowledge
Economics of American Judaism
Robert Huggins, University of Sheffield, UK and Hiro Izushi, Aston University, UK October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-56935-4: £23.50
Carmel Chiswick, University of Illinois, Chicago, USA October 2010: 234x156: 202pp Pb: 978-0-415-78004-9: £23.50
Corporate Governance, Finance and the Technological Advantage of Nations
Donald W. Katzner, University of Massachusetts Amherst, USA October 2010: 234x156: 198pp Pb: 978-0-415-78005-6: £23.50
The Spatial Model of Politics
Unholy Trinity
Critical Political Economy
Andrew Tylecote, University of Sheffield, UK and Francesca Visintin, University of Udine, Italy October 2010: 234x156: 330pp Pb: 978-0-415-56936-1: £23.50
Human Ecology Economics Edited by Roy E. Allen, Saint Mary’s College of California, USA October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-56939-2: £23.50
Efficiency Measurement in Health and Health Care
Culture and Economic Explanation
Duncan K. Foley October 2010: : 110pp Pb: 978-0-415-78020-9: £23.50 volume 2
The Adam Smith Review Edited by Vivienne Brown, The Open University, UK October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-49349-9: £23.50
Bruce Hollingsworth, Monash University, Australia and Stuart J. Peacock, British Columbia Cancer Agency, Vancouver October 2010: 234x156: 172pp Pb: 978-0-415-56949-1: £23.50
Marxian Reproduction Schema
Feminism, Economics and Utopia
Advances on Income Inequality and Concentration Measures
Karin Schonpflug, University of Vienna, Austria October 2010: 234x156: 260pp Pb: 978-0-415-56951-4: £23.50
Frontiers in the Economics of Gender Edited by Francesca Bettio, University of Siena, Italy and Alina Verashchagina October 2010: 234x156: 316pp Pb: 978-0-415-56952-1: £23.50
Knowledge Economies Wilfred Dolfsma, Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, the Netherlands October 2010: 234x156: 174pp Pb: 978-0-415-56953-8: £23.50
Andrew Trigg, Open University, UK October 2010: 216x138: 142pp Pb: 978-0-415-49368-0: £23.50
Devolution, Regionalism and Regional Development Edited by Jonathan Bradbury, Swansea University, UK October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-57864-6: £23.50 Norman Schofield, Washington University of St. Louis October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-56940-8: £23.50 Christian Arnsperger, Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium October 2010: 234x156: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-56937-8: £23.50
Computable, Constructive and Behavioural Economic Dynamics Edited by Stefano Zambelli, Trento University, Italy October 2010: 234x156: 464pp Pb: 978-0-415-58325-1: £23.50
Computable Foundations for Economics K. Vela Velupillai, University of Trento, Italy October 2010: 234x156: 512pp Pb: 978-0-415-58620-7: £23.50 2nd edition
Edited by Gianni Betti and Achille Lemmi, both at University of Siena, Italy October 2010: 234x156: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-56947-7: £23.50
Development Economics in Action
Bank Performance
The Political Economy of Work
Jacob Bikker, De Nederlandsche Bank, the Netherlands and Jaap W.B. Bos, Utrecht School of Economics, the Netherlands October 2010: 234x156: 172pp Pb: 978-0-415-56961-3: £23.50
Work, Female Empowerment and Economic Development
Tony Killick, Overseas Development Institute, UK October 2010: 216x138: 544pp Pb: 978-0-415-58711-2: £23.50 David Spencer, University of Leeds, UK October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-58876-8: £23.50
Ontology and Economics Edited by Edward Fullbrook, University of the West of England, UK October 2010: 234x156: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-54649-2: £23.50
N. Emrah Aydinonat, Ankara University, Turkey October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-56954-5: £23.50
Edited by Sara Horrell, University of Cambridge, UK, Hazel Johnson, The Open University, UK and Paul Mosley, University of Sheffield, UK October 2010: 234x156: 252pp Pb: 978-0-415-56962-0: £23.50
The Keynesian Multiplier
Keynes’s Vision
Edited by Claude Gnos, Université de Bourgogne, France and Louis-Philippe Rochon, Laurentian University, Canada October 2010: 234x156: 220pp Pb: 978-0-415-56956-9: £23.50
John Philip Jones, Syracuse University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-78000-1: £23.50
Edited by Manuel Agosin, Universidad de Chile, David Bloom, Harvard University, George Chapelier, United Nations Development Programme, USA and Jagdish Saigal, UNCTAD, Switzerland October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-77032-3: £23.50
Economic Integration in the Americas
Capitalism
Expanding Frontiers of Global Trade Rules Nitya Nanda, The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), New Delhi, India October 2010: 234x156: 214pp Pb: 978-0-415-56959-0: £23.50
Reciprocity, Altruism and the Civil Society Luigino Bruni, Universita degli Studi di Milano Bicocca, Milan October 2010: 234x156: 174pp Pb: 978-0-415-56964-4: £23.50
Economic Policy and Performance in Industrial Democracies Takayuki Sakamoto, Southern Methodist University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 356pp Pb: 978-0-415-57227-9: £23.50
Reigniting the Labor Movement
order now!
©
Gerald Friedman, University of Massachusetts Amherst, USA October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-78001-8: £23.50
See separate Order Form
Edited by Joseph A. McKinney and H. Stephen Gardner, both at Baylor University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 282pp Pb: 978-0-415-78002-5: £23.50
Economic Representations Edited by David F Ruccio, University of Notre Dame, USA October 2010: 234x156: 342pp Pb: 978-0-415-78003-2: £23.50
Entrepreneurship and Economic Progress Randall Holcombe, Florida State University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-78023-0: £23.50
Regional Development in the Knowledge Economy Edited by Philip Cooke, Cardiff University, UK and Andrea Piccaluga, Sant’Anna School for Advanced Studies, Italy October 2010: 234x156: 294pp Pb: 978-0-415-57863-9: £23.50
Solving the Riddle of Globalization and Development
Victor D. Lippit, University of California Riverside, USA October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-43506-2: £23.50
Culture and Politics in Economic Development Volker Bornschier, World Society Foundation Sociological Institute, Switzerland October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-45928-0: £23.50
Economics, Ethics and the Market Johan J. Graafland, Tilburg University, the Netherlands October 2010: 234x156: 456pp Pb: 978-0-415-55828-0: £23.50
Education Passionate Principalship Edited by Ciaran Sugrue, University of Cambridge,UK October 2010: 234x156: 228pp Pb: 978-0-415-57740-3: £23.50
When For-Profit Meets Nonprofit Jared Bleak, Duke Corporate Education October 2010: 229x152: 196pp Pb: 978-0-415-88246-0: £23.50
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
The Invisible Hand in Economics
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Routledge Paperbacks Direct 309 Geography
Spatial Theories of Education Edited by Kalervo N. Gulson, University of British Columbia, Canada and Colin Symes, Macquarie University, Australia October 2010: 229x152: 298pp Pb: 978-0-415-88255-2: £23.50
The Rights and Wrongs of Land Restitution
Governance for Sustainable Development
The Social Psychology of the Classroom Elisha Babad, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel October 2010: 229x152: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-88259-0: £23.50
The Academic Citizen Bruce Macfarlane, University of Portsmouth, UK October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-56140-2: £23.50
Edited by Jens Newig, Leuphana University Luneburg, Germany, Jan-Peter Voss, Berlin Institute of Technology, Germany and Jochen Monstadt, Darmstadt University of Technology, Germany October 2010: 246x189: 202pp Pb: 978-0-415-57220-0: £23.50
The Other Global City Edited by Shail Mayaram, Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, India October 2010: 229x152: 258pp Pb: 978-0-415-88236-1: £23.50
History
The New Significance of Learning Pádraig Hogan, University of Ireland, Maynooth October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-54968-4: £26.99
Robert Owen and the Owenites in Britain and America John Harrison October 2010: 216x138: 402pp Pb: 978-0-415-56431-1: £25.00
The Origins of Mathematical Knowledge in Childhood Catherine Sophian October 2010: 229x152: 212pp Pb: 978-0-415-87770-1: £39.99
Arab Historians of the Crusades Francesco Gabrieli October 2010: 216x138: 398pp Pb: 978-0-415-56793-0: £23.50
Embracing Reason Daniel Chazan, University of Maryland, USA, Michigan State University, Sandra Callis, Washington Woods Middle School, Michigan, USA and Michael Lehman, Holt High School, Michigan, USA October 2010: 229x152: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-87904-0: £23.50
The Radical Tradition
Extending Intelligence
Martin Jay October 2010: 216x138: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-57296-5: £23.50
Edited by Patrick C. Kyllonen, Educational Testing Service, New Jersey, USA, Richard D. Roberts, Educational Testing Service, New Jersey, USA and Lazar Stankov October 2010: 229x152: 488pp Pb: 978-0-415-87780-0: £24.99
English Language and Linguistics
Richard Gombin October 2010: 216x138: 162pp Pb: 978-0-415-57050-3: £23.50
Fin de Siècle Socialism and Other Essays
David Critchley October 2010: 229x152: 362pp Pb: 978-0-415-88257-6: £23.50
Rooted in the Earth, Rooted in the Sky
Shahrzad Mahootian October 2010: 234x156: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-58721-1: £35.00
Victoria Sweet October 2010: 229x152: 344pp Pb: 978-0-415-99333-3: £26.99
Lesbian Discourses
Trials of Irish History
Veronika Koller, Lancaster University, UK October 2010: 229x152: 238pp Pb: 978-0-415-88389-4: £25.00
Evi Gkotzaridis, European University Institute October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-54412-2: £23.50
The Longitudinal Study of Advanced L2 Capacities
Tolkien the Medievalist
Edited by Rosemary Hunter, University of Kent, UK and Sharon Cowan, University of Edinburgh, UK October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-57446-4: £23.50 Antoinette Rouvroy, Antoinette Rouvroy, Belgium October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-57447-1: £23.50 Sue Farran, University of Dundee, UK October 2010: 234x156: 364pp Pb: 978-0-415-48997-3: £23.50
Racial, Ethnic, and Homophobic Violence Edited by Michel Prum and Bénédicte Deschamps, both at University Paris 7, France and Marie-Claude Barbier, Ecole Normale Supérieure (ENS) of Cachan, France October 2010: 234x156: 178pp Pb: 978-0-415-57435-8: £23.50 Andrew Sharpe October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-42527-8: £23.50
The Legality of Boxing Jack Anderson, Queen’s University Belfast, UK October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-57436-5: £23.50
Edited by Jane Chance October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-47348-4: £26.99
The Four Lacanian Discourses
Law Levinas, Law, Politics
Jeanne Lorraine Schroeder, Cardozo School of Law October 2010: 234x156: 202pp Pb: 978-0-415-57448-8: £23.50
Edited by Marinos Diamantides, Birkbeck School of Law, UK October 2010: 234x156: 308pp Pb: 978-0-415-57437-2: £23.50
Contest of Faculties
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Michelle Everson and Julia Eisner, both at Birkbeck, University of London, UK October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-57445-7: £23.50
çè
Vernon Valentine Palmer, Tulane University, USA and Mauro Bussani, University of Trieste, Italy October 2010: 216x138: 338pp Pb: 978-0-415-57458-7: £23.50
Transgender Jurisprudence
The Making of a European Constitution
@
Pure Economic Loss
Human Rights in the South Pacific
Persian: Descriptive Grammar
for e-mail updates in your field
Edited by Kelly Hannah-Moffat, University of Toronto at Mississauga, Canada and Pat O’Malley, University of Sydney, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-57444-0: £23.50
Human Genes and Neoliberal Governance
The Origin of Organized Crime in America
Lisa Moore Hunt, University of Wyoming, USA October 2010: 229x152: 262pp Pb: 978-0-415-80294-9: £26.99
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Gendered Risks
Choice and Consent
Jaklin Kornfilt October 2010: 234x156: 608pp Pb: 978-0-415-58716-7: £35.00
Edited by Alison Mackey, Georgetown University, USA and Charlene Polio, Michigan State University, USA October 2010: 229x152: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-88220-0: £27.99
YiJun Tian, University of Technology, Australia Foreword by Jane Winn October 2010: 234x156: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-57454-9: £23.50
Andreas Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos, University of Westminster, UK October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-57443-3: £23.50
Turkish: Descriptive Grammar
Multiple Perspectives on Interaction
Re-thinking Intellectual Property
Absent Environments
Illuminating the Border of French and Flemish Manuscripts, 1270–1310
Lourdes Ortega, University of Hawaii at Manoa, USA and Heidi Byrnes, Georgetown University, USA October 2010: 235x156: 328pp Pb: 978-0-415-88219-4: £27.99
Edited by Derick Fay, University of California, Riverside, USA and Deborah James, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK October 2010: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-57449-5: £23.50
Literature Christopher Norris October 2010: 216x138: 254pp Pb: 978-0-415-57311-5: £23.50
Just Looking Rachel Bowlby October 2010: 216x138: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-57315-3: £23.50
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
310 Routledge Paperbacks Direct Marxism and Historical Writing
The Carver Chronotope
Ben Jonson
Paul Hirst October 2010: 216x138: 198pp Pb: 978-0-415-57317-7: £23.50
G.P. Lainsbury October 2010: 229x152: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-80348-9: £26.99
Edited by D.H. Craig October 2010: 216x138: 610pp Pb: 978-0-415-56882-1: £27.99
Literature in Protestant England, 1560–1660
Staging Early Modern Romance
John Milton
Alan Sinfield, Sussex University, UK October 2010: 216x138: 172pp Pb: 978-0-415-55997-3: £23.50
Edited by Mary Ellen Lamb, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, USA and Valerie Wayne, University of Hawaii at Manoa, USA October 2010: 229x152: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-87938-5: £23.50
Volume 1 1628–1731 Edited by John T. Shawcross October 2010: 216x138: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-56884-5: £27.99
Lydia Kokkola October 2010: 229x152: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-80365-6: £23.50
Wallace Stevens and the Realities of Poetic Language Stefan Holander, Finnmark University College October 2010: 229x152: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-87665-0: £23.50
Enterprising Youth Edited by Monika Elbert, Montclair State Univesity, USA October 2010: 229x152: 310pp Pb: 978-0-415-87667-4: £23.50
Thomas De Quincey Edited by Robert Morrison, Queen’s University, Canada and Daniel S. Roberts, Queens University October 2010: 229x152: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-87668-1: £23.50
Homosexuality in the Life and Work of Joseph Conrad Richard J. Ruppel, Chapman University, USA October 2010: 229x152: 122pp Pb: 978-0-415-87669-8: £23.50
Race, Immigration, and American Identity in the Fiction of Salman Rushdie, Ralph Ellison, and William Faulkner Randy Boyagoda, Ryerson University, Canada October 2010: 229x152: 156pp Pb: 978-0-415-87578-3: £23.50
Conspiracy, Revolution, and Terrorism from Victorian Fiction to the Modern Novel Adrian Wisnicki, Southern New Hampshire University, USA October 2010: 229x152: 244pp Pb: 978-0-415-87580-6: £23.50 volume 1
A Critical History of French Children’s Literature Penelope E. Brown, University of Manchester, UK October 2010: 229x152: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-87670-4: £23.50 volume 2
A Critical History of French Children’s Literature Penelope E. Brown, University of Manchester, UK October 2010: 229x152: 380pp Pb: 978-0-415-87671-1: £23.50 Sandra L. Beckett, Brock University, Canada October 2010: 229x152: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-87936-1: £23.50 Rachel Falconer, University of Sheffield, UK October 2010: 229x152: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-87937-8: £23.50
Colonialism and the Modernist Moment in the Early Novels of Jean Rhys
William Shakespeare
Carol Dell’Amico October 2010: 229x152: 154pp Pb: 978-0-415-80341-0: £26.99
Volume 1 1623–1692 Edited by Brian Vickers October 2010: 234x156: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-48726-9: £27.99
Romanticism and Visuality
William Shakespeare
Sophie Thomas, University of Sussex, UK October 2010: 229x152: 246pp Pb: 978-0-415-87579-0: £22.50
Volume 2 1693–1733 Edited by Brian Vickers October 2010: 234x156: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-48727-6: £27.99
Postmodernism and its Others Jeffrey Ebbeson October 2010: 229x152: 262pp Pb: 978-0-415-80292-5: £26.99
Literature after 9/11 Edited by Ann Keniston, University of Nevada/Reno and Jeanne Follansbee Quinn, Harvard University, USA October 2010: 229x152: 314pp Pb: 978-0-415-88398-6: £23.50
Milton and the Spiritual Reader David Ainsworth, University of Alabama, USA October 2010: 229x152: 244pp Pb: 978-0-415-88390-0: £23.50
The Literary Quest for an American National Character Finn Pollard, Glasgow University, UK October 2010: 229x152: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-88402-0: £23.50
The Critical Heritage series Marcel Proust Edited by Leighton Hodson October 2010: 216x138: 440pp Pb: 978-0-415-56898-2: £27.99
Jill Phillips Ingram, Ohio University, USA October 2010: 229x152: 194pp Pb: 978-0-415-87939-2: £23.50
See separate Order Form
William Shakespeare Volume 3 1733–1752 Edited by Brian Vickers October 2010: 234x156: 500pp Pb: 978-0-415-48728-3: £27.99
William Shakespeare Volume 4 1753–1765 Edited by Brian Vickers October 2010: 234x156: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-48729-0: £27.99
William Shakespeare Volume 5 1765–1774 Edited by Brian Vickers October 2010: 234x156: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-48730-6: £27.99
William Shakespeare Volume 6 1774–1801 Edited by Brian Vickers October 2010: 234x156: 416pp Pb: 978-0-415-48731-3: £27.99
Media and Cultural Studies Bad News
Edited by Millar MacLure October 2010: 216x138: 222pp Pb: 978-0-415-56879-1: £27.99
Peter Beharrell, Howard Davis, John Eldridge, John Hewitt, Jean Hart, Gregg Philo, Paul Walton and Brian Winston October 2010: 216x138: 324pp Pb: 978-0-415-56787-9: £23.50
William Blake
More Bad News
Christopher Marlowe
Edited by G.E. Bentley Jnr. October 2010: 216x138: 314pp Pb: 978-0-415-56889-0: £27.99 Edited by Eric Homberger October 2010: 216x138: 518pp Pb: 978-0-415-56894-4: £27.99 Edited by Norman A. Jeffares October 2010: 216x138: 498pp Pb: 978-0-415-56893-7: £27.99
The Brontes
Idioms of Self Interest
©
Volume 2 1732–1801 Edited by John T. Shawcross October 2010: 216x138: 452pp Pb: 978-0-415-56885-2: £27.99
W.B. Yeats
The Crossover Novel
John Milton
Les Brookes, The Open University, UK October 2010: 229x152: 230pp Pb: 978-0-415-88073-2: £23.50
Ezra Pound
Crossover Fiction
order now!
Gay Male Fiction Since Stonewall
Edited by Miriam Allott October 2010: 216x138: 496pp Pb: 978-0-415-56878-4: £27.99
Peter Beharrell, Howard Davis, John Eldridge, John Hewitt, Jean Hart, Gregg Philo, Paul Walton and Brian Winston October 2010: 216x138: 502pp Pb: 978-0-415-56790-9: £23.50
Film and Television After DVD Edited by James Bennett, London Metropolitan University, UK and Tom Brown, University of Reading, UK October 2010: 229x152: 212pp Pb: 978-0-415-87834-0: £23.50
Media Consumption and Everyday Life in Asia Edited by Youna Kim, American University of Paris, France October 2010: 229x152: 250pp Pb: 978-0-415-87838-8: £23.50
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Representing the Holocaust in Children’s Literature
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Routledge Paperbacks Direct 311 Communicating in the Third Space Edited by Karin Ikas, Frankfurt University, Germany and Gerhard Wagner, Johann Wolfgang Goethe-University, Germany October 2010: 229x152: 218pp Pb: 978-0-415-87840-1: £23.50
Mobile Technologies Edited by Gerard Goggin, University of Sydney, Australia and Larissa Hjorth, RMIT University, Australia October 2010: 229x152: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-87843-2: £23.50
The Practice of Public Art Edited by Cameron Cartiere, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK and Shelly Willis, University of Minnesota October 2010: 229x152: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-87839-5: £23.50
The Contemporary Comic Book Superhero Edited by Angela Ndalianis, University of Melbourne, Australia October 2010: 229x152: 314pp Pb: 978-0-415-87841-8: £23.50
Internationalizing Internet Studies Edited by Gerard Goggin, University of Sydney, Australia and Mark McLelland, University of Wollongong, Australia October 2010: 229x152: 356pp Pb: 978-0-415-87842-5: £23.50
Sufi Commentaries on the Qur’an in Classical Islam
Media, Culture and Society in Iran
Kristin Sands, Sarah Lawrence College, USA October 2010: 234x156: 204pp Pb: 978-0-415-48314-8: £23.50
Islamic Insurance
The Hanbali School of Law and Ibn Taymiyyah
Aly Khorshid October 2010: 234x156: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-44450-7: £23.50
Abdul Hakim I Al-Matroudi, University of London, UK October 2010: 234x156: 298pp Pb: 978-0-415-58707-5: £23.50
Afghanistan
Space and Muslim Urban Life
Nabi Misdaq, formerly of BBC Radio October 2010: 234x156: 380pp Pb: 978-0-415-47024-7: £23.50
Simon O’Meara, Dartmouth College, USA October 2010: 234x156: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-57670-3: £23.50
The Qur’an in its Historical Context
The History of the Seljuq Turks
Edited by Gabriel Said Reynolds, University of Notre Dame, USA October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-49169-3: £23.50
Edited by Edmund Bosworth October 2010: 234x156: 204pp Pb: 978-0-415-58312-1: £23.50
Jewish and Muslim Dialects of Moroccan Arabic
D.S. Richards October 2010: Pb: 978-0-415-58313-8: £23.50
Jeffrey Heath October 2010: 234x156: 618pp Pb: 978-0-415-56778-7: £23.50
Asma Moalla October 2010: 216x138: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-58941-3: £23.50
Edited by Aleya Rouchdy October 2010: 234x156: 376pp Pb: 978-0-415-56779-4: £23.50
Inga Scharf, German National Academic Foundation, Germany October 2010: 229x152: 252pp Pb: 978-0-415-87844-9: £23.50
Network Art Edited by Tom Corby, University of Westminster, UK October 2010: 246x174: 222pp Pb: 978-0-415-57631-4: £23.50
Thinking Through Art Edited by Katy Macleod and Lin Holdridge, both at University of Plymouth, UK October 2010: 246x174: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-57633-8: £23.50
Muscular Judaism
Reformers and Revolutionaries in Modern Iran Edited by Stephanie Cronin, University of Northampton, UK October 2010: 234x156: 328pp Pb: 978-0-415-57344-3: £23.50
The Development of Exegesis in Early Islam Herbert Berg, University of North Carolina Wilmington, USA October 2010: 234x156: 263pp Pb: 978-0-415-55416-9: £23.50
Religion and Society in Qajar Iran Edited by Robert Gleave, University of Exeter, UK October 2010: 234x156: 496pp Pb: 978-0-415-57347-4: £23.50
Invisible Connections Sita Popat October 2010: 246x174: 188pp Pb: 978-0-415-57632-1: £23.50
The Political Thought of Ayatollah Murtaza Mutahhari Mahmood T. Davari, University of Qum, Iran October 2010: 234x156: 211pp Pb: 978-0-415-57350-4: £23.50
Digital Creativity: a Reader Edited by Colin Beardon and Lone Malmborg October 2010: 246x174: 255pp Pb: 978-0-415-57968-1: £23.50
Ben-Gurion, Zionism and American Jewry
Middle East Studies
Ariel Feldestein, Sapir Academic College, Israel October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-57679-6: £23.50
Islamic Attitudes to Israel
The Origins of the American-Israeli Alliance
Middle East and North African Immigrants in Europe Edited by Ahmed al-Shahi, Oxford University, UK and Richard Lawless October 2010: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-56832-6: £24.50
Moses in the Qur’an and Islamic Exegesis
çè
Brannon M. Wheeler October 2010: 234x156: 236pp Pb: 978-0-415-55418-3: £23.50
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
@
Abraham Ben-Zvi, Tel-Aviv University, Israel October 2010: 234x156: 126pp Pb: 978-0-415-57680-2: £23.50
Mediaeval Islamic Historiography and Political Legitimacy A.C.S. Peacock, University of Cambridge, UK October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-58311-4: £23.50
Journalism in Iran Hossein Shahidi, American University of Beirut, Lebanon October 2010: 234x156: 188pp Pb: 978-0-415-58316-9: £23.50
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Edited by Efraim Karsh, University of London, UK and P.R. Kumaraswamy, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India October 2010: 234x156: 206pp Pb: 978-0-415-57463-1: £23.50
The Annals of the Saljuq Turks
The Regency of Tunis and the Ottoman Porte, 1777–1814
Language Contact and Language Conflict in Arabic
Nation and Identity in the New German Cinema
Edited by Mehdi Semati, Eastern Illinois University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-58319-0: £23.50
Todd Samuel Presner, University of California, USA October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-59340-3: £23.50
Iranian History and Politics Dr Homa Katouzian, University of Oxford, UK October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-44170-4: £23.50
Islam, Secularism and Nationalism in Modern Turkey Soner Cagaptay, Washington Institute for Near East Policy, USA October 2010: 234x156: 282pp Pb: 978-0-415-56776-3: £23.50
Military and Strategic Studies Critical Terrorism Studies Edited by Richard Jackson, Marie Breen Smyth and Jeroen Gunning, all at University of Wales, UK October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-57415-0: £23.50
The Geopolitics of American Insecurity Edited by Francois Debrix, Florida International University, USA and Mark Lacy, University of Lancaster, UK October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-57754-0: £22.50
Civil-Military Cooperation in Post-Conflict Operations Edited by Christopher Ankersen, University of London, UK October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-56960-6: £23.50
Nuclear Weapons and Conflict Transformation Saira Khan, McGill University, Canada October 2010: 234x156: 218pp Pb: 978-0-415-57782-3: £23.50
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
312 Routledge Paperbacks Direct Democracy and Security
Israeli Counter-Insurgency and the Intifadas
The Psychology of Strategic Terrorism
Edited by Matthew Evangelista, Cornell University, Ithaca, USA, Harald Muller and Niklas Schoernig, both at Peace Research Institute, Germany October 2010: 234x156: 234pp Pb: 978-0-415-57651-2: £23.50
Sergio Catignani October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-57012-1: £23.50
Ben Sheppard October 2010: 234x156: 262pp Pb: 978-0-415-57810-3: £23.50
Military Cooperation in Multinational Peace Operations
Countering the Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction
Edited by Joseph Soeters, Tilburg University, the Netherlands and Philippe Manigart, Royal Military Academy, Belgium October 2010: 234x156: 268pp Pb: 978-0-415-57013-8: £23.50
Thanos P. Dokos, Hellenic Foundation for Europe and Foreign Policy (ELIAMEP), Greece October 2010: 234x156: 238pp Pb: 978-0-714-68499-4: £23.50
Private Military and Security Companies
Edited by Damon Coletta and Frances T. Pilch, both at United States Air Force Academy, Colorado, USA October 2010: Pb: 978-0-415-77879-4: £23.50
Edited by Daniel Moran and James A. Russell, both at Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, USA October 2010: 234x156: 260pp Pb: 978-0-415-57966-7: £23.50
The Homeland Security Dilemma Frank P. Harvey, Dalhousie University, Canada October 2010: 234x156: 298pp Pb: 978-0-415-58158-5: £23.50
International Conflict Mediation Edited by Jacob Bercovitch, University of Canterbury, New Zealand and Scott Sigmund Gartner, University of California, Davis, USA October 2010: 234x156: 330pp Pb: 978-0-415-57648-2: £23.50
The Normandy Campaign 1944 Edited by John Buckley, University of Wolverhampton, UK October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-44942-7: £23.50
Conflict Prevention and Peace-building in Post-War Societies Edited by T. David Mason and James D. Meernik, both at University of North Texas October 2010: 234x156: 296pp Pb: 978-0-415-54495-5: £23.50
Special Forces, Strategy and the War on Terror Alastair Finlan, University of Wales, UK October 2010: 234x156: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-57036-7: £23.50
Disease and Security Christian Enemark, University of New South Wales, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-56989-7: £23.50
Israel and its Army Stuart A. Cohen, Bar-Ilan University, Israel October 2010: 234x156: 222pp Pb: 978-0-415-57011-4: £23.50
The Baltic Question during the Cold War Edited by John Hiden, University of Glasgow, Vahur Made, Estonian School of Diplomacy, Estonia and David J. Smith, University of Glasgow, UK October 2010: 234x156: 222pp Pb: 978-0-415-56934-7: £23.50
Causes and Consequences of International Conflict Edited by Glenn Palmer, Pennsylvania University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 268pp Pb: 978-0-415-56955-2: £23.50
Cyber-Security and Threat Politics Myriam Dunn Cavelty, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Switzerland October 2010: 234x156: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-56988-0: £23.50
European Integration and the Cold War Edited by N. Piers Ludlow, London School of Economics October 2010: 234x156: 206pp Pb: 978-0-415-56990-3: £23.50
Globalization and WMD Proliferation
order now!
©
Edited by James A. Russell and James J. Wirtz, both at Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, USA October 2010: 234x156: 182pp Pb: 978-0-415-56991-0: £23.50
See separate Order Form
Edited by Andrew Alexandra, Melbourne University, Australia, Deane-Peter Baker, University of KwaZulu Natal, South Africa and Marina Caparini, Geneva Centre for the Democratic Control of Armed Forces, Switzerland October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-57030-5: £23.50
South Asia’s Cold War Rajesh M. Basrur, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore October 2010: 234x156: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-57035-0: £23.50
Terrorism and Weapons of Mass Destruction Edited by Ian Bellany, Lancaster University October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-57065-7: £23.50
Women and Terrorism Margaret Gonzalez-Perez, Southeastern Louisiana University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-57073-2: £23.50
China, the United States, and South-East Asia Edited by Sheldon W. Simon, Arizona State University, USA and Evelyn Goh, University of Oxford, UK October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-56950-7: £23.50
Clausewitz and America Stuart Kinross, National Audit Office, London, UK October 2010: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-56963-7: £23.50
Origins of the European Security System Edited by Andreas Wenger, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Institute of Security Studies, Switzerland, Vojtech Mastny, Parallel History Project on Cooperative Security, Switzerland and Christian Nuenlist, Mittelland Zeitung, Switzerland October 2010: 234x156: 274pp Pb: 978-0-415-57021-3: £23.50
White Terror Jamie Bisher October 2010: 234x156: 472pp Pb: 978-0-415-57134-0: £23.50
Peace Operations and International Criminal Justice Majbritt Lyck, University of Bradford, UK October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-57533-1: £23.50
Globalisation and Defence in the Asia-Pacific Edited by Geoffrey Till, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, Emrys Chew and Joshua Ho, both at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-57650-5: £23.50
Cyber-Conflict and Global Politics Edited by Athina Karatzogianni, University of Hull, UK October 2010: 234x156: 262pp Pb: 978-0-415-57657-4: £23.50
Space and Defense Policy
Military Advising and Assistance Edited by Donald Stoker, Naval War College, Monterey, California, USA October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-58298-8: £23.50
Naval Coalition Warfare Edited by Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine, both at US Naval War College, USA October 2010: 234x156: 268pp Pb: 978-0-415-78083-4: £23.50
Nuclear Proliferation in South Asia Edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, USA and S. Paul Kapur, Stanford University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-58211-7: £23.50
Managing Military Organizations Edited by Joseph Soeters, Paul C.van Fenema and Robert Beeres, both at The Netherlands Defense Acadamy October 2010: Pb: 978-0-415-58581-1: £23.50
The Pacific Campaign in World War II William Bruce Johnson October 2010: 234x156: 430pp Pb: 978-0-415-58714-3: £23.50
Russian Energy Power and Foreign Relations Edited by Jeronim Perovic, Basel University, Robert W. Orttung, American University, Washington DC, USA and Andreas Wenger, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Institute of Security Studies, Switzerland October 2010: 234x156: 270pp Pb: 978-0-415-58599-6: £23.50
Indian Naval Strategy in the Twenty-first Century James R. Holmes, Andrew C. Winner and Toshi Yoshihara, all at Naval War College, USA October 2010: 234x156: Pb: 978-0-415-58600-9: £23.50
Climate Change and Armed Conflict James R. Lee, American University, USA October 2010: 234x156: Pb: 978-0-415-59251-2: £23.50
Armed Groups and the Balance of Power Anthony Vinci October 2010: 234x156: 178pp Pb: 978-0-415-59067-9: £23.50
Great Powers and Strategic Stability in the 21st Century Edited by Graeme P. Herd, Geneva Centre for Security Policy, Switzerland October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-58579-8: £23.50
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Energy Security and Global Politics
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Routledge Paperbacks Direct 313 Science, Strategy and War
If China Attacks Taiwan
Philosophy
Frans P.B. Osinga, Joint Air Power Competence Centre, HQ SACT, Virginia October 2010: 234x156: 328pp Pb: 978-0-415-45952-5: £23.50
Edited by Steve Tsang, St. Antony’s College, Oxford October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-40785-4: £23.50
Leonardo, Descartes, Max Weber
Special Operations and Strategy
Dennis J.D. Sandole, George Mason University, Washington DC, USA October 2010: 234x156: 226pp Pb: 978-0-415-44883-3: £23.50
James D. Kiras, School of Advanced Air and Space Studies, USA October 2010: 234x156: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-45949-5: £23.50
Tedder
Afghanistan, Arms and Conflict Michael Vinay Bhatia, Brown University, USA and Mark Sedra, Bonn International Center for Conversion, Germany October 2010: 234x156: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-47734-5: £23.50
Dreadnought Gunnery and the Battle of Jutland
War Plans and Alliances in the Cold War Edited by Vojtech Mastny, US National Security Archive, Washington DC, Sven S. Holtsmark, Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies, Oslo and Andreas Wenger, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Institute of Security Studies, Zurich, Switzerland October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-39564-9: £23.99
Corporate Soldiers and International Security Christopher Kinsey, King’s College London October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-45776-7: £23.50
Space Warfare John J. Klein, United States Navy October 2010: Pb: 978-0-415-40796-0: £23.50
Security and Post-Conflict Reconstruction Edited by Robert Muggah, Small Arms Survey, Switzerland October 2010: 234x156: 300pp Pb: 978-0-415-54440-5: £23.50
SOE in France M.R.D. Foot October 2010: 234x156: 584pp Pb: 978-0-415-40800-4: £23.50
Military Deception and Strategic Surprise! Edited by John Gooch October 2010: 234x156: Pb: 978-0-415-44933-5: £23.50
British Armour in the Normandy Campaign John Buckley October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-40773-1: £23.50
Mapping Terrorism Research Edited by Magnus Ranstorp, Swedish National Defence College, Stockholm October 2010: 234x156: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-45778-1: £23.50
The Military and Negotiation Deborah Goodwin October 2010: Pb: 978-0-415-37900-7: £25.99
Rebecca L. Schiff, Brandeis University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-54919-6: £23.50 David T. Zabecki, US Southern European Task Force, US Army Europe October 2010: 234x156: 438pp Pb: 978-0-415-55879-2: £23.50
Terror, Insecurity and Liberty Edited by Didier Bigo, Sciences Po, France and Anastassia Tsoukala, University of Paris XI, France October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-49068-9: £23.50
British Generalship on the Western Front 1914–1918
@
Jaspers Karl October 2010: 216x138: 282pp Pb: 978-0-415-55789-4: £23.50
Philosophical Investigations on Time, Space and the Continuum Franz Brentano October 2010: 216x138: 228pp Pb: 978-0-415-56803-6: £23.50
Immediacy and its Limits Edited by Nathan Rotenstreich October 2010: 216x138: 134pp Pb: 978-0-415-57048-0: £23.50
The True and the Evident Franz Brentano October 2010: 216x138: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-57049-7: £23.50
Kant, Respect and Injustice Victor Seidler October 2010: 216x138: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-57294-1: £23.50
Hannah Arendt and the Challenge of Modernity Serena Parekh, University of Connecticut, USA October 2010: 229x152: 234pp Pb: 978-0-415-87666-7: £23.50
Referential Opacity and Modal Logic
Simon Robbins October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-40778-6: £23.50
Dagfinn Follesdal October 2010: 229x152: 194pp Pb: 978-0-415-99844-4: £23.50
Intelligence Activities in Ancient Rome
German Political Philosophy
Rose Mary Sheldon October 2010: 234x156: 346pp Pb: 978-0-415-45271-7: £23.50
Chris Thornhill, University of Glasgow October 2010: 234x156: 412pp Pb: 978-0-415-58649-8: £23.50
Chinese Naval Strategy in the 21st Century
Practical Identity and Narrative Agency
James R. Holmes, University of Georgia, Athens, USA and Toshi Yoshihara, Air War College, Maxwell, USA October 2010: 234x156: 180pp Pb: 978-0-415-54534-1: £23.50
Edited by Kim Atkins, University of Tasmania, Australia and Catriona Mackenzie, Macquarie University, Australia October 2010: 229x152: 308pp Pb: 978-0-415-88391-7: £23.50
Understanding Victory and Defeat in Contemporary War
Nancy Cartwright’s Philosophy of Science
Edited by Jan Angstrom, Swedish National Defence College, Sweden and Isabelle Duyvesteyn, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands October 2010: 234x156: 260pp Pb: 978-0-415-48164-9: £23.50
Edited by Luc Bovens, London School of Economics, UK, Carl Hoefer, Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain and Stephan Hartmann, Tilburg University, London School of Economics, UK October 2010: 229x152: 418pp Pb: 978-0-415-88392-4: £23.50
Global Geostrategy
Philosophy and the Vision of Language
Edited by Brian Blouet, College of William and Mary, USA October 2010: 198x129: 200pp Pb: 978-0-7146-8575-5: £23.99
Paul M. Livingston, Villanova University, USA October 2010: 229x152: 302pp Pb: 978-0-415-88399-3: £23.50
Intelligence Theory
Contemporary Thought and Politics
Edited by Peter Gill, Salford University, UK, Stephen Marrin, Mercyhurst College, USA and Mark Phythian, University of Leicester, UK October 2010: 234x156: 252pp Pb: 978-0-415-55337-7: £23.50
Earnest Gellner October 2010: 216x138: 220pp Pb: 978-0-415-48862-4: £23.50
Warfighting and Disruptive Technologies Terry Pierce October 2010: Pb: 978-0-415-70189-1: £27.99 Edited by Gordon Peake, Eric Scheye and Alice Hills, Leeds University, UK October 2010: 234x156: 182pp Pb: 978-0-415-49520-2: £23.50
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
Kant – Arg Phil Walker October 2010: 234x156: 214pp Pb: 978-0-415-48768-9: £24.50
The Philosophy of “As if”
çè
Everett Dolman, SAAS Air University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-7146-8498-7: £24.99
çè
The Military and Domestic Politics
Managing Insecurity
Pure Strategy
for e-mail updates in your field
Vincent Orange, University of Canterbury, New Zealand October 2010: 234x156: 480pp Pb: 978-0-7146-4367-0: £25.99
The German 1918 Offensives
John Brooks October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-40788-5: £23.50
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Peace and Security in the Postmodern World
H. Vaihinger October 2010: 216x138: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-48822-8: £23.50
Laws in Nature Stephen Mumford October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-40782-3: £23.50
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
314 Routledge Paperbacks Direct
Turkey’s Road to European Union Membership Edited by Susannah Verney and Kostas Ifantis, both at University of Athens, Greece October 2010: 246x174: 144pp Pb: 978-0-415-57469-3: £23.50
Political Theories of Modern Government Peter Self October 2010: 216x138: 238pp Pb: 978-0-415-57293-4: £23.50
The Power of the Powerless Vaclav Havel October 2010: 216x138: 228pp Pb: 978-0-415-57300-9: £23.50
The International Politics of Surplus Capacity Edited by Susan Strange and Roger Tooze October 2010: 216x138: 244pp Pb: 978-0-415-57318-4: £23.50
Who Speaks for the Poor Richard A. Jr Hays October 2010: 229x152: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-87763-3: £23.50
Environmental Policymaking in Congress Kelly Tzoumis October 2010: 229x152: 152pp Pb: 978-0-415-87765-7: £23.50
Politics in an Era of Divided Government Harvey L. Schantz October 2010: 229x152: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-87764-0: £23.50
The United Nations and Democracy in Africa Zoë Wilson, MTB, University of KwaZulu, South Africa October 2010: 229x152: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-80579-7: £26.99
Liberal Rights and Political Culture Zhenghuan Zhou October 2010: 229x152: 286pp Pb: 978-0-415-88249-1: £23.50
Speaking with Authority Michael W. Posluns, University of Toronto at Mississauga, Canada October 2010: 229x152: 356pp Pb: 978-0-415-88261-3: £23.50
International Election Monitoring, Sovereignty, and the Western Hemisphere Arturo Santa-Cruz, University of Guadalajara, Mexico October 2010: 229x152: 302pp Pb: 978-0-415-80335-9: £26.99
Perspectives on Feminist Political Thought in European History Edited by Tjitske Akkerman, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Siep Stuurman, Erasmus University, the Netherlands October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-15221-1: £24.99
Cross-Border Governance in the European Union
order now!
©
Edited by Barbara Hooper, University of Nijmegen, the Netherlands and Olivier Kramsch, University of Nijmegen, the Netherlands October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-42975-7: £23.50
See separate Order Form
Constructivism and International Relations
The Geopolitics of Resource Wars
Edited by Stefano Guzzini, Danish Institute for International Studies, Copenhagen and Uppsala University, Sweden and Anna Leander, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-41120-2: £23.50
Edited by Philippe Le Billon, University of British Colombia, Canada October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-46378-2: £24.50
Logics of Critical Explanation in Social and Political Theory Jason Glynos and David Howarth, both at University of Essex, UK October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-46212-9: £23.50
Liberalism and War Andrew Williams, University of Kent at Canterbury, UK October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-37833-8: £23.99
The World Bank and Governance Edited by Diane L. Stone, University of Warwick, UK and Christopher Wright, London School of Economics, UK October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-41650-4: £23.50
Global Governmentality Edited by Wendy Larner, University of Auckland, New Zealand and William Walters, Carleton University, Canada October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-40680-2: £23.50
Iceland and European Integration Edited by Baldur Thorhallsson, University of Iceland, Iceland October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-40666-6: £23.50
Global Activism Ruth Reitan, University of Miami, USA October 2010: 234x156: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-45551-0: £23.50
The Media of Diaspora Edited by Karim H. Karim October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-40675-8: £23.50
The Political Theory of Global Citizenship April Carter, University of Queensland, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-39944-9: £23.50
Outcast Europe: The Balkans, 1789–1989 Tom Gallagher October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-37559-7: £24.99
Environmental Policy in Europe Edited by Andrew J. Jordan and Duncan Liefferink October 2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-40679-6: £23.50
The International Political Thought of Carl Schmitt Edited by Louiza Odysseos, University of Sussex, UK and Fabio Petito, University ‘L’Oreintale’, Naples, Italy October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-47477-1: £23.50
Globalising Intellectual Property Rights Duncan Matthews October 2010: 234x156: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-40658-1: £23.50
Women, Quotas and Politics Edited by Drude Dahlerup, University of Stockholm, Sweden October 2010: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-42968-9: £23.50
Comparing Welfare Capitalism Edited by Bernhard Ebbinghaus, Max Planck Institute for the Study of Societies, Germany and Philip Manow, University of Konstanz, Germany October 2010: 234x156: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-40653-6: £23.50
United States Foreign Policy & National Identity in the 21st Century Edited by Kenneth Christie, Zayed University, United Arab Emirates October 2010: 234x156: 198pp Pb: 978-0-415-57357-3: £23.50
National-Cultural Autonomy and its Contemporary Critics Edited by Ephraim Nimni October 2010: 234x156: 276pp Pb: 978-0-415-49901-9: £23.50
The Environment and International Politics Hakan Seckinelgin, University of London, UK October 2010: 234x156: 230pp Pb: 978-0-415-49954-5: £23.50
Urbicide Martin Coward, University of Newcastle, UK October 2010: 234x156: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-57356-6: £23.50
Developing Countries and Global Trade Negotiations Edited by Larry Crump and S. Javed Maswood, both at Griffith University, Australia October 2010: 216x138: 222pp Pb: 978-0-415-54345-3: £23.50
Assessment and Measurement of Regional Integration Edited by Philippe De Lombaerde, United Nations University, Belgium October 2010: 234x156: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-58663-4: £23.50
Central Banking Governance in the European Union Lucia Quaglia, University of Sussex, UK October 2010: 234x156: 204pp Pb: 978-0-415-58665-8: £23.50
Women and British Party Politics Sarah Childs, University of Bristol, UK October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-59409-7: £23.50
The Arab Lobby and US Foreign Policy Khalil Marrar, DePaul University, USA October 2010: 234x156: 286pp Pb: 978-0-415-58662-7: £23.50
Britain and the Balkans Carole Hodge, South East European Research Unit, UK October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-58664-1: £23.50
Changing Images of Civil Society Edited by Bruno Jobert, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, France and Beate Kohler-Koch, International Graduate School of the Social Sciences, Germany October 2010: 234x156: 234pp Pb: 978-0-415-58666-5: £23.50
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Politics
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Routledge Paperbacks Direct 315 Civil Societies and Social Movements
Sociology
Edited by Derrick Purdue, University of the West of England, UK October 2010: 234x156: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-58675-7: £23.50
Tom B. Bottomore October 2010: 216x138: 334pp Pb: 978-0-415-57994-0: £23.50
The Social Problems of an Industrial Civilisation
Civil Society, Religion and Global Governance
Carole H. Browner and H. Mabel Preloran, both at University of California, USA October 2010: 234x156: 152pp Pb: 978-0-415-59256-7: £23.50
Global Crime Today
(Mis)recognition, Social Inequality and Social Justice
Qualitative Complexity
Elton Mayo October 2010: 216x138: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-43684-7: £24.50
Neurogenetic Diagnoses
Edited by Helen James, Australian National University, Australia October 2010: 234x156: 340pp Pb: 978-0-415-58677-1: £23.50
Conflicts in Environmental Regulation and the Internationalisation of the State Ulrich Brand, Vienna University, Austria, Christoph Görg, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research – UFZ, Germany, Joachim Hirsch, Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universitöt, Germany and Markus Wissen, Leibniz Institute for Regional Development and Structural Planning, Germany October 2010: 234x156: 292pp Pb: 978-0-415-58679-5: £23.50
Edited by Terry Lovell October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-46494-9: £24.50
Victor Seidler October 2010: 216x138: 330pp Pb: 978-0-415-57289-7: £23.50
Timothy J. Barnett October 2010: 229x152: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-87753-4: £23.50
Journalism, Science and Society
Edited by Mario Telò, Free University Brussels, Belgium October 2010: 234x156: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-54950-9: £23.50
The EU and the European Security Strategy
Modeling Minority Women
Edited by Sven Biscop, Royal Institute for International Relations, Belgium and Jan Joel Andersson, Swedish Institute of International Affairs, Sweden October 2010: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-47977-6: £23.50
Religion Religious Perspectives on Bioethics
Young Citizens and New Media Edited by Peter Dahlgren, Lund University, Sweden October 2010: 229x152: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-88254-5: £23.50
Exploring the Networked Worlds of Popular Music
Ian Almond October 2010: 216x138: 174pp Pb: 978-0-415-57897-4: £23.50
Peter Webb, University of London, UK October 2010: 229x152: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-88262-0: £23.50
Waiting on God Simone Weil October 2010: 216x138: 194pp Pb: 978-0-415-56751-0: £23.50
Biomedicine as Culture Edited by Regula Valérie Burri, Collegium Helveticum, Switzerland and Joseph Dumit, University of California, Davis, USA October 2010: 229x152: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-88317-7: £23.50
Formative Writings Simone Weil October 2010: 216x138: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-56797-8: £23.50
Child Abuse, Gender and Society Jackie Turton, University of Essex, UK October 2010: 229x152: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-88294-1: £23.50
Sociology Explaining Global Poverty
Ernest Gellner October 2010: 216x138: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-48861-7: £23.50
Cosmic Society
Roslyn Wallach Bologh October 2010: 216x138: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-57045-9: £23.50
Edited by H.H. Gerth and C. Wright Mills Translated by H.H. Gerth and C. Mills October 2010: 216x138: 508pp Pb: 978-0-415-43666-3: £24.50
Love or greatness
Homo Ludens ILS 86
Roslyn Wallach Bologh October 2010: 234x156: 372pp Pb: 978-0-415-57284-2: £23.50
Huizinga October 2010: 216x138: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-48755-9: £24.50
Derek Brereton October 2010: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-59200-0: £23.50
Sporting Cultures Edited by David Wood and P. Louise Johnson, both at University of Sheffield, UK October 2010: 246x174: 204pp Pb: 978-0-415-57460-0: £23.50
Sporting Sounds Edited by Anthony Bateman, De Montfort University, UK and John Bale, Keele University, UK and Aarhuus University, Denmark October 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-56613-1: £24.99
Sport in Australian National Identity Tony Ward October 2010: 246x174: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-57555-3: £29.99
Theatre and Performance Studies Mark Evans, Coventry University, UK October 2010: 229x152: 212pp Pb: 978-0-415-88395-5: £23.50
From Max Weber: Essays in Sociology
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Dialectical Phenomenolgy
@
Edited by Alan Klein October 2010: 246x174: 274pp Pb: 978-0-415-57223-1: £24.50
Edited by Bruce McConachie, University of Pittsburgh, USA and F. Elizabeth Hart, University of Conneticut, USA October 2010: 234x156: 252pp Pb: 978-0-415-58339-8: £23.50
Campsteading
for e-mail updates in your field
American Sports
Performance and Cognition
Peter Dickens, University of Cambridge, UK and University of Essex, UK and James Ormrod, University of Brighton, UK October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-54592-1: £23.50
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Sport
Movement Training for the Modern Actor
Cause and Meaning in the Social Sciences
Branwen Gruffydd Jones October 2010: 234x156: 249pp Pb: 978-0-415-56869-2: £24.50
Laurence A. Blum October 2010: 216x138: 244pp Pb: 978-0-415-57292-7: £23.50
Edited by Emma Poulton and Martin Roderick, both at University of Durham, UK October 2010: 246x174: 286pp Pb: 978-0-415-57221-7: £24.50
Mark Olssen, University of Surrey, UK October 2010: 229x152: 294pp Pb: 978-0-415-88263-7: £23.50
Sufism and Deconstruction
Friendship, Altruism and Morality
Sport in Films
Reshmi J. Hebbar October 2010: 229x152: 180pp Pb: 978-0-415-88243-9: £23.50
Liberalism, Neoliberalism, Social Democracy
Edited by Mark Cherry October 2010: 234x156: 258pp Pb: 978-0-415-54413-9: £23.50
John Smith and Chris Jenks, Brunel University, UK October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-43967-1: £23.50
Recreating Sexual Politics
Legislative Learning
Edited by Martin W. Bauer, London School of Economics, UK and Massimiano Bucchi, University of Trento, Italy October 2010: 229x152: 299pp Pb: 978-0-415-88134-0: £23.50
The European Union and Global Governance
Edited by Mark Galeotti October 2010: 246x174: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-43667-0: £24.50
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
316 index
a
order now!
©
A3 Workbook, The 130 Aadnoy, Bernt S. 244 Aalberts, Tanja 86 Abandoned Japanese in Postwar Manchuria 95 Abbas, Tahir 263 Abbey, Duane C. 126 Abbott, Albert G. 203 Abbott, George C. 270 Abdala, Virginia 199 Abortion Law and Policy 112 Abran, Alain 243 Academic Skills Problems 190 Academic Writing for International Students of Business 59 Acceptance and Commitment Therapy 176 Accountability in Higher Education 59 Achieving Education for All through Public–Private Partnerships? 143 Activism and Rhetoric 19 Adams, Neil 138 Adaptation to Climate Change 141 Adelkhah, Fariba 110 Adler, Nancy J. 127 Adshead, Julie 220 Advanced Geoinformation Science 223 Advanced Linear Algebra 233 Advanced Particle Physics 251 Advanced Simulation and Modelling for Urban Groundwater Management UGROW 254 Advances in Applied Sport Psychology 290 Aery, N.C. 223 Afflerbach, Peter 67 Africa and Europe 283 Africa South of the Sahara 2011 256 African Debt Crisis, The 271 African Environments and Resources 272 AfroAsian States and their Problems, The 283 Agarwal, Arvind 251 Ageing and Older Adult Mental Health 175 Aggrawal, Anil 210 Agrarian Reform in Contemporary Developing Countries 268 Agricultural and Territorial Rural Policy Analysis 150 Agricultural Development and Economic Integration in Latin America 269
Ahmed, Syed M. 133 Ahson, Syed A. 226 Ahuja, Naman 291 Aid and Dependence 270 Aid and Inequality in Kenya 269 Aikin, Scott 5 Ainscow, Mel 69 Air Pollution 222 Akhtar, Shabbir 106 Akil, Awan 91 Akseli, Orkun 117 Alam, Shawkat 116 Alapuro, Risto 111 Albers, Michael 221 Albrechts, Louis 214 Alcorta, Ludovico 274 Alegi, Peter 154 Alexander, Hanan A. 73 Alexander, Martin 90 Alexy, Allison 99 Alfano, Candice A. 192 Alhelsi, Rana 109 Ali, Shahla F. 118 Alkin, Marvin C. 160 Allnutt, Susann 74 Almezaini, Khalid S. 110 Alpermann, Björn 102 Altavilla, Claudia 247 Altbach, Philip G. 61 Alterities in Asia 95 Alternative Fuels for Transportation 229 Altglas, Véronique 264 Alvesson, Mats 131 Amann, Edmund 136 Amao, Olufemi 115 Amdam, Roar 197 America and the Third World 282 American Anomaly, The 80 American Foreign Policy and Postwar Reconstruction 82 American Hegemony and Its Limits 76 American Herbal Pharmacopoeia 224 American Journalism History Reader, The 22 American Political Economy, The 80 American Surfer, The 151 Analysing the Screenplay 19 Ananiadou, Katerina 60 Ancient Graffiti in Context 18 Andersen, Mark 153 Anderson, Eric 299 Anderson, Kimberly L. 42 Anderson, Linda 26 Andic, Fuat 272 Andic, Suphan 272 Andrain, Charles 282 Andrews, Richard 48 Andy & Me 123 Anger Management 41 Animals in Greek and Roman Thought 18 Anker, Richard 271
See separate Order Form
Ansari, Ali M. 264 Anstey, Peter 6 Antebellum American Women Writers and the Road 28 Antes, Ralf 137 Anthes, Bill 21 Anthropological Linguistics 266 Anthropology of Islam Reader, The 7 Anthropology of Religion 261 Anton Chekhov 35 Antony, Martin M. 174 Apoptosis 199 Apperly, Ian 164 Appleman, Deborah 49 Applied Illumination Engineering 228 Architecture and Field/Work 212 Arguing Global Governance 82 Ariff, Mohammed 277 Arms Control and Proliferation in the Middle East 90 Armstrong, David 82 Armstrong, Erica J. 208 Arnell, Paul 117 Art and Phenomenology 3 Arthur Stanley, Amanda 191 Arthur, James 295 Arthur, Raymond 302 Artzt, Alice F. 53 AS Psychology Exam Companion 158 Asian Expansions 96 Asian Gardens 213 Asian Yearbook of International Law 115 ASLIB Directory of Information Sources in the United Kingdom 257 Aspin, Liam 60 Assembling for Development 285 Asset Management Excellence 230 Asylum, Welfare and the Cosmopolitan Ideal 112 A. Sweeney, James 119 Atherton, John R. 139 Atkinson, Rob 86 Atlas of Medieval Britain 9 Attachment Theory and Research in Clinical Work with Adults 172 Attachment, Trauma and Multiplicity 172 Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder 56 Attridge, Derek 27 Attux, Romis 239 Augello, Massimo M. 138 Augmenting Cognition 208 August Strindberg 35 AutioSarasmo, Sari 111 Autism Spectrum Disorders in Infants and Toddlers 190 Autobiographical International Relations 76 Autobiography 26 Ayoob, Mohammed 284 Azen, Razia 158 Azimi, Maryam 231
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
101 Interventions in Group Therapy, Revised Edition 176 33 Ways to Help with Spelling 56 35 Strategies for Guiding Readers through Informational Texts 41 3D Cell-Based Biosensors in Drug Discovery Programs 207
b Badiru, Adedeji B. Baer, Werner Baildon, Mark Bailey, Richard Bailey, Stephen Baird, Jennifer Bairy, Ramesh Bajc, Vida Baker, Ryan Bakircioglu, Onder Bakken, Gordon Morris Bakshi, Srinivasa Rao Bali Tourism Balint, Jennifer Banerjee, Tridib Bangs, John Banks, Erik Banks, James A. Bansat-Boudon, Lyne Banthia, Nemkumar Barber, Jacques P. Barberet, Rosemary Barbosa, Mercedex Barefoot across the Nation Bark, Pippa Barker, Michelle Barker, Phil Barlow, David H. Barnard, Adam Barnett, Hilaire Barnett, Ronald Barnett, Tony Barone, Diane M. Barrett, Terry Barrouillet, Pierre Barry, Brian Bar-Tal, Daniel Bartelson, Jens Barth, Christian Bartlett, Roger Baruch, Yehuda Basic Organometallic Chemistry Bassetti, Benedetta Bateman, Blair Bates, Richard Bates, Tony Bathelt, Harald BatizLazo, Bernado Batra, Kanika Bauer, P.T. Baumann, Gerd Baumeister, Roy F. Bautista, Nazan U. Bayesian Artificial Intelligence Bayesian Modeling in Bioinformatics Beach, Nick Beach, Richard Beast Within, The Becoming Biliterate Beebee, Helen Beede, Benjamin R.
230 136 74 302 59 18 290 151 238 118 14 251 123 115 141 69 125 71 95 215 181 122 204 96 118 96 195 174 196 112 59 285 42 61 159 79 163 83 6 298 125 251 171 33 70 55 136 134 36 273 265 163 51 232 232 47 49 12 63 3 15
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
index 317
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Biography of Muhammed, The 305 Biology of Lungfishes, The 203 Biometrics 150 Biondi, Tonio 229 Bioregionalism and Global Ethics 5 Bioseparation Technology 206 Birr Moje, Elizabeth 67 Biyanwila, S. Janaka 104 Bjola, Corneliu 82 Blaauw, Martijn 5 Black Africa 1945–1980 274 Black, C.F. 114 Blackett, Adelle 133 Blackledge, J.T. 176 Blando, John 177 Bläsing, Bettina 168 Blaustein, Margaret E. 301 Blavoukos, Spyros 86 Blomgren, Magnus 84 Bloom, David 137 Bloom, Jeffrey W. 54 Blues, Funk, Rhythm and Blues, Soul, Hip Hop, and Rap 37 Blumi, Isa 108 Boas, Morten 87 Body Image in the Primary School 64 Bogdanske, John J. 206 Bogenschneider, Karen 161 Bohlman, Philip 37 Boje, David M. 133 Bolognini, Stefano 186 Bolsmann, Chris 154 Bomer, Randy 44 Bond, Frank W. 176 Bonk, Jonathan 7 Booth, David 285 Borch, Christian 149 Borgmann-Prebil, Yuri 114 Borlik, Todd A. 28 Born, Hans 91 Bornstein, Marc H. 160 Boss, Derk J. 131 Bosworth, Clifford Edmund 108 Botticelli, Steven 185 Boukhars, Anouar 109 Bourantonis, Dimitris 86 Bourbeau, Philippe 87 Bowkett, Steve 41 Boyarkin, Oleg 251 Boys, Jos 212 Bozzano, Marco 241 Brans, Marleen 85 Branscombe, Nancy Amanda 63 Breaking the Wave: Women, Their Organizations, and Feminism, 1945–1985 9 Breaking Through the Access Barrier 64 Breaking Through to Teens 190 Bremer, Michael 124 Brennen, Bonnie S. 22 Brenner, Y.S. 273 Brent, David A. 193 Bretz, Frank 235
@
Bridgeman, Jacquelyn L. Bridoux, Jeff Brief Intervention for School Problems Bristow, Joseph British Civilization British National Party Britzman, Deborah Broderick, Mick Brogdon, B.G. Brogdon’s Forensic Radiology Bromann, Mark Brookes, David Brookfield, Harold Brown, John Russell Brown, Roger Brown-Chidsey, Rachel Brownell, Celia A. Bruhn, Allison L. Bruner, Jerome S. Brunsman, Denver Bryden, John Bryson, Valerie Buch, Nirmala Buckle, Jennifer L. Buckwalter, Tim Bucy, Erik P. Buddhism in Australia Building Relationships and Communicating with Young Children Bulkeley, Harriet A Bullying in North American Schools Bulusu, Lakshman Bungo, Michael W. Burcham, Jan Gunnels Bureaucracy, Community and Influence in India Burrett, Tina Burroughs, Robert Business Clusters Busso, Carlos Alberto Butler, David Butler, Gillian Butler, Malcolm B. Buvinic, Marya Buxton, Julia Byrne, Sean
Caffrey, Kevin Cagin, Tahir Cahill, Ann J. Cairncross, A.K. Calder, Gideon Caldwell, Bruce Caldwell, Nigel Caliendo, Stephen M. Calland, Chris Cameron, Lynne J. Camic, Charles
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
65 82 190 26 10 76 66 25 209 209 222 47 286 301 60 193 167 192 39 10 150 151 99 178 32 21 96
197 143 64 243 210 63 96 111 29 303 207 217 177 51 271 260 88
c
çè
çè
Beer, Max 12 Behavioral Interventions in Schools 191 Behaviour in the Early Years 39 Behrens, Susan J. 31 Beidel, Deborah C. 192 Béja, Jean-Philippe 104 Beijing Olympics: Promoting China, The 156 Being a University 59 Being Brahmin, Being Modern 290 Bell, Steven C. 128 Bellamy, Alex J. 88 Bello, Gaelle 204 Bello, Valeria 82 Ben-Dor, Oren 117 Benjamin, Aaron S. 167 Bennett, Gregory 209 Bennett, James 22 Ben-Peretz, Miriam 74 Benson, John 104 Benz, Thomas 244 Berant, Ety 172 Berge, Torkil 172 Berger, Arthur Asa 123 Berger, Mark T. 92 Bergoffen, Debra 145 Berik, Günseli 137 Berman, Evan M. 133 Berman, Jules J. 234 Bernell, David 82 Bernie, Victoria Clare 212 Bernstein, Joshua 191 Berry, L. 272 Bertram Gallant, Tricia 64 Best Tall Buildings 2010 214 Best, Antony 262 Bethlehem, Louise 150 Beulen, Erik 126 Beyond Early Literacy 63 Beyond Territory 136 Beyond the Consumption Bubble 132 Beyond the Sociology of Development 285 Bhagat Singh 96 Bhagwati, Jagdish 281 Bhaskar, Roy 87 Bhatia, Lakshmi 291 Bhutani, S.P. 252 Bieler, Andreas 83 Bien, Thomas 181 Bienvenu, Sherron 129 Biggs, Michael 24 Bijian, Zheng 97 Bilgrami, Akeel 98 Billiet, Jaak 159 Billups, Gary L. 203 Bilyeu, Kristin 211 bin Yahya, Faizal 105 Bin, Wu 103 Binder, Martin 303 Bioactive Foods and Extracts 211 Biographical Encyclopedia of American Radio, The 25
156 253 150 273 82 305 133 148 64 31 138
Caminal Badia, Miquel 84 Campbell, John D. 230 Canale, Lauralice C.F. 250 Canary, Heather E. 19 Canfield, Robert L. 99 Canjels, Rudmer 25 Canning, David 137 Cantonese: A Comprehensive Grammar 32 Capel, Susan 46 Capie, Forrest 266 Capital Formation and Economic Development 278 Capital Needs of Central Banks, The 138 Caplan, Tom 183 Carbon Nanotubes 251 Carl, Thompson 28 Carlin, Bradley P. 232 Carlson, Jon 185 Carlson, Matt 25 Carr, Lincoln 253 Carr, Neil 143 Carraher Jr., Charles E. 246 Carraher’s Polymer Chemistry 246 Carreira da Silva, Filipe 146 Carrigan, Anthony 29 Carroll, Maggie 44 Carson, Dean 143 Cartelization, Antitrust and Globalization in the US and Europe 136 Carter, Connie 103 Carter, Neil 156 Carty, Victoria 151 Carver, Terrell 83 Cases in Public Relations Management 290 Casino Security and Gaming Surveillance 131 Cason, Jeffrey W. 137 Cassell, Catherine 133 Castanbroto, Vanesa 143 Castledine, Jacqueline 9 CastroBorges, Pedro 215 Catastrophic Disaster Planning and Response 132 Categorical Data Analysis for the Behavioral and Social Sciences 158 Causes and Consequences of Nuclear Proliferation 90 Cavalcante, Charles 239 Cavatorta, Francesco 108 CBT for Psychosis 172 Ceremony and Ritual in Parliament 82 Cerina, Fabio 143 Cermak, Frantisek 32 Ceva, Emanuela 82 Chadwick, Elizabeth 118 Chaib, Mohamed 74 Challenge of Rethinking History Education, The 52 Challenges and Controversies in Management Research 133
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
318 index Christenbury, Leila 44 Christianity and Party Politics 82 Christiansen, Jens 139 Christianson, Heidi Fowell 182 Christison, MaryAnn 54 Christodoulou, George C. 218 Chui, Charles 236 Ciliberto, Enrico 247 Circulation in Third World Countries 281 Cities and Low Carbon Transitions 143 Citizen Initiatives and Democratic Engagement 97 Citizenship, Education and Social Conflict 73 Citrus Oils 205 Civil Society and Democratization in the Arab World 108 Civil Society and International Governance 82 Civil, Marta 71 Clarida, Richard 139 Clark, Anna 13 Clarke, Bruce 27 Clarke, Michael 105 Clean Technology 2010 224 Cleaver, Tony 135 Climate Conflict 290 Clinical Procedures for Medical Technology Specialists 199 Clinician’s Electronic Thesaurus, Version 7.0 173 Clinician’s Thesaurus 173 Close, Angeline 159 Clulow, Adam 103 Coaching Cultures 156 Coaching Emotional Intelligence in the Classroom 41 Coaching Process, The 155 Coaching Women to Lead 177 Coakley, John 91 Coats, Karen 66 Cobham, David 109 Coburn, William J. 186 Coch, Donna 162 Cochran, A.J. 154 Cockayne, James 91 Coes, Don 136 Cogliano, Francis D. 12 Cognitive Development and Working Memory 159 Cognitive-Behavioral Strategies in Crisis Intervention 176 Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Anxiety Disorders 177 Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy 196 Cohen, Benjamin J 81 Cohen, Hillel 107 Cohen, Louis 53 Cohen, Neal 197 Cohesion, Coherence, Cooperation: European Spatial Planning Coming of Age? 213 Cole, John P. 286
See separate Order Form
Coleman, John 168 Collaboration with the Nazis 108 Collard, David 136 Collier, Paul 134 Collings, David 125 Collins, Richard 116 Collins, Tony 156 Colonial America 10 Colour Revolutions in the Former Soviet Republics, The 111 Combating Economic Crimes 115 Combinatorics of Spreads and Parallelisms 233 Combustion and Incineration Processes 221 Coming Fin De Siècle, The 148 Commercial Energy Auditing Reference Handbook 228 Commonsense Methods for Children with Special Educational Needs 56 Communalism and Globalization in South Asia and its Diaspora 97 Communication and Organizational Knowledge 19 Communist Quest for National Legitimacy in Europe, 1918–1989, The 86 Community Disaster Recovery and Resiliency 132 Community Finance 136 Companion to Urban Design 141 Comprehensive Children’s Mental Health Services in Schools and Communities 191 Compressor Handbook 225 Compulsive Buying 173 Computational Photography 229 Concrete Under Severe Conditions 215 Conermann, Stephan 111 Conery, John S. 237 Conflict and Peacemaking in Israel-Palestine 108 Conflict Intervention in the Third World 283 Conflict, Political Accountability and Aid 134 Confronting Global Gender Justice 145 Confronting Obstacles to Inclusion 56 Conklin, James 21 Connell, Liam 26 Connelly, James 86 Connors, Michael 95 Conrad, Tim 131 Constanda, Christian 233 Constantine and the Christian Empire 18 Constitutional & Administrative Law 112 Constructing a Social Welfare System for All in China 97 Constructing Global Enemies 82 Constructing US Foreign Policy 82 Construction of Irish Identity in American Literature, The 29
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Chan, Joseph M. 100 Chan, KamWah 213 Chan, Yeeshan 95 Chandrasekhar, S. 271 Chang, Felix 97 Chaos in Yemen 108 Chapman, Murray 281 Charged Particle and Photon Interactions with Matter 252 Charles, Clare 158 Charron, Andrea 92 Charters, David A. 220 Chattaraj, Pratim Kumar 251 Chatterjee, Charles 258 Chau, Adam Yuet 102 Chawarska, Katarzyna 190 Chelliah, Raja J. 273 Chemical Reaction Engineering and Reactor Technology 248 Chemical, Biological, and Functional Aspects of Food Lipids 205 Chemistry of Biomolecules 252 Chemistry of Natural Products 246 Chen, Jing 226 Chen, Minglu 105 Cheng, Jian 238 Chesters, Graeme 147 Chiba, Kaeko 100 Chico, Victoria 116 Chigara, Ben 119 Child Anxiety Disorders 192 Child Development 193 Child Development in Practice 41 Child Man 304 Child-Centered Play Therapy 192 Childhood in World History 10 Children’s Drawing and Writing 73 Children’s and Families’ Holiday Experience 143 Children’s Literature in the Classroom 42 Chimni, B.S. 115 Chin, James K. 96 China and Southeast Asia 96 China’s Changing Welfare Mix 96 China’s Changing Workplace 96 China’s Homeless Generation 96 China’s Road to Peaceful Rise 97 Chinese Communist Party and China’s Capitalist Revolution, The 104 Chinese Economists on Economic Reform – Xue Muqiao 97 Chinese Management in the ‘Harmonious Society’ 97 Chinese Migrants in Russia, Central Asia and Eastern Europe 97 Chinese State’s Retreat from Health, The 104 Chitturi, Pallavi 236 Cho, Yong-Jin 211 Choice-Based Conjoint Analysis 236 Chong, Terence 105 Chopra, Radhika 101 Choreographing Empathy 36
Consumer Behavior Knowledge for Effective Sports and Event Marketing 159 Consumer-Citizens of China 97 Contesting Global Order 76 Contesting Human Remains in Museum Collections 16 Contrastivism in Philosophy 5 Contzius, Ari 37 Conzen, Michael P. 300 Cook, Sarah 299 Cook, Vivian 171 Cools, Eva 134 Cooper, Danny 84 Cooperstein, Bruce 233 Copsey, Nigel 76 Corbett, Thomas J. 161 Core Competencies in Counseling and Psychotherapy 178 Cornell, Sarah 139 Corporate Governance 303 Corporate Social Responsibility, Human Rights and the Law 115 Corpus Approaches to Evaluation 31 Corradi, Juan 283 Correctional Administration and Change Management 122 Corruption in Developing Countries 283 Cortright, David 301 COSMIC Function Points 243 COST Manual of Laboratory Animal Care and Use, The 200 Costa, Heloise 215 Cotella, Giancarlo 138 Coughlan, Barry J. 175 Counseling Older Adults 177 Counseling Primer, A 176 Counselor’s Guide for Facilitating the Interpretation of Dreams, The 183 Counter-terrorism and the Detention of Suspected Terrorists 115 Counting Our Losses 178 Court Cultures in the Muslim World 108 Cousins, Jacquie 39 Coward, Barry 10 Crawford, J. Kent 130 Creating a Speaking and Listening Classroom 42 Creating the Ethical Academy 64 Creation and Evolution 291 Cree, Viviene E. 198 Cremin, Teresa 295 Crenshaw, Martha 88 Critical Issues in Air Transport Economics and Business 136 Critical Issues in Peace and Education 74 Critical Race Theory Matters 65 Critical Realist Perspective of Education, A 73 Crnobori, Mary 192 Crone, Rosalind 26 Cropanzano, Russell 166 Cross, Julie 29
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
index 319 159 19
43
43
43
43 97 209 158 127 244 155 195 32 74
d
çè
Dalli, Carmen Daly, Patrick Damico, James S. Danermark, Berth Daniell, Christopher Darfur Conflict, The Das, Dilip K. Das, Keshab Das, Marcel DasGupta, Sumona d’Aspremont, Jean Dattilio, Frank M. Davidov, Eldad Davids, Keith Davidson, Karina W. Davies, Dan Davies, Douglas Davies, John Davies, Karen Davis, Clive M. Davis, Sandra L. Davison, Jon Davison, Remy Dawes, Lyn Dawson, Alexander Dawson, Geraldine D’Costa, Bina DC Servos de Beco, Gauthier de Bruijn, Hans de Corte, Erik De Cremer, David de Graaf, Beatrice de Groot, Annette M.B. de Jong, Ton
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
40 94 74 74 9 151 120 304 166 97 118 176 159 304 162 50 193 217 114 146 146 55 95 42 11 193 101 224 116 128 72 166 90 164 72
de Lint, Willem 151 De Schutter, Helder 84 de Silva, S.B.D. 286 de Valence, Gerard 220 de Villiers, Johan 236 Death, Carl 83 Debeljak, Julie 120 Decentralized Control and Filtering in Interconnected Dynamical Systems 241 Decentring of the Traditional University, The 61 Deception 159 Decoding Boundaries in Contemporary Japan 98 Deegan-Krause, Kevin 87 Deeney, John F. 35 Delaney, David 305 Delivery of Human Rights, The 119 Delivery of Regenerative Medicines and Their Impact on Healthcare, The 200 Deme, Mariam Konaté 28 Democracy and Famine 82 Democracy in the Arab World 108 Democracy, Equality, and Justice 82 Democratic Culture 98 Denes, Gianfranco 167 Denisova, Liubov 111 Denko, Mieso K. 242 Dennis, Pascal 123 de Paz, Felix J. 204 Deppeler, Joanne 50 Depression and the Soul 179 Derosa, Pedro 253 Desfor, Gene 144 Design and Safety Assessment of Critical Systems 241 Design Decisions under Uncertainty with Limited Information 213 Design of Low-Power Coarse-Grained Reconfigurable Architectures 238 Designing Public Policies 77 Desistance from Sex Offending 173 Deutsch, Joseph 139 Devare 99 Developing Cultural Capability in International Higher Education 59 Developing Language and Communication Skills through Effective Small Group Work 44 Developing Physical Health and Wellbeing through Gymnastic Activity (5–7) 44 Developing Research in Teacher Education 74 Development and Application of Biomarkers 252 Development and Globalization 134 Development and Planning 281 Development and the Debt Trap 270 Development and the Environmental Crisis 272 Development and Underdevelopment 286
@
Development and Underdevelopment in Historical Perspective 287 Development of an Environmental Impact Assessment and Decision Support System for Seawater Desalination Plants 254 Development of Capitalism in Africa, The 285 Development of the Chinese Legal System, The 119 Development Policy in Small Countries 278 Development Theory 287 Developmental Coaching 177 Developmental Evaluation 160 Developmental Science 160 Devereux, Michael 136 Devereux, Stephen 138 Dew, Nick 123 Dey, Dipak K. 232 Dezalay, Yves 117 Di Paolo, Marianna 30 Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning 215 Diamantidis, Marinos 117 Diaspora Literature and Visual Culture 98 Diaz-Alejandro, Carlos F. 274 Dibeh, Ghassan 109 Dickmann, Michael 125 Dictionary of International Trade Organizations and Agreements, A 256 Diekmann, Anya 144 Diffuse Optical Tomography 207 Digital Image Processing and Analysis 224 Digital Protective Relays 225 Dikshith, T.S.S. 246 Dillabough, Jo-Anne 296 DiLouie, Craig 229 Diogo, Rui 199 Directory of EU Information Sources, The 257 Disciplines of Education 65 Discovering Evolution Equations with Applications 233 Distance Teaching for the Third World 279 Distributing Silent Film Serials 25 Diversity in Europe 82 Dixon, Kerryn 67 Dodds, Tony 279 Does Aid Work in India? 269 Doing Gender, Doing Geography 98 Domestic Politics of International Trade, The 119 Don Mayer, 293 Donati, Pierpaolo 150 Dong, Lily 97 Donovan, Jerome 110 Doorley, John 22 Dosch, Jörn 95 Dosser, Douglas 272 Doty, Steve 228
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Cross-Cultural Analysis Cross-Cultural Issues in Art Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School... English Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School... Mathematics Cross-Curricular Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School... The Arts Cross-Taiwan Strait Relations in a Global Context Cross-Training for First Responders Crowel, Raymond L. Cudney, Elizabeth A. Cunningham, Claude Cushion, Chris Cutcliffe, John R. Czech Frequency Dictionary Czerniawski, Gerry
Douglas, Ian Dowd, Christopher Drakakis-Smith, David Drake, Pat Driskell, Judy A. Drive Tourism Droogsma Musoba, Glenda Drugs in Sport Dryden, Windy Dubey, Akhilesh Duckett, Jane Dudewicz, Edward J. Dudt, Jean-Paul Duesbury, Evelyn Dugo, Giovanni Dumke, Reiner Duncan, Barry L. Dunning, David Dunning, Scott Duped Durac, Vincent D. White, Nigel Dyesensitized Solar Cells Dynamics of Asian Financial Integration, The Dynamics of Asian Labour Markets, The
142 29 280 68 205 143 62 153 185 206 104 232 245 183 205 243 190 166 228 179 108 116 248 136 104
e Eagle, Antony 3 Early Childhood Education 39 Early Intervention for Reading Difficulties 42 Early Start Denver Model for Young Children with Autism 193 Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia 2011 257 Echterhoff, Gerald 161 Eckhaus, Richard 281 Ecocriticism and Early Modern English Literature 28 Ecohydraulic Modelling of Eutrophication for Reservoir Management 254 Ecological Modernisation and Environmental Compliance 98 Economic and Environmental Sustainability of the Asian Region 98 Economic and Social Structure of Mauritius, The 277 Economic Assistance and Conflict Transformation 90 Economic Development in East Asia 276 Economic Development in the Tropics 275 Economic Integration in Africa 278 Economic Planning and Social Justice in Third World Countries 282 Economic Reader, The 138 Economics and Development Studies 141 Economics of Aid, The 269
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
320 index Employment, Inequality and Globalization 150 Enciso, Patricia A. 66 Encouragement Makes Good Things Happen 179 Encyclopedia of American Gospel Music 292 Encyclopedia of Rhetoric and Composition 292 Encyclopedia of Software Engineering 237 End of the Cold War in The Third World, The 92 Enduring Desire 180 Energy, Bio Fuels and Development 136 Engleman, Stephen A. 218 English Historical Documents, 1603–1660 10 English: An Essential Grammar 32 Enhancing Asia-Europe Cooperation through Educational Exchange 98 Ennaji, Moha 107 Enos, Theresa Jarnagin 292 Ensign, Margee M. 270 Ensuring and Enforcing Economic, Social and Cultural Rights 115 Enterprise and Deprivation 132 Entrepreneurship Marketing 124 Environment and Economy 142 Environment, Development, Agriculture 135 Environmental and Architectural Acoustics 220 Environmental and Human Health 143 Environmental Biotechnology 206 Environmental Cooperation in Southeast Asia 98 Environmental Hydraulics 218 Environmental Management System ISO 14001: 2004 222 Enyedi, Zsolt 87 Epistemology and the Regress Problem 5 Eppler, Eva 31 Equality, Participation and Inclusion 1 57 Equality, Participation and Inclusion 2 57 Erskine, Kevin L. 208 Escape the Improvement Trap 124 Espelage, Dorothy L. 64 Essays on Human Rights 115 Essential Writings of Thorstein Veblen, The 138 Essentials for the Improvement of Healthcare Using Lean & Six Sigma 132 Essentials of Marketing Management 124 Ester, Peter 166 Estrada-Belli, Francisco 16 Ethics of Abortion, The 5 Ethnicity, Authority and Power in Central Asia 99 Ethnography and Language Policy 66
See separate Order Form
Ethnoveterinary Botanical Medicine 248 EU as a ‘Global Player’ in Human Rights?, The 119 EU Conflict Management 303 EU Presence in International Organizations, The 86 Europa Publications, 257 Europa Regional Surveys of the World Set 2011, The 265 Europe and the Management of Globalization 82 European Court of Human Rights in the Post-Cold War Era, The 119 European Integration and the Western Balkans 83 European Neighbourhood through Civil Society Networks? 83 European Security Governance in Transition 83 European Union and Central Asia, The 104 European Union as a Leader in International Climate Change Politics, The 86 European Union Encyclopedia and Directory 2011 257 European Union, Civil Society and Conflict, The 86 European Union, Russia and the Shared Neighbourhood, The 86 European Works Councils and Industrial Relations 132 Europeanisation of Contract Law, The 120 Europeanization of Party Politics in Ireland, North and South, The 305 Evaluating Counterterrorism Performance 90 Evaluating the Effectiveness of Academic Development 66 Evaluation Essentials 160 Evaluation in the Face of Uncertainty 161 Evanoff, Richard 5 Evans, Julie 47 Evans, Karen 60 Evans, Mary 261 Everson, R. Blaine 180 EvidenceBased Group Work in Community Settings 197 EvidenceBased Policymaking 161 Evolving EU Counterterrorism Legal Framework, The 120 Ewing, Keith 86 Ewing, Suzanne 212 Exercises and Solutions in Biostatistical Theory 232 Experiencing War 88 Explaining Terrorism 88 Explorations in Computing 237 Export Instability and Economic Development 276 ExportOriented Industrialisation 277 Expressions of Drunkenness (Four Hundred Rabbits) 172 Eyers, Kerrie 183
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Economics of Defence Policy, The 138 Economics of Sustainable Tourism 143 Economics: The Basics 135 Economies of Africa, The 278 Ecosystem Function in Savannas 223 Education and Development 279 Education and development in Latin America 279 Education and Society in a Changing Mizoram 291 Education and Society in Post-Mao China 98 Education as Enforcement 65 Education in the Third World 280 Education Policy, Space and the City 74 Education Reform in China 98 Education, Politics and Religion 292 Education, Professionalization and Social Representations 74 Educational Psychology: Concepts, Research and Challenges 65 Edwards, Anne 63 Edwards, Sylvia 57 Edwards, Tim 20 Eells, Tracy D. 180 EEO Law and Personnel Practices 160 Effect of Childhood Emotional Maltreatment on Later Intimate Relationships, The 151 Effective Building Maintenance 217 Effective Teacher’s Guide, The 52 Effective Teacher’s Guide to Behavioural and Emotional Disorders, The 58 Effective Teacher’s Guide to Sensory and Physical Impairments, The 58 Effectual Entrepreneurship 123 Effingham, Nikk 3 Efstratoglou, Sophia 150 Egerton, Frazer 89 Eisner, Marc Allen 80 Ekbatani, Glayol V. 67 Ekström, Anders 15 Ekström, Karin 132 Elbadawi, Ibrahim 108 Elbasani, Arolda 83 Electrical Solitons 229 Electronics for Radiation Detection 207 Elements of an Evolutionary Theory of Welfare 303 Elen, Jan 72 Elias, Anil J. 251 Elkins, James 24 Elliott, Jane 27 Elqayam, Shira 170 Embodied Cognition 3 Emerging Teachers and Globalisation 74 Emerging Technologies for Food Quality and Food Safety Evaluation 211 Emmanuel, Evens 143 Emotionally Focused Therapy for Couples 179
f Factors in Economic Development 273 Fair, Christine 101 Fairbanks, George 237 Faizer, Rizwi 110 Falcous, Mark 154 Faludi, Andreas 213 Families Under Fire 180 Fan, Joshua 96 Far East and Australasia 2011, The 259 Far from the Factory 124 Faraizi, Aminul 101 Farr, James L. 162 Farrell, Michael 58 Fashion In Focus 20 Faupel, Adrian 41 Fautley, Martin 43 Federalism and Economic Growth in Underdeveloped Countries 275 Fedtke, Järg 116 Fehr, Scott Simon 176 Feldman, Evan 37 Feldman, Maryann 136 Female Journalists of the Fin de Siècle 261 Female Leadership 189 Feminist Advocacy and Gender Equity in the Anglophone Caribbean 143 Feminist Visions and Queer Futures in Postcolonial Drama 36 Fennell, Melanie 177 Fenstermaker, Sarah 146 Fenton, Rachel 115 Fenwick, Helen 113 Ferenczi, Tibor 150 Ferrari, Fabrizio 99 Ferreira, Nuno 115 Ferrero, Eva M. 204 Fieldhouse, D.K. 274 Fielding, Michael 68 Fields, Forces, and Flows in Biological Systems 202 Fieldwork in Tourism 144 Fifty Key Anthropologists 145 Figart, Deborah M. 137 Figley, Charles R. 180 Filming the Nation 188 Finance and Economic Growth in Developing Countries 275 Finance: The Basics 125 Finch, Henry 285 Findlay, Trevor 91 Finlayson, James Gordon 5 Finney, Patrick 11 Fire Protection for Commercial Facilities 222 First Do No Harm 185 First Maya Civilization, The 16 First Year and the Rest of Your Life, The 187
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
index 321
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Fundamentals for the Aspiring Musician 37 Fundamentals of Plasticity in Geomechanics 217 Fundamentals of Water Treatment Unit Processes 255 Fundamentals of Workplace Learning, The 61 Funding of Political Parties, The 86 Furlong, John 65 Furlong, Paul 85 Furnishing the Eighteenth Century 11 Future of Global Currency, The 81 Futures of the City Region, The 144
g Gabbard, David A. Gaillard, Vinciane Gale, Laurence Gale, Maggie B. Galea, Sandro Galgano, Francis A. Galton, Maurice Gammelsæter, Hallgeir Garcia, Beatriz Carrillo Garcia, Helio Fred Gardner, Leslie Garrett, Paul Garrett, Roger M. Garrick, John Garth, Bryant Gartner, William C. Gartzke, Erik Gasman, Marybeth Gaub, Florence Gaunder, Alisa Gaunt, Peter Gbadamosi, Tunji G.D.H. Cole: Selected Works Gearey, Adam Gearon, Liam Gee, James Paul Gender Gender and Radical Politics in India Gender and Violence in the Middle East Gender Imperative, The Gender, Law and Sexualities Gendered Unconscious, The General Theory of Institutional Change, A Generations of Economists Genetics, Genomics and Breeding of Sugarcane Genetics, Genomics, and Breeding of Soybean Genocide Genocide, State Crime, and the Law Genomic Torts Gensler, Harry
@
65 159 279 35 197 146 69 156 96 22 189 266 279 100 117 125 90 300 91 94 10 124 261 117 292 30 261 99 106 299 115 168 136 136 211 211 77 115 116 294
Geography of the Third World, The Geography of Underdevelopment, The Geomatics Engineering Georgios, Terizakis Germond, Basil Gersovitz, Mark Gerstenfeld, Manfred Gertler, Brie Gerwin, David Ghaye, Tony G.H. Mead Ghose, Ajit Kumar Ghosh, Samiran Giampaolo, Anthony Gifted Lives Giger, Nathalie Gil, Eliana Gilbert, Geoff Gilbert, Ian Gilbert, Maria Gilbert, Paula Ruth Gilbert, Raymond Ian Gill, Sucha Singh Gillespie, Steven A. Gills, Barry K. Gilman, Ernest B. Gilson, Julie Giordano, James Girling, John Gitterman, Alex Gjorv, O. Glaeser, Bernhard Glans, Kay Glenn, Angela Glick, Peter Global Careers Global Environmental Politics Global Financial Crisis, The Global Impact of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion, The Global Innovation in Emerging Economies Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect Global Population Ageing and Migration in Europe Global Restructuring, Labour and the Challenges for Transnational Solidarity Global Talent Management Global Think Tanks Globalisation and the Quest for Social and Environmental Justice Globality, Democracy and Civil Society Globalization in Crisis God in the Details Goff, Philip Goldstein, Tina R. Gomes, Claudio M. Gonzalez-Rivas, George Good Business Goode, David
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Fiscal Policy in Underdeveloped Countries 273 Fischer, Bryan R. 226 Fischer, Kurt W. 162 Fischer, Ute M. 163 Fisher, Amy S. 64 Fisher, Terri D. 146 Fiske, John 23 Fitzpatrick, Kevin 148 Fixed Mobile Convergence Handbook 226 Flaxman, Paul E. 176 Fleetwood, Erin E.J. 274 Fleming, Stephen 178 Flood, John 29 Focus: Music, Nationalism, and the Making of the New Europe 37 Food Aid and the Developing World 268 Food and Poverty 268 Football Across Europe 156 Forbes, Dean 280 Forbes, Lincoln Harding 133 Foreman-Peck, Lorraine 302 Forster, Colin 47 Fosshage, James L. 186 Foster, Susan Leigh 36 Foubert, John D. 184 Found, Pauline 129 Fourcroy, Jean L. 297 Fourie, Robert J. 171 Fourney, William 244 Fowler, John 195 Fox, Anne 172 Frühmann, Johannes 138 Frailty Models in Survival Analysis 234 Francis, Russell 61 Frank, Cheryl 294 Frank, Michael 242 Frank, Robert J. 37 Frank, Ruella 187 Franklin, Bob 25 Franzetti, Claudio 236 Freedom of the Will 5 Freeman, Arthur 176 Freeman, Joan 161 Frensch, Peter A. 170 Frequency Dictionary of Arabic, A 32 Frequency Dictionary of Czech, A 32 Freud and Education 66 Frey, Nancy 52 Freyenhagen, Fabian 5 Frie, Roger 186 Friedman, Jonathan C. 13 Frisch, Hillel 84 From Oppression to Assertion 99 Frost, Jenny 295 Fuess, Albrecht 108 Fujii, Daryl E.M. 169 Fulekar, M.H. 206 Fuller, Bruce 279 Fullerenes 250 Functional Foods of the East 211 Fundamental Rights and Tort Law in the European Union 115
281 280 141 86 89 274 84 4 51 48 146 268 232 225 161 87 191 119 55 180 145 219 98 144 83 29 82 200 282 196 215 268 132 39 170 125 77 139 110 132 88 137
83 125 77
116 83 83 7 3 193 253 124 293 142
Goodier, Helen 177 Goodman, Dena 11 Goodman, Joyce 265 Goodman, Lenn E. 291 Goodwin, Edward 116 Goodwin, Matthew J. 79 Goodwin, Prue 53 Goosen, Mattheus F.A. 143 Goouch, Kathleen 301 Gordon, Robert J. 145 Gore, Lance 104 Gorostiaga, Xabier 274 Gould, William 96 Governance of Life in Chinese Moral Experience 93 Governing Sustainable Development 83 Government and Politics of the Contemporary Middle East 106 Gower, Jackie 86 Gozna, Lynsey 159 Gråwe, Rolf W. 172 Graff, Alison W. 224 Graham, Elaine 139 Grammar: A Pocket Guide 31 Grand Strategy and the Presidency 90 Granqvist, Claes-Goran S. 249 Grassroots Elections in China 83 Gray, Colin 163 Gray, Dennis J. 202 Gray, John 78 Grear, Anna 115 Great Depression, The 266 Green Buildings and the Law 220 Green Nanotechnology 249 Green Revolution Revisited, The 268 Green, Marcus 85 Green, Mick 153 Greenberg, Douglas 10 Greenberg, Leslie S. 179 Greening the Economy 304 Greger, David 74 Gregg, Bill R. 203 Greggo, Alan 129 Gregson, Robert A.M. 221 Grief After Suicide 178 Griffith, James L. 175 Griffith-Jones, Stephany 275 Griffiths, Alun V. 220 Griffiths, Gary 129 Griffiths, Owen V. 220 Grodzinsky, Alan J. 202 Grounding Morality 292 Grounding Sociality 161 Growing-Up Modern 279 Grown, Caren 299 Guala, Francesco 5 Guastello, Stephen J. 221 Guendouzi, Jackie 168 Guess, George M. 269 Guide to Teaching Practice, A 53 Guided Reader to Teaching and Learning, The 52 Guidi, Marco E.L. 138 Guindon, Mary 176
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
322 index 158 74 251 275 218 225 222 160 27 24 168 156
h
order now!
©
Habermas and Rawls 5 Hacker, David 174 Hackmann, Ann 177 Hadaway, Nancy L. 42 Haddon, Malcolm 235 Hadfield, Mark 73 Hagen, Roger 172 Haider, Syed Imtiaz 222 Halevi, Joseph 135 Hall, Michael C. 144 Halsey, Katherine 26 Ham, Donhee 229 Hamil, Sean 156 Hampson, Francoise 119 Hampson, Kathy 47 Hampton, Robert L. 158 Hanafi, Sari 109 Hanan, Niall P. 223 Hancock, Gregory R. 300 Handa, Sudhanshu 138 Handbook of Adolescent Literacy Research 44 Handbook of African American Health 158 Handbook of Assessment and Treatment Planning for Psychological Disorders 174 Handbook of Chemicals and Safety 246 Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution 88 Handbook of Educational Data Mining 238 Handbook of Employee Selection 162 Handbook of Fitting Statistical Distributions with R 232 Handbook of Health Psychology and Behavioral Medicine 162 Handbook of India’s International Relations 258 Handbook of Industrial Engineering Equations, Formulas, and Calculations 230 Handbook of Nanophysics 245 Handbook of Pain Assessment 174 Handbook of Process Tracing Methods for Decision Research, A 158
Handbook of Psycholinguistic and Cognitive Processes, The 168 Handbook of Psychotherapy Case Formulation 180 Handbook of Reading Research 67 Handbook of Research on Children’s and Young Adult Literature 66 Handbook of Self-Regulation 163 Handbook of Sexuality-Related Measures 146 Handbook of Tourism Research 125 Handbook of Urban Ecology 142 Handelman, Sapir 108 Hands of the Living God, The 187 Hanhimäki, Jussi 89 Hanley, Dena 122 Hannam, Kevin 144 Hannay, Jackie 44 Hanrahan, Stephanie 153 Hanrahan, Stephanie J. 155 Hans, Asha 299 Hansjürgens, Bernd 137 Hanton, Sheldon 290 Happiness and Wellbeing 262 Harding, Andrew 103 Harding, John S. 8 Harding, Rosie 118 Harding, Sara Fletcher 264 Hardt, Hanno 22 Hargie, Owen 165 Harland, Tony 62 Harley, James 38 Harper, Claudia 202 Harper, Shaun R. 60 Harper, Thomas L. 215 Harris, Adrienne 185 Harris, Darcy L. 178 Harrison, Richard 129 Hartley, Keith 138 Hartung, Jan-Peter 108 Harvey, David 50 Harvey, Lee 59 Harvey, Tamara 145 Haslam, S. Alexander 169 Hassan, David 156 Hassan, M. Kabir 108 Hassan, Riaz 122 Haste, Helen 39 Hatano, Yoshihiko 252 Haule, John Ryan 189 Haverkamp, Anselm 113 Haw, Kaye 73 Hawthorn, Geoffrey 271 Hayek, F.A 305 Hayes, Denis 52 Hayhoe, George F. 21 Hayner, Priscilla B. 81 Haynes, Jeff 80 Hayward, Katy 91 Hazelwood, Arthur 269 Healey, J.M. 269 Health and Religious Rituals in South Asia 99 Healthcare Payment Systems 126
See separate Order Form
Heath, Deana 97 Heath, Linda 68 Heathcote, Gina 120 Hebinck, Paul 137 Hedges, Lawrence E. 182 Heimberg, Richard G. 181 Heinrich, Ansgard 25 Held, David 107 Held, Gilbert 241 Helps, Alicia 39 Henderson Hurley, Martha 122 Hendricks, David W. 255 Henriksen, Berit 31 Henry, Nicola 81 Henry, Paul-Marc 275 Henry, Robert J. 211 Heritage of Soviet Oriental Studies, The 111 Herman, Johanna 84 Herod, Andrew 142 Heroism and the Supernatural in the African Epic 28 Herold, David 101 Herr, Hansjärg 137 Herrick, Elizabeth 41 Herschinger, Eva 82 Herz, Mônica 79 Hess, Robyn S. 191 Hetnarski, Richard B. 227 Heuer, Gottfried 188 Hibbard, Michael 215 Hick, Steven F. 181 Hicks, Ursula 275 Higgins, Thomas E. 218 High Performance Liquid Chromatography in Phytochemical Analysis 252 Higher Education 262 Higher Education and the Market 60 Higher Education Reform in China 99 Highmore, Ben 20 Hijri, Mohamed 207 Hill, Allan G. 272 Hill, Annette 20 Hill, David 102 Hill, Elizabeth 305 Hill, Eugene D. 14 Hill, Hal 277 Hill, Michael J. 223 Hines, Peter 129 Historical Revolution, The 300 History and the Making of a Modern Hindu Self 99 History of Europe, A 9 History of Mexico, The 12 History of Participatory Media 15 History of Reading, The 26 History of Sexuality in Europe, The 13 History of the Seljuq State, The 108 History of U.S. Higher Education, The 300 Hitler 11 Hjelm, Titus 150 Ho, Chi-Tang 211
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Gullotta, Thomas P. Gulson, Kalervo N. Gupta, B.D. Gupta, K.L. Gupta, Ram S. Gurevich, Vladimir Gurjar, Bhola R. Gutman, Arthur Guy, Josephine Guynn, William Gyler, Louise Gymnastics, a Transatlantic Movement
Hoang, L.C. Hobson, J.A. Hobson, John M. Hockley, Luke Hodder, B.W. Hodder-Williams, Richard Hodgson, Geoffrey M. Hodson, Mike Hoigilt, Jacob Holbert, R. Lance Holden, Patrick Holtham, Gerald Home and Family in Japan Home Birth Hong, Youlian Honour, Violence, Women and Islam Hook, Glenn D. Hoover, Joe Hosen, Nadirsyah Hoskins, Andrew Hothorn, Torsten Houck, Mike Houlihan, Barrie House: The Wounded Healer on Television How Audiences Decide ‘How Best Do We Survive?’ How Science Works How the Law Works How to Be a Brilliant Mentor How to do Discourse Analysis: A Toolkit How to Help a Sexual Assault Survivor How to Talk to a Borderline How to Teach Poetry Writing: Workshops for Ages 5–9 How to Teach Poetry Writing: Workshops for Ages 8–13 How We Think Howard, Bryan Robert Howard, Frederic Howard, Ken W.F. Howard, Mickey Howell, Peter Howlett, Michael Hoye, Russell Høyer, Karl Georg Hoyle, B.S. Hsu, Cathy H.c. Hsu, Philip Hu, Shouping Huang, Xiaoming Hubbard-Van Stelle, Scott Huber, R. John Hughes, Edel Hughes, James Hughes, R. Gerald Hulac, David M. Hull, Angela Hull, Geoffrey Human Behavior, Learning, and the Developing Brain Human Genetics: The Basics
250 302 85 189 275 283 138 143 109 21 256 269 99 195 298 116 98 84 117 91 235 142 153 189 126 293 44 112 293 30 184 174 45 45 67 200 269 254 133 165 77 153 294 280 125 99 64 104 206 179 120 303 90 191 144 38 162 200
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
index 323
126 116 99
116 99 29 119 271 31 164 224 5 262 64 38 113 187 49 195
i
çè
IBM SPSS Statistics 18 Made Simple Ideology and Social Change in Latin America Idriss, Mohammad Mazher Iggers, Georg G. Ignaczak, Józef Illeris, Knud Ilyas, Mohammad Images and Behaviour of Private Bank Lending to Developing Countries Images of the Body in India Impact of China’s 1989 Tiananmen Massacre, The Imperial Japan and the World, 1931–1945 Implementing Lean Six Sigma throughout the Supply Chain Implementing Sustainability Improving Literacy at Work Improving Research through User Engagement In Search of China’s Development Model Inayatullah, Naeem Inclusive Education India and the South Asian Strategic Triangle India, Pakistan, and Democracy India’s Foreign Relations, 1947–2007 Indian Economic Policy and Development Industrial Galactomannan Polysaccharides
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
163 283 116 13 227 61 226
270 293 104 262 127 214 60 63 99 76 50 100 93 100 273 252
Industrial Structure and Policy in Less Developed Countries 276 Industrialization in the Gulf 108 Inequality, Development, and Growth 137 Infant Mortality, Population Growth and Family Planning in India 271 Informed by Knowledge 163 Infrared Detectors 228 Iniewski, Krzysztof 207 Innovation, Knowledge and Growth 136 Innovations in Lifelong Learning 60 Innovations of Kansei Engineering 230 Inorganic Nanoparticles 247 Insall, Tony 92 Institutional Dynamics of China’s Great Transformation, The 104 Instruction and Assessment for Struggling Writers 45 Instructional Design Knowledge Base, The 53 Instrumental Music Education 37 Insurgent Sepoys 100 Insuring Security 83 Integrated Inductors and Transformers 229 Integration, Development and Equity: Economic Integration in West Africa 277 Integrative Therapy 180 Intellectual Property in Global Governance 116 Intellectual Property, Innovation and Management in Emerging Economies 93 Intelligence and International Security 90 Interaction between WTO Law and External International Law, The 120 Interactive Dynamic-System Simulation 235 Interdependent Development 286 Interdisciplinarity and Climate Change 294 Intergroup Conflicts and Their Resolution 163 International Finance and Latin America 275 International Growth of Small and Medium Enterprises 132 International Human Rights Law and Domestic Violence 116 International Indebtedness and the Developing Countries 270 International Intelligence Cooperation and Accountability 91 International Justice after Conflict 91 International Law and Diplomacy 258 International Law and the Conservation of Coral Reef Ecosystems 116 International Organisations and the Idea of Autonomy 116 International Perspectives on Psychological Science 170
@
International Perspectives on Veteran Teachers 74 International Political Economy 78 International Relations and Non-Western Thought 83 International Secured Transactions Law 117 International Security & Peace Science 78 International Trade, Consumer Interests and Reform of the Common Agricultural Policy 294 Interrogating Democracy in World Politics 84 Interrogating International Relations 100 Interrogating Trauma 25 Introduction to American Higher Education 60 Introduction to Art Therapy Research 194 Introduction to Communication Studies 23 Introduction to Cryptography with Mathematical Foundations and Computer Implementations 237 Introduction to Discourse Analysis, An 30 Introduction to Environmental Toxicology 221 Introduction to General and Generalized Linear Models 234 Introduction to Logic 294 Introduction to Microsystem Packaging Technology 226 Introduction to Planetary Atmospheres, An 245 Introduction to Psychometric Theory 164 Introduction to Quantum Optics, An 246 Introduction to Sensors 225 Introduction to Supply Chain Management Technologies 132 Introduction to Tantric Philosophy, An 95 Introduction to the Politics of Tropical Africa, An 283 Ion Mobility Spectrometry Mass Spectrometry 252 Ip, Albert 54 IranIraq War, The 110 Irregular Schooling 57 Irwin, Anthea 31 Islam and Education 263 Islam as Political Religion 106 Islam, Law and Identity 117 Islamic Entrepreneurship 108 Islamic Medical and Scientific Tradition 262 Islamic Political Thought and Governance 263 Islamic World, The 8 Islamist Rhetoric 109 Ismael, Jacqueline S. 106 Ismael, Tareq Y. 106 Israel at the Polls 2009 84
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Human Resource Management: The Key Concepts Human Rights and the Private Sphere Human Rights Discourse in North Korea Human Rights Monitoring Mechanisms of the Council of Europe Human Security, Transnational Crime and Human Trafficking Humor in Contemporary Junior Literature Humphreys, Matthew Hungry People and Empty Lands Hunston, Susan Hunt, R. Reed Huntstone Jolliffe, Georgina Huoranszki, Ferenc Huppert, Felicia Hutchinson, Nicky Hutchison, Thomas Huxtable, Richard Hycner, Richard Hynds, Susan Hyrkas, Kristiina
Israeli Nationalism Israeli Space IsraelPalestine Conflict, The ITIL Ivanova, Bojidarka
109 109 107 240 252
j Jackson, Cassandra Jackson, Jerlando F.L. Jackson, Keith Jackson, Sue Jacobs, Lynne Jacoby, Wade Jacoud, Gilles Jäger, Jill Jain, R.K. Jalobeanu, Dana James O’Toole, Japanese Occupation of Borneo, 1941–45, The Japanese Pharmaceutical Industry, The Japanese Women, Class and the Tea Ceremony Jardine, Andrew K.S. Jayachandran, C. Jeffries, Ian Jekiel, Cheryl M. Jenkins, Andrew Jenkins, Christine Jenkins, Henry Jenkins, Janet Jenkins, Tiffany Jeppson, Roland Jewish Law Annual Volume 18, The Jhabvala, Renana Jiang, Huabei Jin, Yufeng Jironet, Karin Jodhka, Surinder S. Johansen, Jorgen John Fiske Collection, The John P. Kotter Johnson, Norman Johnson, Susan M. Johnson, Tom Johnston-Wilder, Peter Johnston-Wilder, Sue Jónasdóttir, Anna G. Jonassen, David H. Jones, Adam Jones, Byron Jones, Jackie Jones, Kathleen B. Jones, Ken Jones, Nikki Jones, Robyn L. Jonker, Martijs Jordan, John R. Jorgensen, Jorden Morup Joss, Jean
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
25 60 126 60 187 82 304 139 101 6 293 104 104 100 230 303 101 127 60 66 22 279 16 219 305 304 207 226 189 303 89 22 263 233 179 150 46 46 151 46 77 234 115 151 55 146 155 223 178 203 203
324 index
25 25 188 133 15 189 189 254 237 113
k
order now!
©
Kabata-Pendias, Alina Kabeer, Naila Kabuto, Bobbie Kaczmirek, Lars Kaczor, Christopher Kagwanja, Peter Kahle, Lynn R. Kahn, Seth Kalinovsky, Artemy Kalyanasundaram, Kuppuswamy Kamil, Michael L. Kammenga, Jan E. Kammerhofer, Jörg Kamrani, Ali K. Kane, Jean Kansei/Affective Engineering Kapitan, Lynn Kaplan, Brett Ashley Kaplan, Robert M. Kaplinsky, Raphie Kapur, Ashok Kapur, Ratna Karian, Zaven A. Karlaftis, Matthew G. Karlsson, Henrik Katerere, David R. Kato, Isao Katsumura, Yosuke Katz, Mark Katz, Stanley Kaur, Arunajeet Kay, Cristóbal Kayed, Rasem N. Kazandziska, Milka Keady, John Kear, Karen Keat Gin, Ooi Keller, Catherine Kemper, Michael Kennelly, Jacqueline Kennett, Patricia Kenya’s Uncertain Democracy Keren, Gideon Kernan, Margaret
222 299 63 166 5 294 159 19 92 248 67 223 120 231 71 230 194 25 162 275 100 296 232 235 24 248 130 252 284 10 105 286 108 137 196 47 104 6 111 296 213 294 165 39
Kerpchar, Joyce Kestle, Rodney Kewley, Geoff Key Themes in Health and Social Care Khan, Shahrukh Rafi Kharkhordin, Oleg Kidman, Lynn Kilby, Patrick Kim, Sunghoon Kim, Yoonjin Kingsbury, Damien Kinnear, Paul R. Kinney, Arthur F. Kinniburgh, Kristine M. Kirby, E. Stuart Kirk, Mimi Kirkpatrick, Colin Kisaalita, William S. Kitchen, Richard S. Kitching, Gavin Kitsinelis, Spyridon Klein, James D. Klein, Natalie Kleinman, Arthur Klimberg, Ronald K. Klin, Ami Kline, Rex B. Klonoff, Pamela S. Kneebone, Susan Knickel, Karlheinz Knight, W. Andy Knowledge Management and E-Learning Knudsen, Are Koepping, Elizabeth Kofele-Kale, Ndiva Koger, Susan M. Kogler, Dieter F. Kolakowska, Anna Kole, Chittaranjan Kolev, Tsonko Kolpan, Steven Kopp, Claire B. Koppes, Laura L. Korb, Kevin B. Korgen, Kathleen Odell Korinek, Kim Korn, Granino A. Kornprobst, Markus Kottler, Jeffrey A. Krassowski, Andrzej Kratochwil, Friedrich Kreinath, Jens Kren, Michal Kresevich, Millie Krishnaswamy, N.R. Kroenig, Matthew Krogh, Suzanne L. Kshirsagar, Shruti Kubbig, Bernd W. Kuehberger, Anton Kumar, Ashutosh Kunz, Rahel
See separate Order Form
123 127 56 196 139 111 155 101 96 238 92 163 14 301 276 108 276 207 71 287 252 53 116 93 231 190 165 175 120 150 89 242 109 264 115 169 136 205 211 252 9 167 160 232 297 137 235 82 179 270 80 7 32 129 246 90 39 223 90 158 102 87
Kupper, Lawrence L. Kurian, George Kurz, Heinz D. Kutting, Gabriela
232 256 136 77
l La Barre, Frances 187 Lévesque, Christian 133 LaBelle, Suzanne 31 Labiouse, Vincent 245 Laboratory Mouse and Laboratory Rat Procedural Techniques 206 Laboratory Zebrafish, The 202 Labour Migration from China to Japan 100 Labour Movement in the Global South, The 104 Laboy-Nieves, Eddie N. 143 Labrador, Miguel A. 239 Lacanian Psychoanalysis 186 Lachkar, Joan 174 Lachmann, Frank M. 186 Lago, Baldomero 33 LaGory, Mark 148 Lahiri, Debrupa 251 Lahiri-Dutt, Kuntala 98 Laidley, Jennefer 144 Lamb, Michael E. 160 Lancaster, Geoffrey 124 Land is the Source of the Law, The 114 Land, Lilli 63 Landis, Wayne G. 221 Landsberger, Sheldon 247 Landscapes of Holocaust Postmemory 25 Lane, Kathleen Lynne 192 Lane, Philip R. 136 Language and Bilingual Cognition 171 Language and Cognition in Bilinguals and Multilinguals 164 Language as a Local Practice 295 Language Knowledge for Primary Teachers 45 Language, Society and Power 31 Laplante, Phillip A. 237 Lapp, Diane 49 Larres, Klaus 305 Larsen, Mattias 105 Larsson, Linus 124 Laskowski, Ryszard 223 Lathers, Claire M. 210 Latin America since Independence 11 Latin American Theories of Development and Underdevelopment 286 Latteman, Sabine 254 Lau, Holning 118 Laue, Jan 244 Laughlin, Kathleen A. 9 Law Across Borders 117 Law and Art 117
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Journalism Education, Training and Employment Journalists, Sources, and Credibility Journey of Child Development, The Juli, Thomas Jülich, Solveig Jung in the 21st Century Volume One Jung in the 21st Century Volume Two Jung, Nahmchung Just Enough Software Architecture Juvenile Justice
Law and Religion in Public Life 117 Law of International Business 258 Law on the Use of Force, The 120 Law, Siu-Seong 219 Law, Wealth and Power in China 100 Lawler, Kristin 151 Lawn, Martin 65 Lawrence, Christian 202 Lawrence, Kenneth D. 231 Laws, D. Richard 173 Lawyers and the Construction of Transnational Justice 117 Lawyers and the Rule of Law in an Era of Globalization 117 Le Boudec, Jean-Yves 239 Le Cheminant, Wayne 78 Leadership for World-Class Universities 61 Leadership Insight 127 Leadership Principles for Project Success 133 Lean for the Public Sector 127 Lean Human Resources 127 Lean IT 128 Lean, Geoffrey 276 Learning and Governance in the EU Policy Making Process 303 Learning Chinese, Turning Chinese 93 Learning From China? 272 Learning to Labour in Post-Soviet Russia 100 Learning to Read the Numbers 46 Learning to Solve Problems 46 Learning to Teach in the Primary School 295 Learning to Teach Mathematics in the Secondary School 46 Learning to Teach Physical Education in the Secondary School 46 Learning to Teach Science in the Secondary School 295 LeClair, Mark S. 136 Lectures on Political Economy 295 Ledley, Deborah Roth 181 Lee, Bill 133 Lee, Clare 46 Lee, Francis L.F. 100 Lee, Hermione 27 Lee, JongHwa 19 Lee, N. 276 Lee, Trisha 49 Leestma, Jan E. 210 Leff, Nathaniel H. 281 Legacies of Caribbean Radical Politics, The 86 Legal Architecture 117 Legrenzi, Matteo 110 Lehmann, David 287 Leigh, Elyssebeth 54 Leigh, Ian 91 Leimon, Averil 177 Lems, Kristin 50 Lenton, Pamela 136 Lenzenweger, Mark F. 175
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
index 325
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Loncke, Filip Long, Martyn Long, William A. Longhurst, Richard Lord, Peter Loreman, Tim Lose, Sandra Loss Prevention and Safety Control Lost Youth in the Global City Loukaitou-Sideris, Anastasia Low, Gail Lowe, Jackie Lowe, Rodney Lozano-Nieto, Albert Lu, Duanfang Lubbe, Trevor Lubin, Paul C. Lukac, Rastislav Lundblad, Roger L. Lundgren, Frans Lupel, Adam Lury, D.A. Luseba, Dibungi Lutch, Mitchell Bryan Lyden, John Lynch, Michael Lyons, Andrew Lyons, Harriet
168 71 14 268 220 50 179 231 296 141 29 44 92 229 212 185 137 229 252 15 91 278 248 37 8 11 145 145
m Ma, Shengmei Macário, Rosário Macartney, Huw MacAvoy, Mike Macbean, Alasdair MacBeath, John Macdonald, Doune Macgowan, Mark J. Mach, André Macken, Claire Macklin, Graham Macleod, Donald V.L. MacPhail, Ann Macroeconomic Regimes in Western Industrial Countries Madsen, Henrik Maekawa, Zyuniti Magnetics, Dielectrics, and Wave Propagation with MATLAB® Codes Maguire, Joseph Mahajan, Gurpreet Mahapatra, Rabi N. Mahmoud, Magdi S. Maiguashca, Bice Mair, Peter Maixé-Altés, J. Carles Major, Andrea Makdisi, Samir Makeshift Migrants and Law
@
98 136 87 172 276 69 302 197 86 115 76 144 303 137 234 220
225 154 303 238 241 84 84 134 103 108 296
Making Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Work 181 Making Music in the Primary School 47 Making of a Modern Indian Artist-Craftsman, The 291 Making of the American Landscape, The 300 Making Sense 39 ‘Making Sense’ of Human Resource Management in China 303 Malaria in the Social Context 100 Malassis, Louis 279 Maldynia 200 Malhotra, Ashok 304 Malla, Praveen 303 Mallick, Bani K. 232 Malmberg, Bo 137 Maloney, Thomas N. 137 Managing Challenging Behaviors in Schools 192 Managing IT Outsourcing 126 Managing Professionals 128 Managing Trauma in the Workplace 181 Mandle, Jay 277 Manion, Lawrence 53 Manipulating Democracy 78 Manktelow, Ken 170 Mannering, Fred L. 235 Manual of Environmental Analysis 223 Marangos, John 137 March, Luke 85 Marchetti, Raffaele 84 Marcoulides, George A. 164 Mark Ravenhill 35 Markandya, Anil 143 Markram, Henry 208 Marsh, Nicky 26 Martínez Gutiérrez, Norman A. 117 Martin, Jane 265 Martin-Ortega, Olga 84 Marvin, Simon 143 Marwah, Reena 98 Marx, Brian P. 181 Masahiro, Miyoshi 115 Massingham, Lester 124 Mastering Linux 238 Mastering Your Business Dissertation 128 Masters, Cristina 91 Matching Books and Readers 42 Mathematical Theory of Elasticity, The 227 Mathematics that Every Secondary School Math Teacher Needs to Know, The 53 Mathier, Jean-Francois 245 Maths Homework for Key Stage 2 47 Mathur, Chandana 97 Mathur, Dr. N.K. 252 Mathur, Hari Mohan 102 Matravers, Matt 82 Matthewman, Sasha 51
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Lesnov, Felix P. 255 Leuthold, Steven 19 Leveraging Lean in Healthcare 123 Levin-Waldman, Oren M. 139 Lewis, Frank L. 203 Lewis, L.A. 272 Lewis, Ricki 200 Li, Linda Chelan 103 Li, Yiqiong 96 Li, Yuncong 255 Liberalisms 78 Lichtenberg, Joseph D. 186 Liebert, Ulrike 87 Liebowitz, Jay 242 Life as a Weapon 122 Life of Muhammad, The 110 Lifshitz, Berachyahu 305 Light Sources 252 Lighting Efficiency Technology & Applications 229 Lighting Redesign for Existing Buildings 229 Liikanen, Ilkka 83 Limit Analysis and Concrete Plasticity 250 Limitation of Liability in International Maritime Conventions 117 Lin, Hsiaoting 304 Lin, Jan 148 Lin, Nan 265 Lincoln, Jessica 91 Lindberg, Ingemar 83 Lindsey, Iain 156 Lindsey, Jack 228 Linearly Polarized IR Spectroscopy 252 Lines, Cathy 191 Linley, P. Alex 262 Lipton, Michael 269 Liscic, Bozidar 250 Literacy, Power, and the Schooled Body 67 Literate Classroom, The 53 Literature and Globalization 26 Littleton, Karen 71 Liu, Dongyou 199 Liu, G.R. 227 Liu, Jenpei 234 Liu, Wei 236 Liu-Farrer, Gracia 100 Living Standards and Social WellBeing 137 Livingstone, Arthur 284 Lloyd, Christopher D. 142 Lloyd, Peter C. 284 L. McCarty, Teresa 66 Lobo, Lancy 100 Lobo-Guerrero, Luis 83 Local Government in Europe 117 Local Models for Spatial Analysis 142 Location-Based Information Systems 239 Loh, Virginia S. 41 Lokman, Anitawati Mohd 230 Lomas, Robert 128
Matthews, Daniel D. 130 Matthews, Elizabeth 107 Matthews, John 167 Matthews, Stephen 32 Mavers, Diane 73 May, Pamela 41 Mayer, Peter 103 Mayzell, George 123 Mazo, Jeffrey 290 Mazumdar, Shaswati 100 Mazur, Eric 7 McAleer, Michael 143 McAllister, Jim 101 McCarthy, Barry W. 180 McCarthy, Kate 7 McCormack, Rachel L. 50 McCulloch, Gary 73 McDonald, Edward 93 McGann, James 77 McGloin, David 250 McGlynn, Joel 230 McGowan, Andrea 47 McGowan, Jeremie Michael 212 McGrath, Caroline 40 McIlwain, Charlton D. 148 McIntosh, John L. 178 McKibben, Brian 124 McKibben, Mark A. 233 McNeely, Connie L. 145 McNeil, W.K. 292 McPhee, Robert D. 19 McPherson, Kenneth 293 McQuigg, Ronagh 116 Meade, James E 277 Meaden, Alan 174 Meadows, Eddie S. 37 Measurement and Detection of Radiation 247 Measurement and Evaluation in Post-Secondary ESL 67 Measurement of Individual Well-Being and Group Inequalities, The 139 Mechanical Tolerance Stackup and Analysis 226 Media Ethics Beyond Borders 296 Media History and the Archive 25 Media Teacher’s Handbook, The 55 Media, Social Mobilisation and Mass Protests in Postcolonial Hong Kong 100 Medical Nanotechnology and Nanomedicine 206 Medicine and Law at the Limits of Life 113 Mehmet, Ozay 282 Mellalieu, Stephen 290 Melzack, Ronald 174 Memory and Pedagogy 74 Men’s and Women’s Programs, The 184 Men’s Program, The 184 Mensing, Donica 25 Mental Health and Crime 117 Mental Health and Later Life 196
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
326 index
196 195 74 192 205 242 148 118 31 131 3 234 33 215 37 180 82 86 82 223 293 304 101 205 209 259 255 150 137 105 248 111 227 69 101 91 91 91 284 214 132 191 50 187 138 181 164 244 231 206 74 173 94 76
Mixture Toxicity 223 Mjolsnes, Stig F. 239 Mnemonology 164 Mobile Opportunistic Networks 242 Modelling and Quantitative Methods in Fisheries 235 Modern Brazilian Portuguese Grammar Workbook 33 Modern China’s Ethnic Frontiers 304 Modern Construction 133 Modern Construction Economics 220 Modern Military Geography 146 Modern Political Economics 135 Modern Well Design 244 Modrak, Rebekah 21 Mohr, Richard 117 Molecular Detection of Human Viral Pathogens 199 Molina, Luisa T. 222 Møller, Jørgen 85 Molloy, Justin 250 Molz, Rick 139 Mondello, Luigi 205 Money and Finance in Africa 274 Money in the Middle East and North Africa 109 Money Laundering – An Endless Cycle? 118 Montgomery, James E. 305 Mooney, Annabelle 31 Moore, Sarah 61 Moral Economy of the Madrasa, The 110 Moral Epistemology 296 Morell, Jonathan A. 161 Moreno, Eric I. 215 Morgan, John 51 Morgan, Michaela 45 Morgan, Stephen 103 Morgan, W. John 99 Morris, Heather 56 Morris, Lydia 112 Morrison, Keith 53 Morton, Kathryn 270 Morvillo, Nancy 264 Moscovici, François 177 Mosier, Kathleen L. 163 Moskowitz, Marc L. 304 Mosley, Paul 136 Moss, Barbara 49 Moss, Peter 68 Motor Learning in Practice 304 Mottram, David R. 153 Moulaert, Frank 214 Mourelatos, Zissimos P. 213 Moving Load Identification Problems and Applications 219 Mozumder, A. 252 Mueller, John 90 Mueller, Ralph O. 300 Muir, Jenny 133 Mukhina, Irina 111 Mulcahy, Linda 117 Muller, Astrid 173 Multiculturalism 265
See separate Order Form
Multidiciplinary Introduction to ICT Information Security, A Multinational Enterprise in Developing Countries, The Multiple Comparisons Using R Multiracial Americans and Social Class Multiscale Modeling Multistories Munch, Richard Munslow, Barry Munz, Rainer Muqiao, Xue Muran, J. Christopher Murnighan, J. Keith Murphy, Joanne Murphy, John J. Murphy, Mary C. Murray, Denise E. Murray, Jean Murray, John A. Murray, Kali Murrin, John M. Musaazi, J.S.C. Muscles of Vertebrates Music Business and Recording Industry, The Mycorrhizal Biotechnology
239 139 235 297 253 304 149 285 137 97 181 166 133 190 305 54 74 133 115 10 279 199 38 207
n Nadisic, Thierry Naerssen, Ton Van Naess, Petter Nagadevara, Vishnu Prasad Nagadevara, Vishnuprasad Nagamachi, Mitsuo Naik, Gopal Nanda, B.R. Nanoscience Nanostructured Thin Films and Coatings Nanotech 2010 Nanotechnology in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine Nash, June Nash, Marion Nation, Diaspora, Transnation Nationalism and Global Justice Nationbuilding, Gender and War Crimes in South Asia NATO and the Middle East Nature of Adolescence, The Navigating Art Therapy Nayan, Rajiv Necrophilia Needs ABC Therapeutic Model for Couples and Families, The Neelon, Brian H. Nelmes, Jill Nelson, Charmaine A. Nelson, Gerald
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
166 285 294 305 303 230 305 103 247 249 228
207 283 44 101 84 101 109 168 194 92 210 183 232 19 150 32
çè
order now!
©
Mental Health and Social Problems Mental Health Ethics Menter, Ian Menzies, Holly Mariah Mercanzini, Andre Merkow, Mark S. Mestrovic, Stjepan Meszaros, George Metaphor and Reconciliation Metaphors We Lead By Metaphysics: The Key Concepts Methods in Medical Informatics Methods of Language Teaching Mettem, Christopher Metz, Kenneth Metz, Michael E. Meunier, Sophie Mevius, Martin Meyer, Lukas H. Miao, Qianjun Michaels, Axel Micro and Small Enterprises in India Microcredit and Women’s Empowerment Microfabricated Cortical Neuroprostheses Micronutrients in Health and Disease Middle East and North Africa 2011, The Migliaccio, Kati Migrant Politics and Mobilisation Migration in the 21st Century Migration of Indian Human Capital, The Mikkola, Jyri-Pekka Miklóssy, Katalin Milanfar, Peyman Miles, Susie Militant and Migrant Militarism, Gender and (In)Security Military Ethics and Virtues Military Integration after Civil Wars Military Regimes and Development Miller, Caroline Miller, DeMond S. Miller, Gloria Miller, Leah D. Milner, Marion Milton, Sue Mindfulness and the Therapeutic Relationship Mindreaders Mining and Rock Construction Technology Desk Reference Miori, Virginia M. Mishra, Neeraj Mitchell, Claudia Mitchell, James E. Mitra, Subrata K. Mittelman, James H.
Neoconservatism and American Foreign Policy Neo-Feminist Cinema Neoliberalism and Culture in China and Hong Kong Nesti, Mark Network Journalism Neuman, Michael Neumann, Christoph Neurocognition of Dance, The Neuropsychology of Asian-Americans, The Nevalainen, Timo Nevins, Joseph New Approaches to Problem-based Learning New British Fascism New Concept of Development, A New Cultural Identitarian Political Movements in Developing Societies New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific, The New Khaki, The New Millennium South Korea New Politics of European Civil Society, The New Psychology of Leadership, The New Seeds and Poor People New Trends in Development Theory Newmyer, Stephen Ngo, T.W. NGOs in India Nguitragool, Paruedee Nicholson, Ann E. Nicholson, Matthew Nielsen, M.P. Niessen, Walter R. Nieswand, Boris Niklas Luhmann Nikolaidis, Efstratios Nilsson, R. Anders Nind, Melanie Nixson, Fred Nixson, Frederick Njølstad, Olav Nolan, Dennis P. Nolan, Mary Nollet, Leo M.L. Nonlinear Dynamical Systems Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences Using Real Data Norberg, Kathryn Norcliffe, Glen Nordal, Steinar Nordenstreng, Kaarle Nordic Countries in the Early Cold War, 1944–51, The Novels of Virginia Woolf, The Nowak, Alojzy Z. NSTI Nuclear Energy and Global Governance
84 20 304 156 25 144 110 168 169 200 297 61 79 287
101 95 120 304 87 169 268 288 18 102 101 98 232 153 250 221 87 149 213 91 57 276 141 91 231 195 210
221 11 282 244 111 92 27 93 228 91
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
index 327
92 91 244 132 138 205 51 124 198
o
çè
Oakland, John Ó Beacháin, Donnacha Obegi, Joseph H. Object Relations in Depression Objectivity and the LanguageDependence of Thought O’Brien, Kevin J. O’Brien, Nick O’Brien, Sean M. Odahl, Charles M. O’Dell, Cary Odello, Marco Odetola, Olatunde O’Donnell, Catherine Oduntan, Gbenga OEE Primer, The Official History of the British Civil Service, The Ogaja, Clement A. Oguamanam, Chidi Ohlsson, Anne-Valérie Ojha, C.S.P. Oka, Takashi Okada, Richard H. Oksendahl, Eric Okubo, Shiro Oldenburg, Philip Olesen, Thomas Oliver, Clifford Oliver, Dawn Olivola, Christopher O’Loughlin, Ben Olson, Carl Olsthoorn, Peter Omann, Ines Omitaomu, Olufemi A. On Not Being Able To Paint On the Right of Exclusion: Law, Ethics and Immigration Policy One in Four, Inc. O’Neill, Maria Online and Social Networking Communities OnLine Society in China Oosterlynck, Stijn OPEC Fund for International Development, The Open Channel Flow
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
10 111 172 185 6 83 36 232 18 25 115 284 91 119 130 92 141 116 123 222 101 266 240 99 93 85 132 116 169 91 7 91 138 230 187 118 184 120 47 101 214 270 219
Open Source Data Warehousing and Business Intelligence 243 Operation Gatekeeper and Beyond 297 Operational Risk Modelling and Management 236 Oppenheimer, Danny 169 Opposition and Legitimacy in the Ottoman Empire 109 Optical Tweezers 250 Optimal Control of Greenhouse Cultivation 203 Oracle Embedded Programming and Application Development 240 Ordinary Lives 20 Orfy, Mohammed Moustafa 109 Organic Chemistry 247 Organic Nanostructured Thin Film Devices and Coatings for Clean Energy 249 Organization of American States (OAS) 79 Origins of Economic Inequality Between Nations, The 288 Origins of Pan-Africanism 15 Orlans, Vanja 180 Ortiz, Chris A. 131 Orzen, Michael A 128 O’Sullivan, Mary 303 Over, David 170 Overcoming Objectification 150 Overland, Juliette 116 Oxaal, Ivar 285
p Pacione, Michael Padgett, Miles J. Palaeolithic Origins of Human Burial, The Palestinian Refugees Palka, Eugene J. Palmer, Stephen Palmer, Tracey Palmisano, Giuseppe Panara, Carlo Panchal, Sheila Pandey, Vijitashwa Pandian, T.J. Panikkar, K.M. Paradigm Islands: Manhattan and Venice Paranormal Media Parenting After the Death of a Child Parents and Toddlers in Groups Parfitt, Trevor W. Parfitt, Vicki Park, Cynyoung Park, Hyunjoon Park, Murry Parker, Gordon Parker, Ian Parker, Jenneth
@
281 250 16 109 146 177 44 229 117 177 213 204 283 212 20 178 192 271 47 136 102 131 183 186 294
Parker, Richard 195 Parkinson, Dilworth 32 Parkinson, Rob 48 Parliamentary Roles in Modern Legislatures 84 Parody and Taste in Postwar American Television Culture 25 Parrish, John M. 78 Parry, Jim 156 Parry, Joseph D 3 Participants In The International Legal System 118 Participation in Sport 153 Pasquarelli, Susan Lee 50 Passenger, Terri 71 Pastor, Juan F. 204 Patel, Kalpana 253 Pathan, Al-Sakib Khan 243 Pathways from Ethnic Conflict 91 Pathways to Academic Success in Higher Education 62 Patient Safety, Law Policy and Practice 118 Patterns of Caribbean Development 276 Patton, Michael Quinn 160 Paul, Helen 139 Peace and Conflict Studies 89 Peace Operations and Organised Crime 91 Peace, Karl E. 234 Peacebuilding and Rule of Law in Africa 84 Pearson, P. David 67 Peat, Alexandra 29 Peay, Jill 117 Peccei, Jean Stilwell 31 Pechenizkiy, Mykola 238 Peer Relationships in Early Childhood Education and Care 39 Pelling, Mark 141 Pennycook, Alastair 295 Percival, Simon 41 Perez, Alfredo Jose 239 Performance Evaluation of Computer and Communication Systems 239 Permit Trading in Different Applications 137 Pero, Davide 150 Perraton, Hilary 279 Perretta, Gemma 200 Perroux, François 287 Persistent Underdevelopment 277 Persons in Context 186 Perspectives on Framing 165 Peteet, John R. 179 Peters, B. Guy 85 Petersen, Kerry 112 Pettitt, Paul 16 Pfister, Gertrud 156 Pharmacology, Doping and Sports 297 Phillips, Nicola 78 Phillipson, Gavin 113 Philosophy and the Idea of Freedom 147
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty and India, The Nuclear Proliferation and International Order Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering Nummela, Niina Nunes, Richard Nutritional Assessment of Athletes Nutta, Joyce Nwankwo, Sonny Nzira, Viola
Philosophy of Probability: Contemporary Readings 3 Philosophy of Social Science Reader, The 5 Phimister, Kirsten E. 12 Photographic and Descriptive Musculoskeletal Atlas of Gorilla 204 Physical Modelling in Geotechnics 244 Pichler, Pia 31 Picken, Gavin 110 Pickering, Neil 62 Pickett, James 277 Pierani, Pierpaolo 294 Pietruszczak, S. 217 Pike, E. Roy 246 Pillon, Lilianna Z. 251 Pimm, David 46 Pinfold, Tom 282 Pini, Barbara 85 Pinney, Christopher 96 Pinson, Halleli 73 Pirenne, Henri 9 Pithouse, Kathleen 74 Place and Community-Based Education in Schools 297 Planet in 2050, The 139 Planning African Development 282 Planning and Development in Education 279 Planning in Health Promotion Work 197 Plant Tissue Culture, Development, and Biotechnology 202 Platow, Michael J. 169 Playing to Learn 40 Pocket Dictionary of Food Safety 208 Poell, Rob 305 Pokrajac, Dubravka 254 Polak, Dame Julia 200 Polese, Abel 111 Police Rape Training Video 184 Policy Entrepreneurship and Elections in Japan 101 Poling, Kimberly D. 193 Political Agency in the Era of Globalisation 84 Political and Economic Dictionary of the USA, A 256 Political Argument 79 Political Chronology of the World, A 256 Political Determinants of Corporate Governance in China, The 120 Political Developments in Contemporary China 101 Political Discourse and Conflict Resolution 91 Political Economy and Industrialism 304 Political Economy of Aid in Palestine, The 110 Political Economy of Bureaucracy, The 138 Political Economy of Global Remittances, The 87
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
328 index Power and Influence in India 102 Power and Progress 79 Power and Transnational Activism 85 Power of Family-School Partnering (FSP), The 191 Power of Rolebased e-Learning, The 54 Power of Urban Ethnic Places, The 148 Practical Guide to Content Delivery Networks, A 241 Practices of Happiness, The 139 Practitioner Research at Doctoral Level 68 Prasad, Kedar N. 209 Preece, Sian 31 Preedy, Victor R. 211 Prescott, Catherine 200 Preston, Peter 288 Pretorius, Inge-Martine 192 Price, Pamela 102 Prideaux, Bruce 143 Pries, Kim H. 242 Primer of Public Relations Research 128 Primo Levi’s Narratives of Embodiment 29 Principles and Practice of Structural Equation Modeling 165 Principles and Practices of Plant Genomics 203 Principles of Structural Design 218 Pringle, Tim 105 Problematic and Risk Behaviours in Psychosis 174 Prochazka, Vivianne 274 Procuring Complex Performance 133 Professional Development of Teacher Educators, The 55 Professionalism in Early Childhood Education and Care 40 Proletarianisation in the Third World 285 Property Asset Management 214 Protecting Main Street 137 Protein Folding and Metal Ions 253 Prothero, R. Mansell 281 Protozoa and Human Disease 205 Protzman, Charlie 123 Psychoanalysis and Motivational Systems 186 Psychology for the Classroom: Behaviourism 298 Psychology for the Classroom: Elearning 68 Psychology of Education, The 71 Psychology of Environmental Problems, The 169 Psychotherapy after Brain Injury 175 Psychotherapy with Older Men 182 Public Administration in Southeast Asia 133 Public Health and the US Military 15 Public Interest Litigation in Asia 118 Public Management and Complexity Theory 133 Public–Private Partnerships 298
See separate Order Form
Publishing the Postcolonial Pugliese, Joseph Puri, Shalini Purpura, Philip P. Puttke, Martin Puzzles of Politics, The
29 150 86 240 168 80
q Qualitative Research in Technical Communication Quality Management in Construction Projects Quantitative Risk Assessment in Fire Safety Quantum Trajectories Quenching Theory and Technology Quest for Japan’s New Constitution, The Quest to Feel Good, The Quigley, Jon M.
21 219 220 251 250 105 183 242
r Rackley, Erika Radchenko, Sergei Radical Education and the Common School Radical Left Parties in Contemporary Europe Radicalisation and the Media Radner, Hilary Raghavan, Lakshmikanth Raghavarao, Damaraju Raghuramaraju, A. Ragonese, Egidio Rahman, Taskinur Rai, Shirin M. Rail, Robert R. Raine, Derek Raju, Saraswati Ram, Uri Ramachandran, Ganapathy Ramadhas, Arumugam S. Ramaswamy, Sumathi Ramcharan, Bertrand G. Ramesh, G. Ramirez-Faria, Carlos Rani, Uma Ranis, Gustav Rankin-Riley, Margaret Ranyard, Rob Ranzi, Gianluca Rare Earth Elements in Ultramafic and Mafic Rocks and their Minerals Rasch, Bjorn Erik Rasmussen, Paul R. Rasuly-Paleczek, Gabriele Ratiu, Catalin Ratnaparkhe, Milind B. Rauchhaus, Robert
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
120 92 68 85 91 20 242 236 292 229 101 82 92 245 98 109 220 229 96 81 305 288 304 274 206 158 219
255 87 183 99 139 211 90
çè
order now!
©
Political Economy of Integration, The 137 Political Economy of Peacemaking, The 92 Political Economy of the Conflict Trade, The 87 Political Economy of Underdevelopment, The 286 Political History of European Integration, The 87 Political Islam 106 Political Islam and Governance in Bangladesh 101 Political Liberalism and Plurinational Democracies 84 Political Representation and European Union Governance 84 Political Theory and Community Building in Post-Soviet Russia 111 Political Violence in Post-Conflict Societies 91 Politics and Markets in Rural China 102 Politics and the Media in Twenty-First Century Indonesia 102 Politics in India 94 Politics in Morocco 109 Politics of Difference in Taiwan 102 Politics of Family Planning in the Third World, The 272 Politics of Modern Iran 264 Politics of Narcotic Drugs, The 260 Politics of Patent Law, A 115 Politics of Protection Rackets in Post-New Order Indonesia, The 105 Politics of United States Foreign Aid, The 269 Politics, Religion and Gender 84 Pollio, David E. 197 Poltiical Change in the Third World 282 Polydoxy 6 Polymer Thermodynamics 253 Popat, Ketul 207 Popper’s Critical Rationalism 6 Popular Culture in Taiwan 304 Popular Media, Democracy and Development in Africa 21 Population and Development 271 Population Mental Health 197 Population, Health and Nutrition in the Sahel 272 Pormann, Peter 262 Post, Ken 287 Postcolonial City and Its Subjects, The 29 Postcolonial Tourism 29 Post-Oslo Palestine 109 Potau, Josep M. 204 Potrac, Paul 155 Potter, Robert 282 Pound, Linda 49 Poverty, Class and Gender in Rural Africa 285 Poverty, Progress and Development 275 Power and Independence 284
Rauschmayer, Felix 138 Ray, Jayanta Kumar 100 Raykov, Tenko 164 Rayner, Stephen 134 Rea, William J. 253 Read, Stuart 123 Reading the Popular 23 Really Useful Elementary Science Book, The 54 Reardon, Betty A. 299 Reassessing Cold War Europe 111 Reclaiming Reality 147 Reconciliation in Post-Suharto Indonesia 102 Recovery from Stuttering 165 Redclift, Michael 272 Reddy, Prasada 132 Re-Evaluating Education in Japan and Korea 102 Refocusing School Leadership 68 Reforming Land and Resource Use in South Africa 137 Reframing Literacy 48 Reframing Photography 21 Refsgaard, Karen 150 Reghu, Aravind 225 Regional Development Banks 85 Regional Organizations in African Security 92 Regional Security in the Third World 284 Regulating Sexuality 118 Reicher, Stephen D. 169 Reinventing Schools, Reforming Teaching 69 Reitano, Joanne 13 Rejection of Emerging Organic Contaminants by Nanofiltration and Reverse Osmosis Membranes: Effects of Fouling, Modelling and Water Reuse 254 Relational Approaches in Gestalt Therapy 187 Relational Sociology 150 Reliable Control and Filtering of Linear Systems with Adaptive Mechanisms 226 Religion and Commodification 8 Religion and Globalization 264 Religion and Science 264 Religion and Security in South and Central Asia 102 Religion and Social Problems 150 Religion and Tourism 6 Religion in Contemporary China 102 Religion That Heals, Religion That Harms 175 Religion, Community and Development 303 Religious Studies: The Key Concepts 7 Remedios, Richard 72 Remembering the Road to World War Two 11 Ren, Hai 304 Renaud, Philippe 205
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
index 329
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Rippin, Andrew 8 Rise and Fall of Arab Jerusalem, The 107 Risk of Social Policy?, The 87 Rivera, Jason David 132 Rix, Jon 57 Road to Pakistan 103 Roberson, Cliff 113 Roberson, Susan L. 28 Robertson, Craig 25 Robinson, Maria 40 Robson, Peter 278 Rocha, Cristina 96 Rock Mechanics in Civil and Environmental Engineering 245 Rodrigues, Hillary 8 Rogalski, Antoni 228 Rogers, Sally J. 193 Rogers, Sue 70 Role of Governments in Legislative Agenda Setting, The 87 Role of the International Financial Centres in Underdeveloped Countries, The 274 Romano, João Marcos Travassos 239 Romdenh-Romluc, Komarine 4 Romero, Cristobal 238 Ronald, Richard 99 Ronglan, Lars Tore 155 Rooks, Robyn 131 Roos, Jan 126 Rose, Pauline 143 Rose, Richard 56 Rosen, Kenneth H. 239 Rosenberger, Sieglinde 84 Rosenfeld, Jean 92 Rosenholm, Arja 111 Rosenstein-Rodan, P.N. 278 Rosenzweig, Mark R. 274 Ross, Charlotte 29 Ross, David Frederick 132 Rossini, Manuela 27 Routledge Companion to Directors’ Shakespeare, The 301 Routledge Companion to Film History, The 24 Routledge Companion to Literature and Science, The 27 Routledge Companion to Race and Ethnicity, The 148 Routledge Companion to Religion and Film, The 8 Routledge Companion to Research in the Arts, The 24 Routledge Concise History of Nineteenth Century Literature, The 27 Routledge Drama Anthology and Sourcebook, The 35 Routledge Encyclopedia of Missions and Missionaries 7 Routledge Enyclopedia of Tudor England, The 14 Routledge Handbook of Applied Sport Psychology 153
@
Routledge Handbook of Biomechanics and Human Movement Science 298 Routledge Handbook of Clinical Supervision 195 Routledge Handbook of Energy Security, The 90 Routledge Handbook of Global Public Health 195 Routledge Handbook of Heritage in Asia 94 Routledge Handbook of International Criminology 122 Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics 94 Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics 80 Routledge Handbook of Sports Development 153 Routledge Handbook of the Chinese Diaspora 94 Routledge Handbook of the Responsibility to Protect 89 Routledge Handbook of Transatlantic Security, The 89 Routledge History of the Holocaust, The 13 Routledge International Companion to Multicultural Education, The 71 Routledge Library Editions: Development 267 Development Mini-Set A: Agriculture, Food and Development 267 Development Mini-Set B: Aid 267 Development Mini-Set C: Debt and Development 267 Development Mini-Set D: Demography 267 Development Mini-Set E: Development and the Environment 267 Development Mini-Set F: Development Economics 267 Development Mini-Set G: Education and Development 267 Development Mini-Set H: Geography and Planning 267 Development Mini-Set I: Planning and Development 267 Development Mini-Set J: Politics and International Relations 267 Development Mini-Set K: Security and Development 267 Development Mini-Set L: Sociology and Social Policy 267 Development Mini-Set M: Theories of Development 267 Routledge Library Editions: Emile Durkheim 263 Routledge Philosophy GuideBook to Frege on Sense and Reference 4 Routledge Philosophy GuideBook to MerleauPonty and Phenomenology of Perception 4 Rovinelli Heller, Nina 196 Rowbottom, Darrell 6 Rowbottom, Jacob 86
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
çè
çè
Renewing International Labour Studies 85 Renshaw, Ian 304 Representations of Eve in Antiquity and the English Middle Ages 29 Representing Mixed Race in Jamaica and England from the Abolition Era to the Present 29 Representing the Black Female Subject in Western Art 150 Representing the Plague in Early Modern England 29 Representing Women in Local Government 85 Reputation Management 22 Requejo, Ferran 84 Requisites of Democracy 85 Research Methods: The Basics 147 Researching Creative Learning 69 Resettling Displaced People 102 Resolving Disputes in the Asia-Pacific Region 118 Responding to Diversity in Schools 69 Response to Intervention 193 Responsibility to Protect, The 89 Restless City, The 13 Retail Security and Loss Prevention Solutions 129 Rethinking Contemporary Art and Multicultural Education 69 Rethinking Development 288 Rethinking Gramsci 85 Rethinking Labour in Africa, Past and Present 150 Rethinking Play and Pedagogy in Early Childhood Education 70 Rethinking State Politics in India 102 Rethinking the Liberal Peace 92 Retirement Security in the Great Recession 137 Reversibility of Chronic Degenerative Disease and Hypersensitivity 253 Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences, The 300 Revolutionary America, 1763–1815 12 Rewards for High Public Office in Europe and North America 85 Reyome, Nancy Dodge 151 RFID Design Fundamentals and Applications 229 Rhodes, Mary Lee 133 Riaz, Ali 101 Ribbers, Pieter 126 Rich World, Poor World 276 Richardson, Steven O. 138 Richey, Rita C. 53 Ricketts, David 229 Rickinson, Mark 63 Riedler, Florian 109 Riley, Stephen P. 271 Rindel, Jens H. 220 Rios, Francisco 65
Rowley, Chris 126 Rowley, Michelle V. 143 Rozenberg, Olivier 84 Rubie-Davies, Christine 65 Rubin, Olivier 82 Ruccio, David F 134 Rucker-Chang, Sunnie 97 Rudman, Laurie A. 170 Rule of Reason in European Constitutionalism and Citizenship, The 114 Rumane, Abdul Razzak 219 Rural Planning in Developing Countries 282 Rural Tax Reform in China 103 Rural Women in the Soviet Union and Post-Soviet Russia 111 Rural World, The 279 Russell, Christopher 65 Russell, Philip 12 Russett, Bruce 76 Russian Mass Media and Changing Values 111 Rustan, Agne 244 Ruud, Arild Engelsen 102 Ryan, Janette 98 Ryan, Patrick 175 Ryder, Nicholas 118
s Saad, Mohammed Sabar, Galia Sabaratnam, Meera Sabatini, Richard Sachdev, Jayanti A. Sadiqi, Fatima Sadovnik, Alan R. Saeed, Abdullah Safety Analysis of Foods of Animal Origin Sahni, Kalpana Sakai, Koji Sakurai, Keiko Salih, S. Salisbury, Joyce Salmi, Tapio O. Salmon, Patrick Saltman, Kenneth J. Samuel Barber Sanchez-Lavega, Agustin Sanctions as Grand Strategy Sandler, Shmuel Sandole, Dennis J.D. Sandole-Staroste, Ingrid Sandoval, Clara Sarasvathy, Saras Sattler, Klaus D. Sauer, Birgit Savage, Jonathan Savelsbergh, Geert J.P. Saxby, Graham Scale
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
134 150 84 77 218 107 70 263 210 304 215 110 29 12 248 92 65 38 245 298 84 88 88 119 123 245 84 43 304 248 142
330 index 42 45 55 214 168 144 266 206 55 175 150 159 6 305 179 67 70 70 118 84 210 83 144 48 158 87 285 170 101 154 169 248 170 202 142 258 83 90 242 229 125 280 292 115 63 186 242 243 87 240 151 110 243 240 118 203 69 208
Seguino, Stephanie 137 Selander, Staffan 74 Selected Writings of John A. Hobson 1932–1938 85 Self-Defence in International and Criminal Law 118 Self-Determination in the Post-9/11 Era 118 Self-Knowledge 4 Selim, Shahpar 98 Selverian, Melissa E. Markaridian 55 Selwyn, Neil 70 Selwyn, Percy 278 Semin, Gün R. 161 Sen, Krishna 102 Senaux, Benoît 156 SENCO Survival Guide, The 57 Sender, John 285 Senehi, Jessica 88 Senior Nello, Susan Mary 294 Sense of Place, A 9 Sensory Analysis of Foods of Animal Origin 210 Sesay, Amadu 283 Seward, Linda 244 Sex in Psychotherapy 182 Sex Trafficking, Human Rights, and Social Justice 85 Sexual Revolutions 188 Sexuality 26 Sexuality in Fishes 204 Sexuality, Gender and Power 151 Seznec, Jean-Francois 108 Shackleton, Charlie 137 Shah, A.M. 103 Shahidi, Fereidoon 211 Shakespeare, Theatre, and Time 36 Shakespeare, Trauma and Contemporary Performance 29 Shakespearean Genealogies of Power 113 Shapiro, Edward S. 190 Shapiro, Lawrence 3 Sharma, Jyotirmaya 292 Sharma, Kal Renganathan 253 Sharp, Peter M. 41 Sharpley, Richard 144 Sheehy, Kieron 71 Sheka, Elena 250 Sheldon, Brian 196 Sheldon, Peter 96 Shelley, Lorna 261 Shelley, Louise 99 Sherma, Joseph 252 Sherwood, Marika 15 Shi, Chenxia 120 Shi, John 211 Shih, Yanhua 246 Shihata, Ibrahim F.I. 270 Shilliam, Robbie 83 Shipway, Brad 73 Short, Rick Jay 191 Shuja, Ahmad K. 240 Sikorski, Zdzislaw Z.E. 205 Silber, Jacques 139
See separate Order Form
Silverman, David Silverstone, Catherine Simha, K.R.Y. Simmons, Katy Simonton, Deborah Simpkins, Edgar Simple Excellence Simultaneous Inference in Regression Sinason, Valerie Sinclair, Peter Singer, Amy Singer, Elly Singer, Hans Singer, J. David Singh, Lakhwinder Sinha Roy, Mallarika Sinha, Radha Sinha, Vineeta Skaaning, Svend-Erik Skilled Interpersonal Communication Sklair, Leslie Sklarew, Bruce Sklarew, Myra Slapper, Gary Slee, Roger Slentz, Kristine L. Smagorinsky, Peter Small Town China Small Wars of the United States, 1899–2009, The Small, Ian Smalley, Art Smidt, Sandra Smith Fussner, Frank Smith, Cindy J. Smith, Geoffrey B. Smith, Gregory A. Smith, Michael Smith, Philipa Smith, Raymond A. Smith, Sheila Smith, Sue Smith, T.E. Smoothed Finite Element Methods Sniscak, Cynthia Caparosa Snyder, Jack Sobel, David Social and Behavioral Research and the Internet Social and Political Thought of Julius Evola Social Capital Social Capital and Institutional Constraints Social Care with African Families in the UK Social Class and Crime Social Class, Gender and Exclusion from School Social Impact of Sport, The Social Income and Insecurity
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
10 29 244 57 14 283 241 236 172 138 110 39 277 78 98 99 268 8 85 165 285 188 188 112 57 39 44 103 15 27 130 40 300 122 249 297 247 167 80 285 56 272 227 192 79 297 166 85 265 103 198 151 71 156 304
çè
order now!
©
Scanlon, Donna M. Scanlon, Julie Scarratt, Elaine Scarrett, Douglas Schack, Thomas Scheyvens, Regina Schieffelin, Bambi Schiffman, Beth M. Schifter, Catherine C. Schizotypy and Schizophrenia Schler, Lynn Schmidt, Peter Schneider, Laurel Schoeler, Gregor Schoenaker, Theo Schoenfeld, Alan H. Schooling Internationally Schools and Schooling in the Digital Age Schotel, Bas Schouenborg, Laust Schraeder, Paul L. Schroeder, Ursula Schubert, Dirk Schug, Mark C. Schulte-Mecklenbeck, Michael Schulz-Forberg, Hagen Schuurman, Frans Schwarzer, Ralf Schwecke, Sebastian Science and Golf Science of Giving, The Science of Imaging, The Science of Reason, The Scientists Must Speak Scott Cato, Molly Scott, David Scott, James Wesley Scott, Len Scrum Project Management Scuderi, Angelo Scullion, Hugh Seaports and Development Sears, Alan Seatzu, Francesco Sebba, Judy Secret Passages Secure and Resilient Software Development Secure Semantic Service Oriented Systems Securitization of Migration in the Post-Cold War Era, The Security Security and Everyday Life Security in the Gulf: Historical Legacies and Future Prospects Security of Self-Organizing Networks Security Strategy Sedition and Violence against the State Seed Conditioning Sefton-Green, Julian Segev, Idan
Social Justice and the Experience of Emotion 166 Social Motivation 166 Social Movements, Law and the Politics of Land Reform 118 Social Movements: The Key Concepts 147 Social Policy in Developing Countries 284 Social Protection as Development Policy 299 Social Protection for Africa’s Children 138 Social Psychology and Organizations 166 Social Psychology of Gender, The 170 Social Regionalism in the Global Economy 133 Social Struggles in the Middle Ages 12 Social Studies as New Literacies in a Global Society 74 Social Work 198 Socialism and Underdevelopment 287 Socioemotional Development in the Toddler Years 167 Sociologists Backstage 146 Sociology and Politics of Development, The 288 Sociology of Education 70 Sociology of Sports Coaching, The 155 Sociophonetics 30 Soden, Satori 31 Soderbaum, Fredrik 92 Sofield, Ruth M. 221 Solate, Jeffrey T. 208 Solomos, John 150 Solution Techniques for Elementary Partial Differential Equations 233 Somel, Selcuk 110 Sommer, Marni 195 Son, Joonmo 103 Song, Jesook 304 Song, Jiyoung 99 Sorial, Sarah 118 Soro, Tenena M. 50 Sourcebook for Political Communication Research 21 South Africa and the Global Game 154 South Asia 2011 258 South Sea Bubble, The 139 Southall, Roger 294 Southern Africa Development Community Land Issues 119 Southern, Alan 132 Southwood, Sue 60 Soutou, Georges-Henri 89 Sovacool, Benjamin K. 90 Sovereignty and Social Reform in India 103 Sovereignty between Politics and Law 86
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
index 331
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Stevens Jr., Phillips 261 Stevens, Christopher 268 Stevens, David 43 Stevens, Quentin 144 Stevenson, Kim 115 Stewart, Concetta M. 55 Still, Brian 221 Stone, Philip R. 144 Stoppani, Teresa 212 Storytelling and Imagination: Beyond Basic Literacy 8–14 48 Storytelling and the Future of Organizations 133 Stråth, Bo 87 Straight Talk 129 Strand, Jonathan 85 Strasser, Richard 38 Strategic Project Office, The 130 Strategic Spatial Projects 214 Strategic Visions for Human Rights 119 Street, Jutta 179 Street, Laurence J. 199 Strong-Wilson, Teresa 74 Structure of Indian Society, The 103 Structure of Political Competition in Western Europe, The 87 Struggle for the History of Education, The 73 Strunz, Marianne 137 Studies in Social Economics 304 Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason 305 Study of Religion: A Reader, The 8 Style Differences in Cognition, Learning, and Management 134 Subramanian, Ram 303 Subspace Learning of Neural Networks 238 Successful Remembering and Successful Forgetting 167 Sudden Death in Epilepsy 210 Suicide and Society in India 103 Suliman, Osman 151 Sulistiyanto, Priyambudi 102 Suls, Jerry M. 162 Sultan, Alan 53 Sumner, Andy 141 Sun, Dong 229 Super-Resolution Imaging 227 Supply Chain in Manufacturing, Distribution, and Transportation, The 231 Supporting Early Mathematical Development 40 Suraj, Anil 305 Surface Activity of Petroleum Derived Lubricants 251 Suriyakumaran, C 278 Surviving the International War Zone 92 Sustainability in European Environmental Policy 86 Sustainability in European Transport Policy 119
@
Sustainable Development Sustainable Development Handbook Sustainable Reform and Development in Post-Olympic China Sustainable Tourism in Rural Europe Sutherland, Dylan Suyama, Ricardo Svendsen, Claus Swain, David Swann, Patricia Swearer, Susan M. Sweeney, Joan M. Swennen, Anja Switzerland in Europe Sylvester, Christine Synchronization and Control of Multiagent Systems Synchronous Programming of Reactive Systems with Esterel and SyncCharts Systems Engineering Tools and Methods Sywulak, Andrea E. Szalczer, Eszter
219
103 144 103 239 223 14 290 64 42 55 86 88 229
239 231 192 35
Tackling Depression at Work 183 Tadjbakhsh, Shahrbanou 92 Taffel, Ron 190 Taghdisi-Rad, Sahar 110 Tale of Genji, The 266 Taleb, Ali 139 Talking Heads 167 Tamas, Kristof 137 Tan, Chee-Beng 94 Tang, Shiping 136 Tanner, Martin A. 232 Taplin, Ruth 93 Tarricone, Pina 170 Tavares, Rodrigo 92 Taxation and Gender Equity 299 Taxonomy of Metacognition, The 170 Taylor, Brendan 298 Taylor, Claire 18 Taylor, Janet B. 63 Taylor, Marcus 85 Taylor, Mark P. 139 Taylor, Peter 154 Taylor, Rachel 159 Teaching and Learning through Reflective Practice 48 Teaching and Learning with Technology 55 Teaching Economics in Troubled Times 48 Teaching Literature to Adolescents 49 Teaching Mathematics Creatively 49 Teaching New Literacies in Grades 4–6 49
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
138
t
çè
çè
Sovereignty, Jurisdiction, and Exploitation of the Seas, Polar Regions, Airspace and Outer Space 119 Sowelem, R.A. 278 Spaaij, Ramón 156 Spalding, Hobart 283 Spathis, Alex 244 Spatial, the Legal and the Pragmatics of World-Making, The 305 Special Economic Zones in Asian Market Economies 103 Speed, Chris 212 Spellman, Frank R. 255 Spellman’s Standard Handbook for Wastewater Operators 255 Sperry, Len 178 Spicer, André 131 Spinelli Coleman, Donatella 188 Spini, Debora 82 Spiritual Purification in Islam 110 Spiritual Resources in Family Therapy 182 Sport and Migration 154 Sport as History 156 Sport Policy in Britain 156 Sport, Theory and Social Problems 299 Springman, Sarah 244 Spruce, Gary 47 Sri Lanka and the Responsibility to Protect 92 Sriram, Chandra Lekha 84 St. John, Edward P. 64 Stackpole, Bill 240 Stacks, Don W. 128 Stamatis, D.H. 130 Stamou, Anastasios I. 218 Standing, Guy 304 Stanford, Herb 217 Stanislavski in Practice 36 Stanley, Neil 114 Stanoyevitch, Alexander 237 Starov, Victor M. 247 Starratt, Robert J. 68 Starting from Scratch 167 State Accountability under International Law 119 Statecraft and Spectacle in East Asia 103 Statistical and Econometric Methods for Transportation Data Analysis 235 Stauber, Roni 108 Stausberg, Michael 6 Staying Lean 129 Stearns, Peter N. 10, 14 Steedman, Ian 139 Steege, Mark W. 193 Steel, Daniel 5 Stefani, Lorraine 66 Stein, Jordan H. 166 Stensaker, Bjorn 59 Sterling, Christopher H. 25 Steven, Martin 82
Teaching New Literacies in Grades K3 49 Teaching Reading 50 Teaching Reading to English Language Learners 50 Teaching Science Creatively 50 Teaching Science to English Language Learners 51 Teaching Secondary English as if the Planet Matters 51 Teaching Secondary Geography as if the Planet Matters 51 Teaching U.S. History as Mystery 51 Teaching World History as Mystery 52 Technological Innovation in Retail Finance 134 Teeuwen, Bert 127 Tehrani, Noreen 181 Television and Presidential Power in Putin’s Russia 111 Television Culture 23 Television Personalities 22 Tensi, Hans M. 250 Terrell, Joy 191 Territorial Development, Cohesion and Spatial Planning 138 Territories and States of India 259 Terrorism, Identity, and Legitimacy 92 Testing Statistical Hypotheses of Equivalence and Noninferiority 234 Text, Cases and Materials on Public Law and Human Rights 113 Textor, Mark 4 Thakur, Ramesh 89 Thali, Michael J. 209 Tham, Joo-Cheong 86 Thangadurai, Devarajan 207 The China Development Research Foundation 97 Theatre and the State in Singapore, The 105 Theatre of the Bauhaus, The 36 Theocarakis, Nicholas 135 Theology, Ethics and Transcendence in Sports 156 Theories of Development 287 Theories of Economic Development and Growth 273 Theorising Transnational Migration 87 Theory After ‘Theory’ 27 Theory and Experience of Economic Development, The 274 Theory and Practice of History, The 13 Theory and Practice of Triple Helix Model in Developing Countries 134 Theory of Economic Integration for Developing Countries, A 272 Therapeutic Alliance, The 181 Therapeutic Processes for Communication Disorders 171 Therapy with Young Men 182 Thio, Liann 115 Third World in Soviet Military Thought, The 284
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
332 index Travel and Modernist Literature Travel Writing Travel Writing and Atrocities Traverso, Antonio Treating Depressed and Suicidal Adolescents Treating Traumatic Stress in Children and Adolescents Trenz, Hans-Jörg Tribe, Michael Trifonas, Peter Pericles Trigiano, Robert N. Trimingham, Melissa Trimpin, Sarah Tripathi, Kamalesha Datta Troia, Gary A. Trubina, Elena Tsebelis, George Tsoulfanidis, Nicholas Tu, Weiming Tulloch, Peter Turbo Flow Turk, Dennis C. Turkey’s Accession to the European Union Turkington, Douglas Turner, Tom Twigg-Flesner, Christian Tyler, Colin Tzfadia, Erez
29 28 29 25 193 301 87 141 74 202 36 252 95 45 111 87 247 93 277 131 174 120 172 213 120 85 109
v
u UAE and Foreign Policy, The 110 Ulrichsen, Kristian 107 Umbaugh, Scott E. 224 Umemura, Maki 104 UN Human Rights Council 81 UN Sanctions and Conflict 92 Uncertainty in International Law 120 Underdevelopment and Development in Brazil: Volume I 281 Underdevelopment and Development in Brazil: Volume II 281 Undermining Local Democracy 105 Understanding Adult Functional Literacy 62 Understanding Behaviour & Development in Early Childhood 40 Understanding European Union Law 114 Understanding Modernity 149 Understanding Peace and Security 87 Understanding Popular Culture 23 Understanding Psychological Health 185 Understanding Psychological Theories of Motivation 72 Understanding Quantum Phase Transitions 253
See separate Order Form
Understanding the CDM 2007 Regulations 220 Unhealthy Cities 148 Unni, Jeemol 304 Unspeakable Truths 81 Unsupervised Signal Processing 239 Untold Histories of the Middle East 110 Upton, Roy 224 Urban Drainage 217 Urban Infrastructure and Governance 305 Urban Social Movements in the Third World 285 Urban, Mathias 40 Urbanisation and Planning in the Third World 282 Urbanisation in the Developing World 280 Urbanisation, Housing and the Development Process 280 US Secretaries of State and Transatlantic Relations, The 305 USA and Canada 2011, The 259 Usability of Complex Information Systems 221 Use of Representations in Reasoning and Problem Solving 72 Using Educational Research to Inform Practice 302
Vacha Haase, Tammi Vagelpohl, Uwe Valodia, Imraan Values in Higher Education Teaching Van Daal, Jan Van de Voorde, Eddy Van Den Broeck, Jef van der Hoeven, Rolph van der Meulen Rodgers, Yana van Dick, Rolf van Gestel, Cornelis A.M. van Henten, E.J. van Ooteghem, R.J.C. van Straten, Gerrit van Willigenburg, L.G. van Woerkom, Marianne VanFleet, Risë Vanishing Matter and the Laws of Nature VanSledright, Bruce Variation in Linguistic Systems Variegated Neoliberalism Various, Varma, Baidya Nath Varma, Rashmi Varney, Michael R. Varoufakis, Yanis Väyrynen, Raimo Ventura, Sebastian Verhaagen, Dave
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
182 305 299 62 304 136 214 150 137 166 223 203 203 203 203 305 192 6 52 30 87 263 288 29 117 135 301 238 182
çè
order now!
©
Third World Industrialization in the 1980s 275 Third World Modernism 212 Third World Proletariat?, A 284 Thomassen, Jacques 84 Thomes, Paul 134 Thompson, Ethan 25 Thompson, Noel 261 Thomson, Ken 150 Thomson, Pat 69 Thorpe, Michael 303 Thumann, Albert 229 Thuraisingham, Bhavani 243 Thussu, Daya 21 Thyregod, Poul 234 Tian, Kelly 97 Tibbals, Harry F. 206 Tiger Girls 105 Tight, Malcolm 262 Timber Bridges 215 TimeDependent Behaviour of Concrete Structures 219 Timm, Paul R. 129 Timmins, Graham 86 Tingle, John 118 Tinnevelt, Ronald 84 Tippins, Nancy T. 162 Tobin, Stephen M. 224 Tocci, Nathalie 86 Toldra, Fidel 210 Toplis, Rob 44 Torkildsen’s Sport and Leisure Management 154 Totaro, Rebecca 29 Totten, George E. 250 Tourism and India 144 Tourism and Poverty 144 Tourist Experience 144 Towards Creative Learning Spaces 212 Towards Economic Recovery in Sub-Saharan Africa 277 Towards Educational Change 74 Towards Excellence in Early Years Education 301 Towards Financial Independence in a Developing Economy 278 Towards New Developmentalism 139 Towards Nuclear Zero 301 Towheed, Shafquat 26 Toxic Chemicals 218 Toye, John 269 Toyota Kaizen Methods 130 Trace Elements in Soils and Plants 222 Tracey, Monica W. 53 Trade and Developing Countries 277 Trahar, Sheila 59 Trampusch, Christine 86 Transformation of the Gulf, The 107 Transforming Urban Waterfronts 144 Transnational and Borderland Studies in Mathematics Education 71 Transnational Crime and Human Rights 120
Verhetsel, Ann 214 Verma, Arvind 120 Verschaffel, Lieven 72 Vertovec, Steven 265 Vetelino, John 225 Vickers, Edward 98 Video in Social Science Research 73 Villafiorita, Adolfo 241 Viner, Mark D. 209 Vining, Odell 191 Violence, Visual Culture, and the Black Male Body 25 Visual Controls 131 Vittoria, Carmine 225 Vivekanandan, Jayashree 100 Vodanovich, Stephen J. 160 Vohs, Kathleen D. 163 Volkmar, Fred R. 190 Volpi, Frederic 106 von Braun, Johanna 119 von Ranke, Leopold 13 Vulnerable Daughters in Contradictory Contexts 105
w Waddell, Bill 241 Waddington, Jeremy 132 Wade, Geoffrey 96 Wage Policy, Income Distribution, and Democratic Theory 139 Wagner, Matthew 36 Waite, Edmund 60 Waksmundzka-Hajnos, Monika 252 Walker, Charles 100 Walker, Cindy M. 158 Walker, Donald A. 304 Walker, James A. 30 Walliman, Nicholas 147 Walras, Léon 304 Walsh, Anthony 151 Walsh, Froma 182 Walterová, Eliška 74 Walters, D. Eric 202 Walters, Gale C. 202 Walton, C. Dale 90 Wang, Hongzen 102 Wang, Paul S. 238 Wang, Rusong 142 Wang, Zhiping 226 War and Ideas 90 War and Rape 81 War, Peace and Progress in the 21st Century 92 Ward, Stephen J.A. 296 Ward, Tony 173 Ward-Penny, Robert 43 Warikoo, K. 102 Warkotsch, Alexander 104 Warna, Johan P. 248 Warner, Malcolm 105 Washington, Simon P. 235 Wasserman, Herman 296
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
index 333
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Why Knowledge Matters in Curriculum Whyman, Rose Wicksell, Knut Wienke, Andreas Wiessala, Georg Wightman, Pedro M. Wiley, James B. Wilhelm, Jeffrey Wilkins, Charles L. Williams, Mandy J. Williams, Robert B. Williamson, Elizabeth M. Wills, Aidan Wills, Sandra Wilson, Angela Wilson, Ian Douglas Wiltbank, Robert Winch, Christopher Winkler, Christian G. Winter, Deborah DuNann Winter, Karen Winter, Tim Wintermute, Bobby A. Wired and Mobilizing Wiser, Mark F. Wisselgren, Per WittungStafshede, Pernilla Wolf and Stanley on Environmental Law Wolf, Alison Wolf, Shelby Wolf, Susan Wolfgang Marolt, Peter Wolinsky, Ira Women and Education Women and Housing Women in European Culture and Society Women in the Middle East and North Africa Women, Judging and the Judiciary Women’s Program, The Womens’ Roles and Population Trends in the Third World Wong, David Wood, Antony Wood, Bernard A. Wood, Chris Wood, Clare
@
305 35 295 234 98 239 236 49 252 168 304 224 91 54 45 105 123 302 105 169 197 94 15 151 205 15 253 114 60 66 114 101 205 265 213 14 107 120 184 271 223 214 204 194 71
Wood, Geoffrey E. 266 Wood, John C. 263 Wood, William C. 48 Woodroof, Eric 229 Woollard, John 298 Work and Wealth 302 Worker Identity, Agency and Economic Development 305 Working with Children to Heal Interpersonal Trauma 191 Working with Immigrant Families 185 Workplace Learning 305 World Christianity 264 World History: The Basics 14 World of the American West, The 14 Worthen, James B. 164 Wraith, Ronald 283 Wright, Bryan 74 Wright, Jan 302 Wright, Philip 287 Wright, Trevor 293 Wu, Chuan Song 253 Wu, Yu-Shan 99 Wulf, Christoph 293 Wurzel, Rüdiger 86 Wyse, Dominic 53
x Xenakis Xinjiang and China’s Rise in Central Asia
Yacobi, Haim Yaeger Dror, Malcah Yang, Chaowei Yang, Guang-Hong Yang, Ruixin Yangali Quintanilla Victor Augusto Yao, Shujie Yap, Po Jen Yarber, William L. Yarwood, Lisa Ye, Dan Yearwood, Ronnie R.F.
E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information
38 105
y
çè
çè
Water Quality Concepts, Sampling, and Analyses 255 Water-Related Death Investigation 208 Watson, Keith 280 Watson, Nick 156 Watson, Ronald Ross 211 Watts, Sue 196 Wavelet Subdivision Methods 236 Wealth of Poor Nations, The 278 Weaver, Catherine 78 Webb, Douglas 138 Webel, Charles 89 Weber, Heloise 92 Webman, Esther 110 Wei, George 97 Wei, ShangJin 136 Weitz, Raanan 282 Welding Thermal Processes and Weld Pool Behaviors 253 Wellek, Stefan 234 Weller, Christian E. 137 Welsh, Ian 147 Wennmann, Achim 92 Wentzel, Wayne 38 West African Trade 273 Wester, Stephen R. 182 Western Europe 2011 260 Westerns 24 Westfall, Peter 235 Westwood, Peter 56 Wetzel, Jan 119 What English Language Teachers Need to Know Volume I 54 What English Language Teachers Need to Know Volume II 54 What Photography Is 24 Wheelahan, Leesa 305 White, John 24 White, Sheida 62 Whitehead, Margaret 46 Whither South East Asian Management? 105 Whitin, David J. 46 Whitin, Phyllis E. 46 Whitlam, John 33 Who Owns Football? 156 Who’s Who in International Affairs 2011 260 Why Do I Need a Teacher When I’ve got Google? 55
109 30 223 226 223 254 103 118 146 119 226 120
Yeh, Anthony 215 Yew, Leong 95 Yi, Zhang 238 Yip, Virginia 32 Yonah, Yossi 73 Young Offenders and the Law 302 Young People with Anti-Social Behaviours 47 Young People, Physical Activity and the Everyday 302 Young People’s Voices in Physical Education and Youth Sport 303 Young, Michael 279 Young, Richard 126 Young, Terrell A. 42 Youssef, Nadia H. 271 Yu, Guanghua 119 Yu, Ming-Ho 221 Yudelman, Montague 269
z Zaffalon, Luigi Zagelbaum, Adam Zajic, Alan W. Zak, Adam Zamudio, Margaret Zaphiriou Woods, Marie Zawdie, Girma Zeng, Xiaodong Zevin, Jack Zhang, Everett Zhang, Sam Zhang, Sheldon X. Zhao, Jian Zhao, Suisheng Zheng, Tiantian Zhou, Jiliu Zhu, Xin-Qun Zhu, Ying Zidek, James V. Zimmerman, Aaron Zimmermann, Karsten Zito, Anthony R. Zuckerman, Edward L.
239 185 131 241 65 192 134 98 51 93 249 122 245 83 85 238 219 104 232 296 86 303 173
N.B. Routledge Paperbacks Direct titles are not included in the Index
http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eBooks are only available to order online
334 Sales representatives, agents and distribution
Milton Park Sales Office Taylor & Francis Group (Books Ltd) 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon Oxon OX14 4RN UK Group Sales Director Christoph Chesher Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6194 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: christoph.chesher@tandf.co.uk International Sales Director Graham Crossley Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6048 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: graham.crossley@tandf.co.uk Head of UK Sales Nick Perry Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6132 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 E-mail: nick.perry@tandf.co.uk Corporate and Institutional Sales Alfred Lea Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6273 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 E-mail: cis@tandf.co.uk UK Sales Administrator Judith Cavell Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6191 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 E-mail: judith.cavell@tandf.co.uk Academic Representatives (UK) Tim Page Higher Education Sales Manager Mobile: 07824 690646 E-mail: tim.page@tandf.co.uk
England and Wales
International Enquiries Joanne Blackford (Maternity cover for Kate Pearce) International Sales Support Manager (Books) Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6053 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: joanne.blackford@tandf.co.uk European and Japanese Enquiries Lucy Astone International Sales Support Coordinator Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6149 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: lucy.astone@tandf.co.uk South Asian, Middle Eastern and African Enquiries Reanna Young International Sales Support Coordinator Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6114 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: reanna.young@tandf.co.uk China Liaison Office Yan Pei Manager Taylor & Francis Room 523 Resource Building No.151 North Street Zhongguancun Beijing China 100080 P.O. Box: 8762 Tel/Fax: +86 (10) 58876523 E-mail: yanpei@tandf.com.sg
Bob Davis Senior Area Representative Mobile: 07889 263 856 Fax: 01621 819 833 E-mail: bob.davis@tandf.co.uk
Southern England
Daphne Edwards Area Representative Mobile: 07802 536 233 Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6259 E-mail: daphne.edwards@tandf.co.uk
Oxfordshire, West Midlands and South Wales John Blake Area Representative Mobile:07889 263 857 Fax: 01608 685 933 E-mail: john.blake@tandf.co.uk
Katie Gilbert Exhibitions Manager Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6310 E-mail: katie.gilbert@tandf.co.uk
Peter Havinga European Sales Manager A. Hofmanweg 5a, 2031 BH Haarlem The Netherlands Tel: +31 (0) 23 750 5730 Fax: +31 (0) 23 750 5701 Mobile: +31 (0) 6 515 69560 E-mail: peter.havinga@tandf.co.uk
Customer Services Book orders should be addressed to the appropriate overseas agent or the Customer Service Department at our new distributor Bookpoint:
Belgium, The Netherlands, France and Luxembourg Liza Walraven Sales Representative A. Hofmanweg 5a, 2031 BH Haarlem The Netherlands Tel: +31 (0) 23 750 5731 Fax: +31 (0) 23 750 5701 Mobile: +31 (0) 6 238 49668 E-mail: liza.walraven@informa.com
Taylor & Francis Customer Services, Bookpoint 130 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 Fax: +44 (0)1235 400 525 E-mail (UK): uktrade@tandf.co.uk
Greece
Ryan Cooper, Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk
E-mail (international): international@tandf.co.uk
Standing Orders If you would like to receive books on our improved pre-selective standing order system, or if you would like to have further information about this service, please contact your area manager or Customer Services Department.
Nordic Countries
Keith Gray, Sales Representative Taylor and Francis Group c/o IBC Euroforum Blegdamsvej 104A Postboks 0801 2100 Copenhagen Ø Denmark Tel: +45 4195 1428 Mobile: +45 6064 8041 E-mail: keith.gray@informa.com
Foreign Rights
Germany, Austria and Switzerland
Adele Parker E-mail: adele.parker@tandf.co.uk
London (EC, SE, SW, W and WC)
London (East, Northwest, North) and Eastern England
Europe
Exhibitions
Library Supply
Charlotte Russell Area Representative Mobile: 07917 648040 E-mail: charlotte.russell@tandf.co.uk
Nigel Berkeley Library Supply and London Key Accounts Manager Mobile: 07795 968206 E-mail: nigel.berkeley@tandf.co.uk
Scotland and North of England
Online retailers
Nick Pepper Mobile: +44 (0) 7825 748476 E-mail: nick.pepper@tandf.co.uk
Rod Abraham Assistant UK Sales Manager Mobile: 07860 380 814 Fax: 01372 273 744 E-mail: rod.abraham@tandf.co.uk
Ireland and northern ireland
Gabriela Mauch, Area Sales Manager Anna-Peters-Str. 49 70597 Stuttgart, Germany Tel: +49 (0) 711 7207231 Fax: +49 (0) 711 7220668 Mobile: +49 (0) 173905 9469 E-mail: gabriela.mauch@tandf.co.uk
Spain, Portugal and Italy
Philip Veysey, Area Sales Manager Príncipe de Vergara 109, 28002 Madrid, Spain Tel: +34 91 700 0688 Fax: +34 91 141 2304 Mobile: +34 68 777 3678 E-mail: philip.veysey@informa.com
Eastern Europe
Marek Lewinson, Humanities and Social Sciences Bohaterewicza 3/45, 03-982 Warsaw, Poland Tel/Fax: +48 (0) 22 6714819 Mobile: +48 (0) 602 707 037 E-mail: mlewinso@it.com.pl
Conor Graham/Michael Darcy Brookside Publishing Services 2 Brookside, Dundrum Road, Dublin 14 Tel: 00 353 1 298 9937 Fax: 00 353 1 298 7912 E-mail: sales@brookside.ie
Radek Janousek, Science and Technology Pod Nouzovem 972/21 197 00 Prague Czech Republic Tel: +42 (0) 28 658 49888 Mobile: +42 (0) 602294014 E-mail: radek@mareklewinson.com
North and Northwest England
See separate Order Form
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
order now!
©
Lucy Greaves Area Representative Mobile: 07860 633156 Fax: 01663 746682 E-mail: lucy.greaves@tandf.co.uk
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Sales representatives, agents and distribution 335
Jasmina Basic, Area Sales Manager – Middle East and Africa Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6187 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: jasmina.basic@tandf.co.uk
Korea Se-Yung Jun ICK (Information & Culture Korea) 473-19 Seokyo-dong , Mapo-ku Seoul, Korea 121-842 Tel: +82 2 3141-4791 Fax: +82 2 3141-7733 E-mail: cs.ick@ick.co.kr
Zoe Kaviani IPS (Middle East) Ltd P. O. Box 27533 Dubai, UAE Tel: +971 4 282 8801 Fax: +971 4 282 8804 E-mail: itpme@emirates.net.ae Website: http://www.ipsme.com
South Asia
Rest of Africa
India
Jasmina Basic, Area Sales Manager – Middle East and Africa Milton Park Sales Office
Nigeria
Chinke Ojiji Publishers Support Services Ltd Plot 2 Adewunmi Estate Oregun Road (Near First Bank Oregun) PO Box 9270, Ikeja, Lagos State Tel: +234 1 774 1073 Fax: +234 1 493 0419
Botswana
Arthur Oageng Book Promotions/Horizon Books Botswana Gaborone International Finance Park Plot 113-114, Unit 33 Kgale Mews 2, Suite 3 Gaborone, Botswana Tel: +267 393 1194 Fax: +267 392 4908 E-mail: arthur.oageng@online.co.bw
South Africa, Namibia, Lesotho and Swaziland
Michelle Symington Book Promotions Ltd BMD Office Park, 108 De Waal Road Diep River, 7800 Cape Town South Africa Tel: +27 21 707 5700 General Fax: +27 21 707 5795 Orders Fax: +27 21 707 5794 E-mail: msymington@bookpro.co.za
Japan Hans Van Ess, Book Sales and Marketing Executive Taylor & Francis Group 7F Koshin Bldg. 2-23-4 Kanda-Jimbocho Chiyoda, Tokyo 101-0051 Japan Tel: +81 (0) 35848 7061 Mobile: +81 (0) 80 5426 3552 E-mail: hans.vaness@informa.com United Publishers Services Limited 1-32-5 Higashi-shinagawa Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 140-0002 Tel: +81 (0) 3 5479 7251 Fax: +81 (0) 3 5479 7307 E-mail: info@ups.co.jp
çè
Editorial Office Takahiko Kaneko Edition Synapse Yamaguchi Bldg. 3F 2-8-5 Uchikanda Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0047, Japan Tel: +81 (0) 3 5296 9186 Fax: +81 (0) 3 3252 1822 E-mail: edsynapse@nifty.ne.jp
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field
Ryan Cooper Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk Taylor & Francis India 912, Tolstoy House 15-17, Tolstoy Marg Connaught Place New Delhi – 110 001 Tel: +91 (0) 11 43155100 Fax: +91 (0) 11 23712132 E-mail: inquiry@tandfindia.com
Pakistan
East and Southeast Asia
Israel and the Palestinian Territories
For all Taylor & Francis Group imprints please order from our Singapore Sales Office
Ryan Cooper Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk
Singapore Sales Office Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific 240 Macpherson Road #08–01 Pines Industrial Building Singapore 348574 Tel: +65 6741 5166 Fax: +65 6742 9356 E-mail: sales@tandf.com.sg
Vietnam
Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director Singapore Sales Office E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg
Hong Kong
Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +852 91796613 Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Jolly Chan, Account Manager E-mail: jolly.chan@tandf.com.sg
M. Anwer Iqbal Book Bird Mian Chambers, 3 Temple Road PO Box 518, Lahore, Pakistan Tel: +92 42 636 7275 Fax: +92 42 636 1370 E-mail: bookbird@brain.net.pk
Singapore, Philippines and Indonesia
Sri Lanka
Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +66 (2) 6427954-6 ext. 406 Fax: +66 (2) 6427677 Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Nonglak Sawaithong Sales Executive Email: s.nonglak@tandf.com.sg
Nirosha Saravanapavan E-mail: niroshas@sltnet.lk Mobile: 0094 714 750911
Australasia Joanne Blackford (Maternity cover for Kate Pearce) Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 7017 6053 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: joanne.blackford@tandf.co.uk
Francis Chua, Sales Manager Singapore Sales Office E-mail: francis.chua@tandf.com.sg
Thailand
Malaysia and Brunei
Palgrave Macmillan Level 1, 15-19 Claremont Street South Yarra Vic 3141 Australia Tel: +61 (0) 3 9825 1111 Fax: +61 (0) 3 9825 1010 E-mail: palgrave@macmillan.com.au www.palgravemacmillan.com.au
David Yeong, General Manager Taylor & Francis Publishing Services Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific No. 23-2, Jalan PJS 8/18, Dataran Mentari 46150 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia Tel: +60 (3) 5630 1361 Fax: +60 (3) 5630 1732 Mobile: +60 (0) 16 3319912 E-mail: david.yeong@tandf.com.sg
New Zealand
Taiwan
Australia
Macmillan Publishers NZ Ltd Victoria Johnson 6 Ride Way, Albany Auckland, NZ Tel: +64 9 414 0350 Fax: +64 9 414 0357 E-mail: vicki@macmillan.co.nz
Australia and New Zealand
CRC Press and Marcel Dekker only Libraries may wish to order from their local bookseller, Palgrave Macmillan or DA Information Services Pty Ltd 648 Whitehorse Road, Mitcham Victoria Australia Tel: +61 3 9210 7804 Fax: +61 3 9210 7788 www.dadirect.com.au
Australia
Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +886 (2) 2578 6106 ext.125 Fax: +886 (2) 2578 6507 Mobile: +886 (9) 7216 9672 Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Sara Cheng, Sales Executive E-mail: Sara.Cheng@tandf.com.sg
China
Room 1108B, Culture Square No. 59 Jia, Zhongguancun St. Haidian District Beijing 100872 P.R. China Tel: +86 (10) 82502670 Fax: +86 (10) 82502566 Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Cynthia Ji, Sales Manager Email: cynthia.ji@tandf.com.sg
and Rodney Franklin Franklin’s International PO BOX 3772 7 Tel Aviv 61376, Israel Tel: +972 356 00724 Fax: +972 356 00479 E-mail: rodneyf@netvision.net.il
north america Sales Office Dennis Weiss Vice President Sales Taylor and Francis 6000 Broken Sound Parkway N.W. Suite 300 Boca Raton, FL 33487, USA Within the Continental USA: Tel: 800-272-7737 Fax: 800-374-3401 E-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com Outside USA: Tel: +1 561-994-0555 Fax: +1 561-361-6018 E-mail: International.orders@taylorandfrancis. com
Central and South America and mexico Michael Dulisse Sales Office, Boca Raton, FL Taylor & Francis Tel: +1 561 998 2582 Fax: +1 561 361 6049 E-mail: Michael.Dulisse@taylorandfrancis.com Ethan E Atkin Cranbury International LLC 7 Clarendon Ave, Suite 2 Montpelier, VT 05602 USA Tel: +1 802 223 6565 Fax: +1 802 223 6824 E-mail: eatkin@cranburyinternational.com
Caribbean and the West Indies Jasmina Basic Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6187 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: jasmina.basic@tandf.co.uk
Europa Publications (non-exclusive) James Bennett 3 Narabang Way, Belrose, NSW 2085 Shanghai Region Australia Chris Ye, Senior Sales Executive Tel: +02 9986 7064 Tel: +86 135 64618686 Fax: +02 9986 7030 www.bennett.com.au E-mail: info@taylorandfrancis.co.ukEmail: chris.ye@tandf.com.sg http://www.ebooksubscriptions.com/
@
for more information
çè
Middle East and North Africa
eBooks are only available to order online
336 heading
How To Order Point-of-Sale Material and Catalogues Please indicate the material you require by ticking the boxes. For bulk quantities, please contact your representative.
Point-of-Sale A B C D E F G
978-0-418-35910-5 Taylor & Francis/Routledge 978-0-418-23776-2 Routledge 978-0-418-40170-5 Routledge 978-0-418-40243-6 Routledge 978-0-418-21982-9 Routledge 978-0-418-21767-2 Routledge 978-0-418-40250-4 Routledge
Built Environment Poster Routledge Student Statues 2009/2010 Poster Karl Popper Poster Nursery World Series Poster/Leaflet The Evaluator’s Cookbook Poster/Leaflet 1001 Brilliant Writing Ideas Poster From Birth to Five Years Poster/Leaflet
H I J K L M
978-0-418-24126-4 Routledge 978-0-418-45620-0 Routledge 978-0-418-77210-2 RoutledgeFalmer 978-0-418-23760-1 Routledge 978-0-418-22744-2 Routledge 978-0-418-24152-3 Routledge
Routledge Lawcards 2010 Poster Philosophy/The War for Children’s Minds Poster Passionate about Education Poster Sartre/Routledge Philosophers Poster Le Corbusier/Routledge Architecture Poster Student Reference/Basics Poster Poster
Key Catalogues American History . . . . . . . . . . 9780418235249 AS and A2 Level. . . . . . . . . . . 9780418232651 Building & Construction textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218860 Built Environment. . . . . . . . . . 9780418398807 Childhood Studies . . . . . . . . . 9780418231531 Civil Engineering Textbooks . . 9780418218846 Classical Studies. . . . . . . . . . . 9780418228715 Communication. . . . . . . . . . . 9780418235317 Corporate Governance, Business Ethics and Accounting . . . . . . . . 9780418224502 Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418230534 Cultural Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418235270 Disability and Mental Health. . 9780418780206 Early Modern & Medieval History. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418232712 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418229149 Education Handbooks. . . . . . . 9780418218693 Education Management and Leadership. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218013 Education: Research Methods. 9780418889008 European Politics . . . . . . . . . . 9780418225431 Film and Television Studies. . . 9780418587805 Garland Science. . . . . . . . . . . 9780418832608
Garland Science BIOS Instant Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418889800 Human Geography. . . . . . . . . 9780418911105 International Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418233726 International Research Education. . . . . . . . . . . 9780418219881 Introduction to Philosophy. . . 9780418232590 Japanese Studies . . . . . . . . . . 9780418762004 Law Research and Scholarly . . 9780418229033 Law Textbooks. . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418229002 Literary and Critical Theory . . 9780418236109 Literature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418231210 Media, Film and TV. . . . . . . . . 9780418228654 Medical Sociology and Healthcare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418779804 Medieval and Early Modern History. . . . . . . . . . 9780418778708 Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418227510 Middle East Politics. . . . . . . . . 9780418231920 Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418232262 Nursing and Midwifery. . . . . . 9780418233528 Philosophy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418291801 Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218983
Planning Books for Teaching . 9780418218976 Politics and International Relations Textbooks and Readers. . . . . . . . 9780418218341 Practical and Professional Education Books. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418231296 Productivity Press. . . . . . . . . . 9781420079807 Professional Architecture . . . . 9780418224199 Public Management and Non-Profit Organizations. . . . . . . 9780418235720 Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418226704 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418858004 Research in Law and Law and Society. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418217870 Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418832608 Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418930007 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418234211 Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418229989 Sport Exercise Science. . . . . . . 9780418230381 Sports Coaching and Physical Education. . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418230503 Theatre and Performance. . . . 9780418232675 Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418230447 Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418230565
To View Our Catalogues Online Please Visit http://www.routledge.com/catalogs
order now!
©
Bookpoint Ltd, 130 Milton Park Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB. Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)1235 400525 e-mail: tandf@bookpoint.co.uk
Bookseller Contact Name
Address Telephone
See separate Order Form
Fax
( +44 (0)1235 400524 D +44 (0)1235 400525
çè
Point-of-Sale items marked with a letter are illustrated on the facing page. Point-of-Sale and Catalogues can be ordered by quoting the title and ISBN from:
www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books
Online Resources Posters
A
B
Poster: 978-0-418-23776-2
C
Poster: 978-0-418-40170-5
Poster: 978-0-418-35910-5
To receive these posters, please contact Clare Methven (clare.methven@informa.com) or your sales representative
Order your Free promotional posters!
routledge lawCards Fully updated for 2010-2011
Covering all major subjeCts inCluding:
D
Poster: 978-0-418-40243-6
E
F
Poster: 978-0-418-21982-9
Poster: 978-0-418-21767-2
G
Human Rights Law
Commercial Law
Employment Law
Company Law
English Legal System Intellectual Property
Constitutional & Administrative Law
Equity and Trusts
Contract Law
Evidence
Criminal Law
Family Law
LAWO0916
Poster: 978-0-418-40250-4
Jurisprudence
European Union Law Land Law Torts
Your first steps for revision www.routledgelaw.com/textbooks/lawcards
Lawcards Poster.indd 1
H
21/12/09 08:52:10
Poster: 978-0-418-24126-4
TER WORK SMAR NOT HARDER
Student Reference Concise, affordable guidebooks...
Knowledge Begins with the Basics www.routledgestudents.com/books/basics STUD1099
Student Reference Pillar Poster STUD1099 09_PK.indd 2
978-0-418-24152-3
16/2/10 11:48:19
www.routledge.com/students STUD1099
Student Reference Pillar Poster STUD1099 09_PK.indd 1
I
Poster: 978-0-418-45620-0
J
Poster: 978-0-418-77210-2
K
Poster: 978-0-418-23760-1
L
Poster: 978-0-418-22744-2
M
16/2/10 11:48:13
Poster: 978-0-418-24152-3
Page 5
Page 20
Page 31
Page 51
Page 66
Page 107
Page 124
Page 166
Page 187
Page 198
Page 212
Page 218
Page 227
Page 296
Page 297
Taylor & Francis Group 2 Park Square Milton Park Abingdon Oxon OX14 4RN Tel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 e-mail: info@tandf.co.uk www.tandf.co.uk/books
Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.
MKBK1007
978-0-418-24643-6